diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'po')
| -rw-r--r-- | po/el/using-d-i.po | 823 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/fi/using-d-i.po | 818 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/hu/using-d-i.po | 781 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ja/using-d-i.po | 810 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ko/using-d-i.po | 810 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pot/using-d-i.pot | 690 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pt/using-d-i.po | 826 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ro/using-d-i.po | 791 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ru/using-d-i.po | 818 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/sv/boot-installer.po | 3522 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/sv/hardware.po | 1988 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/sv/install-methods.po | 1725 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/sv/preseed.po | 1502 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/sv/using-d-i.po | 811 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/vi/using-d-i.po | 818 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/boot-installer.po | 42 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/hardware.po | 20 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/install-methods.po | 78 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/preseed.po | 65 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po | 812 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/welcome.po | 15 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po | 773 |
22 files changed, 13079 insertions, 6259 deletions
diff --git a/po/el/using-d-i.po b/po/el/using-d-i.po index 6493036fc..85f22e359 100644 --- a/po/el/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/el/using-d-i.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-11 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-22 01:11+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-13 17:45+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Emmanuel Galatoulas <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -985,12 +985,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:530 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to " +#| "pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your " +#| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " +#| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default " -"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " +"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "Η επιλογή της χώρα θα χρησιμοποιηθεί αργότερα στη διαδικασία εγκατάστασης " "για την επιλογή της προκαθορισμένης ζώνης ώρας και του καθρέφτη της " @@ -1027,13 +1032,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:549 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " +#| "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " +#| "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" +#| "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " +#| "country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +#| "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " +#| "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " +#| "continent." msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " "continent." @@ -1051,47 +1065,62 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will " -"be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to select a " -"different country by first lowering the debconf priority to medium, followed " -"by revisiting the language selection option in the main menu of the " -"installer." +"If the language has only one country associated with it, a list of countries " +"will be displayed for the continent or region the country belongs to, with " +"that country selected as the default. Use the <guibutton>Go Back</guibutton> " +"option to select countries on a different continent." msgstr "" -"Αν υπάρχει μια μοναδική χώρα που συνδέεται με την γλώσσα αυτή, αυτή θα " -"επιλεχθεί αυτόματα. Στην περίπτωση αυτή είναι δυνατόν να επιλέξετε μια " -"διαφορετική χώρα μόνο μειώνοντας την προτεραιότητα του debconf σε μεσαία και " -"στη συνέχεια πηγαίνοντας ξανά στην επιλογή γλώσσας στο κύριο μενού του " -"εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:575 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -#| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " -#| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " -#| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." -msgid "" -"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " -"option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed " -"system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the default for " -"the installed system." -msgstr "" -"Θα επιλεχθεί ένα προκαθορισμένο σύνολο τοπικών ρυθμίσεων με βάση την γλώσσα " -"και χώρα που έχετε επιλέξει . Εάν εκτελείτε την εγκατάσταση με μεσαία ή " -"χαμηλή προτεραιότητα, θα έχετε την δυνατότητα να επιλέξετε ένα άλλο τέτοιο " -"σύνολο τοπικών ρυθμίσεων σαν προκαθορισμένο καθώς και την δημιουργία " -"επιπλέον τέτοιων συνόλων τοπικών ρυθμίσεων για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." +#: using-d-i.xml:574 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"It is important to select the country where you live or where you are " +"located as it determines the time zone that will be configured for the " +"installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:580 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " +"defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " +"installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " +"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " +"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " +"UTF-8 as character encoding." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " +"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " +"but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" +"1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" +"footnote>, to be generated for the installed system; if you do, you will be " +"asked which of the selected locales should be the default for the installed " +"system." +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:591 +#: using-d-i.xml:617 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Επιλογή Πληκτρολογίου" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -1110,7 +1139,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:603 +#: using-d-i.xml:629 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -1128,7 +1157,7 @@ msgstr "" "πληκτρολογίου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:638 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1149,13 +1178,13 @@ msgstr "" "είναι ίδιες." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:642 +#: using-d-i.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Αναζήτηση Εικόνων τύπου ISO του Εγκαταστάτη Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1170,7 +1199,7 @@ msgstr "" "δουλειά. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:650 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1202,7 +1231,7 @@ msgstr "" "στην εγκατάσταση, στην δεύτερη ψάχνει για άλλη εικόνα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:667 +#: using-d-i.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1217,7 +1246,7 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1236,13 +1265,13 @@ msgstr "" "στη δεύτερη κονσόλα χωρίς την παραπάνω επανεκκίνηση. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:695 +#: using-d-i.xml:721 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση του Δικτύου" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:697 +#: using-d-i.xml:723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1263,7 +1292,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:708 +#: using-d-i.xml:734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1288,7 +1317,7 @@ msgstr "" "εντάξει ξαναπροσπαθήστε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:720 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1313,7 +1342,7 @@ msgstr "" "απαντήσεις από το <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1337,13 +1366,14 @@ msgstr "" "filename> μετά την εγκατάσταση του σσυστήματός ." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:779 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring the Clock" +#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "Configuring the Clock" +msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ρολογιού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1362,20 +1392,25 @@ msgstr "" "της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "" "Ο εγκαταστάτης δεν τροποποιεί το ρολόι του συστήματος στην πλατφόρμα s390." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:803 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, " +#| "you may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " +#| "location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " +#| "system will assume that time zone." msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " -"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " -"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " -"system will assume that time zone." +"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your " +"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, " +"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." msgstr "" "Ανάλογα με την τοποθεσία που έχει επιλεχθεί νωρίτερα στη διαδικασία " "εγκατάστασης, θα δείτε μια λίστα χρονικών ζωνών σχετικών με την τοποθεσία " @@ -1383,7 +1418,16 @@ msgstr "" "καθόλου και το σύστημα θα υποθέσει αυτή τη ζώνη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " +"additional option to select <quote>Universal Time Coordinated</quote> (UTC) " +"as time zone." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1395,10 +1439,14 @@ msgstr "" "επιλεχθεί υπάρχουν δύο επιλογές." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:821 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +#| "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. " +#| "The command to do this is:" msgid "" -"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the " "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The " "command to do this is:" msgstr "" @@ -1407,13 +1455,13 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα. Η εντολή για να το κάνετε αυτό είναι:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1430,22 +1478,26 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:847 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using " +#| "preseeding." msgid "" -"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." +"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value " +"using preseeding." msgstr "" "Για αυτοματοποιημένες εγκαταστάσεις, η χρονική ζώνη μπορεί επίσης να " "καθοριστεί με τη χρήση της προρύθμισης (preseeding)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Διαμέριση και Επιλογή Σημείων Προσάρτησης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1464,7 +1516,7 @@ msgstr "" "τους όπως οι RAID, LVM ή κρυπτογραφημένες συσκευές." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:882 +#: using-d-i.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1474,7 +1526,7 @@ msgstr "" "περισσότερες λεπτομέρειες, δείτε το <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:888 +#: using-d-i.xml:922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1497,7 +1549,7 @@ msgstr "" "προσβάσιμα οποιαδήποτε δεδομένα που υπάρχουν ήδη στον δίσκο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1512,13 +1564,13 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> από το μενού." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:945 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Καθοδηγούμενη Διαμέριση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:912 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1537,7 +1589,7 @@ msgstr "" "para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1546,7 +1598,7 @@ msgstr "" "όλες τις αρχιτεκτονικές." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:932 +#: using-d-i.xml:966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1564,7 +1616,7 @@ msgstr "" "προσφέροντας έτσι επιπλέον ασφάλεια για τα (προσωπικά) σας δεδομένα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:941 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1581,7 +1633,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρονοβόρο ανάλογα με το μέγεθος του δίσκου σας." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#: using-d-i.xml:984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1600,7 +1652,7 @@ msgstr "" "αυτές τις αλλαγές πριν γραφτούν στον δίσκο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1619,7 +1671,7 @@ msgstr "" "ταυτοποιήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:969 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1635,7 +1687,7 @@ msgstr "" "Όταν χρησιμοποιείτε LVM (με κρυπτογράφηση) αυτό δεν είναι εφικτό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:977 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1654,73 +1706,73 @@ msgstr "" "1GB (εξαρτάται από το επιλεγμένο σχήμα), η διαμέριση αυτή θα αποτύχει." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1027 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Σχήμα Διαμέρισης" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Ελάχιστος χώρος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Δημιουργημένα κατατμήσεις" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Όλα τα αρχεία σε μια κατάτμηση" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1005 +#: using-d-i.xml:1039 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Ξεχωριστή κατάτμηση /home" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1006 +#: using-d-i.xml:1040 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1007 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1045 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Ξεχωριστές κατατμήσεις /home, /usr, /var και /tmp" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1012 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1013 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1730,7 +1782,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1022 +#: using-d-i.xml:1056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1744,7 +1796,7 @@ msgstr "" "δημιουργηθούν μέσα στην κατάτμηση LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1758,7 +1810,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαμόρφωσης για την δημιουργία με το χέρι μιας κατάτμησης εκκίνησης EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1070 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1770,7 +1822,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαμορφωθούν και που θα προσαρτηθούν οι διάφορες κατατμήσεις." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1042 +#: using-d-i.xml:1076 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1823,7 +1875,7 @@ msgstr "" "κάνοντας διαμέριση με το χέρι." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1055 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1844,13 +1896,13 @@ msgstr "" "αλλαγές όπως περιγράφεται παρακάτω σχετικά με την διαμέριση με το χέρι." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1069 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Διαμέριση με το χέρι" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1866,7 +1918,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατατμήσεων από το νέο σας σύστημα Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1078 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1882,7 +1934,7 @@ msgstr "" "δίσκο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1086 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1919,7 +1971,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>προγράμματος κατάτμησης</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1942,7 +1994,7 @@ msgstr "" "μενού σάς επιτρέπει επίσης να διαγράψετε μια κατάτμηση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1959,7 +2011,7 @@ msgstr "" "αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να το προσαρτήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1971,7 +2023,7 @@ msgstr "" "αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να προσδιορίσετε μια τέτοια." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1988,7 +2040,7 @@ msgstr "" "ή <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -2003,13 +2055,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων δημιουργήθηκαν όπως ακριβώς το ζητήσατε." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Συσκευών Πολλαπλών Δίσκων (RAID σε λογισμικό)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -2031,7 +2083,7 @@ msgstr "" "λογισμικού (Software RAID)</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1183 +#: using-d-i.xml:1217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -2047,7 +2099,7 @@ msgstr "" "προσάρτησης κλπ.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1191 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2170,55 +2222,55 @@ msgstr "" "variablelist> Ανακεφαλαιώνοντας:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1305 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Τύπος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1340 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Ελάχιστες Συσκευές" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Εφεδρική Συσκευή" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1308 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Επιβιώνει από την αστοχία δίσκου;" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1309 +#: using-d-i.xml:1343 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Διαθέσιμος Χώρος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1354 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>no</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1319 +#: using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -2226,43 +2278,43 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1323 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "προαιρετικό" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 using-d-i.xml:1334 using-d-i.xml:1345 using-d-i.xml:1356 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ναι</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1361 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Μέγεθος του μικρότερου τμήματος στη συστοιχία RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1331 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2272,19 +2324,19 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID μείον μια)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2294,13 +2346,13 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID μείον δύο)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2310,7 +2362,7 @@ msgstr "" "κομματιών (chunk) (εξ' ορισμού έχει την τιμή δύο)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2321,7 +2373,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2338,7 +2390,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2360,7 +2412,7 @@ msgstr "" "δυνατή επιλογή." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2379,7 +2431,7 @@ msgstr "" "χέρι μέσα από ένα κέλυφος." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1399 +#: using-d-i.xml:1433 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2402,7 +2454,7 @@ msgstr "" "MD που επιλέξατε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2414,7 +2466,7 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματα που θα αποτελέσουν την μονάδα MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1419 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2435,7 +2487,7 @@ msgstr "" "δεν θα σας αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να διορθώσετε το πρόβλημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1431 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2446,7 +2498,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> ενεργές κατατμήσεις." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2457,7 +2509,7 @@ msgstr "" "ενεργές κατατμήσεις." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1443 +#: using-d-i.xml:1477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2478,7 +2530,7 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευές ώστε όλα τα αντίγραφα να κατανέμονται σε διαφορετικούς δίσκους." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2497,7 +2549,7 @@ msgstr "" "(αρκετά αξιόπιστη κατάτμηση μεγέθους 100 GB σαν <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1466 +#: using-d-i.xml:1500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2512,13 +2564,13 @@ msgstr "" "γι’αυτές τα συνήθη χαρακτηριστικά όπως τα σημεία προσάρτησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Διαχειριστή Λογικών Τόμων (LVM) " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1482 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2535,7 +2587,7 @@ msgstr "" "ψευδοσυνδέσμων, κλπ " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1490 +#: using-d-i.xml:1524 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2556,7 +2608,7 @@ msgstr "" "τομών) μπορούν να εκτείνονται μεταξύ αρκετών φυσικών συσκευών δίσκων." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2578,7 +2630,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1511 +#: using-d-i.xml:1545 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2595,7 +2647,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>φυσικός τόμος για LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2616,7 +2668,7 @@ msgstr "" "ενέργειες είναι:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2626,43 +2678,43 @@ msgstr "" "δομή της συσκευής LVM, ονόματα και μεγέθη των λογικών τόμων και άλλα" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Δημιουργία ομάδας τόμων" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1539 +#: using-d-i.xml:1573 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Δημιουργία λογικού τόμου" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Διαγραφή λογικού τόμου" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1579 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Διαγραφή λογικού τόμου" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1582 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Επέκταση λογικού τόμου" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1585 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Συρρίκνωση ομάδας τόμων" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2672,7 +2724,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2683,7 +2735,7 @@ msgstr "" "σ' αυτήν." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2696,13 +2748,13 @@ msgstr "" "διαχειριστείτε σαν τέτοιες)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Κρυπτογραφημένων Τόμων" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2726,7 +2778,7 @@ msgstr "" "σαν τυχαίοι χαρακτήρες." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2750,7 +2802,7 @@ msgstr "" "αλλληλογραφίας ή εκτυπώσεων αποθηκεύουν τα δεδομένα τους" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1606 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2765,7 +2817,7 @@ msgstr "" "αλγόριθμο κρυπτογράφησης και το μήκος του κλειδιού κρυπτογράφησης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2787,7 +2839,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατάτμηση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1624 +#: using-d-i.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2805,7 +2857,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιήσετε την προεπιλεγμένη μέθοδο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1636 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2819,13 +2871,13 @@ msgstr "" "προεπιλογές, επειδή έχουν επιλεγεί με προσοχή έχοντας στο μυαλό την ασφάλεια." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Αλγόριθμος κρυπτογράφησης: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2852,13 +2904,13 @@ msgstr "" "κρυπτογράφησης για την προστασία ευαίσθητων πληροφοριών στον 21ο αιώνα." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1700 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Μέγεθος κλειδιού: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1668 +#: using-d-i.xml:1702 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2873,13 +2925,13 @@ msgstr "" "αλγόριθμο." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1714 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "Αλγόριθμος IV: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2898,7 +2950,7 @@ msgstr "" "επαναλαμβανόμενους σχηματισμούς στα κρυπτογραφημένα δεδομένα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2913,13 +2965,13 @@ msgstr "" "είναι ικανό να χρησιμοποιήσει νεώτερους αλγόριθμους." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1738 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης: <userinput>Συνηθηματική φράση</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1706 +#: using-d-i.xml:1740 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" @@ -2927,13 +2979,13 @@ msgstr "" "κατάτμηση." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1712 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Συνθηματική φράση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2948,13 +3000,13 @@ msgstr "" "συνέχεια της διαδικασίας." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 using-d-i.xml:1821 +#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Τυχαίο κλειδί" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2973,7 +3025,7 @@ msgstr "" "διάρκεια μιας ανθρώπινης ζωής)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2994,13 +3046,13 @@ msgstr "" "που έχουν εγγραφεί στην κατάτμηση swap." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Διαγραφή δεδομένων: <userinput>ναι</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1793 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -3023,7 +3075,7 @@ msgstr "" "para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1779 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -3035,13 +3087,13 @@ msgstr "" "αλλάξει παρέχοντας τις ακόλουθες επιλογές:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1788 +#: using-d-i.xml:1822 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Κρυπτογράφηση: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1824 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -3055,13 +3107,13 @@ msgstr "" "πληροφορίες." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1800 +#: using-d-i.xml:1834 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1836 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" @@ -3069,13 +3121,13 @@ msgstr "" "κατάτμηση." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1808 +#: using-d-i.xml:1842 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Αρχείο κλειδιού (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -3090,19 +3142,19 @@ msgstr "" "αργότερα στην διάρκεια της διαδικασίας)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Παρακαλώ δείτε την ενότητα για τα τυχαία κλειδιά παραπάνω." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Παρακαλώ δείτε την ενότητα για την διαγραφή των δεδομένων παραπάνω." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 +#: using-d-i.xml:1879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -3122,7 +3174,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαρκέσει αρκετό χρόνο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -3140,7 +3192,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατοικιδίων, ονόματα μελών της οικογένειάς σας ή συγγενών, κ.λπ.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1864 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -3166,7 +3218,7 @@ msgstr "" "εισάγατε την συνθηματική φράση για το ριζικό σύστημα αρχείων." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1877 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3190,7 +3242,7 @@ msgstr "" "πρέπει να επαναληφθεί για κάθε κατάτμηση που πρόκειται να κρυπτογραφηθεί." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1893 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3225,7 +3277,7 @@ msgstr "" "συστημάτων αρχείων αν τα προεπιλεγμένα δεν σας ταιριάζουν." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1906 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3245,7 +3297,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>.σ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3255,13 +3307,13 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάσταση." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Βασικού Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1928 +#: using-d-i.xml:1962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3276,7 +3328,7 @@ msgstr "" "ώρα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3293,7 +3345,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3305,7 +3357,7 @@ msgstr "" "εκεί αν η εγκατάσταση γίνεται μέσω μιας σειριακής κονσόλας." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1956 +#: using-d-i.xml:1990 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3320,13 +3372,13 @@ msgstr "" "πυρήνων." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1968 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Ρύθμιση των Χρηστών και των Κωδικών Πρόσβασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3339,13 +3391,13 @@ msgstr "" "δημιουργηθούν μετά την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Ορίστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον χρήστη Root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1987 +#: using-d-i.xml:2021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3361,7 +3413,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρονικό διάστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1995 +#: using-d-i.xml:2029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3378,7 +3430,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορούσε κανείς να μαντέψει." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3391,13 +3443,13 @@ msgstr "" "έναν διαχειριστές συστήματος." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2013 +#: using-d-i.xml:2047 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Δημιουργία ενός απλού χρήστη" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2015 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3412,7 +3464,7 @@ msgstr "" "στο σύστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2024 +#: using-d-i.xml:2058 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3435,7 +3487,7 @@ msgstr "" "εξοικειωμένοι με τα θέματα αυτά." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3449,7 +3501,7 @@ msgstr "" "θα σας ζητηθεί να δώσετε ένα κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον λογαριασμό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2041 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3459,13 +3511,13 @@ msgstr "" "έναν άλλο λογαριασμό χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2052 +#: using-d-i.xml:2086 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση Επιπρόσθετου Λογισμικού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2053 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3481,13 +3533,13 @@ msgstr "" "υπολογιστή ή μια αργή δικτυακή σύνδεση." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3525,7 +3577,7 @@ msgstr "" "προτεινόμενο βοηθητικό πρόγραμμα για την διαχείριση των πακέτων." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3540,7 +3592,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2101 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3560,7 +3612,7 @@ msgstr "" "πακέτα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2110 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3577,13 +3629,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>contrib</quote> και <quote>non-free</quote> της αρχειοθήκης. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2155 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση από περισσότερα από ένα CD ή DVD" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3597,7 +3649,7 @@ msgstr "" "ώστε ο εγκαταστάτης να χρησιμοποιήσει τα πακέτα που περιέχονται σ' αυτά." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3612,7 +3664,7 @@ msgstr "" "θα επιλέξετε στο επόμενο βήμα της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2172 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3626,7 +3678,7 @@ msgstr "" "πραγματικά κάποια από τα πακέτα στα τελευταία CD ενός σετ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3644,7 +3696,7 @@ msgstr "" "πρώτα DVD θα καλύψουν τις περισσότερες ανάγκες." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2154 +#: using-d-i.xml:2188 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3659,7 +3711,7 @@ msgstr "" "τρία αυτά περιβάλλοντα γραφείου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2162 +#: using-d-i.xml:2196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3677,13 +3729,13 @@ msgstr "" "αύξουσα σειρά θα μειώσει την πιθανότητα λαθών." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "Χρήση ενός δικτυακού καθρέφτη" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3696,7 +3748,7 @@ msgstr "" "υπάρχουν μερικές εξαιρέσεις." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2183 +#: using-d-i.xml:2217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3714,7 +3766,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> στο επόμενο βήμα της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2192 +#: using-d-i.xml:2226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3736,7 +3788,7 @@ msgstr "" "(δηλ. μετά την επανεκκίνηση στο καινούριο σύστημα)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3750,7 +3802,7 @@ msgstr "" "ενότητα. Η χρήση ενός δικτυακού καθρέφτη είναι προαιρετική." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2210 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3767,7 +3819,7 @@ msgstr "" "σταθερότητα του εγκατεστημένου συστήματος." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3783,7 +3835,7 @@ msgstr "" "επιλέξετε ένα δικτυακό καθρέφτη εξαρτάται συνεπώς από" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2260 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "" @@ -3791,20 +3843,20 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "το ποια πακέτα περιλαμβάνονται στις ομάδες αυτές," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "ποια από τα πακέτα αυτά βρίσκονται στα CD ή DVD που έχετε σαρώσει και" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2241 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3817,7 +3869,7 @@ msgstr "" "των ευέλικτων-volatile-πακέτων)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2250 +#: using-d-i.xml:2284 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3831,13 +3883,13 @@ msgstr "" "ευελιξίας και οι αντίστοιχες υπηρεσίες έχουν ρυθμιστεί." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2300 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Επιλογή και εγκατάσταση Λογισμικού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2268 +#: using-d-i.xml:2302 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3855,7 +3907,7 @@ msgstr "" "υπολογιστή σας για την εκτέλεση διαφόρων \"καθηκόντων\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2277 +#: using-d-i.xml:2311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3893,7 +3945,7 @@ msgstr "" "δίσκου για τα διάφορες ομάδες πακέτων." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2304 +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3906,7 +3958,7 @@ msgstr "" "να επιλέξετε να μην εγκαταστήσετε καμμία ομάδα πακέτων σ' αυτό το σημείο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3917,7 +3969,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3928,7 +3980,7 @@ msgstr "" "γραφικό περιβάλλον GNOME." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3951,7 +4003,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>desktop=xfce</literal>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2367 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3966,7 +4018,7 @@ msgstr "" "εργασίας</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2340 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3985,7 +4037,7 @@ msgstr "" "ενός DVD ή οποιαδήποτε άλλη μέθοδο εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 +#: using-d-i.xml:2384 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -4006,7 +4058,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>apache2</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2361 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -4022,7 +4074,7 @@ msgstr "" "ξέρετε τι κάνετε και θέλετε ένα πραγματικά ελάχιστο σύστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2369 +#: using-d-i.xml:2403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -4043,7 +4095,7 @@ msgstr "" "περιβάλλον (αν υπάρχουν τέτοια διαθέσιμα)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -4058,7 +4110,7 @@ msgstr "" "παρακινήσει ανάλογα στην διάρκεια της διαδικασίας." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -4077,7 +4129,7 @@ msgstr "" "την εγκατάσταση των πακέτων όταν αυτή ξεκινήσει." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -4096,13 +4148,13 @@ msgstr "" "εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Καθιστώντας το Σύστημα Εκκινήσιμο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -4117,13 +4169,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2427 +#: using-d-i.xml:2461 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Ανίχνευση άλλων λειτουργικών συστημάτων" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -4140,7 +4192,7 @@ msgstr "" "λειτουργικά συστήματα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -4158,13 +4210,13 @@ msgstr "" "σας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -4181,20 +4233,20 @@ msgstr "" "πράγματι να διαβάσει τμήματα Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2477 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Grub</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -4207,7 +4259,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρήστες." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -4220,7 +4272,7 @@ msgstr "" "βιβλίο οδηγιών του grub." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -4232,14 +4284,14 @@ msgstr "" "φορτωτή εκκίνησης που θα θέλατε να χρησιμοποιήσετε." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2504 +#: using-d-i.xml:2538 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Lilo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -4257,7 +4309,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink> ιστοσελίδα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2516 +#: using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -4272,7 +4324,7 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματα όπως GNU/Linux και GNU/Hurd. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -4282,13 +4334,13 @@ msgstr "" "τον φορτωτή εκκίνησης <command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Κύρια Εγγραφή Εκκίνησης (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -4298,13 +4350,13 @@ msgstr "" "διαδικασίας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "νέο τμήμα Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4316,13 +4368,13 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματος Debian και θα χρησιμεύσει ως δευτερεύον φορτωτής εκκίνησης." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Άλλη επιλογή" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4336,7 +4388,7 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών όπως <filename>/dev/hda</filename> ή <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2557 +#: using-d-i.xml:2591 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4353,14 +4405,14 @@ msgstr "" "επιστρέψετε στο Debian!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>ELILO</command> στο Σκληρό Δίσκο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2575 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4391,7 +4443,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαδικασία της φόρτωσης και εκκίνησης του πυρήνα του Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4409,13 +4461,13 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα αρχείων <emphasis>root</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2603 +#: using-d-i.xml:2637 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Επιλέξτε το σωστό τμήμα!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2639 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4435,13 +4487,13 @@ msgstr "" "οποιοδήποτε περιεχόμενο υπάρχει από πριν!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2620 +#: using-d-i.xml:2654 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Περιεχόμενα του Τμήματος EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4472,13 +4524,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων στη διάρκεια αναβάθμισης του συστήματος ή επαναρύθμισής του." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2644 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4490,13 +4542,13 @@ msgstr "" "αλλαγμένα έτσι ώστε να αναφέρονται στα αρχεία του τμήματος EFI." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4510,13 +4562,13 @@ msgstr "" "Εκκίνησης EFI</quote> του <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2665 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2666 +#: using-d-i.xml:2700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4531,13 +4583,13 @@ msgstr "" "συμβολικού δεσμού το <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2713 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4550,13 +4602,13 @@ msgstr "" "το <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2723 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4570,13 +4622,13 @@ msgstr "" "δείχνει μεσώ συμβολικού δεσμού το αρχείο <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2711 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4621,13 +4673,13 @@ msgstr "" "στη συνέχεια <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2730 +#: using-d-i.xml:2764 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4637,13 +4689,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>0</userinput> για ελεγκτές ενσωματωμένους στην μητρική" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2739 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4653,13 +4705,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>arcboot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2748 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2749 +#: using-d-i.xml:2783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4669,13 +4721,13 @@ msgstr "" "conf</filename>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2758 +#: using-d-i.xml:2792 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4685,13 +4737,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, το οποίο εξ ορισμού είναι <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2779 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Yaboot</command> " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2780 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4712,13 +4764,13 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware θα είναι ρυθμισμένο να ξεκινά το &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2798 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Quik</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2799 +#: using-d-i.xml:2833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4733,13 +4785,13 @@ msgstr "" "όπως επίσης και σε μερικούς τύπους Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2816 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4756,14 +4808,14 @@ msgstr "" "quote> στον δικτυακό τόπο των developerWorks της IBM." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2867 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>SILO</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4797,13 +4849,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2860 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Συνεχίστε Χωρίς Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2862 +#: using-d-i.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4817,7 +4869,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιήσετε κάποιον φορτωτή εκκίνησης που ήδη υπάρχει)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4840,13 +4892,13 @@ msgstr "" "επίσης να γνωρίζετε το σύστημα αρχείων του <filename>/boot</filename>. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2886 +#: using-d-i.xml:2920 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Τελειώνοντας την Εγκατάσταση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2921 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4858,13 +4910,13 @@ msgstr "" "Συνίσταται κυρίως σε ένα \"σιγύρισμα\" μετά τη χρήση του &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2900 +#: using-d-i.xml:2934 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Ρολογιού του Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4878,7 +4930,7 @@ msgstr "" "στοιχεία όπως το ποια άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα είναι εγκατεστημμένα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2909 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4897,7 +4949,7 @@ msgstr "" "διπλής εκκίνησης επιλέξτε τοπική ώρα αντί για ώρα UTC.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4909,13 +4961,13 @@ msgstr "" "χρόνο, ανάλογα με την επιλογή που μόλις κάνατε." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2935 +#: using-d-i.xml:2969 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "Επανεκκίνηση του Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2937 +#: using-d-i.xml:2971 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4927,7 +4979,7 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα θα επανεκκινήσει στο καινούριο σας σύστημα Debian. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2977 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4941,13 +4993,13 @@ msgstr "" "σαν ριζικό σύστημα αρχείων στα πρώτα βήματα της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2956 +#: using-d-i.xml:2990 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Διάφορα" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4959,13 +5011,13 @@ msgstr "" "για να βοηθήσουν τον χρήστη σε περίπτωση που κάτι δεν πάει καλά." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2970 +#: using-d-i.xml:3004 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Αποθήκευση αρχείων ημερολογίου εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2972 +#: using-d-i.xml:3006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4978,7 +5030,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2979 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4995,13 +5047,13 @@ msgstr "" "σε ένα άλλο σύστημα ή να τα επισυνάψετε σε μια αναφορά εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2999 +#: using-d-i.xml:3033 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Χρήση του Κελύφους και Παρακολούθηση των Καταγραφών Εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3001 +#: using-d-i.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -5028,7 +5080,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycombo> για να αλλάξετε και πάλι πίσω στον ίδιο τον εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" @@ -5036,7 +5088,7 @@ msgstr "" "using\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3023 +#: using-d-i.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -5053,7 +5105,7 @@ msgstr "" "για να κλείσετε το κέλυφος και να επιστρέψετε στον εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3031 +#: using-d-i.xml:3065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -5071,7 +5123,7 @@ msgstr "" "με μερικά ωραία χαρακτηριστικά όπως αυτόματη συμπλήρωση και ιστορικό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3040 +#: using-d-i.xml:3074 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -5083,7 +5135,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης μπορούν να βρεθούν στον κατάλογο <filename>/var/log</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3047 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -5096,7 +5148,7 @@ msgstr "" "λογους εκσφαλμάτωσης (debugging)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -5111,13 +5163,13 @@ msgstr "" "το κέλυφος." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3068 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση μέσω δικτύου" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3070 +#: using-d-i.xml:3104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -5136,7 +5188,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3080 +#: using-d-i.xml:3114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -5161,7 +5213,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3093 +#: using-d-i.xml:3127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -5171,7 +5223,7 @@ msgstr "" "μέθοδος μετά την ρύθμιση του δικτύου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -5195,7 +5247,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάσταση από μακριά</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3110 +#: using-d-i.xml:3144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -5207,7 +5259,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να διαλέξετε ένα άλλο συστατικό του εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3150 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -5241,7 +5293,7 @@ msgstr "" "επιβεβαιώσετε ότι είναι σωστό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3133 +#: using-d-i.xml:3167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -5267,7 +5319,7 @@ msgstr "" "τη δυνατότητα να συνεχίσετε την εγκατάσταση μετά την επανασύνδεση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3146 +#: using-d-i.xml:3180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -5291,7 +5343,7 @@ msgstr "" "συνέπεια θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιείται μόνο αν είναι αναγκαία." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3159 +#: using-d-i.xml:3193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -5316,7 +5368,7 @@ msgstr "" "para> </footnote> και να ξαναπροσπαθήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3175 +#: using-d-i.xml:3209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -5337,7 +5389,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να ξεκινήσετε πολλαπλά κελύφη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3185 +#: using-d-i.xml:3219 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -5354,13 +5406,13 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3205 +#: using-d-i.xml:3239 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "Φόρτωση λογισμικού firmware που απουσιάζει" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3206 +#: using-d-i.xml:3240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -5376,7 +5428,7 @@ msgstr "" "firmwareχρειάζεται μόνο για την ενεργοποίηση επιπρόσθετων χαρακτηριστικών." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3214 +#: using-d-i.xml:3248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5395,7 +5447,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>) και το άρθρωμα του οδηγού της συσκευής θα ξαναφορτωθεί." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5413,7 +5465,7 @@ msgstr "" "και amd64 firmware μπορεί επίσης να φορτωθεί από μια κάρτα MMC ή SD.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3234 +#: using-d-i.xml:3268 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5425,7 +5477,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατά την εγκατάσταση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3241 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5443,13 +5495,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3286 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "Προετοιμασία ενός μέσου" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3253 +#: using-d-i.xml:3287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5470,7 +5522,7 @@ msgstr "" "στάδια της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3263 +#: using-d-i.xml:3297 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5486,7 +5538,7 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα αρχείων του μέσου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3277 +#: using-d-i.xml:3311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5503,7 +5555,7 @@ msgstr "" "λογισμικού που δεν αφορούν firmware:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3291 +#: using-d-i.xml:3325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5515,13 +5567,13 @@ msgstr "" "παράδειγμα από ένα ήδη εγκατεστημένο σύστημα ή από έναν κατασκευαστή." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3300 +#: using-d-i.xml:3334 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "Λογισμικό firmware και το Εγκατεστημένο Σύστημα" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3301 +#: using-d-i.xml:3335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5540,7 +5592,7 @@ msgstr "" "φορτωθεί εξαιτίας της αλλαγής (skew) του πυρήνα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3310 +#: using-d-i.xml:3344 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5557,7 +5609,7 @@ msgstr "" "του." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5569,7 +5621,7 @@ msgstr "" "μέχρι το πακέτο (του λογισμικού) εγκατασταθεί με το χέρι." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " @@ -5583,6 +5635,39 @@ msgstr "" "(εφόσον είναι διαθέσιμο) μετά την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the language has only one country associated with it, that country " +#~ "will be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to " +#~ "select a different country by first lowering the debconf priority to " +#~ "medium, followed by revisiting the language selection option in the main " +#~ "menu of the installer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αν υπάρχει μια μοναδική χώρα που συνδέεται με την γλώσσα αυτή, αυτή θα " +#~ "επιλεχθεί αυτόματα. Στην περίπτωση αυτή είναι δυνατόν να επιλέξετε μια " +#~ "διαφορετική χώρα μόνο μειώνοντας την προτεραιότητα του debconf σε μεσαία " +#~ "και στη συνέχεια πηγαίνοντας ξανά στην επιλογή γλώσσας στο κύριο μενού " +#~ "του εγκαταστάτη." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " +#~| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~ "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~ "the option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the " +#~ "installed system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the " +#~ "default for the installed system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Θα επιλεχθεί ένα προκαθορισμένο σύνολο τοπικών ρυθμίσεων με βάση την " +#~ "γλώσσα και χώρα που έχετε επιλέξει . Εάν εκτελείτε την εγκατάσταση με " +#~ "μεσαία ή χαμηλή προτεραιότητα, θα έχετε την δυνατότητα να επιλέξετε ένα " +#~ "άλλο τέτοιο σύνολο τοπικών ρυθμίσεων σαν προκαθορισμένο καθώς και την " +#~ "δημιουργία επιπλέον τέτοιων συνόλων τοπικών ρυθμίσεων για το " +#~ "εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " #~ "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " #~ "reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." diff --git a/po/fi/using-d-i.po b/po/fi/using-d-i.po index d2760884d..399998dd1 100644 --- a/po/fi/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/fi/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Installation Guide using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-11 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-22 01:11+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-09 21:50+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -919,12 +919,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:530 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to " +#| "pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your " +#| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " +#| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default " -"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " +"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "Myöhemmin asennustapahtumassa asetetaan aikavyöhykkeen ja Debianin " "asennuspalvelimen oletusarvot valitun maan mukaisiksi. Kieltä ja maata " @@ -956,13 +961,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:549 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " +#| "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " +#| "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" +#| "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " +#| "country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +#| "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " +#| "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " +#| "continent." msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " "continent." @@ -978,45 +992,62 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will " -"be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to select a " -"different country by first lowering the debconf priority to medium, followed " -"by revisiting the language selection option in the main menu of the " -"installer." +"If the language has only one country associated with it, a list of countries " +"will be displayed for the continent or region the country belongs to, with " +"that country selected as the default. Use the <guibutton>Go Back</guibutton> " +"option to select countries on a different continent." msgstr "" -"Mikäli kieltä vastaa vain yksi maa, tuo maa valitaan automaattisesti. Tässä " -"tapauksessa on mahdollista valita toinen maa vain alentamalla ensin " -"debconfin prioriteetti keskitasoon, ja menemällä sen jälkeen uudelleen " -"kielen valintaan asentimen päävalikossa. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:575 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -#| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " -#| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " -#| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." -msgid "" -"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " -"option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed " -"system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the default for " -"the installed system." -msgstr "" -"Maa-asetuksen oletus asetetaan valitun kielen ja maan perusteella. Jos " -"asennus tehdään keskitason tai alhaisella prioriteetilla, tarjotaan " -"mahdollisuus valita muu oletus maa-asetukselle ja lisää maa-asetustoja " -"muodostettavaksi asennettuun järjestelmään." +#: using-d-i.xml:574 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"It is important to select the country where you live or where you are " +"located as it determines the time zone that will be configured for the " +"installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:580 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " +"defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " +"installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " +"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " +"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " +"UTF-8 as character encoding." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " +"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " +"but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" +"1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" +"footnote>, to be generated for the installed system; if you do, you will be " +"asked which of the selected locales should be the default for the installed " +"system." +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:591 +#: using-d-i.xml:617 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Näppäimistön valinta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -1033,7 +1064,7 @@ msgstr "" "config</command> pääkäyttäjänä kun asennus on valmis). " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:603 +#: using-d-i.xml:629 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -1049,7 +1080,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F10</keycap> -näppäimet ylärivissä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:638 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1068,13 +1099,13 @@ msgstr "" "\" useimmissa Mac-näppäimistöissä). Asetteluilla ei ole muuta eroa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:642 +#: using-d-i.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Etsitään Debianin asentimen ISO-otosta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1088,7 +1119,7 @@ msgstr "" "juuri tämän." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:650 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1118,7 +1149,7 @@ msgstr "" "otoksen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:667 +#: using-d-i.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1132,7 +1163,7 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1150,13 +1181,13 @@ msgstr "" "tämän ilman uudelleenkäynnistystä toisella konsolilla." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:695 +#: using-d-i.xml:721 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "Verkkoasetusten teko" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:697 +#: using-d-i.xml:723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1176,7 +1207,7 @@ msgstr "" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> man-sivulta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:708 +#: using-d-i.xml:734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1199,7 +1230,7 @@ msgstr "" "uudelleen jos kaiken pitäisi toimia." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:720 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1223,7 +1254,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/> mukaisesti." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1244,13 +1275,14 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostoa <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:779 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring the Clock" +#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "Configuring the Clock" +msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Kello aikaan" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1268,26 +1300,40 @@ msgstr "" "aikana." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "Asennin ei aseta järjestelmäkelloa aikaan s390-laiteympäristössä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:803 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, " +#| "you may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " +#| "location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " +#| "system will assume that time zone." msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " -"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " -"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " -"system will assume that time zone." +"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your " +"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, " +"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." msgstr "" "Asennuksen alussa valitun maan perusteella asennin päättää näytetäänkö " "aikavyöhykkeiden luettelo. Jos maassa on käytössä vain yksi aikavyöhyke, ei " "luetteloa näytetä ja tuo aikavyöhyke otetaan käyttöön enemmittä kyselyittä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " +"additional option to select <quote>Universal Time Coordinated</quote> (UTC) " +"as time zone." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1299,10 +1345,14 @@ msgstr "" "mahdollisuutta. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:821 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +#| "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. " +#| "The command to do this is:" msgid "" -"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the " "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The " "command to do this is:" msgstr "" @@ -1310,13 +1360,13 @@ msgstr "" "kun on käynnistetty uusi järjestelmä. Tämä tehdään komennolla:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1331,22 +1381,26 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>Europe/London</userinput> tai <userinput>UTC</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:847 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using " +#| "preseeding." msgid "" -"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." +"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value " +"using preseeding." msgstr "" "Automaattiasennuksissa aikavyöhyke voidaan asettaa myös valmiilla " "vastauksilla." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Osioiden teko ja liitoskohtien valinta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1364,7 +1418,7 @@ msgstr "" "levyniteiden hallinta LVM tai salatut laitteet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:882 +#: using-d-i.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1374,7 +1428,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:888 +#: using-d-i.xml:922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1396,7 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "" "tietoon ei enää pääse käsiksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1410,13 +1464,13 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Tee levyosiot itse</guimenuitem> valikosta." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:945 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Ohjattu osiointi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:912 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1433,14 +1487,14 @@ msgstr "" "crypt</quote>-tukea </para> </footnote>. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "(salattu) LVM ei ehkä ole käytettävissä kaikille suoritinperheille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:932 +#: using-d-i.xml:966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1456,7 +1510,7 @@ msgstr "" "(henkilökohtaisille) tiedoille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:941 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1472,7 +1526,7 @@ msgstr "" "mutta saattaa viedä jonkin aikaa, levyn koosta riippuen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#: using-d-i.xml:984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1490,7 +1544,7 @@ msgstr "" "levylle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1507,7 +1561,7 @@ msgstr "" "poiketa totutusta. Levyjen kokoja voi käyttää apuna levyjen tunnistamisessa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:969 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1522,7 +1576,7 @@ msgstr "" "asti; (salattua) LVM:ää käytettäessä peruminen ei ole mahdollista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:977 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1540,73 +1594,73 @@ msgstr "" "noin 1 Gt tilaa (riippuu mallineesta), ohjattu osiointi ei toimi." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1027 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Osioinnin mallineet" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Vähimmäistila" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Tehdyt osiot" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Kaikki tiedostot yhdessä levyosiossa" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600 Mt" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, sivutus" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1005 +#: using-d-i.xml:1039 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Erillinen /home-osio" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1006 +#: using-d-i.xml:1040 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500 Mt" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1007 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, sivutus" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1045 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Erilliset /home-, /usr-, /var- ja /tmp-osiot" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1012 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1 Gt</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1013 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1616,7 +1670,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, sivutus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1022 +#: using-d-i.xml:1056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1629,7 +1683,7 @@ msgstr "" "LVM-osion sisälle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1643,7 +1697,7 @@ msgstr "" "tekemiseksi EFI-käynnistysosioksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1070 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1655,7 +1709,7 @@ msgstr "" "niiden liitoskohdat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1042 +#: using-d-i.xml:1076 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1706,7 +1760,7 @@ msgstr "" "mahdollisista vaihtoehdoista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1055 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1726,13 +1780,13 @@ msgstr "" "tehtäessä osiot itse." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1069 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Tee osiot itse" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1747,7 +1801,7 @@ msgstr "" "asennettavassa Debian-järjestelmässä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1078 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1761,7 +1815,7 @@ msgstr "" "uusi rivi <quote>VAPAA TILA</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1086 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1800,7 +1854,7 @@ msgstr "" "aloitusruutuun." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1820,7 +1874,7 @@ msgstr "" "Osion voi myös poistaa tästä valikosta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1836,7 +1890,7 @@ msgstr "" "suostu jatkamaan ennen kuin tämä on tehty." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1848,7 +1902,7 @@ msgstr "" "kuin nämä on tehty." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1864,7 +1918,7 @@ msgstr "" "tai <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1878,13 +1932,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmät luodaan valitulla tavalla." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Monilevylaitteen asetukset (ohjelmallisesti toteutettu RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1904,7 +1958,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>ohjelmallisesti toteutettu RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1183 +#: using-d-i.xml:1217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1918,7 +1972,7 @@ msgstr "" "voi tehdä tiedostojärjestelmän, määrätä liitoskohdan, jne.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1191 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2047,97 +2101,97 @@ msgstr "" "Yhteenvetona:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1305 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Tyyppi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1340 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Levyjä vähintään" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Varalevy" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1308 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Toipuuko levyrikosta?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1309 +#: using-d-i.xml:1343 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Käytettävissä oleva tila" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1354 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ei</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1319 +#: using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Pienimmän osion koko kertaa pakan levyjen määrä" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1323 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "haluttaessa" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 using-d-i.xml:1334 using-d-i.xml:1345 using-d-i.xml:1356 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>kyllä</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1361 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Pakan pienimmän osion koko" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1331 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2146,19 +2200,19 @@ msgstr "" "Pakan pienimmän osion koko kertaa (pakan levyjen määrä vähennettynä yhdellä)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2167,13 +2221,13 @@ msgstr "" "Pakan pienimmän osion koko kertaa (pakan levyjen määrä vähennettynä kahdella)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2182,7 +2236,7 @@ msgstr "" "Kaikkien osioiden määrä jaettuna kimpalekopioiden määrällä (oletusarvo kaksi)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2192,7 +2246,7 @@ msgstr "" "url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2208,7 +2262,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2228,7 +2282,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/boot</filename> on RAID1." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2246,7 +2300,7 @@ msgstr "" "asennuksen vaiheita komentotulkista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1399 +#: using-d-i.xml:1433 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2268,7 +2322,7 @@ msgstr "" "riippuu MD-laitteelle valitusta tyypistä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2280,7 +2334,7 @@ msgstr "" "MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1419 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2298,7 +2352,7 @@ msgstr "" "virhe; asennin ei päästä jatkamaan ennen kuin levyjen määrät täsmäävät." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1431 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2308,7 +2362,7 @@ msgstr "" "ainakin <emphasis>kolme</emphasis> levyosiota. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2318,7 +2372,7 @@ msgstr "" "ainakin <emphasis>neljä</emphasis> levyosiota. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1443 +#: using-d-i.xml:1477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2338,7 +2392,7 @@ msgstr "" "eri levylle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2356,7 +2410,7 @@ msgstr "" "100 Gt <filename>/home</filename>-osio)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1466 +#: using-d-i.xml:1500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2371,13 +2425,13 @@ msgstr "" "esimerkiksi liitoskohdat." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Loogisten levyniteiden hallintaohjelman (LVM) asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1482 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2393,7 +2447,7 @@ msgstr "" "symbolisilla linkeillä jne." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1490 +#: using-d-i.xml:1524 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2413,7 +2467,7 @@ msgstr "" "se muodostuu) voi olla osia jotka ovat eri fyysisillä kiintolevyllä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2433,7 +2487,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LVM HOWTO</ulink> ei vielä ole luettu siihen kannattaisi tutustua." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1511 +#: using-d-i.xml:1545 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2450,7 +2504,7 @@ msgstr "" "levynide LVM:lle</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2470,7 +2524,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mahdolliset toiminnot ovat:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2480,43 +2534,43 @@ msgstr "" "n rakenteen, loogisten levyniteiden nimet, koot ja muuta" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Luo levynideryhmä" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1539 +#: using-d-i.xml:1573 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Luo looginen nide" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Poista levynideryhmä" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1579 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Poista looginen nide" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1582 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Kasvata levynideryhmää" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1585 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Pienennä levynideryhmää" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2526,7 +2580,7 @@ msgstr "" "pääruutuun" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2536,7 +2590,7 @@ msgstr "" "loogisia levyniteitä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2548,13 +2602,13 @@ msgstr "" "olisi samalla tavalla käsiteltäväkin)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Salattujen levyniteiden asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2575,7 +2629,7 @@ msgstr "" "oikeaa salausavainta levyn sisältö näyttää satunnaiselta mössöltä. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2603,7 +2657,7 @@ msgstr "" "osiolta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1606 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2616,7 +2670,7 @@ msgstr "" "suorituskyky, salausmenetelmä ja avaimen pituus." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2636,7 +2690,7 @@ msgstr "" "asetuksia osiolle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1624 +#: using-d-i.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2652,7 +2706,7 @@ msgstr "" "suositellaan jos ei ole pakottavaa syytä muuhun." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1636 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2666,13 +2720,13 @@ msgstr "" "valittu tietoturvasyistä." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Salausmenetelmä: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2696,13 +2750,13 @@ msgstr "" "vakiosalausmenetelmäksi 2000-luvulla." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1700 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Avaimen koko: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1668 +#: using-d-i.xml:1702 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2715,13 +2769,13 @@ msgstr "" "Salausmenetelmä määrää käytettävissä olevat avaimien pituudet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1714 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV-menetelmä: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2740,7 +2794,7 @@ msgstr "" "hahmoista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2755,25 +2809,25 @@ msgstr "" "käyttää uudempia salausmenetelmiä." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1738 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Salausavain: <userinput>Tunnuslause</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1706 +#: using-d-i.xml:1740 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Tässä valitaan tälle osiolle käytettävän salausavaimen tyyppi." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1712 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Tunnuslause" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2787,13 +2841,13 @@ msgstr "" "kysyttävästä tunnuslauseesta." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 using-d-i.xml:1821 +#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Satunnainen avain" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2811,7 +2865,7 @@ msgstr "" "ihmisen ikä.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2830,13 +2884,13 @@ msgstr "" "on mahdotonta (käynnistettäessä suspendin jälkeen)." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Tiedot pyyhitään: <userinput>kyllä</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1793 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2857,7 +2911,7 @@ msgstr "" "taltion päälle olisi kirjoitettu montakin kertaa. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1779 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2869,13 +2923,13 @@ msgstr "" "vaihtuu näyttämään seuraavat valitsimet:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1788 +#: using-d-i.xml:1822 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Salaus: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1824 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2888,25 +2942,25 @@ msgstr "" "pituudesta." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1800 +#: using-d-i.xml:1834 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Salausavain: <userinput>Avaintiedosto (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1836 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Valitaan tälle osiolle käytettävän salausavaimen tyyppi." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1808 +#: using-d-i.xml:1842 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Avaintiedosto (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2920,19 +2974,19 @@ msgstr "" "asennuksen aikana)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Katso aiempaa lukua satunnaisavaimista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Katso aiempaa lukua tiedon pyyhkimisestä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 +#: using-d-i.xml:1879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2950,7 +3004,7 @@ msgstr "" "Isoilla osiolla tämä saattaa kestää hyvän tovin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2966,7 +3020,7 @@ msgstr "" "lemmikkien nimiä, perheenjäsenten tai sukulaisten nimiä jne.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1864 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2990,7 +3044,7 @@ msgstr "" "tunnuslausetta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1877 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3013,7 +3067,7 @@ msgstr "" "salattaville osioille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1893 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3046,7 +3100,7 @@ msgstr "" "vaihdettava tiedostojärjestelmien tyyppiä jos oletusarvot eivät kelpaa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1906 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3064,7 +3118,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3072,13 +3126,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Kun osiointi on halutunlainen voidaan asennusta jatkaa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Perusjärjestelmän asennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1928 +#: using-d-i.xml:1962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3092,7 +3146,7 @@ msgstr "" "kulua toinenkin tovi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3108,7 +3162,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycombo><keycap>Vasen Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3120,7 +3174,7 @@ msgstr "" "jos asennukseen käytetään sarjapäätettä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1956 +#: using-d-i.xml:1990 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3133,13 +3187,13 @@ msgstr "" "pienempää prioriteettia ydin voidaan valita luettelosta." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1968 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Käyttäjät ja salasanat" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3151,13 +3205,13 @@ msgstr "" "käyttäjätunnuksia voidaan luoda kun asennus on valmis." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Asetetaan pääkäyttäjän salasana" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1987 +#: using-d-i.xml:2021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3170,7 +3224,7 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmän ylläpitoon, ja vain kun se on välttämätöntä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1995 +#: using-d-i.xml:2029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3186,7 +3240,7 @@ msgstr "" "henkilötietoja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3198,13 +3252,13 @@ msgstr "" "muille kuin järjestelmän ylläpitäjille." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2013 +#: using-d-i.xml:2047 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Luo tavallisen käyttäjän tunnus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2015 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3218,7 +3272,7 @@ msgstr "" "henkilökohtaisena kirjautumistunnuksena." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2024 +#: using-d-i.xml:2058 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3238,7 +3292,7 @@ msgstr "" "jos ei ole tehnyt ylläpitoa aiemmin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3251,7 +3305,7 @@ msgstr "" "etunimi onkin oletusarvo. Lopuksi kirjoitetaan käyttäjälle salasana." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2041 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3261,13 +3315,13 @@ msgstr "" "komentoa <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2052 +#: using-d-i.xml:2086 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Asennetaan lisää ohjelmia" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2053 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3282,13 +3336,13 @@ msgstr "" "tietokone tai verkkoyhteys on hidas." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Tehdään apt:n asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3323,7 +3377,7 @@ msgstr "" "hallintaan." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3337,7 +3391,7 @@ msgstr "" "on valmis." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2101 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3355,7 +3409,7 @@ msgstr "" "vakaata jakelua." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2110 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3370,13 +3424,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>contrib</quote> ja <quote>non-free</quote> -osista. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2155 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "Asennus monelta CD- tai DVD-levyltä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3390,7 +3444,7 @@ msgstr "" "olevia paketteja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3405,7 +3459,7 @@ msgstr "" "valittaviin tehtäviin kuuluvia paketteja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2172 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3418,7 +3472,7 @@ msgstr "" "käyttävät kokoelman viimeisillä levyillä olevia paketteja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3435,7 +3489,7 @@ msgstr "" "tai ehkä kaksi ensimmäistä DVD:tä, riittää useimmille. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2154 +#: using-d-i.xml:2188 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3450,7 +3504,7 @@ msgstr "" "työpöytäympäristölle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2162 +#: using-d-i.xml:2196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3467,13 +3521,13 @@ msgstr "" "mutta numerojärjestystä käyttämällä ei niin helposti sählää." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "Asentaminen verkossa olevalta asennuspalvelimelta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3485,7 +3539,7 @@ msgstr "" "mutta on muutamia poikkeuksia. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2183 +#: using-d-i.xml:2217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3503,7 +3557,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>työpöytä</literal>-tehtävää. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2192 +#: using-d-i.xml:2226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3524,7 +3578,7 @@ msgstr "" "valikoiden. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3538,7 +3592,7 @@ msgstr "" "kerrottiin. Verkossa olevan asennuspalvelimen käyttö ei ole pakollista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2210 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3554,7 +3608,7 @@ msgstr "" "vakautta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3569,26 +3623,26 @@ msgstr "" "Asennuspalvelinta käytettäessä noudettavan datan määrä riippuu siis" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2260 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "asennuksen seuraavassa vaiheessa valittavista tehtävistä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "noiden tehtävien tarvitsemista paketeista" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "mitkä noista paketeista ovat luetuilla CD- tai DVD-levyillä ja" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2241 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3600,7 +3654,7 @@ msgstr "" "tietoturvapäivitysten tai volatilepäivitysten palvelimelta)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2250 +#: using-d-i.xml:2284 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3614,13 +3668,13 @@ msgstr "" "palvelimella ja nämä päivitykset on otettu käyttöön." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2300 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Ohjelmien valinta ja asentaminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2268 +#: using-d-i.xml:2302 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3637,7 +3691,7 @@ msgstr "" "nopeasti valmiiksi erilaisiin tehtäviin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2277 +#: using-d-i.xml:2311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3671,7 +3725,7 @@ msgstr "" "tehtävien tilatarpeet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2304 +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3683,7 +3737,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tässä kohtaa voi jopa poistaa valinnan kaikista tehtävistä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3693,7 +3747,7 @@ msgstr "" "välilyöntinäppäimellä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3703,7 +3757,7 @@ msgstr "" "paitsi jos käytetään KDE:tä tai Xfce/LXDE:tä varten tehtyjä erikoislevyjä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3725,7 +3779,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>desktop=lxde</literal>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2367 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3739,7 +3793,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>Alternative desktop environments</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2340 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3757,7 +3811,7 @@ msgstr "" "otosta tai mitä tahansa muuta asennustapaa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 +#: using-d-i.xml:2384 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3777,7 +3831,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2361 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3793,7 +3847,7 @@ msgstr "" "jos tiedät mitä teet ja haluat todella suppean järjestelmän." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2369 +#: using-d-i.xml:2403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3812,7 +3866,7 @@ msgstr "" "sitä vastaavat maa-asetustopaketit (jos niitä on saatavilla)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3826,7 +3880,7 @@ msgstr "" "näyttää kehotteen asennuksen aikana" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3844,7 +3898,7 @@ msgstr "" "on alkanut." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3861,13 +3915,13 @@ msgstr "" "testattavaa jakelua näin käy jos käytetään vanhaa otosta." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Järjestelmä käynnistymään kiintolevyltä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3881,13 +3935,13 @@ msgstr "" "verkkokäynnistystä; katso <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2427 +#: using-d-i.xml:2461 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Etsitään muita käyttöjärjestelmiä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3902,7 +3956,7 @@ msgstr "" "myös tämän käyttöjärjestelmän käynnistyminen Debianin lisäksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3918,13 +3972,13 @@ msgstr "" "alkulatausohjelman ohjeista etsittävä lisätietoa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>palo</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3940,19 +3994,19 @@ msgstr "" "mahdollistaa <command>PALO</command>:n kyky lukea Linux-osioiden tiedostoja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa KORJAAMUT ( tarvitaan lisätietoja )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2477 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>GRUB</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3964,7 +4018,7 @@ msgstr "" "aloittelijoille että vanhoille parroille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3976,7 +4030,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lisätietoja löytyy grub:n man-sivulta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3987,13 +4041,13 @@ msgstr "" "päävalikkoon, ja valitse siellä haluttu käynnistyslatain." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2504 +#: using-d-i.xml:2538 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>LILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -4010,7 +4064,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2516 +#: using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -4023,7 +4077,7 @@ msgstr "" "lisäämään rivit GNU/Linux- ja GNU/Hurd-järjestelmille asennuksen jälkeen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -4033,13 +4087,13 @@ msgstr "" "asennusapaikaksi:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Pääkäynnistyslohko (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -4047,13 +4101,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Komento <command>LILO</command> ohjaa käynnistyksen kokonaan." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "uusi Debianin osio" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4065,13 +4119,13 @@ msgstr "" "toissijaisena käynnistyslataimena." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Muu valinta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4085,7 +4139,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2557 +#: using-d-i.xml:2591 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4101,13 +4155,13 @@ msgstr "" "käytettävä jotain muuta keinoa Debianin käynnistämiseen!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>ELILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2575 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4135,7 +4189,7 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistämään Linux-ytimen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4152,13 +4206,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmä." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2603 +#: using-d-i.xml:2637 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Valitse oikea levyosio!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2639 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4177,13 +4231,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmän." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2620 +#: using-d-i.xml:2654 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI-osion sisältö" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4223,13 +4277,13 @@ msgstr "" "niitä kertyy järjestelmää päivitettäessä tai asetuksia muokattaessa." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2644 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4244,13 +4298,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostoihin." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4264,13 +4318,13 @@ msgstr "" "valinta." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2665 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2666 +#: using-d-i.xml:2700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4285,13 +4339,13 @@ msgstr "" "hakemistossa <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2713 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4303,13 +4357,13 @@ msgstr "" "elilo</filename> suoritetaan seuraavan kerran." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2723 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4323,13 +4377,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> osoitettu tiedosto hakemistossa <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>arcboot</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2711 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4374,13 +4428,13 @@ msgstr "" "sitten <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2730 +#: using-d-i.xml:2764 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4390,13 +4444,13 @@ msgstr "" "yhdysrakenteisille ohjaimille" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2739 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "levy" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4404,13 +4458,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "on SCSI ID sille levylle johon <command>arcboot</command> on asennettu" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2748 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2749 +#: using-d-i.xml:2783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4419,13 +4473,13 @@ msgstr "" "on sen osion numero jossa <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> sijaitsee" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2758 +#: using-d-i.xml:2792 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4435,13 +4489,13 @@ msgstr "" "oletusarvona <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2779 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>Yaboot</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2780 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4461,13 +4515,13 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistämään &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2798 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>Quik</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2799 +#: using-d-i.xml:2833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4482,13 +4536,13 @@ msgstr "" "Computingin klooneille." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>zipl</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2816 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4504,13 +4558,13 @@ msgstr "" "sivustolta jos haluat tietää ohjelmasta <command>ZIPL</command> enemmän." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2867 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>SILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4541,13 +4595,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris-asennuksen rinnalle." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2860 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Jatketaan ilman käynnistyslatainta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2862 +#: using-d-i.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4560,7 +4614,7 @@ msgstr "" "(esim. käytetään jo asennettua käynnistyslatainta)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4581,13 +4635,13 @@ msgstr "" "osio." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2886 +#: using-d-i.xml:2920 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Päätetään asennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2921 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4598,13 +4652,13 @@ msgstr "" "tehtävät. Pääasiassa siistitään työn jälkiä jotka &d-i; jätti." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2900 +#: using-d-i.xml:2934 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "Tehdään kellon asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4617,7 +4671,7 @@ msgstr "" "käyttöjärjestelmien perusteella onko kello maailmanajassa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2909 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4636,7 +4690,7 @@ msgstr "" "paikallinen aika.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4648,13 +4702,13 @@ msgstr "" "tehdyn valinnan mukaiseti." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2935 +#: using-d-i.xml:2969 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "Järjestelmän uudelleenkäynnistys" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2937 +#: using-d-i.xml:2971 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4665,7 +4719,7 @@ msgstr "" "jälkeen laite käynnistetään uudelleen uuteen Debian-järjestelmään." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2977 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4679,13 +4733,13 @@ msgstr "" "juuritiedostojärjestelmäksi asennuksen ensimmäisten vaiheiden aikana." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2956 +#: using-d-i.xml:2990 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Sekalaista" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4696,13 +4750,13 @@ msgstr "" "ovat käytettävissä jos jotain menee pieleen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2970 +#: using-d-i.xml:3004 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Asentimen lokien tallentaminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2972 +#: using-d-i.xml:3006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4714,7 +4768,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2979 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4730,13 +4784,13 @@ msgstr "" "tai liittää lokit asennusraporttiin." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2999 +#: using-d-i.xml:3033 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Komentotulkin käyttö ja lokien lukeminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3001 +#: using-d-i.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4762,14 +4816,14 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" "Graafista asenninta käytettäessä katso myös <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3023 +#: using-d-i.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4785,7 +4839,7 @@ msgstr "" "komentotulkin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3031 +#: using-d-i.xml:3065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4803,7 +4857,7 @@ msgstr "" "tekstintäydennys ja komentohistoria." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3040 +#: using-d-i.xml:3074 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4815,7 +4869,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3047 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4827,7 +4881,7 @@ msgstr "" "käytettäväksi jos jokin menee vikaan ja virheenjäljitykseen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4841,13 +4895,13 @@ msgstr "" "komentotulkissa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3068 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Etäasennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3070 +#: using-d-i.xml:3104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4864,7 +4918,7 @@ msgstr "" "tämän osan voi automatisoida, katso <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3080 +#: using-d-i.xml:3114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4886,7 +4940,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH:ta.</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3093 +#: using-d-i.xml:3127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4896,7 +4950,7 @@ msgstr "" "tultua tehdyksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4918,7 +4972,7 @@ msgstr "" "tietoturvallisesti <quote>etäasennuksen tekevälle henkilölle</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3110 +#: using-d-i.xml:3144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4930,7 +4984,7 @@ msgstr "" "toinen asentimen osa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3150 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4962,7 +5016,7 @@ msgstr "" "on vahvistettava se oikeaksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3133 +#: using-d-i.xml:3167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -4986,7 +5040,7 @@ msgstr "" "voiko asennusta jatkaa kun yhteys on muodostettu uudelleen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3146 +#: using-d-i.xml:3180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -5008,7 +5062,7 @@ msgstr "" "muuten toipunut). Sitä oli siis käytettävä vain tarvittaessa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3159 +#: using-d-i.xml:3193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -5032,7 +5086,7 @@ msgstr "" "ja yrittää uudelleen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3175 +#: using-d-i.xml:3209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -5052,7 +5106,7 @@ msgstr "" "useampia." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3185 +#: using-d-i.xml:3219 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -5068,13 +5122,13 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmä toimii huonosti." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3205 +#: using-d-i.xml:3239 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "Puuttuvan laitetiedoston lataaminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3206 +#: using-d-i.xml:3240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -5089,7 +5143,7 @@ msgstr "" "lisäominaisuuksien saamiseen käyttöön." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3214 +#: using-d-i.xml:3248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5107,7 +5161,7 @@ msgstr "" "lib/firmware</filename>) ja laiteajuria vastaava moduuli ladataan uudelleen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5125,7 +5179,7 @@ msgstr "" "laiteohjelmisto voidaan ladata myös MMC- tai SD-kortilta</phrase>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3234 +#: using-d-i.xml:3268 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5136,7 +5190,7 @@ msgstr "" "laite toimii ilmankin tai jos laitetta ei tarvita asennuksen aikana." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3241 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5153,13 +5207,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"submit-bug\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3286 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "Taltion valmistelu" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3253 +#: using-d-i.xml:3287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5179,7 +5233,7 @@ msgstr "" "tuettu asennuksen ensimmäisten vaiheiden aikana." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3263 +#: using-d-i.xml:3297 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5194,7 +5248,7 @@ msgstr "" "vastaava tar-tiedosto ja pura se taltion tiedostojärjestelmään." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3277 +#: using-d-i.xml:3311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5211,7 +5265,7 @@ msgstr "" "laiteohjelmistopaketteja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3291 +#: using-d-i.xml:3325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5223,13 +5277,13 @@ msgstr "" "laitevalmistajalta." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3300 +#: using-d-i.xml:3334 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "Laiteohjelmisto ja asennettu järjestelmä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3301 +#: using-d-i.xml:3335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5247,7 +5301,7 @@ msgstr "" "laiteohjelmistoa voida ladata versioerojen vuoksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3310 +#: using-d-i.xml:3344 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5263,7 +5317,7 @@ msgstr "" "automaattisesti jos uusi versio julkaistaan." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5275,7 +5329,7 @@ msgstr "" "laiteohjelmistopaketti) on asennettu käyttäjän toimesta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " @@ -5289,6 +5343,36 @@ msgstr "" "asenneta asennuksen valmistuttua. " #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the language has only one country associated with it, that country " +#~ "will be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to " +#~ "select a different country by first lowering the debconf priority to " +#~ "medium, followed by revisiting the language selection option in the main " +#~ "menu of the installer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mikäli kieltä vastaa vain yksi maa, tuo maa valitaan automaattisesti. " +#~ "Tässä tapauksessa on mahdollista valita toinen maa vain alentamalla ensin " +#~ "debconfin prioriteetti keskitasoon, ja menemällä sen jälkeen uudelleen " +#~ "kielen valintaan asentimen päävalikossa. " + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " +#~| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~ "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~ "the option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the " +#~ "installed system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the " +#~ "default for the installed system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Maa-asetuksen oletus asetetaan valitun kielen ja maan perusteella. Jos " +#~ "asennus tehdään keskitason tai alhaisella prioriteetilla, tarjotaan " +#~ "mahdollisuus valita muu oletus maa-asetukselle ja lisää maa-asetustoja " +#~ "muodostettavaksi asennettuun järjestelmään." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " #~ "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " #~ "reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." diff --git a/po/hu/using-d-i.po b/po/hu/using-d-i.po index e844e0e34..bf256713e 100644 --- a/po/hu/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/hu/using-d-i.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-11 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-22 01:11+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-14 08:35+0100\n" "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian\n" @@ -915,12 +915,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:530 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to " +#| "pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your " +#| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " +#| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default " -"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " +"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "A választott ország alapján ajánl a telepítő alap időzónát és a földrajzi " "helynek megfelelő egy vagy több Debian tükröt. A nyelv és ország együtt " @@ -966,7 +971,7 @@ msgid "" "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " "continent." @@ -982,41 +987,62 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will " -"be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to select a " -"different country by first lowering the debconf priority to medium, followed " -"by revisiting the language selection option in the main menu of the " -"installer." +"If the language has only one country associated with it, a list of countries " +"will be displayed for the continent or region the country belongs to, with " +"that country selected as the default. Use the <guibutton>Go Back</guibutton> " +"option to select countries on a different continent." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:575 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -#| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " -#| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " -#| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." -msgid "" -"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " -"option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed " -"system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the default for " -"the installed system." -msgstr "" -"Egy alap helyi beállítás is kiválasztásra kerül a kijelölt nyelv és ország " -"alapján. Közepes vagy alacsony elsőbbségű telepítésnél lehetőség van más " -"helyi beállítás kijelölésére és további létrehozandókéra a telepített " -"rendszeren." +#: using-d-i.xml:574 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"It is important to select the country where you live or where you are " +"located as it determines the time zone that will be configured for the " +"installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:580 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " +"defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " +"installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " +"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " +"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " +"UTF-8 as character encoding." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " +"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " +"but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" +"1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" +"footnote>, to be generated for the installed system; if you do, you will be " +"asked which of the selected locales should be the default for the installed " +"system." +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:591 +#: using-d-i.xml:617 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Billentyűzet választása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -1032,7 +1058,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>kbd-config</command> parancsot rendszergazdaként)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:603 +#: using-d-i.xml:629 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -1048,7 +1074,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> és <keycap>F10</keycap> közti billentyűk is vannak a legfelső sorban." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:638 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1067,13 +1093,13 @@ msgstr "" "Amúgy a 2 kiosztás egyezik." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:642 +#: using-d-i.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "A Debian Telepítő ISO kép keresése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1087,7 +1113,7 @@ msgstr "" "összetevő pontosan ezt biztosítja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:650 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1116,7 +1142,7 @@ msgstr "" "képet keres." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:667 +#: using-d-i.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1128,7 +1154,7 @@ msgstr "" "végezzen-e átfogóbb keresést. Ekkor az egész fájlrendszert átnézi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1145,13 +1171,13 @@ msgstr "" "indítanak újra, hanem megnézik a 2. konzolon." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:695 +#: using-d-i.xml:721 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "Hálózat beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:697 +#: using-d-i.xml:723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1170,7 +1196,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry> kézikönyv oldalt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:708 +#: using-d-i.xml:734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1192,7 +1218,7 @@ msgstr "" "tudod, hogy ehhez minden működik, próbáld újra." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:720 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1215,7 +1241,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"needed-info\"/> szerint." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:760 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1236,13 +1262,14 @@ msgstr "" "interfaces</filename> szerkesztésével." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:779 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring the Clock" -msgstr "Óra beállítása" +#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" +msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" +msgstr "Időzóna beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1254,26 +1281,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:803 +#: using-d-i.xml:829 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " -"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " -"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " -"system will assume that time zone." +"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your " +"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, " +"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." msgstr "" "A telepítő folyamat elején választott helytől függően az ennek megfelelő " "időzónák listája jelenik meg. Ha az adott helyhez csak 1 időzóna tartozik, a " "rendszer nem kérdez semmit és ezt az időzónát feltételezi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " +"additional option to select <quote>Universal Time Coordinated</quote> (UTC) " +"as time zone." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1282,22 +1318,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:821 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the " "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The " "command to do this is:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1308,20 +1344,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:847 +#: using-d-i.xml:880 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." +"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value " +"using preseeding." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Particionálás és csatolási pont választás" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1339,7 +1376,7 @@ msgstr "" "LVM vagy RAID eszközök beállítása." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:882 +#: using-d-i.xml:916 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1350,7 +1387,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"partitioning\"/> részt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:888 +#: using-d-i.xml:922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1371,7 +1408,7 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> Ez a lemez korábbi adatait elérhetetlenné teszi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1385,13 +1422,13 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Kézi</guimenuitem> pontot a menüből." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:945 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Particionáló séma" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:912 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1408,14 +1445,14 @@ msgstr "" "beállítja a kernel <quote>dm-crypt</quote> támogatást. </para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "Nem minden architektúrán lehetséges (titkosított) LVM használata." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:932 +#: using-d-i.xml:966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1431,7 +1468,7 @@ msgstr "" "biztonságát nyújtja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:941 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1446,7 +1483,7 @@ msgstr "" "nyomait is törli), de a lemez méretétől függően eltart egy ideig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#: using-d-i.xml:984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1463,7 +1500,7 @@ msgstr "" "kéri, mielőtt lemezre írná őket." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1480,7 +1517,7 @@ msgstr "" "mutatott méretek is segíthetnek azonosítani őket." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:969 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1496,7 +1533,7 @@ msgstr "" "(titkosított) LVM használatakor ez nem lehetséges." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:977 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1513,73 +1550,73 @@ msgstr "" "választott sémától függően) az irányított particionálás elvetésre kerül." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1027 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Particionáló séma" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Minimum hely" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Létrehozott partíciók" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Minden fájl 1 partíción" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, csere" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1005 +#: using-d-i.xml:1039 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Önálló /home partíció" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1006 +#: using-d-i.xml:1040 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1007 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, csere" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1045 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Önálló /home, /usr, /var és /tmp partíció" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1012 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1 GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1013 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1589,7 +1626,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, csere" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1022 +#: using-d-i.xml:1056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1602,7 +1639,7 @@ msgstr "" "partícióval együtt, az LVM partíción belül jön létre." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1615,7 +1652,7 @@ msgstr "" "menüelem is látszik a formázó menüben EFI indító partíció kézi beállítására." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1070 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1626,7 +1663,7 @@ msgstr "" "táblát, benne a leendő formázási és csatolási információkat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1042 +#: using-d-i.xml:1076 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1676,7 +1713,7 @@ msgstr "" "lehetséges változatot mutat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1055 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1696,13 +1733,13 @@ msgstr "" "alább írt kézi particionálás szerint." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1069 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Particionáló séma" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1717,7 +1754,7 @@ msgstr "" "szakasz további részeiben." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1078 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1731,7 +1768,7 @@ msgstr "" "jelenik meg a választott lemezen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1086 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1766,7 +1803,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command> fő képernyőjéhez." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1787,7 +1824,7 @@ msgstr "" "partíció." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1802,7 +1839,7 @@ msgstr "" "gyökér fájlrendszer csatolására." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1814,7 +1851,7 @@ msgstr "" "meg nem teszed." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1830,7 +1867,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1844,13 +1881,13 @@ msgstr "" "kért módon történő létrehozásának megerősítését." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Több-lemezes eszköz beállítása (szoftver RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1204 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1877,7 +1914,7 @@ msgstr "" "után <firstterm>szoftver RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1183 +#: using-d-i.xml:1217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1891,7 +1928,7 @@ msgstr "" "csatolható, és így tovább)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1191 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are " @@ -2017,98 +2054,98 @@ msgstr "" "para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Összefoglalva:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1305 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Típus" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1340 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Legkisebb eszköz-szám" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Tartalék eszköz" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1308 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Túlél lemez hibát?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1309 +#: using-d-i.xml:1343 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Elérhető hely" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1354 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nincs</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1319 +#: using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" "A legkisebb partíció mérete szorozva a RAID tömbben lévő eszközök számával" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1323 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "lehet" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 using-d-i.xml:1334 using-d-i.xml:1345 using-d-i.xml:1356 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>igen</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1361 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "A RAID tömbben lévő legkisebb partíció mérete" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1331 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2118,21 +2155,21 @@ msgstr "" "száma -1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "RAID0" msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2145,14 +2182,14 @@ msgstr "" "száma -1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "RAID0" msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2160,7 +2197,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2170,7 +2207,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">Szoftver RAID HOGYAN</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2185,7 +2222,7 @@ msgstr "" "fizikai kötet</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> pontot.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2198,7 +2235,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2221,7 +2258,7 @@ msgstr "" "megoldhatják." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1399 +#: using-d-i.xml:1433 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2242,7 +2279,7 @@ msgstr "" "következők a választott MD típustól függenek." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2253,7 +2290,7 @@ msgstr "" "listája, és az egyetlen feladat a leendő MD-t alkotó partíciók kijelölése." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1419 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number " @@ -2278,7 +2315,7 @@ msgstr "" "az előbb megadott számmal. Ne aggódj! A &d-i; figyelmeztet hiba esetén." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1431 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2288,7 +2325,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> aktív partíciót kell megadni." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2301,7 +2338,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> aktív partíciót kell megadni." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1443 +#: using-d-i.xml:1477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2314,7 +2351,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2332,7 +2369,7 @@ msgstr "" "partíció)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1466 +#: using-d-i.xml:1500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2346,13 +2383,13 @@ msgstr "" "például csatolási pontok társítására." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Logikai kötet-kezelő (LVM) beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1482 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2368,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr "" "így tovább kellett kezelni." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1490 +#: using-d-i.xml:1524 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2387,7 +2424,7 @@ msgstr "" "közt is átnyúlhatnak." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2408,7 +2445,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink> leírást." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1511 +#: using-d-i.xml:1545 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2425,7 +2462,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> pontot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2444,7 +2481,7 @@ msgstr "" "lehetséges műveleteket mutatja. A lehetséges műveletek:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2454,43 +2491,43 @@ msgstr "" "eszköz struktúrát, a logikai kötetek neveit, méreteit és egyebeket" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Kötet csoport létrehozása" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1539 +#: using-d-i.xml:1573 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Logikai kötet létrehozása" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Kötet csoport törlése" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1579 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Logikai kötet törlése" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1582 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Kötet csoport bővítése" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1585 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Kötet csoport csökkentése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2500,7 +2537,7 @@ msgstr "" "képernyőhöz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2510,7 +2547,7 @@ msgstr "" "kötetek létrehozására." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2522,13 +2559,13 @@ msgstr "" "is kezelhetők)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Titkosított kötetek beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2550,7 +2587,7 @@ msgstr "" "adatok véletlen karaktereknek tűnnek." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2578,7 +2615,7 @@ msgstr "" "betöltése." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1606 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2592,7 +2629,7 @@ msgstr "" "hosszán múlik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2612,7 +2649,7 @@ msgstr "" "módosul és különböző titkosító lehetőségeket ad a partícióhoz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1624 +#: using-d-i.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2628,7 +2665,7 @@ msgstr "" "ok, ajánlott az alap használata." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1636 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2642,13 +2679,13 @@ msgstr "" "lettek kiválasztva." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Titkosítás: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2673,13 +2710,13 @@ msgstr "" "érzékeny adatok védelmére a XXI. században." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1700 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Kulcs méret: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1668 +#: using-d-i.xml:1702 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2692,13 +2729,13 @@ msgstr "" "teljesítményre. Az elérhető kulcs méretek a titkosítástól függenek." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1714 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV algoritmus: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2715,7 +2752,7 @@ msgstr "" "adatok általi törés megakadályozása." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2729,25 +2766,25 @@ msgstr "" "az újabb algoritmusokat." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1738 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Titkosító kulcs: <userinput>Jelmondat</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1706 +#: using-d-i.xml:1740 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Itt állítható be a titkosító kulcs e partícióhoz." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1712 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Jelmondat" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2761,13 +2798,13 @@ msgstr "" "alapján, mely e folyamat folyatásában adható meg." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 using-d-i.xml:1821 +#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Véletlen kulcs" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2784,7 +2821,7 @@ msgstr "" "algoritmus ismeretlen gyengesége nélkül ez nem lehetséges a mi életünkben.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2803,13 +2840,13 @@ msgstr "" "partícióra a felfüggesztéskor írt adatok visszaállítása." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Adatok törlése: <userinput>igen</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1793 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2829,7 +2866,7 @@ msgstr "" "felülírás után. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1779 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2841,13 +2878,13 @@ msgstr "" "alábbi lehetőségeket adja:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1788 +#: using-d-i.xml:1822 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Titkosítás: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1824 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2859,25 +2896,25 @@ msgstr "" "szakaszt a titkosításokról és kulcsok méreteiről további adatokért." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1800 +#: using-d-i.xml:1834 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Titkosító kulcs: <userinput>Kulcsfájl (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1836 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Itt adható meg a titkosító kulcs típusa e partícióhoz." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1808 +#: using-d-i.xml:1842 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Kulcsfájl (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2891,19 +2928,19 @@ msgstr "" "egy ilyen megadására)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Lásd a véletlen kulcsok szakaszt fent." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Lásd az adatok törlése szakaszt fent." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 +#: using-d-i.xml:1879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2920,7 +2957,7 @@ msgstr "" "egy új partíciós tábla írását. A nagy partíciókon ez eltart egy ideig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2936,7 +2973,7 @@ msgstr "" "rokonok nevei és így tovább)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1864 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2959,7 +2996,7 @@ msgstr "" "gyökér fájlrendszer számára." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1877 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2981,7 +3018,7 @@ msgstr "" "titkosítandó partíciónál megismételhető." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1893 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3013,7 +3050,7 @@ msgstr "" "kötetekhez és módosítani fájlrendszer típusukat, ha nem tetszik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1906 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -3039,7 +3076,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3047,13 +3084,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Ha a partíciós séma megfelel, folyatható a telepítés." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Az alaprendszer telepítése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1928 +#: using-d-i.xml:1962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3066,7 +3103,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lassú gép vagy hálózati kapcsolat esetén eltart egy kis ideig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3082,7 +3119,7 @@ msgstr "" "Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> használható." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3094,7 +3131,7 @@ msgstr "" "ellenőrzésükre, ha a telepítés soros konzolon át történik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1956 +#: using-d-i.xml:1990 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3107,13 +3144,13 @@ msgstr "" "az elérhető kernelek egy listából választhatók." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1968 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Felhasználók és jelszavaik felvétele" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3122,13 +3159,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "A root jelszó beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1987 +#: using-d-i.xml:2021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3142,7 +3179,7 @@ msgstr "" "ekkor is csak a lehető legrövidebb ideig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1995 +#: using-d-i.xml:2029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3158,7 +3195,7 @@ msgstr "" "használatát." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3170,13 +3207,13 @@ msgstr "" "ha egy gépet másokkal felügyelsz." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2013 +#: using-d-i.xml:2047 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Egy szokásos felhasználó létrehozása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2015 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3190,7 +3227,7 @@ msgstr "" "bejelentkezésre." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2024 +#: using-d-i.xml:2058 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3210,7 +3247,7 @@ msgstr "" "elolvasol egyet, ha ez új neked." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3224,7 +3261,7 @@ msgstr "" "fiókhoz tartozó jelszót." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2041 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3234,13 +3271,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>adduser</command> parancsot." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2052 +#: using-d-i.xml:2086 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "További szoftverek telepítése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2053 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3255,13 +3292,13 @@ msgstr "" "hálózat esetén." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Az apt beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3295,7 +3332,7 @@ msgstr "" "hivatalosan ajánlott csomag-kezelő eszköz az <command>aptitude</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3310,7 +3347,7 @@ msgstr "" "után is szerkeszthetők." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2101 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3322,7 +3359,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2110 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3333,13 +3370,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2155 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3349,7 +3386,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3359,7 +3396,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2172 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3369,7 +3406,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3380,7 +3417,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2154 +#: using-d-i.xml:2188 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3390,7 +3427,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2162 +#: using-d-i.xml:2196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3402,13 +3439,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3417,7 +3454,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2183 +#: using-d-i.xml:2217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3429,7 +3466,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2192 +#: using-d-i.xml:2226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3442,7 +3479,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3452,7 +3489,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2210 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3463,7 +3500,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3474,26 +3511,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2260 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2241 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3502,7 +3539,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2250 +#: using-d-i.xml:2284 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3512,13 +3549,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2300 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Szoftverek kiválasztása és telepítése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2268 +#: using-d-i.xml:2302 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3535,7 +3572,7 @@ msgstr "" "összpontosít, hogy gyorsan beállítsa a gépet különböző feladatok elvégzésére." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2277 +#: using-d-i.xml:2311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3568,7 +3605,7 @@ msgstr "" "igényét." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2304 +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -3586,7 +3623,7 @@ msgstr "" "hogy egyáltalán ne telepíts semmit ezen a módon." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3596,7 +3633,7 @@ msgstr "" "feladat kijelölésének váltásához." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3604,7 +3641,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3618,7 +3655,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2367 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3628,7 +3665,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2340 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3640,7 +3677,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 +#: using-d-i.xml:2384 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3668,7 +3705,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2361 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3679,7 +3716,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2369 +#: using-d-i.xml:2403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3692,7 +3729,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2413 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3705,7 +3742,7 @@ msgstr "" "választott feladatok részei." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3721,7 +3758,7 @@ msgstr "" "telepítésének leállítására." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3738,13 +3775,13 @@ msgstr "" "használatakor történik." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "A rendszer indíthatóvá tétele" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3758,13 +3795,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> részt.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2427 +#: using-d-i.xml:2461 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Más operációs rendszerek érzékelése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3779,7 +3816,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian mellett." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3795,13 +3832,13 @@ msgstr "" "dokumentációját." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-telepítő" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3817,19 +3854,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> olvas Linux partíciókat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( több adat kell )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2477 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>Grub</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3841,7 +3878,7 @@ msgstr "" "egyaránt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3853,7 +3890,7 @@ msgstr "" "a grub kézikönyvet teljes információért." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3864,13 +3901,13 @@ msgstr "" "válaszd a kívánt boot betöltőt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2504 +#: using-d-i.xml:2538 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>LILO</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3886,7 +3923,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOGYAN</ulink> is hasznos." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2516 +#: using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3900,7 +3937,7 @@ msgstr "" "számára kézzel kell majd hozzáadni a bejegyzést a menüben a telepítés után." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3910,13 +3947,13 @@ msgstr "" "telepítésére:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Mester Boot Rekord (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3926,13 +3963,13 @@ msgstr "" "irányítását." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "új Debian partíció" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3944,13 +3981,13 @@ msgstr "" "szolgál." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Más választás" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3966,7 +4003,7 @@ msgstr "" "sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2557 +#: using-d-i.xml:2591 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3982,13 +4019,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian rendszerbe tartósan visszatérj!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Az <command>ELILO</command> betöltő telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2575 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4015,7 +4052,7 @@ msgstr "" "indítására." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4031,13 +4068,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>gyökér</emphasis> fájlrendszerrel egyező lemezen van." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2603 +#: using-d-i.xml:2637 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Válaszd a helyes partíciót!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2639 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4054,13 +4091,13 @@ msgstr "" "formázhatja a partíciót a telepítés alatt, letörölheti a korábbi tartalmat!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2620 +#: using-d-i.xml:2654 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI Partíció Tartalom" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4088,13 +4125,13 @@ msgstr "" "más fájlok is kerülhetnek e fájlrendszerre." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2644 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4106,13 +4143,13 @@ msgstr "" "fájlnevekkel." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4125,13 +4162,13 @@ msgstr "" "GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menüpontja mögött." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2665 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2666 +#: using-d-i.xml:2700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4145,13 +4182,13 @@ msgstr "" "fájl, melyre a <filename>/initrd.img</filename> jelképes lánc hivatkozik." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2713 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4163,13 +4200,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> következő futtatásakor." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2723 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4183,13 +4220,13 @@ msgstr "" "vmlinuz</filename> jelképes lánc hivatkozik." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2711 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4232,13 +4269,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>boot</command> parancs." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2730 +#: using-d-i.xml:2764 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4247,13 +4284,13 @@ msgstr "" ": az indítandó SCSI busz, <userinput>0</userinput> az alaplapi vezérlőknél" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2739 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "lemez" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4262,13 +4299,13 @@ msgstr "" ": a merevlemez SCSI azonosítója, melyre az <command>arboot</command> települt" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2748 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "part.sz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2749 +#: using-d-i.xml:2783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4278,13 +4315,13 @@ msgstr "" "bejegyzés neve, alapban <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2758 +#: using-d-i.xml:2792 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4292,13 +4329,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr ": a " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2779 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>Yaboot</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2780 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4317,13 +4354,13 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware beállításra kerül a &debian; indítására." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2798 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>Quik</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2799 +#: using-d-i.xml:2833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4336,13 +4373,13 @@ msgstr "" "beállítását. Ez megy a 7200, 7300 és 7600 gépeken és pár másolatán." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2816 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4358,13 +4395,13 @@ msgstr "" "több <command>ZIPL</command> adatért." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2867 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>SILO</command> boot betöltő telepítése merevlemezre" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4393,13 +4430,13 @@ msgstr "" "ha e GNU/Linux rendszeredet egy SunOS/Solaris mellé telepíted." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2860 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Folytatás boot betöltő nélkül" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2862 +#: using-d-i.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4411,7 +4448,7 @@ msgstr "" "(például egy már telepített boot betöltőt használsz)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4432,13 +4469,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/boot</filename> fájlrendszer adatai." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2886 +#: using-d-i.xml:2920 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "A telepítés befejezése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2921 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4449,13 +4486,13 @@ msgstr "" "feladatai utáni rendrakásból áll." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2900 +#: using-d-i.xml:2934 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "A rendszer beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2936 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4468,7 +4505,7 @@ msgstr "" "például a telepített más operációs rendszerek alapján." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2909 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4487,7 +4524,7 @@ msgstr "" "elrontsa a rendszert.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4496,13 +4533,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2935 +#: using-d-i.xml:2969 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "A rendszer beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2937 +#: using-d-i.xml:2971 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4515,7 +4552,7 @@ msgstr "" "rendszerre." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2977 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4529,13 +4566,13 @@ msgstr "" "gyökér fájlrendszer számára választott DASD eszközről." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2956 +#: using-d-i.xml:2990 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Egyebek" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4546,13 +4583,13 @@ msgstr "" "folyamatnak, de nehezebb helyzetekhez készen állnak a felhasználó segítésére." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2970 +#: using-d-i.xml:3004 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Telepítő naplók mentése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2972 +#: using-d-i.xml:3006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4564,7 +4601,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> könyvtárba." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2979 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4580,13 +4617,13 @@ msgstr "" "jelentésbe." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2999 +#: using-d-i.xml:3033 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "A héj használata és a naplók megtekintése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3001 +#: using-d-i.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4611,13 +4648,13 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> gombokat a telepítőre visszaváltáshoz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3023 +#: using-d-i.xml:3057 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4632,7 +4669,7 @@ msgstr "" "lezárásához." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3031 +#: using-d-i.xml:3065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4649,7 +4686,7 @@ msgstr "" "szép képességgel mint például az automata kiegészítés és történet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3040 +#: using-d-i.xml:3074 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4661,7 +4698,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> könyvtárban találhatók." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3047 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4673,7 +4710,7 @@ msgstr "" "szolgál." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4686,13 +4723,13 @@ msgstr "" "a csere partíció bekapcsolására és ne tedd a héjból." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3068 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Telepítés hálózatról" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3070 +#: using-d-i.xml:3104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4709,7 +4746,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> részben írtak szerint.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3080 +#: using-d-i.xml:3114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4730,7 +4767,7 @@ msgstr "" "távolról SSH-n át</guimenuitem> új menüelem jelzi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3093 +#: using-d-i.xml:3127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4740,7 +4777,7 @@ msgstr "" "után." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4761,7 +4798,7 @@ msgstr "" "távolról folytató személy</quote> számára." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3110 +#: using-d-i.xml:3144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4773,7 +4810,7 @@ msgstr "" "kiválasztható." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3150 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4805,7 +4842,7 @@ msgstr "" "gép ujjlenyomata." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3133 +#: using-d-i.xml:3167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -4821,7 +4858,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3146 +#: using-d-i.xml:3180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -4835,7 +4872,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3159 +#: using-d-i.xml:3193 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4857,7 +4894,7 @@ msgstr "" "kapcsolódsz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3175 +#: using-d-i.xml:3209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4876,7 +4913,7 @@ msgstr "" "folyamatban használható, de héjakhoz több is." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3185 +#: using-d-i.xml:3219 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4891,13 +4928,13 @@ msgstr "" "telepített rendszeren." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3205 +#: using-d-i.xml:3239 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3206 +#: using-d-i.xml:3240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -4907,7 +4944,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3214 +#: using-d-i.xml:3248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -4919,7 +4956,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -4931,7 +4968,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3234 +#: using-d-i.xml:3268 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -4940,7 +4977,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3241 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -4951,13 +4988,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3286 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3253 +#: using-d-i.xml:3287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -4970,7 +5007,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3263 +#: using-d-i.xml:3297 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -4981,7 +5018,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3277 +#: using-d-i.xml:3311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -4992,7 +5029,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3291 +#: using-d-i.xml:3325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5001,13 +5038,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3300 +#: using-d-i.xml:3334 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3301 +#: using-d-i.xml:3335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5019,7 +5056,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3310 +#: using-d-i.xml:3344 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5030,7 +5067,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5039,7 +5076,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " @@ -5048,6 +5085,27 @@ msgid "" "the installation is completed." msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " +#~| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~ "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~ "the option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the " +#~ "installed system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the " +#~ "default for the installed system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Egy alap helyi beállítás is kiválasztásra kerül a kijelölt nyelv és " +#~ "ország alapján. Közepes vagy alacsony elsőbbségű telepítésnél lehetőség " +#~ "van más helyi beállítás kijelölésére és további létrehozandókéra a " +#~ "telepített rendszeren." + +#~ msgid "Configuring the Clock" +#~ msgstr "Óra beállítása" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " #~ "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " @@ -5249,9 +5307,6 @@ msgstr "" #~ "A particionálás után a telepítő 1-2 kérdést még feltesz, melyet a " #~ "telepítendő rendszer beállításaihoz használ majd." -#~ msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" -#~ msgstr "Időzóna beállítása" - #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " #~ "time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time " diff --git a/po/ja/using-d-i.po b/po/ja/using-d-i.po index 2aadff126..1b1f73c4d 100644 --- a/po/ja/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ja/using-d-i.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-11 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-22 01:11+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-28 00:14+0900\n" "Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@caldron.jp>\n" "Language-Team: \n" @@ -909,12 +909,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:530 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to " +#| "pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your " +#| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " +#| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default " -"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " +"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "選択した国は、インストールプロセスの後半で、デフォルトのタイムゾーンの抽出" "と、地理的に適切な Debian ミラーの抽出に使用します。言語と国は、ともにシステ" @@ -944,13 +949,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:549 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " +#| "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " +#| "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" +#| "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " +#| "country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +#| "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " +#| "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " +#| "continent." msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " "continent." @@ -965,43 +979,62 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will " -"be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to select a " -"different country by first lowering the debconf priority to medium, followed " -"by revisiting the language selection option in the main menu of the " -"installer." +"If the language has only one country associated with it, a list of countries " +"will be displayed for the continent or region the country belongs to, with " +"that country selected as the default. Use the <guibutton>Go Back</guibutton> " +"option to select countries on a different continent." msgstr "" -"その言語に関連する国がひとつしかない場合、国を自動的に選択します。この場合、" -"まず debconf の優先度を中に下げ、インストーラのメインメニューから言語選択オプ" -"ションへ再度入って、別の国を選択するしかありません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:575 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -#| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " -#| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " -#| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." +#: using-d-i.xml:574 +#, no-c-format msgid "" -"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " -"option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed " -"system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the default for " -"the installed system." +"It is important to select the country where you live or where you are " +"located as it determines the time zone that will be configured for the " +"installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:580 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " +"defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " +"installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " +"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " +"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " +"UTF-8 as character encoding." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " +"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " +"but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" +"1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" +"footnote>, to be generated for the installed system; if you do, you will be " +"asked which of the selected locales should be the default for the installed " +"system." msgstr "" -"デフォルトのロケールは、選択した言語と国を基に選択されます。優先度を「中」・" -"「低」でインストールしている場合は、インストールしているシステムのデフォルト" -"のロケールを変更したり、追加ロケールを生成したりできます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:591 +#: using-d-i.xml:617 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "キーボード選択" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -1019,7 +1052,7 @@ msgstr "" "い)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:603 +#: using-d-i.xml:629 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -1034,7 +1067,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap> から <keycap>F10</keycap> キーを備えたものです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:638 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1054,13 +1087,13 @@ msgstr "" "ます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:642 +#: using-d-i.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Debian Installer iso イメージの検索" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1074,7 +1107,7 @@ msgstr "" "います。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:650 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1104,7 +1137,7 @@ msgstr "" "ジを探します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:667 +#: using-d-i.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1117,7 +1150,7 @@ msgstr "" "み調査しませんが、実際にファイルシステム全体を全探索します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1134,13 +1167,13 @@ msgstr "" "るユーザは、再起動せずに第 2 コンソール上でチェックできます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:695 +#: using-d-i.xml:721 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "ネットワークの設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:697 +#: using-d-i.xml:723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1160,7 +1193,7 @@ msgstr "" "ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:708 +#: using-d-i.xml:734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1183,7 +1216,7 @@ msgstr "" "切であると確信するなら、再実行してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:720 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1206,7 +1239,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"needed-info\"/> から回答を書き込んでください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1227,13 +1260,14 @@ msgstr "" "etc/network/interfaces</filename> を編集して変更できます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:779 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring the Clock" +#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "Configuring the Clock" +msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "時計の設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1250,26 +1284,40 @@ msgstr "" "とはできません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:803 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, " +#| "you may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " +#| "location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " +#| "system will assume that time zone." msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " -"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " -"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " -"system will assume that time zone." +"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your " +"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, " +"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." msgstr "" "インストール処理の初期に選択した所在地をもとに、その場所に関連するタイムゾー" "ンの一覧を表示します。あなたの場所にタイムゾーンがひとつしかなければ、システ" "ムは一覧を表示せず、そのタイムゾーンであると仮定します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " +"additional option to select <quote>Universal Time Coordinated</quote> (UTC) " +"as time zone." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1280,10 +1328,14 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>異なる</emphasis>ものにしたい場合は、2 つの選択肢があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:821 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +#| "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. " +#| "The command to do this is:" msgid "" -"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the " "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The " "command to do this is:" msgstr "" @@ -1291,13 +1343,13 @@ msgstr "" "タイムゾーンを選択することです。以下のようなコマンドになります。" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1313,20 +1365,24 @@ msgstr "" "きです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:847 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using " +#| "preseeding." msgid "" -"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." +"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value " +"using preseeding." msgstr "自動インストール用に、タイムゾーンは preseed を用いても設定できます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "パーティションの分割とマウントポイントの選択" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1344,7 +1400,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:882 +#: using-d-i.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1354,7 +1410,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"partitioning\"/> をご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:888 +#: using-d-i.xml:922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1376,7 +1432,7 @@ msgstr "" "できなくなることに注意してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1390,13 +1446,13 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> を選んでください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:945 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "ガイドパーティション分割" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:912 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1413,7 +1469,7 @@ msgstr "" "サポートを利用します。</para> </footnote> を利用する方法です。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1422,7 +1478,7 @@ msgstr "" "わけではありません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:932 +#: using-d-i.xml:966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1439,7 +1495,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:941 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1454,7 +1510,7 @@ msgstr "" "スクのサイズにより、時間がかかることがあります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#: using-d-i.xml:984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1471,7 +1527,7 @@ msgstr "" "に、インストーラは変更してよいか確認してきます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1488,7 +1544,7 @@ msgstr "" "ます。ディスクサイズを確認の手がかりにしてください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:969 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1503,7 +1559,7 @@ msgstr "" "せん。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:977 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1520,73 +1576,73 @@ msgstr "" "依存します) がなければ、ガイドパーティション分割は失敗してしまいます。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1027 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "パーティション分割方法" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "最低容量" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "作成するパーティション" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "All files in one partition" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1005 +#: using-d-i.xml:1039 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Separate /home partition" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1006 +#: using-d-i.xml:1040 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1007 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1045 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1012 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1013 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1596,7 +1652,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1022 +#: using-d-i.xml:1056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1610,7 +1666,7 @@ msgstr "" "します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1624,7 +1680,7 @@ msgstr "" "セットアップするよう、フォーマットメニューに追加メニュー項目があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1070 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1636,7 +1692,7 @@ msgstr "" "いった情報が含まれています。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1042 +#: using-d-i.xml:1076 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1686,7 +1742,7 @@ msgstr "" "んが、手動パーティション分割で使用できる変化を示します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1055 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1707,13 +1763,13 @@ msgstr "" "ティション分割で修正してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1069 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "手動パーティション分割" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1728,7 +1784,7 @@ msgstr "" "ンの使用法については、本節の残りで扱います。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1078 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1742,7 +1798,7 @@ msgstr "" "SPACE</quote> (空き領域) という新しい行が現れます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1086 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1780,7 +1836,7 @@ msgstr "" "イン画面に戻ってください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1801,7 +1857,7 @@ msgstr "" "できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1817,7 +1873,7 @@ msgstr "" "に進みません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1828,7 +1884,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> がそれを検出し、行うまで先に進むことができません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1844,7 +1900,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1858,13 +1914,13 @@ msgstr "" "成するかどうか確認することになります。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "マルチディスクデバイス (ソフトウェア RAID) の設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1883,7 +1939,7 @@ msgstr "" "firstterm> の方が有名) と呼びます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1183 +#: using-d-i.xml:1217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1897,7 +1953,7 @@ msgstr "" "てられる等) と同様に使用できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1191 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2003,97 +2059,97 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> まとめると以下のようになります。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1305 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "タイプ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1340 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "デバイス最小構成数" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "予備デバイス" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1308 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "ディスク破損に耐えるか?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1309 +#: using-d-i.xml:1343 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "利用可能領域" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1354 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>×</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1319 +#: using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "RAID にある最小パーティションのサイズ×デバイス数" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1323 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "任意" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 using-d-i.xml:1334 using-d-i.xml:1345 using-d-i.xml:1356 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>○</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1361 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "RAID にある最小パーティションのサイズ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1331 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2101,19 +2157,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "RAID にある最小パーティションのサイズ×(デバイス数 - 1)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2121,13 +2177,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "最小パーティションのサイズ×(RAID にあるデバイス数 - 2)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2135,7 +2191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "全パーティションサイズ÷チャンクのコピー数 (デフォルトは 2)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2145,7 +2201,7 @@ msgstr "" "raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink> をご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2160,7 +2216,7 @@ msgstr "" "ニューの <command>partman</command> で行えます)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2180,7 +2236,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> に RAID1 を用いる例が選択したり得ます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2197,7 +2253,7 @@ msgstr "" "して動作させることができるかも知れません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1399 +#: using-d-i.xml:1433 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2218,7 +2274,7 @@ msgstr "" "さい。その後は選択した MD デバイスに依存します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2229,7 +2285,7 @@ msgstr "" "に MD にするパーティションを選択してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1419 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2248,7 +2304,7 @@ msgstr "" "せん。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1431 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2259,7 +2315,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2270,7 +2326,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1443 +#: using-d-i.xml:1477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2290,7 +2346,7 @@ msgstr "" "は、たくさんのアクティブデバイスがなければなりません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2308,7 +2364,7 @@ msgstr "" "ション) で結合できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1466 +#: using-d-i.xml:1500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2322,13 +2378,13 @@ msgstr "" "設定してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "論理ボリュームマネージャ (LVM) の設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1482 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2344,7 +2400,7 @@ msgstr "" "とになります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1490 +#: using-d-i.xml:1524 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2363,7 +2419,7 @@ msgstr "" "リュームグループも)、複数の物理ディスクをまたがって定義できると言うことです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2384,7 +2440,7 @@ msgstr "" "きです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1511 +#: using-d-i.xml:1545 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2401,7 +2457,7 @@ msgstr "" "</menuchoice> を選ぶことで行います。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2420,7 +2476,7 @@ msgstr "" "作は以下の通りです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2430,43 +2486,43 @@ msgstr "" "の名称やサイズなどを表示します" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの作成" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1539 +#: using-d-i.xml:1573 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "論理ボリュームの作成" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの削除" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1579 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "論理ボリュームの削除" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1582 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの拡張" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1585 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの縮小" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2476,7 +2532,7 @@ msgstr "" "ります" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2486,7 +2542,7 @@ msgstr "" "のメニューのオプションを使用してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2497,13 +2553,13 @@ msgstr "" "常のボリュームと同じように表示されています (そして同じように扱えます)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "暗号化ボリュームの設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2524,7 +2580,7 @@ msgstr "" "ないと、ハードディスクのデータはランダムな文字列にしか見えません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2550,7 +2606,7 @@ msgstr "" "ションからカーネルを起動する方法がないからです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1606 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2564,7 +2620,7 @@ msgstr "" "けます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2584,7 +2640,7 @@ msgstr "" "ティションを暗号化するオプションが追加されます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1624 +#: using-d-i.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2601,7 +2657,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1636 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2614,13 +2670,13 @@ msgstr "" "デフォルト値を指定してください。セキュリティを念頭に置いて選択されています。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2644,13 +2700,13 @@ msgstr "" "り、21 世紀の機密情報を保護する標準暗号化アルゴリズムとして採用されました。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1700 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1668 +#: using-d-i.xml:1702 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2663,13 +2719,13 @@ msgstr "" "影響を与えます。利用できる暗号化キーのサイズは暗号方式に依存します。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1714 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2686,7 +2742,7 @@ msgstr "" "を推測できないようにします。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2699,25 +2755,25 @@ msgstr "" "ない、以前インストールしたシステムと互換をとる場合のみ使用してください。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1738 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1706 +#: using-d-i.xml:1740 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "ここでは、このパーティションの暗号化キーのタイプを選択できます。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1712 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Passphrase" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2730,13 +2786,13 @@ msgstr "" "\">LUKS</ulink> を使用して設定するという意味です。</para></footnote>します。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 using-d-i.xml:1821 +#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Random key" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2753,7 +2809,7 @@ msgstr "" "解読されないでしょう)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2772,13 +2828,13 @@ msgstr "" "なってしまうのです。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1793 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2798,7 +2854,7 @@ msgstr "" "データを復元できると信じられています。</para></footnote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1779 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2810,13 +2866,13 @@ msgstr "" "ンを提供するように変わります。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1788 +#: using-d-i.xml:1822 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1824 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2828,25 +2884,25 @@ msgstr "" "ださい。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1800 +#: using-d-i.xml:1834 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1836 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "ここでは、このパーティションの暗号化キーのタイプを選択できます。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1808 +#: using-d-i.xml:1842 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Keyfile (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2859,19 +2915,19 @@ msgstr "" "は、適切なパスフレーズを入力する必要があります (後のプロセスで要求されます)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "前述の Random key の節をご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "前節の Erase data の節をご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 +#: using-d-i.xml:1879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2889,7 +2945,7 @@ msgstr "" "かかるでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2904,7 +2960,7 @@ msgstr "" "前など) でないものです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1864 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2927,7 +2983,7 @@ msgstr "" "トが有効でなかったのかもしれません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1877 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2948,7 +3004,7 @@ msgstr "" "ます。暗号化するパーティションの数だけ繰り返します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1893 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2981,7 +3037,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1906 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -2998,7 +3054,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/> で扱います。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3006,13 +3062,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "パーティション分割の内容に納得いったら、インストールに進んでください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "基本システムのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1928 +#: using-d-i.xml:1962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3025,7 +3081,7 @@ msgstr "" "接続しかなければ、ある程度時間がかかるかもしれません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3041,7 +3097,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> を押してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3053,7 +3109,7 @@ msgstr "" "ます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1956 +#: using-d-i.xml:1990 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3066,13 +3122,13 @@ msgstr "" "先度モードでは、利用可能なカーネルのリストから選ぶことができます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1968 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "ユーザとパスワードのセットアップ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3084,13 +3140,13 @@ msgstr "" "ウントは、インストール完了後に作成してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "root パスワードの設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1987 +#: using-d-i.xml:2021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3104,7 +3160,7 @@ msgstr "" "使用するのみにすべきです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1995 +#: using-d-i.xml:2029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3119,7 +3175,7 @@ msgstr "" "ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3131,13 +3187,13 @@ msgstr "" "ワードを教える必要は、通常決してありません。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2013 +#: using-d-i.xml:2047 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "一般ユーザの作成" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2015 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3151,7 +3207,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2024 +#: using-d-i.xml:2058 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3170,7 +3226,7 @@ msgstr "" "今までご存じなければ、ご一読ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3183,7 +3239,7 @@ msgstr "" "フォルトになります。最後にこのアカウントのパスワードを求められます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2041 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3193,13 +3249,13 @@ msgstr "" "command> コマンドを使用してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2052 +#: using-d-i.xml:2086 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "追加ソフトウェアのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2053 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3214,13 +3270,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "apt の設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3255,7 +3311,7 @@ msgstr "" "理の推奨ユーティリティです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3269,7 +3325,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2101 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3286,7 +3342,7 @@ msgstr "" "ミラーを追加します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2110 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3301,13 +3357,13 @@ msgstr "" "の有無を選べます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2155 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "2 枚以上の CD/DVD でのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3320,7 +3376,7 @@ msgstr "" "ケージをインストールするため、スキャンしたくなると思います。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3334,7 +3390,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2172 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3347,7 +3403,7 @@ msgstr "" "後の CD に入っているパッケージを使用することになります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3364,7 +3420,7 @@ msgstr "" "のをカバーできるでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2154 +#: using-d-i.xml:2188 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3378,7 +3434,7 @@ msgstr "" "環境をすべてカバーしています。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2162 +#: using-d-i.xml:2196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3395,13 +3451,13 @@ msgstr "" "低くなります。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "ネットワークミラーの利用" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3413,7 +3469,7 @@ msgstr "" "が、中には例外もあります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2183 +#: using-d-i.xml:2217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3430,7 +3486,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> タスクを選択<emphasis>しない</emphasis>のが最善でしょう" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2192 +#: using-d-i.xml:2226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3449,7 +3505,7 @@ msgstr "" "インストールは、(新しいシステムで起動した後など) 後で行うのがよいでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3463,7 +3519,7 @@ msgstr "" "ションとなります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2210 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3478,7 +3534,7 @@ msgstr "" "延ばすことができます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3493,26 +3549,26 @@ msgstr "" "のダウンロードするデータ量は、以下に依存します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2260 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "インストールの次のステップで選択するタスク。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "どのパッケージがそのタスクに必要か。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "そのパッケージがスキャンした CD や DVD に収録されているかどうか。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2241 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3524,7 +3580,7 @@ msgstr "" "意されているかどうか。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2250 +#: using-d-i.xml:2284 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3538,13 +3594,13 @@ msgstr "" "ください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2300 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "ソフトウェアの選択・インストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2268 +#: using-d-i.xml:2302 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3561,7 +3617,7 @@ msgstr "" "集中します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2277 +#: using-d-i.xml:2311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3594,7 +3650,7 @@ msgstr "" "必要容量一覧があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2304 +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3606,7 +3662,7 @@ msgstr "" "選択をはずせます。全くタスクを選ばないようにもできます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3616,7 +3672,7 @@ msgstr "" "グルできます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3626,7 +3682,7 @@ msgstr "" "環境</quote> タスクは、GNOME デスクトップ環境をインストールします。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3647,7 +3703,7 @@ msgstr "" "もっと軽量な Xfce デスクトップ環境や LXDE デスクトップ環境を選択できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2367 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3661,7 +3717,7 @@ msgstr "" "environments</quote> を探してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2340 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3678,7 +3734,7 @@ msgstr "" "ストールがうまくいくでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 +#: using-d-i.xml:2384 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3698,7 +3754,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2361 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3714,7 +3770,7 @@ msgstr "" "にしてください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2369 +#: using-d-i.xml:2403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3733,7 +3789,7 @@ msgstr "" "ルします。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3747,7 +3803,7 @@ msgstr "" "ます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3764,7 +3820,7 @@ msgstr "" "ンストールを始めたら、キャンセルするオプションはありません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3781,13 +3837,13 @@ msgstr "" "メージを使用していると、こういったことが起こり得ます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "システムを起動可能に" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3802,13 +3858,13 @@ msgstr "" "ください。</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2427 +#: using-d-i.xml:2461 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "他 OS の検出" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3823,7 +3879,7 @@ msgstr "" "きるように、このコンピュータを設定します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3838,13 +3894,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。作動しない場合は、詳細についてブートマネージャの文書を調べるべきです。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command> インストーラ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3860,19 +3916,19 @@ msgstr "" "Linux パーティションを読むことができるからです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( もっと情報が必要 )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2477 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>Grub</command> ブートローダのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3884,7 +3940,7 @@ msgstr "" "選んでおけばよいでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3897,7 +3953,7 @@ msgstr "" "さい。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3908,13 +3964,13 @@ msgstr "" "てください。そしてそこから、使用したいブートローダを選択してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2504 +#: using-d-i.xml:2538 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>LILO</command> ブートローダのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3930,7 +3986,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink> もご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2516 +#: using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3944,7 +4000,7 @@ msgstr "" "ということを表します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3954,13 +4010,13 @@ msgstr "" "提示します。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3970,13 +4026,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "new Debian partition" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3988,13 +4044,13 @@ msgstr "" "ンストールし、第 2 のブートローダとして動作します。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Other choice" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4010,7 +4066,7 @@ msgstr "" "<phrase condition=\"lenny\">従来の名前を</phrase>使用できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2557 +#: using-d-i.xml:2591 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4026,13 +4082,13 @@ msgstr "" "ということを意味します!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>ELILO</command> ブートローダのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2575 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4060,7 +4116,7 @@ msgstr "" "Boot Manager</quote> により実際に実行されます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4077,13 +4133,13 @@ msgstr "" "システムがあるディスクのパーティションを選択します。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2603 +#: using-d-i.xml:2637 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "正しいパーティションを選択してください!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2639 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4101,13 +4157,13 @@ msgstr "" "トして、以前の内容をすべて消去するかもしれないことを覚えておいてください!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2620 +#: using-d-i.xml:2654 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI パーティションの内容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4137,13 +4193,13 @@ msgstr "" "のファイルシステムにその他のファイルがあるかもしれません。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2644 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4155,13 +4211,13 @@ msgstr "" "ピーです。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4174,13 +4230,13 @@ msgstr "" "GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> を選択するとこれが起動します。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2665 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2666 +#: using-d-i.xml:2700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4194,13 +4250,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> で指し示す <filename>/boot</filename> にあるファイルです。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2713 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4212,13 +4268,13 @@ msgstr "" "する小さなテキストファイルです。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2723 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4232,13 +4288,13 @@ msgstr "" "ファイルです。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2711 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4282,13 +4338,13 @@ msgstr "" "い。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2730 +#: using-d-i.xml:2764 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4298,13 +4354,13 @@ msgstr "" "となる。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2739 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4314,13 +4370,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2748 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2749 +#: using-d-i.xml:2783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4329,13 +4385,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> があるパーティションの番号を表す。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2758 +#: using-d-i.xml:2792 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4345,13 +4401,13 @@ msgstr "" "は <quote>linux</quote> である。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2779 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>Yaboot</command> のインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2780 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4371,13 +4427,13 @@ msgstr "" "が &debian; を起動できるように設定されています。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2798 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>Quik</command> のインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2799 +#: using-d-i.xml:2833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4391,13 +4447,13 @@ msgstr "" "Powermac や Power Computing のクローンで動作することが知られています。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command> インストーラ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2816 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4413,13 +4469,13 @@ msgstr "" "and Installation Commands</quote> を見てください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2867 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>SILO</command> ブートローダのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4449,13 +4505,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris と一緒に GNU/Linux をインストールするのなら、これが便利です。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2860 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "ブートローダなしで継続" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2862 +#: using-d-i.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4468,7 +4524,7 @@ msgstr "" "るのに利用できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4490,13 +4546,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2886 +#: using-d-i.xml:2920 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "インストールの完了" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2921 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4507,13 +4563,13 @@ msgstr "" "終段階です。ほとんどが &d-i; の後片付けです。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2900 +#: using-d-i.xml:2934 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "システム時計の設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4526,7 +4582,7 @@ msgstr "" "れているかどうか、といったことから UTC を基準にするかどうかを判断します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2909 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4544,7 +4600,7 @@ msgstr "" "間を選択してください。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4555,13 +4611,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。先ほどの選択により、UTC か現地時間のどちらかで保存します。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2935 +#: using-d-i.xml:2969 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "システムの再起動" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2937 +#: using-d-i.xml:2971 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4572,7 +4628,7 @@ msgstr "" "促されます。システムはこの後、新しい Debian システムで再起動します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2977 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4585,13 +4641,13 @@ msgstr "" "イルシステムとして選択した DASD から GNU/Linux を IPL してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2956 +#: using-d-i.xml:2990 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "その他" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4602,13 +4658,13 @@ msgstr "" "うまく行かない時に、ユーザの助けになるようバックグラウンドで待っています。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2970 +#: using-d-i.xml:3004 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "インストールログの保存" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2972 +#: using-d-i.xml:3006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4620,7 +4676,7 @@ msgstr "" "ています。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2979 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4636,13 +4692,13 @@ msgstr "" "したいときに便利です。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2999 +#: using-d-i.xml:3033 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "シェルの使用とログの参照" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3001 +#: using-d-i.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4667,14 +4723,14 @@ msgstr "" "keycombo> でインストーラ自体に戻ってください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" "グラフィカルインストーラでは、<xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/> もご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3023 +#: using-d-i.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4689,7 +4745,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> と入力すると、シェルを終了してインストーラに戻ります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3031 +#: using-d-i.xml:3065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4707,7 +4763,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3040 +#: using-d-i.xml:3074 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4719,7 +4775,7 @@ msgstr "" "log</filename> ディレクトリにあります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3047 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4731,7 +4787,7 @@ msgstr "" "しかありません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4744,13 +4800,13 @@ msgstr "" "swap を有効にするようにし、シェルから手動で行わないようにしましょう。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3068 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "ネットワーク越しのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3070 +#: using-d-i.xml:3104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4767,7 +4823,7 @@ msgstr "" "この部分は <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> で自動化できます)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3080 +#: using-d-i.xml:3114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4789,7 +4845,7 @@ msgstr "" "ばれる新しいメニュー項目が表示されます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3093 +#: using-d-i.xml:3127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4799,7 +4855,7 @@ msgstr "" "法です。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4820,7 +4876,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>に、安全に転送する必要があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3110 +#: using-d-i.xml:3144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4831,7 +4887,7 @@ msgstr "" "メニューに戻ります。そこで別のコンポーネントを選択してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3150 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4862,7 +4918,7 @@ msgstr "" "認してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3133 +#: using-d-i.xml:3167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -4885,7 +4941,7 @@ msgstr "" "により、再接続後にインストールを再開できるかどうかが決まるでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3146 +#: using-d-i.xml:3180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -4907,7 +4963,7 @@ msgstr "" "用は必要最小限にするべきです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3159 +#: using-d-i.xml:3193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4930,7 +4986,7 @@ msgstr "" "もう一度行う必要があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3175 +#: using-d-i.xml:3209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4949,7 +5005,7 @@ msgstr "" "べきですが、シェル用には複数のセッションを起動できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3185 +#: using-d-i.xml:3219 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4964,13 +5020,13 @@ msgstr "" "インストールしたシステムに何か問題が発生するかもしれません。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3205 +#: using-d-i.xml:3239 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "見つからないファームウェアの読み込み" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3206 +#: using-d-i.xml:3240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -4985,7 +5041,7 @@ msgstr "" "が必要になります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3214 +#: using-d-i.xml:3248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5003,7 +5059,7 @@ msgstr "" "ジュールを再読込します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5021,7 +5077,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3234 +#: using-d-i.xml:3268 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5033,7 +5089,7 @@ msgstr "" "にご注意ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3241 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5049,13 +5105,13 @@ msgstr "" "(<xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> 参照) としてご報告ください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3286 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "メディアの準備" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3253 +#: using-d-i.xml:3287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5075,7 +5131,7 @@ msgstr "" "されている、FAT を使用するのをお勧めします。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3263 +#: using-d-i.xml:3297 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5090,7 +5146,7 @@ msgstr "" "スの tarball をダウンロードし、メディアのファイルシステムに展開するだけです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3277 +#: using-d-i.xml:3311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5106,7 +5162,7 @@ msgstr "" "ケージを含むかもしれません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3291 +#: using-d-i.xml:3325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5118,13 +5174,13 @@ msgstr "" "から入手できます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3300 +#: using-d-i.xml:3334 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "ファームウェアとインストールしたシステム" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3301 +#: using-d-i.xml:3335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5142,7 +5198,7 @@ msgstr "" "がわずかにあります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3310 +#: using-d-i.xml:3344 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5158,7 +5214,7 @@ msgstr "" "できるようになると、自動的に更新するという利点があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5170,7 +5226,7 @@ msgstr "" "トールしたシステムで動作しないでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " @@ -5184,6 +5240,34 @@ msgstr "" "</emphasis>。" #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the language has only one country associated with it, that country " +#~ "will be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to " +#~ "select a different country by first lowering the debconf priority to " +#~ "medium, followed by revisiting the language selection option in the main " +#~ "menu of the installer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "その言語に関連する国がひとつしかない場合、国を自動的に選択します。この場" +#~ "合、まず debconf の優先度を中に下げ、インストーラのメインメニューから言語" +#~ "選択オプションへ再度入って、別の国を選択するしかありません。" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " +#~| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~ "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~ "the option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the " +#~ "installed system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the " +#~ "default for the installed system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "デフォルトのロケールは、選択した言語と国を基に選択されます。優先度を" +#~ "「中」・「低」でインストールしている場合は、インストールしているシステムの" +#~ "デフォルトのロケールを変更したり、追加ロケールを生成したりできます。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " #~ "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " #~ "reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." diff --git a/po/ko/using-d-i.po b/po/ko/using-d-i.po index eabae9785..4ae61156b 100644 --- a/po/ko/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ko/using-d-i.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-11 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-22 01:11+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-28 03:36+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -908,12 +908,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:530 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to " +#| "pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your " +#| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " +#| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default " -"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " +"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "여기서 선택한 지역은 나중에 기본 시간대 및 지리적으로 가까운 데비안 미러를 고" "르는 데 이용합니다. 물론 설치 프로그램의 기본값이 마음에 들지 않으면 다른 선" @@ -943,13 +948,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:549 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " +#| "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " +#| "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" +#| "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " +#| "country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +#| "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " +#| "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " +#| "continent." msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " "continent." @@ -965,43 +979,62 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will " -"be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to select a " -"different country by first lowering the debconf priority to medium, followed " -"by revisiting the language selection option in the main menu of the " -"installer." +"If the language has only one country associated with it, a list of countries " +"will be displayed for the continent or region the country belongs to, with " +"that country selected as the default. Use the <guibutton>Go Back</guibutton> " +"option to select countries on a different continent." msgstr "" -"해당 언어를 사용하는 국가가 하나뿐이라면 자동으로 그 국가를 선택합니다. 이러" -"한 경우 설치 프로그램의 언어를 선택하기 전에 미리 debconf 우선 순위를 중간으" -"로 낮춰야만 국가를 선택할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:575 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -#| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " -#| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " -#| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." +#: using-d-i.xml:574 +#, no-c-format msgid "" -"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " -"option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed " -"system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the default for " -"the installed system." +"It is important to select the country where you live or where you are " +"located as it determines the time zone that will be configured for the " +"installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:580 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " +"defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " +"installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " +"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " +"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " +"UTF-8 as character encoding." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " +"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " +"but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" +"1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" +"footnote>, to be generated for the installed system; if you do, you will be " +"asked which of the selected locales should be the default for the installed " +"system." msgstr "" -"기본 로캘은 선택한 언어 및 국가에 따라 자동으로 결정합니다. 중간 혹은 낮음 우" -"선순위로 설치하는 경우, 다른 기본 로캘 값을 선택하거나 로캘을 여러 개 추가로 " -"만들 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:591 +#: using-d-i.xml:617 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "키보드 선택하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -1018,7 +1051,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>를 실행하십시오.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:603 +#: using-d-i.xml:629 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -1033,7 +1066,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F10</keycap> 키가 위에 붙어 있는 키보드를 말합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:638 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1052,13 +1085,13 @@ msgstr "" "그 외 부분의 이 두 키보드 배치는 비슷합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:642 +#: using-d-i.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "데비안 설치 프로그램 ISO 이미지 찾기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1072,7 +1105,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:650 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1100,7 +1133,7 @@ msgstr "" "면 끝나고, 아니면 다른 이미지를 찾습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:667 +#: using-d-i.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1113,7 +1146,7 @@ msgstr "" "게 아니라, 모든 파일 시스템을 뒤져봅니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1130,13 +1163,13 @@ msgstr "" "면 다시 시작하지 않고 두번째 콘솔에서 할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:695 +#: using-d-i.xml:721 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "네트워크 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:697 +#: using-d-i.xml:723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1156,7 +1189,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry> 맨 페이지를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:708 +#: using-d-i.xml:734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1178,7 +1211,7 @@ msgstr "" "리기도 하기 때문에, 다른 문제가 없는 게 분명하면 다시 시도해 보십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:720 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1201,7 +1234,7 @@ msgstr "" "으십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1222,13 +1255,14 @@ msgstr "" "편집해서 이 설정을 바꿀 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:779 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring the Clock" +#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "Configuring the Clock" +msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "시계 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1244,26 +1278,40 @@ msgstr "" "서 시스템 시각을 수동으로 맞추는 방법은 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "s390 플랫폼에서는 설치 프로그램이 시스템 시계를 변경하지 않습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:803 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, " +#| "you may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " +#| "location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " +#| "system will assume that time zone." msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " -"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " -"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " -"system will assume that time zone." +"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your " +"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, " +"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." msgstr "" "설치를 시작할 때 선택한 지역에 따라, 그 지역에 해당하는 시간대의 목록을 볼 수" "도 있습니다. 해당하는 시간대가 하나 뿐이라면 시스템은 그 시간대를 자동으로 선" "택합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " +"additional option to select <quote>Universal Time Coordinated</quote> (UTC) " +"as time zone." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1274,10 +1322,14 @@ msgstr "" "용하려면, 두 가지 방법이 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:821 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +#| "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. " +#| "The command to do this is:" msgid "" -"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the " "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The " "command to do this is:" msgstr "" @@ -1285,13 +1337,13 @@ msgstr "" "법입니다. 다음과 같은 명령을 사용합니다:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1306,20 +1358,24 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>이나 <userinput>UTC</userinput>가 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:847 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using " +#| "preseeding." msgid "" -"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." +"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value " +"using preseeding." msgstr "자동 설치에서는 시간대를 다음과 같이 미리 설정할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "파티션하기 및 마운트 위치 선택" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1336,7 +1392,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:882 +#: using-d-i.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1346,7 +1402,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:888 +#: using-d-i.xml:922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1368,7 +1424,7 @@ msgstr "" "터를 잃어버립니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1381,13 +1437,13 @@ msgstr "" "지 않으려면, 메뉴에서 <guimenuitem>수동으로</guimenuitem>를 선택하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:945 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "자동 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:912 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1404,7 +1460,7 @@ msgstr "" "footnote> 사용하는 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1412,7 +1468,7 @@ msgstr "" "아키텍처에 따라 (암호화한) LVM을 사용하는 옵션을 사용하지 못할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:932 +#: using-d-i.xml:966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1428,7 +1484,7 @@ msgstr "" "안전합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:941 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1443,7 +1499,7 @@ msgstr "" "입니다), 디스크 크기에 따라 시간이 오래 걸릴 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#: using-d-i.xml:984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1459,7 +1515,7 @@ msgstr "" "에 쓰기 전에 계속해도 좋을 지 확인 질문을 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1476,7 +1532,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다. 디스크 용량으로도 어떤 디스크인지 확인할 수 있을 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:969 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1491,7 +1547,7 @@ msgstr "" "는 경우에는 취소가 불가능합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:977 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1508,76 +1564,76 @@ msgstr "" "용량은 다릅니다) 자동 파티션은 실패합니다." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1027 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "파티션 방식" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "최소 공간" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "만들 파티션" # 주의: 메시지 번역과 통일 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "모두 한 파티션에 설치" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, 스왑" # 주의: 메시지 번역과 통일 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1005 +#: using-d-i.xml:1039 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "/home 파티션 분리" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1006 +#: using-d-i.xml:1040 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1007 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, 스왑" # 주의: 메시지 번역과 통일 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1045 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "/home, /usr/, /var, /tmp 파티션 분리" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1012 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1013 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1587,7 +1643,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, 스왑" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1022 +#: using-d-i.xml:1056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1600,7 +1656,7 @@ msgstr "" "포함) LVM 파티션 안에 만듭니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1613,7 +1669,7 @@ msgstr "" "팅 파티션으로 만드는 항목이 하나 더 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1070 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1625,7 +1681,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1042 +#: using-d-i.xml:1076 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1675,7 +1731,7 @@ msgstr "" "것 뿐입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1055 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1694,13 +1750,13 @@ msgstr "" "준 파티션을 아래에서 설명하는 것처럼 수동으로 바꿀 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1069 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "수동 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1715,7 +1771,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용할 지에 대해 다룹니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1078 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1728,7 +1784,7 @@ msgstr "" "공간</quote>이라는 줄이 해당 디스크 이름 아래에 나타납니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1086 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1765,7 +1821,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>의 주 화면으로 돌아갑니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1785,7 +1841,7 @@ msgstr "" "메뉴에서 파티션을 지워 버릴 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1800,7 +1856,7 @@ msgstr "" "기 전에는 다음으로 진행하지 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1812,7 +1868,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1827,7 +1883,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename>, 아니면 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1840,13 +1896,13 @@ msgstr "" "한 요약이 나타나고 이대로 파일 시스템을 만들지 확인합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "멀티디스크 장치 설정하기 (소프트웨어 RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1865,7 +1921,7 @@ msgstr "" "(더 자주 쓰이는 다른 말로 <firstterm>RAID</firstterm>라고 합니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1183 +#: using-d-i.xml:1217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1879,7 +1935,7 @@ msgstr "" "포맷하고 마운트 위치를 지정하고 따위를 할 수 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1191 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -1978,97 +2034,97 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> 요약하면:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1305 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "종류" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1340 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "장치 최소 개수" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "예비 장치" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1308 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "디스크가 망가져도 버티는지?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1309 +#: using-d-i.xml:1343 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "사용 가능 공간" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1354 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>아니오</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1319 +#: using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "RAID에서 가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x 장치 개수" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1323 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "옵션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 using-d-i.xml:1334 using-d-i.xml:1345 using-d-i.xml:1356 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>예</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1361 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "RAID에서 가장 작은 파티션의 크기" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1331 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2076,19 +2132,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x (RAID의 장치 개수 - 1)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2096,13 +2152,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x (RAID의 장치 개수 - 2)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2110,7 +2166,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "전체 파티션 나누기 단위 복사물의 개수 (기본값 2)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2120,7 +2176,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>를 읽어 보십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2135,7 +2191,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>을 선택하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2154,7 +2210,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>에 RAID1을 사용하는 것도 한 가지 방법입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2171,7 +2227,7 @@ msgstr "" "피해갈 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1399 +#: using-d-i.xml:1433 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2192,7 +2248,7 @@ msgstr "" "했냐에 따라 달라집니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2203,7 +2259,7 @@ msgstr "" "할 파티션을 선택하기만 하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1419 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2221,7 +2277,7 @@ msgstr "" "다고 해도, 개수가 맞아야 &d-i;가 다음으로 진행합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1431 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2231,7 +2287,7 @@ msgstr "" "파티션을 사용해야 한다는 점이 다릅니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2241,7 +2297,7 @@ msgstr "" "파티션을 사용해야 한다는 점이 다릅니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1443 +#: using-d-i.xml:1477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2261,7 +2317,7 @@ msgstr "" "래야 모든 카피가 다른 디스크에 분배됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2279,7 +2335,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1466 +#: using-d-i.xml:1500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2293,13 +2349,13 @@ msgstr "" "같은 속성을 부여할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "LVM (논리 볼륨 관리자) 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1482 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2314,7 +2370,7 @@ msgstr "" "해야 했던 경험이 있을 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1490 +#: using-d-i.xml:1524 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2333,7 +2389,7 @@ msgstr "" "개의 물리 파티션에 걸쳐 있을 수 있다는 점입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2352,7 +2408,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1511 +#: using-d-i.xml:1545 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2367,7 +2423,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>LVM의 물리 볼륨</guimenuitem>을 선택합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2385,7 +2441,7 @@ msgstr "" "용할 수 있는 동작만 표시합니다. 가능한 동작은:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2395,43 +2451,43 @@ msgstr "" "크기 등을 표시합니다" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 만들기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1539 +#: using-d-i.xml:1573 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "논리 볼륨 만들기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 삭제" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1579 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "논리 볼륨 삭제" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1582 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 늘이기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1585 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 줄이기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2441,7 +2497,7 @@ msgstr "" "아갑니다" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2450,7 +2506,7 @@ msgstr "" "메뉴에서 이 옵션을 이용해 볼륨 그룹을 만들고 그 안에 논리 볼륨을 만드십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2462,13 +2518,13 @@ msgstr "" "면 됩니다.)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "암호화 볼륨 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2488,7 +2544,7 @@ msgstr "" "암호를 모르면 하드 드라이브의 데이터는 임의의 문자로 보입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2513,7 +2569,7 @@ msgstr "" "가능합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1606 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2526,7 +2582,7 @@ msgstr "" "도, 암호화 방법 및 키 길이에 달려 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2545,7 +2601,7 @@ msgstr "" "티션에 대한 몇 가지 암호화 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1624 +#: using-d-i.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2561,7 +2617,7 @@ msgstr "" "본값을 사용하길 권합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1636 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2574,13 +2630,13 @@ msgstr "" "미 보안을 염두에 두고 기본값이 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "암호화: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2604,13 +2660,13 @@ msgstr "" "으로 <emphasis>AES</emphasis>를 선택했습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1700 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "키 크기: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1668 +#: using-d-i.xml:1702 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2623,13 +2679,13 @@ msgstr "" "있는 키의 크기는 싸이퍼에 따라 다릅니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1714 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV 알고리즘: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2646,7 +2702,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 암호화된 데이터에 반복된 패턴을 통해 정보를 알아내지 못하게 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2660,25 +2716,25 @@ msgstr "" "우에만 사용하십시오." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1738 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "암호화 키: <userinput>암호</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1706 +#: using-d-i.xml:1740 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "여기서 이 파티션의 암호화 키 종류를 선택합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1712 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "암호" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2691,13 +2747,13 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>로 설정한다는 뜻입니다. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 using-d-i.xml:1821 +#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "무작위 키" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2714,7 +2770,7 @@ msgstr "" "게 무작정 추측하는 건 평생 해도 다 못 합니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2732,13 +2788,13 @@ msgstr "" "왑 파티션에 저장된 데이터를 복구할 방법이 없기 때문입니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "데이터 지우기: <userinput>예</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1793 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2758,7 +2814,7 @@ msgstr "" "있다고 합니다. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1779 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2769,13 +2825,13 @@ msgstr "" "을 선택하면, 메뉴가 다음 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1788 +#: using-d-i.xml:1822 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "암호화: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1824 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2787,25 +2843,25 @@ msgstr "" "참고하십시오." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1800 +#: using-d-i.xml:1834 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "암호화 키: <userinput>키파일 (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1836 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "여기서 이 파티션의 암호화 키 종류를 선택할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1808 +#: using-d-i.xml:1842 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "암호화키 파일 (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2818,19 +2874,19 @@ msgstr "" "바른 암호를 입력해야 합니다. (이 과정의 뒤부분에서 암호를 물어봅니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "위의 무작위 키에 대한 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "위의 데이터 지우기에 대한 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 +#: using-d-i.xml:1879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2847,7 +2903,7 @@ msgstr "" "릴 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2862,7 +2918,7 @@ msgstr "" "면 (생일, 취미, 애완동물 이름, 가족이나 친척 이름 등) 안 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1864 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2884,7 +2940,7 @@ msgstr "" "치를 설정하지 못한 상태일 경우에 이런 일이 일어날 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1877 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2905,7 +2961,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 과정을 암호화할 모든 파티션에 대해서 반복합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1893 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2936,7 +2992,7 @@ msgstr "" "(기본값이 마음에 들지 않으면) 파일 시스템 종류를 설정하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1906 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -2953,7 +3009,7 @@ msgstr "" "뒤의 <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>에서 설명합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2961,13 +3017,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "파티션 방법이 마음에 들면, 설치를 계속하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "베이스 시스템 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1928 +#: using-d-i.xml:1962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2981,7 +3037,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -2997,7 +3053,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>을 누르십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3009,7 +3065,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1956 +#: using-d-i.xml:1990 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3022,13 +3078,13 @@ msgstr "" "지 커널 중에서 하나를 선택할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1968 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "사용자 및 암호 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3039,13 +3095,13 @@ msgstr "" "을 설정합니다. 설치가 끝난 다음에 다른 사용자 계정도 만들 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "루트 암호 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1987 +#: using-d-i.xml:2021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3059,7 +3115,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1995 +#: using-d-i.xml:2029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3074,7 +3130,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용하지 마십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3085,13 +3141,13 @@ msgstr "" "여러 명인 경우가 아니라면, 루트 암호는 다른 사람에게 알려주면 안 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2013 +#: using-d-i.xml:2047 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "일반 사용자 만들기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2015 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3104,7 +3160,7 @@ msgstr "" "면 <emphasis>안 됩니다</emphasis>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2024 +#: using-d-i.xml:2058 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3124,7 +3180,7 @@ msgstr "" # first name은 성이 아니라 이름이다 #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3137,7 +3193,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 계정의 암호를 입력하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2041 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3147,13 +3203,13 @@ msgstr "" "령을 사용하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2052 +#: using-d-i.xml:2086 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "추가 소프트웨어 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2053 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3167,13 +3223,13 @@ msgstr "" "베이스 시스템 설치보다도 더 오래 걸릴 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "APT 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3207,7 +3263,7 @@ msgstr "" "지 관리에 사용하길 권장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3220,7 +3276,7 @@ msgstr "" "파일의 내용을 살펴보고 바꿀 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2101 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3237,7 +3293,7 @@ msgstr "" "업데이트 서비스에 대한 미러 사이트도 추가합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2110 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3252,13 +3308,13 @@ msgstr "" "의 패키지를 추가할 지도 결정할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2155 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "여러 개의 CD/DVD에서 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3271,7 +3327,7 @@ msgstr "" "그램에서 그 CD나 DVD에 들어 있는 패키지를 사용할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3284,7 +3340,7 @@ msgstr "" "에 해당하는 패키지를 설치할 수 없을 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2172 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3297,7 +3353,7 @@ msgstr "" "지를 사용하는 사람은 거의 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3313,7 +3369,7 @@ msgstr "" "다. 첫번째 DVD나 두번째 DVD만으로도 필요한 대부분의 패키지가 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2154 +#: using-d-i.xml:2188 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3327,7 +3383,7 @@ msgstr "" "할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2162 +#: using-d-i.xml:2196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3343,13 +3399,13 @@ msgstr "" "으로 읽어들이면 실패할 가능성이 줄어듭니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "네트워크 미러 사용하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3360,7 +3416,7 @@ msgstr "" "을 받게 됩니다. 기본값을 사용해도 되지만 예외의 경우가 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2183 +#: using-d-i.xml:2217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3377,7 +3433,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> 태스크를 선택하지 <emphasis>않는</emphasis> 편이 좋습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2192 +#: using-d-i.xml:2226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3396,7 +3452,7 @@ msgstr "" "패키지를 설치하는 게 좋습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3409,7 +3465,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다. 네트워크 미러는 꼭 사용하지 않아도 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2210 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3424,7 +3480,7 @@ msgstr "" "을 더 오래동안 사용할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3439,26 +3495,26 @@ msgstr "" "그러므로 미러 사이트를 사용할 경우 다운로드할 데이터의 크기는" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2260 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "다음 설치 단계에서 선택하는 태스크," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "그 태스크에 필요한 패키지," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "그 패키지 중에 사용 중인 CD/DVD에 들어 있는 패키지," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2241 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3469,7 +3525,7 @@ msgstr "" "반 패키지 미러이든 보안/유동 업데이트 미러이든 간에) 달려 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2250 +#: using-d-i.xml:2284 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3482,13 +3538,13 @@ msgstr "" "운로드할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2300 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "소프트웨어 선택 및 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2268 +#: using-d-i.xml:2302 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3504,7 +3560,7 @@ msgstr "" "리 마쳐서 컴퓨터를 다양한 용도로 사용할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2277 +#: using-d-i.xml:2311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3536,7 +3592,7 @@ msgstr "" "list\"/>에서 각 태스크마다 필요한 공간을 볼 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2304 +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3548,7 +3604,7 @@ msgstr "" "선택하지 않을 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3558,7 +3614,7 @@ msgstr "" "택하고 해제할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3568,7 +3624,7 @@ msgstr "" "태스크는 그놈 데스크탑 환경을 설치합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3589,7 +3645,7 @@ msgstr "" # 부팅 메뉴는 현재 번역되지 않으므로 "Advanced option" 및 "Alternative desktop environments"는 그대로 쓴다. #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2367 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3603,7 +3659,7 @@ msgstr "" "보십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2340 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3620,7 +3676,7 @@ msgstr "" "가 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 +#: using-d-i.xml:2384 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3639,7 +3695,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>, 웹 서버: <classname>apache2</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2361 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3654,7 +3710,7 @@ msgstr "" "고 있고 정말 최소한의 시스템을 원하는 경우가 아니라면)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2369 +#: using-d-i.xml:2403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3672,7 +3728,7 @@ msgstr "" "경에 필요한 지역화 패키지도 (이러한 패키지가 있다면) 설치합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3685,7 +3741,7 @@ msgstr "" "자가 설정해야 하는 프로그램이 있으면 설치하는 중에 알려 줍니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3701,7 +3757,7 @@ msgstr "" "수도 있습니다. 패키지 설치를 일단 시작하면 취소하는 방법은 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3718,13 +3774,13 @@ msgstr "" "지를 사용하면 이런 일이 발생합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "시스템을 부팅 가능하게 만들기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3738,13 +3794,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2427 +#: using-d-i.xml:2461 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "다른 운영 체제 검색" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3759,7 +3815,7 @@ msgstr "" "정합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3774,13 +3830,13 @@ msgstr "" "서에서 더 자세한 사항을 찾아보십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3796,19 +3852,19 @@ msgstr "" "파티션을 읽을 수 있기 때문입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2477 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>GRUB</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3820,7 +3876,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3832,7 +3888,7 @@ msgstr "" "보를 보려면 GRUB 안내서를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3843,13 +3899,13 @@ msgstr "" "한 다음, 사용하고 싶은 부트로더를 선택하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2504 +#: using-d-i.xml:2538 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>LILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3865,7 +3921,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>도 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2516 +#: using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3878,7 +3934,7 @@ msgstr "" "메뉴 항목을 수동으로 추가해야 할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3888,13 +3944,13 @@ msgstr "" "다:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "마스터 부트 레코드 (Master Boot Record, MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3902,13 +3958,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "이렇게 하면 <command>LILO</command>가 부팅 과정을 완전히 담당합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "새 데비안 파티션" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3919,13 +3975,13 @@ msgstr "" "는 새 데비안 파티션의 맨 앞쪽에 설치하고 보조 부트로더로 동작합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "기타" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3938,7 +3994,7 @@ msgstr "" "dev/hda</filename> 혹은 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>라고 쓸 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2557 +#: using-d-i.xml:2591 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3954,13 +4010,13 @@ msgstr "" "요합니다!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>ELILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2575 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3987,7 +4043,7 @@ msgstr "" "시작하는 일을 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4003,13 +4059,13 @@ msgstr "" "은 디스크의 파티션입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2603 +#: using-d-i.xml:2637 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "올바른 파티션을 고르십시오!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2639 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4026,13 +4082,13 @@ msgstr "" "당 파티션을 포맷할 수도 있고, 그러면 이전의 내용이 모두 지워집니다!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2620 +#: using-d-i.xml:2654 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 파티션 내용" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4061,13 +4117,13 @@ msgstr "" "템을 업데이트하거나 다시 설정할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2644 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4079,13 +4135,13 @@ msgstr "" "의 파일 이름을 바꾼 것입니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4099,13 +4155,13 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2665 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2666 +#: using-d-i.xml:2700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4119,13 +4175,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 심볼릭 링크가 그 파일을 가리킵니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2713 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4137,13 +4193,13 @@ msgstr "" "usr/sbin/elilo</filename>를 실행하면 없어집니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2723 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4157,13 +4213,13 @@ msgstr "" "을 가리킵니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2711 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4206,13 +4262,13 @@ msgstr "" "면 시스템을 하드 디스크에서 부팅할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2730 +#: using-d-i.xml:2764 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4222,13 +4278,13 @@ msgstr "" "니다" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2739 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4236,13 +4292,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>를 설치한 하드디스크의 SCSI ID" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2748 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2749 +#: using-d-i.xml:2783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4250,13 +4306,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 파일이 들어 있는 파티션 번호" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2758 +#: using-d-i.xml:2792 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4266,13 +4322,13 @@ msgstr "" "은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2779 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>yaboot</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2780 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4291,13 +4347,13 @@ msgstr "" "크가 부팅 가능하게 되고 OpenFirmware에서 &debian; 부팅 준비가 끝납니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2798 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>quik</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2799 +#: using-d-i.xml:2833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4311,13 +4367,13 @@ msgstr "" "품에서 동작한다고 알려져 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2816 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4333,13 +4389,13 @@ msgstr "" "and Installation Commands</quote>를 보십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2867 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>SILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4369,13 +4425,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris와 같이 설치할 때 유용합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2860 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "부트로더 없이 계속" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2862 +#: using-d-i.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4387,7 +4443,7 @@ msgstr "" "더가 필요없는 경우일 (예를 들어 기존 부트로더를 사용) 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4408,13 +4464,13 @@ msgstr "" "및 파티션도 알아야 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2886 +#: using-d-i.xml:2920 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "설치 마치기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2921 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4425,13 +4481,13 @@ msgstr "" "정리하는 일입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2900 +#: using-d-i.xml:2934 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "시스템 시계 맞추기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4444,7 +4500,7 @@ msgstr "" "에, 이 질문은 보통 물어보지 않습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2909 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4461,7 +4517,7 @@ msgstr "" "다. 듀얼 부팅을 하려면 UTC가 아니라 지역별 시각으로 맞추십시오.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4472,13 +4528,13 @@ msgstr "" "한 사항에 따라 UTC로 저장할 수도 있고 지역별 시각으로 저장할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2935 +#: using-d-i.xml:2969 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "시스템 다시 시작" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2937 +#: using-d-i.xml:2971 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4489,7 +4545,7 @@ msgstr "" "나옵니다. 그 다음에 새로 설치한 데비안 시스템으로 다시 시작합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2977 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4502,13 +4558,13 @@ msgstr "" "선택했던 DASD에서, GNU/리눅스를 부팅하면 (IPL) 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2956 +#: using-d-i.xml:2990 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "기타" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4519,13 +4575,13 @@ msgstr "" "지만 백그라운드에서 기다리면서 잘못된 부분이 있을 때 도움이 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2970 +#: using-d-i.xml:3004 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "설치 로그 저장" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2972 +#: using-d-i.xml:3006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4536,7 +4592,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> 파일에 자동으로 저장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2979 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4551,13 +4607,13 @@ msgstr "" "로그를 설치 보고서에 첨부할 때 유용합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2999 +#: using-d-i.xml:3033 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "쉘 사용하기 및 로그 보기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3001 +#: using-d-i.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4582,13 +4638,13 @@ msgstr "" "시 돌아올 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "그래픽 설치 프로그램은 <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/> 부분도 보십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3023 +#: using-d-i.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4603,7 +4659,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>를 입력해서 쉘을 닫으십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3031 +#: using-d-i.xml:3065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4620,7 +4676,7 @@ msgstr "" "기록같은 훌륭한 기능도 일부 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3040 +#: using-d-i.xml:3074 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4632,7 +4688,7 @@ msgstr "" "에 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3047 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4644,7 +4700,7 @@ msgstr "" "션입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4657,13 +4713,13 @@ msgstr "" "설치 프로그램에서 알아서 하도록 놔두고 쉘에서 직접 하지 않도록 하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3068 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "네트워크를 통해 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3070 +#: using-d-i.xml:3104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4680,7 +4736,7 @@ msgstr "" "따라 자동화할 수 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3080 +#: using-d-i.xml:3114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4701,7 +4757,7 @@ msgstr "" "목이 새로 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3093 +#: using-d-i.xml:3127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4711,7 +4767,7 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4731,7 +4787,7 @@ msgstr "" "할 사람에게</quote> 안전하게 전달해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3110 +#: using-d-i.xml:3144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4742,7 +4798,7 @@ msgstr "" "인 메뉴로 돌아갈 수 있습니다. 메인 메뉴에서 다른 컴포넌트를 선택하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3150 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4772,7 +4828,7 @@ msgstr "" "핑거프린트가 표시될 것이고, 이 핑거프린트가 올바른 지 확인해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3133 +#: using-d-i.xml:3167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -4796,7 +4852,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3146 +#: using-d-i.xml:3180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -4818,7 +4874,7 @@ msgstr "" "다.) 그러니 이 옵션은 필요한 경우에만 사용해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3159 +#: using-d-i.xml:3193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4841,7 +4897,7 @@ msgstr "" "시 연결하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3175 +#: using-d-i.xml:3209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4860,7 +4916,7 @@ msgstr "" "어야 합니다. 하지만 쉘의 경우에는 여러 개를 열어도 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3185 +#: using-d-i.xml:3219 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4875,13 +4931,13 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3205 +#: using-d-i.xml:3239 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "없는 펌웨어 읽어들이기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3206 +#: using-d-i.xml:3240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -4894,7 +4950,7 @@ msgstr "" "가끔 기본적인 기능은 동작하고 추가적인 기능에서만 펌웨어가 필요하기도 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3214 +#: using-d-i.xml:3248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -4911,7 +4967,7 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -4928,7 +4984,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3234 +#: using-d-i.xml:3268 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -4939,7 +4995,7 @@ msgstr "" "웨어 읽어들이기를 건너 뛸 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3241 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -4955,13 +5011,13 @@ msgstr "" "참고.)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3286 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "미디어 준비하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3253 +#: using-d-i.xml:3287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -4979,7 +5035,7 @@ msgstr "" "입니다. (FAT는 설치 앞 단계에서도 지원하는 파일 시스템이므로.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3263 +#: using-d-i.xml:3297 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -4994,7 +5050,7 @@ msgstr "" "서 미디어의 파일 시스템에 풀어 놓으십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3277 +#: using-d-i.xml:3311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5009,7 +5065,7 @@ msgstr "" "가 아닌 패키지도 들어 있습니다:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3291 +#: using-d-i.xml:3325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5020,13 +5076,13 @@ msgstr "" "놓은 시스템에서 가져올 수도 있고 하드웨어 공급사가 제공해 줄 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3300 +#: using-d-i.xml:3334 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "펌웨어 및 설치한 시스템" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3301 +#: using-d-i.xml:3335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5042,7 +5098,7 @@ msgstr "" "낮지만 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3310 +#: using-d-i.xml:3344 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5057,7 +5113,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5068,7 +5124,7 @@ msgstr "" "당 장치가 설치한 시스템에서 동작하지 않을 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " @@ -5081,6 +5137,34 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>않습니다</emphasis>." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the language has only one country associated with it, that country " +#~ "will be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to " +#~ "select a different country by first lowering the debconf priority to " +#~ "medium, followed by revisiting the language selection option in the main " +#~ "menu of the installer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "해당 언어를 사용하는 국가가 하나뿐이라면 자동으로 그 국가를 선택합니다. 이" +#~ "러한 경우 설치 프로그램의 언어를 선택하기 전에 미리 debconf 우선 순위를 중" +#~ "간으로 낮춰야만 국가를 선택할 수 있습니다." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " +#~| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~ "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~ "the option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the " +#~ "installed system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the " +#~ "default for the installed system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "기본 로캘은 선택한 언어 및 국가에 따라 자동으로 결정합니다. 중간 혹은 낮" +#~ "음 우선순위로 설치하는 경우, 다른 기본 로캘 값을 선택하거나 로캘을 여러 " +#~ "개 추가로 만들 수도 있습니다." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " #~ "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " #~ "reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." diff --git a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot index a270a49bc..9edd17e9b 100644 --- a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot +++ b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-11 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-22 01:11+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:530 #, no-c-format -msgid "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +msgid "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic location. Language and country together will help determine the default locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -551,179 +551,203 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:549 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> (the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that continent." +msgid "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> (the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that continent." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:567 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to select a different country by first lowering the debconf priority to medium, followed by revisiting the language selection option in the main menu of the installer." +msgid "If the language has only one country associated with it, a list of countries will be displayed for the continent or region the country belongs to, with that country selected as the default. Use the <guibutton>Go Back</guibutton> option to select countries on a different continent." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:575 +#: using-d-i.xml:574 #, no-c-format -msgid "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the default for the installed system." +msgid "It is important to select the country where you live or where you are located as it determines the time zone that will be configured for the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:580 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale will be selected based on the selected language and country." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use UTF-8 as character encoding." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </footnote>, to be generated for the installed system; if you do, you will be asked which of the selected locales should be the default for the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:591 +#: using-d-i.xml:617 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a wider range of choices (run <command>kbd-config</command> as root after you have completed the installation)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:603 +#: using-d-i.xml:629 #, no-c-format msgid "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press &enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight — they are in the same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:638 #, no-c-format msgid "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us (Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two layouts are similar." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:642 +#: using-d-i.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:669 #, no-c-format msgid "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-scan</command> does exactly this." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:650 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices (e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>.ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for another image." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:667 +#: using-d-i.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, <command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost directories, but really traverses whole filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the second console." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:695 +#: using-d-i.xml:721 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:697 +#: using-d-i.xml:723 #, no-c-format msgid "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your <emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:708 +#: using-d-i.xml:734 #, no-c-format msgid "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your local network at all. For further explanation, check the error messages on the fourth console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or if you want to perform a manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:720 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your <computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP address and your netmask. The default broadcast address is calculated as the bitwise OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use the offered defaults — if necessary, you can change them by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> once the system has been installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:779 +#: using-d-i.xml:805 #, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring the Clock" +msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet (using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time during the installation process." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:803 +#: using-d-i.xml:829 #, no-c-format -msgid "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." +msgid "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#, no-c-format +msgid "In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the additional option to select <quote>Universal Time Coordinated</quote> (UTC) as time zone." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two options." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:821 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format -msgid "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The command to do this is:" +msgid "The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The command to do this is:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:847 +#: using-d-i.xml:880 #, no-c-format -msgid "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." +msgid "For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value using preseeding." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format msgid "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely related options like RAID, LVM or encrypted devices." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:882 +#: using-d-i.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:888 +#: using-d-i.xml:922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not detect the size of the drive correctly. Creating a new partition table does not fix this issue. What does help, is to <quote>zero</quote> the first few sectors of the drive: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -732,157 +756,157 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:945 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:912 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted LVM<footnote> <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> support. </para> </footnote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:932 +#: using-d-i.xml:966 #, no-c-format msgid "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:941 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may take some time depending on the size of your disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#: using-d-i.xml:984 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before they are written to disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify them." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:969 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not possible." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:977 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1027 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1005 +#: using-d-i.xml:1039 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1006 +#: using-d-i.xml:1040 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1007 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1045 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1012 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1013 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1022 +#: using-d-i.xml:1056 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, including the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1062 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1070 #, no-c-format msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1042 +#: using-d-i.xml:1076 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -905,601 +929,601 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1055 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1069 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1104 #, no-c-format msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually set up your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the remainder of this section." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1078 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1086 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose a different filesystem for this partition, including options to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. This is the same screen as is used when creating a new partition, so you can change the same settings. One thing that may not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1175 #, no-c-format msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1204 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct an MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't give any benefits. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to set up your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1183 +#: using-d-i.xml:1217 #, no-c-format msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1191 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format msgid "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID6</term><listitem><para> Is similar to RAID5 except that it uses two parity devices instead of one. </para><para> A RAID6 array can survive up to two disk failures. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID10</term><listitem><para> RAID10 combines striping (as in RAID0) and mirroring (as in RAID1). It creates <replaceable>n</replaceable> copies of incoming data and distributes them across the partitions so that none of the copies of the same data are on the same device. The default value of <replaceable>n</replaceable> is 2, but it can be set to something else in expert mode. The number of partitions used must be at least <replaceable>n</replaceable>. RAID10 has different layouts for distributing the copies. The default is near copies. Near copies have all of the copies at about the same offset on all of the disks. Far copies have the copies at different offsets on the disks. Offset copies copy the stripe, not the individual copies. </para><para> RAID10 can be used to achieve reliability and redundancy without the drawback of having to calculate parity. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1305 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1340 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1308 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1309 +#: using-d-i.xml:1343 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1354 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1319 +#: using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1323 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 using-d-i.xml:1334 using-d-i.xml:1345 using-d-i.xml:1356 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1361 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1331 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus two)" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1391 #, no-c-format msgid "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to two)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1403 #, no-c-format msgid "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1412 #, no-c-format msgid "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are planning. In general it will be necessary to create a separate file system for <filename>/boot</filename> when using RAID for the root (<filename>/</filename>) file system. Most boot loaders <phrase arch=\"x86\">(including lilo and grub)</phrase> do support mirrored (not striped!) RAID1, so using for example RAID5 for <filename>/</filename> and RAID1 for <filename>/boot</filename> can be an option." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) file system. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1399 +#: using-d-i.xml:1433 #, no-c-format msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1419 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided earlier. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select a different number of partitions, &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1431 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least <emphasis>four</emphasis> active partitions are required." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1443 +#: using-d-i.xml:1477 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. In expert mode, &d-i; will ask you for the layout. The layout has two parts. The first part is the layout type. It is either <literal>n</literal> (for near copies), <literal>f</literal> (for far copies), or <literal>o</literal> (for offset copies). The second part is the number of copies to make of the data. There must be at least that many active devices so that all of the copies can be distributed onto different disks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1491 #, no-c-format msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine the first partitions on all three disks into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1466 +#: using-d-i.xml:1500 #, no-c-format msgid "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1482 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation by moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1490 +#: using-d-i.xml:1524 #, no-c-format msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical disks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1534 #, no-c-format msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1511 +#: using-d-i.xml:1545 #, no-c-format msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside <command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format msgid "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows valid actions. The possible actions are:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1539 +#: using-d-i.xml:1573 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1579 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1582 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1585 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</command> screen" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create your logical volumes inside it." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1598 #, no-c-format msgid "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them as such)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the <firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the hard drive will look like random characters." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1606 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, chosen cipher and a key length." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1624 +#: using-d-i.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1636 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully chosen with security in mind." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st century." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1700 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1668 +#: using-d-i.xml:1702 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1714 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the encrypted data." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1738 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1706 +#: using-d-i.xml:1740 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1712 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase which you will be able to enter later in the process." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 using-d-i.xml:1821 +#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable in our lifetime.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1772 #, no-c-format msgid "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended data written to the swap partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1793 #, no-c-format msgid "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it harder to recover any leftover data from previous installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1779 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu changes to provide the following options:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1788 +#: using-d-i.xml:1822 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1824 #, no-c-format msgid "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1800 +#: using-d-i.xml:1834 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1836 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1808 +#: using-d-i.xml:1842 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase (you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 +#: using-d-i.xml:1879 #, no-c-format msgid "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1889 #, no-c-format msgid "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1864 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet when entering the passphrase for the root file system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1877 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1893 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1512,607 +1536,607 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1906 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You will need this information later when booting the new system. The differences between the ordinary boot process and the boot process with encryption involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1928 +#: using-d-i.xml:1962 #, no-c-format msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1975 #, no-c-format msgid "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1956 +#: using-d-i.xml:1990 #, no-c-format msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1968 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2003 #, no-c-format msgid "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to set up the <quote>root</quote> account and/or an account for the first user. Other user accounts can be created after the installation has been completed." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1987 +#: using-d-i.xml:2021 #, no-c-format msgid "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your system. The root account should only be used to perform system administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1995 +#: using-d-i.xml:2029 #, no-c-format msgid "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal information which could be guessed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are administering a machine with more than one system administrator." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2013 +#: using-d-i.xml:2047 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2015 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your personal login." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2024 +#: using-d-i.xml:2058 #, no-c-format msgid "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — consider reading one if it is new to you." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be prompted for a password for this account." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2041 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, use the <command>adduser</command> command." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2052 +#: using-d-i.xml:2086 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2053 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network connection." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to automatically install other packages which are required to make the package you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, <command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package management." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this file to your liking after the installation is complete." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2101 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the <quote>volatile</quote> update service." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2110 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> sections of the archive." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2155 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the installer will ask if you want to scan additional CDs or DVDs. If you have additional CDs or DVDs available, you probably want to do this so the installer can use the packages included on them." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using them is not required. If you also do not use a network mirror (as explained in the next section), it can mean that not all packages belonging to the tasks you select in the next step of the installation can be installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2172 #, no-c-format msgid "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. This means that for most uses only the first CDs in a set are needed and that only very few people actually use any of the packages included on the last CDs in a set." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a waste of money as you'll never use most of them. In most cases you are better off getting only the first 3 to 8 CDs and installing any additional packages you may need from the Internet by using a mirror. The same goes for DVD sets: the first DVD, or maybe the first two DVDs will cover most needs." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2154 +#: using-d-i.xml:2188 #, no-c-format msgid "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the GNOME desktop environment) only the first three CDs are needed. For the alternative desktop environments (KDE or Xfce), additional CDs are needed. The first DVD easily covers all three desktop environments." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2162 +#: using-d-i.xml:2196 #, no-c-format msgid "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to exchange them when it needs packages from another CD/DVD than the one currently in the drive. Note that only CDs or DVDs that belong to the same set should be scanned. The order in which they are scanned does not really matter, but scanning them in ascending order will reduce the chance of mistakes." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2211 #, no-c-format msgid "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to use a network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer should be fine, but there are some exceptions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2183 +#: using-d-i.xml:2217 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2192 +#: using-d-i.xml:2226 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using a network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because a single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. If you have a limited Internet connection it may still be best to <emphasis>not</emphasis> select a network mirror here, but to finish the installation using only what's available on the CD and selectively install additional packages after the installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new system)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed during the installation should be present on the first DVD. The same is true if you have scanned multiple CDs as explained in the previous section. Use of a network mirror is optional." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2210 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred since the CD/DVD set was created and have been included in a point release, will become available for installation, thus extending the life of your CD/DVD set without compromising the security or stability of the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a package is available from CD/DVD, the installer will always use that. The amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus depends on" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2260 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2241 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are available from a mirror (either a regular package mirror, or a mirror for security or volatile updates)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2250 +#: using-d-i.xml:2284 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile update available for them and those services have been configured." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2300 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2268 +#: using-d-i.xml:2302 #, no-c-format msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2277 +#: using-d-i.xml:2311 #, no-c-format msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more packages (or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2304 +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 #, no-c-format msgid "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can deselect them. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format msgid "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop environment." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the installation. However, it <emphasis>is</emphasis> possible to get &d-i; to install a KDE desktop environment instead of GNOME by using preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding the parameter <literal>desktop=kde</literal> at the boot prompt when starting the installer. Alternatively the more lightweight Xfce and LXDE desktop environments can be selected by using <literal>desktop=xfce</literal> or <literal>desktop=lxde</literal>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2367 #, no-c-format msgid "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the desired desktop environment from the graphical boot menu. Select the <quote>Advanced options</quote> option in the main menu and look for <quote>Alternative desktop environments</quote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2340 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop environment are actually available. If you are installing using a single full CD image, they will need to be downloaded from a mirror as most needed packages are only included on later CDs; installing KDE, Xfce or LXDE this way should work fine if you are using a DVD image or any other installation method." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 +#: using-d-i.xml:2384 #, no-c-format msgid "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS server: <classname>bind9</classname>; File server: <classname>samba</classname>, <classname>nfs</classname>; Mail server: <classname>exim4</classname>, <classname>spamassassin</classname>, <classname>uw-imap</classname>; Print server: <classname>cups</classname>; SQL database: <classname>postgresql</classname>; Web server: <classname>apache2</classname>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2361 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a priority <quote>standard</quote>. This includes a lot of common utilities that are normally available on any Linux or Unix system. You should leave this task selected unless you know what you are doing and want a really minimal system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2369 +#: using-d-i.xml:2403 #, no-c-format msgid "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</quote> locale was selected, <command>tasksel</command> will check if any localization tasks are defined for that locale and will automatically try to install relevant localization packages. This includes for example packages containing word lists or special fonts for your language. If a desktop environment was selected, it will also install appropriate localization packages for that (if available)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2413 #, no-c-format msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages that are part of the selected tasks. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. Especially when installing from a normal CD-ROM in combination with a mirror for packages not on the CD-ROM, the installer may want to retrieve a lot of packages over the network. If you have a relatively slow Internet connection, this can take a long time. There is no option to cancel the installation of packages once it has started." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2429 #, no-c-format msgid "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still retrieve them from the mirror if the version available on the mirror is more recent than the one included on the CD-ROM. If you are installing the stable distribution, this can happen after a point release (an update of the original stable release); if you are installing the testing distribution this will happen if you are using an older image." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2446 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2427 +#: using-d-i.xml:2461 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2477 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for new users and old hands alike." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2519 #, no-c-format msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2504 +#: using-d-i.xml:2538 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2540 #, no-c-format msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2516 +#: using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use traditional device names such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2557 +#: using-d-i.xml:2591 #, no-c-format msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian!" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2575 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2603 +#: using-d-i.xml:2637 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2639 #, no-c-format msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2620 +#: using-d-i.xml:2654 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2656 #, no-c-format msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2644 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2665 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2666 +#: using-d-i.xml:2700 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2713 #, no-c-format msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2723 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2711 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2125,289 +2149,289 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2730 +#: using-d-i.xml:2764 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2739 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2748 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2749 +#: using-d-i.xml:2783 #, no-c-format msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2758 +#: using-d-i.xml:2792 #, no-c-format msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2779 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2780 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2798 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2799 +#: using-d-i.xml:2833 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2816 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2867 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2869 #, no-c-format msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2860 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2862 +#: using-d-i.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2886 +#: using-d-i.xml:2920 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2921 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the installer will do any last minute tasks. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2900 +#: using-d-i.xml:2934 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2936 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2909 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of UTC.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of UTC.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2954 #, no-c-format msgid "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the system's hardware clock. This will be done either in UTC or local time, depending on the selection that was just made." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2935 +#: using-d-i.xml:2969 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2937 +#: using-d-i.xml:2971 #, no-c-format msgid "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. After that the system will be rebooted into your new Debian system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2977 #, no-c-format msgid "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title;. You then need to IPL &debian; from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2956 +#: using-d-i.xml:2990 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2991 #, no-c-format msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2970 +#: using-d-i.xml:3004 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2972 +#: using-d-i.xml:3006 #, no-c-format msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2979 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2999 +#: using-d-i.xml:3033 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3001 +#: using-d-i.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to switch back to the installer itself." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3023 +#: using-d-i.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. You can get to the main menu from most dialogs by using the &BTN-GOBACK; button one or more times. Type <userinput>exit</userinput> to close the shell and return to the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3031 +#: using-d-i.xml:3065 #, no-c-format msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like autocompletion and history." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3040 +#: using-d-i.xml:3074 #, no-c-format msgid "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</filename> directory." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3047 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in case something goes wrong and for debugging." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not do this yourself from a shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3068 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3070 +#: using-d-i.xml:3104 #, no-c-format msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3080 +#: using-d-i.xml:3114 #, no-c-format msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3093 +#: using-d-i.xml:3127 #, no-c-format msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3110 +#: using-d-i.xml:3144 #, no-c-format msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3150 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2416,127 +2440,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3133 +#: using-d-i.xml:3167 #, no-c-format msgid "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default configuration that does not send keep-alive packets. In principle, a connection to the system being installed should be kept open indefinitely. However, in some situations — depending on your local network setup — the connection may be lost after some period of inactivity. One common case where this can happen is when there is some form of Network Address Translation (NAT) somewhere between the client and the system being installed. Depending on at which point of the installation the connection was lost, you may or may not be able to resume the installation after reconnecting." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3146 +#: using-d-i.xml:3180 #, no-c-format msgid "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option <userinput>-o ServerAliveInterval=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when starting the <command>ssh</command> connection, or by adding that option in your <command>ssh</command> configuration file. Note however that in some cases adding this option may also <emphasis>cause</emphasis> a connection to be dropped (for example if keep-alive packets are sent during a brief network outage, from which <command>ssh</command> would otherwise have recovered), so it should only be used when needed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3159 +#: using-d-i.xml:3193 #, no-c-format msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename><footnote> <para> The following command will remove an existing entry for a host: <command>ssh-keygen -R <<replaceable>hostname</replaceable>|<replaceable>IP address</replaceable>></command>. </para> </footnote> and try again." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3175 +#: using-d-i.xml:3209 #, no-c-format msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3185 +#: using-d-i.xml:3219 #, no-c-format msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3205 +#: using-d-i.xml:3239 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3206 +#: using-d-i.xml:3240 #, no-c-format msgid "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require firmware to be loaded. In most cases the device will not work at all if the firmware is not available; sometimes basic functionality is not impaired if it is missing and the firmware is only needed to enable additional features." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3214 +#: using-d-i.xml:3248 #, no-c-format msgid "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will display a dialog offering to load the missing firmware. If this option is selected, &d-i; will scan available devices for either loose firmware files or packages containing firmware. If found, the firmware will be copied to the correct location (<filename>/lib/firmware</filename>) and the driver module will be reloaded." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3258 #, no-c-format msgid "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on the architecture, the installation method and the stage of the installation. Especially during the early stages of the installation, loading the firmware is most likely to succeed from a FAT-formatted floppy disk or USB stick. <phrase arch=\"x86\">On i386 and amd64 firmware can also be loaded from an MMC or SD card.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3234 +#: using-d-i.xml:3268 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device will also function without it, or if the device is not needed during the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3241 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be improved in future releases of the installer. Currently &d-i; will for example not display any warning if you choose to load missing firmware, but the requested firmware is not found. Please report any issues you encounter by filing an installation report (see <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3286 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3253 +#: using-d-i.xml:3287 #, no-c-format msgid "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a hard disk, the most common method to load firmware will be from some removable medium such as a floppy disk or a USB stick. The firmware files or packages must be placed in either the root directory or a directory named <filename>/firmware</filename> of the file system on the medium. The recommended file system to use is FAT as that is most certain to be supported during the early stages of the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3263 +#: using-d-i.xml:3297 #, no-c-format msgid "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are available from: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <ulink url=\"&url-firmware-tarballs;\"></ulink> </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Just download the tarball for the correct release and unpack it to the file system on the medium." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3277 +#: using-d-i.xml:3311 #, no-c-format msgid "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also download specific firmware packages from the (non-free section of the) archive. The following overview should list most available firmware packages but is not guaranteed to be complete and may also contain non-firmware packages:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3291 +#: using-d-i.xml:3325 #, no-c-format msgid "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose firmware could be obtained for example from an already installed system or from a hardware vendor." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3300 +#: using-d-i.xml:3334 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3301 +#: using-d-i.xml:3335 #, no-c-format msgid "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to the installed system. In most cases this will ensure that the device that requires the firmware will also work correctly after the system is rebooted into the installed system. However, if the installed system runs a different kernel version from the installer there is a slight chance that the firmware cannot be loaded due to version skew." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3310 +#: using-d-i.xml:3344 #, no-c-format msgid "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install this package for the installed system and will automatically add the non-free section of the package archive in APT's <filename>sources.list</filename>. This has the advantage that the firmware should be updated automatically if a new version becomes available." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3352 #, no-c-format msgid "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant device will probably not work with the installed system until the firmware (package) is installed manually." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to the installed system will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be automatically updated unless the corresponding firmware package (if available) is installed after the installation is completed." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pt/using-d-i.po b/po/pt/using-d-i.po index 282ba88e7..43029ad0d 100644 --- a/po/pt/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/pt/using-d-i.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-11 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-22 01:11+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-03 08:56+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -956,12 +956,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:530 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to " +#| "pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your " +#| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " +#| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default " -"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " +"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "O país seleccionado será mais tarde utilizado no processo de instalação para " "escolher por omissão um fuso horário e um mirror Debian apropriado para a " @@ -995,13 +1000,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:549 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " +#| "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " +#| "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" +#| "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " +#| "country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +#| "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " +#| "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " +#| "continent." msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " "continent." @@ -1019,45 +1033,62 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will " -"be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to select a " -"different country by first lowering the debconf priority to medium, followed " -"by revisiting the language selection option in the main menu of the " -"installer." +"If the language has only one country associated with it, a list of countries " +"will be displayed for the continent or region the country belongs to, with " +"that country selected as the default. Use the <guibutton>Go Back</guibutton> " +"option to select countries on a different continent." msgstr "" -"Se o idioma tiver associado apenas um país, o país será automaticamente " -"escolhido. Nesse caso apenas é possível escolher um país diferente baixando " -"a prioridade do debconf para média, e de seguida voltar à opção de escolha " -"de idioma no menu principal do instalador." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:575 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -#| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " -#| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " -#| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." -msgid "" -"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " -"option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed " -"system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the default for " -"the installed system." -msgstr "" -"Uma definição local padrão será seleccionada com base no idioma e país " -"escolhido. Se estiver a instalar em prioridade média ou baixa, terá a opção " -"de seleccionar definições locais padrão diferentes e de seleccionar " -"definições locais adicionais para serem geradas no sistema instalado." +#: using-d-i.xml:574 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"It is important to select the country where you live or where you are " +"located as it determines the time zone that will be configured for the " +"installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:580 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " +"defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " +"installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " +"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " +"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " +"UTF-8 as character encoding." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " +"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " +"but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" +"1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" +"footnote>, to be generated for the installed system; if you do, you will be " +"asked which of the selected locales should be the default for the installed " +"system." +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:591 +#: using-d-i.xml:617 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Escolher um teclado" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -1075,7 +1106,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>kbd-config</command> após ter completado a instalação)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:603 +#: using-d-i.xml:629 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -1092,7 +1123,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F10</keycap> na linha superior." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:638 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1112,13 +1143,13 @@ msgstr "" "layouts são similares." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:642 +#: using-d-i.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Procurar a Imagem ISO do Instalador do Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1132,7 +1163,7 @@ msgstr "" "componente <command>iso-scan</command> faz exactamente isto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:650 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1163,7 +1194,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> procura por outra imagem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:667 +#: using-d-i.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1178,7 +1209,7 @@ msgstr "" "ficheiros." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1196,13 +1227,13 @@ msgstr "" "fazer isto na segunda consola, sem reiniciar." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:695 +#: using-d-i.xml:721 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "Configurar a Rede" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:697 +#: using-d-i.xml:723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1223,7 +1254,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:708 +#: using-d-i.xml:734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1247,7 +1278,7 @@ msgstr "" "se pensa que está tudo em ordem, tente novamente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:720 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1271,7 +1302,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1293,13 +1324,14 @@ msgstr "" "instalado, editando o ficheiro <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:779 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring the Clock" -msgstr "Configurar o Relógio" +#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" +msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" +msgstr "Configurar O Seu Fuso Horário" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1317,19 +1349,24 @@ msgstr "" "manualmente, a hora durante o processo de instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "O instalador não altera o relógio do sistema na plataforma s390." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:803 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, " +#| "you may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " +#| "location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " +#| "system will assume that time zone." msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " -"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " -"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " -"system will assume that time zone." +"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your " +"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, " +"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." msgstr "" "Dependendo da localização escolhida anteriormente no processo de instalação, " "poder-lhe-á ser mostrada uma lista de fusos horários relevantes para essa " @@ -1337,7 +1374,16 @@ msgstr "" "perguntado nada e o sistema assumirá esse fuso horário." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " +"additional option to select <quote>Universal Time Coordinated</quote> (UTC) " +"as time zone." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1349,10 +1395,14 @@ msgstr "" "duas opções." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:821 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +#| "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. " +#| "The command to do this is:" msgid "" -"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the " "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The " "command to do this is:" msgstr "" @@ -1361,13 +1411,13 @@ msgstr "" "fazer isto é:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1383,22 +1433,26 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> ou <userinput>UTC</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:847 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using " +#| "preseeding." msgid "" -"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." +"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value " +"using preseeding." msgstr "" "Para instalações automatizadas o fuso horário também pode ser definido " "utilizando 'preseeding'." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Particionar e Escolher os Pontos de Montagem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1417,7 +1471,7 @@ msgstr "" "tais como RAID, LVM e dispositivos encriptados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:882 +#: using-d-i.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1427,7 +1481,7 @@ msgstr "" "mais detalhes, veja o <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:888 +#: using-d-i.xml:922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1449,7 +1503,7 @@ msgstr "" "disco incessíveis." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1464,13 +1518,13 @@ msgstr "" "partir do menu." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:945 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Particionamento Guiado" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:912 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1488,7 +1542,7 @@ msgstr "" "crypt</quote> do kernel </para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1497,7 +1551,7 @@ msgstr "" "arquitecturas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:932 +#: using-d-i.xml:966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1514,7 +1568,7 @@ msgstr "" "seus dados pessoais." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:941 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1531,7 +1585,7 @@ msgstr "" "tamanho do seu disco." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#: using-d-i.xml:984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1549,7 +1603,7 @@ msgstr "" "para confirmar estas alterações antes de serem escritas no disco." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1567,7 +1621,7 @@ msgstr "" "discos pode ajudar a identificá-los." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:969 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1583,7 +1637,7 @@ msgstr "" "(encriptado) isto não é possível." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:977 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1601,73 +1655,73 @@ msgstr "" "espaço (depende do esquema escolhido) o particionamento guiado irá falhar." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1027 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Esquema de criação das partições" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Espaço mínimo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Partições criadas" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Todos os ficheiros numa partição" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1005 +#: using-d-i.xml:1039 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Partição /home separada" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1006 +#: using-d-i.xml:1040 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1007 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1045 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Partições /home, /usr, /var e /tmp separadas" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1012 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1013 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1677,7 +1731,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1022 +#: using-d-i.xml:1056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1691,7 +1745,7 @@ msgstr "" "dentro da partição LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1706,7 +1760,7 @@ msgstr "" "partição de arranque EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1070 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1718,7 +1772,7 @@ msgstr "" "partições formatadas e onde serão montadas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1042 +#: using-d-i.xml:1076 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1769,7 +1823,7 @@ msgstr "" "alcançada utilizando o particionamento manual." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1055 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1790,13 +1844,13 @@ msgstr "" "propostas como descritas abaixo para o particionamento manual." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1069 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Particionamento Manual" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1812,7 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian será tema do resto desta secção." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1078 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1827,7 +1881,7 @@ msgstr "" "debaixo do disco seleccionado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1086 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1869,7 +1923,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1891,7 +1945,7 @@ msgstr "" "ext3 e swap. Este menu permite-lhe ainda apagar uma partição." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1907,7 +1961,7 @@ msgstr "" "permitirá continuar até que corrija esta situação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1919,7 +1973,7 @@ msgstr "" "continuar até que aloque uma." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1935,7 +1989,7 @@ msgstr "" "xfs</filename>, ou <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1950,13 +2004,13 @@ msgstr "" "os sistemas de ficheiros sejam criados conforme foram pedidos." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Configurar Dispositivos Multidisco (Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1977,7 +2031,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1183 +#: using-d-i.xml:1217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1992,7 +2046,7 @@ msgstr "" "atribuir um ponto de montagem, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1191 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2104,55 +2158,55 @@ msgstr "" "variablelist> Para resumir:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1305 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1340 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos Mínimos" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Dispositivo Sobresselente" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1308 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Sobrevive a falhas de disco?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1309 +#: using-d-i.xml:1343 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Espaço Disponível" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1354 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>não</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1319 +#: using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -2160,43 +2214,43 @@ msgstr "" "no RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1323 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "opcional" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 using-d-i.xml:1334 using-d-i.xml:1345 using-d-i.xml:1356 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>sim</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1361 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Dimensão da partição RAID mais pequena" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1331 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2206,19 +2260,19 @@ msgstr "" "no RAID menos um)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2228,13 +2282,13 @@ msgstr "" "no RAID menos dois)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2244,7 +2298,7 @@ msgstr "" "definido para dois)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2254,7 +2308,7 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2270,7 +2324,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2291,7 +2345,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2309,7 +2363,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalação manualmente a partir de uma shell." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1399 +#: using-d-i.xml:1433 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2332,7 +2386,7 @@ msgstr "" "que seleccionar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2344,7 +2398,7 @@ msgstr "" "formaram o MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1419 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2365,7 +2419,7 @@ msgstr "" "até que corrija o problema." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1431 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2376,7 +2430,7 @@ msgstr "" "partições activas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2387,7 +2441,7 @@ msgstr "" "partições activas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1443 +#: using-d-i.xml:1477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2407,7 +2461,7 @@ msgstr "" "que todas as cópias possam ser distribuidas em discos diferentes." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2425,7 +2479,7 @@ msgstr "" "muito fiável de 100 GB para <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1466 +#: using-d-i.xml:1500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2440,13 +2494,13 @@ msgstr "" "habituais." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "A configurar o Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1482 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2463,7 +2517,7 @@ msgstr "" "lado para o outro, fazer links simbólicos, etc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1490 +#: using-d-i.xml:1524 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2483,7 +2537,7 @@ msgstr "" "podem ser fisicamente espalhadas por vários discos." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2504,7 +2558,7 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1511 +#: using-d-i.xml:1545 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2521,7 +2575,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2541,7 +2595,7 @@ msgstr "" "contexto e apenas mostra acções válidas. As acções possíveis são:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2551,43 +2605,43 @@ msgstr "" "estructura do dispositivo LVM, nome e tamanhos dos volumes lógicos e mais." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Criar grupo de volumes" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1539 +#: using-d-i.xml:1573 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Criar volume lógico" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Apagar grupo de volumes" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1579 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Apagar volume lógico" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1582 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Estender grupo de volumes" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1585 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Reduzir grupo de volumes" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2597,7 +2651,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2607,7 +2661,7 @@ msgstr "" "depois criar os seus volumes lógicos dentro." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2619,13 +2673,13 @@ msgstr "" "deverá tratá-las como tal)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Configurar Volumes Encriptados" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2648,7 +2702,7 @@ msgstr "" "caracteres aleatórios." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2676,7 +2730,7 @@ msgstr "" "carregar o kernel a partir de uma partição encriptada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1606 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2691,7 +2745,7 @@ msgstr "" "chave." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2712,7 +2766,7 @@ msgstr "" "partição." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1624 +#: using-d-i.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2729,7 +2783,7 @@ msgstr "" "escolha por omissão." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1636 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2743,13 +2797,13 @@ msgstr "" "foram cuidadosamente escolhidos com a segurança em mente." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Encriptação: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2775,13 +2829,13 @@ msgstr "" "século XXI." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1700 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Comprimento da chave: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1668 +#: using-d-i.xml:1702 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2795,13 +2849,13 @@ msgstr "" "desempenho. Os comprimentos disponíveis das chaves variam consoante a cifra." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1714 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "Algoritmo IV: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2819,7 +2873,7 @@ msgstr "" "repetidos nos dados encriptados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2834,25 +2888,25 @@ msgstr "" "seja capaz de utilizar algoritmos mais recentes." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1738 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Chave de encriptação: <userinput>Frase-chave</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1706 +#: using-d-i.xml:1740 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Pode escolher aqui o tipo de chave de encriptação para esta partição." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1712 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Frase-chave" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2866,13 +2920,13 @@ msgstr "" "frase-chave na qual poderá introduzir no processo, mais à frente." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 using-d-i.xml:1821 +#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Chave aleatória" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2890,7 +2944,7 @@ msgstr "" "cifragem, isto não é alcançável durante a nossa vida.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2910,13 +2964,13 @@ msgstr "" "escritos para a partição de swap." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Apagar dados: <userinput>sim</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1793 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2937,7 +2991,7 @@ msgstr "" "dados mesmo após várias escritas na media megneto-óptica. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1779 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2949,13 +3003,13 @@ msgstr "" "para disponibilizar as seguintes opções:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1788 +#: using-d-i.xml:1822 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Encriptação: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1824 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2968,26 +3022,26 @@ msgstr "" "cifras e comprimentos de chave." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1800 +#: using-d-i.xml:1834 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Chave de encriptação: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1836 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" "Pode seleccionar aqui o tipo de chave de encriptação para esta partição." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1808 +#: using-d-i.xml:1842 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Keyfile (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -3001,19 +3055,19 @@ msgstr "" "chave apropriada (ser-lhe-á pedido para indicar uma, adiante no processo)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Por favor veja a secção acerca de chaves aleatórias, acima." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Por favor veja acima a secção acerca de apagar dados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 +#: using-d-i.xml:1879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -3032,7 +3086,7 @@ msgstr "" "pode demorar algum tempo." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -3049,7 +3103,7 @@ msgstr "" "de animais de estimação, nomes de familiares, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1864 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -3074,7 +3128,7 @@ msgstr "" "chave para o sistema de ficheiros raiz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1877 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3097,7 +3151,7 @@ msgstr "" "cada partição a ser encriptada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1893 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3131,7 +3185,7 @@ msgstr "" "valores por omissão não lhe servirem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1906 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3150,7 +3204,7 @@ msgstr "" "encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3160,13 +3214,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Instalar o Sistema Base" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1928 +#: using-d-i.xml:1962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3179,7 +3233,7 @@ msgstr "" "computador ou uma ligação de rede lenta, isto poderá demorar algum tempo." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3196,7 +3250,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3208,7 +3262,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalação foi feita através de uma consola série." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1956 +#: using-d-i.xml:1990 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3222,13 +3276,13 @@ msgstr "" "de uma lista de kernels disponíveis." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1968 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Definir Utilizadores E Palavras Passe" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3241,13 +3295,13 @@ msgstr "" "estar terminada." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Definir a Palavra Passe de Root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1987 +#: using-d-i.xml:2021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3262,7 +3316,7 @@ msgstr "" "possível." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1995 +#: using-d-i.xml:2029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3279,7 +3333,7 @@ msgstr "" "possa ser adivinhada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3292,13 +3346,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistemas." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2013 +#: using-d-i.xml:2047 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Criar um Utilizador Normal" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2015 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3312,7 +3366,7 @@ msgstr "" "seu o acesso pessoal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2024 +#: using-d-i.xml:2058 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3333,7 +3387,7 @@ msgstr "" "for novo para si." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3348,7 +3402,7 @@ msgstr "" "conta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2041 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3358,13 +3412,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilize o comando <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2052 +#: using-d-i.xml:2086 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Instalar Software Adicional" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2053 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3379,13 +3433,13 @@ msgstr "" "computador ou uma ligação de rede lentos." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Configurar o apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3420,7 +3474,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> é agora o utilitário recomendado para gestão de pacotes." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3434,7 +3488,7 @@ msgstr "" "ficheiro ao seu gosto após a instalação estar completa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2101 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3453,7 +3507,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>volatile</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2110 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3469,13 +3523,13 @@ msgstr "" "quote> do arquivo." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2155 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "Instalar a partir de mais do que um CD ou DVD" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3489,7 +3543,7 @@ msgstr "" "desejará fazer isto para que o instalador utilize os pacotes incluidos neles." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3504,7 +3558,7 @@ msgstr "" "etapa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2172 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3518,7 +3572,7 @@ msgstr "" "dos pacotes incluidos nos últimos CDs do conjunto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3536,7 +3590,7 @@ msgstr "" "das necessidades." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2154 +#: using-d-i.xml:2188 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3550,7 +3604,7 @@ msgstr "" "adicionais. O primeiro DVD facilmente cobre os três ambientes de trabalho." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2162 +#: using-d-i.xml:2196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3567,13 +3621,13 @@ msgstr "" "pesquisá-los por ordem ascendente irá reduzir a hipótese de erros." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "Utilizar um 'mirror' de rede" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3585,7 +3639,7 @@ msgstr "" "resposta pré-definida deve estar bem, mas existem algumas excepções." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2183 +#: using-d-i.xml:2217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3603,7 +3657,7 @@ msgstr "" "próxima etapa da instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2192 +#: using-d-i.xml:2226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3624,7 +3678,7 @@ msgstr "" "reiniciado para o novo sistema)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3638,7 +3692,7 @@ msgstr "" "explicado na secção anterior. A utilização de um 'mirror' de rede é opcional." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2210 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3654,7 +3708,7 @@ msgstr "" "comprometer a segurança ou a establidade do sistema instalado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3670,26 +3724,26 @@ msgstr "" "'mirror' de rede depende de" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2260 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "das tarefas que escolher na próxima etapa da instalação," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "cujos pacotes são necessários para essas tarefas," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "dos quais estão presentes nos CDs ou DVDs que pesquisou, e" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2241 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3701,7 +3755,7 @@ msgstr "" "mirror de actualizações 'security' ou 'volatile')." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2250 +#: using-d-i.xml:2284 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3715,13 +3769,13 @@ msgstr "" "'security' ou 'volatile' e se esses serviços estiverem configurados." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2300 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Seleccionar e Instalar Software" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2268 +#: using-d-i.xml:2302 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3739,7 +3793,7 @@ msgstr "" "executar várias tarefas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2277 +#: using-d-i.xml:2311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3773,7 +3827,7 @@ msgstr "" "size-list\"/> lista as necessidades de espaço para as tarefas disponíveis." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2304 +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3786,7 +3840,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalar nenhuma tarefa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3796,7 +3850,7 @@ msgstr "" "barra de espaços para mudar a selecção de uma tarefa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3807,7 +3861,7 @@ msgstr "" "trabalho GNOME." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3829,7 +3883,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>desktop=xfce</literal> ou <literal>desktop=lxde</literal>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2367 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3843,7 +3897,7 @@ msgstr "" "por <quote>Ambientes de trabalho anternativos</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2340 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3862,7 +3916,7 @@ msgstr "" "método de instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 +#: using-d-i.xml:2384 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3882,7 +3936,7 @@ msgstr "" "web: <classname>apache</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2361 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3898,7 +3952,7 @@ msgstr "" "queira mesmo um sistema minimalista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2369 +#: using-d-i.xml:2403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3919,7 +3973,7 @@ msgstr "" "disponíveis)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3933,7 +3987,7 @@ msgstr "" "mais informação do utilizador irá pedi-la durante este processo." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3951,7 +4005,7 @@ msgstr "" "não existe opção para cancelar a instalação de pacotes." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3970,13 +4024,13 @@ msgstr "" "antiga." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Tornar o Sistema Iniciável" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3991,13 +4045,13 @@ msgstr "" "sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2427 +#: using-d-i.xml:2461 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Detecção de outros sistemas operativos" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -4013,7 +4067,7 @@ msgstr "" "adição ao Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -4030,13 +4084,13 @@ msgstr "" "mais informações." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -4053,19 +4107,19 @@ msgstr "" "Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( mais informação necessária )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2477 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>Grub</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -4078,7 +4132,7 @@ msgstr "" "experientes." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -4090,7 +4144,7 @@ msgstr "" "qualquer outro local. Veja o manual do grub para uma informação completa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -4102,13 +4156,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilizar." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2504 +#: using-d-i.xml:2538 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>LILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -4125,7 +4179,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2516 +#: using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -4139,7 +4193,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistemas operativos como o GNU/Linux e GNU/Hurd depois da instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -4149,13 +4203,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>LILO</command>." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -4165,13 +4219,13 @@ msgstr "" "de arranque." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "nova partição Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4183,13 +4237,13 @@ msgstr "" "gestor de arranque secundário." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Outra escolha" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4203,7 +4257,7 @@ msgstr "" "como <filename>/dev/hda</filename> ou <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2557 +#: using-d-i.xml:2591 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4219,14 +4273,14 @@ msgstr "" "utilizar outro método para voltar ao Debian!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>ELILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2575 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4255,7 +4309,7 @@ msgstr "" "de carregar e arrancar o kernel Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4273,13 +4327,13 @@ msgstr "" "contém o seu sistema de ficheiros <emphasis>root</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2603 +#: using-d-i.xml:2637 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Escolha a partição correcta!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2639 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4298,13 +4352,13 @@ msgstr "" "anterior!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2620 +#: using-d-i.xml:2654 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Conteúdo das Partições EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4334,13 +4388,13 @@ msgstr "" "conforme o sistema é actualizado ou reconfigurado." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2644 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4352,13 +4406,13 @@ msgstr "" "dos ficheiros reescritos de modo a referir os ficheiros da partição EFI." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4372,13 +4426,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2665 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2666 +#: using-d-i.xml:2700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4393,13 +4447,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2713 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4412,13 +4466,13 @@ msgstr "" "seja executado." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2723 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4432,13 +4486,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2711 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4482,13 +4536,13 @@ msgstr "" "executando <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2730 +#: using-d-i.xml:2764 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4498,13 +4552,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> para controladores onboard." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2739 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4513,13 +4567,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o SCSI ID do disco rígido onde o <command>arcboot</command> está instalado" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2748 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2749 +#: using-d-i.xml:2783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4528,13 +4582,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o número da partição onde o <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> reside" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2758 +#: using-d-i.xml:2792 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4544,13 +4598,13 @@ msgstr "" "que por omissão é <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2779 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>Yaboot</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2780 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4571,13 +4625,13 @@ msgstr "" "iniciar o &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2798 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>Quik</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2799 +#: using-d-i.xml:2833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4592,13 +4646,13 @@ msgstr "" "clones da Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2816 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4615,13 +4669,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2867 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o gestor de arranque <command>SILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4653,13 +4707,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação SunOS/Solaris já existente." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2860 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Continuar Sem Gestor de Arranque" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2862 +#: using-d-i.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4672,7 +4726,7 @@ msgstr "" "gestor de arranque existente)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4694,13 +4748,13 @@ msgstr "" "numa partição separada." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2886 +#: using-d-i.xml:2920 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Terminar a Instalação" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2921 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4712,13 +4766,13 @@ msgstr "" "arrumar tudo após o &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2900 +#: using-d-i.xml:2934 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "Configurar o Relógio do Sistema" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4732,7 +4786,7 @@ msgstr "" "outros sistemas operativos estão instalados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2909 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4751,7 +4805,7 @@ msgstr "" "de UTC.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4763,13 +4817,13 @@ msgstr "" "da selecção que foi acabada de fazer." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2935 +#: using-d-i.xml:2969 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "Reiniciar o Sistema" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2937 +#: using-d-i.xml:2971 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4781,7 +4835,7 @@ msgstr "" "no seu novo sistema Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2977 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4795,13 +4849,13 @@ msgstr "" "etapas da instalação." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2956 +#: using-d-i.xml:2990 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Miscelânea" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4813,13 +4867,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilizador no caso de algo correr mal." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2970 +#: using-d-i.xml:3004 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Gravar os logs de instalação" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2972 +#: using-d-i.xml:3006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4831,7 +4885,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> no seu novo sistema Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2979 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4847,13 +4901,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistema ou incluí-los num relatório de instalação. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2999 +#: using-d-i.xml:3033 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Utilizar a Shell e Ver os Logs" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3001 +#: using-d-i.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4879,13 +4933,13 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> para voltar ao instalador." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "Para o instalador gráfico veja também <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3023 +#: using-d-i.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4901,7 +4955,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>exit</userinput> para fechar a shell e voltar ao instalador." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3031 +#: using-d-i.xml:3065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4919,7 +4973,7 @@ msgstr "" "agradáveis como auto-completar e histórico." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3040 +#: using-d-i.xml:3074 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4931,7 +4985,7 @@ msgstr "" "encontrados no directório <filename>/var/log</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3047 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4943,7 +4997,7 @@ msgstr "" "de alguma coisa correr mal e para depuração." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4957,13 +5011,13 @@ msgstr "" "não o faça você mesmo a partir da shell." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3068 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Instalação Através da Rede" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3070 +#: using-d-i.xml:3104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4981,7 +5035,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3080 +#: using-d-i.xml:3114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -5004,7 +5058,7 @@ msgstr "" "com SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3093 +#: using-d-i.xml:3127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -5014,7 +5068,7 @@ msgstr "" "configurar a rede." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -5037,7 +5091,7 @@ msgstr "" "remotamente</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3110 +#: using-d-i.xml:3144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -5049,7 +5103,7 @@ msgstr "" "poderá escolher outro componente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3150 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -5081,7 +5135,7 @@ msgstr "" "de confirmar se é o correcto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3133 +#: using-d-i.xml:3167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -5106,7 +5160,7 @@ msgstr "" "pode, ou não, conseguir retomar a instalação após ligar novamente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3146 +#: using-d-i.xml:3180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -5128,7 +5182,7 @@ msgstr "" "recuperado), por isso deve apenas ser utilizado quando for necessário." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3159 +#: using-d-i.xml:3193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -5152,7 +5206,7 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable>></command> </para> </footnote> e tentar novamente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3175 +#: using-d-i.xml:3209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -5172,7 +5226,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH para o menu de instalação, mas pode iniciar várias sessões para shells." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3185 +#: using-d-i.xml:3219 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -5188,13 +5242,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistema instalado." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3205 +#: using-d-i.xml:3239 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "Carregar Firmware em Falta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3206 +#: using-d-i.xml:3240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -5209,7 +5263,7 @@ msgstr "" "falta e for apenas necessário para habilitar funcionalidades adicionais." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3214 +#: using-d-i.xml:3248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5228,7 +5282,7 @@ msgstr "" "será novamente carregado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5247,7 +5301,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3234 +#: using-d-i.xml:3268 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5259,7 +5313,7 @@ msgstr "" "necessário durante a instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3241 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5276,13 +5330,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação (veja <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3286 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "Preparar um meio" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3253 +#: using-d-i.xml:3287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5302,7 +5356,7 @@ msgstr "" "mais provável a ser suportado durante as etapas iniciais da instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3263 +#: using-d-i.xml:3297 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5318,7 +5372,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistema de ficheiros na media." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3277 +#: using-d-i.xml:3311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5334,7 +5388,7 @@ msgstr "" "conter pacotes que não sejam de firmware:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3291 +#: using-d-i.xml:3325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5346,13 +5400,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistemas já instalados ou a partir de um fabricante de hardware." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3300 +#: using-d-i.xml:3334 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "Firmware e o Sistema Instalado" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3301 +#: using-d-i.xml:3335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5371,7 +5425,7 @@ msgstr "" "devido à diferença de versão." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3310 +#: using-d-i.xml:3344 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5387,7 +5441,7 @@ msgstr "" "automaticatamente se estiver disponível uma nova versão." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5399,7 +5453,7 @@ msgstr "" "até o (pacote de) firmware ser instalado manualmente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " @@ -5413,6 +5467,39 @@ msgstr "" "(se estiver disponível) seja instalado após a instalação estar completada." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the language has only one country associated with it, that country " +#~ "will be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to " +#~ "select a different country by first lowering the debconf priority to " +#~ "medium, followed by revisiting the language selection option in the main " +#~ "menu of the installer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se o idioma tiver associado apenas um país, o país será automaticamente " +#~ "escolhido. Nesse caso apenas é possível escolher um país diferente " +#~ "baixando a prioridade do debconf para média, e de seguida voltar à opção " +#~ "de escolha de idioma no menu principal do instalador." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " +#~| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~ "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~ "the option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the " +#~ "installed system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the " +#~ "default for the installed system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uma definição local padrão será seleccionada com base no idioma e país " +#~ "escolhido. Se estiver a instalar em prioridade média ou baixa, terá a " +#~ "opção de seleccionar definições locais padrão diferentes e de seleccionar " +#~ "definições locais adicionais para serem geradas no sistema instalado." + +#~ msgid "Configuring the Clock" +#~ msgstr "Configurar o Relógio" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " #~ "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " #~ "reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." @@ -5677,9 +5764,6 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Após o particionamento o instalador coloca mais algumas questões que " #~ "serão utilizadas para configurar o sistema que vai ser instalado." -#~ msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" -#~ msgstr "Configurar O Seu Fuso Horário" - #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " #~ "time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time " diff --git a/po/ro/using-d-i.po b/po/ro/using-d-i.po index a68ab14d3..5739ccc77 100644 --- a/po/ro/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ro/using-d-i.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-11 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-22 01:11+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-25 02:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Eddy Petrișor <eddy.petrisor@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <debian-l10n-romanian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -961,12 +961,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:530 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to " +#| "pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your " +#| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " +#| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default " -"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " +"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "Țara selectată va fi folosită mai târziu în procesul de instalare pentru a " "alege fusul orar implicit și o arhivă-copie a arhivei Debian potrivită " @@ -1015,7 +1020,7 @@ msgid "" "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " "continent." @@ -1032,41 +1037,62 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will " -"be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to select a " -"different country by first lowering the debconf priority to medium, followed " -"by revisiting the language selection option in the main menu of the " -"installer." +"If the language has only one country associated with it, a list of countries " +"will be displayed for the continent or region the country belongs to, with " +"that country selected as the default. Use the <guibutton>Go Back</guibutton> " +"option to select countries on a different continent." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:575 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -#| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " -#| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " -#| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." -msgid "" -"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " -"option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed " -"system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the default for " -"the installed system." -msgstr "" -"O locală implicită va fi selectată pe baza limbii selectate și a țării. Dacă " -"instalați la prioritate medie sau joasă, veți putea selecta o locală " -"implicită diferită și veți putea să selectați locale suplimentare pentru a " -"fi generate pentru sistemul instalat." +#: using-d-i.xml:574 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"It is important to select the country where you live or where you are " +"located as it determines the time zone that will be configured for the " +"installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:580 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " +"defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " +"installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " +"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " +"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " +"UTF-8 as character encoding." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " +"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " +"but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" +"1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" +"footnote>, to be generated for the installed system; if you do, you will be " +"asked which of the selected locales should be the default for the installed " +"system." +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:591 +#: using-d-i.xml:617 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Alegerea tastaturii" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -1085,7 +1111,7 @@ msgstr "" # couldn't xml-ised quotes be used for the ' characters? #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:603 +#: using-d-i.xml:629 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -1101,7 +1127,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> la <keycap>F10</keycap> deasupra șirului de sus." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:638 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1121,13 +1147,13 @@ msgstr "" "Mac). În celelalte privințe, cele două aranjamente sunt similare." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:642 +#: using-d-i.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Căutarea imaginii ISO a Programului de instalare al Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1141,7 +1167,7 @@ msgstr "" "Componenta <command>iso-scan</command> face chiar acest lucru." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:650 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1171,7 +1197,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>iso-scan</command> caută o altă imagine." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:667 +#: using-d-i.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1185,7 +1211,7 @@ msgstr "" "chiar traversează întregul sistem de fișiere." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1203,13 +1229,13 @@ msgstr "" "Unix ar putea face aceste lucruri fără a reporni, de la a doua consolă." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:695 +#: using-d-i.xml:721 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "Configurarea rețelisticii" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:697 +#: using-d-i.xml:723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1230,7 +1256,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:708 +#: using-d-i.xml:734 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1255,7 +1281,7 @@ msgstr "" "este cum trebuie, încercați din nou." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:720 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1279,7 +1305,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:760 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1304,13 +1330,14 @@ msgstr "" "de configurare a rețelei." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:779 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring the Clock" +#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "Configuring the Clock" +msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Configurarea ceasului" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1328,19 +1355,24 @@ msgstr "" "instalării nu este posibilă." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:803 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, " +#| "you may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " +#| "location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " +#| "system will assume that time zone." msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " -"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " -"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " -"system will assume that time zone." +"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your " +"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, " +"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." msgstr "" "Dependent de locul selectat mai devreme în procesul de instalare, este " "posibil să vi se afișeze o listă cu fusuri orare relevante pentru acel loc. " @@ -1348,7 +1380,16 @@ msgstr "" "sistemul va folosi acel fus orar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " +"additional option to select <quote>Universal Time Coordinated</quote> (UTC) " +"as time zone." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1360,10 +1401,14 @@ msgstr "" "două opțiuni." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:821 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +#| "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. " +#| "The command to do this is:" msgid "" -"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the " "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The " "command to do this is:" msgstr "" @@ -1372,14 +1417,14 @@ msgstr "" "lucru este:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" # trebuie să testez dacă EET e valid, în loc de UTC #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:866 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1395,22 +1440,26 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>Europe/Bucharest</userinput> sau <userinput>UTC</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:847 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using " +#| "preseeding." msgid "" -"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." +"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value " +"using preseeding." msgstr "" "Pentru instalările automate fusul orar poate fi selectat folosind o " "preconfigurare." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Partiționarea și selectarea punctelor de montare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1430,7 +1479,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:882 +#: using-d-i.xml:916 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1441,7 +1490,7 @@ msgstr "" "se vedea <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:888 +#: using-d-i.xml:922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1463,7 +1512,7 @@ msgstr "" "imposibil accesul la datele de pe acel disc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1477,13 +1526,13 @@ msgstr "" "automat, alegeți din meniu metoda <guimenuitem>Manuală</guimenuitem> ." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:945 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Schema de partiționare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:912 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1500,7 +1549,7 @@ msgstr "" "(criptat) să nu fie prezentă pe toate arhitecturile." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1510,7 +1559,7 @@ msgstr "" # XXX: shouldn't real Note style be used instead of the inline string? #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:932 +#: using-d-i.xml:966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1528,7 +1577,7 @@ msgstr "" "pentru datele (personale ale) dumneavoastră." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:941 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1545,7 +1594,7 @@ msgstr "" "de dimensiunea discului." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#: using-d-i.xml:984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1563,7 +1612,7 @@ msgstr "" "cere să confirmați aceste schimbări înainte de a fi scrise pe disc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1582,7 +1631,7 @@ msgstr "" "identificarea lor." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:969 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1598,7 +1647,7 @@ msgstr "" "(criptat) acest lucru nu este posibil." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:977 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1617,73 +1666,73 @@ msgstr "" "eșua." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1027 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Schema de partiționare" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Spațiu minim" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Partiții create" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Toate fișierele pe o partiție" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MO" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1005 +#: using-d-i.xml:1039 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Partiție /home separată" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1006 +#: using-d-i.xml:1040 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MO" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1007 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1045 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Partiții /home, /usr, /var și /tmp separate" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1012 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GO</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1013 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1693,7 +1742,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1022 +#: using-d-i.xml:1056 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1707,7 +1756,7 @@ msgstr "" "partiției LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1062 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1722,7 +1771,7 @@ msgstr "" "EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1070 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1734,7 +1783,7 @@ msgstr "" "formatate și dacă vor fi montate." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1042 +#: using-d-i.xml:1076 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1785,7 +1834,7 @@ msgstr "" "partiționarea manuală." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1055 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1806,13 +1855,13 @@ msgstr "" "propuse după cum se va descrie mai jos la partiționarea manuală." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1069 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Schema de partiționare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1828,7 +1877,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian vor fi acoperite în restul acestei secțiuni." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1078 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1843,7 +1892,7 @@ msgstr "" "selectat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1086 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1882,7 +1931,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1904,7 +1953,7 @@ msgstr "" "și să ștergeți o partiție." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1920,7 +1969,7 @@ msgstr "" "lăsa să continuați până nu corectați această problemă." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1932,7 +1981,7 @@ msgstr "" "continuați până când nu alocați una." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1949,7 +1998,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1964,13 +2013,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistemele de fișiere ar trebui create așa cum s-a cerut." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Configurarea dispozitivelor multi-disc (<quote>RAID software</quote>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1204 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1999,7 +2048,7 @@ msgstr "" "software</firstterm></quote>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1183 +#: using-d-i.xml:1217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -2014,7 +2063,7 @@ msgstr "" "montare, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1191 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2113,55 +2162,55 @@ msgstr "" "variablelist> Pentru a sumariza:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1305 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipul" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1340 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Minim de dispozitive" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Dispozitive de rezervă" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1308 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Supraviețuiește la un defect de disc?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1309 +#: using-d-i.xml:1343 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Spațiu disponibil" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1354 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nu</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1319 +#: using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -2169,43 +2218,43 @@ msgstr "" "RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1323 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "opțional" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 using-d-i.xml:1334 using-d-i.xml:1345 using-d-i.xml:1356 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>da</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1361 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Dimensiunea celei mai mici partiții din RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1331 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2215,21 +2264,21 @@ msgstr "" "RAID minus unu)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "RAID0" msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2242,7 +2291,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID minus unu)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "RAID0" msgid "RAID10" @@ -2250,7 +2299,7 @@ msgstr "RAID0" # nu-mi place deloc cum e tradus; aștept sugestii #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1391 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2260,7 +2309,7 @@ msgstr "" "două)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2271,7 +2320,7 @@ msgstr "" "software</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2289,7 +2338,7 @@ msgstr "" # nu-mi place traducerea pentru stripped #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1412 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2310,7 +2359,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> poate fi o variantă posibilă." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2336,7 +2385,7 @@ msgstr "" "de instalare sau configurare." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1399 +#: using-d-i.xml:1433 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2358,7 +2407,7 @@ msgstr "" "depinde de tipul de dispozitiv MD selectat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2370,7 +2419,7 @@ msgstr "" "selectați partițiile care vor forma dispozitivul MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1419 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number " @@ -2399,7 +2448,7 @@ msgstr "" "problema." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1431 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2410,7 +2459,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> partiții active." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2421,7 +2470,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> partiții active." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1443 +#: using-d-i.xml:1477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2442,7 +2491,7 @@ msgstr "" "active astfel încât copiile să fie distribuite pe discuri diferite." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1491 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2460,7 +2509,7 @@ msgstr "" "(partiție de 100GO, destul de sigură pentru <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1466 +#: using-d-i.xml:1500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2475,13 +2524,13 @@ msgstr "" "precum punctele de montare." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Configurarea Managerului de volume logice (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1482 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2498,7 +2547,7 @@ msgstr "" "legături simbolice, etc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1490 +#: using-d-i.xml:1524 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2518,7 +2567,7 @@ msgstr "" "se pot întinde peste mai multe discuri fizice." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2539,7 +2588,7 @@ msgstr "" "fi bine să citiți <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">Rețetarul LVM</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1511 +#: using-d-i.xml:1545 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2556,7 +2605,7 @@ msgstr "" "fizic pentru LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2576,7 +2625,7 @@ msgstr "" "Acțiunile posibile sunt:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2584,43 +2633,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1539 +#: using-d-i.xml:1573 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1579 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1582 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1585 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2628,7 +2677,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2638,7 +2687,7 @@ msgstr "" "și și apoi creați volumele logice în interiorul acestuia." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2650,13 +2699,13 @@ msgstr "" "obișnuite (și ar trebui tratate ca atare)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Configurarea volumelor criptate" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2678,7 +2727,7 @@ msgstr "" "datele de pe disc vor părea a fi caractere aleatoare." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2707,7 +2756,7 @@ msgstr "" "fișiere criptat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1606 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2723,7 +2772,7 @@ msgstr "" # trebuie verificate numele meniurilor cu ce e în D-I #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2744,7 +2793,7 @@ msgstr "" "acea partiție." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1624 +#: using-d-i.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2762,7 +2811,7 @@ msgstr "" # trebuie verificate opțiunile din meniu dacă sunt în concordanță cu textul #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1636 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2776,13 +2825,13 @@ msgstr "" "în vedere securitatea." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Criptare: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2808,14 +2857,14 @@ msgstr "" "protejarea datelor confidențiale în secolul 21." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1700 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Dimensiunea cheii: <userinput>256</userinput>" # mi-ar plăcea o altă traducere pentru 'strength' #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1668 +#: using-d-i.xml:1702 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2829,13 +2878,13 @@ msgstr "" "dimensiuni de chei depinde de algoritmul de criptare." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1714 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "Algoritmul VI: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2853,7 +2902,7 @@ msgstr "" "șabloane repetate în datele criptate." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2868,25 +2917,25 @@ msgstr "" "algoritmii mai noi." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1738 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Cheia de criptare: <userinput>Parolă-frază</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1706 +#: using-d-i.xml:1740 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Aici puteți alege tipul de cheie de criptare pentru această partiție." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1712 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Parolă-frază" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2901,13 +2950,13 @@ msgstr "" "procesului." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 using-d-i.xml:1821 +#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Cheie aleatoare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2926,7 +2975,7 @@ msgstr "" "cifrare.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2939,13 +2988,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1793 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2959,7 +3008,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1779 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2968,13 +3017,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1788 +#: using-d-i.xml:1822 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1824 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2983,25 +3032,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1800 +#: using-d-i.xml:1834 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1836 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1808 +#: using-d-i.xml:1842 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -3011,19 +3060,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 +#: using-d-i.xml:1879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -3035,7 +3084,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -3046,7 +3095,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1864 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -3061,7 +3110,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1877 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3075,7 +3124,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1893 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3095,7 +3144,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1906 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3107,7 +3156,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3115,13 +3164,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1928 +#: using-d-i.xml:1962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3131,7 +3180,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1975 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3148,7 +3197,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3157,7 +3206,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1956 +#: using-d-i.xml:1990 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3167,13 +3216,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1968 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3182,13 +3231,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1987 +#: using-d-i.xml:2021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3198,7 +3247,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1995 +#: using-d-i.xml:2029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3209,7 +3258,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3218,13 +3267,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2013 +#: using-d-i.xml:2047 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2015 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3234,7 +3283,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2024 +#: using-d-i.xml:2058 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3247,7 +3296,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3257,7 +3306,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2041 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3265,13 +3314,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2052 +#: using-d-i.xml:2086 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2053 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3281,13 +3330,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3308,7 +3357,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3318,7 +3367,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2101 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3330,7 +3379,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2110 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3341,13 +3390,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2155 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3357,7 +3406,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3367,7 +3416,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2172 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3377,7 +3426,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3388,7 +3437,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2154 +#: using-d-i.xml:2188 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3398,7 +3447,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2162 +#: using-d-i.xml:2196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3410,13 +3459,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3425,7 +3474,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2183 +#: using-d-i.xml:2217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3437,7 +3486,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2192 +#: using-d-i.xml:2226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3450,7 +3499,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3460,7 +3509,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2210 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3471,7 +3520,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3482,26 +3531,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2260 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2241 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3510,7 +3559,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2250 +#: using-d-i.xml:2284 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3520,13 +3569,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2300 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2268 +#: using-d-i.xml:2302 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3538,7 +3587,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2277 +#: using-d-i.xml:2311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3558,7 +3607,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2304 +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3567,7 +3616,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3575,7 +3624,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3583,7 +3632,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3597,7 +3646,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2367 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3607,7 +3656,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2340 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3619,7 +3668,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 +#: using-d-i.xml:2384 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3632,7 +3681,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2361 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3643,7 +3692,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2369 +#: using-d-i.xml:2403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3656,7 +3705,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3666,7 +3715,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3678,7 +3727,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3690,13 +3739,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3706,13 +3755,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2427 +#: using-d-i.xml:2461 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3723,7 +3772,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3734,13 +3783,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3751,19 +3800,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2477 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3772,7 +3821,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3781,7 +3830,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3790,13 +3839,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2504 +#: using-d-i.xml:2538 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3807,7 +3856,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2516 +#: using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3817,7 +3866,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3825,13 +3874,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3839,13 +3888,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3854,13 +3903,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3870,7 +3919,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2557 +#: using-d-i.xml:2591 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3881,13 +3930,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2575 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3904,7 +3953,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3916,13 +3965,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2603 +#: using-d-i.xml:2637 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2639 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3934,13 +3983,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2620 +#: using-d-i.xml:2654 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3958,13 +4007,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2644 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3973,13 +4022,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3989,13 +4038,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2665 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2666 +#: using-d-i.xml:2700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4005,13 +4054,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2713 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4020,13 +4069,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2723 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4036,13 +4085,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2711 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4067,13 +4116,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2730 +#: using-d-i.xml:2764 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4081,13 +4130,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2739 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4095,13 +4144,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2748 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2749 +#: using-d-i.xml:2783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4109,13 +4158,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2758 +#: using-d-i.xml:2792 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4123,13 +4172,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2779 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2780 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4142,13 +4191,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2798 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2799 +#: using-d-i.xml:2833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4158,13 +4207,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2816 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4175,13 +4224,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2867 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4199,13 +4248,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2860 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2862 +#: using-d-i.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4214,7 +4263,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4228,13 +4277,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2886 +#: using-d-i.xml:2920 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2921 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4243,13 +4292,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2900 +#: using-d-i.xml:2934 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4259,7 +4308,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2909 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4271,7 +4320,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4280,13 +4329,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2935 +#: using-d-i.xml:2969 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2937 +#: using-d-i.xml:2971 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4295,7 +4344,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2977 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4305,13 +4354,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2956 +#: using-d-i.xml:2990 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4320,13 +4369,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2970 +#: using-d-i.xml:3004 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2972 +#: using-d-i.xml:3006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4335,7 +4384,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2979 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4346,13 +4395,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2999 +#: using-d-i.xml:3033 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3001 +#: using-d-i.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4368,13 +4417,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3023 +#: using-d-i.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4385,7 +4434,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3031 +#: using-d-i.xml:3065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4397,7 +4446,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3040 +#: using-d-i.xml:3074 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4406,7 +4455,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3047 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4415,7 +4464,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4425,13 +4474,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3068 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3070 +#: using-d-i.xml:3104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4443,7 +4492,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3080 +#: using-d-i.xml:3114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4457,7 +4506,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3093 +#: using-d-i.xml:3127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4465,7 +4514,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4479,7 +4528,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3110 +#: using-d-i.xml:3144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4488,7 +4537,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3150 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4507,7 +4556,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3133 +#: using-d-i.xml:3167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -4523,7 +4572,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3146 +#: using-d-i.xml:3180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -4537,7 +4586,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3159 +#: using-d-i.xml:3193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4552,7 +4601,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3175 +#: using-d-i.xml:3209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4565,7 +4614,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3185 +#: using-d-i.xml:3219 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4576,13 +4625,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3205 +#: using-d-i.xml:3239 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3206 +#: using-d-i.xml:3240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -4592,7 +4641,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3214 +#: using-d-i.xml:3248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -4604,7 +4653,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -4616,7 +4665,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3234 +#: using-d-i.xml:3268 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -4625,7 +4674,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3241 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -4636,13 +4685,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3286 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3253 +#: using-d-i.xml:3287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -4655,7 +4704,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3263 +#: using-d-i.xml:3297 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -4666,7 +4715,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3277 +#: using-d-i.xml:3311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -4677,7 +4726,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3291 +#: using-d-i.xml:3325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -4686,13 +4735,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3300 +#: using-d-i.xml:3334 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3301 +#: using-d-i.xml:3335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -4704,7 +4753,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3310 +#: using-d-i.xml:3344 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -4715,7 +4764,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -4724,7 +4773,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " @@ -4733,6 +4782,24 @@ msgid "" "the installation is completed." msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " +#~| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~ "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~ "the option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the " +#~ "installed system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the " +#~ "default for the installed system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O locală implicită va fi selectată pe baza limbii selectate și a țării. " +#~ "Dacă instalați la prioritate medie sau joasă, veți putea selecta o locală " +#~ "implicită diferită și veți putea să selectați locale suplimentare pentru " +#~ "a fi generate pentru sistemul instalat." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " #~ "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " diff --git a/po/ru/using-d-i.po b/po/ru/using-d-i.po index 515867269..cd9c6c216 100644 --- a/po/ru/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ru/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-11 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-22 01:11+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-17 21:38+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <yuray@komyakino.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -946,12 +946,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:530 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to " +#| "pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your " +#| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " +#| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default " -"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " +"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "Выбранное значение для страны будет использовано позднее в процессе " "установки для выбора часового пояса по умолчанию и ближайшего к вам " @@ -984,13 +989,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:549 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " +#| "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " +#| "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" +#| "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " +#| "country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +#| "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " +#| "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " +#| "continent." msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " "continent." @@ -1007,45 +1021,62 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will " -"be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to select a " -"different country by first lowering the debconf priority to medium, followed " -"by revisiting the language selection option in the main menu of the " -"installer." +"If the language has only one country associated with it, a list of countries " +"will be displayed for the continent or region the country belongs to, with " +"that country selected as the default. Use the <guibutton>Go Back</guibutton> " +"option to select countries on a different continent." msgstr "" -"Если с выбранном языком связана только одна страна, то она будет выбрана " -"автоматически. В этом случае другую страну можно указать снизив приоритет " -"debconf до среднего и ещё раз выбрать пункт определения языка в главном меню " -"программы установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:575 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -#| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " -#| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " -#| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." -msgid "" -"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " -"option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed " -"system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the default for " -"the installed system." -msgstr "" -"На основании выбранного языка и страны будет настроена локаль по умолчанию. " -"Если установка проходит со средним или низким приоритетом, вы сможете " -"выбрать другую локаль по умолчанию и настроить дополнительные локали, " -"которые будут созданы для устанавливаемой системы." +#: using-d-i.xml:574 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"It is important to select the country where you live or where you are " +"located as it determines the time zone that will be configured for the " +"installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:580 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " +"defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " +"installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " +"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " +"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " +"UTF-8 as character encoding." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " +"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " +"but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" +"1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" +"footnote>, to be generated for the installed system; if you do, you will be " +"asked which of the selected locales should be the default for the installed " +"system." +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:591 +#: using-d-i.xml:617 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Выбор клавиатуры" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -1062,7 +1093,7 @@ msgstr "" "config</command> с правами суперпользователя после завершения установки)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:603 +#: using-d-i.xml:629 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -1078,7 +1109,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap> до <keycap>F10</keycap> в самом верхнем ряду клавиш." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:638 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1098,13 +1129,13 @@ msgstr "" "отличаются." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:642 +#: using-d-i.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Поиск ISO образа программы установки Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1118,7 +1149,7 @@ msgstr "" "этого существует компонента <command>iso-scan</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:650 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1148,7 +1179,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>iso-scan</command> будет искать другой образ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:667 +#: using-d-i.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1161,7 +1192,7 @@ msgstr "" "этом случае будет произведён поиск по всей файловой системе." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1179,13 +1210,13 @@ msgstr "" "сделать со второй консоли без перезагрузки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:695 +#: using-d-i.xml:721 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "Настройка сети" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:697 +#: using-d-i.xml:723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1206,7 +1237,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:708 +#: using-d-i.xml:734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1230,7 +1261,7 @@ msgstr "" "вы уверены, что всё в порядке, попробуйте ещё раз." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:720 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1253,7 +1284,7 @@ msgstr "" "из <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1275,13 +1306,14 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:779 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring the Clock" +#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "Configuring the Clock" +msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Настройка времени" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1299,19 +1331,24 @@ msgstr "" "системное время вручную." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "Программа установки не изменяет системные часы платформе s390." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:803 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, " +#| "you may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " +#| "location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " +#| "system will assume that time zone." msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " -"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " -"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " -"system will assume that time zone." +"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your " +"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, " +"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." msgstr "" "В зависимости от места, выбранного ранее в процессе установки, вам может " "быть показан список часовых поясов, возможных в вашей географической точке. " @@ -1319,7 +1356,16 @@ msgstr "" "система выберет этот часовой пояс." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " +"additional option to select <quote>Universal Time Coordinated</quote> (UTC) " +"as time zone." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1331,10 +1377,14 @@ msgstr "" "в выбранном местонахождении, то есть два способа сделать это." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:821 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +#| "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. " +#| "The command to do this is:" msgid "" -"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the " "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The " "command to do this is:" msgstr "" @@ -1342,13 +1392,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузитесь в новую систему. Это можно сделать с помощью следующей команды:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1363,22 +1413,26 @@ msgstr "" "например <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> или <userinput>UTC</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:847 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using " +#| "preseeding." msgid "" -"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." +"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value " +"using preseeding." msgstr "" "Для автоматизации установки часовой пояс также может быть задан в файле " "ответов." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Разметка разделов и выбор точек монтирования" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1396,7 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "" "настройка RAID, LVM или шифрованных устройств." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:882 +#: using-d-i.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1406,7 +1460,7 @@ msgstr "" "процесса, смотрите <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:888 +#: using-d-i.xml:922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1428,7 +1482,7 @@ msgstr "" "станут недоступными." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1442,13 +1496,13 @@ msgstr "" "меню <guimenuitem>Вручную</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:945 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Автоматическая разметка" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:912 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1466,7 +1520,7 @@ msgstr "" "</para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1474,7 +1528,7 @@ msgstr "" "LVM или LVM с шифрованием может быть недоступно на некоторых архитектурах." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:932 +#: using-d-i.xml:966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1491,7 +1545,7 @@ msgstr "" "дополнительную безопасность вашим (личным) данным." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:941 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1507,7 +1561,7 @@ msgstr "" "это занимает некоторое время в зависимости от размера диска." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#: using-d-i.xml:984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1524,7 +1578,7 @@ msgstr "" "записью на диск попросит вас подтвердить выполнение этих изменений." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1542,7 +1596,7 @@ msgstr "" "диски вам поможет их показанный размер." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:969 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1557,7 +1611,7 @@ msgstr "" "самом конце; при использовании LVM (с шифрованием) это невозможно." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:977 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1576,73 +1630,73 @@ msgstr "" "завершится неудачно." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1027 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Схема разметки" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Минимальное пространство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Создаваемые разделы" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Все файлы на одном разделе" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600МБ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1005 +#: using-d-i.xml:1039 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Отдельный раздел /home" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1006 +#: using-d-i.xml:1040 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500МБ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1007 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1045 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Отдельные разделы /home, /usr, /var и /tmp" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1012 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1ГБ</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1013 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1652,7 +1706,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1022 +#: using-d-i.xml:1056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1666,7 +1720,7 @@ msgstr "" "раздела LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1681,7 +1735,7 @@ msgstr "" "качестве загрузочного раздела EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1070 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1693,7 +1747,7 @@ msgstr "" "они будут смонтированы." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1042 +#: using-d-i.xml:1076 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1743,7 +1797,7 @@ msgstr "" "разметки, это просто пример, созданный с помощью разметки вручную." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1055 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1763,13 +1817,13 @@ msgstr "" "предложенные изменения вручную, как описано ниже." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1069 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Разметка вручную" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1784,7 +1838,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделы в Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1078 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1798,7 +1852,7 @@ msgstr "" "строка <quote>СВОБОДНОЕ МЕСТО</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1086 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1839,7 +1893,7 @@ msgstr "" "главное меню <command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1860,7 +1914,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделом подкачки. Также, из этого меню можно удалить раздел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1877,7 +1931,7 @@ msgstr "" "исправите ошибку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1889,7 +1943,7 @@ msgstr "" "вы создадите такой раздел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1905,7 +1959,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename> или <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1919,13 +1973,13 @@ msgstr "" "подтвердить, что все представленные файловые системы должны быть созданы." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Настройка устройств Multidisk (программный RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1946,7 +2000,7 @@ msgstr "" "название, <firstterm>программный RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1183 +#: using-d-i.xml:1217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1961,7 +2015,7 @@ msgstr "" "точку монтирования и т.д.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1191 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2071,101 +2125,101 @@ msgstr "" "контрольных сумм. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Итог:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1305 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Тип" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1340 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Минимум устройств" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Запасное устройство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1308 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Сохранятся ли данные при отказе диска?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1309 +#: using-d-i.xml:1343 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Доступное пространство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1062, index.docbook:1070 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1354 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1063, index.docbook:1064 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>нет</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1319 +#: using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Размер самого маленького раздела умноженный на число устройств в RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1323 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1071, index.docbook:1079 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "необязательно" # index.docbook:1072, index.docbook:1080 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 using-d-i.xml:1334 using-d-i.xml:1345 using-d-i.xml:1356 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>да</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1361 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Размер самого маленького раздела в RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1331 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2175,20 +2229,20 @@ msgstr "" "один)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" # index.docbook:1062, index.docbook:1070 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2198,13 +2252,13 @@ msgstr "" "два)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2214,7 +2268,7 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию два)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2224,7 +2278,7 @@ msgstr "" "software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2240,7 +2294,7 @@ msgstr "" "устройство RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2260,7 +2314,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> и RAID1 для <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2278,7 +2332,7 @@ msgstr "" "некоторую настройку или шаги установки вручную из командной строки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1399 +#: using-d-i.xml:1433 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2300,7 +2354,7 @@ msgstr "" "зависят от типа выбранного MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2311,7 +2365,7 @@ msgstr "" "вашей задачей будет выбор разделов, из которых вы хотите сформировать MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1419 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2331,7 +2385,7 @@ msgstr "" "позволит вам продолжить, пока вы не исправите ошибку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1431 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2341,7 +2395,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать как минимум <emphasis>три</emphasis> активных раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2351,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать как минимум <emphasis>четыре</emphasis> активных раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1443 +#: using-d-i.xml:1477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2372,7 +2426,7 @@ msgstr "" "все копии по разным дискам." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2390,7 +2444,7 @@ msgstr "" "для <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1466 +#: using-d-i.xml:1500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2404,13 +2458,13 @@ msgstr "" "новых MD устройствах и назначить им обычные атрибуты типа точек монтирования." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Настройка менеджера логических томов (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1482 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2427,7 +2481,7 @@ msgstr "" "и т.д." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1490 +#: using-d-i.xml:1524 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2447,7 +2501,7 @@ msgstr "" "их группы томов) можно распределить по нескольким физическим дискам." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2468,7 +2522,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1511 +#: using-d-i.xml:1545 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2485,7 +2539,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2505,7 +2559,7 @@ msgstr "" "Возможные действия:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2515,43 +2569,43 @@ msgstr "" "структуру LVM устройства, имена и размеры логических томов и т.д." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Создать группу томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1539 +#: using-d-i.xml:1573 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Создание логических томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Удалить группу томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1579 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Удаление логических томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1582 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Расширить группу томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1585 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Уменьшить группу томов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2561,7 +2615,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2571,7 +2625,7 @@ msgstr "" "логические тома." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2583,13 +2637,13 @@ msgstr "" "они одинаково)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Настройка шифрованных томов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2611,7 +2665,7 @@ msgstr "" "данные на диске выглядят как случайный набор символов." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2639,7 +2693,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузить ядро с шифрованного раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1606 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2653,7 +2707,7 @@ msgstr "" "выбранного алгоритма шифрования и длины ключа." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2673,7 +2727,7 @@ msgstr "" "параметров шифрования." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1624 +#: using-d-i.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2689,7 +2743,7 @@ msgstr "" "непреодолимых причин, рекомендуется использовать метод по умолчанию." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1636 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2703,13 +2757,13 @@ msgstr "" "вдумчиво выбирались исходя из соображений безопасности." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Шифрование: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2734,13 +2788,13 @@ msgstr "" "конфиденциальной информации в 21-ом веке." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1700 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Размер ключа: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1668 +#: using-d-i.xml:1702 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2754,13 +2808,13 @@ msgstr "" "ключа зависят от шифра." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1714 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV алгоритм: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2778,7 +2832,7 @@ msgstr "" "повторяющихся участков в шифрованных данных." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2793,25 +2847,25 @@ msgstr "" "задействовать новые алгоритмы." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1738 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Ключ шифрования: <userinput>ключевая фраза</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1706 +#: using-d-i.xml:1740 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Здесь можно ввести тип ключа шифрования для этого раздела." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1712 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Ключевая фраза" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2825,13 +2879,13 @@ msgstr "" "которую вы сможете ввести позже." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 using-d-i.xml:1821 +#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Произвольный ключ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2849,7 +2903,7 @@ msgstr "" "продолжительность жизни.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2868,13 +2922,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки) восстановить приостановленные данные записанные в раздел подкачки." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Стереть данные: <userinput>да</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1793 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2895,7 +2949,7 @@ msgstr "" "неоднократной перезаписи на магнитооптических носителях. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1779 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2907,13 +2961,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующие параметры:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1788 +#: using-d-i.xml:1822 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Шифрование: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1824 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2925,25 +2979,25 @@ msgstr "" "размерах ключей смотрите в разделах ранее." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1800 +#: using-d-i.xml:1834 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Ключ шифрования: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1836 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Здесь вы можете выбрать тип ключа шифрования для этого раздела." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1808 +#: using-d-i.xml:1842 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "файл ключа (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2958,19 +3012,19 @@ msgstr "" "позже в процессе установки)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Подробней о произвольных ключах смотрите в разделе ранее." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Подробней о стирании данных смотрите в разделе ранее." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 +#: using-d-i.xml:1879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2988,7 +3042,7 @@ msgstr "" "это может занять некоторое время." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -3005,7 +3059,7 @@ msgstr "" "родственников и тому подобное)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1864 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -3029,7 +3083,7 @@ msgstr "" "ключевой фразы для корневой файловой системы." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1877 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3052,7 +3106,7 @@ msgstr "" "для каждого шифруемого раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1893 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3086,7 +3140,7 @@ msgstr "" "устраивают." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1906 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3104,7 +3158,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3113,13 +3167,13 @@ msgstr "" "После того как вас полностью устроит схема разметки, продолжайте установку." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Установка базовой системы" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1928 +#: using-d-i.xml:1962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3133,7 +3187,7 @@ msgstr "" "может занять определённое время." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3149,7 +3203,7 @@ msgstr "" "нажмите <keycombo><keycap>левый Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3161,7 +3215,7 @@ msgstr "" "установка выполняется через консоль на последовательном порту." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1956 +#: using-d-i.xml:1990 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3175,13 +3229,13 @@ msgstr "" "списка доступных ядер." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1968 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Добавление пользователей и паролей" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3194,13 +3248,13 @@ msgstr "" "завершения установки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Установка пароля суперпользователя (root)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1987 +#: using-d-i.xml:2021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3215,7 +3269,7 @@ msgstr "" "время." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1995 +#: using-d-i.xml:2029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3231,7 +3285,7 @@ msgstr "" "персональной информации, которую можно угадать." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3244,13 +3298,13 @@ msgstr "" "администраторами." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2013 +#: using-d-i.xml:2047 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Создание учётной записи обычного пользователя" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2015 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3265,7 +3319,7 @@ msgstr "" "персональной учётной записи." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2024 +#: using-d-i.xml:2058 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3286,7 +3340,7 @@ msgstr "" "прочтите одну из них, если это для вас в новинку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3299,7 +3353,7 @@ msgstr "" "вполне подойдёт. И, наконец, вас попросят ввести пароль учётной записи." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2041 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3309,13 +3363,13 @@ msgstr "" "запись, воспользуйтесь командой <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2052 +#: using-d-i.xml:2086 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Установка дополнительного программного обеспечения" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2053 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3330,13 +3384,13 @@ msgstr "" "базовой системы, если у вас медленный компьютер или соединение с сетью." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Настройка apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3372,7 +3426,7 @@ msgstr "" "рекомендуется использовать для управления пакетами." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3386,7 +3440,7 @@ msgstr "" "установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2101 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3404,7 +3458,7 @@ msgstr "" "обновлений <quote>volatile</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2110 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3420,13 +3474,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>contrib</quote> и <quote>non-free</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2155 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "Установка с нескольких CD или DVD дисков" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3441,7 +3495,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать пакеты с этих дисков." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3455,7 +3509,7 @@ msgstr "" "следующем этапе задач смогут быть установлены." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2172 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3468,7 +3522,7 @@ msgstr "" "некоторые люди на самом деле используют пакеты с последнего CD-диска." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3485,7 +3539,7 @@ msgstr "" "первых двух DVD хватит для большинства задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2154 +#: using-d-i.xml:2188 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3499,7 +3553,7 @@ msgstr "" "первом DVD легко вмещаются все три окружения рабочего стола." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2162 +#: using-d-i.xml:2196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3516,13 +3570,13 @@ msgstr "" "ошибку." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "Использование сетевого сервера-зеркала пакетов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3534,7 +3588,7 @@ msgstr "" "по умолчанию вполне приемлемо, но не всегда." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2183 +#: using-d-i.xml:2217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3552,7 +3606,7 @@ msgstr "" "стол</literal> на следующем шаге установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2192 +#: using-d-i.xml:2226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3572,7 +3626,7 @@ msgstr "" "после перезагрузки в новую систему)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3586,7 +3640,7 @@ msgstr "" "Использовать сетевой сервер-зеркало в данном случае необязательно." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2210 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3601,7 +3655,7 @@ msgstr "" "ущерба безопасности или стабильности устанавливаемой системы." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3616,26 +3670,26 @@ msgstr "" "которые требуется скачать, если вы выбрали зеркало, зависит от" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2260 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "задач, которые вы выберете на следующем этапе установки," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "пакетов, которые необходимы для этих задач," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "какие из этих пакетов есть на просканированных CD/DVD, и" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2241 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3647,7 +3701,7 @@ msgstr "" "безопасности или часто изменяемых данных)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2250 +#: using-d-i.xml:2284 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3661,13 +3715,13 @@ msgstr "" "версии, и если эти были сервисы настроены." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2300 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Выбор и установка программного обеспечения" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2268 +#: using-d-i.xml:2302 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3684,7 +3738,7 @@ msgstr "" "настроить компьютер на выполнение определённых задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2277 +#: using-d-i.xml:2311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3719,7 +3773,7 @@ msgstr "" "необходимое пространство для доступных задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2304 +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3732,7 +3786,7 @@ msgstr "" "устанавливать с помощью задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3742,7 +3796,7 @@ msgstr "" "отмены задач используется клавиша пробел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3753,7 +3807,7 @@ msgstr "" "рабочего стола GNOME." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3775,7 +3829,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2367 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3789,7 +3843,7 @@ msgstr "" "пункт <quote>Alternative desktop environments</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2340 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3807,7 +3861,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовании образа DVD или другого метода установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 +#: using-d-i.xml:2384 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3827,7 +3881,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2361 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3843,7 +3897,7 @@ msgstr "" "работоспособную систему." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2369 +#: using-d-i.xml:2403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3863,7 +3917,7 @@ msgstr "" "соответствующие пакеты локализации (если есть)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3877,7 +3931,7 @@ msgstr "" "задаст её во время данного процесса." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3894,7 +3948,7 @@ msgstr "" "времени. После начала установки пакетов её никак нельзя прервать." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3912,13 +3966,13 @@ msgstr "" "происходить, если у вас устаревший образ." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Установка и настройка системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3932,13 +3986,13 @@ msgstr "" "по умолчанию; смотрите <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2427 +#: using-d-i.xml:2461 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Обнаружение операционных систем" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3954,7 +4008,7 @@ msgstr "" "операционную систему в дополнении к Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3970,13 +4024,13 @@ msgstr "" "информацию можно найти в документации по менеджеру загрузки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3992,20 +4046,20 @@ msgstr "" "есть <command>PALO</command> умеет работать с разделами Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME (нужно больше информации)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2477 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -4017,7 +4071,7 @@ msgstr "" "хорошим выбором по умолчанию для новичков и опытных пользователей." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -4030,7 +4084,7 @@ msgstr "" "grub." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -4042,14 +4096,14 @@ msgstr "" "хотите использовать." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2504 +#: using-d-i.xml:2538 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -4066,7 +4120,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2516 +#: using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -4080,7 +4134,7 @@ msgstr "" "операционных систем, например, GNU/Linux и GNU/Hurd после установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -4090,13 +4144,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Главная загрузочная запись (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -4106,13 +4160,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "новый раздел Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4124,13 +4178,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian и будет играть роль вторичного системного загрузчика." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Другой" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4144,7 +4198,7 @@ msgstr "" "или <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2557 +#: using-d-i.xml:2591 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4160,14 +4214,14 @@ msgstr "" "искать какой-то другой способ, чтобы попасть обратно в Debian!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2575 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4195,7 +4249,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>, чтобы загрузить и выполнить ядро Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4212,13 +4266,13 @@ msgstr "" "диске что и <emphasis>корневая</emphasis> файловая система." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2603 +#: using-d-i.xml:2637 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Выберите правильный раздел!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2639 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4236,13 +4290,13 @@ msgstr "" "установки стерев его содержимое!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2620 +#: using-d-i.xml:2654 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Содержимое EFI раздела" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4272,13 +4326,13 @@ msgstr "" "настройки системы." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2644 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4290,13 +4344,13 @@ msgstr "" "указывающими на файлы в EFI разделе." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4310,13 +4364,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>менеджер загрузки EFI</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2665 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2666 +#: using-d-i.xml:2700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4331,13 +4385,13 @@ msgstr "" "символическая ссылка <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2713 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4349,13 +4403,13 @@ msgstr "" "будут уничтожены при следующем запуске <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2723 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4369,13 +4423,13 @@ msgstr "" "символическая ссылка <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2711 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4419,13 +4473,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2730 +#: using-d-i.xml:2764 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4435,13 +4489,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> для встроенных контроллеров" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2739 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4451,13 +4505,13 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:1600, index.docbook:1669 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2748 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2749 +#: using-d-i.xml:2783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4466,13 +4520,13 @@ msgstr "" "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2758 +#: using-d-i.xml:2792 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4482,14 +4536,14 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2779 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2780 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4509,14 +4563,14 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware установлена на загрузку &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2798 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2799 +#: using-d-i.xml:2833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4531,13 +4585,13 @@ msgstr "" "на некоторых клонах Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2816 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4553,14 +4607,14 @@ msgstr "" "developerWorks, если хотите узнать больше о <command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2867 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4591,13 +4645,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2860 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Продолжение без системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2862 +#: using-d-i.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4610,7 +4664,7 @@ msgstr "" "существующий системный загрузчик)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4632,13 +4686,13 @@ msgstr "" "то также и раздел файловой системы с <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2886 +#: using-d-i.xml:2920 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Завершение установки" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2921 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4649,13 +4703,13 @@ msgstr "" "выполнит ещё пару действий. В основном, это уборка за &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2900 +#: using-d-i.xml:2934 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "Настройка системного времени" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4669,7 +4723,7 @@ msgstr "" "машине не установлено других операционных систем." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2909 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4688,7 +4742,7 @@ msgstr "" "вместо UTC.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4700,13 +4754,13 @@ msgstr "" "выбора, который вы недавно делали." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2935 +#: using-d-i.xml:2969 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "Перезагрузка системы" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2937 +#: using-d-i.xml:2971 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4718,7 +4772,7 @@ msgstr "" "перезагружен в новую систему Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2977 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4732,13 +4786,13 @@ msgstr "" "системы в самом начале установки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2956 +#: using-d-i.xml:2990 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Разное" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4750,13 +4804,13 @@ msgstr "" "пойдёт не так." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2970 +#: using-d-i.xml:3004 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Сохранение протокола установки" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2972 +#: using-d-i.xml:3006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4768,7 +4822,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> в новой системе Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2979 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4784,13 +4838,13 @@ msgstr "" "протокол на другой системе или послать его вместе с отчётом об ошибке." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2999 +#: using-d-i.xml:3033 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Использование командной строки и просмотр журнальных файлов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3001 +#: using-d-i.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4817,7 +4871,7 @@ msgstr "" "Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" @@ -4825,7 +4879,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3023 +#: using-d-i.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4841,7 +4895,7 @@ msgstr "" "установки, введите <userinput>exit</userinput> для завершения оболочки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3031 +#: using-d-i.xml:3065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4859,7 +4913,7 @@ msgstr "" "автодополнение и история команд." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3040 +#: using-d-i.xml:3074 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4871,7 +4925,7 @@ msgstr "" "каталоге <filename>/var/log</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3047 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4883,7 +4937,7 @@ msgstr "" "что-то заработает неправильно." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4897,13 +4951,13 @@ msgstr "" "самостоятельно из оболочки командной строки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3068 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Установка по сети" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3070 +#: using-d-i.xml:3104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4921,7 +4975,7 @@ msgstr "" ">.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3080 +#: using-d-i.xml:3114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4943,7 +4997,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Продолжение установки через SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3093 +#: using-d-i.xml:3127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4953,7 +5007,7 @@ msgstr "" "после настройки сети." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4975,7 +5029,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>человеку, который будет продолжать установку удалённо</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3110 +#: using-d-i.xml:3144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4987,7 +5041,7 @@ msgstr "" "компоненту." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3150 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -5018,7 +5072,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы вы смогли убедиться, что это именно тот компьютер." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3133 +#: using-d-i.xml:3167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -5044,7 +5098,7 @@ msgstr "" "переподключения." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3146 +#: using-d-i.xml:3180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -5067,7 +5121,7 @@ msgstr "" "нужно." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3159 +#: using-d-i.xml:3193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -5091,7 +5145,7 @@ msgstr "" "</command>. </para> </footnote> и попробовать подключиться ещё раз." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3175 +#: using-d-i.xml:3209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -5111,7 +5165,7 @@ msgstr "" "для установочного меню и несколько для оболочки командной строки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3185 +#: using-d-i.xml:3219 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -5126,13 +5180,13 @@ msgstr "" "завершению установки или проблемам в установленной системой." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3205 +#: using-d-i.xml:3239 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "Загрузка отсутствующих микропрограмм" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3206 +#: using-d-i.xml:3240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -5147,7 +5201,7 @@ msgstr "" "для предоставления дополнительных возможностей." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3214 +#: using-d-i.xml:3248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5166,7 +5220,7 @@ msgstr "" "драйвером." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5183,7 +5237,7 @@ msgstr "" "микропрограмма также загружается с карт MMC или SD.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3234 +#: using-d-i.xml:3268 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5195,7 +5249,7 @@ msgstr "" "время установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3241 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5212,13 +5266,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3286 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "Подготовка носителя" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3253 +#: using-d-i.xml:3287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5238,7 +5292,7 @@ msgstr "" "поддерживается на самых ранних этапах установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3263 +#: using-d-i.xml:3297 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5253,7 +5307,7 @@ msgstr "" "нужный выпуск и распакуйте его на файловую систему носителя." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3277 +#: using-d-i.xml:3311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5268,7 +5322,7 @@ msgstr "" "также может содержать пакеты без микропрограмм:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3291 +#: using-d-i.xml:3325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5280,13 +5334,13 @@ msgstr "" "поставщика оборудования." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3300 +#: using-d-i.xml:3334 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "Микропрограмма в установленной системе" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3301 +#: using-d-i.xml:3335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5305,7 +5359,7 @@ msgstr "" "микропрограмма не загрузится из-за изменений ядра." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3310 +#: using-d-i.xml:3344 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5320,7 +5374,7 @@ msgstr "" "автоматически обновлять микропрограмму при появлении новой версии." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5332,7 +5386,7 @@ msgstr "" "пока микропрограмма (пакет) не будет установлена вручную." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " @@ -5346,6 +5400,36 @@ msgstr "" "с микропрограммой (если есть) после завершения установки." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the language has only one country associated with it, that country " +#~ "will be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to " +#~ "select a different country by first lowering the debconf priority to " +#~ "medium, followed by revisiting the language selection option in the main " +#~ "menu of the installer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если с выбранном языком связана только одна страна, то она будет выбрана " +#~ "автоматически. В этом случае другую страну можно указать снизив приоритет " +#~ "debconf до среднего и ещё раз выбрать пункт определения языка в главном " +#~ "меню программы установки." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " +#~| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~ "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~ "the option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the " +#~ "installed system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the " +#~ "default for the installed system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "На основании выбранного языка и страны будет настроена локаль по " +#~ "умолчанию. Если установка проходит со средним или низким приоритетом, вы " +#~ "сможете выбрать другую локаль по умолчанию и настроить дополнительные " +#~ "локали, которые будут созданы для устанавливаемой системы." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " #~ "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " #~ "reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." diff --git a/po/sv/boot-installer.po b/po/sv/boot-installer.po index da2d07eb3..65ddabaa7 100644 --- a/po/sv/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/sv/boot-installer.po @@ -29,14 +29,31 @@ msgstr "Starta upp installationsprogrammet på &arch-title;" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:15 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have any other operating systems on your system that you wish to keep (dual boot setup), you should make sure that they have been properly shut down <emphasis>before</emphasis> you boot the installer. Installing an operating system while another operating system is in hibernation (has been suspended to disk) could result in loss of, or damage to the state of the suspended operating system which could cause problems when it is rebooted." -msgstr "Om du har andra operativsystem på din dator som du önskar att behålla (via en uppstartsmeny), bör du försäkra dig om att de har stängts av på ett korrekt sätt <emphasis>innan</emphasis> du startar installationsprogrammet. Installation av ett operativsystem under tiden ett annat operativsystem står i viloläge (har växlats ut till disk) kan resultera i att tillståndsinformationen om operativsystemet går förlorad eller skadas, vilket kan leda till problem vid en omstart." +msgid "" +"If you have any other operating systems on your system that you wish to keep " +"(dual boot setup), you should make sure that they have been properly shut " +"down <emphasis>before</emphasis> you boot the installer. Installing an " +"operating system while another operating system is in hibernation (has been " +"suspended to disk) could result in loss of, or damage to the state of the " +"suspended operating system which could cause problems when it is rebooted." +msgstr "" +"Om du har andra operativsystem på din dator som du önskar att behålla (via " +"en uppstartsmeny), bör du försäkra dig om att de har stängts av på ett " +"korrekt sätt <emphasis>innan</emphasis> du startar installationsprogrammet. " +"Installation av ett operativsystem under tiden ett annat operativsystem står " +"i viloläge (har växlats ut till disk) kan resultera i att " +"tillståndsinformationen om operativsystemet går förlorad eller skadas, " +"vilket kan leda till problem vid en omstart." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:26 #, no-c-format -msgid "For information on how to boot the graphical installer, see <xref linkend=\"graphical\"/>." -msgstr "För information om hur man startar upp det grafiska installationsprogrammet, se <xref linkend=\"graphical\"/>." +msgid "" +"For information on how to boot the graphical installer, see <xref linkend=" +"\"graphical\"/>." +msgstr "" +"För information om hur man startar upp det grafiska installationsprogrammet, " +"se <xref linkend=\"graphical\"/>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:37 @@ -45,34 +62,37 @@ msgid "Booting from TFTP" msgstr "Uppstart från TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:43 -#: boot-installer.xml:643 -#: boot-installer.xml:1182 -#: boot-installer.xml:1673 -#: boot-installer.xml:1782 +#: boot-installer.xml:43 boot-installer.xml:643 boot-installer.xml:1182 +#: boot-installer.xml:1673 boot-installer.xml:1782 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from the network requires that you have a network connection and a TFTP network boot server (DHCP, RARP, or BOOTP)." -msgstr "Uppstart från nätverket kräver att du har en nätverksanslutning och en TFTP-server konfigurerad för uppstarter (DHCP, RARP eller BOOTP)." +msgid "" +"Booting from the network requires that you have a network connection and a " +"TFTP network boot server (DHCP, RARP, or BOOTP)." +msgstr "" +"Uppstart från nätverket kräver att du har en nätverksanslutning och en TFTP-" +"server konfigurerad för uppstarter (DHCP, RARP eller BOOTP)." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:48 -#: boot-installer.xml:648 -#: boot-installer.xml:1187 -#: boot-installer.xml:1678 -#: boot-installer.xml:1787 +#: boot-installer.xml:48 boot-installer.xml:648 boot-installer.xml:1187 +#: boot-installer.xml:1678 boot-installer.xml:1787 #, no-c-format -msgid "Older systems such as the 715 might require the use of an RBOOT server instead of a BOOTP server." -msgstr "Äldre system såsom 715 kan kräva att en RBOOT-server används istället för en BOOTP-server." +msgid "" +"Older systems such as the 715 might require the use of an RBOOT server " +"instead of a BOOTP server." +msgstr "" +"Äldre system såsom 715 kan kräva att en RBOOT-server används istället för en " +"BOOTP-server." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:53 -#: boot-installer.xml:653 -#: boot-installer.xml:1192 -#: boot-installer.xml:1683 -#: boot-installer.xml:1792 +#: boot-installer.xml:53 boot-installer.xml:653 boot-installer.xml:1192 +#: boot-installer.xml:1683 boot-installer.xml:1792 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation method to support network booting is described in <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." -msgstr "Installationsmetoden som har stöd för nätverksuppstart finns beskriven i <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgid "" +"The installation method to support network booting is described in <xref " +"linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Installationsmetoden som har stöd för nätverksuppstart finns beskriven i " +"<xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:64 @@ -81,44 +101,66 @@ msgid "Booting from CD-ROM" msgstr "Uppstart från cd-rom" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:70 -#: boot-installer.xml:333 -#: boot-installer.xml:801 -#: boot-installer.xml:1459 -#: boot-installer.xml:1821 +#: boot-installer.xml:70 boot-installer.xml:333 boot-installer.xml:801 +#: boot-installer.xml:1459 boot-installer.xml:1821 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest route for most people will be to use a set of Debian CDs. If you have a CD set, and if your machine supports booting directly off the CD, great! Simply <phrase arch=\"x86\"> configure your system for booting off a CD as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> insert your CD, reboot, and proceed to the next chapter." -msgstr "Den enklaste vägen för de flesta personer är att använda en uppsättning Debian-cd-skivor. Om du har en cd-uppsättning och om din maskin har stöd för att starta upp direkt från cd, bra! Bara att <phrase arch=\"x86\"> konfigurera ditt system för att starta upp från en cd som beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> mata in din cd-skiva, starta om och fortsätt till nästa kapitel." +msgid "" +"The easiest route for most people will be to use a set of Debian CDs. If you " +"have a CD set, and if your machine supports booting directly off the CD, " +"great! Simply <phrase arch=\"x86\"> configure your system for booting off a " +"CD as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> insert " +"your CD, reboot, and proceed to the next chapter." +msgstr "" +"Den enklaste vägen för de flesta personer är att använda en uppsättning " +"Debian-cd-skivor. Om du har en cd-uppsättning och om din maskin har stöd för " +"att starta upp direkt från cd, bra! Bara att <phrase arch=\"x86\"> " +"konfigurera ditt system för att starta upp från en cd som beskrivs i <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> mata in din cd-skiva, starta om och " +"fortsätt till nästa kapitel." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:81 -#: boot-installer.xml:344 -#: boot-installer.xml:812 -#: boot-installer.xml:1470 -#: boot-installer.xml:1832 +#: boot-installer.xml:81 boot-installer.xml:344 boot-installer.xml:812 +#: boot-installer.xml:1470 boot-installer.xml:1832 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that certain CD drives may require special drivers, and thus be inaccessible in the early installation stages. If it turns out the standard way of booting off a CD doesn't work for your hardware, revisit this chapter and read about alternate kernels and installation methods which may work for you." -msgstr "Observera att vissa cd-enheter kan kräva speciella drivrutiner och kan därför vara otillgängliga i de tidiga stegen av installationen. Om det visar sig att det vanliga sättet att starta upp från en cd inte fungerar på din maskinvara, besök det här kapitlet igen och läs om alternativa kärnor och installationsmetoder som kan fungera för dig." +msgid "" +"Note that certain CD drives may require special drivers, and thus be " +"inaccessible in the early installation stages. If it turns out the standard " +"way of booting off a CD doesn't work for your hardware, revisit this chapter " +"and read about alternate kernels and installation methods which may work for " +"you." +msgstr "" +"Observera att vissa cd-enheter kan kräva speciella drivrutiner och kan " +"därför vara otillgängliga i de tidiga stegen av installationen. Om det visar " +"sig att det vanliga sättet att starta upp från en cd inte fungerar på din " +"maskinvara, besök det här kapitlet igen och läs om alternativa kärnor och " +"installationsmetoder som kan fungera för dig." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:89 -#: boot-installer.xml:352 -#: boot-installer.xml:820 -#: boot-installer.xml:1478 -#: boot-installer.xml:1840 +#: boot-installer.xml:89 boot-installer.xml:352 boot-installer.xml:820 +#: boot-installer.xml:1478 boot-installer.xml:1840 #, no-c-format -msgid "Even if you cannot boot from CD-ROM, you can probably install the Debian system components and any packages you want from CD-ROM. Simply boot using a different media, such as floppies. When it's time to install the operating system, base system, and any additional packages, point the installation system at the CD-ROM drive." -msgstr "Även om du inte kan starta upp från cd-rom kan du antagligen installera Debians systemkomponenter och de paket du vill från cd-rom. Starta helt enkelt upp på ett annat media, såsom disketter. När det är dags att installera operativsystemet, grundsystemet och eventuellt andra paket, peka installationssystemet till cd-rom-enheten." +msgid "" +"Even if you cannot boot from CD-ROM, you can probably install the Debian " +"system components and any packages you want from CD-ROM. Simply boot using a " +"different media, such as floppies. When it's time to install the operating " +"system, base system, and any additional packages, point the installation " +"system at the CD-ROM drive." +msgstr "" +"Även om du inte kan starta upp från cd-rom kan du antagligen installera " +"Debians systemkomponenter och de paket du vill från cd-rom. Starta helt " +"enkelt upp på ett annat media, såsom disketter. När det är dags att " +"installera operativsystemet, grundsystemet och eventuellt andra paket, peka " +"installationssystemet till cd-rom-enheten." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:97 -#: boot-installer.xml:360 -#: boot-installer.xml:828 -#: boot-installer.xml:1486 -#: boot-installer.xml:1848 +#: boot-installer.xml:97 boot-installer.xml:360 boot-installer.xml:828 +#: boot-installer.xml:1486 boot-installer.xml:1848 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." -msgstr "Om du har problem att starta upp, se <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du har problem att starta upp, se <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/" +">." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:107 @@ -129,14 +171,28 @@ msgstr "Starta upp från den fasta programvaran" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:113 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an increasing number of consumer devices that directly boot from a flash chip on the device. The installer can be written to flash so it will automatically start when you reboot your machines." -msgstr "Det finns ett ökande antal konsumentenheter som startar upp direkt från ett flashchip på enheten. Installationsprogrammet kan skrivas till flash så att den automatiskt startar upp när du startar om dina maskiner." +msgid "" +"There is an increasing number of consumer devices that directly boot from a " +"flash chip on the device. The installer can be written to flash so it will " +"automatically start when you reboot your machines." +msgstr "" +"Det finns ett ökande antal konsumentenheter som startar upp direkt från ett " +"flashchip på enheten. Installationsprogrammet kan skrivas till flash så att " +"den automatiskt startar upp när du startar om dina maskiner." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:119 #, no-c-format -msgid "In many cases, changing the firmware of an embedded device voids your warranty. Sometimes you are also not able to recover your device if there are problems during the flashing process. Therefore, please take care and follow the steps precisely." -msgstr "I många fall gäller inte din garanti när den fasta programvaran i inbäddade enheter ändras. Ibland kan du inte heller återhämta din enhet om det inträffar problem under flashningsprocessen. Var därför försiktig och följ stegen noga." +msgid "" +"In many cases, changing the firmware of an embedded device voids your " +"warranty. Sometimes you are also not able to recover your device if there " +"are problems during the flashing process. Therefore, please take care and " +"follow the steps precisely." +msgstr "" +"I många fall gäller inte din garanti när den fasta programvaran i inbäddade " +"enheter ändras. Ibland kan du inte heller återhämta din enhet om det " +"inträffar problem under flashningsprocessen. Var därför försiktig och följ " +"stegen noga." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:130 @@ -148,7 +204,9 @@ msgstr "Starta upp NSLU2" #: boot-installer.xml:131 #, no-c-format msgid "There are three ways how to put the installer firmware into flash:" -msgstr "Det finns tre sätt hur man lägger in installationsprogrammets fasta programvara i flash-minnet:" +msgstr "" +"Det finns tre sätt hur man lägger in installationsprogrammets fasta " +"programvara i flash-minnet:" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:137 @@ -159,8 +217,18 @@ msgstr "Använda webbgränssnittet i NSLU2" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:138 #, no-c-format -msgid "Go to the administration section and choose the menu item <literal>Upgrade</literal>. You can then browse your disk for the installer image you have previously downloaded. Then press the <literal>Start Upgrade</literal> button, confirm, wait for a few minutes and confirm again. The system will then boot straight into the installer." -msgstr "Gå till administrationsavsnittet och välj menyposten <literal>Upgrade</literal>. Du kan sedan bläddra på din disk efter installationsavbildningen du tidigare hämtade ner. Tryck sedan på knappen <literal>Start Upgrade</literal>, bekräfta, vänta ett par minuter och bekräfta igen. Systemet kommer sedan att starta upp direkt in i installationsprogrammet." +msgid "" +"Go to the administration section and choose the menu item <literal>Upgrade</" +"literal>. You can then browse your disk for the installer image you have " +"previously downloaded. Then press the <literal>Start Upgrade</literal> " +"button, confirm, wait for a few minutes and confirm again. The system will " +"then boot straight into the installer." +msgstr "" +"Gå till administrationsavsnittet och välj menyposten <literal>Upgrade</" +"literal>. Du kan sedan bläddra på din disk efter installationsavbildningen " +"du tidigare hämtade ner. Tryck sedan på knappen <literal>Start Upgrade</" +"literal>, bekräfta, vänta ett par minuter och bekräfta igen. Systemet kommer " +"sedan att starta upp direkt in i installationsprogrammet." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:149 @@ -172,13 +240,53 @@ msgstr "Via nätverket med Linux/Unix" #: boot-installer.xml:150 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"You can use <command>upslug2</command> from any Linux or Unix machine to upgrade the machine via the network. This software is packaged for Debian. First, you have to put your NSLU2 in upgrade mode: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> Disconnect any disks and/or devices from the USB ports. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Power off the NSLU2 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Press and hold the reset button (accessible through the small hole on the back just above the power input). </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Press and release the power button to power on the NSLU2. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Wait for 10 seconds watching the ready/status LED. After 10 seconds it will change from amber to red. Immediately release the reset button. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The NSLU2 ready/status LED will flash alternately red/green (there is a 1 second delay before the first green). The NSLU2 is now in upgrade mode. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> See the <ulink url=\"http://www.nslu2-linux.org/wiki/OpenSlug/UsingTheBinary\">NSLU2-Linux pages</ulink> if you have problems with this. Once your NSLU2 is in upgrade mode, you can flash the new image: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"You can use <command>upslug2</command> from any Linux or Unix machine to " +"upgrade the machine via the network. This software is packaged for Debian. " +"First, you have to put your NSLU2 in upgrade mode: <orderedlist> " +"<listitem><para> Disconnect any disks and/or devices from the USB ports. </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Power off the NSLU2 </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> Press and hold the reset button (accessible through the " +"small hole on the back just above the power input). </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> Press and release the power button to power on the NSLU2. </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Wait for 10 seconds watching the ready/" +"status LED. After 10 seconds it will change from amber to red. Immediately " +"release the reset button. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The NSLU2 " +"ready/status LED will flash alternately red/green (there is a 1 second delay " +"before the first green). The NSLU2 is now in upgrade mode. </para></" +"listitem> </orderedlist> See the <ulink url=\"http://www.nslu2-linux.org/" +"wiki/OpenSlug/UsingTheBinary\">NSLU2-Linux pages</ulink> if you have " +"problems with this. Once your NSLU2 is in upgrade mode, you can flash the " +"new image: <informalexample><screen>\n" "sudo upslug2 -i di-nslu2.bin\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note that the tool also shows the MAC address of your NSLU2, which may come in handy to configure your DHCP server. After the whole image has been written and verified, the system will automatically reboot. Make sure you connect your USB disk again now, otherwise the installer won't be able to find it." +"</screen></informalexample> Note that the tool also shows the MAC address of " +"your NSLU2, which may come in handy to configure your DHCP server. After the " +"whole image has been written and verified, the system will automatically " +"reboot. Make sure you connect your USB disk again now, otherwise the " +"installer won't be able to find it." msgstr "" -"Du kan använda <command>upslug2</command> från valfri Linux- eller Unix-maskin för att uppgradera maskinen via nätverket. Den här programvaran är paketerad för Debian. Först måste du försätta din NSLU2 i uppgraderingsläge: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> Koppla loss alla diskar och/eller enheter från USB-portarna. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Stäng av din NSLU2 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Tryck och håll nere omstartsknappen (tillgänglig genom ett litet hål på baksidan ovanför strömanslutningen). </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Tryck och släpp strömknappen för att starta upp NSLU2. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Vänta 10 sekunder och se på ready-/status-lampan. Efter 10 sekunder kommer en att ändra färg från orange till röd. Släpp omedelbart omstartsknappen. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Lampan på NSLU2 för ready/status kommer att blinka rött och grönt (det är en sekunds fördröjning före den första gröna). NSLU2 är nu i uppgraderingsläge. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> Se <ulink url=\"http://www.nslu2-linux.org/wiki/OpenSlug/UsingTheBinary\">NSLU2-Linux-sidor</ulink> om du har problem med det här. När din NSLU2 är i uppgraderingsläge, kan du lägga in den nya flashavbildningen: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Du kan använda <command>upslug2</command> från valfri Linux- eller Unix-" +"maskin för att uppgradera maskinen via nätverket. Den här programvaran är " +"paketerad för Debian. Först måste du försätta din NSLU2 i uppgraderingsläge: " +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> Koppla loss alla diskar och/eller enheter " +"från USB-portarna. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Stäng av din NSLU2 </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Tryck och håll nere omstartsknappen " +"(tillgänglig genom ett litet hål på baksidan ovanför strömanslutningen). </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Tryck och släpp strömknappen för att " +"starta upp NSLU2. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Vänta 10 sekunder och " +"se på ready-/status-lampan. Efter 10 sekunder kommer en att ändra färg från " +"orange till röd. Släpp omedelbart omstartsknappen. </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> Lampan på NSLU2 för ready/status kommer att blinka rött och " +"grönt (det är en sekunds fördröjning före den första gröna). NSLU2 är nu i " +"uppgraderingsläge. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> Se <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.nslu2-linux.org/wiki/OpenSlug/UsingTheBinary\">NSLU2-Linux-sidor</ulink> " +"om du har problem med det här. När din NSLU2 är i uppgraderingsläge, kan du " +"lägga in den nya flashavbildningen: <informalexample><screen>\n" "sudo upslug2 -i di-nslu2.bin\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Observera att verktyget även visar MAC-adressen på din NSLU2, vilket kan vara användbart för att konfigurera din DHCP-server. Efter att hela avbildningen har skrivits och validerats kommer systemet att automatiskt starta om. Se till att du ansluter din USB-disk igen nu, annars kommer installationsprogrammet inte att kunna hitta den." +"</screen></informalexample> Observera att verktyget även visar MAC-adressen " +"på din NSLU2, vilket kan vara användbart för att konfigurera din DHCP-" +"server. Efter att hela avbildningen har skrivits och validerats kommer " +"systemet att automatiskt starta om. Se till att du ansluter din USB-disk " +"igen nu, annars kommer installationsprogrammet inte att kunna hitta den." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:211 @@ -189,8 +297,14 @@ msgstr "Via nätverket med Windows" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:212 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is <ulink url=\"http://www.everbesthk.com/8-download/sercomm/firmware/all_router_utility.zip\">a tool</ulink> for Windows to upgrade the firmware via the network." -msgstr "Det finns <ulink url=\"http://www.everbesthk.com/8-download/sercomm/firmware/all_router_utility.zip\">ett verktyg</ulink> för Windows för att uppgradera firmware via nätverket." +msgid "" +"There is <ulink url=\"http://www.everbesthk.com/8-download/sercomm/firmware/" +"all_router_utility.zip\">a tool</ulink> for Windows to upgrade the firmware " +"via the network." +msgstr "" +"Det finns <ulink url=\"http://www.everbesthk.com/8-download/sercomm/firmware/" +"all_router_utility.zip\">ett verktyg</ulink> för Windows för att uppgradera " +"firmware via nätverket." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:223 @@ -201,14 +315,50 @@ msgstr "Starta upp SS4000-E" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:224 #, no-c-format -msgid "Due to limitations in the SS4000-E firmware, it unfortunately is not possible to boot the installer without the use of a serial port at this time. To boot the installer, you will need a serial nullmodem cable; a computer with a serial port<footnote id=\"arm-s4ke-port\"> <para> A USB serial converter will also work. </para> </footnote>; and a ribbon cable with a male DB9 connector at one end, and a 10-pin .1\" IDC header at the other<footnote id=\"arm-s4k-rib\"> <para> This cable is often found in older desktop machines with builtin 9-pin serial ports. </para> </footnote>." -msgstr "På grund av begränsningar i den fasta programvaran för SS4000-E så är det tyvärr inte möjligt att starta upp installationsprogrammet utan användningen av en serieport för tillfället. För att starta upp installationsprogrammet så behöver du en seriell nollmodemkabel; en dator med en serieport<footnote id=\"arm-s4ke-port\"> <para> En USB-seriekonverterare kan också fungera. </para> </footnote>; och en kabel med en DB9-kontakt (hane) i en änden och en 10-pinnars .1\" IDC-header i andra<footnote id=\"arm-s4k-rib\"> <para> Denna kabel hittas ofta i äldre stationära datorer med inbyggda 9-pinnars serieportar. </para> </footnote>." +msgid "" +"Due to limitations in the SS4000-E firmware, it unfortunately is not " +"possible to boot the installer without the use of a serial port at this " +"time. To boot the installer, you will need a serial nullmodem cable; a " +"computer with a serial port<footnote id=\"arm-s4ke-port\"> <para> A USB " +"serial converter will also work. </para> </footnote>; and a ribbon cable " +"with a male DB9 connector at one end, and a 10-pin .1\" IDC header at the " +"other<footnote id=\"arm-s4k-rib\"> <para> This cable is often found in older " +"desktop machines with builtin 9-pin serial ports. </para> </footnote>." +msgstr "" +"På grund av begränsningar i den fasta programvaran för SS4000-E så är det " +"tyvärr inte möjligt att starta upp installationsprogrammet utan användningen " +"av en serieport för tillfället. För att starta upp installationsprogrammet " +"så behöver du en seriell nollmodemkabel; en dator med en serieport<footnote " +"id=\"arm-s4ke-port\"> <para> En USB-seriekonverterare kan också fungera. </" +"para> </footnote>; och en kabel med en DB9-kontakt (hane) i en änden och en " +"10-pinnars .1\" IDC-header i andra<footnote id=\"arm-s4k-rib\"> <para> Denna " +"kabel hittas ofta i äldre stationära datorer med inbyggda 9-pinnars " +"serieportar. </para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:245 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot the SS4000-E, first load the Debian-provided firmware image (ss4000e.pkg) through the SS4000-E's web interface (go to <quote>administration</quote>, then to <quote>firmware</quote>, and upload the image). Next, use your serial nullmodem cable and the ribbon cable to connect to the serial port of the SS4000-E, and reboot the machine. You need to use a serial terminal application to communicate with the machine; a good option on a Debian GNU/Linux is to use the <command>cu</command> program, in the package of the same name. Assuming the serial port on your computer is to be found on <filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename>, use the following command line:" -msgstr "För att starta upp en SS4000-E så läs först in avbildningen av den fasta programvaran från Debian (ss4000e.pkg) genom webbgränssnittet för SS4000-E (gå till <quote>administration</quote>, sedan till <quote>firmware</quote> och skicka upp avbildningen). Använd härnäst din seriella nollmodemkabel och specialkabeln för att ansluta till serieporten på SS4000-E, och starta om datorn. Du behöver använda ett serieterminalsprogram för att kommunicera med datorn; ett bra val på Debian GNU/Linux är att använda programmet <command>cu</command>, i paketet med samma namn. Om man antar att serieporten på din dator kan hittas på <filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename> så använd följande kommandorad:" +msgid "" +"To boot the SS4000-E, first load the Debian-provided firmware image (ss4000e." +"pkg) through the SS4000-E's web interface (go to <quote>administration</" +"quote>, then to <quote>firmware</quote>, and upload the image). Next, use " +"your serial nullmodem cable and the ribbon cable to connect to the serial " +"port of the SS4000-E, and reboot the machine. You need to use a serial " +"terminal application to communicate with the machine; a good option on a " +"Debian GNU/Linux is to use the <command>cu</command> program, in the package " +"of the same name. Assuming the serial port on your computer is to be found " +"on <filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename>, use the following command line:" +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp en SS4000-E så läs först in avbildningen av den fasta " +"programvaran från Debian (ss4000e.pkg) genom webbgränssnittet för SS4000-E " +"(gå till <quote>administration</quote>, sedan till <quote>firmware</quote> " +"och skicka upp avbildningen). Använd härnäst din seriella nollmodemkabel och " +"specialkabeln för att ansluta till serieporten på SS4000-E, och starta om " +"datorn. Du behöver använda ett serieterminalsprogram för att kommunicera med " +"datorn; ett bra val på Debian GNU/Linux är att använda programmet " +"<command>cu</command>, i paketet med samma namn. Om man antar att " +"serieporten på din dator kan hittas på <filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename> så " +"använd följande kommandorad:" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:261 @@ -219,8 +369,14 @@ msgstr "cu -lttyS0 -s115200" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:263 #, no-c-format -msgid "If using Windows, you may want to consider using the program <classname>hyperterminal</classname>. Use a baud rate of 115200, 8 bits word length, no stop bits, and one parity bit." -msgstr "Om du använder Windows så kanske du vill använda programmet <classname>hyperterminal</classname>. Använd en hastighet på 115200, 8 bitars ordlängd, inga stoppbitar och en paritetsbit." +msgid "" +"If using Windows, you may want to consider using the program " +"<classname>hyperterminal</classname>. Use a baud rate of 115200, 8 bits word " +"length, no stop bits, and one parity bit." +msgstr "" +"Om du använder Windows så kanske du vill använda programmet " +"<classname>hyperterminal</classname>. Använd en hastighet på 115200, 8 " +"bitars ordlängd, inga stoppbitar och en paritetsbit." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:269 @@ -245,8 +401,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:277 #, no-c-format -msgid "At this point, hit Control-C to interrupt the boot loader<footnote id=\"arm-s4ke-sec\"> <para> Note that you have only one second to do so; if you miss this window, just powercycle the machine and try again. </para> </footnote>. This will give you the RedBoot prompt. Enter the following command:" -msgstr "Vid den här tidpunkten så tryck på Control-C för att avbryta starthanteraren<footnote id=\"arm-s4ke-sec\"> <para> Observera att du endast har en sekund att göra det på; om du missar detta fönster så starta om datorn och försök igen. </para> </footnote>. Detta kommer att ta dig till RedBoot-prompten. Ange följande kommando:" +msgid "" +"At this point, hit Control-C to interrupt the boot loader<footnote id=\"arm-" +"s4ke-sec\"> <para> Note that you have only one second to do so; if you miss " +"this window, just powercycle the machine and try again. </para> </footnote>. " +"This will give you the RedBoot prompt. Enter the following command:" +msgstr "" +"Vid den här tidpunkten så tryck på Control-C för att avbryta " +"starthanteraren<footnote id=\"arm-s4ke-sec\"> <para> Observera att du endast " +"har en sekund att göra det på; om du missar detta fönster så starta om " +"datorn och försök igen. </para> </footnote>. Detta kommer att ta dig till " +"RedBoot-prompten. Ange följande kommando:" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:292 @@ -257,8 +422,12 @@ msgstr "fconfig boot_script_data" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:294 #, no-c-format -msgid "RedBoot is now waiting for you to enter the boot script. Make sure to <emphasis>exactly</emphasis> enter the following script:" -msgstr "RedBoot väntar nu på att du ska mata in uppstartsskriptet. Försäkra dig om att du matar in följande skript <emphasis>exakt</emphasis>:" +msgid "" +"RedBoot is now waiting for you to enter the boot script. Make sure to " +"<emphasis>exactly</emphasis> enter the following script:" +msgstr "" +"RedBoot väntar nu på att du ska mata in uppstartsskriptet. Försäkra dig om " +"att du matar in följande skript <emphasis>exakt</emphasis>:" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:301 @@ -266,28 +435,47 @@ msgstr "RedBoot väntar nu på att du ska mata in uppstartsskriptet. Försäkra msgid "" "fis load ramdisk.gz\n" "fis load zImage\n" -"exec -c \"console=ttyS0,115200 rw root=/dev/ram mem=256M@0xa0000000\" -r 0x01800000" +"exec -c \"console=ttyS0,115200 rw root=/dev/ram mem=256M@0xa0000000\" -r " +"0x01800000" msgstr "" "fis load ramdisk.gz\n" "fis load zImage\n" -"exec -c \"console=ttyS0,115200 rw root=/dev/ram mem=256M@0xa0000000\" -r 0x01800000" +"exec -c \"console=ttyS0,115200 rw root=/dev/ram mem=256M@0xa0000000\" -r " +"0x01800000" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:303 #, no-c-format -msgid "Finish the script with an empty line, and enter <quote>y</quote> at the prompt to update the non-volatile configuration. Finally, use <quote>reset</quote> to restart the system, and allow it to boot normally. The installer should now come up as normal. You can either install Debian through the serial port, or use an SSH client to connect through SSH." -msgstr "Färdigställ skriptet med en tom rad och tryck på <quote>y</quote> vid prompten för att uppdatera den icke-flyktiga konfigurationen. Till slut, använd <quote>reset</quote> för att starta om systemet och låt det starta upp normalt. Installationsprogrammet bör nu komma upp som vanligt. Du kan antingen installera Debian genom serieporten eller använda en SSH-klient för att ansluta via SSH." +msgid "" +"Finish the script with an empty line, and enter <quote>y</quote> at the " +"prompt to update the non-volatile configuration. Finally, use <quote>reset</" +"quote> to restart the system, and allow it to boot normally. The installer " +"should now come up as normal. You can either install Debian through the " +"serial port, or use an SSH client to connect through SSH." +msgstr "" +"Färdigställ skriptet med en tom rad och tryck på <quote>y</quote> vid " +"prompten för att uppdatera den icke-flyktiga konfigurationen. Till slut, " +"använd <quote>reset</quote> för att starta om systemet och låt det starta " +"upp normalt. Installationsprogrammet bör nu komma upp som vanligt. Du kan " +"antingen installera Debian genom serieporten eller använda en SSH-klient för " +"att ansluta via SSH." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:311 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that it is not necessary to update the boot script after the installation. The system will be configured to take the root device from system configuration, rather than from the kernel command line. It will not do any harm to do so anyway, however." -msgstr "Observera att det inte är nödvändigt att uppdatera uppstartsskriptet efter installationen. Systemet kommer att konfigureras för att ta rotenheten från systemkonfigurationen, istället för från kärnans kommandorad. Det kommer dock inte att skada genom att göra så." +msgid "" +"Note that it is not necessary to update the boot script after the " +"installation. The system will be configured to take the root device from " +"system configuration, rather than from the kernel command line. It will not " +"do any harm to do so anyway, however." +msgstr "" +"Observera att det inte är nödvändigt att uppdatera uppstartsskriptet efter " +"installationen. Systemet kommer att konfigureras för att ta rotenheten från " +"systemkonfigurationen, istället för från kärnans kommandorad. Det kommer " +"dock inte att skada genom att göra så." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:327 -#: boot-installer.xml:795 -#: boot-installer.xml:1453 +#: boot-installer.xml:327 boot-installer.xml:795 boot-installer.xml:1453 #: boot-installer.xml:1815 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from a CD-ROM" @@ -302,50 +490,115 @@ msgstr "Starta upp från Windows" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:435 #, no-c-format -msgid "To start the installer from Windows, you must first obtain CD-ROM/DVD-ROM or USB memory stick installation media as described in <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/> and <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." -msgstr "För att starta upp installationsprogrammet från Windows måste du första hämta installationsmedia på cd-rom/dvd-rom eller USB-minnespinne som beskrivet i <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/> och <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"To start the installer from Windows, you must first obtain CD-ROM/DVD-ROM or " +"USB memory stick installation media as described in <xref linkend=\"official-" +"cdrom\"/> and <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp installationsprogrammet från Windows måste du första " +"hämta installationsmedia på cd-rom/dvd-rom eller USB-minnespinne som " +"beskrivet i <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/> och <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-" +"files\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:441 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you use an installation CD or DVD, a pre-installation program should be launched automatically when you insert the disc. In case Windows does not start it automatically, or if you are using a USB memory stick, you can run it manually by accessing the device and executing <command>setup.exe</command>." -msgstr "Om du använder installationsmedia på cd eller dvd kommer ett förinstallationsprogram att startas automatiskt när du matar in skivan. I fall att Windows inte startar det automatiskt eller om du använder en USB-minnespinne, kan du starta det manuellt genom att gå in på enheten och starta <command>setup.exe</command>." +msgid "" +"If you use an installation CD or DVD, a pre-installation program should be " +"launched automatically when you insert the disc. In case Windows does not " +"start it automatically, or if you are using a USB memory stick, you can run " +"it manually by accessing the device and executing <command>setup.exe</" +"command>." +msgstr "" +"Om du använder installationsmedia på cd eller dvd kommer ett " +"förinstallationsprogram att startas automatiskt när du matar in skivan. I " +"fall att Windows inte startar det automatiskt eller om du använder en USB-" +"minnespinne, kan du starta det manuellt genom att gå in på enheten och " +"starta <command>setup.exe</command>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:449 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the program has been started, a few preliminary questions will be asked and the system will be prepared to start the &debian; installer." -msgstr "Efter att programmet har startats så kommer ett par inledande frågor att ställas och systemet kommer att förberedas för att starta installationsprogrammet för &debian;." +msgid "" +"After the program has been started, a few preliminary questions will be " +"asked and the system will be prepared to start the &debian; installer." +msgstr "" +"Efter att programmet har startats så kommer ett par inledande frågor att " +"ställas och systemet kommer att förberedas för att starta " +"installationsprogrammet för &debian;." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:489 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from Linux Using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" -msgstr "Uppstart från Linux med <command>LILO</command> eller <command>GRUB</command>" +msgid "" +"Booting from Linux Using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" +msgstr "" +"Uppstart från Linux med <command>LILO</command> eller <command>GRUB</command>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:492 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot the installer from hard disk, you must first download and place the needed files as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." -msgstr "För att starta upp installationsprogrammet från hårddisk måste du första hämta och placera de nödvändiga filerna som beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"To boot the installer from hard disk, you must first download and place the " +"needed files as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp installationsprogrammet från hårddisk måste du första " +"hämta och placera de nödvändiga filerna som beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"boot-" +"drive-files\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:497 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you intend to use the hard drive only for booting and then download everything over the network, you should download the <filename>netboot/debian-installer/&architecture;/initrd.gz</filename> file and its corresponding kernel <filename>netboot/debian-installer/&architecture;/linux</filename>. This will allow you to repartition the hard disk from which you boot the installer, although you should do so with care." -msgstr "Om du tänkte använda hårddisken bara för att starta upp och sedan hämta allt över nätverket, bör du hämta filen <filename>netboot/debian-installer/&architecture;/initrd.gz</filename> och dess motsvarande kärna, <filename>netboot/debian-installer/&architecture;/linux</filename>. Den låter dig partionera om hårddisken från vilken du startar upp installationsprogrammet, dock bör du göra med försiktighet." +msgid "" +"If you intend to use the hard drive only for booting and then download " +"everything over the network, you should download the <filename>netboot/" +"debian-installer/&architecture;/initrd.gz</filename> file and its " +"corresponding kernel <filename>netboot/debian-installer/&architecture;/" +"linux</filename>. This will allow you to repartition the hard disk from " +"which you boot the installer, although you should do so with care." +msgstr "" +"Om du tänkte använda hårddisken bara för att starta upp och sedan hämta allt " +"över nätverket, bör du hämta filen <filename>netboot/debian-installer/" +"&architecture;/initrd.gz</filename> och dess motsvarande kärna, " +"<filename>netboot/debian-installer/&architecture;/linux</filename>. Den " +"låter dig partionera om hårddisken från vilken du startar upp " +"installationsprogrammet, dock bör du göra med försiktighet." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:507 #, no-c-format -msgid "Alternatively, if you intend to keep an existing partition on the hard drive unchanged during the install, you can download the <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> file and its kernel, as well as copy a CD (or DVD) iso to the drive (make sure the file is named ending in <literal>.iso</literal>). The installer can then boot from the drive and install from the CD/DVD image, without needing the network." -msgstr "Alternativt, om du tänker behålla en befintlig partition på hårddisken i oförändrat skick under installationen så kan du hämta filen <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> och dess kärna, såväl som en kopia av en cd-avbildning (eller dvd) till enheten (försäkra dig om att filnamnet slutar på <literal>.iso</literal>). Installationsprogrammet kan sedan starta upp från enheten och installera från cd-avbildningen, utan behov av nätverk." +msgid "" +"Alternatively, if you intend to keep an existing partition on the hard drive " +"unchanged during the install, you can download the <filename>hd-media/initrd." +"gz</filename> file and its kernel, as well as copy a CD (or DVD) iso to the " +"drive (make sure the file is named ending in <literal>.iso</literal>). The " +"installer can then boot from the drive and install from the CD/DVD image, " +"without needing the network." +msgstr "" +"Alternativt, om du tänker behålla en befintlig partition på hårddisken i " +"oförändrat skick under installationen så kan du hämta filen <filename>hd-" +"media/initrd.gz</filename> och dess kärna, såväl som en kopia av en cd-" +"avbildning (eller dvd) till enheten (försäkra dig om att filnamnet slutar på " +"<literal>.iso</literal>). Installationsprogrammet kan sedan starta upp från " +"enheten och installera från cd-avbildningen, utan behov av nätverk." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:516 #, no-c-format -msgid "For <command>LILO</command>, you will need to configure two essential things in <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> to load the <filename>initrd.gz</filename> installer at boot time; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> have the <filename>vmlinuz</filename> kernel use a RAM disk as its root partition. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Here is a <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> example:" -msgstr "För <command>LILO</command>, behöver du konfigurera två viktiga saker i <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> för att läsa in <filename>initrd.gz</filename> vid uppstart; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> få kärnan <filename>vmlinuz</filename> att använda en RAM-disk som sin rotpartition. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Här är ett exempel på en <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>:" +msgid "" +"For <command>LILO</command>, you will need to configure two essential things " +"in <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> to " +"load the <filename>initrd.gz</filename> installer at boot time; </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> have the <filename>vmlinuz</filename> kernel use " +"a RAM disk as its root partition. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Here is " +"a <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> example:" +msgstr "" +"För <command>LILO</command>, behöver du konfigurera två viktiga saker i " +"<filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> för att " +"läsa in <filename>initrd.gz</filename> vid uppstart; </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> få kärnan <filename>vmlinuz</filename> att använda en RAM-" +"disk som sin rotpartition. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Här är ett " +"exempel på en <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>:" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:537 @@ -362,14 +615,34 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:537 #, no-c-format -msgid "For more details, refer to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> man pages. Now run <userinput>lilo</userinput> and reboot." -msgstr "För fler detaljer, referera till manualsidorna <citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> och <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Kör nu <userinput>lilo</userinput> och starta om." +msgid "" +"For more details, refer to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</" +"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and " +"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" +"manvolnum></citerefentry> man pages. Now run <userinput>lilo</userinput> and " +"reboot." +msgstr "" +"För fler detaljer, referera till manualsidorna " +"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</" +"manvolnum></citerefentry> och <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</" +"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Kör nu " +"<userinput>lilo</userinput> och starta om." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:546 #, no-c-format -msgid "The procedure for <command>GRUB</command> is quite similar. Locate your <filename>menu.lst</filename> in the <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> directory (or sometimes <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>) and add an entry for the installer, for example (assuming <filename>/boot</filename> is on the first partition of the first disk in the system):" -msgstr "Proceduren för <command>GRUB</command> är ganska likvärdig. Leta upp din <filename>menu.lst</filename> i katalogen <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> (ibland finns den i <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>) och lägg till en post för installationsprogrammet, till exempel (antar att <filename>/boot</filename> finns på första partitionen av första disken i systemet):" +msgid "" +"The procedure for <command>GRUB</command> is quite similar. Locate your " +"<filename>menu.lst</filename> in the <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> " +"directory (or sometimes <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>) and add an " +"entry for the installer, for example (assuming <filename>/boot</filename> is " +"on the first partition of the first disk in the system):" +msgstr "" +"Proceduren för <command>GRUB</command> är ganska likvärdig. Leta upp din " +"<filename>menu.lst</filename> i katalogen <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> " +"(ibland finns den i <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>) och lägg till en " +"post för installationsprogrammet, till exempel (antar att <filename>/boot</" +"filename> finns på första partitionen av första disken i systemet):" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:554 @@ -388,8 +661,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:556 #, no-c-format -msgid "From here on, there should be no difference between <command>GRUB</command> or <command>LILO</command>." -msgstr "Från och med nu bör det inte vara några skillnader mellan <command>GRUB</command> och <command>LILO</command>." +msgid "" +"From here on, there should be no difference between <command>GRUB</command> " +"or <command>LILO</command>." +msgstr "" +"Från och med nu bör det inte vara några skillnader mellan <command>GRUB</" +"command> och <command>LILO</command>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:565 @@ -400,66 +677,124 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från USB-minne" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:566 #, no-c-format -msgid "Let's assume you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/> and <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. Now just plug your USB stick into some free USB connector and reboot the computer. The system should boot up, and you should be presented with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, or just hit &enterkey;." -msgstr "Låt oss anta att du har förberett allt från <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/> och <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. Anslut ditt USB-minne i någon ledig USB-kontakt och starta om datorn. Systemet bör starta upp och du bör se prompten <prompt>boot:</prompt>. Här kan du ange ytterligare uppstartsargument eller bara trycka &enterkey;." +msgid "" +"Let's assume you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-" +"select\"/> and <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. Now just plug your USB " +"stick into some free USB connector and reboot the computer. The system " +"should boot up, and you should be presented with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> " +"prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, or just hit &enterkey;." +msgstr "" +"Låt oss anta att du har förberett allt från <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select" +"\"/> och <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. Anslut ditt USB-minne i någon " +"ledig USB-kontakt och starta om datorn. Systemet bör starta upp och du bör " +"se prompten <prompt>boot:</prompt>. Här kan du ange ytterligare " +"uppstartsargument eller bara trycka &enterkey;." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:579 -#: boot-installer.xml:1722 +#: boot-installer.xml:579 boot-installer.xml:1722 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from Floppies" msgstr "Uppstart från startdisketter" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:580 -#: boot-installer.xml:1730 +#: boot-installer.xml:580 boot-installer.xml:1730 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will have already downloaded the floppy images you needed and created floppies from the images in <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>." -msgstr "Du ska redan ha hämtat diskettavbildningerna du behövde och skapat disketterna från avbildningarna i <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>." +msgid "" +"You will have already downloaded the floppy images you needed and created " +"floppies from the images in <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Du ska redan ha hämtat diskettavbildningerna du behövde och skapat " +"disketterna från avbildningarna i <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:587 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot from the installer boot floppy, place it in the primary floppy drive, shut down the system as you normally would, then turn it back on." -msgstr "För att starta upp från installationsprogrammets startdiskett, placera den i primära diskettenheten, stäng av datorn som vanligt och starta upp den igen." +msgid "" +"To boot from the installer boot floppy, place it in the primary floppy " +"drive, shut down the system as you normally would, then turn it back on." +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp från installationsprogrammets startdiskett, placera den i " +"primära diskettenheten, stäng av datorn som vanligt och starta upp den igen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:593 #, no-c-format -msgid "For installing from an LS-120 drive (ATAPI version) with a set of floppies, you need to specify the virtual location for the floppy device. This is done with the <emphasis>root=</emphasis> boot argument, giving the device that the ide-floppy driver maps the device to. For example, if your LS-120 drive is connected as the first IDE device (master) on the second cable, you enter <userinput>install root=/dev/hdc</userinput> at the boot prompt." -msgstr "För att installera från en LS-120-enhet (ATAPI-version) med en uppsättning disketter, behöver du ange den virtuella platsen för diskettenheten. Det här gör man med uppstartsargumentet <emphasis>root=</emphasis>, som anger enheten som drivrutinen för ide-floppy kan binda enheten till. Till exempel, om din LS-120-enhet är ansluten som första IDE-enhet (master) på andra kabeln, anger du <userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> på uppstartsprompten." +msgid "" +"For installing from an LS-120 drive (ATAPI version) with a set of floppies, " +"you need to specify the virtual location for the floppy device. This is done " +"with the <emphasis>root=</emphasis> boot argument, giving the device that " +"the ide-floppy driver maps the device to. For example, if your LS-120 drive " +"is connected as the first IDE device (master) on the second cable, you enter " +"<userinput>install root=/dev/hdc</userinput> at the boot prompt." +msgstr "" +"För att installera från en LS-120-enhet (ATAPI-version) med en uppsättning " +"disketter, behöver du ange den virtuella platsen för diskettenheten. Det här " +"gör man med uppstartsargumentet <emphasis>root=</emphasis>, som anger " +"enheten som drivrutinen för ide-floppy kan binda enheten till. Till exempel, " +"om din LS-120-enhet är ansluten som första IDE-enhet (master) på andra " +"kabeln, anger du <userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> på " +"uppstartsprompten." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:603 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that on some machines, <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> does not properly reset the machine, so a <quote>hard</quote> reboot is recommended. If you are installing from an existing operating system (e.g., from a DOS box) you don't have a choice. Otherwise, please do a hard reboot when booting." -msgstr "Observera att på vissa datorer återställer <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> inte korrekt maskinen, så en <quote>hård</quote> omstart rekommenderas. Om du installerar från ett befintligt operativsystem (exempelvis på en dator med DOS installerat) har du inget val. Om inte, gör en hård omstart vid uppstart." +msgid "" +"Note that on some machines, <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>Alt</" +"keycap> <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> does not properly reset the " +"machine, so a <quote>hard</quote> reboot is recommended. If you are " +"installing from an existing operating system (e.g., from a DOS box) you " +"don't have a choice. Otherwise, please do a hard reboot when booting." +msgstr "" +"Observera att på vissa datorer återställer <keycombo><keycap>Control</" +"keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> inte korrekt " +"maskinen, så en <quote>hård</quote> omstart rekommenderas. Om du installerar " +"från ett befintligt operativsystem (exempelvis på en dator med DOS " +"installerat) har du inget val. Om inte, gör en hård omstart vid uppstart." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:612 #, no-c-format -msgid "The floppy disk will be accessed, and you should then see a screen that introduces the boot floppy and ends with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt." -msgstr "Disketten kommer att läsas från och du bör sedan se en skärm som introducerar startdisketten och slutar med prompten <prompt>boot:</prompt>." +msgid "" +"The floppy disk will be accessed, and you should then see a screen that " +"introduces the boot floppy and ends with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt." +msgstr "" +"Disketten kommer att läsas från och du bör sedan se en skärm som " +"introducerar startdisketten och slutar med prompten <prompt>boot:</prompt>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:618 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you press &enterkey;, you should see the message <computeroutput>Loading...</computeroutput>, followed by <computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux...</computeroutput>, and then a screenfull or so of information about the hardware in your system. More information on this phase of the boot process can be found below in <xref linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>." -msgstr "När du trycker &enterkey;, bör du se meddelandet <computeroutput>Loading...</computeroutput>, följt av <computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux...</computeroutput>, och sedan en skärm full av information om maskinvaran i ditt system. Mer information angående den här fasen i uppstartsprocessen kan hittas under i <xref linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>." +msgid "" +"Once you press &enterkey;, you should see the message " +"<computeroutput>Loading...</computeroutput>, followed by " +"<computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux...</computeroutput>, and then a " +"screenfull or so of information about the hardware in your system. More " +"information on this phase of the boot process can be found below in <xref " +"linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>." +msgstr "" +"När du trycker &enterkey;, bör du se meddelandet <computeroutput>Loading...</" +"computeroutput>, följt av <computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux...</" +"computeroutput>, och sedan en skärm full av information om maskinvaran i " +"ditt system. Mer information angående den här fasen i uppstartsprocessen kan " +"hittas under i <xref linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:627 #, no-c-format -msgid "After booting from the boot floppy, the root floppy is requested. Insert the root floppy and press &enterkey;, and the contents are loaded into memory. The installer program <command>debian-installer</command> is automatically launched." -msgstr "Efter uppstart från startdisketten kommer rotdisketten att efterfrågas. Mata in rotdisketten och tryck &enterkey;, och dess innehåll kommer att läsas in i minnet. Installeringsprogrammet <command>debian-installer</command> startas automatiskt." +msgid "" +"After booting from the boot floppy, the root floppy is requested. Insert the " +"root floppy and press &enterkey;, and the contents are loaded into memory. " +"The installer program <command>debian-installer</command> is automatically " +"launched." +msgstr "" +"Efter uppstart från startdisketten kommer rotdisketten att efterfrågas. Mata " +"in rotdisketten och tryck &enterkey;, och dess innehåll kommer att läsas in " +"i minnet. Installeringsprogrammet <command>debian-installer</command> " +"startas automatiskt." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:637 -#: boot-installer.xml:1164 -#: boot-installer.xml:1305 -#: boot-installer.xml:1359 -#: boot-installer.xml:1667 -#: boot-installer.xml:1776 +#: boot-installer.xml:637 boot-installer.xml:1164 boot-installer.xml:1305 +#: boot-installer.xml:1359 boot-installer.xml:1667 boot-installer.xml:1776 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting with TFTP" msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP" @@ -479,8 +814,16 @@ msgstr "Nätverkskort eller moderkort med stöd för PXE" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:668 #, no-c-format -msgid "It could be that your Network Interface Card or Motherboard provides PXE boot functionality. This is a <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark> re-implementation of TFTP boot. If so, you may be able to configure your BIOS to boot from the network." -msgstr "Det kan vara så att ditt nätverkskort eller moderkort tillhandahåller funktionalitet för uppstart via PXE. Det är en återimplementation av TFTP-uppstart från <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark>. Om så är fallet kan du konfigurera ditt BIOS att starta upp från nätverket." +msgid "" +"It could be that your Network Interface Card or Motherboard provides PXE " +"boot functionality. This is a <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark> " +"re-implementation of TFTP boot. If so, you may be able to configure your " +"BIOS to boot from the network." +msgstr "" +"Det kan vara så att ditt nätverkskort eller moderkort tillhandahåller " +"funktionalitet för uppstart via PXE. Det är en återimplementation av TFTP-" +"uppstart från <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark>. Om så är fallet " +"kan du konfigurera ditt BIOS att starta upp från nätverket." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:679 @@ -491,14 +834,22 @@ msgstr "Nätverkskort med Network BootROM" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:680 #, no-c-format -msgid "It could be that your Network Interface Card provides TFTP boot functionality." -msgstr "Det kan vara så att ditt nätverkskort erbjuder funktionalitet för att starta upp via TFTP." +msgid "" +"It could be that your Network Interface Card provides TFTP boot " +"functionality." +msgstr "" +"Det kan vara så att ditt nätverkskort erbjuder funktionalitet för att starta " +"upp via TFTP." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:685 #, no-c-format -msgid "Let us (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) know how did you manage it. Please refer to this document." -msgstr "Låt oss (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) veta hur du gjorde det. Referera till det här dokumentet." +msgid "" +"Let us (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) know how did you manage it. " +"Please refer to this document." +msgstr "" +"Låt oss (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) veta hur du gjorde det. " +"Referera till det här dokumentet." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:693 @@ -509,8 +860,12 @@ msgstr "Etherboot" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:694 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">etherboot project</ulink> provides bootdiskettes and even bootroms that do a TFTPboot." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">Etherboot-projektet</ulink> erbjuder startdisketter och även ROM-filer som kan göra uppstarter via TFTP." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">etherboot project</ulink> " +"provides bootdiskettes and even bootroms that do a TFTPboot." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">Etherboot-projektet</ulink> erbjuder " +"startdisketter och även ROM-filer som kan göra uppstarter via TFTP." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:704 @@ -522,7 +877,8 @@ msgstr "Uppstartsskärmen" #: boot-installer.xml:705 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"When the installer boots, you should be presented with a friendly graphical screen showing the Debian logo and a menu: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"When the installer boots, you should be presented with a friendly graphical " +"screen showing the Debian logo and a menu: <informalexample><screen>\n" "Installer boot menu\n" "\n" "Install\n" @@ -531,9 +887,11 @@ msgid "" "Help\n" "\n" "Press ENTER to boot or TAB to edit a menu entry\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Depending on the installation method you are using, the <quote>Graphical install</quote> option may not be available." +"</screen></informalexample> Depending on the installation method you are " +"using, the <quote>Graphical install</quote> option may not be available." msgstr "" -"När installationsprogrammet startar upp ska en hjälpsam grafisk skärm visas med Debians logotyp samt en meny: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"När installationsprogrammet startar upp ska en hjälpsam grafisk skärm visas " +"med Debians logotyp samt en meny: <informalexample><screen>\n" "Installer boot menu\n" "\n" "Install\n" @@ -542,55 +900,154 @@ msgstr "" "Help\n" "\n" "Press ENTER to boot or TAB to edit a menu entry\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Beroende på den installationsmetod som du använder så kanske inte alternativet <quote>Graphical install</quote> finns tillgänglig." +"</screen></informalexample> Beroende på den installationsmetod som du " +"använder så kanske inte alternativet <quote>Graphical install</quote> finns " +"tillgänglig." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:715 #, no-c-format -msgid "For a normal installation, select either the <quote>Install</quote> or the <quote>Graphical install</quote> entry — using either the arrow keys on your keyboard or by typing the first (highlighted) letter — and press &enterkey; to boot the installer." -msgstr "För en normal installation kan du antingen välja <quote>Install</quote> eller <quote>Graphical install</quote> — använd antingen piltangenterna på ditt tangentbord eller genom att skriva den första (färgmarkerade) bokstaven — och trycka på &enterkey; för att starta upp installationsprogrammet." +msgid "" +"For a normal installation, select either the <quote>Install</quote> or the " +"<quote>Graphical install</quote> entry — using either the arrow keys " +"on your keyboard or by typing the first (highlighted) letter — and " +"press &enterkey; to boot the installer." +msgstr "" +"För en normal installation kan du antingen välja <quote>Install</quote> " +"eller <quote>Graphical install</quote> — använd antingen " +"piltangenterna på ditt tangentbord eller genom att skriva den första " +"(färgmarkerade) bokstaven — och trycka på &enterkey; för att starta " +"upp installationsprogrammet." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:722 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <quote>Advanced options</quote> entry gives access to a second menu that allows to boot the installer in expert mode, in rescue mode and for automated installs." -msgstr "Alternativet <quote>Advanced options</quote> ger dig åtkomst till en annan meny som låter dig starta upp installationsprogrammet i expertläge, räddningsläge och för automatiserade installationer." +msgid "" +"The <quote>Advanced options</quote> entry gives access to a second menu that " +"allows to boot the installer in expert mode, in rescue mode and for " +"automated installs." +msgstr "" +"Alternativet <quote>Advanced options</quote> ger dig åtkomst till en annan " +"meny som låter dig starta upp installationsprogrammet i expertläge, " +"räddningsläge och för automatiserade installationer." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:728 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you wish or need to add any boot parameters for either the installer or the kernel, press &tabkey;. This will display the default boot command for the selected menu entry and allow to add additional options. The help screens (see below) list some common possible options. Press &enterkey; to boot the installer with your options; pressing &escapekey; will return you to the boot menu and undo any changes you made." -msgstr "Om du önskar eller behöver lägga till andra uppstartsparametrar för antingen installationsprogrammet eller för kärnan, tryck på &tabkey;. Detta kommer att visa standarduppstartskommandot för det valda menyobjektet och tillåter att man lägger till ytterligare alternativ. Hjälpskärmarna (se nedan) listar några vanliga möjliga alternativ. Tryck på &enterkey; för att starta upp installationsprogrammet med dina alternativ; trycker du på &escapekey; så kommer du att återvända till uppstartsmenyn och ångra alla ändringar du har gjort." +msgid "" +"If you wish or need to add any boot parameters for either the installer or " +"the kernel, press &tabkey;. This will display the default boot command for " +"the selected menu entry and allow to add additional options. The help " +"screens (see below) list some common possible options. Press &enterkey; to " +"boot the installer with your options; pressing &escapekey; will return you " +"to the boot menu and undo any changes you made." +msgstr "" +"Om du önskar eller behöver lägga till andra uppstartsparametrar för antingen " +"installationsprogrammet eller för kärnan, tryck på &tabkey;. Detta kommer " +"att visa standarduppstartskommandot för det valda menyobjektet och tillåter " +"att man lägger till ytterligare alternativ. Hjälpskärmarna (se nedan) listar " +"några vanliga möjliga alternativ. Tryck på &enterkey; för att starta upp " +"installationsprogrammet med dina alternativ; trycker du på &escapekey; så " +"kommer du att återvända till uppstartsmenyn och ångra alla ändringar du har " +"gjort." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:737 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Choosing the <quote>Help</quote> entry will result in the first help screen being displayed which gives an overview of all available help screens. Note that it is not possible to return to the boot menu after the help screens have been displayed. However, the F3 and F4 help screens list commands that are equivalent to the boot methods listed in the menu. All help screens have a boot prompt at which the boot command can be typed: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Choosing the <quote>Help</quote> entry will result in the first help screen " +"being displayed which gives an overview of all available help screens. Note " +"that it is not possible to return to the boot menu after the help screens " +"have been displayed. However, the F3 and F4 help screens list commands that " +"are equivalent to the boot methods listed in the menu. All help screens have " +"a boot prompt at which the boot command can be typed: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "Press F1 for the help index, or ENTER to boot:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> At this boot prompt you can either just press &enterkey; to boot the installer with default options or enter a specific boot command and, optionally, boot parameters. A number of boot parameters which might be useful can be found on the various help screens. If you do add any parameters to the boot command line, be sure to first type the boot method (the default is <userinput>install</userinput>) and a space before the first parameter (e.g., <userinput>install fb=false</userinput>)." +"</screen></informalexample> At this boot prompt you can either just press " +"&enterkey; to boot the installer with default options or enter a specific " +"boot command and, optionally, boot parameters. A number of boot parameters " +"which might be useful can be found on the various help screens. If you do " +"add any parameters to the boot command line, be sure to first type the boot " +"method (the default is <userinput>install</userinput>) and a space before " +"the first parameter (e.g., <userinput>install fb=false</userinput>)." msgstr "" -"Välj objektet <quote>Help</quote> för att visa den första hjälpskärmen som ger en överblick för de tillgängliga hjälpskärmarna. Observera att det inte är möjligt att återvända till uppstartsmenyn efter att hjälpskärmarna har visats. Dock är listar hjälpskärmarna F3 och F4 kommandon som motsvarar uppstartsmetoderna som listas i menyn. Alla hjälpskärmar har en uppstartsprompt vid vilken uppstartskommandot kan matas in: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Välj objektet <quote>Help</quote> för att visa den första hjälpskärmen som " +"ger en överblick för de tillgängliga hjälpskärmarna. Observera att det inte " +"är möjligt att återvända till uppstartsmenyn efter att hjälpskärmarna har " +"visats. Dock är listar hjälpskärmarna F3 och F4 kommandon som motsvarar " +"uppstartsmetoderna som listas i menyn. Alla hjälpskärmar har en " +"uppstartsprompt vid vilken uppstartskommandot kan matas in: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "Press F1 for the help index, or ENTER to boot:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Vid denna uppstartsprompt kan du antingen bara trycka på &enterkey; för att starta upp installationsprogrammet med standardalternativen eller ange ett specifikt uppstartskommando och, valfritt, uppstartsparametrar. Ett antal uppstartsparametrar som kan vara användbara kan hittas i de olika hjälpskärmarna. Om du lägger till några parametrar till uppstartskommandoraden så försäkra dig om att först ange uppstartsmetoden (standardvärdet är <userinput>install</userinput>) och ett blanksteg innan den första parametern (t.ex., <userinput>install fb=false</userinput>)." +"</screen></informalexample> Vid denna uppstartsprompt kan du antingen bara " +"trycka på &enterkey; för att starta upp installationsprogrammet med " +"standardalternativen eller ange ett specifikt uppstartskommando och, " +"valfritt, uppstartsparametrar. Ett antal uppstartsparametrar som kan vara " +"användbara kan hittas i de olika hjälpskärmarna. Om du lägger till några " +"parametrar till uppstartskommandoraden så försäkra dig om att först ange " +"uppstartsmetoden (standardvärdet är <userinput>install</userinput>) och ett " +"blanksteg innan den första parametern (t.ex., <userinput>install fb=false</" +"userinput>)." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:756 #, no-c-format -msgid "The keyboard is assumed to have a default American English layout at this point. This means that if your keyboard has a different (language-specific) layout, the characters that appear on the screen may be different from what you'd expect when you type parameters. Wikipedia has a <ulink url=\"&url-us-keymap;\">schema of the US keyboard layout</ulink> which can be used as a reference to find the correct keys to use." -msgstr "Tangentbordet antas ha standardlayouten Amerikansk engelska vid det här tillfället. Detta betyder att om ditt tangentbord har en annan (språkspecifik) layout kan bokstäverna som visas på skärmen att vara olika från vad du förväntar dig när du anger parametrar. Wikipedia har ett <ulink url=\"&url-us-keymap;\">schema över den amerikanska tangentbordslayouten</ulink> som kan användas som en referens för att hitta de korrekta tangenterna." +msgid "" +"The keyboard is assumed to have a default American English layout at this " +"point. This means that if your keyboard has a different (language-specific) " +"layout, the characters that appear on the screen may be different from what " +"you'd expect when you type parameters. Wikipedia has a <ulink url=\"&url-us-" +"keymap;\">schema of the US keyboard layout</ulink> which can be used as a " +"reference to find the correct keys to use." +msgstr "" +"Tangentbordet antas ha standardlayouten Amerikansk engelska vid det här " +"tillfället. Detta betyder att om ditt tangentbord har en annan " +"(språkspecifik) layout kan bokstäverna som visas på skärmen att vara olika " +"från vad du förväntar dig när du anger parametrar. Wikipedia har ett <ulink " +"url=\"&url-us-keymap;\">schema över den amerikanska tangentbordslayouten</" +"ulink> som kan användas som en referens för att hitta de korrekta " +"tangenterna." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:766 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are using a system that has the BIOS configured to use serial console, you may not be able to see the initial graphical splash screen upon booting the installer; you may even not see the boot menu. The same can happen if you are installing the system via a remote management device that provides a text interface to the VGA console. Examples of these devices include the text console of Compaq's <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) and HP's <quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA)." -msgstr "Om du använder ett system som har BIOS konfigurerat att använda en seriell konsoll så kanske du inte kan se den initiala startbilden vid uppstart av installationsprogrammet; du kanske inte ens ser uppstartsmenyn. Det samma kan ske om du installerar systemet via en fjärrhanteringsenhet som tillhandahåller ett textgränssnitt till VGA-konsollen. Exempel på dessa enheter inkluderar textkonsollen för Compaqs <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) och HP:s <quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA)." +msgid "" +"If you are using a system that has the BIOS configured to use serial " +"console, you may not be able to see the initial graphical splash screen upon " +"booting the installer; you may even not see the boot menu. The same can " +"happen if you are installing the system via a remote management device that " +"provides a text interface to the VGA console. Examples of these devices " +"include the text console of Compaq's <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> " +"(iLO) and HP's <quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA)." +msgstr "" +"Om du använder ett system som har BIOS konfigurerat att använda en seriell " +"konsoll så kanske du inte kan se den initiala startbilden vid uppstart av " +"installationsprogrammet; du kanske inte ens ser uppstartsmenyn. Det samma " +"kan ske om du installerar systemet via en fjärrhanteringsenhet som " +"tillhandahåller ett textgränssnitt till VGA-konsollen. Exempel på dessa " +"enheter inkluderar textkonsollen för Compaqs <quote>integrated Lights Out</" +"quote> (iLO) och HP:s <quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA)." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:776 #, no-c-format -msgid "To bypass the graphical boot screen you can either blindly press &escapekey; to get a text boot prompt, or (equally blindly) press <quote>H</quote> followed by &enterkey; to select the <quote>Help</quote> option described above. After that your keystrokes should be echoed at the prompt. To prevent the installer from using the framebuffer for the rest of the installation, you will also want to add <userinput>fb=false</userinput> to the boot prompt, as described in the help text." -msgstr "För att komma förbi den grafiska uppstartsskärmen kan du antingen i blindo trycka på &escapekey; för att få en textuppstartsprompt eller (lika blint) trycka på <quote>H</quote> följt av &enterkey; för att välja alternativet <quote>Help</quote>, som beskrivs här ovan. Efter det bör dina tangenttryckningar att ekas på prompten. För att förhindra installationsprogrammet från att använda framebufferten för resten av installationen kan du lägga till <userinput>fb=false</userinput> till uppstartsprompten, som beskrivet i hjälptexten." +msgid "" +"To bypass the graphical boot screen you can either blindly press &escapekey; " +"to get a text boot prompt, or (equally blindly) press <quote>H</quote> " +"followed by &enterkey; to select the <quote>Help</quote> option described " +"above. After that your keystrokes should be echoed at the prompt. To prevent " +"the installer from using the framebuffer for the rest of the installation, " +"you will also want to add <userinput>fb=false</userinput> to the boot " +"prompt, as described in the help text." +msgstr "" +"För att komma förbi den grafiska uppstartsskärmen kan du antingen i blindo " +"trycka på &escapekey; för att få en textuppstartsprompt eller (lika blint) " +"trycka på <quote>H</quote> följt av &enterkey; för att välja alternativet " +"<quote>Help</quote>, som beskrivs här ovan. Efter det bör dina " +"tangenttryckningar att ekas på prompten. För att förhindra " +"installationsprogrammet från att använda framebufferten för resten av " +"installationen kan du lägga till <userinput>fb=false</userinput> till " +"uppstartsprompten, som beskrivet i hjälptexten." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:836 @@ -601,32 +1058,116 @@ msgstr "Cd-innehåll" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:838 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are three basic variations of Debian Install CDs. The <emphasis>Business Card</emphasis> CD has a minimal installation that will fit on the small form factor CD media. It requires a network connection in order to install the rest of the base installation and make a usable system. The <emphasis>Network Install</emphasis> CD has all of the packages for a base install but requires a network connection to a Debian mirror site in order to install the extra packages one would want for a complete system . The set of Debian CDs can install a complete system from the wide range of packages without needing access to the network." -msgstr "Det finns tre enkla variationer av Debians installationsskivor. Cd-skivan <emphasis>Visitkort</emphasis> innehåller en minimal installation som passar på ett minimalt cd-media. Den kräver en nätverksanslutning för att installera resten av grundinstallationen och skapa ett användbart system. Cd-skivan <emphasis>Nätinstallation</emphasis> har alla paket för en grundinstallation men kräver en nätverksanslutningen till en Debian-spegel för att installera de extra paket som man vill ha för ett komplett system. Uppsättningen av Debian-cd-skivor kan installera ett komplett system från en mängd olika paket utan behov av tillgång till nätverket." +msgid "" +"There are three basic variations of Debian Install CDs. The " +"<emphasis>Business Card</emphasis> CD has a minimal installation that will " +"fit on the small form factor CD media. It requires a network connection in " +"order to install the rest of the base installation and make a usable system. " +"The <emphasis>Network Install</emphasis> CD has all of the packages for a " +"base install but requires a network connection to a Debian mirror site in " +"order to install the extra packages one would want for a complete system . " +"The set of Debian CDs can install a complete system from the wide range of " +"packages without needing access to the network." +msgstr "" +"Det finns tre enkla variationer av Debians installationsskivor. Cd-skivan " +"<emphasis>Visitkort</emphasis> innehåller en minimal installation som passar " +"på ett minimalt cd-media. Den kräver en nätverksanslutning för att " +"installera resten av grundinstallationen och skapa ett användbart system. Cd-" +"skivan <emphasis>Nätinstallation</emphasis> har alla paket för en " +"grundinstallation men kräver en nätverksanslutningen till en Debian-spegel " +"för att installera de extra paket som man vill ha för ett komplett system. " +"Uppsättningen av Debian-cd-skivor kan installera ett komplett system från en " +"mängd olika paket utan behov av tillgång till nätverket." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:854 #, no-c-format -msgid "The IA-64 architecture uses the next generation Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) from Intel. Unlike the traditional x86 BIOS which knows little about the boot device other than the partition table and Master Boot Record (MBR), EFI can read and write files from FAT16 or FAT32 formatted disk partitions. This simplifies the often arcane process of starting a system. The system boot loader and the EFI firmware that supports it have a full filesystem to store the files necessary for booting the machine. This means that the system disk on an IA-64 system has an additional disk partition dedicated to EFI instead of the simple MBR or boot block on more conventional systems." -msgstr "Arkitekturen IA-64 använder nästa generations Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) från Intel. Olik det traditionella x86 BIOS som inte känner till mer om uppstartsenheten annat än partitionstabellen och huvudstartsektorn (MBR), EFI kan läsa och skriva filer från FAT16- eller FAT32-formaterade diskpartitioner. Det här förenklar den ofta mystiska processen hur ett system startas upp. Starthanteraren och EFI-firmware som har stöd för det har ett helt filsystem att lagra nödvändiga filer för att starta upp maskinen. Det betyder att systemdisken på ett IA-64-system har ytterligare en diskpartition som är dedicerad till EFI istället för den enkla MBR eller uppstartsblock på mer konventionella system." +msgid "" +"The IA-64 architecture uses the next generation Extensible Firmware " +"Interface (EFI) from Intel. Unlike the traditional x86 BIOS which knows " +"little about the boot device other than the partition table and Master Boot " +"Record (MBR), EFI can read and write files from FAT16 or FAT32 formatted " +"disk partitions. This simplifies the often arcane process of starting a " +"system. The system boot loader and the EFI firmware that supports it have a " +"full filesystem to store the files necessary for booting the machine. This " +"means that the system disk on an IA-64 system has an additional disk " +"partition dedicated to EFI instead of the simple MBR or boot block on more " +"conventional systems." +msgstr "" +"Arkitekturen IA-64 använder nästa generations Extensible Firmware Interface " +"(EFI) från Intel. Olik det traditionella x86 BIOS som inte känner till mer " +"om uppstartsenheten annat än partitionstabellen och huvudstartsektorn (MBR), " +"EFI kan läsa och skriva filer från FAT16- eller FAT32-formaterade " +"diskpartitioner. Det här förenklar den ofta mystiska processen hur ett " +"system startas upp. Starthanteraren och EFI-firmware som har stöd för det " +"har ett helt filsystem att lagra nödvändiga filer för att starta upp " +"maskinen. Det betyder att systemdisken på ett IA-64-system har ytterligare " +"en diskpartition som är dedicerad till EFI istället för den enkla MBR eller " +"uppstartsblock på mer konventionella system." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:870 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian Installer CD contains a small EFI partition where the <command>ELILO</command> bootloader, its configuration file, the installer's kernel, and initial filesystem (initrd) are located. The running system also contains an EFI partition where the necessary files for booting the system reside. These files are readable from the EFI Shell as described below." -msgstr "Debian Installer-cd-skivan innehåller en liten EFI-partition där starthanteraren <command>ELILO</command>, dess konfigurationsfil, installationsprogrammets kärna, och initiala filsystem (initrd) finns. Det körande systemet innehåller även en EFI-partition där de nödvändiga filerna för uppstart av systemet finns. De här filerna är läsbara från EFI-skalet som beskrivs nedan." +msgid "" +"The Debian Installer CD contains a small EFI partition where the " +"<command>ELILO</command> bootloader, its configuration file, the installer's " +"kernel, and initial filesystem (initrd) are located. The running system also " +"contains an EFI partition where the necessary files for booting the system " +"reside. These files are readable from the EFI Shell as described below." +msgstr "" +"Debian Installer-cd-skivan innehåller en liten EFI-partition där " +"starthanteraren <command>ELILO</command>, dess konfigurationsfil, " +"installationsprogrammets kärna, och initiala filsystem (initrd) finns. Det " +"körande systemet innehåller även en EFI-partition där de nödvändiga filerna " +"för uppstart av systemet finns. De här filerna är läsbara från EFI-skalet " +"som beskrivs nedan." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:879 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most of the details of how <command>ELILO</command> actually loads and starts a system are transparent to the system installer. However, the installer must set up an EFI partition prior to installing the base system. Otherwise, the installation of <command>ELILO</command> will fail, rendering the system un-bootable. The EFI partition is allocated and formatted in the partitioning step of the installation prior to loading any packages on the system disk. The partitioning task also verifies that a suitable EFI partition is present before allowing the installation to proceed." -msgstr "De flesta detaljer för hur <command>ELILO</command> faktiskt läser in och startar ett system är inte synliga för systeminstalleraren. Dock, installeraren måste ställa in en EFI-partition före installation av grundsystemet. Annars kommer installationen av <command>ELILO</command> att misslyckas som resulterar i att systemet inte kan startas upp. EFI-partitionen allokeras och formateras i partitioneringssteget av installationen före inläsningen av paketen på systemdisken. Partitioneringsfunktionen verifierar även att en lämplig EFI-partition finns före den tillåter installationen att fortsätta." +msgid "" +"Most of the details of how <command>ELILO</command> actually loads and " +"starts a system are transparent to the system installer. However, the " +"installer must set up an EFI partition prior to installing the base system. " +"Otherwise, the installation of <command>ELILO</command> will fail, rendering " +"the system un-bootable. The EFI partition is allocated and formatted in the " +"partitioning step of the installation prior to loading any packages on the " +"system disk. The partitioning task also verifies that a suitable EFI " +"partition is present before allowing the installation to proceed." +msgstr "" +"De flesta detaljer för hur <command>ELILO</command> faktiskt läser in och " +"startar ett system är inte synliga för systeminstalleraren. Dock, " +"installeraren måste ställa in en EFI-partition före installation av " +"grundsystemet. Annars kommer installationen av <command>ELILO</command> att " +"misslyckas som resulterar i att systemet inte kan startas upp. EFI-" +"partitionen allokeras och formateras i partitioneringssteget av " +"installationen före inläsningen av paketen på systemdisken. " +"Partitioneringsfunktionen verifierar även att en lämplig EFI-partition finns " +"före den tillåter installationen att fortsätta." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:891 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI Boot Manager is presented as the last step of the firmware initialization. It displays a menu list from which the user can select an option. Depending on the model of system and what other software has been loaded on the system, this menu may be different from one system to another. There should be at least two menu items displayed, <command>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</command> and <command>EFI Shell (Built-in)</command>. Using the first option is preferred, however, if that option is not available or the CD for some reason does not boot with it, use the second option." -msgstr "EFI Boot Manager visas som sista steget för initiering av den fasta programvaran. Den visar en menylista från vilken användaren kan välja ett alternativ. Beroende på systemmodellen och vilken annan programvara som har lästs in på systemet kan den här menyn skilja sig från system till system. Det bör finnas åtminstone två menyposter, <command>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</command> och <command>EFI Shell (Built-in)</command>. Första alternativet föredras, dock, om det alternativet inte finns tillgängligt eller att cd-skivan av någon anledning inte startar upp med den, använd det andra alternativet." +msgid "" +"The EFI Boot Manager is presented as the last step of the firmware " +"initialization. It displays a menu list from which the user can select an " +"option. Depending on the model of system and what other software has been " +"loaded on the system, this menu may be different from one system to another. " +"There should be at least two menu items displayed, <command>Boot Option " +"Maintenance Menu</command> and <command>EFI Shell (Built-in)</command>. " +"Using the first option is preferred, however, if that option is not " +"available or the CD for some reason does not boot with it, use the second " +"option." +msgstr "" +"EFI Boot Manager visas som sista steget för initiering av den fasta " +"programvaran. Den visar en menylista från vilken användaren kan välja ett " +"alternativ. Beroende på systemmodellen och vilken annan programvara som har " +"lästs in på systemet kan den här menyn skilja sig från system till system. " +"Det bör finnas åtminstone två menyposter, <command>Boot Option Maintenance " +"Menu</command> och <command>EFI Shell (Built-in)</command>. Första " +"alternativet föredras, dock, om det alternativet inte finns tillgängligt " +"eller att cd-skivan av någon anledning inte startar upp med den, använd det " +"andra alternativet." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:910 @@ -637,8 +1178,22 @@ msgstr "VIKTIGT" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:911 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI Boot Manager will select a default boot action, typically the first menu choice, within a pre-set number of seconds. This is indicated by a countdown at the bottom of the screen. Once the timer expires and the systems starts the default action, you may have to reboot the machine in order to continue the installation. If the default action is the EFI Shell, you can return to the Boot Manager by running <command>exit</command> at the shell prompt." -msgstr "EFI Boot Manager kommer att välja en standardåtgärd för uppstart, vanligtvis det första menyvalet, inom ett förinställt antal sekunder. Det här indikeras av en nedräkning i nedre delen av skärmen. När räknaren har räknat ned och systemet startar standardåtgärden, kanske du måste starta om maskinen för att fortsätta installationen. Om standardåtgärden är EFI-skalet kan du återvända till Boot Manager genom att köra <command>exit</command> vid skalprompten." +msgid "" +"The EFI Boot Manager will select a default boot action, typically the first " +"menu choice, within a pre-set number of seconds. This is indicated by a " +"countdown at the bottom of the screen. Once the timer expires and the " +"systems starts the default action, you may have to reboot the machine in " +"order to continue the installation. If the default action is the EFI Shell, " +"you can return to the Boot Manager by running <command>exit</command> at the " +"shell prompt." +msgstr "" +"EFI Boot Manager kommer att välja en standardåtgärd för uppstart, vanligtvis " +"det första menyvalet, inom ett förinställt antal sekunder. Det här indikeras " +"av en nedräkning i nedre delen av skärmen. När räknaren har räknat ned och " +"systemet startar standardåtgärden, kanske du måste starta om maskinen för " +"att fortsätta installationen. Om standardåtgärden är EFI-skalet kan du " +"återvända till Boot Manager genom att köra <command>exit</command> vid " +"skalprompten." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:923 @@ -649,38 +1204,90 @@ msgstr "Alternativ 1: Starta upp från Boot Option Maintenance Menu" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:930 #, no-c-format -msgid "Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes its system initialization." -msgstr "Mata in cd-skivan i dvd/cd-enheten och starta om maskinen. Den fasta programvaran kommer att visa EFI Boot Manager-sidan och menyn efter den färdigställt sin systeminitiering." +msgid "" +"Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will " +"display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes its system " +"initialization." +msgstr "" +"Mata in cd-skivan i dvd/cd-enheten och starta om maskinen. Den fasta " +"programvaran kommer att visa EFI Boot Manager-sidan och menyn efter den " +"färdigställt sin systeminitiering." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:936 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a new menu." -msgstr "Välj <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> från menyn med piltangenterna och tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det här kommer att visa en ny meny." +msgid "" +"Select <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> from the menu with the arrow " +"keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a new menu." +msgstr "" +"Välj <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> från menyn med piltangenterna " +"och tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det här kommer att visa en ny meny." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:942 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select <command>Boot From a File</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a list of devices probed by the firmware. You should see two menu lines containing either the label <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> or <command>Removable Media Boot</command>. If you examine the rest of the menu line, you will notice that the device and controller information should be the same." -msgstr "Välj <command>Boot From a File</command> från menyn med piltangenterna och tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det här kommer att visa en lista på enheter som den fasta programvaran har sökt efter. Du bör se två menyrader som innehåller antingen etiketten <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> eller <command>Removable Media Boot</command>. Om du undersöker resten av menyraden kommer du att se att informationen för enheten och styrkortet är samma." +msgid "" +"Select <command>Boot From a File</command> from the menu with the arrow keys " +"and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a list of devices " +"probed by the firmware. You should see two menu lines containing either the " +"label <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> or <command>Removable Media " +"Boot</command>. If you examine the rest of the menu line, you will notice " +"that the device and controller information should be the same." +msgstr "" +"Välj <command>Boot From a File</command> från menyn med piltangenterna och " +"tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det här kommer att visa en lista på enheter " +"som den fasta programvaran har sökt efter. Du bör se två menyrader som " +"innehåller antingen etiketten <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> eller " +"<command>Removable Media Boot</command>. Om du undersöker resten av " +"menyraden kommer du att se att informationen för enheten och styrkortet är " +"samma." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:953 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can choose either of the entries that refer to the CD/DVD drive. Select your choice with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. If you choose <command>Removable Media Boot</command> the machine will immediately start the boot load sequence. If you choose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> instead, it will display a directory listing of the bootable portion of the CD, requiring you to proceed to the next (additional) step." -msgstr "Du kan välja någon av posterna som refererar till cd/dvd-enheten. Välj med piltangenterna och tryck sedan <command>ENTER</command>. Om du väljer <command>Removable Media Boot</command> kommer maskinen att omedelbart påbörja uppstartssekvensen. Om du istället väljer <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command>, kommer den att visa en kataloglistning på den startbara delen av cd-skivan, som kräver att du fortsätter till nästa (ytterligare) steg." +msgid "" +"You can choose either of the entries that refer to the CD/DVD drive. Select " +"your choice with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. If you " +"choose <command>Removable Media Boot</command> the machine will immediately " +"start the boot load sequence. If you choose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</" +"command> instead, it will display a directory listing of the bootable " +"portion of the CD, requiring you to proceed to the next (additional) step." +msgstr "" +"Du kan välja någon av posterna som refererar till cd/dvd-enheten. Välj med " +"piltangenterna och tryck sedan <command>ENTER</command>. Om du väljer " +"<command>Removable Media Boot</command> kommer maskinen att omedelbart " +"påbörja uppstartssekvensen. Om du istället väljer <command>Debian Inst " +"[Acpi ...</command>, kommer den att visa en kataloglistning på den startbara " +"delen av cd-skivan, som kräver att du fortsätter till nästa (ytterligare) " +"steg." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:964 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will only need this step if you chose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command>. The directory listing will also show <command>[Treat like Removable Media Boot]</command> on the next to the last line. Select this line with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will start the boot load sequence." -msgstr "Du behöver endast det här steget om du valde <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command>. Kataloglistningen kommer även att visa <command>[Treat like Removable Media Boot]</command> på den näst sista raden. Välj den raden med piltangenterna och tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det här kommer att starta inläsningssekvensen för uppstarten." +msgid "" +"You will only need this step if you chose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</" +"command>. The directory listing will also show <command>[Treat like " +"Removable Media Boot]</command> on the next to the last line. Select this " +"line with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will start " +"the boot load sequence." +msgstr "" +"Du behöver endast det här steget om du valde <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</" +"command>. Kataloglistningen kommer även att visa <command>[Treat like " +"Removable Media Boot]</command> på den näst sista raden. Välj den raden med " +"piltangenterna och tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det här kommer att starta " +"inläsningssekvensen för uppstarten." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:976 #, no-c-format -msgid "These steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for you to select a boot kernel and options. Proceed to selecting the boot kernel and options." -msgstr "Dessa steg startar Debians starthanterare som kommer att visa en menysida för dig att välja en uppstartskärna och flaggor. Fortsätt till valet av uppstartskärna och flaggor." +msgid "" +"These steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for " +"you to select a boot kernel and options. Proceed to selecting the boot " +"kernel and options." +msgstr "" +"Dessa steg startar Debians starthanterare som kommer att visa en menysida " +"för dig att välja en uppstartskärna och flaggor. Fortsätt till valet av " +"uppstartskärna och flaggor." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:986 @@ -691,44 +1298,104 @@ msgstr "Alternativ 2: Starta upp från EFI-skalet" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:987 #, no-c-format -msgid "If, for some reason, option 1 is not successful, reboot the machine and when the EFI Boot Manager screen appears there should be one option called <command>EFI Shell [Built-in]</command>. Boot the Debian Installer CD with the following steps:" -msgstr "Om, av någon anledning, alternativ 1 inte lyckas, starta om maskinen och när EFI Boot Manager-skärmen visas bör det finnas ett alternativ kallat <command>EFI Shell [Built-in]</command>. Starta upp Debian Installer-skivan med följande steg:" +msgid "" +"If, for some reason, option 1 is not successful, reboot the machine and when " +"the EFI Boot Manager screen appears there should be one option called " +"<command>EFI Shell [Built-in]</command>. Boot the Debian Installer CD with " +"the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Om, av någon anledning, alternativ 1 inte lyckas, starta om maskinen och när " +"EFI Boot Manager-skärmen visas bör det finnas ett alternativ kallat " +"<command>EFI Shell [Built-in]</command>. Starta upp Debian Installer-skivan " +"med följande steg:" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:998 #, no-c-format -msgid "Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes system initialization." -msgstr "Mata in cd-skivan i dvd/cd-enheten och starta om maskinen. Den fasta programvaran kommer att visa EFI Boot Manager-sidan och menyn efter den färdigställer systeminitieringen." +msgid "" +"Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will " +"display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes system " +"initialization." +msgstr "" +"Mata in cd-skivan i dvd/cd-enheten och starta om maskinen. Den fasta " +"programvaran kommer att visa EFI Boot Manager-sidan och menyn efter den " +"färdigställer systeminitieringen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1004 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select <command>EFI Shell</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. The EFI Shell will scan all of the bootable devices and display them to the console before displaying its command prompt. The recognized bootable partitions on devices will show a device name of <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. All other recognized partitions will be named <filename>blk<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. If you inserted the CD just before entering the shell, this may take a few extra seconds as it initializes the CD drive." -msgstr "Välj <command>EFI Shell</command> från menyn med piltangenterna och tryck <command>ENTER</command>. EFI-skalet kommer att söka av alla startbara enheter och visa dem i konsollen före den visar sin kommandoprompt. De kända partitioner som är startbara på enheterna kommer att visa enhetsnamnet <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. Alla andra kända partitioner kommer att namnges som <filename>blk<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. Om du matade in cd-skivan precis innan du gick in i skalet kommer det ta några extra sekunder när den initierar cd-enheten." +msgid "" +"Select <command>EFI Shell</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and " +"press <command>ENTER</command>. The EFI Shell will scan all of the bootable " +"devices and display them to the console before displaying its command " +"prompt. The recognized bootable partitions on devices will show a device " +"name of <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. All other " +"recognized partitions will be named <filename>blk<replaceable>n</" +"replaceable>:</filename>. If you inserted the CD just before entering the " +"shell, this may take a few extra seconds as it initializes the CD drive." +msgstr "" +"Välj <command>EFI Shell</command> från menyn med piltangenterna och tryck " +"<command>ENTER</command>. EFI-skalet kommer att söka av alla startbara " +"enheter och visa dem i konsollen före den visar sin kommandoprompt. De kända " +"partitioner som är startbara på enheterna kommer att visa enhetsnamnet " +"<filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. Alla andra kända " +"partitioner kommer att namnges som <filename>blk<replaceable>n</replaceable>:" +"</filename>. Om du matade in cd-skivan precis innan du gick in i skalet " +"kommer det ta några extra sekunder när den initierar cd-enheten." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1018 #, no-c-format -msgid "Examine the output from the shell looking for the CDROM drive. It is most likely the <filename>fs0:</filename> device although other devices with bootable partitions will also show up as <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable></filename>." -msgstr "Undersök utskriften från skalet som letar efter cd-rom-enheten. Det är antagligen enheten <filename>fs0:</filename> även om andra enheter med startbara partitioner också kommer att visas som <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable></filename>." +msgid "" +"Examine the output from the shell looking for the CDROM drive. It is most " +"likely the <filename>fs0:</filename> device although other devices with " +"bootable partitions will also show up as <filename>fs<replaceable>n</" +"replaceable></filename>." +msgstr "" +"Undersök utskriften från skalet som letar efter cd-rom-enheten. Det är " +"antagligen enheten <filename>fs0:</filename> även om andra enheter med " +"startbara partitioner också kommer att visas som <filename>fs<replaceable>n</" +"replaceable></filename>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1025 #, no-c-format -msgid "Enter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> and press <command>ENTER</command> to select that device where <replaceable>n</replaceable> is the partition number for the CDROM. The shell will now display the partition number as its prompt." -msgstr "Ange <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> och tryck på <command>ENTER</command> för att välja den enhet där <replaceable>n</replaceable> är partitionsnumret för cd-rom. Skalet kommer nu att visa partitionsnumret som sin prompt." +msgid "" +"Enter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> and press " +"<command>ENTER</command> to select that device where <replaceable>n</" +"replaceable> is the partition number for the CDROM. The shell will now " +"display the partition number as its prompt." +msgstr "" +"Ange <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> och tryck på " +"<command>ENTER</command> för att välja den enhet där <replaceable>n</" +"replaceable> är partitionsnumret för cd-rom. Skalet kommer nu att visa " +"partitionsnumret som sin prompt." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1032 #, no-c-format -msgid "Enter <command>elilo</command> and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will start the boot load sequence." -msgstr "Ange <command>elilo</command> och tryck på <command>ENTER</command>. Det kommer att påbörja uppstartssekvensen." +msgid "" +"Enter <command>elilo</command> and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will " +"start the boot load sequence." +msgstr "" +"Ange <command>elilo</command> och tryck på <command>ENTER</command>. Det " +"kommer att påbörja uppstartssekvensen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1039 #, no-c-format -msgid "As with option 1, these steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for you to select a boot kernel and options. You can also enter the shorter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:elilo</command> command at the shell prompt. Proceed to selecting the boot kernel and options." -msgstr "Som med alternativ 1, de här stegen startar Debians starthanterare som kommer att visa en menysida för dig där du kan välja en uppstartskärna och alternativ. Du kan även ange det kortare kommandot <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:elilo</command> vid skalprompten. Fortsätt till att välja uppstartskärna och alternativ." +msgid "" +"As with option 1, these steps start the Debian boot loader which will " +"display a menu page for you to select a boot kernel and options. You can " +"also enter the shorter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:elilo</" +"command> command at the shell prompt. Proceed to selecting the boot kernel " +"and options." +msgstr "" +"Som med alternativ 1, de här stegen startar Debians starthanterare som " +"kommer att visa en menysida för dig där du kan välja en uppstartskärna och " +"alternativ. Du kan även ange det kortare kommandot " +"<command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:elilo</command> vid skalprompten. " +"Fortsätt till att välja uppstartskärna och alternativ." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1053 @@ -739,32 +1406,86 @@ msgstr "Installation med en seriekonsoll" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1055 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may choose to perform an install using a monitor and keyboard or using a serial connection. To use a monitor/keyboard setup, select an option containing the string [VGA console]. To install over a serial connection, choose an option containing the string [<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> baud serial console], where <replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> is the speed of your serial console. Menu items for the most typical baud rate settings on the ttyS0 device are preconfigured." -msgstr "Du kan välja att genomföra en installation med en skärm och tangentbord eller genom att använda en serieanslutning. För att använda skärm/tangentbord, välj ett alternativ som innehåller strängen [VGA console]. För att installera över en serieanslutning, välj ett alternativ som innehåller strängen [<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> baud serial console], där <replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> är hastigheten för din seriekonsoll. Menyposter för de mest vanliga hastigheterna för ttyS0-enheten är förkonfigurerade." +msgid "" +"You may choose to perform an install using a monitor and keyboard or using a " +"serial connection. To use a monitor/keyboard setup, select an option " +"containing the string [VGA console]. To install over a serial connection, " +"choose an option containing the string [<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> baud " +"serial console], where <replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> is the speed of your " +"serial console. Menu items for the most typical baud rate settings on the " +"ttyS0 device are preconfigured." +msgstr "" +"Du kan välja att genomföra en installation med en skärm och tangentbord " +"eller genom att använda en serieanslutning. För att använda skärm/" +"tangentbord, välj ett alternativ som innehåller strängen [VGA console]. För " +"att installera över en serieanslutning, välj ett alternativ som innehåller " +"strängen [<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> baud serial console], där " +"<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> är hastigheten för din seriekonsoll. " +"Menyposter för de mest vanliga hastigheterna för ttyS0-enheten är " +"förkonfigurerade." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1066 #, no-c-format -msgid "In most circumstances, you will want the installer to use the same baud rate as your connection to the EFI console. If you aren't sure what this setting is, you can obtain it using the command <command>baud</command> at the EFI shell." -msgstr "I de flesta fall kommer att du vilja att installationsprogrammet använder samma bithastighet som din anslutning till EFI-konsollen. Om du inte är säker på vad den här inställningen är inställd till kan du hämta den med kommandot <command>baud</command> i EFI-skalet." +msgid "" +"In most circumstances, you will want the installer to use the same baud rate " +"as your connection to the EFI console. If you aren't sure what this setting " +"is, you can obtain it using the command <command>baud</command> at the EFI " +"shell." +msgstr "" +"I de flesta fall kommer att du vilja att installationsprogrammet använder " +"samma bithastighet som din anslutning till EFI-konsollen. Om du inte är " +"säker på vad den här inställningen är inställd till kan du hämta den med " +"kommandot <command>baud</command> i EFI-skalet." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1073 #, no-c-format -msgid "If there is not an option available that is configured for the serial device or baud rate you would like to use, you may override the console setting for one of the existing menu options. For example, to use a 57600 baud console over the ttyS1 device, enter <command>console=ttyS1,57600n8</command> into the <classname>Boot:</classname> text window." -msgstr "Om det inte finns ett alternativ tillgängligt som är konfigurerad för serieenheten eller den hastighet du vill använda kan du åsidosätta inställningarna för konsollen för en av de befintliga menyalternativen. Till exempel för att använda en konsoll på 57600 baud över enheten ttyS1, ange <command>console=ttyS1,57600n8</command> i textfönstret<classname>Boot:</classname>." +msgid "" +"If there is not an option available that is configured for the serial device " +"or baud rate you would like to use, you may override the console setting for " +"one of the existing menu options. For example, to use a 57600 baud console " +"over the ttyS1 device, enter <command>console=ttyS1,57600n8</command> into " +"the <classname>Boot:</classname> text window." +msgstr "" +"Om det inte finns ett alternativ tillgängligt som är konfigurerad för " +"serieenheten eller den hastighet du vill använda kan du åsidosätta " +"inställningarna för konsollen för en av de befintliga menyalternativen. Till " +"exempel för att använda en konsoll på 57600 baud över enheten ttyS1, ange " +"<command>console=ttyS1,57600n8</command> i textfönstret<classname>Boot:</" +"classname>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1084 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most IA-64 boxes ship with a default console setting of 9600 baud. This setting is rather slow, and the normal installation process will take a significant time to draw each screen. You should consider either increasing the baud rate used for performing the installation, or performing a Text Mode installation. See the <classname>Params</classname> help menu for instructions on starting the installer in Text Mode." -msgstr "De flesta IA-64-maskiner skeppas med en standardinställning för konsollen på 9600 baud. Den här inställningen är ganska långsam, och den normala installationsprocessen kommer att ta mycket längre tid att rita upp varje skärm. Du bör tänka på att antingen öka hastigheten som används för att genomföra installationen, eller genomföra en installation i textläget. Se hjälpmenyn <classname>Params</classname> för instruktioner för hur man startar installationsprogrammet i textläge." +msgid "" +"Most IA-64 boxes ship with a default console setting of 9600 baud. This " +"setting is rather slow, and the normal installation process will take a " +"significant time to draw each screen. You should consider either increasing " +"the baud rate used for performing the installation, or performing a Text " +"Mode installation. See the <classname>Params</classname> help menu for " +"instructions on starting the installer in Text Mode." +msgstr "" +"De flesta IA-64-maskiner skeppas med en standardinställning för konsollen på " +"9600 baud. Den här inställningen är ganska långsam, och den normala " +"installationsprocessen kommer att ta mycket längre tid att rita upp varje " +"skärm. Du bör tänka på att antingen öka hastigheten som används för att " +"genomföra installationen, eller genomföra en installation i textläget. Se " +"hjälpmenyn <classname>Params</classname> för instruktioner för hur man " +"startar installationsprogrammet i textläge." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1093 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select the wrong console type, you will be able to select the kernel and enter parameters but both the display and your input will go dead as soon as the kernel starts, requiring you to reboot before you can begin the installation." -msgstr "Om du väljer fel konsolltyp kommer du kunna välja kärna och ange parametrar men både skärmen och din inmatning kommer att försvinna så snart som kärnan startat och kräver att du startar om före du kan påbörjar installationen." +msgid "" +"If you select the wrong console type, you will be able to select the kernel " +"and enter parameters but both the display and your input will go dead as " +"soon as the kernel starts, requiring you to reboot before you can begin the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer fel konsolltyp kommer du kunna välja kärna och ange parametrar " +"men både skärmen och din inmatning kommer att försvinna så snart som kärnan " +"startat och kräver att du startar om före du kan påbörjar installationen." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1102 @@ -775,51 +1496,126 @@ msgstr "Välj uppstartskärna och inställningar" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1104 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader will display a form with a menu list and a text window with a <classname>Boot:</classname> prompt. The arrow keys select an item from the menu and any text typed at the keyboard will appear in the text window. There are also help screens which can be displayed by pressing the appropriate function key. The <classname>General</classname> help screen explains the menu choices and the <classname>Params</classname> screen explains the common command line options." -msgstr "Starthanteraren kommer att visa ett formulär med en menylista och ett textfönster med en <classname>Boot:</classname>-prompt. Piltangenterna väljer en post från menyn och all text som skrivs på tangentbordet visas i textfönstret. Det finns även hjälpskärmar som kan visas genom att tryck på lämplig funktionstangent. Hjälpskärmen <classname>General</classname> förklarar menyvalet och skärmen <classname>Params</classname> förklarar de vanliga kommandoradsflaggorna." +msgid "" +"The boot loader will display a form with a menu list and a text window with " +"a <classname>Boot:</classname> prompt. The arrow keys select an item from " +"the menu and any text typed at the keyboard will appear in the text window. " +"There are also help screens which can be displayed by pressing the " +"appropriate function key. The <classname>General</classname> help screen " +"explains the menu choices and the <classname>Params</classname> screen " +"explains the common command line options." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren kommer att visa ett formulär med en menylista och ett " +"textfönster med en <classname>Boot:</classname>-prompt. Piltangenterna " +"väljer en post från menyn och all text som skrivs på tangentbordet visas i " +"textfönstret. Det finns även hjälpskärmar som kan visas genom att tryck på " +"lämplig funktionstangent. Hjälpskärmen <classname>General</classname> " +"förklarar menyvalet och skärmen <classname>Params</classname> förklarar de " +"vanliga kommandoradsflaggorna." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1116 #, no-c-format -msgid "Consult the <classname>General</classname> help screen for the description of the kernels and install modes most appropriate for your installation. You should also consult <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> below for any additional parameters that you may want to set in the <classname>Boot:</classname> text window. The kernel version you choose selects the kernel version that will be used for both the installation process and the installed system. If you encounter kernel problems with the installation, you may also have those same problems with the system you install. The following two steps will select and start the install:" -msgstr "Konsultera hjälpskärmen <classname>General</classname> för beskrivningen av vilka kärnor och installationslägen som är mest lämpliga för din installation. Du bör även konsultera <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> nedan för ytterligare parametrar som du kanske vill ställa in i textfönstret <classname>Boot:</classname>. Kärnversionen du väljer kommer att välja den kärnversion som kommer att användas för både installationsprocessen och det installerade systemet. Om du påträffar problem med kärnan under installationen, kommer du även att få de samma problem med systemet du installerar. De följande två stegen kommer att välja och påbörja installationen:" +msgid "" +"Consult the <classname>General</classname> help screen for the description " +"of the kernels and install modes most appropriate for your installation. You " +"should also consult <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> below for any additional " +"parameters that you may want to set in the <classname>Boot:</classname> text " +"window. The kernel version you choose selects the kernel version that will " +"be used for both the installation process and the installed system. If you " +"encounter kernel problems with the installation, you may also have those " +"same problems with the system you install. The following two steps will " +"select and start the install:" +msgstr "" +"Konsultera hjälpskärmen <classname>General</classname> för beskrivningen av " +"vilka kärnor och installationslägen som är mest lämpliga för din " +"installation. Du bör även konsultera <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> nedan " +"för ytterligare parametrar som du kanske vill ställa in i textfönstret " +"<classname>Boot:</classname>. Kärnversionen du väljer kommer att välja den " +"kärnversion som kommer att användas för både installationsprocessen och det " +"installerade systemet. Om du påträffar problem med kärnan under " +"installationen, kommer du även att få de samma problem med systemet du " +"installerar. De följande två stegen kommer att välja och påbörja " +"installationen:" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1134 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the kernel version and installation mode most appropriate to your needs with the arrow keys." -msgstr "Välj kärnversionen och installationsläget som är mest lämplig för dina behov med piltangenterna." +msgid "" +"Select the kernel version and installation mode most appropriate to your " +"needs with the arrow keys." +msgstr "" +"Välj kärnversionen och installationsläget som är mest lämplig för dina behov " +"med piltangenterna." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1139 #, no-c-format -msgid "Enter any boot parameters by typing at the keyboard. The text will be displayed directly in the text window. This is where kernel parameters (such as serial console settings) are specified." -msgstr "Ange valfri uppstartsparameter genom att skriva på tangentbordet. Texten kommer att visas direkt i textfönstret. Det är här som kärnparametrar (såsom inställningar för seriekonsoll) anges." +msgid "" +"Enter any boot parameters by typing at the keyboard. The text will be " +"displayed directly in the text window. This is where kernel parameters (such " +"as serial console settings) are specified." +msgstr "" +"Ange valfri uppstartsparameter genom att skriva på tangentbordet. Texten " +"kommer att visas direkt i textfönstret. Det är här som kärnparametrar (såsom " +"inställningar för seriekonsoll) anges." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1146 #, no-c-format -msgid "Press <command>ENTER</command>. This will load and start the kernel. The kernel will display its usual initialization messages followed by the first screen of the Debian Installer." -msgstr "Tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det kommer att läsa in och starta kärnan. Kärnan kommer att visa dess vanliga initieringsmeddelanden följt av första skärmen av Debian Installer." +msgid "" +"Press <command>ENTER</command>. This will load and start the kernel. The " +"kernel will display its usual initialization messages followed by the first " +"screen of the Debian Installer." +msgstr "" +"Tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det kommer att läsa in och starta kärnan. " +"Kärnan kommer att visa dess vanliga initieringsmeddelanden följt av första " +"skärmen av Debian Installer." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1155 -#: boot-installer.xml:1291 +#: boot-installer.xml:1155 boot-installer.xml:1291 #, no-c-format -msgid "Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set up the language locale, network, and disk partitions." -msgstr "Fortsätt till nästa kapitel för att fortsätta installationen där du kommer att ställa in språkanpassning, nätverk och diskpartitioner." +msgid "" +"Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set " +"up the language locale, network, and disk partitions." +msgstr "" +"Fortsätt till nästa kapitel för att fortsätta installationen där du kommer " +"att ställa in språkanpassning, nätverk och diskpartitioner." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1166 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting an IA-64 system from the network is similar to a CD boot. The only difference is how the installation kernel is loaded. The EFI Boot Manager can load and start programs from a server on the network. Once the installation kernel is loaded and starts, the system install will proceed through the same steps as the CD install with the exception that the packages of the base install will be loaded from the network rather than the CD drive." -msgstr "Starta upp ett IA-64-system från nätverket liknar en uppstart från en cd-skiva. Den enda skillnaden är hur installationskärnan läses in. EFI Boot Manager kan läsa in och starta program från en server på nätverket. När installationskärnan är inläst och startar, kommer systeminstallationen att fortsätta genom samma steg som för cd-installationen, med undantaget av att paketen för grundinstallationen kommer att läsas från nätverket istället för cd-enheten." +msgid "" +"Booting an IA-64 system from the network is similar to a CD boot. The only " +"difference is how the installation kernel is loaded. The EFI Boot Manager " +"can load and start programs from a server on the network. Once the " +"installation kernel is loaded and starts, the system install will proceed " +"through the same steps as the CD install with the exception that the " +"packages of the base install will be loaded from the network rather than the " +"CD drive." +msgstr "" +"Starta upp ett IA-64-system från nätverket liknar en uppstart från en cd-" +"skiva. Den enda skillnaden är hur installationskärnan läses in. EFI Boot " +"Manager kan läsa in och starta program från en server på nätverket. När " +"installationskärnan är inläst och startar, kommer systeminstallationen att " +"fortsätta genom samma steg som för cd-installationen, med undantaget av att " +"paketen för grundinstallationen kommer att läsas från nätverket istället för " +"cd-enheten." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1200 #, no-c-format -msgid "Network booting an IA-64 system requires two architecture-specific actions. On the boot server, DHCP and TFTP must be configured to deliver <command>elilo</command>. On the client a new boot option must be defined in the EFI boot manager to enable loading over a network." -msgstr "Nätverksuppstart för IA-64-system kräver två arkitekturspecifika åtgärder. På uppstartsservern måste DHCP och TFTP konfigureras för att leverera <command>elilo</command>. På klienten måste ett nytt uppstartsalternativ definieras i EFI-uppstartshanteraren för att aktivera inläsning över ett nätverk." +msgid "" +"Network booting an IA-64 system requires two architecture-specific actions. " +"On the boot server, DHCP and TFTP must be configured to deliver " +"<command>elilo</command>. On the client a new boot option must be defined in " +"the EFI boot manager to enable loading over a network." +msgstr "" +"Nätverksuppstart för IA-64-system kräver två arkitekturspecifika åtgärder. " +"På uppstartsservern måste DHCP och TFTP konfigureras för att leverera " +"<command>elilo</command>. På klienten måste ett nytt uppstartsalternativ " +"definieras i EFI-uppstartshanteraren för att aktivera inläsning över ett " +"nätverk." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1211 @@ -831,27 +1627,41 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration av servern" #: boot-installer.xml:1212 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"A suitable TFTP entry for network booting an IA-64 system looks something like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"A suitable TFTP entry for network booting an IA-64 system looks something " +"like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" "host mcmuffin {\n" " hardware ethernet 00:30:6e:1e:0e:83;\n" " fixed-address 10.0.0.21;\n" " filename \"debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi\";\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note that the goal is to get <command>elilo.efi</command> running on the client." +"</screen></informalexample> Note that the goal is to get <command>elilo.efi</" +"command> running on the client." msgstr "" -"En lämplig TFTP-post för att starta upp via nätverket på ett IA-64-system ser ut ungefär som den här: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"En lämplig TFTP-post för att starta upp via nätverket på ett IA-64-system " +"ser ut ungefär som den här: <informalexample><screen>\n" "host mcmuffin {\n" " hardware ethernet 00:30:6e:1e:0e:83;\n" " fixed-address 10.0.0.21;\n" " filename \"debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi\";\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Observera att målet är att få <command>elilo.efi</command> att köra på klienten." +"</screen></informalexample> Observera att målet är att få <command>elilo." +"efi</command> att köra på klienten." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1222 #, no-c-format -msgid "Extract the <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> file into the directory used as the root for your tftp server. Typical tftp root directories include <filename>/var/lib/tftp</filename> and <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. This will create a <filename>debian-installer</filename> directory tree containing the boot files for an IA-64 system." -msgstr "Packa upp filen <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> i katalogen som används som rot för din tftp-server. Vanliga rotkataloger för tftp är <filename>/var/lib/tftp</filename> och <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. Det kommer att skapas en <filename>debian-installer</filename>-katalog som innehåller uppstartsfilerna för ett IA-64-system." +msgid "" +"Extract the <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> file into the directory used " +"as the root for your tftp server. Typical tftp root directories include " +"<filename>/var/lib/tftp</filename> and <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. This " +"will create a <filename>debian-installer</filename> directory tree " +"containing the boot files for an IA-64 system." +msgstr "" +"Packa upp filen <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> i katalogen som används " +"som rot för din tftp-server. Vanliga rotkataloger för tftp är <filename>/var/" +"lib/tftp</filename> och <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. Det kommer att " +"skapas en <filename>debian-installer</filename>-katalog som innehåller " +"uppstartsfilerna för ett IA-64-system." #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:1232 @@ -874,8 +1684,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1232 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> contains an <filename>elilo.conf</filename> file that should work for most configurations. However, should you need to make changes to this file, you can find it in the <filename>debian-installer/ia64/</filename> directory. It is possible to have different config files for different clients by naming them using the client's IP address in hex with the suffix <filename>.conf</filename> instead of <filename>elilo.conf</filename>. See documentation provided in the <classname>elilo</classname> package for details." -msgstr "Filen <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> innehåller en fil kallad <filename>elilo.conf</filename> som bör fungera för de flesta konfigurationer. Dock, om du behöver göra ändringar i denna fil kan du hitta den i katalogen <filename>debian-installer/ia64/</filename>. Det är möjligt att ha olika konfigurationsfiler för olika klienter genom att namnge dem med klientens IP-adress hexadecimalt och ändelsen <filename>.conf</filename> istället för <filename>elilo.conf</filename>. Se dokumentationen som tillhandahålls av paketet <classname>elilo</classname> för detaljer." +msgid "" +"The <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> contains an <filename>elilo.conf</" +"filename> file that should work for most configurations. However, should you " +"need to make changes to this file, you can find it in the <filename>debian-" +"installer/ia64/</filename> directory. It is possible to have different " +"config files for different clients by naming them using the client's IP " +"address in hex with the suffix <filename>.conf</filename> instead of " +"<filename>elilo.conf</filename>. See documentation provided in the " +"<classname>elilo</classname> package for details." +msgstr "" +"Filen <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> innehåller en fil kallad " +"<filename>elilo.conf</filename> som bör fungera för de flesta " +"konfigurationer. Dock, om du behöver göra ändringar i denna fil kan du hitta " +"den i katalogen <filename>debian-installer/ia64/</filename>. Det är möjligt " +"att ha olika konfigurationsfiler för olika klienter genom att namnge dem med " +"klientens IP-adress hexadecimalt och ändelsen <filename>.conf</filename> " +"istället för <filename>elilo.conf</filename>. Se dokumentationen som " +"tillhandahålls av paketet <classname>elilo</classname> för detaljer." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1249 @@ -886,18 +1712,52 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration av klienten" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1250 #, no-c-format -msgid "To configure the client to support TFTP booting, start by booting to EFI and entering the <guimenu>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</guimenu>. <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Add a boot option. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> You should see one or more lines with the text <guimenuitem>Load File [Acpi()/.../Mac()]</guimenuitem>. If more than one of these entries exist, choose the one containing the MAC address of the interface from which you'll be booting. Use the arrow keys to highlight your choice, then press enter. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Name the entry <userinput>Netboot</userinput> or something similar, save, and exit back to the boot options menu. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> You should see the new boot option you just created, and selecting it should initiate a DHCP query, leading to a TFTP load of <filename>elilo.efi</filename> from the server." -msgstr "För att konfigurera stöd för klienten att starta upp via TFTP, börja genom att starta upp till EFI och gå in i <guimenu>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</guimenu>. <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Lägg till ett uppstartsalternativ. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Du bör se en eller flera rader med texten <guimenuitem>Load File [Acpi()/.../Mac()]</guimenuitem>. Om fler än en av de här raderna finns, välj den som innehåller MAC-adressen för gränssnittet från vilket du kommer att starta upp. Använd piltangenterna för att markera ditt val, tryck sedan Enter. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Namnge posten <userinput>Netboot</userinput> eller något liknande, spara, och gå tillbaka till menyn med uppstartsalternativ. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Du bör se det nya uppstartsalternativet som du nyss skapade, och att välja det för initiera en DHCP-fråga som leder till en inläsning av <filename>elilo.efi</filename> från TFTP-servern." +msgid "" +"To configure the client to support TFTP booting, start by booting to EFI and " +"entering the <guimenu>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</guimenu>. <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> Add a boot option. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> You " +"should see one or more lines with the text <guimenuitem>Load File [Acpi" +"()/.../Mac()]</guimenuitem>. If more than one of these entries exist, choose " +"the one containing the MAC address of the interface from which you'll be " +"booting. Use the arrow keys to highlight your choice, then press enter. </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Name the entry <userinput>Netboot</" +"userinput> or something similar, save, and exit back to the boot options " +"menu. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> You should see the new boot option " +"you just created, and selecting it should initiate a DHCP query, leading to " +"a TFTP load of <filename>elilo.efi</filename> from the server." +msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera stöd för klienten att starta upp via TFTP, börja genom " +"att starta upp till EFI och gå in i <guimenu>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</" +"guimenu>. <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Lägg till ett uppstartsalternativ. " +"</para></listitem> <listitem><para> Du bör se en eller flera rader med " +"texten <guimenuitem>Load File [Acpi()/.../Mac()]</guimenuitem>. Om fler än " +"en av de här raderna finns, välj den som innehåller MAC-adressen för " +"gränssnittet från vilket du kommer att starta upp. Använd piltangenterna för " +"att markera ditt val, tryck sedan Enter. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> " +"Namnge posten <userinput>Netboot</userinput> eller något liknande, spara, " +"och gå tillbaka till menyn med uppstartsalternativ. </para></listitem> </" +"itemizedlist> Du bör se det nya uppstartsalternativet som du nyss skapade, " +"och att välja det för initiera en DHCP-fråga som leder till en inläsning av " +"<filename>elilo.efi</filename> från TFTP-servern." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1282 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader will display its prompt after it has downloaded and processed its configuration file. At this point, the installation proceeds with the same steps as a CD install. Select a boot option as in above and when the kernel has completed installing itself from the network, it will start the Debian Installer." -msgstr "Starthanteraren kommer att visa sin prompt efter den har hämtat och bearbetat sin konfigurationsfil. Vid denna punkt, fortsätter installationen med samma steg som en cd-installation. Välj ett uppstartsalternativ som ovan och när kärnan har installerat sig själv från nätverket, kommer den att starta Debian Installer." +msgid "" +"The boot loader will display its prompt after it has downloaded and " +"processed its configuration file. At this point, the installation proceeds " +"with the same steps as a CD install. Select a boot option as in above and " +"when the kernel has completed installing itself from the network, it will " +"start the Debian Installer." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren kommer att visa sin prompt efter den har hämtat och " +"bearbetat sin konfigurationsfil. Vid denna punkt, fortsätter installationen " +"med samma steg som en cd-installation. Välj ett uppstartsalternativ som ovan " +"och när kärnan har installerat sig själv från nätverket, kommer den att " +"starta Debian Installer." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1308 -#: boot-installer.xml:1332 +#: boot-installer.xml:1308 boot-installer.xml:1332 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI TFTP Booting" msgstr "Uppstart för SGI via TFTP" @@ -908,20 +1768,24 @@ msgstr "Uppstart för SGI via TFTP" msgid "" "After entering the command monitor use <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootp():\n" -"</screen></informalexample> on SGI machines to boot linux and to begin installation of the Debian Software. In order to make this work you may have to unset the <envar>netaddr</envar> environment variable. Type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> on SGI machines to boot linux and to begin " +"installation of the Debian Software. In order to make this work you may have " +"to unset the <envar>netaddr</envar> environment variable. Type " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "unsetenv netaddr\n" "</screen></informalexample> in the command monitor to do this." msgstr "" "Efter man gått in i kommandomonitorn, använd <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootp():\n" -"</screen></informalexample> på SGI-maskiner för att starta upp Linux och påbörja installationen av Debian-programvaran. För att det här ska fungera måste du rensa miljövariabeln <envar>netaddr</envar>. Ange <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> på SGI-maskiner för att starta upp Linux och " +"påbörja installationen av Debian-programvaran. För att det här ska fungera " +"måste du rensa miljövariabeln <envar>netaddr</envar>. Ange " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "unsetenv netaddr\n" "</screen></informalexample> i kommandomonitorn för att göra det." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1329 -#: boot-installer.xml:1396 -#: boot-installer.xml:1990 +#: boot-installer.xml:1329 boot-installer.xml:1396 boot-installer.xml:1990 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Parameters" msgstr "Uppstartsparametrar" @@ -929,20 +1793,30 @@ msgstr "Uppstartsparametrar" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1333 #, no-c-format -msgid "On SGI machines you can append boot parameters to the <command>bootp():</command> command in the command monitor." -msgstr "På SGI-maskiner kan du lägga till uppstartsparametrar till kommandot <command>bootp():</command> i kommandomonitorn." +msgid "" +"On SGI machines you can append boot parameters to the <command>bootp():</" +"command> command in the command monitor." +msgstr "" +"På SGI-maskiner kan du lägga till uppstartsparametrar till kommandot " +"<command>bootp():</command> i kommandomonitorn." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1338 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Following the <command>bootp():</command> command you can give the path and name of the file to boot if you did not give an explicit name via your bootp/dhcp server. Example: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Following the <command>bootp():</command> command you can give the path and " +"name of the file to boot if you did not give an explicit name via your bootp/" +"dhcp server. Example: <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootp():/boot/tftpboot.img\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Further kernel parameters can be passed via <command>append</command>:" +"</screen></informalexample> Further kernel parameters can be passed via " +"<command>append</command>:" msgstr "" -"Efter kommandot <command>bootp():</command> kan du ange sökvägen och namnet på filen som ska starta upp om du inte har angivit ett namn via din bootp/dhcpserver. Exempel: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Efter kommandot <command>bootp():</command> kan du ange sökvägen och namnet " +"på filen som ska starta upp om du inte har angivit ett namn via din bootp/" +"dhcpserver. Exempel: <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootp():/boot/tftpboot.img\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Ytterligare kärnparametrar kan skickas med via <command>append</command>:" +"</screen></informalexample> Ytterligare kärnparametrar kan skickas med via " +"<command>append</command>:" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:1348 @@ -951,8 +1825,7 @@ msgid "bootp(): append=\"root=/dev/sda1\"" msgstr "bootp(): append=\"root=/dev/sda1\"" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1362 -#: boot-installer.xml:1399 +#: boot-installer.xml:1362 boot-installer.xml:1399 #, no-c-format msgid "Cobalt TFTP Booting" msgstr "Starta upp Cobalt via TFTP" @@ -960,26 +1833,60 @@ msgstr "Starta upp Cobalt via TFTP" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1363 #, no-c-format -msgid "Strictly speaking, Cobalt does not use TFTP but NFS to boot. You need to install an NFS server and put the installer files in <filename>/nfsroot</filename>. When you boot your Cobalt, you have to press the left and the right cursor buttons at the same time and the machine will boot via the network from NFS. It will then display several options on the display. There are the following two installation methods:" -msgstr "Ärligt talat använder Cobalt inte TFTP utan NFS för att starta upp. Du behöver installera en NFS-server och lägga installationsprogrammets filer i <filename>/nfsroot</filename>. När du startar upp din Cobalt måste du trycka ned vänstra och högra piltangenterna samtidigt för att maskinen ska starta upp via nätverket. Den kommer då att visa flera alternativ på skärmen. Det finns följande installationsmetoder:" +msgid "" +"Strictly speaking, Cobalt does not use TFTP but NFS to boot. You need to " +"install an NFS server and put the installer files in <filename>/nfsroot</" +"filename>. When you boot your Cobalt, you have to press the left and the " +"right cursor buttons at the same time and the machine will boot via the " +"network from NFS. It will then display several options on the display. There " +"are the following two installation methods:" +msgstr "" +"Ärligt talat använder Cobalt inte TFTP utan NFS för att starta upp. Du " +"behöver installera en NFS-server och lägga installationsprogrammets filer i " +"<filename>/nfsroot</filename>. När du startar upp din Cobalt måste du trycka " +"ned vänstra och högra piltangenterna samtidigt för att maskinen ska starta " +"upp via nätverket. Den kommer då att visa flera alternativ på skärmen. Det " +"finns följande installationsmetoder:" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1373 #, no-c-format -msgid "Via SSH (default): In this case, the installer will configure the network via DHCP and start an SSH server. It will then display a random password and other login information (such as the IP address) on the Cobalt LCD. When you connect to the machine with an SSH client you can start with the installation." -msgstr "Via SSH (standard): I det här fallet kommer installationsprogrammet att konfigurera nätverket via DHCP och starta en SSH-server. Den kommer sedan att visa ett slumpat lösenord och annan inloggningsinformation (som IP-adress) på Cobalts LCD-skärm. När du ansluter till maskinen med en SSH-klient kan du påbörja installationen." +msgid "" +"Via SSH (default): In this case, the installer will configure the network " +"via DHCP and start an SSH server. It will then display a random password and " +"other login information (such as the IP address) on the Cobalt LCD. When you " +"connect to the machine with an SSH client you can start with the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Via SSH (standard): I det här fallet kommer installationsprogrammet att " +"konfigurera nätverket via DHCP och starta en SSH-server. Den kommer sedan " +"att visa ett slumpat lösenord och annan inloggningsinformation (som IP-" +"adress) på Cobalts LCD-skärm. När du ansluter till maskinen med en SSH-" +"klient kan du påbörja installationen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1382 #, no-c-format -msgid "Via serial console: Using a null modem cable, you can connect to the serial port of your Cobalt machine (using 115200 bps) and perform the installation this way." -msgstr "Via seriekonsoll: Med en nollmodemkabel så kan du ansluta till serieporten på din Cobalt-maskin (med 115200 bps) och genomföra installationen på detta sätt." +msgid "" +"Via serial console: Using a null modem cable, you can connect to the serial " +"port of your Cobalt machine (using 115200 bps) and perform the installation " +"this way." +msgstr "" +"Via seriekonsoll: Med en nollmodemkabel så kan du ansluta till serieporten " +"på din Cobalt-maskin (med 115200 bps) och genomföra installationen på detta " +"sätt." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1400 #, no-c-format -msgid "You cannot pass any boot parameters directly. Instead, you have to edit the <filename>/nfsroot/default.colo</filename> file on the NFS server and add your parameters to the <replaceable>args</replaceable> variable." -msgstr "Du kan inte skicka med några uppstartsparametrar direkt. Istället ska du redigera filen <filename>/nfsroot/default.colo</filename> på NFS-servern och lägga till dina parametrar till variabeln <replaceable>args</replaceable>." +msgid "" +"You cannot pass any boot parameters directly. Instead, you have to edit the " +"<filename>/nfsroot/default.colo</filename> file on the NFS server and add " +"your parameters to the <replaceable>args</replaceable> variable." +msgstr "" +"Du kan inte skicka med några uppstartsparametrar direkt. Istället ska du " +"redigera filen <filename>/nfsroot/default.colo</filename> på NFS-servern och " +"lägga till dina parametrar till variabeln <replaceable>args</replaceable>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1415 @@ -990,14 +1897,26 @@ msgstr "Begränsningar för s390" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1416 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to run the installation system a working network setup and ssh session is needed on S/390." -msgstr "För att kunna köra installationssystemet på S/390 behövs en fungerande nätverkskonfiguration och en ssh-session." +msgid "" +"In order to run the installation system a working network setup and ssh " +"session is needed on S/390." +msgstr "" +"För att kunna köra installationssystemet på S/390 behövs en fungerande " +"nätverkskonfiguration och en ssh-session." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1421 #, no-c-format -msgid "The booting process starts with a network setup that prompts you for several network parameters. If the setup is successful, you will login to the system by starting an ssh session which will launch the standard installation system." -msgstr "Uppstartsprocessen startar med en nätverkskonfiguration som frågar dig efter flera nätverksparametrar. Om konfigurationen lyckas kommer du kunna logga in på systemet genom att starta en ssh-session som kommer att starta standardinstallationssystemet." +msgid "" +"The booting process starts with a network setup that prompts you for several " +"network parameters. If the setup is successful, you will login to the system " +"by starting an ssh session which will launch the standard installation " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Uppstartsprocessen startar med en nätverkskonfiguration som frågar dig efter " +"flera nätverksparametrar. Om konfigurationen lyckas kommer du kunna logga in " +"på systemet genom att starta en ssh-session som kommer att starta " +"standardinstallationssystemet." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1432 @@ -1008,26 +1927,67 @@ msgstr "Uppstartsparametrar för s390" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1433 #, no-c-format -msgid "On S/390 you can append boot parameters in the parm file. This file can either be in ASCII or EBCDIC format. A sample parm file <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> is provided with the installation images." -msgstr "På S/390 kan du lägga till uppstartsparametrar i parm-filen. Denna fil kan antingen vara i ASCII- eller EBCDIC-format. En parm-exempelfil, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename>, tillhandahålls med installationsavbildningarna." +msgid "" +"On S/390 you can append boot parameters in the parm file. This file can " +"either be in ASCII or EBCDIC format. A sample parm file <filename>parmfile." +"debian</filename> is provided with the installation images." +msgstr "" +"På S/390 kan du lägga till uppstartsparametrar i parm-filen. Denna fil kan " +"antingen vara i ASCII- eller EBCDIC-format. En parm-exempelfil, " +"<filename>parmfile.debian</filename>, tillhandahålls med " +"installationsavbildningarna." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1493 #, no-c-format -msgid "Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitectures that support CD-ROM booting are PReP (though not all systems) and New World PowerMacs. On PowerMacs, hold the <keycap>c</keycap> key, or else the combination of <keycap>Command</keycap>, <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Shift</keycap>, and <keycap>Delete</keycap> keys together while booting to boot from the CD-ROM." -msgstr "För närvarande är PReP (dock inte alla system) och New World PowerMac de enda underarkitekturerna för &arch-title; som har stöd för uppstart från cd-rom. På PowerMac, håll ned <keycap>c</keycap>-tangenten, eller annars tangentkombinationen <keycap>Command</keycap>, <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Shift</keycap> och <keycap>Delete</keycap> samtidigt vid uppstart för att starta upp från cd-rom." +msgid "" +"Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitectures that support CD-ROM " +"booting are PReP (though not all systems) and New World PowerMacs. On " +"PowerMacs, hold the <keycap>c</keycap> key, or else the combination of " +"<keycap>Command</keycap>, <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Shift</keycap>, " +"and <keycap>Delete</keycap> keys together while booting to boot from the CD-" +"ROM." +msgstr "" +"För närvarande är PReP (dock inte alla system) och New World PowerMac de " +"enda underarkitekturerna för &arch-title; som har stöd för uppstart från cd-" +"rom. På PowerMac, håll ned <keycap>c</keycap>-tangenten, eller annars " +"tangentkombinationen <keycap>Command</keycap>, <keycap>Option</keycap>, " +"<keycap>Shift</keycap> och <keycap>Delete</keycap> samtidigt vid uppstart " +"för att starta upp från cd-rom." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1502 #, no-c-format -msgid "OldWorld PowerMacs will not boot a Debian CD, because OldWorld computers relied on a Mac OS ROM CD boot driver to be present on the CD, and a free-software version of this driver is not available. All OldWorld systems have floppy drives, so use the floppy drive to launch the installer, and then point the installer to the CD for the needed files." -msgstr "OldWorld PowerMac kommer inte att starta upp på en Debian-cd på grund av att OldWorld-datorer förlitade sig på att en Mac OS ROM cd-uppstartsdrivrutin skulle finnas på cd-skivan, och en fri version av den här drivrutinen finns inte tillgänglig. Alla OldWorld-system har diskettenheter, så använd diskettenheten för att starta installationsprogrammet, och peka sedan installationsprogrammet till cd-enheten för de nödvändiga filerna." +msgid "" +"OldWorld PowerMacs will not boot a Debian CD, because OldWorld computers " +"relied on a Mac OS ROM CD boot driver to be present on the CD, and a free-" +"software version of this driver is not available. All OldWorld systems have " +"floppy drives, so use the floppy drive to launch the installer, and then " +"point the installer to the CD for the needed files." +msgstr "" +"OldWorld PowerMac kommer inte att starta upp på en Debian-cd på grund av att " +"OldWorld-datorer förlitade sig på att en Mac OS ROM cd-uppstartsdrivrutin " +"skulle finnas på cd-skivan, och en fri version av den här drivrutinen finns " +"inte tillgänglig. Alla OldWorld-system har diskettenheter, så använd " +"diskettenheten för att starta installationsprogrammet, och peka sedan " +"installationsprogrammet till cd-enheten för de nödvändiga filerna." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1511 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your system doesn't boot directly from CD-ROM, you can still use the CD-ROM to install the system. On NewWorlds, you can also use an OpenFirmware command to boot from the CD-ROM manually. Follow the instructions in <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/> for booting from the hard disk, except use the path to <command>yaboot</command> on the CD at the OF prompt, such as" -msgstr "Om ditt system inte startar upp direkt från cd-rom, kan du fortfarande använda cd-enheten för att installera systemet. På NewWorld kan du även använde ett OpenFirmware-kommando för att manuellt starta upp från cd-rom. Följ instruktionerna i <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/> för att starta upp från hårddisken, använd dock sökvägen till <command>yaboot</command> på cd-skivan vid OF-prompten, såsom" +msgid "" +"If your system doesn't boot directly from CD-ROM, you can still use the CD-" +"ROM to install the system. On NewWorlds, you can also use an OpenFirmware " +"command to boot from the CD-ROM manually. Follow the instructions in <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/> for booting from the hard disk, except use the " +"path to <command>yaboot</command> on the CD at the OF prompt, such as" +msgstr "" +"Om ditt system inte startar upp direkt från cd-rom, kan du fortfarande " +"använda cd-enheten för att installera systemet. På NewWorld kan du även " +"använde ett OpenFirmware-kommando för att manuellt starta upp från cd-rom. " +"Följ instruktionerna i <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/> för att starta upp " +"från hårddisken, använd dock sökvägen till <command>yaboot</command> på cd-" +"skivan vid OF-prompten, såsom" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:1520 @@ -1044,14 +2004,24 @@ msgstr "Starta upp från hårddisk" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1532 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from an existing operating system is often a convenient option; for some systems it is the only supported method of installation." -msgstr "Uppstart från ett befintligt operativsystem är ofta ett bekvämt alternativ, för vissa system är det den enda installationsmetoden som stöds." +msgid "" +"Booting from an existing operating system is often a convenient option; for " +"some systems it is the only supported method of installation." +msgstr "" +"Uppstart från ett befintligt operativsystem är ofta ett bekvämt alternativ, " +"för vissa system är det den enda installationsmetoden som stöds." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1538 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot the installer from hard disk, you will have already completed downloading and placing the needed files as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." -msgstr "För att starta upp installationsprogrammet från hårddisk så måste du redan ha hämtat och placerat de nödvändiga filer som beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"To boot the installer from hard disk, you will have already completed " +"downloading and placing the needed files as described in <xref linkend=" +"\"boot-drive-files\"/>." +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp installationsprogrammet från hårddisk så måste du redan " +"ha hämtat och placerat de nödvändiga filer som beskrivs i <xref linkend=" +"\"boot-drive-files\"/>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1558 @@ -1062,8 +2032,25 @@ msgstr "Starta upp OldWorld PowerMac från MacOS" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1559 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you set up BootX in <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, you can use it to boot into the installation system. Double click the <guiicon>BootX</guiicon> application icon. Click on the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button and select <guilabel>Use Specified RAM Disk</guilabel>. This will give you the chance to select the <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> file. You may need to select the <guilabel>No Video Driver</guilabel> checkbox, depending on your hardware. Then click the <guibutton>Linux</guibutton> button to shut down MacOS and launch the installer." -msgstr "Om du ställer in en BootX i <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, kan du använda den för att starta upp installationssystemet. Dubbelklicka på programikonen <guiicon>BootX</guiicon>. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Options</guibutton> och välj <guilabel>Use Specified RAM Disk</guilabel>. Det här kommer att ge dig chansen att välja filen <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename>. Du kan behöva att kryssa i rutan <guilabel>No Video Driver</guilabel>, beroende på din maskinvara. Klicka sedan på knappen <guibutton>Linux</guibutton> för att stänga av MacOS och starta upp installationsprogrammet." +msgid "" +"If you set up BootX in <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, you can use it to " +"boot into the installation system. Double click the <guiicon>BootX</guiicon> " +"application icon. Click on the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button and " +"select <guilabel>Use Specified RAM Disk</guilabel>. This will give you the " +"chance to select the <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> file. You may " +"need to select the <guilabel>No Video Driver</guilabel> checkbox, depending " +"on your hardware. Then click the <guibutton>Linux</guibutton> button to shut " +"down MacOS and launch the installer." +msgstr "" +"Om du ställer in en BootX i <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, kan du " +"använda den för att starta upp installationssystemet. Dubbelklicka på " +"programikonen <guiicon>BootX</guiicon>. Klicka på knappen " +"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> och välj <guilabel>Use Specified RAM Disk</" +"guilabel>. Det här kommer att ge dig chansen att välja filen " +"<filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename>. Du kan behöva att kryssa i rutan " +"<guilabel>No Video Driver</guilabel>, beroende på din maskinvara. Klicka " +"sedan på knappen <guibutton>Linux</guibutton> för att stänga av MacOS och " +"starta upp installationsprogrammet." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1577 @@ -1075,17 +2062,44 @@ msgstr "Starta upp NewWorld Mac från OpenFirmware" #: boot-installer.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"You will have already placed the <filename>vmlinux</filename>, <filename>initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>yaboot</filename>, and <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> files at the root level of your HFS partition in <xref linkend=\"files-newworld\"/>. You will now have to boot into OpenFirmware (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>). At the prompt, type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"You will have already placed the <filename>vmlinux</filename>, " +"<filename>initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>yaboot</filename>, and " +"<filename>yaboot.conf</filename> files at the root level of your HFS " +"partition in <xref linkend=\"files-newworld\"/>. You will now have to boot " +"into OpenFirmware (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>). At the " +"prompt, type <informalexample><screen>\n" "0 > boot hd:<replaceable>x</replaceable>,yaboot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> replacing <replaceable>x</replaceable> with the partition number of the HFS partition where the kernel and yaboot files were placed, followed by a &enterkey;. On some machines, you may need to use <userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>. In a few more seconds you will see a yaboot prompt <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> replacing <replaceable>x</replaceable> with the " +"partition number of the HFS partition where the kernel and yaboot files were " +"placed, followed by a &enterkey;. On some machines, you may need to use " +"<userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>. In a few " +"more seconds you will see a yaboot prompt <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> At yaboot's <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, type either <userinput>install</userinput> or <userinput>install video=ofonly</userinput> followed by a &enterkey;. The <userinput>video=ofonly</userinput> argument is for maximum compatibility; you can try it if <userinput>install</userinput> doesn't work. The Debian installation program should start." +"</screen></informalexample> At yaboot's <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, type " +"either <userinput>install</userinput> or <userinput>install video=ofonly</" +"userinput> followed by a &enterkey;. The <userinput>video=ofonly</userinput> " +"argument is for maximum compatibility; you can try it if <userinput>install</" +"userinput> doesn't work. The Debian installation program should start." msgstr "" -"Du har redan placerat filerna <filename>vmlinux</filename>, <filename>initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>yaboot</filename> och <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> i rotnivån av din HFS-partition i <xref linkend=\"files-newworld\"/>. Du måste nu starta om datorn in i OpenFirmware (se <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>). Vid prompten, skriv in <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Du har redan placerat filerna <filename>vmlinux</filename>, <filename>initrd." +"gz</filename>, <filename>yaboot</filename> och <filename>yaboot.conf</" +"filename> i rotnivån av din HFS-partition i <xref linkend=\"files-newworld\"/" +">. Du måste nu starta om datorn in i OpenFirmware (se <xref linkend=" +"\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>). Vid prompten, skriv in " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "0 > boot hd:<replaceable>x</replaceable>,yaboot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> ersätt <replaceable>x</replaceable> med partitionsnumret för HFS-partitionen där kärnan och yaboot-filerna placerades, följt av &enterkey;. På vissa maskiner kan du behöva använda <userinput>ide0:</userinput> istället för <userinput>hd:</userinput>. Om ett par sekunder kommer du att se en yaboot-prompt <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> ersätt <replaceable>x</replaceable> med " +"partitionsnumret för HFS-partitionen där kärnan och yaboot-filerna " +"placerades, följt av &enterkey;. På vissa maskiner kan du behöva använda " +"<userinput>ide0:</userinput> istället för <userinput>hd:</userinput>. Om ett " +"par sekunder kommer du att se en yaboot-prompt <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Vid yaboots <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompt, ange antingen <userinput>install</userinput> eller <userinput>install video=ofonly</userinput> följt av &enterkey;. Argumentet <userinput>video=ofonly</userinput> är för maximal kompatibilitet; du kan prova den om <userinput>install</userinput> inte fungerar. Debians installationprogram ska nu starta." +"</screen></informalexample> Vid yaboots <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompt, ange " +"antingen <userinput>install</userinput> eller <userinput>install " +"video=ofonly</userinput> följt av &enterkey;. Argumentet " +"<userinput>video=ofonly</userinput> är för maximal kompatibilitet; du kan " +"prova den om <userinput>install</userinput> inte fungerar. Debians " +"installationprogram ska nu starta." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1610 @@ -1097,93 +2111,190 @@ msgstr "Starta upp från USB-minne" #: boot-installer.xml:1611 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently, NewWorld PowerMac systems are known to support USB booting." -msgstr "För närvarande är NewWorld PowerMac-system kända att ha stöd för uppstart via USB." +msgstr "" +"För närvarande är NewWorld PowerMac-system kända att ha stöd för uppstart " +"via USB." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1617 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make sure you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. To boot a Macintosh system from a USB stick, you will need to use the Open Firmware prompt, since Open Firmware does not search USB storage devices by default. See <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>." -msgstr "Se till att du har förberett allt från <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. För att starta upp ett Macintosh-system från ett USB-minne behöver du använda Open Firmware-prompten eftersom Open Firmware inte söker efter USB-lagringsenheter som standard. Se <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>." +msgid "" +"Make sure you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/" +">. To boot a Macintosh system from a USB stick, you will need to use the " +"Open Firmware prompt, since Open Firmware does not search USB storage " +"devices by default. See <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Se till att du har förberett allt från <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. " +"För att starta upp ett Macintosh-system från ett USB-minne behöver du " +"använda Open Firmware-prompten eftersom Open Firmware inte söker efter USB-" +"lagringsenheter som standard. Se <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1626 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will need to work out where the USB storage device appears in the device tree, since at the moment <command>ofpath</command> cannot work that out automatically. Type <userinput>dev / ls</userinput> and <userinput>devalias</userinput> at the Open Firmware prompt to get a list of all known devices and device aliases. On the author's system with various types of USB stick, paths such as <filename>usb0/disk</filename>, <filename>usb0/hub/disk</filename>, <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/disk@1</filename>, and <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/hub@1/disk@1</filename> work." -msgstr "Du behöver ta reda på var USB-lagringsenheten visas i enhetsträdet, eftersom <command>ofpath</command> för tillfället inte kan ta reda på det automatiskt. Ange <userinput>dev / ls</userinput> och <userinput>devalias</userinput> vid Open Firmware-prompten för att gå en lista på alla kända enheter och enhetsalias. På upphovsmannens system med olika typer av USB-minnen, fungerar sökvägar såsom <filename>usb0/disk</filename>, <filename>usb0/hub/disk</filename>, <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/disk@1</filename> och <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/hub@1/disk@1</filename>." +msgid "" +"You will need to work out where the USB storage device appears in the device " +"tree, since at the moment <command>ofpath</command> cannot work that out " +"automatically. Type <userinput>dev / ls</userinput> and <userinput>devalias</" +"userinput> at the Open Firmware prompt to get a list of all known devices " +"and device aliases. On the author's system with various types of USB stick, " +"paths such as <filename>usb0/disk</filename>, <filename>usb0/hub/disk</" +"filename>, <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/disk@1</filename>, and " +"<filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/hub@1/disk@1</filename> work." +msgstr "" +"Du behöver ta reda på var USB-lagringsenheten visas i enhetsträdet, eftersom " +"<command>ofpath</command> för tillfället inte kan ta reda på det " +"automatiskt. Ange <userinput>dev / ls</userinput> och <userinput>devalias</" +"userinput> vid Open Firmware-prompten för att gå en lista på alla kända " +"enheter och enhetsalias. På upphovsmannens system med olika typer av USB-" +"minnen, fungerar sökvägar såsom <filename>usb0/disk</filename>, " +"<filename>usb0/hub/disk</filename>, <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/disk@1</" +"filename> och <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/hub@1/disk@1</filename>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1638 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Having worked out the device path, use a command like this to boot the installer: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"boot <replaceable>usb0/disk</replaceable>:<replaceable>2</replaceable>,\\\\:tbxi\n" -"</screen></informalexample> The <replaceable>2</replaceable> matches the Apple_HFS or Apple_Bootstrap partition onto which you copied the boot image earlier, and the <userinput>,\\\\:tbxi</userinput> part instructs Open Firmware to boot from the file with an HFS file type of \"tbxi\" (i.e. <command>yaboot</command>) in the directory previously blessed with <command>hattrib -b</command>." +"Having worked out the device path, use a command like this to boot the " +"installer: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"boot <replaceable>usb0/disk</replaceable>:<replaceable>2</replaceable>,\\\\:" +"tbxi\n" +"</screen></informalexample> The <replaceable>2</replaceable> matches the " +"Apple_HFS or Apple_Bootstrap partition onto which you copied the boot image " +"earlier, and the <userinput>,\\\\:tbxi</userinput> part instructs Open " +"Firmware to boot from the file with an HFS file type of \"tbxi\" (i.e. " +"<command>yaboot</command>) in the directory previously blessed with " +"<command>hattrib -b</command>." msgstr "" -"Efter att enhetssökvägen har fastställts, använd ett kommando liknande den här för att starta upp installationsprogrammet: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"boot <replaceable>usb0/disk</replaceable>:<replaceable>2</replaceable>,\\\\:tbxi\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <replaceable>2</replaceable> matchar den Apple_HFS- eller Apple_Bootstrap-partition på vilken du tidigare kopierade in uppstartsavbildningen, och delen <userinput>,\\\\:tbxi</userinput> instruerar Open Firmware att starta upp från filen med HFS-filtypen \"tbxi\" (alltså, <command>yaboot</command>) i katalogen som tidigare välsignats med <command>hattrib -b</command>." +"Efter att enhetssökvägen har fastställts, använd ett kommando liknande den " +"här för att starta upp installationsprogrammet: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"boot <replaceable>usb0/disk</replaceable>:<replaceable>2</replaceable>,\\\\:" +"tbxi\n" +"</screen></informalexample> <replaceable>2</replaceable> matchar den " +"Apple_HFS- eller Apple_Bootstrap-partition på vilken du tidigare kopierade " +"in uppstartsavbildningen, och delen <userinput>,\\\\:tbxi</userinput> " +"instruerar Open Firmware att starta upp från filen med HFS-filtypen \"tbxi" +"\" (alltså, <command>yaboot</command>) i katalogen som tidigare välsignats " +"med <command>hattrib -b</command>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1652 #, no-c-format -msgid "The system should now boot up, and you should be presented with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, or just hit &enterkey;." -msgstr "Systemet ska nu starta upp, och du ska se en <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompt. Här kan du ange ytterligare uppstartsargument, eller bara trycka &enterkey;." +msgid "" +"The system should now boot up, and you should be presented with the " +"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, " +"or just hit &enterkey;." +msgstr "" +"Systemet ska nu starta upp, och du ska se en <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompt. " +"Här kan du ange ytterligare uppstartsargument, eller bara trycka &enterkey;." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1658 #, no-c-format -msgid "This boot method is new, and may be difficult to get to work on some NewWorld systems. If you have problems, please file an installation report, as explained in <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>." -msgstr "Denn uppstartsmetod är ny, och kan vara svårt att få att fungera på vissa NewWorld-system. Om du har problem, skriv en installationsrapport, som förklaras i <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>." +msgid "" +"This boot method is new, and may be difficult to get to work on some " +"NewWorld systems. If you have problems, please file an installation report, " +"as explained in <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Denn uppstartsmetod är ny, och kan vara svårt att få att fungera på vissa " +"NewWorld-system. Om du har problem, skriv en installationsrapport, som " +"förklaras i <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently, PReP and New World PowerMac systems support netbooting." -msgstr "För närvarande har PReP- och NewWorld PowerMac-systemen stöd för uppstart via nätverk." +msgstr "" +"För närvarande har PReP- och NewWorld PowerMac-systemen stöd för uppstart " +"via nätverk." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1695 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"On machines with Open Firmware, such as NewWorld Power Macs, enter the boot monitor (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>) and use the command <informalexample><screen>\n" +"On machines with Open Firmware, such as NewWorld Power Macs, enter the boot " +"monitor (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>) and use the command " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "0 > boot enet:0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> If this doesn't work, you might have to add the filename like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> If this doesn't work, you might have to add the " +"filename like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" "0 > boot enet:0,yaboot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> PReP and CHRP boxes may have different ways of addressing the network. On a PReP machine, you should try <informalexample><screen>\n" -"boot net:<replaceable>server_ipaddr</replaceable>,<replaceable>file</replaceable>,<replaceable>client_ipaddr</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> On some PReP systems (e.g. Motorola PowerStack machines) the command <userinput>help boot</userinput> may give a description of syntax and available options." +"</screen></informalexample> PReP and CHRP boxes may have different ways of " +"addressing the network. On a PReP machine, you should try " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"boot net:<replaceable>server_ipaddr</replaceable>,<replaceable>file</" +"replaceable>,<replaceable>client_ipaddr</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> On some PReP systems (e.g. Motorola PowerStack " +"machines) the command <userinput>help boot</userinput> may give a " +"description of syntax and available options." msgstr "" -"På maskiner med Open Firmware, såsom NewWorld Power Mac-datorer, gå in i uppstartsmonitorn (se <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>) och använd kommandot <informalexample><screen>\n" +"På maskiner med Open Firmware, såsom NewWorld Power Mac-datorer, gå in i " +"uppstartsmonitorn (se <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>) och använd " +"kommandot <informalexample><screen>\n" "0 > boot enet:0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Om det inte fungerar så kanske du måste lägga till ett filnamn som detta: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Om det inte fungerar så kanske du måste lägga " +"till ett filnamn som detta: <informalexample><screen>\n" "0 > boot enet:0,yaboot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Maskiner som PReP och CHRP kan använda olika sätt att adressera nätverket. På en PReP-maskin kan du prova <informalexample><screen>\n" -"boot net:<replaceable>server_ipadr</replaceable>,<replaceable>fil</replaceable>,<replaceable>klient_ipadr</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> På vissa PReP-system (t.ex. Motorola PowerStack-maskiner) kan kommandot <userinput>help boot</userinput> ge en beskrivning över syntaxen och tillgängliga flaggor." +"</screen></informalexample> Maskiner som PReP och CHRP kan använda olika " +"sätt att adressera nätverket. På en PReP-maskin kan du prova " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"boot net:<replaceable>server_ipadr</replaceable>,<replaceable>fil</" +"replaceable>,<replaceable>klient_ipadr</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> På vissa PReP-system (t.ex. Motorola PowerStack-" +"maskiner) kan kommandot <userinput>help boot</userinput> ge en beskrivning " +"över syntaxen och tillgängliga flaggor." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1723 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from floppies is supported for &arch-title;, although it is generally only applicable for OldWorld systems. NewWorld systems are not equipped with floppy drives, and attached USB floppy drives are not supported for booting." -msgstr "Uppstart från disketter stöds för &arch-title;, fast det generellt sett endast gäller för OldWorld-system. NewWorld-system är inte utrustade med diskettenheter, och USB-diskettenheter stöds inte för uppstart." +msgid "" +"Booting from floppies is supported for &arch-title;, although it is " +"generally only applicable for OldWorld systems. NewWorld systems are not " +"equipped with floppy drives, and attached USB floppy drives are not " +"supported for booting." +msgstr "" +"Uppstart från disketter stöds för &arch-title;, fast det generellt sett " +"endast gäller för OldWorld-system. NewWorld-system är inte utrustade med " +"diskettenheter, och USB-diskettenheter stöds inte för uppstart." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1735 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot from the <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename> floppy, place it in floppy drive after shutting the system down, and before pressing the power-on button." -msgstr "För att starta upp från disketten <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename>, placera den i diskettenheten efter att systemet har stängts ned, och slå sedan på systemet." +msgid "" +"To boot from the <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename> floppy, place it " +"in floppy drive after shutting the system down, and before pressing the " +"power-on button." +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp från disketten <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename>, " +"placera den i diskettenheten efter att systemet har stängts ned, och slå " +"sedan på systemet." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1741 #, no-c-format -msgid "For those not familiar with Macintosh floppy operations: a floppy placed in the machine prior to boot will be the first priority for the system to boot from. A floppy without a valid boot system will be ejected, and the machine will then check for bootable hard disk partitions." -msgstr "För de som inte känner till hur Macintosh-disketter hanteras: en diskett som placeras i maskinen före uppstart kommer att vara första prioritet för systemet att starta upp från. En diskett utan ett giltigt uppstartssystem kommer att matas ut, och maskinen kommer sedan att leta efter startbara hårddiskpartitioner." +msgid "" +"For those not familiar with Macintosh floppy operations: a floppy placed in " +"the machine prior to boot will be the first priority for the system to boot " +"from. A floppy without a valid boot system will be ejected, and the machine " +"will then check for bootable hard disk partitions." +msgstr "" +"För de som inte känner till hur Macintosh-disketter hanteras: en diskett som " +"placeras i maskinen före uppstart kommer att vara första prioritet för " +"systemet att starta upp från. En diskett utan ett giltigt uppstartssystem " +"kommer att matas ut, och maskinen kommer sedan att leta efter startbara " +"hårddiskpartitioner." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1748 #, no-c-format -msgid "After booting, the <filename>root.bin</filename> floppy is requested. Insert the root floppy and press &enterkey;. The installer program is automatically launched after the root system has been loaded into memory." -msgstr "Efter uppstart kommer disketten <filename>root.bin</filename> att begäras. Mata in rotdisketten och tryck &enterkey;. Installeringsprogrammet startas automatiskt efter att rotsystemet har lästs in i minnet." +msgid "" +"After booting, the <filename>root.bin</filename> floppy is requested. Insert " +"the root floppy and press &enterkey;. The installer program is automatically " +"launched after the root system has been loaded into memory." +msgstr "" +"Efter uppstart kommer disketten <filename>root.bin</filename> att begäras. " +"Mata in rotdisketten och tryck &enterkey;. Installeringsprogrammet startas " +"automatiskt efter att rotsystemet har lästs in i minnet." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1759 @@ -1194,20 +2305,50 @@ msgstr "Uppstartsparametrar för PowerPC" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1760 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many older Apple monitors used a 640x480 67Hz mode. If your video appears skewed on an older Apple monitor, try appending the boot argument <userinput>video=atyfb:vmode:6</userinput> , which will select that mode for most Mach64 and Rage video hardware. For Rage 128 hardware, this changes to <userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> ." -msgstr "Många äldre Apple-skärmar använde läget 640x480 67Hz. Om din bild verkar vara sned på en äldre Apple-skärm, prova att lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>video=atyfb:vmode:6</userinput> , som kommer att välja det läget för de flesta Mach64- och Rage-grafikmaskinvara. För Rage 128-maskinvara, skall <userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> användas." +msgid "" +"Many older Apple monitors used a 640x480 67Hz mode. If your video appears " +"skewed on an older Apple monitor, try appending the boot argument " +"<userinput>video=atyfb:vmode:6</userinput> , which will select that mode for " +"most Mach64 and Rage video hardware. For Rage 128 hardware, this changes to " +"<userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> ." +msgstr "" +"Många äldre Apple-skärmar använde läget 640x480 67Hz. Om din bild verkar " +"vara sned på en äldre Apple-skärm, prova att lägga till uppstartsargumentet " +"<userinput>video=atyfb:vmode:6</userinput> , som kommer att välja det läget " +"för de flesta Mach64- och Rage-grafikmaskinvara. För Rage 128-maskinvara, " +"skall <userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> användas." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1800 #, no-c-format -msgid "On machines with OpenBoot, simply enter the boot monitor on the machine which is being installed (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openboot\"/>). Use the command <userinput>boot net</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and RARP server, or try <userinput>boot net:bootp</userinput> or <userinput>boot net:dhcp</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and BOOTP or DHCP server. You can pass extra boot parameters to &d-i; at the end of the <userinput>boot</userinput> command." -msgstr "På maskiner med OpenBoot, gå helt enkelt in i uppstartsmonitorn på maskinen som ska installeras (se <xref linkend=\"invoking-openboot\"/>). Använd kommandot <userinput>boot net</userinput> för att starta upp från en TFTP- och RARP-server, eller prova <userinput>boot net:bootp</userinput> eller <userinput>boot net:dhcp</userinput> för att starta upp från en TFTP och BOOTP eller DHCP-server. Du kan skicka extra uppstartsparametrar till &d-i; på slutet av kommandot <userinput>boot</userinput>." +msgid "" +"On machines with OpenBoot, simply enter the boot monitor on the machine " +"which is being installed (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openboot\"/>). Use " +"the command <userinput>boot net</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and RARP " +"server, or try <userinput>boot net:bootp</userinput> or <userinput>boot net:" +"dhcp</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and BOOTP or DHCP server. You can pass " +"extra boot parameters to &d-i; at the end of the <userinput>boot</userinput> " +"command." +msgstr "" +"På maskiner med OpenBoot, gå helt enkelt in i uppstartsmonitorn på maskinen " +"som ska installeras (se <xref linkend=\"invoking-openboot\"/>). Använd " +"kommandot <userinput>boot net</userinput> för att starta upp från en TFTP- " +"och RARP-server, eller prova <userinput>boot net:bootp</userinput> eller " +"<userinput>boot net:dhcp</userinput> för att starta upp från en TFTP och " +"BOOTP eller DHCP-server. Du kan skicka extra uppstartsparametrar till &d-i; " +"på slutet av kommandot <userinput>boot</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1855 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most OpenBoot versions support the <userinput>boot cdrom</userinput> command which is simply an alias to boot from the SCSI device on ID 6 (or the secondary master for IDE based systems)." -msgstr "De flesta OpenBoot-versioner har stöd för kommandot <userinput>boot cdrom</userinput>, som helt enkelt är ett alias för att starta upp från SCSI-enheten på ID 6 (eller sekundär master för IDE-baserade system)." +msgid "" +"Most OpenBoot versions support the <userinput>boot cdrom</userinput> command " +"which is simply an alias to boot from the SCSI device on ID 6 (or the " +"secondary master for IDE based systems)." +msgstr "" +"De flesta OpenBoot-versioner har stöd för kommandot <userinput>boot cdrom</" +"userinput>, som helt enkelt är ett alias för att starta upp från SCSI-" +"enheten på ID 6 (eller sekundär master för IDE-baserade system)." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1864 @@ -1218,8 +2359,18 @@ msgstr "IDPROM-meddelanden" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1865 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you cannot boot because you get messages about a problem with <quote>IDPROM</quote>, then it's possible that your NVRAM battery, which holds configuration information for you firmware, has run out. See the <ulink url=\"&url-sun-nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM FAQ</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "Om du inte kan starta upp på grund av att får meddelanden om ett problem med <quote>IDPROM</quote>, är det möjligt att ditt NVRAM-batteri, som tillhandahåller konfigurationsinformation för din fasta programvara, har slut på ström. Se <ulink url=\"&url-sun-nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM FAQ</ulink> för mer information." +msgid "" +"If you cannot boot because you get messages about a problem with " +"<quote>IDPROM</quote>, then it's possible that your NVRAM battery, which " +"holds configuration information for you firmware, has run out. See the " +"<ulink url=\"&url-sun-nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM FAQ</ulink> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte kan starta upp på grund av att får meddelanden om ett problem med " +"<quote>IDPROM</quote>, är det möjligt att ditt NVRAM-batteri, som " +"tillhandahåller konfigurationsinformation för din fasta programvara, har " +"slut på ström. Se <ulink url=\"&url-sun-nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM FAQ</ulink> " +"för mer information." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1884 @@ -1230,8 +2381,27 @@ msgstr "Hjälpmedel" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1885 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some users may need specific support because of e.g. some visual impairment. <phrase arch=\"ia64;powerpc;x86\">USB braille displays are detected automatically, but most other</phrase> <phrase arch=\"arm;hppa;mips;mipsel;sparc\">Most</phrase> accessibility features have to be enabled manually. <phrase arch=\"x86\">On machines that support it, the boot menu emits a beep when it is ready to receive keystrokes.</phrase> Some boot parameters can <phrase arch=\"x86\">then</phrase> be appended to enable accessibility features. Note that on most architectures the boot loader interprets your keyboard as a QWERTY keyboard." -msgstr "Vissa användare kan behöva speciellt stöd på grund av någon typ av nedsatt syn. <phrase arch=\"ia64;powerpc;x86\">USB-punktskriftsskärmar upptäcks automatiskt men de flesta andra</phrase> <phrase arch=\"arm;hppa;mips;mipsel;sparc\">De flesta</phrase> hjälpmedelsfunktioner måste aktiveras manuellt. <phrase arch=\"x86\">På datorer som har stöd för det så skickar uppstartsmenyn ut ett pip när den är redo för att ta emot tangenttryckningar.</phrase> Vissa uppstartsparametrar kan <phrase arch=\"x86\">sedan</phrase> läggas till för att aktivera hjälpmedelsfunktioner. Obserera att på de flesta arkitekturer så tolkar starthanteraren ditt tangentbord som ett QWERTY-tangentbord." +msgid "" +"Some users may need specific support because of e.g. some visual impairment. " +"<phrase arch=\"ia64;powerpc;x86\">USB braille displays are detected " +"automatically, but most other</phrase> <phrase arch=\"arm;hppa;mips;mipsel;" +"sparc\">Most</phrase> accessibility features have to be enabled manually. " +"<phrase arch=\"x86\">On machines that support it, the boot menu emits a beep " +"when it is ready to receive keystrokes.</phrase> Some boot parameters can " +"<phrase arch=\"x86\">then</phrase> be appended to enable accessibility " +"features. Note that on most architectures the boot loader interprets your " +"keyboard as a QWERTY keyboard." +msgstr "" +"Vissa användare kan behöva speciellt stöd på grund av någon typ av nedsatt " +"syn. <phrase arch=\"ia64;powerpc;x86\">USB-punktskriftsskärmar upptäcks " +"automatiskt men de flesta andra</phrase> <phrase arch=\"arm;hppa;mips;mipsel;" +"sparc\">De flesta</phrase> hjälpmedelsfunktioner måste aktiveras manuellt. " +"<phrase arch=\"x86\">På datorer som har stöd för det så skickar " +"uppstartsmenyn ut ett pip när den är redo för att ta emot tangenttryckningar." +"</phrase> Vissa uppstartsparametrar kan <phrase arch=\"x86\">sedan</phrase> " +"läggas till för att aktivera hjälpmedelsfunktioner. Obserera att på de " +"flesta arkitekturer så tolkar starthanteraren ditt tangentbord som ett " +"QWERTY-tangentbord." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1902 @@ -1242,8 +2412,25 @@ msgstr "Punktskriftsskärmar med USB" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1903 #, no-c-format -msgid "USB braille displays should be automatically detected. A textual version of the installer will then be automatically selected, and support for the braille display will be automatically installed on the target system. You can thus just press &enterkey; at the boot menu. Once <classname>brltty</classname> is started, you can choose a braille table by entering the preference menu. Documentation on key bindings for braille devices is available on the <ulink url=\"&url-brltty-driver-help;\"><classname>brltty</classname> website</ulink>." -msgstr "Punktskriftsskärmar för USB ska identifieras automatiskt. En textversion av installationsprogrammet kommer sedan att väljas automatiskt och stöd för punktskriftsskärmen kommer att installeras automatiskt på målsystemet. Du kan därför bara trycka på &enterkey; vid uppstartsmenyn. När <classname>brltty</classname> har startats så kan du välja en punktskriftstabell genom att gå in i inställningsmenyn. Dokumentation för tangentbindingar för punktskriftsskärmar finns tillgänglig på <ulink url=\"&url-brltty-driver-help;\"> webbsidan för <classname>brltty</classname></ulink>." +msgid "" +"USB braille displays should be automatically detected. A textual version of " +"the installer will then be automatically selected, and support for the " +"braille display will be automatically installed on the target system. You " +"can thus just press &enterkey; at the boot menu. Once <classname>brltty</" +"classname> is started, you can choose a braille table by entering the " +"preference menu. Documentation on key bindings for braille devices is " +"available on the <ulink url=\"&url-brltty-driver-help;\"><classname>brltty</" +"classname> website</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Punktskriftsskärmar för USB ska identifieras automatiskt. En textversion av " +"installationsprogrammet kommer sedan att väljas automatiskt och stöd för " +"punktskriftsskärmen kommer att installeras automatiskt på målsystemet. Du " +"kan därför bara trycka på &enterkey; vid uppstartsmenyn. När " +"<classname>brltty</classname> har startats så kan du välja en " +"punktskriftstabell genom att gå in i inställningsmenyn. Dokumentation för " +"tangentbindingar för punktskriftsskärmar finns tillgänglig på <ulink url=" +"\"&url-brltty-driver-help;\"> webbsidan för <classname>brltty</classname></" +"ulink>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1918 @@ -1254,8 +2441,41 @@ msgstr "Punktskriftsskärmar med seriekabel" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1919 #, no-c-format -msgid "Serial braille displays cannot safely be automatically detected (since that may damage some of them). You thus need to append the <userinput>brltty=<replaceable>driver</replaceable>,<replaceable>port</replaceable>,<replaceable>table</replaceable></userinput> boot parameter to tell <classname>brltty</classname> which driver it should use. <replaceable>driver</replaceable> should be replaced by the two-letter driver code for your terminal (see the <ulink url=\"&url-brltty-driver-codes;\">driver code list</ulink>). <replaceable>port</replaceable> should be replaced by the name of the serial port the display is connected to, <userinput>ttyS0</userinput> is the default. <replaceable>table</replaceable> is the name of the braille table to be used (see the <ulink url=\"&url-brltty-table-codes;\">table code list</ulink>); the English table is the default. Note that the table can be changed later by entering the preference menu. Documentation on key bindings for braille devices is available on the <ulink url=\"&url-brltty-driver-help;\"><classname>brltty</classname> website</ulink>." -msgstr "Punktskriftsskärmar via serieport kan inte med säkerhet identifieras automatiskt (eftersom det kan skada några av dem). Du behöver därför lägga till uppstartsparametern <userinput>brltty=<replaceable>drivrutin</replaceable>,<replaceable>port</replaceable>,<replaceable>tabell</replaceable></userinput> för att berätta för <classname>brltty</classname> vilken drivrutin som den ska använda. <replaceable>drivrutin</replaceable> ska ersättas med den tvåbokstaviga drivrutinskoden för din terminal (se <ulink url=\"&url-brltty-driver-codes;\">kodlistan för drivrutiner</ulink>). <replaceable>port</replaceable> ska ersättas med namnet på serieporten som skärmen är ansluten till, <userinput>ttyS0</userinput> är standard. <replaceable>tabell</replaceable> är namnet på punktskriftstabellen som ska användas (se <ulink url=\"&url-brltty-table-codes;\">kodlistan över tabeller</ulink>); den engelska tabellen är standard. Observera att tabellen kan ändras senare genom att gå in i inställningsmenyn. Dokumentation för tangentbindingar för punktskriftsenheter finns tillgänglig på <ulink url=\"&url-brltty-driver-help;\">webbsidan för <classname>brltty</classname></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Serial braille displays cannot safely be automatically detected (since that " +"may damage some of them). You thus need to append the " +"<userinput>brltty=<replaceable>driver</replaceable>,<replaceable>port</" +"replaceable>,<replaceable>table</replaceable></userinput> boot parameter to " +"tell <classname>brltty</classname> which driver it should use. " +"<replaceable>driver</replaceable> should be replaced by the two-letter " +"driver code for your terminal (see the <ulink url=\"&url-brltty-driver-codes;" +"\">driver code list</ulink>). <replaceable>port</replaceable> should be " +"replaced by the name of the serial port the display is connected to, " +"<userinput>ttyS0</userinput> is the default. <replaceable>table</" +"replaceable> is the name of the braille table to be used (see the <ulink url=" +"\"&url-brltty-table-codes;\">table code list</ulink>); the English table is " +"the default. Note that the table can be changed later by entering the " +"preference menu. Documentation on key bindings for braille devices is " +"available on the <ulink url=\"&url-brltty-driver-help;\"><classname>brltty</" +"classname> website</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Punktskriftsskärmar via serieport kan inte med säkerhet identifieras " +"automatiskt (eftersom det kan skada några av dem). Du behöver därför lägga " +"till uppstartsparametern <userinput>brltty=<replaceable>drivrutin</" +"replaceable>,<replaceable>port</replaceable>,<replaceable>tabell</" +"replaceable></userinput> för att berätta för <classname>brltty</classname> " +"vilken drivrutin som den ska använda. <replaceable>drivrutin</replaceable> " +"ska ersättas med den tvåbokstaviga drivrutinskoden för din terminal (se " +"<ulink url=\"&url-brltty-driver-codes;\">kodlistan för drivrutiner</ulink>). " +"<replaceable>port</replaceable> ska ersättas med namnet på serieporten som " +"skärmen är ansluten till, <userinput>ttyS0</userinput> är standard. " +"<replaceable>tabell</replaceable> är namnet på punktskriftstabellen som ska " +"användas (se <ulink url=\"&url-brltty-table-codes;\">kodlistan över " +"tabeller</ulink>); den engelska tabellen är standard. Observera att tabellen " +"kan ändras senare genom att gå in i inställningsmenyn. Dokumentation för " +"tangentbindingar för punktskriftsenheter finns tillgänglig på <ulink url=" +"\"&url-brltty-driver-help;\">webbsidan för <classname>brltty</classname></" +"ulink>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1941 @@ -1266,14 +2486,37 @@ msgstr "Talsynteser (maskinvara)" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1942 #, no-c-format -msgid "Support for hardware speech synthesis devices is available only alongside support for graphical installer. You thus need to select the <quote>Graphical install</quote> entry in the boot menu." -msgstr "Stöd för talsyntesenheter (maskinvara) finns endast tillgängligt tillsammans med stöd för det grafiska installationsprogrammet. Du kan därför behöva att välja <quote>Grafisk installation</quote> i uppstartsmenyn." +msgid "" +"Support for hardware speech synthesis devices is available only alongside " +"support for graphical installer. You thus need to select the " +"<quote>Graphical install</quote> entry in the boot menu." +msgstr "" +"Stöd för talsyntesenheter (maskinvara) finns endast tillgängligt tillsammans " +"med stöd för det grafiska installationsprogrammet. Du kan därför behöva att " +"välja <quote>Grafisk installation</quote> i uppstartsmenyn." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1948 #, no-c-format -msgid "Hardware speech synthesis devices cannot be automatically detected. You thus need to append the <userinput>speakup.synth=<replaceable>driver</replaceable></userinput> boot parameter to tell <classname>speakup</classname> which driver it should use. <replaceable>driver</replaceable> should be replaced by the driver code for your device (see <ulink url=\"&url-speakup-driver-codes;\">driver code list</ulink>). The textual version of the installer will then be automatically selected, and support for the speech synthesis device will be automatically installed on the target system." -msgstr "Talsyntesenheter (maskinvara) kan inte identifieras automatiskt. Du behöver därför lägga till uppstartsparametern <userinput>speakup.synth=<replaceable>drivrutin</replaceable></userinput> för att berätta för <classname>speakup</classname> vilken drivrutin som den ska använda. <replaceable>drivrutin</replaceable> ska ersättas med koden för drivrutinen för din enhet (se <ulink url=\"&url-speakup-driver-codes;\">kodlista för drivrutiner</ulink>). Textversionen av installationsprogrammet kommer sedan att väljas automatiskt och stöd för talsynteser kommer automatiskt att installeras på målsystemet." +msgid "" +"Hardware speech synthesis devices cannot be automatically detected. You thus " +"need to append the <userinput>speakup.synth=<replaceable>driver</" +"replaceable></userinput> boot parameter to tell <classname>speakup</" +"classname> which driver it should use. <replaceable>driver</replaceable> " +"should be replaced by the driver code for your device (see <ulink url=\"&url-" +"speakup-driver-codes;\">driver code list</ulink>). The textual version of " +"the installer will then be automatically selected, and support for the " +"speech synthesis device will be automatically installed on the target system." +msgstr "" +"Talsyntesenheter (maskinvara) kan inte identifieras automatiskt. Du behöver " +"därför lägga till uppstartsparametern <userinput>speakup." +"synth=<replaceable>drivrutin</replaceable></userinput> för att berätta för " +"<classname>speakup</classname> vilken drivrutin som den ska använda. " +"<replaceable>drivrutin</replaceable> ska ersättas med koden för drivrutinen " +"för din enhet (se <ulink url=\"&url-speakup-driver-codes;\">kodlista för " +"drivrutiner</ulink>). Textversionen av installationsprogrammet kommer sedan " +"att väljas automatiskt och stöd för talsynteser kommer automatiskt att " +"installeras på målsystemet." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1963 @@ -1284,8 +2527,18 @@ msgstr "Brädenheter" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1964 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some accessibility devices are actual boards that are plugged inside the machine and that read text directly from the video memory. To get them to work framebuffer support must be disabled by using the <userinput>fb=false</userinput> boot parameter. This will however reduce the number of available languages." -msgstr "Vissa hjälpmedelsenheter är faktiska kort som ansluts inne i datorn och som läser test direkt från grafikminnet. För att få dem att fungera så måste stöd för framebuffer inaktiveras genom att använda uppstartsparametern <userinput>fb=false</userinput>. Detta kommer dock att minska antalet tillgängliga språk." +msgid "" +"Some accessibility devices are actual boards that are plugged inside the " +"machine and that read text directly from the video memory. To get them to " +"work framebuffer support must be disabled by using the <userinput>fb=false</" +"userinput> boot parameter. This will however reduce the number of available " +"languages." +msgstr "" +"Vissa hjälpmedelsenheter är faktiska kort som ansluts inne i datorn och som " +"läser test direkt från grafikminnet. För att få dem att fungera så måste " +"stöd för framebuffer inaktiveras genom att använda uppstartsparametern " +"<userinput>fb=false</userinput>. Detta kommer dock att minska antalet " +"tillgängliga språk." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1975 @@ -1296,50 +2549,134 @@ msgstr "Tema med hög kontrast" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1976 #, no-c-format -msgid "For users with low vision, the installer can use a high-contrast theme that makes it more readable. To enable it, append the <userinput>theme=dark</userinput> boot parameter." -msgstr "För användare med nedsatt syn så kan installationsprogrammet använda ett tema med hög konstrast som gör det med läsbart. För att aktivera det, lägg till uppstartsparametern <userinput>theme=dark</userinput>." +msgid "" +"For users with low vision, the installer can use a high-contrast theme that " +"makes it more readable. To enable it, append the <userinput>theme=dark</" +"userinput> boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"För användare med nedsatt syn så kan installationsprogrammet använda ett " +"tema med hög konstrast som gör det med läsbart. För att aktivera det, lägg " +"till uppstartsparametern <userinput>theme=dark</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1991 #, no-c-format -msgid "Boot parameters are Linux kernel parameters which are generally used to make sure that peripherals are dealt with properly. For the most part, the kernel can auto-detect information about your peripherals. However, in some cases you'll have to help the kernel a bit." -msgstr "Uppstartsparametrar är parametrar för Linux-kärnan som generellt sett används för att se till att kringutrustning hanteras korrekt. För det mesta kan kärnan automatiskt identifiera information om din kringutrustning. Ibland behöver du dock hjälpa kärnan en bit på vägen." +msgid "" +"Boot parameters are Linux kernel parameters which are generally used to make " +"sure that peripherals are dealt with properly. For the most part, the kernel " +"can auto-detect information about your peripherals. However, in some cases " +"you'll have to help the kernel a bit." +msgstr "" +"Uppstartsparametrar är parametrar för Linux-kärnan som generellt sett " +"används för att se till att kringutrustning hanteras korrekt. För det mesta " +"kan kärnan automatiskt identifiera information om din kringutrustning. " +"Ibland behöver du dock hjälpa kärnan en bit på vägen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1998 #, no-c-format -msgid "If this is the first time you're booting the system, try the default boot parameters (i.e., don't try setting parameters) and see if it works correctly. It probably will. If not, you can reboot later and look for any special parameters that inform the system about your hardware." -msgstr "Om det här är första gången du startar upp systemet kan du prova de uppstartsparametrar som är standard (alltså, ställ inte in några parametrar) och se om det fungerar korrekt. Det kommer säkert att göra det. Om inte, kan du starta om senare och leta efter några speciella parametrar som informerar systemet om din maskinvara." +msgid "" +"If this is the first time you're booting the system, try the default boot " +"parameters (i.e., don't try setting parameters) and see if it works " +"correctly. It probably will. If not, you can reboot later and look for any " +"special parameters that inform the system about your hardware." +msgstr "" +"Om det här är första gången du startar upp systemet kan du prova de " +"uppstartsparametrar som är standard (alltså, ställ inte in några parametrar) " +"och se om det fungerar korrekt. Det kommer säkert att göra det. Om inte, kan " +"du starta om senare och leta efter några speciella parametrar som informerar " +"systemet om din maskinvara." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2005 #, no-c-format -msgid "Information on many boot parameters can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>, including tips for obscure hardware. This section contains only a sketch of the most salient parameters. Some common gotchas are included below in <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." -msgstr "Information om många uppstartsparametrar kan hittas i <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>, inklusive tips för ovanlig maskinvara. Det här avsnittet innehåller endast en del av de mest vanliga parametrarna. Vissa vanliga problem finns beskrivna i <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgid "" +"Information on many boot parameters can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>, " +"including tips for obscure hardware. This section contains only a sketch of " +"the most salient parameters. Some common gotchas are included below in <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Information om många uppstartsparametrar kan hittas i <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>, " +"inklusive tips för ovanlig maskinvara. Det här avsnittet innehåller endast " +"en del av de mest vanliga parametrarna. Vissa vanliga problem finns " +"beskrivna i <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2014 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When the kernel boots, a message <informalexample><screen>\n" -"Memory:<replaceable>avail</replaceable>k/<replaceable>total</replaceable>k available\n" -"</screen></informalexample> should be emitted early in the process. <replaceable>total</replaceable> should match the total amount of RAM, in kilobytes. If this doesn't match the actual amount of RAM you have installed, you need to use the <userinput>mem=<replaceable>ram</replaceable></userinput> parameter, where <replaceable>ram</replaceable> is set to the amount of memory, suffixed with <quote>k</quote> for kilobytes, or <quote>m</quote> for megabytes. For example, both <userinput>mem=65536k</userinput> and <userinput>mem=64m</userinput> mean 64MB of RAM." +"Memory:<replaceable>avail</replaceable>k/<replaceable>total</replaceable>k " +"available\n" +"</screen></informalexample> should be emitted early in the process. " +"<replaceable>total</replaceable> should match the total amount of RAM, in " +"kilobytes. If this doesn't match the actual amount of RAM you have " +"installed, you need to use the <userinput>mem=<replaceable>ram</" +"replaceable></userinput> parameter, where <replaceable>ram</replaceable> is " +"set to the amount of memory, suffixed with <quote>k</quote> for kilobytes, " +"or <quote>m</quote> for megabytes. For example, both <userinput>mem=65536k</" +"userinput> and <userinput>mem=64m</userinput> mean 64MB of RAM." msgstr "" "När kärnan startar upp bör meddelandet<informalexample><screen>\n" -"Memory:<replaceable>tillgängligt</replaceable>k/<replaceable>totalt</replaceable>k available\n" -"</screen></informalexample> visas tidigt i processen. <replaceable>totalt</replaceable> bör stämma med totalt RAM-minne i kilobyte. Om det inte stämmer med den faktiska mängden RAM-minne du har installerad behöver du använda parametern <userinput>mem=<replaceable>ram</replaceable></userinput>, där <replaceable>ram</replaceable> är inställd till mängden minne och ändelsen <quote>k</quote> för kilobyte eller <quote>m</quote> för megabyte. Till exempel, både <userinput>mem=65536k</userinput> och <userinput>mem=64m</userinput> betyder 64MB RAM-minne." +"Memory:<replaceable>tillgängligt</replaceable>k/<replaceable>totalt</" +"replaceable>k available\n" +"</screen></informalexample> visas tidigt i processen. <replaceable>totalt</" +"replaceable> bör stämma med totalt RAM-minne i kilobyte. Om det inte stämmer " +"med den faktiska mängden RAM-minne du har installerad behöver du använda " +"parametern <userinput>mem=<replaceable>ram</replaceable></userinput>, där " +"<replaceable>ram</replaceable> är inställd till mängden minne och ändelsen " +"<quote>k</quote> för kilobyte eller <quote>m</quote> för megabyte. Till " +"exempel, både <userinput>mem=65536k</userinput> och <userinput>mem=64m</" +"userinput> betyder 64MB RAM-minne." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2030 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are booting with a serial console, generally the kernel will autodetect this. If you have a videocard (framebuffer) and a keyboard also attached to the computer which you wish to boot via serial console, you may have to pass the <userinput>console=<replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput> argument to the kernel, where <replaceable>device</replaceable> is your serial device, which is usually something like <filename>ttyS0</filename><footnote> <para> In order to ensure the terminal type used by the installer matches your terminal emulator, the parameter <userinput>TERM=<replaceable>type</replaceable></userinput> can be added. Note that the installer only supports the following terminal types: <literal>linux</literal>, <literal>bterm</literal>, <literal>ansi</literal>, <literal>vt102</literal> and <literal>dumb</literal>. The default for serial console in &d-i; is <userinput>vt102</userinput>. </para> </footnote>." -msgstr "Om du startar upp på en seriekonsoll så kommer generellt sett kärnan att autodetektera det. Om du har ett grafikkort (framebuffer) och ett tangentbord anslutet till datorn som du vill starta upp via seriekonsoll så kanske du måste skicka argumentet <userinput>console=<replaceable>enhet</replaceable></userinput> till kärnan, där <replaceable>enhet</replaceable> är din serieenhet, som vanligtvis är någonting liknande <filename>ttyS0</filename><footnote> <para> För att försäkra sig om att terminaltypen som används av installationsprogrammet matchar din terminalemulator så kan parametern <userinput>TERM=<replaceable>typ</replaceable></userinput> läggas till. Observera att installationsprogrammet endast har stöd för följande terminaltyper: <literal>linux</literal>, <literal>bterm</literal>, <literal>ansi</literal>, <literal>vt102</literal> och <literal>dumb</literal>. Standard för seriekonsollen i &d-i; är <userinput>vt102</userinput>. </para> </footnote>." +msgid "" +"If you are booting with a serial console, generally the kernel will " +"autodetect this. If you have a videocard (framebuffer) and a keyboard also " +"attached to the computer which you wish to boot via serial console, you may " +"have to pass the <userinput>console=<replaceable>device</replaceable></" +"userinput> argument to the kernel, where <replaceable>device</replaceable> " +"is your serial device, which is usually something like <filename>ttyS0</" +"filename><footnote> <para> In order to ensure the terminal type used by the " +"installer matches your terminal emulator, the parameter " +"<userinput>TERM=<replaceable>type</replaceable></userinput> can be added. " +"Note that the installer only supports the following terminal types: " +"<literal>linux</literal>, <literal>bterm</literal>, <literal>ansi</literal>, " +"<literal>vt102</literal> and <literal>dumb</literal>. The default for serial " +"console in &d-i; is <userinput>vt102</userinput>. </para> </footnote>." +msgstr "" +"Om du startar upp på en seriekonsoll så kommer generellt sett kärnan att " +"autodetektera det. Om du har ett grafikkort (framebuffer) och ett " +"tangentbord anslutet till datorn som du vill starta upp via seriekonsoll så " +"kanske du måste skicka argumentet <userinput>console=<replaceable>enhet</" +"replaceable></userinput> till kärnan, där <replaceable>enhet</replaceable> " +"är din serieenhet, som vanligtvis är någonting liknande <filename>ttyS0</" +"filename><footnote> <para> För att försäkra sig om att terminaltypen som " +"används av installationsprogrammet matchar din terminalemulator så kan " +"parametern <userinput>TERM=<replaceable>typ</replaceable></userinput> läggas " +"till. Observera att installationsprogrammet endast har stöd för följande " +"terminaltyper: <literal>linux</literal>, <literal>bterm</literal>, " +"<literal>ansi</literal>, <literal>vt102</literal> och <literal>dumb</" +"literal>. Standard för seriekonsollen i &d-i; är <userinput>vt102</" +"userinput>. </para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2054 #, no-c-format -msgid "For &arch-title; the serial devices are <filename>ttya</filename> or <filename>ttyb</filename>. Alternatively, set the <envar>input-device</envar> and <envar>output-device</envar> OpenPROM variables to <filename>ttya</filename>." -msgstr "För &arch-title; heter serieenheterna <filename>ttya</filename> eller <filename>ttyb</filename>. Alternativt, ställ in OpenPROM-variablerna <envar>input-device</envar> och <envar>output-device</envar> till <filename>ttya</filename>." +msgid "" +"For &arch-title; the serial devices are <filename>ttya</filename> or " +"<filename>ttyb</filename>. Alternatively, set the <envar>input-device</" +"envar> and <envar>output-device</envar> OpenPROM variables to " +"<filename>ttya</filename>." +msgstr "" +"För &arch-title; heter serieenheterna <filename>ttya</filename> eller " +"<filename>ttyb</filename>. Alternativt, ställ in OpenPROM-variablerna " +"<envar>input-device</envar> och <envar>output-device</envar> till " +"<filename>ttya</filename>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2065 @@ -1350,14 +2687,33 @@ msgstr "Parametrar för Debian Installer" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2066 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation system recognizes a few additional boot parameters<footnote> <para> With current kernels (2.6.9 or newer) you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. If these numbers are exceeded, the kernel will panic. </para> </footnote> which may be useful." -msgstr "Installationssystemet känner igen ytterligare ett antal uppstartsparametrar<footnote> <para> Med aktuella kärnor (2.6.9 eller senare) kan du använda 32 kommandoradsflaggor och 32 miljöflaggor. Om dessa tal överstigs, kommer kärnan att få panik. </para> </footnote> som kan vara användbara." +msgid "" +"The installation system recognizes a few additional boot " +"parameters<footnote> <para> With current kernels (2.6.9 or newer) you can " +"use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. If these numbers are " +"exceeded, the kernel will panic. </para> </footnote> which may be useful." +msgstr "" +"Installationssystemet känner igen ytterligare ett antal " +"uppstartsparametrar<footnote> <para> Med aktuella kärnor (2.6.9 eller " +"senare) kan du använda 32 kommandoradsflaggor och 32 miljöflaggor. Om dessa " +"tal överstigs, kommer kärnan att få panik. </para> </footnote> som kan vara " +"användbara." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2079 #, no-c-format -msgid "A number of parameters have a <quote>short form</quote> that helps avoid the limitations of the kernel command line options and makes entering the parameters easier. If a parameter has a short form, it will be listed in brackets behind the (normal) long form. Examples in this manual will normally use the short form too." -msgstr "Ett antal parametrar har en <quote>kort form</quote> som hjälper till att undvika begränsningarna i kärnans kommandoradsflaggor och gör dem enklare att ange. Om en parameter har en kort form, kommer den att listas inom hakparanteser bakom den (normala) långa formen. Exemplen i den här handboken kommer vanligtvis att använda den korta formen också." +msgid "" +"A number of parameters have a <quote>short form</quote> that helps avoid the " +"limitations of the kernel command line options and makes entering the " +"parameters easier. If a parameter has a short form, it will be listed in " +"brackets behind the (normal) long form. Examples in this manual will " +"normally use the short form too." +msgstr "" +"Ett antal parametrar har en <quote>kort form</quote> som hjälper till att " +"undvika begränsningarna i kärnans kommandoradsflaggor och gör dem enklare " +"att ange. Om en parameter har en kort form, kommer den att listas inom " +"hakparanteser bakom den (normala) långa formen. Exemplen i den här handboken " +"kommer vanligtvis att använda den korta formen också." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2091 @@ -1369,19 +2725,43 @@ msgstr "debconf/priority (priority)" #: boot-installer.xml:2092 #, no-c-format msgid "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed." -msgstr "Den här parametern ställer in så att meddelanden med lägst prioritet visas." +msgstr "" +"Den här parametern ställer in så att meddelanden med lägst prioritet visas." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2096 #, no-c-format -msgid "The default installation uses <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. This means that both high and critical priority messages are shown, but medium and low priority messages are skipped. If problems are encountered, the installer adjusts the priority as needed." -msgstr "Standardinstallationen använder <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. Det betyder att både meddelanden med prioriteterna hög och kritisk visas, men meddelanden med prioriteterna medium och låg hoppas över. Om problem påträffas justerar installationsprogrammet prioriteten efter behov." +msgid "" +"The default installation uses <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. This " +"means that both high and critical priority messages are shown, but medium " +"and low priority messages are skipped. If problems are encountered, the " +"installer adjusts the priority as needed." +msgstr "" +"Standardinstallationen använder <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. Det " +"betyder att både meddelanden med prioriteterna hög och kritisk visas, men " +"meddelanden med prioriteterna medium och låg hoppas över. Om problem " +"påträffas justerar installationsprogrammet prioriteten efter behov." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2103 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you add <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, you will be shown the installation menu and gain more control over the installation. When <userinput>priority=low</userinput> is used, all messages are shown (this is equivalent to the <emphasis>expert</emphasis> boot method). With <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>, the installation system will display only critical messages and try to do the right thing without fuss." -msgstr "Om du lägger till <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> som uppstartsparameter kommer du att få se installationsmenyn och få mer kontroll över installationen. När <userinput>priority=low</userinput> används kommer alla meddelanden visas (det här är likvärdigt med uppstartsmetoden <emphasis>expert</emphasis>). Med <userinput>priority=critical</userinput> kommer installationssystemet endast att visa kritiska meddelanden och försöka göra det rätta utan att krångla till det." +msgid "" +"If you add <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, you " +"will be shown the installation menu and gain more control over the " +"installation. When <userinput>priority=low</userinput> is used, all messages " +"are shown (this is equivalent to the <emphasis>expert</emphasis> boot " +"method). With <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>, the installation " +"system will display only critical messages and try to do the right thing " +"without fuss." +msgstr "" +"Om du lägger till <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> som " +"uppstartsparameter kommer du att få se installationsmenyn och få mer " +"kontroll över installationen. När <userinput>priority=low</userinput> " +"används kommer alla meddelanden visas (det här är likvärdigt med " +"uppstartsmetoden <emphasis>expert</emphasis>). Med " +"<userinput>priority=critical</userinput> kommer installationssystemet endast " +"att visa kritiska meddelanden och försöka göra det rätta utan att krångla " +"till det." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2117 @@ -1392,8 +2772,35 @@ msgstr "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2118 #, no-c-format -msgid "This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the installer. The current possible parameter settings are: <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=gtk</userinput></para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> The default frontend is <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput>. <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput> may be preferable for serial console installs. Generally, only the <userinput>newt</userinput> frontend is available on default install media. On architectures that support it, the graphical installer uses the <userinput>gtk</userinput> frontend." -msgstr "Den här uppstartsparametern kontrollerar den typ av användargränssnitt som används av installationsprogrammet. De parametervärden som för närvarande är möjliga är: <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=gtk</userinput></para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> Standardgränssnittet är <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput>. <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput> kanske föredras för installationer via seriekonsoll. Generellt sett är endast gränssnittet <userinput>newt</userinput> tillgängligt på standardinstallationsmediet. På arkitekturer som har stöd för det använder det grafiska installationsprogrammet gränssnittet <userinput>gtk</userinput>." +msgid "" +"This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the " +"installer. The current possible parameter settings are: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</userinput></" +"para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</" +"userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> " +"<para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput></para> </" +"listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=gtk</userinput></para> " +"</listitem> </itemizedlist> The default frontend is " +"<userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput>. " +"<userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput> may be preferable for serial " +"console installs. Generally, only the <userinput>newt</userinput> frontend " +"is available on default install media. On architectures that support it, the " +"graphical installer uses the <userinput>gtk</userinput> frontend." +msgstr "" +"Den här uppstartsparametern kontrollerar den typ av användargränssnitt som " +"används av installationsprogrammet. De parametervärden som för närvarande är " +"möjliga är: <itemizedlist> <listitem> " +"<para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</userinput></para> </" +"listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput></para> " +"</listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput></" +"para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=gtk</" +"userinput></para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> Standardgränssnittet är " +"<userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput>. " +"<userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput> kanske föredras för " +"installationer via seriekonsoll. Generellt sett är endast gränssnittet " +"<userinput>newt</userinput> tillgängligt på standardinstallationsmediet. På " +"arkitekturer som har stöd för det använder det grafiska " +"installationsprogrammet gränssnittet <userinput>gtk</userinput>." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2147 @@ -1404,8 +2811,17 @@ msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2148 #, no-c-format -msgid "Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to be verbosely logged. Setting it to 3 makes debug shells available at strategic points in the boot process. (Exit the shells to continue the boot process.)" -msgstr "Ställ in den här uppstartsparametern till 2 innebär att installationsprogrammets uppstartsprocess kommer att loggas på ett informativt sätt. Ställ in den till 3 och felsökningsloggar blir tillgängliga på strategiska punkter i uppstartsprocessen. (Avsluta skalen för att fortsätta uppstartsprocessen.)" +msgid "" +"Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to " +"be verbosely logged. Setting it to 3 makes debug shells available at " +"strategic points in the boot process. (Exit the shells to continue the boot " +"process.)" +msgstr "" +"Ställ in den här uppstartsparametern till 2 innebär att " +"installationsprogrammets uppstartsprocess kommer att loggas på ett " +"informativt sätt. Ställ in den till 3 och felsökningsloggar blir " +"tillgängliga på strategiska punkter i uppstartsprocessen. (Avsluta skalen " +"för att fortsätta uppstartsprocessen.)" #. Tag: userinput #: boot-installer.xml:2157 @@ -1452,8 +2868,12 @@ msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=3" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2173 #, no-c-format -msgid "Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed debugging. Exit the shell to continue the boot." -msgstr "Skal kommer att köras på olika punkter i uppstartsprocessen för detaljerad felsökning. Avsluta skalet för att fortsätta uppstarten." +msgid "" +"Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed " +"debugging. Exit the shell to continue the boot." +msgstr "" +"Skal kommer att köras på olika punkter i uppstartsprocessen för detaljerad " +"felsökning. Avsluta skalet för att fortsätta uppstarten." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2187 @@ -1464,14 +2884,25 @@ msgstr "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2188 #, no-c-format -msgid "The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian installer from. For example, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</userinput>" -msgstr "Värdet för parametern är sökvägen till enheten som Debian Installer ska läsas in från. Till exempel, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</userinput>" +msgid "" +"The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian " +"installer from. For example, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</" +"userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Värdet för parametern är sökvägen till enheten som Debian Installer ska " +"läsas in från. Till exempel, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</" +"userinput>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2194 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root floppy, can be overridden by this parameter to only look at the one device." -msgstr "Startdisketten, som normalt sett söker av alla disketter den kan hitta efter rotdisketten, kan åsidosättas av den här parametern för att endast söka på en enhet." +msgid "" +"The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root " +"floppy, can be overridden by this parameter to only look at the one device." +msgstr "" +"Startdisketten, som normalt sett söker av alla disketter den kan hitta efter " +"rotdisketten, kan åsidosättas av den här parametern för att endast söka på " +"en enhet." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2204 @@ -1482,8 +2913,15 @@ msgstr "lowmem" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2205 #, no-c-format -msgid "Can be used to force the installer to a lowmem level higher than the one the installer sets by default based on available memory. Possible values are 1 and 2. See also <xref linkend=\"lowmem\"/>." -msgstr "Kan användas för att tvinga installationsprogrammet till en lowmem-nivå högre än den som installationsprogrammet ställer in som standard baserat på tillgängligt minne. Möjliga värden är 1 och 2. Se även <xref linkend=\"lowmem\"/>." +msgid "" +"Can be used to force the installer to a lowmem level higher than the one the " +"installer sets by default based on available memory. Possible values are 1 " +"and 2. See also <xref linkend=\"lowmem\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Kan användas för att tvinga installationsprogrammet till en lowmem-nivå " +"högre än den som installationsprogrammet ställer in som standard baserat på " +"tillgängligt minne. Möjliga värden är 1 och 2. Se även <xref linkend=\"lowmem" +"\"/>." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2215 @@ -1494,8 +2932,13 @@ msgstr "noshell" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2216 #, no-c-format -msgid "Prevents the installer from offering interactive shells on tty2 and tty3. Useful for unattended installations where physical security is limited." -msgstr "Förhindrar att installationsprogrammet erbjuder interaktiva skal på tty2 och tty3. Användbart för oövervakade installationer där fysisk säkerhet är begränsad." +msgid "" +"Prevents the installer from offering interactive shells on tty2 and tty3. " +"Useful for unattended installations where physical security is limited." +msgstr "" +"Förhindrar att installationsprogrammet erbjuder interaktiva skal på tty2 och " +"tty3. Användbart för oövervakade installationer där fysisk säkerhet är " +"begränsad." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2225 @@ -1507,14 +2950,31 @@ msgstr "debian-installer/framebuffer (fb)" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2226 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a number of languages. If framebuffer causes a problem on your system you can disable the feature by the parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>. Problem symptoms are error messages about bterm or bogl, a blank screen, or a freeze within a few minutes after starting the install." -msgstr "Vissa arkitekturer använder kärnans framebuffer för att erbjuda en installation på ett antal olika språk. Om framebuffer orsakar ett problem på ditt system kan du inaktivera funktionen genom parametern <userinput>fb=false</userinput>. Symptom på problemet är felmeddelanden om bterm eller bogl, en blank skärm, eller en frysning inom ett par minuter efter påbörjad installation." +msgid "" +"Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a " +"number of languages. If framebuffer causes a problem on your system you can " +"disable the feature by the parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>. " +"Problem symptoms are error messages about bterm or bogl, a blank screen, or " +"a freeze within a few minutes after starting the install." +msgstr "" +"Vissa arkitekturer använder kärnans framebuffer för att erbjuda en " +"installation på ett antal olika språk. Om framebuffer orsakar ett problem på " +"ditt system kan du inaktivera funktionen genom parametern " +"<userinput>fb=false</userinput>. Symptom på problemet är felmeddelanden om " +"bterm eller bogl, en blank skärm, eller en frysning inom ett par minuter " +"efter påbörjad installation." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2235 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to disable the kernel's use of the framebuffer. Such problems have been reported on a Dell Inspiron with Mobile Radeon card." -msgstr "Argumentet <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> kan också användas för att inaktivera kärnans användning av framebuffer. Sådana problem har rapporterats på en Dell Inspiron med Mobile Radeon-kort." +msgid "" +"The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to " +"disable the kernel's use of the framebuffer. Such problems have been " +"reported on a Dell Inspiron with Mobile Radeon card." +msgstr "" +"Argumentet <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> kan också användas för att " +"inaktivera kärnans användning av framebuffer. Sådana problem har " +"rapporterats på en Dell Inspiron med Mobile Radeon-kort." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2241 @@ -1525,8 +2985,21 @@ msgstr "Liknande problem har blivit rapporterats för hppa." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2245 #, no-c-format -msgid "Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is <emphasis>disabled by default</emphasis> for &arch-title;. This can result in ugly display on systems that do properly support the framebuffer, like those with ATI graphical cards. If you see display problems in the installer, you can try booting with parameter <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=true</userinput> or <userinput>fb=true</userinput> for short." -msgstr "På grund av displayproblem på vissa system är stöd för framebuffer <emphasis>inaktiverat som standard</emphasis> för &arch-title;. Det kan resultera i en mindre vacker display på system som korrekt sett har stöd för framebuffer, såsom de med ATI-grafikkort. Om du upplever displayproblem i installationsprogrammet kan du försöka att starta upp med parametern <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=true</userinput> eller <userinput>fb=true</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is " +"<emphasis>disabled by default</emphasis> for &arch-title;. This can result " +"in ugly display on systems that do properly support the framebuffer, like " +"those with ATI graphical cards. If you see display problems in the " +"installer, you can try booting with parameter <userinput>debian-installer/" +"framebuffer=true</userinput> or <userinput>fb=true</userinput> for short." +msgstr "" +"På grund av displayproblem på vissa system är stöd för framebuffer " +"<emphasis>inaktiverat som standard</emphasis> för &arch-title;. Det kan " +"resultera i en mindre vacker display på system som korrekt sett har stöd för " +"framebuffer, såsom de med ATI-grafikkort. Om du upplever displayproblem i " +"installationsprogrammet kan du försöka att starta upp med parametern " +"<userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=true</userinput> eller " +"<userinput>fb=true</userinput>." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2259 @@ -1537,12 +3010,22 @@ msgstr "debian-installer/theme (theme)" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2260 #, no-c-format -msgid "A theme determines how the user interface of the installer looks (colors, icons, etc.). What themes are available differs per frontend. Currently both the newt and gtk frontends only have a <quote>dark</quote> theme that was designed for visually impaired users. Set the theme by booting with <userinput>theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Ett tema bestämmer hur användargränssnittet för installationsprogrammet ser ut (färger, ikoner, etc). Vilka teman som finns tillgängliga beror på gränssnittet. För närvarande har endast gränssnitten newt och gtk ett <quote>mörkt</quote> tema som blev designat för användare med nedsatt syn. Ställ in temat genom att starta upp med parametern <userinput>theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"A theme determines how the user interface of the installer looks (colors, " +"icons, etc.). What themes are available differs per frontend. Currently both " +"the newt and gtk frontends only have a <quote>dark</quote> theme that was " +"designed for visually impaired users. Set the theme by booting with " +"<userinput>theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Ett tema bestämmer hur användargränssnittet för installationsprogrammet ser " +"ut (färger, ikoner, etc). Vilka teman som finns tillgängliga beror på " +"gränssnittet. För närvarande har endast gränssnitten newt och gtk ett " +"<quote>mörkt</quote> tema som blev designat för användare med nedsatt syn. " +"Ställ in temat genom att starta upp med parametern " +"<userinput>theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2272 -#: boot-installer.xml:2568 +#: boot-installer.xml:2272 boot-installer.xml:2568 #, no-c-format msgid "netcfg/disable_dhcp" msgstr "netcfg/disable_dhcp" @@ -1550,14 +3033,30 @@ msgstr "netcfg/disable_dhcp" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2273 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via DHCP. If the probe succeeds, you won't have a chance to review and change the obtained settings. You can get to the manual network setup only in case the DHCP probe fails." -msgstr "Som standard söker &d-i; automatiskt efter nätverkskonfiguration via DHCP. Om sökningen lyckas, har du ingen chans att granska och ändra de mottagna inställningarna. Du kan komma åt de manuellt inställningarna endast om DHCP-sökningen misslyckas." +msgid "" +"By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via " +"DHCP. If the probe succeeds, you won't have a chance to review and change " +"the obtained settings. You can get to the manual network setup only in case " +"the DHCP probe fails." +msgstr "" +"Som standard söker &d-i; automatiskt efter nätverkskonfiguration via DHCP. " +"Om sökningen lyckas, har du ingen chans att granska och ändra de mottagna " +"inställningarna. Du kan komma åt de manuellt inställningarna endast om DHCP-" +"sökningen misslyckas." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2280 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it because e.g. it gives wrong answers, you can use the parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> to prevent configuring the network with DHCP and to enter the information manually." -msgstr "Om du har en DHCP-server på ditt lokala nätverk men du vill undvika den på grund av att den, exempelvis ger fel svar, kan du använda parametern <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> för att förhindra att nätverket konfigureras med DHCP och att informationen matas in manuellt." +msgid "" +"If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it " +"because e.g. it gives wrong answers, you can use the parameter " +"<userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> to prevent configuring the " +"network with DHCP and to enter the information manually." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en DHCP-server på ditt lokala nätverk men du vill undvika den på " +"grund av att den, exempelvis ger fel svar, kan du använda parametern " +"<userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> för att förhindra att " +"nätverket konfigureras med DHCP och att informationen matas in manuellt." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2291 @@ -1568,8 +3067,13 @@ msgstr "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2292 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if that causes problems. Some laptops are well known for this misbehavior." -msgstr "Ställ in till <userinput>false</userinput> för att förhindra att PCMCIA-tjänster startas, om det orsakar problem. Vissa bärbara datorer är kända för det här problemet." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if " +"that causes problems. Some laptops are well known for this misbehavior." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in till <userinput>false</userinput> för att förhindra att PCMCIA-" +"tjänster startas, om det orsakar problem. Vissa bärbara datorer är kända för " +"det här problemet." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2302 @@ -1580,8 +3084,17 @@ msgstr "disk-detect/dmraid/enable (dmraid)" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2303 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enable support for Serial ATA RAID (also called ATA RAID, BIOS RAID or fake RAID) disks in the installer. Note that this support is currently experimental. Additional information can be found on the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-wiki;\">Debian Installer Wiki</ulink>." -msgstr "Ställ in till <userinput>true</userinput> för att aktivera stöd för Serial ATA RAID-diskar (kallas även för ATA RAID, BIOS RAID eller fake RAID) i installationsprogrammet. Observera att stödet för närvarande är experimentellt. Ytterligare information kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-wiki;\">Debian Installer Wiki</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enable support for Serial ATA RAID " +"(also called ATA RAID, BIOS RAID or fake RAID) disks in the installer. Note " +"that this support is currently experimental. Additional information can be " +"found on the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-wiki;\">Debian Installer Wiki</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in till <userinput>true</userinput> för att aktivera stöd för Serial " +"ATA RAID-diskar (kallas även för ATA RAID, BIOS RAID eller fake RAID) i " +"installationsprogrammet. Observera att stödet för närvarande är " +"experimentellt. Ytterligare information kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-" +"wiki;\">Debian Installer Wiki</ulink>." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2314 @@ -1592,8 +3105,12 @@ msgstr "preseed/url (url)" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2315 #, no-c-format -msgid "Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use for automating the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>." -msgstr "Ange url:en till en förkonfigurationsfil som ska hämtas ner och användas för att automatisera installationen. Se <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>." +msgid "" +"Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use for " +"automating the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Ange url:en till en förkonfigurationsfil som ska hämtas ner och användas för " +"att automatisera installationen. Se <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2324 @@ -1604,8 +3121,12 @@ msgstr "preseed/file (file)" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2325 #, no-c-format -msgid "Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load for automating the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>." -msgstr "Ange sökvägen till en förkonfigurationsfil som ska läsas in för att automatisera installationen. Se <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>." +msgid "" +"Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load for automating the " +"install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Ange sökvägen till en förkonfigurationsfil som ska läsas in för att " +"automatisera installationen. Se <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2334 @@ -1616,8 +3137,18 @@ msgstr "preseed/interactive" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2335 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to display questions even if they have been preseeded. Can be useful for testing or debugging a preconfiguration file. Note that this will have no effect on parameters that are passed as boot parameters, but for those a special syntax can be used. See <xref linkend=\"preseed-seenflag\"/> for details." -msgstr "Ställ in till <userinput>true</userinput> för att visa frågor även om de har blivit förinställda. Kan vara användbart för testning eller felsökning av en förkonfigurationsfil. Observera att det här inte har någon effekt på parametrar som skickas som uppstartsparametrar, men för de kan en speciell syntax användas. Se <xref linkend=\"preseed-seenflag\"/> för detaljer." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to display questions even if they have " +"been preseeded. Can be useful for testing or debugging a preconfiguration " +"file. Note that this will have no effect on parameters that are passed as " +"boot parameters, but for those a special syntax can be used. See <xref " +"linkend=\"preseed-seenflag\"/> for details." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in till <userinput>true</userinput> för att visa frågor även om de har " +"blivit förinställda. Kan vara användbart för testning eller felsökning av en " +"förkonfigurationsfil. Observera att det här inte har någon effekt på " +"parametrar som skickas som uppstartsparametrar, men för de kan en speciell " +"syntax användas. Se <xref linkend=\"preseed-seenflag\"/> för detaljer." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2347 @@ -1628,8 +3159,14 @@ msgstr "auto-install/enable (auto)" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2348 #, no-c-format -msgid "Delay questions that are normally asked before preseeding is possible until after the network is configured. See <xref linkend=\"preseed-auto\"/> for details about using this to automate installs." -msgstr "Fördröj frågor som vanligtvis frågas innan förinställning är möjlig efter att nätverket har konfigurerats. Se <xref linkend=\"preseed-auto\"/> för detaljer om hur man automatiserar installationer." +msgid "" +"Delay questions that are normally asked before preseeding is possible until " +"after the network is configured. See <xref linkend=\"preseed-auto\"/> for " +"details about using this to automate installs." +msgstr "" +"Fördröj frågor som vanligtvis frågas innan förinställning är möjlig efter " +"att nätverket har konfigurerats. Se <xref linkend=\"preseed-auto\"/> för " +"detaljer om hur man automatiserar installationer." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2359 @@ -1640,8 +3177,15 @@ msgstr "finish-install/keep-consoles" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2360 #, no-c-format -msgid "During installations from serial or management console, the regular virtual consoles (VT1 to VT6) are normally disabled in <filename>/etc/inittab</filename>. Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to prevent this." -msgstr "Under installationer från seriella eller hanteringskonsoller är de vanliga virtuella konsollerna (VT1 till VT6) oftast inaktiverade i <filename>/etc/inittab</filename>. Ställ in till <userinput>true</userinput> för att förhindra detta." +msgid "" +"During installations from serial or management console, the regular virtual " +"consoles (VT1 to VT6) are normally disabled in <filename>/etc/inittab</" +"filename>. Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to prevent this." +msgstr "" +"Under installationer från seriella eller hanteringskonsoller är de vanliga " +"virtuella konsollerna (VT1 till VT6) oftast inaktiverade i <filename>/etc/" +"inittab</filename>. Ställ in till <userinput>true</userinput> för att " +"förhindra detta." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2371 @@ -1652,14 +3196,32 @@ msgstr "cdrom-detect/eject" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2372 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media used during the installation. This can be unnecessary if the system does not automatically boot off the CD. In some cases it may even be undesirable, for example if the optical drive cannot reinsert the media itself and the user is not there to do it manually. Many slot loading, slim-line, and caddy style drives cannot reload media automatically." -msgstr "Som standard, före omstart, matar &d-i; automatiskt ut det optiska mediat som användes under installationen. Det kan vara onödigt om systemet inte startar upp automatiskt på cd. I vissa fall kan det inte vara önskvärt, till exempel om den optiska enheten inte kan mata in mediat själv om användaren inte finns där för att göra det manuellt. Många cd-läsare kan inte mata in media automatiskt." +msgid "" +"By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media " +"used during the installation. This can be unnecessary if the system does not " +"automatically boot off the CD. In some cases it may even be undesirable, for " +"example if the optical drive cannot reinsert the media itself and the user " +"is not there to do it manually. Many slot loading, slim-line, and caddy " +"style drives cannot reload media automatically." +msgstr "" +"Som standard, före omstart, matar &d-i; automatiskt ut det optiska mediat " +"som användes under installationen. Det kan vara onödigt om systemet inte " +"startar upp automatiskt på cd. I vissa fall kan det inte vara önskvärt, till " +"exempel om den optiska enheten inte kan mata in mediat själv om användaren " +"inte finns där för att göra det manuellt. Många cd-läsare kan inte mata in " +"media automatiskt." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2381 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be aware that you may need to ensure that the system does not automatically boot from the optical drive after the initial installation." -msgstr "Ställ in till <userinput>false</userinput> för att inaktivera automatisk utmatning och tänk på att du kan behöva se till att systemet inte startar upp automatiskt från den optiska enheten efter den initiala installationen." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be " +"aware that you may need to ensure that the system does not automatically " +"boot from the optical drive after the initial installation." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in till <userinput>false</userinput> för att inaktivera automatisk " +"utmatning och tänk på att du kan behöva se till att systemet inte startar " +"upp automatiskt från den optiska enheten efter den initiala installationen." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2392 @@ -1670,20 +3232,50 @@ msgstr "base-installer/install-recommends (recommends)" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2393 #, no-c-format -msgid "When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by default also install packages that are recommended by those packages. Recommended packages are not strictly required for the core functionality of the selected software, but they do enhance that software and should, in the view of the package maintainers, normally be installed together with that software." -msgstr "När paket installeras med hjälp av pakethanteringssystemet så kommer det även att installera paket som rekommenderas av dessa paket som standard. Rekommenderade paket är inte nödvändiga för grundfunktionaliteten av den valda programvaran men de förbättrar den programvaran och bör, som de paketansvariga anser, oftast installeras tillsammans med den programvaran." +msgid "" +"When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by " +"default also install packages that are recommended by those packages. " +"Recommended packages are not strictly required for the core functionality of " +"the selected software, but they do enhance that software and should, in the " +"view of the package maintainers, normally be installed together with that " +"software." +msgstr "" +"När paket installeras med hjälp av pakethanteringssystemet så kommer det " +"även att installera paket som rekommenderas av dessa paket som standard. " +"Rekommenderade paket är inte nödvändiga för grundfunktionaliteten av den " +"valda programvaran men de förbättrar den programvaran och bör, som de " +"paketansvariga anser, oftast installeras tillsammans med den programvaran." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2402 #, no-c-format -msgid "By setting this option to <userinput>false</userinput>, the package management system will be configured to not automatically install such <quote>Recommends</quote>, both during the installation and for the installed system." -msgstr "Genom att ställa in denna flagga till <userinput>false</userinput> så kommer pakethanteringssystemet att konfigureras till att inte automatiskt installera paket som anges med <quote>Recommends</quote>, både under installationen och för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"By setting this option to <userinput>false</userinput>, the package " +"management system will be configured to not automatically install such " +"<quote>Recommends</quote>, both during the installation and for the " +"installed system." +msgstr "" +"Genom att ställa in denna flagga till <userinput>false</userinput> så kommer " +"pakethanteringssystemet att konfigureras till att inte automatiskt " +"installera paket som anges med <quote>Recommends</quote>, både under " +"installationen och för det installerade systemet." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2409 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that this option allows to have a leaner system, but can also result in features being missing that you might normally expect to be available. You may have to manually install some of the recommended packages to obtain the full functionality you want. This option should therefore only be used by very experienced users." -msgstr "Observera att denna flagga ger ett smidigare system men kan även resultera i att funktioner saknas som du kanske vanligtvis skulle förvänta dig vara tillgängliga. Du kan behöva att manuellt installera några av de rekommenderade paketen för att få den fullständiga funktionalitet som du vill uppnå. Denna flagga bör därför endast användas av mycket erfarna användare." +msgid "" +"Note that this option allows to have a leaner system, but can also result in " +"features being missing that you might normally expect to be available. You " +"may have to manually install some of the recommended packages to obtain the " +"full functionality you want. This option should therefore only be used by " +"very experienced users." +msgstr "" +"Observera att denna flagga ger ett smidigare system men kan även resultera i " +"att funktioner saknas som du kanske vanligtvis skulle förvänta dig vara " +"tillgängliga. Du kan behöva att manuellt installera några av de " +"rekommenderade paketen för att få den fullständiga funktionalitet som du " +"vill uppnå. Denna flagga bör därför endast användas av mycket erfarna " +"användare." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2421 @@ -1694,8 +3286,16 @@ msgstr "debian-installer/allow_unauthenticated" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2422 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default the installer requires that repositories be authenticated using a known gpg key. Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to disable that authentication. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Warning: insecure, not recommended.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Som standard kräver installationsprogrammet att förråden autentiseras med en känd gpg-nyckel. Ställ in till <userinput>true</userinput> för att inaktivera den autentiseringen. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Varning: osäkert, rekommenderas inte.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"By default the installer requires that repositories be authenticated using a " +"known gpg key. Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to disable that " +"authentication. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Warning: insecure, not recommended.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Som standard kräver installationsprogrammet att förråden autentiseras med en " +"känd gpg-nyckel. Ställ in till <userinput>true</userinput> för att " +"inaktivera den autentiseringen. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Varning: osäkert, " +"rekommenderas inte.</emphasis>" #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2433 @@ -1706,8 +3306,14 @@ msgstr "ramdisk_size" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2434 #, no-c-format -msgid "This parameter should already be set to a correct value where needed; set it only it you see errors during the boot that indicate the ramdisk could not be loaded completely. The value is in kB." -msgstr "Den här parametern bör redan vara inställd till ett korrekt värde när den behövs; ställ endast in den om du ser fel under uppstarten som indikerar att ramdisken inte fullständigt gick att läsa in. Värdet är i kB." +msgid "" +"This parameter should already be set to a correct value where needed; set it " +"only it you see errors during the boot that indicate the ramdisk could not " +"be loaded completely. The value is in kB." +msgstr "" +"Den här parametern bör redan vara inställd till ett korrekt värde när den " +"behövs; ställ endast in den om du ser fel under uppstarten som indikerar att " +"ramdisken inte fullständigt gick att läsa in. Värdet är i kB." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2444 @@ -1718,8 +3324,25 @@ msgstr "mouse/protocol" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2445 #, no-c-format -msgid "For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), users can set the mouse protocol to be used by setting this parameter. Supported values are<footnote> <para> See the man page for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>directfbrc</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for additional information. </para> </footnote>: <userinput>PS/2</userinput>, <userinput>IMPS/2</userinput>, <userinput>MS</userinput>, <userinput>MS3</userinput>, <userinput>MouseMan</userinput> and <userinput>MouseSystems</userinput>. In most cases the default protocol should work correctly." -msgstr "För gtk-framänden (grafiska installationsprogrammet) kan användare ange musprotokollet som ska användas geom att ställa in denna parameter. Värden som stöds är<footnote> <para> Se manualsidan för <citerefentry><refentrytitle>directfbrc</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> för ytterligare information. </para> </footnote>: <userinput>PS/2</userinput>, <userinput>IMPS/2</userinput>, <userinput>MS</userinput>, <userinput>MS3</userinput>, <userinput>MouseMan</userinput> och <userinput>MouseSystems</userinput>. I de flesta fall bör standardprotokollet fungera." +msgid "" +"For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), users can set the mouse protocol " +"to be used by setting this parameter. Supported values are<footnote> <para> " +"See the man page for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>directfbrc</refentrytitle> " +"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for additional information. </para> " +"</footnote>: <userinput>PS/2</userinput>, <userinput>IMPS/2</userinput>, " +"<userinput>MS</userinput>, <userinput>MS3</userinput>, <userinput>MouseMan</" +"userinput> and <userinput>MouseSystems</userinput>. In most cases the " +"default protocol should work correctly." +msgstr "" +"För gtk-framänden (grafiska installationsprogrammet) kan användare ange " +"musprotokollet som ska användas geom att ställa in denna parameter. Värden " +"som stöds är<footnote> <para> Se manualsidan för " +"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>directfbrc</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" +"manvolnum></citerefentry> för ytterligare information. </para> </footnote>: " +"<userinput>PS/2</userinput>, <userinput>IMPS/2</userinput>, <userinput>MS</" +"userinput>, <userinput>MS3</userinput>, <userinput>MouseMan</userinput> och " +"<userinput>MouseSystems</userinput>. I de flesta fall bör " +"standardprotokollet fungera." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2467 @@ -1730,8 +3353,17 @@ msgstr "mouse/device" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2468 #, no-c-format -msgid "For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), users can specify the mouse device to be used by setting this parameter. This is mostly useful if the mouse is connected to a serial port (serial mouse). Example: <userinput>mouse/device=<replaceable>/dev/ttyS1</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "För gtk-framänden (grafiska installationsprogrammet) kan användare ange musenheten som ska användas genom att ställa in denna parameter. Det är oftast användbart om musen är ansluten till en serieport (serieportsmus). Exempel: <userinput>mouse/device=<replaceable>/dev/ttyS1</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), users can specify the mouse " +"device to be used by setting this parameter. This is mostly useful if the " +"mouse is connected to a serial port (serial mouse). Example: " +"<userinput>mouse/device=<replaceable>/dev/ttyS1</replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" +"För gtk-framänden (grafiska installationsprogrammet) kan användare ange " +"musenheten som ska användas genom att ställa in denna parameter. Det är " +"oftast användbart om musen är ansluten till en serieport (serieportsmus). " +"Exempel: <userinput>mouse/device=<replaceable>/dev/ttyS1</replaceable></" +"userinput>." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2479 @@ -1742,8 +3374,14 @@ msgstr "mus/vänster" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2480 #, no-c-format -msgid "For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), users can switch the mouse to left-handed operation by setting this parameter to <userinput>true</userinput>." -msgstr "För gtk-gränssnittet (grafiska installationsprogrammet) kan användare byta musen till vänsterhänt hantering genom att ställa in den här parametern till <userinput>true</userinput>." +msgid "" +"For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), users can switch the mouse to " +"left-handed operation by setting this parameter to <userinput>true</" +"userinput>." +msgstr "" +"För gtk-gränssnittet (grafiska installationsprogrammet) kan användare byta " +"musen till vänsterhänt hantering genom att ställa in den här parametern till " +"<userinput>true</userinput>." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2489 @@ -1754,8 +3392,14 @@ msgstr "directfb/hw-accel" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2490 #, no-c-format -msgid "For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), hardware acceleration in directfb is disabled by default. Set this parameter to <userinput>true</userinput> to enable it." -msgstr "Hårdvaruaccelerering för gtk-gränssnittet (grafiska installationsprogrammet) i directfb är inaktiverat som standard. Ställ in den här parametern till <userinput>true</userinput> för att aktivera det." +msgid "" +"For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), hardware acceleration in " +"directfb is disabled by default. Set this parameter to <userinput>true</" +"userinput> to enable it." +msgstr "" +"Hårdvaruaccelerering för gtk-gränssnittet (grafiska installationsprogrammet) " +"i directfb är inaktiverat som standard. Ställ in den här parametern till " +"<userinput>true</userinput> för att aktivera det." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2500 @@ -1766,8 +3410,13 @@ msgstr "rescue/enable" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2501 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than performing a normal installation. See <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." -msgstr "Ställ in till <userinput>true</userinput> för att gå in i räddningsläget istället för att genomföra en normal installation. Se <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than " +"performing a normal installation. See <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in till <userinput>true</userinput> för att gå in i räddningsläget " +"istället för att genomföra en normal installation. Se <xref linkend=\"rescue" +"\"/>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2512 @@ -1778,20 +3427,27 @@ msgstr "Använding av uppstartsparametrar för att besvara frågor" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2513 #, no-c-format -msgid "With some exceptions, a value can be set at the boot prompt for any question asked during the installation, though this is only really useful in specific cases. General instructions how to do this can be found in <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/>. Some specific examples are listed below." -msgstr "Med några undantag kan ett värde ställas in vid uppstartsprompten för valfri fråga som ställs under installationen, även om det här bara är verkligen användbart i specifika fall. Allmänna instruktioner om hur man kan göra det här kan hittas i <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/>. Några specifika exempel listas här nedan." +msgid "" +"With some exceptions, a value can be set at the boot prompt for any question " +"asked during the installation, though this is only really useful in specific " +"cases. General instructions how to do this can be found in <xref linkend=" +"\"preseed-bootparms\"/>. Some specific examples are listed below." +msgstr "" +"Med några undantag kan ett värde ställas in vid uppstartsprompten för valfri " +"fråga som ställs under installationen, även om det här bara är verkligen " +"användbart i specifika fall. Allmänna instruktioner om hur man kan göra det " +"här kan hittas i <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/>. Några specifika " +"exempel listas här nedan." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2525 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "debian-installer/locale (locale)" msgid "debian-installer/language (language)" msgstr "debian-installer/language (language)" #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2526 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "debian-installer/theme (theme)" msgid "debian-installer/country (country)" msgstr "debian-installer/country (country)" @@ -1804,20 +3460,48 @@ msgstr "debian-installer/locale (locale)" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2528 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two ways to specify the language, country and locale to use for the installation and the installed system." -msgstr "Det finns två sätt att ange språk, land och lokal att använda för installationen och det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"There are two ways to specify the language, country and locale to use for " +"the installation and the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Det finns två sätt att ange språk, land och lokal att använda för " +"installationen och det installerade systemet." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2533 #, no-c-format -msgid "The first and easiest is to pass only the parameter <literal>locale</literal>. Language and country will then be derived from its value. You can for example use <userinput>locale=de_CH</userinput> to select German as language and Switzerland as country (<literal>de_CH.UTF-8</literal> will be set as default locale for the installed system). Limitation is that not all possible combinations of language, country and locale can be achieved this way." -msgstr "Första och enklaste är att endast skicka parametern <literal>locale</literal>. Språk och land kommer sedan att ställas in efter dess värde. Du kan till exempel använda <userinput>locale=sv_SE</userinput> för att välja svenska som språk och Sverige som land (<literal>sv_SE.UTF-8</literal> kommer att ställas in som standardlokal för det installerade systemet). Begränsningen är att inte alla möjliga kombinationer av språk, land och lokal kan uppnås på detta sätt." +msgid "" +"The first and easiest is to pass only the parameter <literal>locale</" +"literal>. Language and country will then be derived from its value. You can " +"for example use <userinput>locale=de_CH</userinput> to select German as " +"language and Switzerland as country (<literal>de_CH.UTF-8</literal> will be " +"set as default locale for the installed system). Limitation is that not all " +"possible combinations of language, country and locale can be achieved this " +"way." +msgstr "" +"Första och enklaste är att endast skicka parametern <literal>locale</" +"literal>. Språk och land kommer sedan att ställas in efter dess värde. Du " +"kan till exempel använda <userinput>locale=sv_SE</userinput> för att välja " +"svenska som språk och Sverige som land (<literal>sv_SE.UTF-8</literal> " +"kommer att ställas in som standardlokal för det installerade systemet). " +"Begränsningen är att inte alla möjliga kombinationer av språk, land och " +"lokal kan uppnås på detta sätt." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2542 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second, more flexible option is to specify <literal>language</literal> and <literal>country</literal> separately. In this case <literal>locale</literal> can optionally be added to specify a specific default locale for the installed system. Example: <userinput>language=en country=DE locale=en_GB.UTF-8</userinput>." -msgstr "Det andra, mer flexibla alternativet är att ange <literal>language</literal> och <literal>country</literal> separat. I detta fall kan <literal>locale</literal> valfritt läggas till för att ange en specifik standardlokal för det installerade systemet. Exempel: <userinput>language=sv country=SE locale=sv_SE.UTF-8</userinput>." +msgid "" +"The second, more flexible option is to specify <literal>language</literal> " +"and <literal>country</literal> separately. In this case <literal>locale</" +"literal> can optionally be added to specify a specific default locale for " +"the installed system. Example: <userinput>language=en country=DE " +"locale=en_GB.UTF-8</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Det andra, mer flexibla alternativet är att ange <literal>language</literal> " +"och <literal>country</literal> separat. I detta fall kan <literal>locale</" +"literal> valfritt läggas till för att ange en specifik standardlokal för det " +"installerade systemet. Exempel: <userinput>language=sv country=SE " +"locale=sv_SE.UTF-8</userinput>." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2554 @@ -1828,14 +3512,29 @@ msgstr "anna/choose_modules (modules)" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2555 #, no-c-format -msgid "Can be used to automatically load installer components that are not loaded by default. Examples of optional components that may be useful are <classname>openssh-client-udeb</classname> (so you can use <command>scp</command> during the installation)<phrase arch=\"not-s390\"> and <classname>ppp-udeb</classname> (see <xref linkend=\"pppoe\"/>)</phrase>." -msgstr "Kan användas för att automatiskt läsa in installerarkomponenter som inte läses in som standard. Exempel på valfria komponenter som kan vara användbara är <classname>openssh-client-udeb</classname> (så att du kan använda <command>scp</command> under installationen)<phrase arch=\"not-s390\"> och <classname>ppp-udeb</classname> (se <xref linkend=\"pppoe\"/>)</phrase>." +msgid "" +"Can be used to automatically load installer components that are not loaded " +"by default. Examples of optional components that may be useful are " +"<classname>openssh-client-udeb</classname> (so you can use <command>scp</" +"command> during the installation)<phrase arch=\"not-s390\"> and " +"<classname>ppp-udeb</classname> (see <xref linkend=\"pppoe\"/>)</phrase>." +msgstr "" +"Kan användas för att automatiskt läsa in installerarkomponenter som inte " +"läses in som standard. Exempel på valfria komponenter som kan vara " +"användbara är <classname>openssh-client-udeb</classname> (så att du kan " +"använda <command>scp</command> under installationen)<phrase arch=\"not-s390" +"\"> och <classname>ppp-udeb</classname> (se <xref linkend=\"pppoe\"/>)</" +"phrase>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2569 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> if you want to disable DHCP and instead force static network configuration." -msgstr "Ställ in till <userinput>true</userinput> om du vill inaktivera DHCP och istället tvinga fram statisk nätverkskonfiguration." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>true</userinput> if you want to disable DHCP and instead " +"force static network configuration." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in till <userinput>true</userinput> om du vill inaktivera DHCP och " +"istället tvinga fram statisk nätverkskonfiguration." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2578 @@ -1846,8 +3545,20 @@ msgstr "mirror/protocol (protocol)" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2579 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default the installer will use the http protocol to download files from Debian mirrors and changing that to ftp is not possible during installations at normal priority. By setting this parameter to <userinput>ftp</userinput>, you can force the installer to use that protocol instead. Note that you cannot select an ftp mirror from a list, you have to enter the hostname manually." -msgstr "Som standard använder installationsprogrammet http-protokollet för att hämta filer från Debian-speglar och ändring av det till ftp är inte möjligt under installationer med normal prioritet. Genom att ställa in den här parametern till <userinput>ftp</userinput>, kan du tvinga installationsprogrammet att använda det protokollet istället. Observera att du inte kan välja en ftp-spegel från en lista, du måste ange värdnamnet manuellt." +msgid "" +"By default the installer will use the http protocol to download files from " +"Debian mirrors and changing that to ftp is not possible during installations " +"at normal priority. By setting this parameter to <userinput>ftp</userinput>, " +"you can force the installer to use that protocol instead. Note that you " +"cannot select an ftp mirror from a list, you have to enter the hostname " +"manually." +msgstr "" +"Som standard använder installationsprogrammet http-protokollet för att hämta " +"filer från Debian-speglar och ändring av det till ftp är inte möjligt under " +"installationer med normal prioritet. Genom att ställa in den här parametern " +"till <userinput>ftp</userinput>, kan du tvinga installationsprogrammet att " +"använda det protokollet istället. Observera att du inte kan välja en ftp-" +"spegel från en lista, du måste ange värdnamnet manuellt." #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2592 @@ -1858,8 +3569,14 @@ msgstr "tasksel:tasksel/first (tasks)" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2593 #, no-c-format -msgid "Can be used to select tasks that are not available from the interactive task list, such as the <literal>kde-desktop</literal> task. See <xref linkend=\"pkgsel\"/> for additional information." -msgstr "Kan användas för att välja funktioner som inte finns tillgängliga från den interaktiva funktionslistan, såsom funktionen <literal>kde-desktop</literal>. Se <xref linkend=\"pkgsel\"/> för ytterligare information." +msgid "" +"Can be used to select tasks that are not available from the interactive task " +"list, such as the <literal>kde-desktop</literal> task. See <xref linkend=" +"\"pkgsel\"/> for additional information." +msgstr "" +"Kan användas för att välja funktioner som inte finns tillgängliga från den " +"interaktiva funktionslistan, såsom funktionen <literal>kde-desktop</" +"literal>. Se <xref linkend=\"pkgsel\"/> för ytterligare information." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2607 @@ -1870,26 +3587,63 @@ msgstr "Skicka parametrar till kärnmoduler" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2608 #, no-c-format -msgid "If drivers are compiled into the kernel, you can pass parameters to them as described in the kernel documentation. However, if drivers are compiled as modules and because kernel modules are loaded a bit differently during an installation than when booting an installed system, it is not possible to pass parameters to modules as you would normally do. Instead, you need to use a special syntax recognized by the installer which will then make sure that the parameters are saved in the proper configuration files and will thus be used when the modules are actually loaded. The parameters will also be propagated automatically to the configuration for the installed system." -msgstr "Om drivrutiner är kompilerade in i kärnan kan du skicka parametrar till dem som beskrivs i dokumentationen för kärnan. Dock om drivrutinerna är byggda som moduler och därför att kärnmoduler läses in lite annorlunda under en installation än vid uppstart av ett installerat system, är det inte möjligt att skicka parametrar till moduler kan samma sätt som du normalt gör. Istället behöver du använda en speciell syntax som känns igen av installationsprogrammet som ser till att parametrarna sparas i de korrekta konfigurationsfilerna och på så sätt kommer att användas när modulerna faktiskt läses in. Parametrarna kommer även att propageras automatiskt till konfigurationen för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"If drivers are compiled into the kernel, you can pass parameters to them as " +"described in the kernel documentation. However, if drivers are compiled as " +"modules and because kernel modules are loaded a bit differently during an " +"installation than when booting an installed system, it is not possible to " +"pass parameters to modules as you would normally do. Instead, you need to " +"use a special syntax recognized by the installer which will then make sure " +"that the parameters are saved in the proper configuration files and will " +"thus be used when the modules are actually loaded. The parameters will also " +"be propagated automatically to the configuration for the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Om drivrutiner är kompilerade in i kärnan kan du skicka parametrar till dem " +"som beskrivs i dokumentationen för kärnan. Dock om drivrutinerna är byggda " +"som moduler och därför att kärnmoduler läses in lite annorlunda under en " +"installation än vid uppstart av ett installerat system, är det inte möjligt " +"att skicka parametrar till moduler kan samma sätt som du normalt gör. " +"Istället behöver du använda en speciell syntax som känns igen av " +"installationsprogrammet som ser till att parametrarna sparas i de korrekta " +"konfigurationsfilerna och på så sätt kommer att användas när modulerna " +"faktiskt läses in. Parametrarna kommer även att propageras automatiskt till " +"konfigurationen för det installerade systemet." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2621 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that it is now quite rare that parameters need to be passed to modules. In most cases the kernel will be able to probe the hardware present in a system and set good defaults that way. However, in some situations it may still be needed to set parameters manually." -msgstr "Observera att det är nuförtiden ganska ovanligt att parametrar behöver skickas till moduler. I de flesta fall kommer kärnan att söka av befintlig hårdvara i ett system och ställa in bra standardvärden på det sättet. Dock, i vissa fall, kan det fortfarande krävas att parametrar ställs in manuellt." +msgid "" +"Note that it is now quite rare that parameters need to be passed to modules. " +"In most cases the kernel will be able to probe the hardware present in a " +"system and set good defaults that way. However, in some situations it may " +"still be needed to set parameters manually." +msgstr "" +"Observera att det är nuförtiden ganska ovanligt att parametrar behöver " +"skickas till moduler. I de flesta fall kommer kärnan att söka av befintlig " +"hårdvara i ett system och ställa in bra standardvärden på det sättet. Dock, " +"i vissa fall, kan det fortfarande krävas att parametrar ställs in manuellt." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2628 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The syntax to use to set parameters for modules is: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<replaceable>module_name</replaceable>.<replaceable>parameter_name</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> If you need to pass multiple parameters to the same or different modules, just repeat this. For example, to set an old 3Com network interface card to use the BNC (coax) connector and IRQ 10, you would pass:" +"The syntax to use to set parameters for modules is: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<replaceable>module_name</replaceable>.<replaceable>parameter_name</" +"replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> If you need to pass multiple parameters to the " +"same or different modules, just repeat this. For example, to set an old 3Com " +"network interface card to use the BNC (coax) connector and IRQ 10, you would " +"pass:" msgstr "" -"Syntaxen att använda för att ställa in parametrar för moduler är: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<replaceable>modulnamn</replaceable>.<replaceable>parameternamn</replaceable>=<replaceable>värde</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Om du behöver skicka flera parametrar till samma eller olika moduler är det bara att upprepa detta. Till exempel, för att ställa in ett gammalt 3Com-nätverkskort till att använda BNC-kontakten (coax) och IRQ 10, skulle du skicka:" +"Syntaxen att använda för att ställa in parametrar för moduler är: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<replaceable>modulnamn</replaceable>.<replaceable>parameternamn</" +"replaceable>=<replaceable>värde</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Om du behöver skicka flera parametrar till samma " +"eller olika moduler är det bara att upprepa detta. Till exempel, för att " +"ställa in ett gammalt 3Com-nätverkskort till att använda BNC-kontakten " +"(coax) och IRQ 10, skulle du skicka:" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:2638 @@ -1906,20 +3660,50 @@ msgstr "Svartlistning av kärnmoduler" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2645 #, no-c-format -msgid "Sometimes it may be necessary to blacklist a module to prevent it from being loaded automatically by the kernel and udev. One reason could be that a particular module causes problems with your hardware. The kernel also sometimes lists two different drivers for the same device. This can cause the device to not work correctly if the drivers conflict or if the wrong driver is loaded first." -msgstr "Ibland är kan det vara nödvändigt att svartlista en modul för att förhindra den från att automatiskt läsas in av kärnan och udev. En anledning kan vara attt en specifik modul orsakar problem med din maskinvara. Kärnan kan ibland även lista två olika drivrutiner för samma enhet. Det här kan orsaka att enheten inte fungerar korrekt om drivrutinerna är i konflikt eller om fel drivrutin läses in först." +msgid "" +"Sometimes it may be necessary to blacklist a module to prevent it from being " +"loaded automatically by the kernel and udev. One reason could be that a " +"particular module causes problems with your hardware. The kernel also " +"sometimes lists two different drivers for the same device. This can cause " +"the device to not work correctly if the drivers conflict or if the wrong " +"driver is loaded first." +msgstr "" +"Ibland är kan det vara nödvändigt att svartlista en modul för att förhindra " +"den från att automatiskt läsas in av kärnan och udev. En anledning kan vara " +"attt en specifik modul orsakar problem med din maskinvara. Kärnan kan ibland " +"även lista två olika drivrutiner för samma enhet. Det här kan orsaka att " +"enheten inte fungerar korrekt om drivrutinerna är i konflikt eller om fel " +"drivrutin läses in först." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2654 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can blacklist a module using the following syntax: <userinput><replaceable>module_name</replaceable>.blacklist=yes</userinput>. This will cause the module to be blacklisted in <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/blacklist.local</filename> both during the installation and for the installed system." -msgstr "Du kan svartlista en modul genom att använda följande syntax: <userinput><replaceable>modulnamn</replaceable>.blacklist=yes</userinput>. Det här kommer att göra att modulen blir svartlistad i <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/blacklist.local</filename>, både under installationen och för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"You can blacklist a module using the following syntax: " +"<userinput><replaceable>module_name</replaceable>.blacklist=yes</userinput>. " +"This will cause the module to be blacklisted in <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/" +"blacklist.local</filename> both during the installation and for the " +"installed system." +msgstr "" +"Du kan svartlista en modul genom att använda följande syntax: " +"<userinput><replaceable>modulnamn</replaceable>.blacklist=yes</userinput>. " +"Det här kommer att göra att modulen blir svartlistad i <filename>/etc/" +"modprobe.d/blacklist.local</filename>, både under installationen och för det " +"installerade systemet." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2662 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that a module may still be loaded by the installation system itself. You can prevent that from happening by running the installation in expert mode and unselecting the module from the list of modules displayed during the hardware detection phases." -msgstr "Observera att en modul fortfarande kan läsas in av själva installationssystemet. Du kan förhindra det från att hända genom att köra installationen i expertläget och avmarkera modulen från listan över moduler som visas under maskinvaruidentifieringsfaserna." +msgid "" +"Note that a module may still be loaded by the installation system itself. " +"You can prevent that from happening by running the installation in expert " +"mode and unselecting the module from the list of modules displayed during " +"the hardware detection phases." +msgstr "" +"Observera att en modul fortfarande kan läsas in av själva " +"installationssystemet. Du kan förhindra det från att hända genom att köra " +"installationen i expertläget och avmarkera modulen från listan över moduler " +"som visas under maskinvaruidentifieringsfaserna." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2679 @@ -1936,14 +3720,29 @@ msgstr "Tillförlitlighet för cd-rom" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2685 #, no-c-format -msgid "Sometimes, especially with older CD-ROM drives, the installer may fail to boot from a CD-ROM. The installer may also — even after booting successfully from CD-ROM — fail to recognize the CD-ROM or return errors while reading from it during the installation." -msgstr "Ibland, speciellt med äldre cd-rom-enhet, kan installationsprogrammet misslyckas att starta upp från en cd-skiva. Installationsprogrammet kan även — även efter en lyckad uppstart från cd-skiva — misslyckas att känna igen cd-rom-enheten eller svara med fel vid läsning från den under installationen." +msgid "" +"Sometimes, especially with older CD-ROM drives, the installer may fail to " +"boot from a CD-ROM. The installer may also — even after booting " +"successfully from CD-ROM — fail to recognize the CD-ROM or return " +"errors while reading from it during the installation." +msgstr "" +"Ibland, speciellt med äldre cd-rom-enhet, kan installationsprogrammet " +"misslyckas att starta upp från en cd-skiva. Installationsprogrammet kan även " +"— även efter en lyckad uppstart från cd-skiva — misslyckas att " +"känna igen cd-rom-enheten eller svara med fel vid läsning från den under " +"installationen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2692 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are many different possible causes for these problems. We can only list some common issues and provide general suggestions on how to deal with them. The rest is up to you." -msgstr "Det finns många olika möjliga orsaker till dessa problem. Vi kan endast lista några vanliga problem och tillhandahålla allmänna förslag på hur man hanterar dem. Resten är upp till dig." +msgid "" +"There are many different possible causes for these problems. We can only " +"list some common issues and provide general suggestions on how to deal with " +"them. The rest is up to you." +msgstr "" +"Det finns många olika möjliga orsaker till dessa problem. Vi kan endast " +"lista några vanliga problem och tillhandahålla allmänna förslag på hur man " +"hanterar dem. Resten är upp till dig." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2698 @@ -1954,26 +3753,48 @@ msgstr "Det finns två mycket enkla saker som du bör prova först." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2703 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the CD-ROM does not boot, check that it was inserted correctly and that it is not dirty." -msgstr "Om cd-skivan inte startar upp, kontrollera att den blev inmatad korrekt och att den inte är smutsig." +msgid "" +"If the CD-ROM does not boot, check that it was inserted correctly and that " +"it is not dirty." +msgstr "" +"Om cd-skivan inte startar upp, kontrollera att den blev inmatad korrekt och " +"att den inte är smutsig." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2709 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the installer fails to recognize a CD-ROM, try just running the option <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Detect and mount CD-ROM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> a second time. Some DMA related issues with older CD-ROM drives are known to be resolved in this way." -msgstr "Om installationsprogrammet misslyckas att känna igen en cd-rom, prova att köra alternativet <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Identifiera och montera cd-rom</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> en andra gång. Vissa DMA-relaterade problem med äldre cd-rom-enheter kan lösas på detta sätt." +msgid "" +"If the installer fails to recognize a CD-ROM, try just running the option " +"<menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Detect and mount CD-ROM</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> a second time. Some DMA related issues with older CD-ROM drives " +"are known to be resolved in this way." +msgstr "" +"Om installationsprogrammet misslyckas att känna igen en cd-rom, prova att " +"köra alternativet <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Identifiera och montera cd-rom</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> en andra gång. Vissa DMA-relaterade problem med " +"äldre cd-rom-enheter kan lösas på detta sätt." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2719 #, no-c-format -msgid "If this does not work, then try the suggestions in the subsections below. Most, but not all, suggestions discussed there are valid for both CD-ROM and DVD, but we'll use the term CD-ROM for simplicity." -msgstr "Om det inte fungerar, prova nedanstående förslag. De flesta, men inte alla, förslag som diskuteras där gäller för både cd-rom och dvd, men vi använder termen cd-rom för enkelhet." +msgid "" +"If this does not work, then try the suggestions in the subsections below. " +"Most, but not all, suggestions discussed there are valid for both CD-ROM and " +"DVD, but we'll use the term CD-ROM for simplicity." +msgstr "" +"Om det inte fungerar, prova nedanstående förslag. De flesta, men inte alla, " +"förslag som diskuteras där gäller för både cd-rom och dvd, men vi använder " +"termen cd-rom för enkelhet." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2725 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you cannot get the installation working from CD-ROM, try one of the other installation methods that are available." -msgstr "Om du inte kan få installationen att fungera från cd-rom, prova en av de andra installationsmetoderna som finns tillgängliga." +msgid "" +"If you cannot get the installation working from CD-ROM, try one of the other " +"installation methods that are available." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte kan få installationen att fungera från cd-rom, prova en av de " +"andra installationsmetoderna som finns tillgängliga." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2733 @@ -1984,20 +3805,34 @@ msgstr "Vanliga problem" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2736 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some older CD-ROM drives do not support reading from discs that were burned at high speeds using a modern CD writer." -msgstr "Några äldre cd-rom-enheter saknar stöd för att läsa från skivor som blev brända med höga hastigheter med en modern cd-brännare." +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not support reading from discs that were burned " +"at high speeds using a modern CD writer." +msgstr "" +"Några äldre cd-rom-enheter saknar stöd för att läsa från skivor som blev " +"brända med höga hastigheter med en modern cd-brännare." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2742 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your system boots correctly from the CD-ROM, it does not necessarily mean that Linux also supports the CD-ROM (or, more correctly, the controller that your CD-ROM drive is connected to)." -msgstr "Om ditt system startar upp korrekt från cd-rom, betyder inte det alltid att Linux även har stöd för cd-enheten (eller, mer korrekt, styrkortet som din cd-rom-enhet är ansluten till)." +msgid "" +"If your system boots correctly from the CD-ROM, it does not necessarily mean " +"that Linux also supports the CD-ROM (or, more correctly, the controller that " +"your CD-ROM drive is connected to)." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt system startar upp korrekt från cd-rom, betyder inte det alltid att " +"Linux även har stöd för cd-enheten (eller, mer korrekt, styrkortet som din " +"cd-rom-enhet är ansluten till)." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2749 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some older CD-ROM drives do not work correctly if <quote>direct memory access</quote> (DMA) is enabled." -msgstr "Några äldre cd-rom-enheter fungerar inte korrekt om <quote>direkt minnesåtkomst</quote> (DMA) är aktiverat." +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not work correctly if <quote>direct memory " +"access</quote> (DMA) is enabled." +msgstr "" +"Några äldre cd-rom-enheter fungerar inte korrekt om <quote>direkt " +"minnesåtkomst</quote> (DMA) är aktiverat." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2760 @@ -2009,34 +3844,54 @@ msgstr "Hur man undersöker och kanske även löser problem" #: boot-installer.xml:2761 #, no-c-format msgid "If the CD-ROM fails to boot, try the suggestions listed below." -msgstr "Prova förslagen som listas här nedan om uppstart med cd-rom misslyckas." +msgstr "" +"Prova förslagen som listas här nedan om uppstart med cd-rom misslyckas." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2766 #, no-c-format -msgid "Check that your BIOS actually supports booting from CD-ROM (older systems possibly don't) and that your CD-ROM drive supports the media you are using." -msgstr "Kontrollera att ditt BIOS faktiskt har stöd för uppstart från cd-rom (äldre system har inte alltid det) och att din cd-rom-enhet har stöd för det media som du använder." +msgid "" +"Check that your BIOS actually supports booting from CD-ROM (older systems " +"possibly don't) and that your CD-ROM drive supports the media you are using." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollera att ditt BIOS faktiskt har stöd för uppstart från cd-rom (äldre " +"system har inte alltid det) och att din cd-rom-enhet har stöd för det media " +"som du använder." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2772 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you downloaded an iso image, check that the md5sum of that image matches the one listed for the image in the <filename>MD5SUMS</filename> file that should be present in the same location as where you downloaded the image from. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"If you downloaded an iso image, check that the md5sum of that image matches " +"the one listed for the image in the <filename>MD5SUMS</filename> file that " +"should be present in the same location as where you downloaded the image " +"from. <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ md5sum <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>\n" -"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Next, check that the md5sum of the burned CD-ROM matches as well. The following command should work. It uses the size of the image to read the correct number of bytes from the CD-ROM." +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst." +"iso</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Next, check that the md5sum of the burned CD-ROM " +"matches as well. The following command should work. It uses the size of the " +"image to read the correct number of bytes from the CD-ROM." msgstr "" -"Om du hämtat en iso-avbildning, kontrollera att md5-kontrollsumman för avbildningar matchar den som listas för avbildningen i filen <filename>MD5SUMS</filename> som bör finnas på samma plats som där du hämtade avbildningen från. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Om du hämtat en iso-avbildning, kontrollera att md5-kontrollsumman för " +"avbildningar matchar den som listas för avbildningen i filen " +"<filename>MD5SUMS</filename> som bör finnas på samma plats som där du " +"hämtade avbildningen från. <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ md5sum <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>\n" -"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Kontrollera sedan att md5-kontrollsumman för den brända cd-skivan matchar också. Följande kommando bör fungera. Det använder storleken på avbildningen för att läsa det korrekta antalet byte från cd-skivan." +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst." +"iso</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Kontrollera sedan att md5-kontrollsumman för den " +"brända cd-skivan matchar också. Följande kommando bör fungera. Det använder " +"storleken på avbildningen för att läsa det korrekta antalet byte från cd-" +"skivan." #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:2785 #, no-c-format msgid "" "$ dd if=/dev/cdrom | \\\n" -"> head -c `stat --format=%s <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>` | \\\n" +"> head -c `stat --format=%s <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</" +"replaceable>` | \\\n" "> md5sum\n" "a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 -\n" "262668+0 records in\n" @@ -2044,7 +3899,8 @@ msgid "" "134486016 bytes (134 MB) copied, 97.474 seconds, 1.4 MB/s" msgstr "" "$ dd if=/dev/cdrom | \\\n" -"> head -c `stat --format=%s <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>` | \\\n" +"> head -c `stat --format=%s <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</" +"replaceable>` | \\\n" "> md5sum\n" "a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 -\n" "262668+0 poster in\n" @@ -2054,52 +3910,95 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2790 #, no-c-format -msgid "If, after the installer has been booted successfully, the CD-ROM is not detected, sometimes simply trying again may solve the problem. If you have more than one CD-ROM drive, try changing the CD-ROM to the other drive. If that does not work or if the CD-ROM is recognized but there are errors when reading from it, try the suggestions listed below. Some basic knowledge of Linux is required for this. To execute any of the commands, you should first switch to the second virtual console (VT2) and activate the shell there." -msgstr "Om, efter att installationsprogrammet har startat upp korrekt, identifieras inte cd-rom-enheten, kan ibland ett nytt försök lösa problemet. Om du har fler än en cd-rom-enhet, prova att byta cd-rom-enheten till den andra enheten. Om det inte fungerar eller om cd-rom-enheten identifieras men det uppstod fel vid läsningen från den, prova förslagen som listas nedan. Viss grundläggande kunskap om Linux krävs för det här. För att köra något av kommandona, bör du först växla till den andra virtuella konsollen (VT2) och aktivera skalet där." +msgid "" +"If, after the installer has been booted successfully, the CD-ROM is not " +"detected, sometimes simply trying again may solve the problem. If you have " +"more than one CD-ROM drive, try changing the CD-ROM to the other drive. If " +"that does not work or if the CD-ROM is recognized but there are errors when " +"reading from it, try the suggestions listed below. Some basic knowledge of " +"Linux is required for this. To execute any of the commands, you should first " +"switch to the second virtual console (VT2) and activate the shell there." +msgstr "" +"Om, efter att installationsprogrammet har startat upp korrekt, identifieras " +"inte cd-rom-enheten, kan ibland ett nytt försök lösa problemet. Om du har " +"fler än en cd-rom-enhet, prova att byta cd-rom-enheten till den andra " +"enheten. Om det inte fungerar eller om cd-rom-enheten identifieras men det " +"uppstod fel vid läsningen från den, prova förslagen som listas nedan. Viss " +"grundläggande kunskap om Linux krävs för det här. För att köra något av " +"kommandona, bör du först växla till den andra virtuella konsollen (VT2) och " +"aktivera skalet där." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2802 #, no-c-format -msgid "Switch to VT4 or view the contents of <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> (use <command>nano</command> as editor) to check for any specific error messages. After that, also check the output of <command>dmesg</command>." -msgstr "Växla till VT4 eller visa innehållet i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> (använd <command>nano</command> som redigerare) för att leta efter specifika felmeddelenden. Efter det, kontrollera även utskriften för <command>dmesg</command>." +msgid "" +"Switch to VT4 or view the contents of <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> " +"(use <command>nano</command> as editor) to check for any specific error " +"messages. After that, also check the output of <command>dmesg</command>." +msgstr "" +"Växla till VT4 eller visa innehållet i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> " +"(använd <command>nano</command> som redigerare) för att leta efter specifika " +"felmeddelenden. Efter det, kontrollera även utskriften för <command>dmesg</" +"command>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2809 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Check in the output of <command>dmesg</command> if your CD-ROM drive was recognized. You should see something like (the lines do not necessarily have to be consecutive): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Check in the output of <command>dmesg</command> if your CD-ROM drive was " +"recognized. You should see something like (the lines do not necessarily have " +"to be consecutive): <informalexample><screen>\n" "Probing IDE interface ide1...\n" "hdc: TOSHIBA DVD-ROM SD-R6112, ATAPI CD/DVD-ROM drive\n" "ide1 at 0x170-0x177,0x376 on irq 15\n" "hdc: ATAPI 24X DVD-ROM DVD-R CD-R/RW drive, 2048kB Cache, UDMA(33)\n" "Uniform CD-ROM driver Revision: 3.20\n" -"</screen></informalexample> If you don't see something like that, chances are the controller your CD-ROM is connected to was not recognized or may be not supported at all. If you know what driver is needed for the controller, you can try loading it manually using <command>modprobe</command>." +"</screen></informalexample> If you don't see something like that, chances " +"are the controller your CD-ROM is connected to was not recognized or may be " +"not supported at all. If you know what driver is needed for the controller, " +"you can try loading it manually using <command>modprobe</command>." msgstr "" -"Se efter i utdatat från <command>dmesg</command> om din cd-rom-enhet identifierades. Du bör se någonting som liknar (raderna behöver inte nödvändigtvis vara lika): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Se efter i utdatat från <command>dmesg</command> om din cd-rom-enhet " +"identifierades. Du bör se någonting som liknar (raderna behöver inte " +"nödvändigtvis vara lika): <informalexample><screen>\n" "Probing IDE interface ide1...\n" "hdc: TOSHIBA DVD-ROM SD-R6112, ATAPI CD/DVD-ROM drive\n" "ide1 at 0x170-0x177,0x376 on irq 15\n" "hdc: ATAPI 24X DVD-ROM DVD-R CD-R/RW drive, 2048kB Cache, UDMA(33)\n" "Uniform CD-ROM driver Revision: 3.20\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Om du inte ser någonting som liknar det här, är chansen att styrkortet som din cd-rom är ansluten till, inte känns igen eller inte stöds alls. Om du vet vilken drivrutin som behövs för styrkortet, kan du prova att läsa in den manuellt med <command>modprobe</command>." +"</screen></informalexample> Om du inte ser någonting som liknar det här, är " +"chansen att styrkortet som din cd-rom är ansluten till, inte känns igen " +"eller inte stöds alls. Om du vet vilken drivrutin som behövs för styrkortet, " +"kan du prova att läsa in den manuellt med <command>modprobe</command>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2823 #, no-c-format -msgid "Check that there is a device node for your CD-ROM drive under <filename>/dev/</filename>. In the example above, this would be <filename>/dev/hdc</filename>. There should also be a <filename>/dev/cdrom</filename>." -msgstr "Kontrollera att det finns en enhetsnod för din cd-rom-enhet under <filename>/dev/</filename>. I ovanstående exempel skulle detta vara <filename>/dev/hdc</filename>. Det bör även finnas en <filename>/dev/cdrom</filename>." +msgid "" +"Check that there is a device node for your CD-ROM drive under <filename>/dev/" +"</filename>. In the example above, this would be <filename>/dev/hdc</" +"filename>. There should also be a <filename>/dev/cdrom</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollera att det finns en enhetsnod för din cd-rom-enhet under <filename>/" +"dev/</filename>. I ovanstående exempel skulle detta vara <filename>/dev/hdc</" +"filename>. Det bör även finnas en <filename>/dev/cdrom</filename>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2831 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Use the <command>mount</command> command to check if the CD-ROM is already mounted; if not, try mounting it manually: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Use the <command>mount</command> command to check if the CD-ROM is already " +"mounted; if not, try mounting it manually: <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ mount /dev/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable> /cdrom\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Check if there are any error messages after that command." +"</screen></informalexample> Check if there are any error messages after that " +"command." msgstr "" -"Använd kommandot <command>mount</command> för att kontrollera att din cd-rom redan är monterad, om inte, försök att montera den manuellt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Använd kommandot <command>mount</command> för att kontrollera att din cd-rom " +"redan är monterad, om inte, försök att montera den manuellt: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "$ mount /dev/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable> /cdrom\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Kontrollera om det uppstod felmeddelanden efter körning av kommandot." +"</screen></informalexample> Kontrollera om det uppstod felmeddelanden efter " +"körning av kommandot." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2841 @@ -2109,23 +4008,37 @@ msgid "" "$ cd /proc/<replaceable>ide</replaceable>/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable>\n" "$ grep using_dma settings\n" "using_dma 1 0 1 rw\n" -"</screen></informalexample> A <quote>1</quote> in the first column after <literal>using_dma</literal> means it is enabled. If it is, try disabling it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> A <quote>1</quote> in the first column after " +"<literal>using_dma</literal> means it is enabled. If it is, try disabling " +"it: <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ echo -n \"using_dma:0\" >settings\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Make sure that you are in the directory for the device that corresponds to your CD-ROM drive." +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure that you are in the directory for the " +"device that corresponds to your CD-ROM drive." msgstr "" "Kontrollera om DMA för närvarande är aktiverat: <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ cd /proc/<replaceable>ide</replaceable>/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable>\n" "$ grep dma settings\n" "using_dma 1 0 1 rw\n" -"</screen></informalexample> En <quote>1</quote> i första kolumnen efter <literal>using_dma</literal> betyder att det är aktiverat. Om det är, försök att inaktivera det: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> En <quote>1</quote> i första kolumnen efter " +"<literal>using_dma</literal> betyder att det är aktiverat. Om det är, försök " +"att inaktivera det: <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ echo -n \"using_dma:0\" >settings\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Se till att du är i katalogen för enheten som motsvarar din cd-rom-enhet." +"</screen></informalexample> Se till att du är i katalogen för enheten som " +"motsvarar din cd-rom-enhet." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2856 #, no-c-format -msgid "If there are any problems during the installation, try checking the integrity of the CD-ROM using the option near the bottom of the installer's main menu. This option can also be used as a general test if the CD-ROM can be read reliably." -msgstr "Om det uppstår problem under installationen, prova att kontrollera integriteten för cd-skivan med alternativen nära slutet på installationsprogrammets huvudmeny. Det här alternativet kan även användas som ett allmänt test för att se om cd-skivan kan läsas tillförlitligt." +msgid "" +"If there are any problems during the installation, try checking the " +"integrity of the CD-ROM using the option near the bottom of the installer's " +"main menu. This option can also be used as a general test if the CD-ROM can " +"be read reliably." +msgstr "" +"Om det uppstår problem under installationen, prova att kontrollera " +"integriteten för cd-skivan med alternativen nära slutet på " +"installationsprogrammets huvudmeny. Det här alternativet kan även användas " +"som ett allmänt test för att se om cd-skivan kan läsas tillförlitligt." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2871 @@ -2136,38 +4049,85 @@ msgstr "Tillförlitlighet för disketter" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2873 #, no-c-format -msgid "The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to be floppy disk reliability." -msgstr "Det största problemet för personer som använder disketter för att installera Debian verkar vara pålitligheten för disketterna." +msgid "" +"The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to " +"be floppy disk reliability." +msgstr "" +"Det största problemet för personer som använder disketter för att installera " +"Debian verkar vara pålitligheten för disketterna." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2878 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by the hardware directly, before Linux boots. Often, the hardware doesn't read as reliably as the Linux floppy disk driver, and may just stop without printing an error message if it reads incorrect data. There can also be failures in the driver floppies, most of which indicate themselves with a flood of messages about disk I/O errors." -msgstr "Startdisketten är disketten med de största problemen, därför att den läses av maskinvaran direkt, innan Linux startar upp. Ofta läser inte maskinvaran lika tillförlitligt som Linux egen drivrutin för diskettenheten, och kan till och med stanna helt utan att skriva ut något felmeddelande om den läser felaktigt data. Det kan även bli fel i drivrutinsdisketterna, som visar sig som stora mängder av meddelanden om in/ut-fel." +msgid "" +"The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by " +"the hardware directly, before Linux boots. Often, the hardware doesn't read " +"as reliably as the Linux floppy disk driver, and may just stop without " +"printing an error message if it reads incorrect data. There can also be " +"failures in the driver floppies, most of which indicate themselves with a " +"flood of messages about disk I/O errors." +msgstr "" +"Startdisketten är disketten med de största problemen, därför att den läses " +"av maskinvaran direkt, innan Linux startar upp. Ofta läser inte maskinvaran " +"lika tillförlitligt som Linux egen drivrutin för diskettenheten, och kan " +"till och med stanna helt utan att skriva ut något felmeddelande om den läser " +"felaktigt data. Det kan även bli fel i drivrutinsdisketterna, som visar sig " +"som stora mängder av meddelanden om in/ut-fel." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2887 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first thing you should do is write the image to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy and see if that solves the problem. Simply reformatting the old floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try writing the floppy on a different system." -msgstr "Om installationsprogrammet stannar för dig vid läsning av en specifik diskett, är det första du bör göra att skriva den till en <emphasis>annan</emphasis> diskett och se om det löser problemet. En omformatering av den redan använda disketten kanske inte alltid räcker, även om det verkar som om disketten blev omformaterad och skrevs utan fel. Det kan ibland vara användbart att försöka att skriva disketten på en annan dator." +msgid "" +"If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first " +"thing you should do is write the image to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> " +"floppy and see if that solves the problem. Simply reformatting the old " +"floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was " +"reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try " +"writing the floppy on a different system." +msgstr "" +"Om installationsprogrammet stannar för dig vid läsning av en specifik " +"diskett, är det första du bör göra att skriva den till en <emphasis>annan</" +"emphasis> diskett och se om det löser problemet. En omformatering av den " +"redan använda disketten kanske inte alltid räcker, även om det verkar som om " +"disketten blev omformaterad och skrevs utan fel. Det kan ibland vara " +"användbart att försöka att skriva disketten på en annan dator." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2896 #, no-c-format -msgid "One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</emphasis> times before one worked, and then everything was fine with the third floppy." -msgstr "En användare rapporterar att han var tvungen och skriva avbildningarna till disketten <emphasis>tre</emphasis> gånger innan en fungerade och sedan gick allt bra med den tredje disketten." +msgid "" +"One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</" +"emphasis> times before one worked, and then everything was fine with the " +"third floppy." +msgstr "" +"En användare rapporterar att han var tvungen och skriva avbildningarna till " +"disketten <emphasis>tre</emphasis> gånger innan en fungerade och sedan gick " +"allt bra med den tredje disketten." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2902 #, no-c-format -msgid "Normally you should not have to download a floppy image again, but if you are experiencing problems it is always useful to verify that the images were downloaded correctly by verifying their md5sums." -msgstr "Vanligtvis behöver du inte hämta diskettavbildningen igen, men om du upplever problem är det alltid bra att validera att avbildningarna som hämtades är korrekta genom att validera deras md5-kontrollsummor." +msgid "" +"Normally you should not have to download a floppy image again, but if you " +"are experiencing problems it is always useful to verify that the images were " +"downloaded correctly by verifying their md5sums." +msgstr "" +"Vanligtvis behöver du inte hämta diskettavbildningen igen, men om du " +"upplever problem är det alltid bra att validera att avbildningarna som " +"hämtades är korrekta genom att validera deras md5-kontrollsummor." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2908 #, no-c-format -msgid "Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same floppy in the floppy drive can lead to a successful boot. This is all due to buggy hardware or firmware floppy drivers." -msgstr "Andra användare har rapporterat att helt enkelt starta om ett par gånger med samma diskett i diskettenheten kan leda till en lyckad uppstart. Det är på grund av felaktig maskinvara eller drivrutinen för diskettenheten i den <quote>fasta programvaran</quote>." +msgid "" +"Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same " +"floppy in the floppy drive can lead to a successful boot. This is all due to " +"buggy hardware or firmware floppy drivers." +msgstr "" +"Andra användare har rapporterat att helt enkelt starta om ett par gånger med " +"samma diskett i diskettenheten kan leda till en lyckad uppstart. Det är på " +"grund av felaktig maskinvara eller drivrutinen för diskettenheten i den " +"<quote>fasta programvaran</quote>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2917 @@ -2178,24 +4138,45 @@ msgstr "Uppstartskonfiguration" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2919 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't recognize peripherals you actually have, or drives are not recognized properly, the first thing to check is the boot parameters, as discussed in <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." -msgstr "Om du har problem med att kärnan hänger sig under uppstartsprocessen, inte känner igen kringutrustning som du faktiskt har, eller inte korrekt detekterar vissa enheter, är uppstartsparametrarna det första att kontrollera, vilket diskuteras i <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't " +"recognize peripherals you actually have, or drives are not recognized " +"properly, the first thing to check is the boot parameters, as discussed in " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du har problem med att kärnan hänger sig under uppstartsprocessen, inte " +"känner igen kringutrustning som du faktiskt har, eller inte korrekt " +"detekterar vissa enheter, är uppstartsparametrarna det första att " +"kontrollera, vilket diskuteras i <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2926 #, no-c-format -msgid "Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then trying booting again. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Internal modems, sound cards, and Plug-n-Play devices can be especially problematic.</phrase>" -msgstr "Ofta kan problemen lösas genom att ta bort tillägg och kringutrustning och sedan försöka starta upp igen. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Interna modem, ljudkort och enheter med plug-n-play kan vara speciellt problematiska.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then " +"trying booting again. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Internal modems, sound cards, and " +"Plug-n-Play devices can be especially problematic.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Ofta kan problemen lösas genom att ta bort tillägg och kringutrustning och " +"sedan försöka starta upp igen. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Interna modem, ljudkort " +"och enheter med plug-n-play kan vara speciellt problematiska.</phrase>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2932 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than 512M, and the installer hangs when booting the kernel, you may need to include a boot argument to limit the amount of memory the kernel sees, such as <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." -msgstr "Om du har en stor mängd minne installerad i din maskin, mer än 512MB, och installationsprogrammet hänger sig när kärnan startar upp, kan du behöva inkludera ett uppstartsargument för att begränsa mängden minne som kärnan ser, såsom <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than " +"512M, and the installer hangs when booting the kernel, you may need to " +"include a boot argument to limit the amount of memory the kernel sees, such " +"as <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en stor mängd minne installerad i din maskin, mer än 512MB, och " +"installationsprogrammet hänger sig när kärnan startar upp, kan du behöva " +"inkludera ett uppstartsargument för att begränsa mängden minne som kärnan " +"ser, såsom <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2943 -#: boot-installer.xml:3045 +#: boot-installer.xml:2943 boot-installer.xml:3045 #, no-c-format msgid "Common &arch-title; Installation Problems" msgstr "Vanliga installationsproblem på &arch-title;" @@ -2203,38 +4184,105 @@ msgstr "Vanliga installationsproblem på &arch-title;" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2944 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by passing certain boot parameters to the installer." -msgstr "Det finns några vanliga installationsproblem som kan lösas eller undvikas genom att skicka med vissa uppstartsparametrar till installationsprogrammet." +msgid "" +"There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by " +"passing certain boot parameters to the installer." +msgstr "" +"Det finns några vanliga installationsproblem som kan lösas eller undvikas " +"genom att skicka med vissa uppstartsparametrar till installationsprogrammet." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2949 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive errors reading from the floppy, even when you know the floppy is good, try the parameter <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." -msgstr "Vissa system har disketter med <quote>omvänd DCL</quote>. Om du upptäcker fel vid inläsning från disketten även om disketten är bra, prova med parametern <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive " +"errors reading from the floppy, even when you know the floppy is good, try " +"the parameter <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Vissa system har disketter med <quote>omvänd DCL</quote>. Om du upptäcker " +"fel vid inläsning från disketten även om disketten är bra, prova med " +"parametern <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2955 #, no-c-format -msgid "On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk drivers), the IDE drive may not be properly recognized. Again, try it first without the parameters and see if the IDE drive is recognized properly. If not, determine your drive geometry (cylinders, heads, and sectors), and use the parameter <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylinders</replaceable>,<replaceable>heads</replaceable>,<replaceable>sectors</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "På vissa system, såsom IBM PS/1 eller ValuePoint (som har ST-506-hårddiskar), kanske IDE-disken inte kan identifieras korrekt. Igen, prova den först utan parametrar och se om IDE-disken identifieras korrekt. Om inte, ta reda på geometrin för din hårddisk (cylindrar, huvuden och sektorer), och använd parametern <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylindrar</replaceable>,<replaceable>huvuden</replaceable>,<replaceable>sektorer</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk " +"drivers), the IDE drive may not be properly recognized. Again, try it first " +"without the parameters and see if the IDE drive is recognized properly. If " +"not, determine your drive geometry (cylinders, heads, and sectors), and use " +"the parameter <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylinders</replaceable>," +"<replaceable>heads</replaceable>,<replaceable>sectors</replaceable></" +"userinput>." +msgstr "" +"På vissa system, såsom IBM PS/1 eller ValuePoint (som har ST-506-" +"hårddiskar), kanske IDE-disken inte kan identifieras korrekt. Igen, prova " +"den först utan parametrar och se om IDE-disken identifieras korrekt. Om " +"inte, ta reda på geometrin för din hårddisk (cylindrar, huvuden och " +"sektorer), och använd parametern <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylindrar</" +"replaceable>,<replaceable>huvuden</replaceable>,<replaceable>sektorer</" +"replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2964 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying <computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, then you should try the <userinput>no-hlt</userinput> boot argument, which disables this test." -msgstr "Om du har en mycket gammal dator, och kärnan hänger sig efter den sagt <computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, så ska du prova uppstartsargumentet <userinput>no-hlt</userinput>, som inaktiverar det här testet." +msgid "" +"If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying " +"<computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, then you " +"should try the <userinput>no-hlt</userinput> boot argument, which disables " +"this test." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en mycket gammal dator, och kärnan hänger sig efter den sagt " +"<computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, så ska du " +"prova uppstartsargumentet <userinput>no-hlt</userinput>, som inaktiverar det " +"här testet." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2971 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some systems (especially laptops) that have a native resolution that is not a 4:3 ratio (i.e. not for example 800x600 or 1024x768) may have a blank display after the installer has been booted. In that case adding the boot parameter <userinput>vga=788</userinput><footnote> <para> The parameter <userinput>vga=788</userinput> will activate the VESA framebuffer with a resolution of 800x600. This will probably work, but may not be the optimal resolution for your system. A list of supported resolutions can be obtained by using <userinput>vga=ask</userinput>, but you should be aware that list may not be complete. </para> </footnote> may help. If that does not work, try adding the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." -msgstr "Vissa system (speciellt bärbara datorer) som har en standardupplösning som inte är av formatet 4:3 (alltså inte är t.ex. 800x600 eller 1024x768) kan få en svart skärm efter att installationsprogrammet har startats upp. I det fallet kan uppstartsparametern <userinput>vga=788</userinput><footnote> <para> Parametern <userinput>vga=788</userinput> kommer att aktivera VESA-framebufferten med en upplösning på 800x600. Detta kommer antagligen att fungera men är kanske inte en optimal upplösning för ditt system. En lista över upplösningar som stöds kan fås genom att använda <userinput>vga=ask</userinput>, men du bör känna till att den listan kanske inte är komplett. </para> </footnote> kan hjälpa. Om den inte hjälper, prova att lägga till uppstartsparametern <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Some systems (especially laptops) that have a native resolution that is not " +"a 4:3 ratio (i.e. not for example 800x600 or 1024x768) may have a blank " +"display after the installer has been booted. In that case adding the boot " +"parameter <userinput>vga=788</userinput><footnote> <para> The parameter " +"<userinput>vga=788</userinput> will activate the VESA framebuffer with a " +"resolution of 800x600. This will probably work, but may not be the optimal " +"resolution for your system. A list of supported resolutions can be obtained " +"by using <userinput>vga=ask</userinput>, but you should be aware that list " +"may not be complete. </para> </footnote> may help. If that does not work, " +"try adding the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Vissa system (speciellt bärbara datorer) som har en standardupplösning som " +"inte är av formatet 4:3 (alltså inte är t.ex. 800x600 eller 1024x768) kan få " +"en svart skärm efter att installationsprogrammet har startats upp. I det " +"fallet kan uppstartsparametern <userinput>vga=788</userinput><footnote> " +"<para> Parametern <userinput>vga=788</userinput> kommer att aktivera VESA-" +"framebufferten med en upplösning på 800x600. Detta kommer antagligen att " +"fungera men är kanske inte en optimal upplösning för ditt system. En lista " +"över upplösningar som stöds kan fås genom att använda <userinput>vga=ask</" +"userinput>, men du bör känna till att den listan kanske inte är komplett. </" +"para> </footnote> kan hjälpa. Om den inte hjälper, prova att lägga till " +"uppstartsparametern <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2989 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. pure white, pure black or colored pixel garbage, your system may contain a problematic video card which does not switch to the framebuffer mode properly. Then you can use the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput> to disable the framebuffer console. Only a reduced set of languages will be available during the installation due to limited console features. See <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> for details." -msgstr "Om din skärm börjar visa en konstig bild vid uppstart av kärnan, exempelvis vitt, svart eller färgat bildpunktsskräp, kan ditt system innehålla ett problematiskt grafikkort som inte kan byta till framebuffer-läget korrekt. Då kan du använda uppstartsparametern <userinput>fb=false</userinput> för att inaktivera framebuffer-konsollen. Endast ett fåtal språk kommer då att finnas tillgängliga under installationen på grund av begränsade konsollfunktioner. Se <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> för detaljer." +msgid "" +"If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. " +"pure white, pure black or colored pixel garbage, your system may contain a " +"problematic video card which does not switch to the framebuffer mode " +"properly. Then you can use the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</" +"userinput> to disable the framebuffer console. Only a reduced set of " +"languages will be available during the installation due to limited console " +"features. See <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> for details." +msgstr "" +"Om din skärm börjar visa en konstig bild vid uppstart av kärnan, exempelvis " +"vitt, svart eller färgat bildpunktsskräp, kan ditt system innehålla ett " +"problematiskt grafikkort som inte kan byta till framebuffer-läget korrekt. " +"Då kan du använda uppstartsparametern <userinput>fb=false</userinput> för " +"att inaktivera framebuffer-konsollen. Endast ett fåtal språk kommer då att " +"finnas tillgängliga under installationen på grund av begränsade " +"konsollfunktioner. Se <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> för detaljer." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3003 @@ -2245,14 +4293,46 @@ msgstr "Systemet fryser under konfigurationsfasen för PCMCIA" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3004 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device detection tries to access some hardware addresses. Other laptops may display similar problems. If you experience such a problem and you don't need PCMCIA support during the installation, you can disable PCMCIA using the <userinput>hw-detect/start_pcmcia=false</userinput> boot parameter. You can then configure PCMCIA after the installation is completed and exclude the resource range causing the problems." -msgstr "Vissa modeller av bärbara datorer producerade av Dell är kända att krascha när identifiering av PCMCIA-enheter försöker komma åt vissa maskinvaruadresser. Andra bärbara kan visa liknande problem. Om du upplever sådana problem och du inte behöver PCMCIA-stöd under installationen kan du inaktivera PCMCIA med uppstartsparametern <userinput>hw-detect/start_pcmcia=false</userinput>. Du kan då konfigurera PCMCIA efter installationen är genomförd och undanta resursintervallet som orsakar problemen." +msgid "" +"Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device " +"detection tries to access some hardware addresses. Other laptops may display " +"similar problems. If you experience such a problem and you don't need PCMCIA " +"support during the installation, you can disable PCMCIA using the " +"<userinput>hw-detect/start_pcmcia=false</userinput> boot parameter. You can " +"then configure PCMCIA after the installation is completed and exclude the " +"resource range causing the problems." +msgstr "" +"Vissa modeller av bärbara datorer producerade av Dell är kända att krascha " +"när identifiering av PCMCIA-enheter försöker komma åt vissa " +"maskinvaruadresser. Andra bärbara kan visa liknande problem. Om du upplever " +"sådana problem och du inte behöver PCMCIA-stöd under installationen kan du " +"inaktivera PCMCIA med uppstartsparametern <userinput>hw-detect/" +"start_pcmcia=false</userinput>. Du kan då konfigurera PCMCIA efter " +"installationen är genomförd och undanta resursintervallet som orsakar " +"problemen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3014 #, no-c-format -msgid "Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be asked to enter the resource range options your hardware needs. For example, if you have one of the Dell laptops mentioned above, you should enter <userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> here. There is also a list of some common resource range options in the <ulink url=\"http://pcmcia-cs.sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">System resource settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Note that you have to omit the commas, if any, when you enter this value in the installer." -msgstr "Alternativt kan du starta upp installationsprogrammet i expertläget. Du kommer då att bli frågad att ange inställningar för resursintervall som din maskinvara behöver. Till exempel, om du har en av Dells bärbara datorer som nämndes ovan, bör du ange <userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> här. Det finns också en lista på några vanliga resursintervall i <ulink url=\"http://pcmcia-cs.sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">System resource settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Observera att du måste ta bort eventuella kommatecken när du anger det här värdet i installationsprogrammet." +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be " +"asked to enter the resource range options your hardware needs. For example, " +"if you have one of the Dell laptops mentioned above, you should enter " +"<userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> here. There is also a list " +"of some common resource range options in the <ulink url=\"http://pcmcia-cs." +"sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">System resource " +"settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Note that you have to omit the " +"commas, if any, when you enter this value in the installer." +msgstr "" +"Alternativt kan du starta upp installationsprogrammet i expertläget. Du " +"kommer då att bli frågad att ange inställningar för resursintervall som din " +"maskinvara behöver. Till exempel, om du har en av Dells bärbara datorer som " +"nämndes ovan, bör du ange <userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> " +"här. Det finns också en lista på några vanliga resursintervall i <ulink url=" +"\"http://pcmcia-cs.sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12" +"\">System resource settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Observera " +"att du måste ta bort eventuella kommatecken när du anger det här värdet i " +"installationsprogrammet." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3031 @@ -2263,8 +4343,20 @@ msgstr "Systemfrysning vid inläsning av USB-moduler" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3032 #, no-c-format -msgid "The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver in order to support some non-standard USB keyboards. However, there are some broken USB systems where the driver hangs on loading. A possible workaround may be disabling the USB controller in your mainboard BIOS setup. Another option is passing the <userinput>nousb</userinput> parameter at the boot prompt." -msgstr "Kärnan försöker vanligtvis att installera USB-moduler och drivrutinen för USB-tangentbord för att ge stöd för icke-standardiserade USB-tangentbord. Det finns dock några trasiga USB-system där drivrutinen hänger sig vid inläsning. Ett möjligt sätt att komma runt problemet är att inaktivera USB-styrkortet i BIOS-inställningen på ditt moderkort. Ett annat alternativ är att skicka med parametern <userinput>nousb</userinput> vid uppstartsprompten." +msgid "" +"The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver " +"in order to support some non-standard USB keyboards. However, there are some " +"broken USB systems where the driver hangs on loading. A possible workaround " +"may be disabling the USB controller in your mainboard BIOS setup. Another " +"option is passing the <userinput>nousb</userinput> parameter at the boot " +"prompt." +msgstr "" +"Kärnan försöker vanligtvis att installera USB-moduler och drivrutinen för " +"USB-tangentbord för att ge stöd för icke-standardiserade USB-tangentbord. " +"Det finns dock några trasiga USB-system där drivrutinen hänger sig vid " +"inläsning. Ett möjligt sätt att komma runt problemet är att inaktivera USB-" +"styrkortet i BIOS-inställningen på ditt moderkort. Ett annat alternativ är " +"att skicka med parametern <userinput>nousb</userinput> vid uppstartsprompten." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3046 @@ -2282,21 +4374,43 @@ msgstr "Felriktad videoutmatning" #: boot-installer.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"It is fairly common for &arch-title; to have two video cards in one machine, for example an ATI card and a Sun Creator 3D. In some cases, this may result in the video output getting misdirected soon after the system boots. In typical cases, the display will only show: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"It is fairly common for &arch-title; to have two video cards in one machine, " +"for example an ATI card and a Sun Creator 3D. In some cases, this may result " +"in the video output getting misdirected soon after the system boots. In " +"typical cases, the display will only show: <informalexample><screen>\n" "Remapping the kernel... done\n" "Booting Linux...\n" -"</screen></informalexample> To work around this, you can either pull out one of the video cards, or disable the one not used during the OpenProm boot phase using a kernel parameter. For example, to disable an ATI card, you should boot the installer with <userinput>video=atyfb:off</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> To work around this, you can either pull out one " +"of the video cards, or disable the one not used during the OpenProm boot " +"phase using a kernel parameter. For example, to disable an ATI card, you " +"should boot the installer with <userinput>video=atyfb:off</userinput>." msgstr "" -"Det är ganska vanligt för &arch-title; att ha två grafikkort i en maskin, till exempel ett ATI-kort och ett Sun Creator 3D-kort. I vissa fall kan det här resultera i att videoutmatningen blir felriktad kort efter att systemet startar upp. I typiska fall kommer skärmen endast att visa: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Det är ganska vanligt för &arch-title; att ha två grafikkort i en maskin, " +"till exempel ett ATI-kort och ett Sun Creator 3D-kort. I vissa fall kan det " +"här resultera i att videoutmatningen blir felriktad kort efter att systemet " +"startar upp. I typiska fall kommer skärmen endast att visa: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "Remapping the kernel... done\n" "Booting Linux...\n" -"</screen></informalexample> För att komma runt det här problemet kan du antingen plocka ut ett av grafikkorten, eller inaktivera det som inte används under uppstartsfasen för OpenProm med en kärnparameter. Till exempel, för att inaktivera ett ATI-kort ska du starta upp installationsprogrammet med <userinput>video=atyfb:off</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> För att komma runt det här problemet kan du " +"antingen plocka ut ett av grafikkorten, eller inaktivera det som inte " +"används under uppstartsfasen för OpenProm med en kärnparameter. Till " +"exempel, för att inaktivera ett ATI-kort ska du starta upp " +"installationsprogrammet med <userinput>video=atyfb:off</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3067 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that you may also have to manually add this parameter to the silo configuration (edit <filename>/target/etc/silo.conf</filename> before rebooting) and, if you installed X11, modify the video driver in <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>." -msgstr "Observera att du även kanske manuellt måste lägga till den här parametern till silo-konfigurationen (redigera <filename>/target/etc/silo.conf</filename> innan omstart) och, om du installerat X11, ändra grafikdrivrutinen i <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>." +msgid "" +"Note that you may also have to manually add this parameter to the silo " +"configuration (edit <filename>/target/etc/silo.conf</filename> before " +"rebooting) and, if you installed X11, modify the video driver in <filename>/" +"etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Observera att du även kanske manuellt måste lägga till den här parametern " +"till silo-konfigurationen (redigera <filename>/target/etc/silo.conf</" +"filename> innan omstart) och, om du installerat X11, ändra grafikdrivrutinen " +"i <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3078 @@ -2307,14 +4421,22 @@ msgstr "Misslyckad uppstart eller installation från cd-rom" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3079 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some Sparc systems are notoriously difficult to boot from CD-ROM and even if they do boot, there may be inexplicable failures during the installation. Most problems have been reported with SunBlade systems." -msgstr "Vissa Sparc-system är ovanligt svåra att starta upp från cd-rom och även om de startar upp, kan det uppstå oförklarliga fel under installationen. De flesta problemen har rapporterats med SunBlade-system." +msgid "" +"Some Sparc systems are notoriously difficult to boot from CD-ROM and even if " +"they do boot, there may be inexplicable failures during the installation. " +"Most problems have been reported with SunBlade systems." +msgstr "" +"Vissa Sparc-system är ovanligt svåra att starta upp från cd-rom och även om " +"de startar upp, kan det uppstå oförklarliga fel under installationen. De " +"flesta problemen har rapporterats med SunBlade-system." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3085 #, no-c-format msgid "We recommend to install such systems by netbooting the installer." -msgstr "Vi rekommenderar att installation av sådana system görs genom att nätstarta installationsprogrammet." +msgstr "" +"Vi rekommenderar att installation av sådana system görs genom att nätstarta " +"installationsprogrammet." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3094 @@ -2325,8 +4447,39 @@ msgstr "Tolkning av kärnans uppstartsmeddelanden" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3096 #, no-c-format -msgid "During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form <computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>something</replaceable></computeroutput>, or <computeroutput><replaceable>something</replaceable> not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize <replaceable>something</replaceable></computeroutput>, or even <computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>something</replaceable></computeroutput>. Most of these messages are harmless. You see them because the kernel for the installation system is built to run on computers with many different peripheral devices. Obviously, no one computer will have every possible peripheral device, so the operating system may emit a few complaints while it looks for peripherals you don't own. You may also see the system pause for a while. This happens when it is waiting for a device to respond, and that device is not present on your system. If you find the time it takes to boot the system unacceptably long, you can create a custom kernel later (see <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)." -msgstr "Under uppstartssekvensen kanske du se många meddelanden liknande <computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>någonting</replaceable> </computeroutput>, eller <computeroutput><replaceable>någonting</replaceable> not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize <replaceable>någonting</replaceable></computeroutput>, eller till och med <computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>någonting</replaceable></computeroutput>. De flesta av de här meddelandena är harmlösa. Du ser dem för att kärnan för installationssystemet är byggd för att köras på många olika datorer och med många olika kringutrustningsenheter. Ingen dator kommer så klart att innehålla alla tänkbara kringutrustningsenheter, så operativsystemet kan klaga en hel del när den letar efter kringutrustning som du inte har. Du kan också se att systemet gör en paus. Det händer när det väntar på att en enhet ska svara, och att den enheten finns inte i ditt system. Om du tycker att tiden det tar att starta upp systemet är på tok för lång, kan du skapa en anpassad kärna senare (se <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)." +msgid "" +"During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form " +"<computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>something</replaceable></" +"computeroutput>, or <computeroutput><replaceable>something</replaceable> not " +"present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize " +"<replaceable>something</replaceable></computeroutput>, or even " +"<computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>something</" +"replaceable></computeroutput>. Most of these messages are harmless. You see " +"them because the kernel for the installation system is built to run on " +"computers with many different peripheral devices. Obviously, no one computer " +"will have every possible peripheral device, so the operating system may emit " +"a few complaints while it looks for peripherals you don't own. You may also " +"see the system pause for a while. This happens when it is waiting for a " +"device to respond, and that device is not present on your system. If you " +"find the time it takes to boot the system unacceptably long, you can create " +"a custom kernel later (see <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"Under uppstartssekvensen kanske du se många meddelanden liknande " +"<computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>någonting</replaceable> </" +"computeroutput>, eller <computeroutput><replaceable>någonting</replaceable> " +"not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize " +"<replaceable>någonting</replaceable></computeroutput>, eller till och med " +"<computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>någonting</" +"replaceable></computeroutput>. De flesta av de här meddelandena är harmlösa. " +"Du ser dem för att kärnan för installationssystemet är byggd för att köras " +"på många olika datorer och med många olika kringutrustningsenheter. Ingen " +"dator kommer så klart att innehålla alla tänkbara kringutrustningsenheter, " +"så operativsystemet kan klaga en hel del när den letar efter kringutrustning " +"som du inte har. Du kan också se att systemet gör en paus. Det händer när " +"det väntar på att en enhet ska svara, och att den enheten finns inte i ditt " +"system. Om du tycker att tiden det tar att starta upp systemet är på tok för " +"lång, kan du skapa en anpassad kärna senare (se <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking" +"\"/>)." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3121 @@ -2337,14 +4490,34 @@ msgstr "Rapportering av installationsproblem" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3122 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, the menu option <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> may be helpful. It lets you store system error logs and configuration information from the installer to a floppy, or download them using a web browser. This information may provide clues as to what went wrong and how to fix it. If you are submitting a bug report, you may want to attach this information to the bug report." -msgstr "Om du kommer igenom den initiala uppstartsfasen men inte kan färdigställa installationen, kan menyalternativet <guimenuitem>Spara felsökningsloggar</guimenuitem> vara till hjälp. Det låter dig lagra felloggar från systemet och information om konfigurationen från installationsprogrammet på en diskett, eller hämta dem med en webbläsare. Den informationen kan innehålla ledtrådar till vad som gick fel och hur man rättar till det. Om du skickar in en felrapport kan du bifoga den här informationen i felrapporten." +msgid "" +"If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, " +"the menu option <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> may be helpful. " +"It lets you store system error logs and configuration information from the " +"installer to a floppy, or download them using a web browser. This " +"information may provide clues as to what went wrong and how to fix it. If " +"you are submitting a bug report, you may want to attach this information to " +"the bug report." +msgstr "" +"Om du kommer igenom den initiala uppstartsfasen men inte kan färdigställa " +"installationen, kan menyalternativet <guimenuitem>Spara felsökningsloggar</" +"guimenuitem> vara till hjälp. Det låter dig lagra felloggar från systemet " +"och information om konfigurationen från installationsprogrammet på en " +"diskett, eller hämta dem med en webbläsare. Den informationen kan innehålla " +"ledtrådar till vad som gick fel och hur man rättar till det. Om du skickar " +"in en felrapport kan du bifoga den här informationen i felrapporten." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3133 #, no-c-format -msgid "Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." -msgstr "Andra relevanta installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under installationen, och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> efter datorn har startats om till det nyligen installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</" +"filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</" +"filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Andra relevanta installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</" +"filename> under installationen, och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> " +"efter datorn har startats om till det nyligen installerade systemet." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:3144 @@ -2355,26 +4528,57 @@ msgstr "Skicka installationsrapporter" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3145 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also encourage installation reports to be sent even if the installation is successful, so that we can get as much information as possible on the largest number of hardware configurations." -msgstr "Om du fortfarande har problem, skicka in en installationsrapport. Vi uppmuntrar att installationsrapporter skickas in även om installationen lyckats, så att vi kan få så mycket information som möjligt om många olika maskinvarukonfigurationer." +msgid "" +"If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also " +"encourage installation reports to be sent even if the installation is " +"successful, so that we can get as much information as possible on the " +"largest number of hardware configurations." +msgstr "" +"Om du fortfarande har problem, skicka in en installationsrapport. Vi " +"uppmuntrar att installationsrapporter skickas in även om installationen " +"lyckats, så att vi kan få så mycket information som möjligt om många olika " +"maskinvarukonfigurationer." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3152 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that your installation report will be published in the Debian Bug Tracking System (BTS) and forwarded to a public mailing list. Make sure that you use an e-mail address that you do not mind being made public." -msgstr "Observera att din installationsrapport kommer att publiceras i Debians felhanteringssystem (BTS) och vidarebefordras till en publik sändlista. Se till att du använder en e-postadress som du inte har några problem med att den används publikt." +msgid "" +"Note that your installation report will be published in the Debian Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS) and forwarded to a public mailing list. Make sure that " +"you use an e-mail address that you do not mind being made public." +msgstr "" +"Observera att din installationsrapport kommer att publiceras i Debians " +"felhanteringssystem (BTS) och vidarebefordras till en publik sändlista. Se " +"till att du använder en e-postadress som du inte har några problem med att " +"den används publikt." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3158 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation report is to install the <classname>installation-report</classname> and <classname>reportbug</classname> packages (<command>aptitude install installation-report reportbug</command>), configure <classname>reportbug</classname> as explained in <xref linkend=\"mail-outgoing\"/>, and run the command <command>reportbug installation-reports</command>." -msgstr "Om du har ett fungerande Debian-system är det enklaste sättet att skicka in en installationsrapport att installera paketen <classname>installation-report</classname> och <classname>reportbug</classname> (<command>aptitude install installation-report reportbug</command>), konfigurera <classname>reportbug</classname> som det förklaras i <xref linkend=\"mail-outgoing\"/>, och kör kommandot <command>reportbug installation-reports</command>." +msgid "" +"If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation " +"report is to install the <classname>installation-report</classname> and " +"<classname>reportbug</classname> packages (<command>aptitude install " +"installation-report reportbug</command>), configure <classname>reportbug</" +"classname> as explained in <xref linkend=\"mail-outgoing\"/>, and run the " +"command <command>reportbug installation-reports</command>." +msgstr "" +"Om du har ett fungerande Debian-system är det enklaste sättet att skicka in " +"en installationsrapport att installera paketen <classname>installation-" +"report</classname> och <classname>reportbug</classname> (<command>aptitude " +"install installation-report reportbug</command>), konfigurera " +"<classname>reportbug</classname> som det förklaras i <xref linkend=\"mail-" +"outgoing\"/>, och kör kommandot <command>reportbug installation-reports</" +"command>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:3168 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Alternatively you can use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the report as a bug report against the <classname>installation-reports</classname> pseudo package, by sending it to <email>submit@bugs.debian.org</email>. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Alternatively you can use this template when filling out installation " +"reports, and file the report as a bug report against the " +"<classname>installation-reports</classname> pseudo package, by sending it to " +"<email>submit@bugs.debian.org</email>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "Package: installation-reports\n" "\n" "Boot method: <How did you boot the installer? CD? floppy? network?>\n" @@ -2409,12 +4613,20 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<Description of the install, in prose, and any thoughts, comments\n" " and ideas you had during the initial install.>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> In the bug report, describe what the problem is, including the last visible kernel messages in the event of a kernel hang. Describe the steps that you did which brought the system into the problem state." +"</screen></informalexample> In the bug report, describe what the problem is, " +"including the last visible kernel messages in the event of a kernel hang. " +"Describe the steps that you did which brought the system into the problem " +"state." msgstr "" -"Du kan även använda den här mallen när du fyller i installationsrapporter, och sedan skicka rapporten som en felrapport mot pseudopaketet <classname>installation-reports</classname>, genom att skicka den till <email>submit@bugs.debian.org</email> (skriv på engelska). <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Du kan även använda den här mallen när du fyller i installationsrapporter, " +"och sedan skicka rapporten som en felrapport mot pseudopaketet " +"<classname>installation-reports</classname>, genom att skicka den till " +"<email>submit@bugs.debian.org</email> (skriv på engelska). " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "Package: installation-reports\n" "\n" -"Boot method: <Hur startade du upp installationsprogrammet? Cd? Diskett? Nätverk?>\n" +"Boot method: <Hur startade du upp installationsprogrammet? Cd? Diskett? " +"Nätverk?>\n" "Image version: <Fullständig url till avbildningen du hämtade är bäst>\n" "Date: <Datum och tid för installationen>\n" "\n" @@ -2444,9 +4656,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Comments/Problems:\n" "\n" -"<Beskrivning av installationen, i prosa, och eventuella tankar, kommentarer\n" +"<Beskrivning av installationen, i prosa, och eventuella tankar, " +"kommentarer\n" " och idéer du hade under installationen.>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Beskriv i felrapporten vad problemet var, inklusive de sista meddelandena från kärnan om problemet var att kärnan hängde sig. Beskriv de steg du tog som slutade i att systemet fick problem." +"</screen></informalexample> Beskriv i felrapporten vad problemet var, " +"inklusive de sista meddelandena från kärnan om problemet var att kärnan " +"hängde sig. Beskriv de steg du tog som slutade i att systemet fick problem." #~ msgid "" #~ "Can be used to set both the language and country for the installation. " @@ -2458,8 +4673,10 @@ msgstr "" #~ "installationen. Det här kommer endast att fungera om lokalen stöds i " #~ "Debian. Använd till exempel <userinput>locale=sv_FI</userinput> för att " #~ "välja svenska som språk och Finland som land." + #~ msgid "Alpha Console Firmware" #~ msgstr "Fast programvara för Alpha-konsollen" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Console firmware is stored in a flash ROM and started when an Alpha " #~ "system is powered up or reset. There are two different console " @@ -2470,6 +4687,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Alpha-system slås på eller startas om. Det finns två olika " #~ "konsollspecifikationer som används på Alpha-system och därav finns det " #~ "två klasser av den fasta programvaran för konsollen tillgängliga:" + #~ msgid "" #~ "<emphasis>SRM console</emphasis>, based on the Alpha Console Subsystem " #~ "specification, which provides an operating environment for OpenVMS, Tru64 " @@ -2478,6 +4696,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "<emphasis>SRM-konsoll</emphasis>, baserad på specifikationen Alpha " #~ "Console Subsystem, som tillhandahåller ett operativmiljö för " #~ "operativsystemen OpenVMS, Tru64 UNIX och Linux." + #~ msgid "" #~ "<emphasis>ARC, AlphaBIOS, or ARCSBIOS console</emphasis>, based on the " #~ "Advanced RISC Computing (ARC) specification, which provides an operating " @@ -2486,6 +4705,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "<emphasis>ARC, AlphaBIOS eller ARCSBIOS-konsoll</emphasis>, baserad på " #~ "specifikationen Advanced RISC Computing (ARC), som tillhandahåller en " #~ "operativmiljö för Windows NT." + #~ msgid "" #~ "From the user's perspective, the most important difference between SRM " #~ "and ARC is that the choice of console constrains the possible disk-" @@ -2494,6 +4714,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Från användarens perspektiv är den mest viktiga skillnaden mellan SRM och " #~ "ARC den att valet av konsoll begränsar den möjliga diskpartitionsplanen " #~ "för hårddisken som du önskar starta upp från." + #~ msgid "" #~ "ARC requires that you use an MS-DOS partition table (as created by " #~ "<command>cfdisk</command>) for the boot disk. Therefore MS-DOS partition " @@ -2508,6 +4729,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "uppstarter från ARC. Faktum är att eftersom AlphaBIOS innehåller ett " #~ "diskpartitioneringsverktyg kanske du föredrar att partitionera dina " #~ "diskar från menyerna i den fast programvaran före installation av Linux." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Conversely, SRM is <emphasis>incompatible</emphasis><footnote> <para> " #~ "Specifically, the bootsector format required by the Console Subsystem " @@ -2522,6 +4744,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "para> </footnote> med MS-DOS-partitionstabeller. Eftersom Tru64 Unix " #~ "använder formatet för BSD-disketiketter, är det här det ursprungliga " #~ "(<quote>native</quote>) partitionsformatet för SRM-installationer." + #~ msgid "" #~ "GNU/Linux is the only operating system on Alpha that can be booted from " #~ "both console types, but &debian; &release; only supports booting on SRM-" @@ -2542,6 +4765,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "&debian; &release; på sådana system genom att använda andra " #~ "installationsmedia, till exempel kan du installera Debian woody med MILO " #~ "och uppgradera." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Because <command>MILO</command> is not available for any of the Alpha " #~ "systems currently in production (as of February 2000), and because it is " @@ -2554,6 +4778,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "grund att det inte längre är nödvändigt att köra en licens för OpenVMS " #~ "eller Tru64 Unix för att få den fasta SRM-programvaran på din äldre " #~ "Alpha, rekommenderas det att du använder SRM om möjligt." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The following table summarizes available and supported system type/" #~ "console combinations (see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> for the system " @@ -2564,72 +4789,106 @@ msgstr "" #~ "konsollkombinationer som stöds (se <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> för " #~ "namnen på systemtyperna). Ordet <quote>ARC</quote> nedan below indikerar " #~ "någon av de ARC-godkända konsollerna." + #~ msgid "System Type" #~ msgstr "Systemtyp" + #~ msgid "Console Type Supported" #~ msgstr "Konsolltyper som stöds" + #~ msgid "alcor" #~ msgstr "alcor" + #~ msgid "ARC or SRM" #~ msgstr "ARC eller SRM" + #~ msgid "avanti" #~ msgstr "avanti" + #~ msgid "book1" #~ msgstr "book1" + #~ msgid "SRM only" #~ msgstr "Endast SRM" + #~ msgid "cabriolet" #~ msgstr "cabriolet" + #~ msgid "dp264" #~ msgstr "dp264" + #~ msgid "eb164" #~ msgstr "eb164" + #~ msgid "eb64p" #~ msgstr "eb64p" + #~ msgid "eb66" #~ msgstr "eb66" + #~ msgid "eb66p" #~ msgstr "eb66p" + #~ msgid "jensen" #~ msgstr "jensen" + #~ msgid "lx164" #~ msgstr "lx164" + #~ msgid "miata" #~ msgstr "miata" + #~ msgid "mikasa" #~ msgstr "mikasa" + #~ msgid "mikasa-p" #~ msgstr "mikasa-p" + #~ msgid "nautilus" #~ msgstr "nautilus" + #~ msgid "ARC (see motherboard manual) or SRM" #~ msgstr "ARC (se handboken för moderkortet) eller SRM" + #~ msgid "noname" #~ msgstr "noname" + #~ msgid "noritake" #~ msgstr "noritake" + #~ msgid "noritake-p" #~ msgstr "noritake-p" + #~ msgid "pc164" #~ msgstr "pc164" + #~ msgid "rawhide" #~ msgstr "rawhide" + #~ msgid "ruffian" #~ msgstr "ruffian" + #~ msgid "ARC only" #~ msgstr "Endast ARC" + #~ msgid "sable" #~ msgstr "sable" + #~ msgid "sable-g" #~ msgstr "sable-g" + #~ msgid "sx164" #~ msgstr "sx164" + #~ msgid "takara" #~ msgstr "takara" + #~ msgid "<entry>xl</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>xl</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>xlt</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>xlt</entry>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the " #~ "assistance of an intermediary bootloader is required. For the SRM " @@ -2643,6 +4902,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "används <command>aboot</command>, en liten, plattformsoberoende " #~ "starthanterare. Se (tyvärr föråldrad) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM " #~ "HOWTO</ulink> för mer information om <command>aboot</command>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The following paragraphs are from the woody install manual, and are " #~ "included here for reference; they may be useful to someone at a later " @@ -2651,6 +4911,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Följande paragrafer kommer från installationshandboken för woody och " #~ "inkluderas här som referens: de kan vara användbara för någon vid ett " #~ "senare datum när Debian har stöd för MILO-baserade installationer igen." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the " #~ "assistance of an intermediary bootloader is required. There are two " @@ -2661,6 +4922,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "behovet av en mellanliggande starthanterare finns. Det finns två " #~ "huvudsakliga Linux-inläsare: <command>MILO</command> och <command>aboot</" #~ "command>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "<command>MILO</command> is itself a console, which replaces ARC or SRM in " #~ "memory. <command>MILO</command> can be booted from both ARC and SRM and " @@ -2677,6 +4939,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command> behövs för varje systemtyp) och existerar för de systemen, för " #~ "vilka ARC-stöd visas i tabellen ovan.. Se även (tyvärr föråldrad) <ulink " #~ "url=\"&url-milo-howto;\">MILO HOWTO</ulink>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "<command>aboot</command> is a small, platform-independent bootloader, " #~ "which runs from SRM only. See the (also unfortunately outdated) <ulink " @@ -2687,6 +4950,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "som endast körs från SRM. Se (även den föråldrad) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-" #~ "howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> för mer information om <command>aboot</" #~ "command>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Thus, three scenarios are generally possible, depending on the system's " #~ "console firmware and whether or not <command>MILO</command> is available: " @@ -2714,6 +4978,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "fasta SRM-programvaran på din äldre Alpha, rekommenderas det att du " #~ "använder SRM och <command>aboot</command> på nyare installationer av GNU/" #~ "Linux, om inte du önskar att även starta upp med Windows NT." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The majority of AlphaServers and all current server and workstation " #~ "products contain both SRM and AlphaBIOS in their firmware. For " @@ -2732,6 +4997,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "det möjligt att köra ARC/AlphaBIOS från en diskett (med kommandot " #~ "<command>arc</command>). Med anledningarna nämnda ovan, rekommenderar vi " #~ "ett byte till SRM före installation av &debian;." + #~ msgid "" #~ "As on other architectures, you should install the newest available " #~ "revision of the firmware<footnote> <para> Except on Jensen, where Linux " @@ -2748,6 +5014,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "footnote> före installation av &debian;. För Alpha, uppdateringar av den " #~ "fasta programvaran kan hämtas från <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-firmware;" #~ "\">Alpha Firmware Updates</ulink>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "In SRM, Ethernet interfaces are named with the <userinput>ewa</userinput> " #~ "prefix, and will be listed in the output of the <userinput>show dev</" @@ -2782,6 +5049,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ ">>> set ewa0_mode <replaceable>läge</replaceable>\n" #~ "</screen></informalexample> Du kan få en lista på giltiga lägen med " #~ "<userinput>>>>set ewa0_mode</userinput>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Then, to boot from the first Ethernet interface, you would type: " #~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2794,6 +5062,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ ">>> boot ewa0 -flags \"\"\n" #~ "</screen></informalexample> Det här kommer att starta upp med de " #~ "kärnparametrar som är standard och som inkluderats i netboot-avbildningen." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you wish to use a serial console, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> pass " #~ "the <userinput>console=</userinput> parameter to the kernel. This can be " @@ -2814,14 +5083,17 @@ msgstr "" #~ "behövs av &d-i;-avbildningarna. Till exempel, för att starta upp från " #~ "<userinput>ewa0</userinput> och använda en konsoll på första serieporten, " #~ "skulle du skriva:" + #~ msgid "" #~ ">>> boot ewa0 -flags "root=/dev/ram ramdisk_size=16384 " #~ "console=ttyS0"" #~ msgstr "" #~ ">>> boot ewa0 -flags "root=/dev/ram ramdisk_size=16384 " #~ "console=ttyS0"" + #~ msgid "Booting from CD-ROM with the SRM Console" #~ msgstr "Uppstart från cd-rom med SRM-konsoll" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The &debian; install CDs include several preconfigured boot options for " #~ "VGA and serial consoles. Type <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2845,10 +5117,13 @@ msgstr "" #~ ">>> boot xxxx -flags 1\n" #~ "</screen></informalexample> och för konsollen på den andra serieporten, " #~ "ange" + #~ msgid ">>> boot xxxx -flags 2" #~ msgstr ">>> boot xxxx -flags 2" + #~ msgid "Booting from CD-ROM with the ARC or AlphaBIOS Console" #~ msgstr "Uppstart från cd-rom med ARC eller AlphaBIOS-konsoll" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To boot a CD-ROM from the ARC console, find your sub-architecture code " #~ "name (see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/>), then enter <filename>\\milo" @@ -2866,8 +5141,10 @@ msgstr "" #~ "underarkitekturen) som sökväg till operativsystemet i menyn \"OS " #~ "Selection Setup\". Ett undantag för ägare av Ruffian-system: De måste " #~ "använda <filename>\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> som starthanterare." + #~ msgid "Booting from Floppies with the SRM Console" #~ msgstr "Uppstart från startdisketter med SRM-konsoll" + #~ msgid "" #~ "At the SRM prompt (<prompt>>>></prompt>), issue the following " #~ "command: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2894,6 +5171,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "ignoreras argumentet <command>-flags</command>, så du kan helt enkelt " #~ "skriva <command>boot dva0</command>. Om allt fungerar som det ska kommer " #~ "du till slut se Linux-kärnan starta upp." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>aboot</" #~ "command>, use the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2913,6 +5191,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "<filename>dva0</filename>, namnet för uppstartsenheten för Linux för " #~ "<filename>fd0</filename>, och de önskade kärnparametrarna för " #~ "<filename>arguments</filename>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>MILO</" #~ "command>, you will have to interrupt bootstrap once you get into MILO. " @@ -2921,8 +5200,10 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Om du vill ange kärnparametrar vid uppstart med <command>MILO</command>, " #~ "måste du avbryta bootstrap när du kommit in i MILO. Se <xref linkend=" #~ "\"booting-from-milo\"/>." + #~ msgid "Booting from Floppies with the ARC or AlphaBIOS Console" #~ msgstr "Uppstart från startdisketter med ARC eller AlphaBIOS-konsoll" + #~ msgid "" #~ "In the OS Selection menu, set <command>linload.exe</command> as the boot " #~ "loader, and <command>milo</command> as the OS Path. Bootstrap using the " @@ -2931,8 +5212,10 @@ msgstr "" #~ "I valmenyn för operativsystem, ställ in <command>linload.exe</command> " #~ "som starthanterare, och <command>milo</command> som \"OS Path\". Kör " #~ "bootstrap med den nyligen skapade posten." + #~ msgid "Booting with MILO" #~ msgstr "Uppstart med MILO" + #~ msgid "" #~ "MILO contained on the bootstrap media is configured to proceed straight " #~ "to Linux automatically. Should you wish to intervene, all you need is to " @@ -2941,6 +5224,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "MILO som finns på bootstrap-mediumet är konfigurerad att automatiskt " #~ "fortsätta direkt till Linux. Om du önskar att avbryta är allt du behöver " #~ "göra att trycka på blanksteg under MILO-nedräkningen." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to specify all the bits explicitly (for example, to supply " #~ "additional parameters), you can use a command like this: " @@ -2961,8 +5245,10 @@ msgstr "" #~ "diskett, ersätt <filename>fd0</filename> i exemplet ovan med lämpligt " #~ "enhetsnamn i Linux-notation. Kommandot <command>help</command> ger dig en " #~ "kort referens på MILO-kommandon." + #~ msgid "Choosing an Installation Method" #~ msgstr "Välja en installationsmetod" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some &arch-title; subarchs have the option of booting using either a 2.4." #~ "x or 2.2.x linux kernel. When such a choice exists, try the 2.4.x linux " @@ -2975,26 +5261,31 @@ msgstr "" #~ "valmöjlighet finns, prova 2.4.x-kärnan. Installationsprogrammet ska även " #~ "kräva mindre minne när 2.4.x-kärnan används eftersom 2.2.x kräver en fast " #~ "storlek på ramdisken och 2.4.x använder tmpfs." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using a 2.2.x linux kernel, then you need to use the " #~ "&ramdisksize; kernel parameter." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Om du använder en Linux-kärna med version 2.2.x, behöver du använda " #~ "kärnparametern &ramdisksize;." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Make sure <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> is one of your kernel " #~ "parameters." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se till att <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> är en av dina " #~ "kärnparametrar." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you're having trouble, check <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-cts-faq;\">cts's " #~ "&arch-title; debian-installer FAQ</ulink>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Om du får problem, ta en titt i <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-cts-faq;\">cts's " #~ "&arch-title; debian-installer FAQ</ulink>." + #~ msgid "Amiga" #~ msgstr "Amiga" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The only method of installation available to amiga is the hard drive (see " #~ "<xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is " @@ -3003,6 +5294,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Den enda installationsmetoden tillgänglig för amiga är via hårddisken (se " #~ "<xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord, cd-skivan är " #~ "inte startbar.</emphasis>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Amiga does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl " #~ "errors, you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</" @@ -3010,8 +5302,10 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Amiga fungerar för tillfället inte med bogl, så om du ser fel från bogl " #~ "behöver du inkludera uppstartsparametern <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." + #~ msgid "Atari" #~ msgstr "Atari" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The installer for atari may be started from either the hard drive (see " #~ "<xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>) or from floppies (see <xref linkend=" @@ -3022,6 +5316,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "(se <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>) eller från disketter (se <xref " #~ "linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord, cd-skivan är " #~ "inte startbar.</emphasis>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Atari does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl " #~ "errors, you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</" @@ -3029,8 +5324,10 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Atari fungerar för närvarande inte med bogl så om du ser fel från bogl " #~ "behöver du inkludera uppstartsparametern <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." + #~ msgid "BVME6000" #~ msgstr "BVME6000" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The installer for BVME6000 may be started from a cdrom (see <xref linkend=" #~ "\"m68k-boot-cdrom\"/>), floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies" @@ -3040,8 +5337,10 @@ msgstr "" #~ "(se <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-cdrom\"/>), startdisketter (se <xref " #~ "linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>), eller via nätverket (se <xref linkend=" #~ "\"boot-tftp\"/>)." + #~ msgid "Macintosh" #~ msgstr "Macintosh" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The only method of installation available to mac is from the hard drive " #~ "(see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the " @@ -3051,6 +5350,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "hårddisken (se <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra " #~ "ord, cd-skivan är inte startbar.</emphasis> Mac har ingen fungerande 2.4." #~ "x-kärna." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If your hardware uses a 53c9x-based scsi bus, then you may need to " #~ "include the kernel parameter <userinput>mac53c9x=1,0</userinput>. " @@ -3069,8 +5369,10 @@ msgstr "" #~ "påslagen, men som inaktiverar SCSI-nedkopplingar. Observera att den här " #~ "parametern endast behöver anges om du har fler än en hårddisk; i annat " #~ "fall kommer systemet att köra snabbare än om du inte angav det." + #~ msgid "MVME147 and MVME16x" #~ msgstr "MVME147 och MVME16x" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The installer for MVME147 and MVME16x may be started from either floppies " #~ "(see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>) or the net (see <xref " @@ -3081,8 +5383,10 @@ msgstr "" #~ "antingen startdisketter (se <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>) eller " #~ "via nätverket (se <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord " #~ "är inte cd-skivan startbar.</emphasis>" + #~ msgid "Q40/Q60" #~ msgstr "Q40/Q60" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The only method of installation available to Q40/Q60 is from the hard " #~ "drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words " @@ -3091,8 +5395,10 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Den enda installationsmetoden som är tillgänglig för Q40/Q60 är från " #~ "hårddisken (se <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra " #~ "ord, cd-skivan är inte startbar.</emphasis>" + #~ msgid "Booting from a Hard Disk" #~ msgstr "Starta upp från en hårddisk" + #~ msgid "" #~ "At least six different ramdisks may be used to boot from the hard drive, " #~ "three different types each with and without support for a 2.2.x linux " @@ -3103,6 +5409,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "hårddisken, tre olika typer vardera med och utan stöd för en Linuxkärna " #~ "version 2.2.x (se <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/" #~ "current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> för detaljer)." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The three different types of ramdisks are <filename>cdrom</filename>, " #~ "<filename>hd-media</filename>, and <filename>nativehd</filename>. These " @@ -3120,8 +5427,10 @@ msgstr "" #~ "använder en iso-avbildning av en cd-rom som för närvarande ligger på en " #~ "hårddisk. Till slut, ramdisken <filename>nativehd</filename> använder " #~ "nätet för att installera paket." + #~ msgid "Booting from AmigaOS" #~ msgstr "Starta upp från AmigaOS" + #~ msgid "" #~ "In the <command>Workbench</command>, start the Linux installation process " #~ "by double-clicking on the <guiicon>StartInstall</guiicon> icon in the " @@ -3130,6 +5439,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "I <command>Workbench</command>, start Linux-installationsprocessen genom " #~ "att dubbelklicka på ikonen <guiicon>StartInstall</guiicon> i katalogen " #~ "<filename>debian</filename>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You may have to press the &enterkey; key twice after the Amiga installer " #~ "program has output some debugging information into a window. After this, " @@ -3148,8 +5458,10 @@ msgstr "" #~ "meddelanden kan rulla förbi för snabbt för dig att läsa, men det är OK. " #~ "Efter ett par sekunder ska installationsprogrammet startas automatiskt, " #~ "så att du kan fortsätta på <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." + #~ msgid "Booting from Atari TOS" #~ msgstr "Starta upp från Atari TOS" + #~ msgid "" #~ "At the GEM desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-" #~ "clicking on the <guiicon>bootstra.prg</guiicon> icon in the " @@ -3160,6 +5472,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "dubbelklicka på ikonen <guiicon>bootstra.prg</guiicon> i katalogen " #~ "<filename>debian</filename> och klicka <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> i " #~ "programmets inställningsruta." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You may have to press the &enterkey; key after the Atari bootstrap " #~ "program has output some debugging information into a window. After this, " @@ -3178,8 +5491,10 @@ msgstr "" #~ "meddelanden kan rulla förbi för snabbt för dig att läsa, men det är OK. " #~ "Efter ett par sekunder ska installationsprogrammet startas automatiskt, " #~ "så att du kan fortsätta på <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." + #~ msgid "Booting from MacOS" #~ msgstr "Starta upp från MacOS" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You must retain the original Mac system and boot from it. It is " #~ "<emphasis>essential</emphasis> that, when booting MacOS in preparation " @@ -3198,6 +5513,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "samma sak genom att ta bort alla utökningar och kontrollpaneler från " #~ "Macens System-mapp. Annars kan körande utökningar lämnas kvar och orsaka " #~ "diverse problem för den körande Linux-kärnan." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Macs require the <command>Penguin</command> bootloader, which can be " #~ "downloaded from <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-mac;\">the Linux/mac68k " @@ -3215,6 +5531,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "diskett med hjälp av en annan GNU/Linux-dator på valfri arkitektur samt " #~ "verktygen <command>hmount</command>, <command>hcopy</command> och " #~ "<command>humount</command> från <classname>hfsutils</classname>-sviten." + #~ msgid "" #~ "At the MacOS desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-" #~ "clicking on the <guiicon>Penguin Prefs</guiicon> icon in the " @@ -3235,6 +5552,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "filename>) och ramdisk (<filename>initrd.gz</filename>) i katalogen " #~ "<filename>install</filename> genom att klicka på motsvarande knappar i " #~ "övre högra hörnet, och navigera fram till filerna i dialogrutan." + #~ msgid "" #~ "To set the boot parameters in Penguin, choose <guimenu>File</guimenu> -" #~ "> <guimenuitem>Settings...</guimenuitem>, then switch to the " @@ -3249,6 +5567,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "textrutan. Om du alltid vill använda de här inställningarna, välj " #~ "<guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Save Settings as Default</" #~ "guimenuitem>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> dialog, save the settings and " #~ "start the bootstrap using the <guimenuitem>Boot Now</guimenuitem> item in " @@ -3257,6 +5576,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Stäng <guilabel>Settings</guilabel>-dialogen, spara inställningarna och " #~ "starta bootstrap med posten <guimenuitem>Boot Now</guimenuitem> i " #~ "<guimenu>File</guimenu>-menyn." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The <command>Penguin</command> booter will output some debugging " #~ "information into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there " @@ -3274,22 +5594,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "snabbt för dig att läsa, men det är OK. Efter ett par sekunder ska " #~ "installationsprogrammet startas automatiskt, så att du kan fortsätta på " #~ "<xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." + #~ msgid "Booting from Q40/Q60" #~ msgstr "Starta upp från Q40/Q60" + #~ msgid "FIXME" #~ msgstr "FIXME" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The installation program should start automatically, so you can continue " #~ "below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Installationsprogrammet ska starta automatiskt, så du kan fortsätta nedan " #~ "i <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitecture that supports CD-ROM " #~ "booting is the BVME6000." #~ msgstr "" #~ "För närvarande, den enda underarkitekturen av &arch-title; som har stöd " #~ "för uppstart via cd-rom är BVME6000." + #~ msgid "" #~ "After booting the VMEbus systems you will be presented with the LILO " #~ "<prompt>Boot:</prompt> prompt. At that prompt enter one of the following " @@ -3300,14 +5625,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "prompten <prompt>Boot:</prompt>. Vid prompten, ange en av följande för " #~ "att starta upp Linux och påbörja installationen av Debian-programvaran " #~ "med terminalemuleringen vt102." + #~ msgid "type <screen>i6000 &enterkey;</screen> to install a BVME4000/6000" #~ msgstr "" #~ "ange <screen>i6000 &enterkey;</screen> för att installera en BVME4000/6000" + #~ msgid "type <screen>i162 &enterkey;</screen> to install an MVME162" #~ msgstr "ange <screen>i162 &enterkey;</screen> för att installera en MVME162" + #~ msgid "type <screen>i167 &enterkey;</screen> to install an MVME166/167" #~ msgstr "" #~ "ange <screen>i167 &enterkey;</screen> för att installera en MVME166/167" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You may additionally append the string <screen>TERM=vt100</screen> to use " #~ "vt100 terminal emulation, e.g., <screen>i6000 TERM=vt100 &enterkey;</" @@ -3316,22 +5645,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Du kan även lägga till strängen <screen>TERM=vt100</screen> för att " #~ "använda terminalemuleringen vt100, exempelvis <screen>i6000 TERM=vt100 " #~ "&enterkey;</screen>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "For most &arch-title; architectures, booting from a local filesystem is " #~ "the recommended method." #~ msgstr "" #~ "För de flesta &arch-title;-arkitekturer är uppstart från ett lokalt " #~ "filsystem den metod som rekommenderas." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Booting from the boot floppy is supported only for Atari and VME (with a " #~ "SCSI floppy drive on VME) at this time." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Uppstart från startdisketten stöds endast på Atari och VME (med en SCSI-" #~ "diskettenhet på VME) för tillfället." + #~ msgid "Such problems have been reported on the Amiga 1200 and SE/30." #~ msgstr "Liknande problem har rapporterats för Amiga 1200 och SE/30." + #~ msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B TFTP Booting" #~ msgstr "Uppstart för Broadcom BCM91250A och BCM91480B via TFTP" + #~ msgid "" #~ "On the Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B evaluation boards, you have to " #~ "load the SiByl boot loader via TFTP which will then load and start the " @@ -3362,6 +5696,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "exemplet med antingen namnet eller IP-adressen för din TFTP-server. När " #~ "du kört det här kommandot kommer installationsprogrammet att läsas in " #~ "automatiskt." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You cannot pass any boot parameters directly from the CFE prompt. " #~ "Instead, you have to edit the <filename>/boot/sibyl.conf</filename> file " @@ -3372,14 +5707,17 @@ msgstr "" #~ "prompten. Istället kan du redigera filen <filename>/boot/sibyl.conf</" #~ "filename> på TFTP-servern och lägga till din parametrar till variabeln " #~ "<replaceable>extra_args</replaceable>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "this cable is often found in older desktop machines with builtin 9-pin " #~ "serial ports" #~ msgstr "" #~ "denna kabel hittas oftast på äldre stationära datorer med inbyggda 9-" #~ "pinnars serieportar" + #~ msgid "Booting from TFTP on Netwinder" #~ msgstr "Starta upp NetWinder via TFTP" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Netwinders have two network interfaces: A 10Mbps NE2000-compatible card " #~ "(which is generally referred to as <literal>eth0</literal>) and a 100Mbps " @@ -3392,6 +5730,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "100 Mbps Tulip-kort. Det kan uppstå problem vid inläsning av avbildningen " #~ "via TFTP med 100 Mbps-kortet så det rekommenderas att du använder 10 Mbps-" #~ "gränssnittet (det som är märkt som <literal>10 Base-T</literal>)." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You need NeTTrom 2.2.1 or later to boot the installation system, and " #~ "version 2.3.3 is recommended. Unfortunately, firmware files are currently " @@ -3405,6 +5744,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "tillfället på grund av licensproblem. Om denna situation ändras, kan du " #~ "hitta nya avbildningar på <ulink url=\"http//www.netwinder.org/\"></" #~ "ulink>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "When you boot your Netwinder you have to interrupt the boot process " #~ "during the countdown. This allows you to set a number of firmware " @@ -3489,24 +5829,30 @@ msgstr "" #~ "</screen></informalexample> Om du springer på några problem, finns en " #~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.netwinder.org/howto/Firmware-HOWTO.html" #~ "\">detaljerad HOWTO</ulink> tillgänglig." + #~ msgid "Booting from TFTP on CATS" #~ msgstr "Uppstart från TFTP på CATS" + #~ msgid "" #~ "On CATS machines, use <command>boot de0:</command> or similar at the " #~ "Cyclone prompt." #~ msgstr "" #~ "På CATS-maskiner, använd <command>boot de0:</command> eller liknande på " #~ "Cyclone-prompten." + #~ msgid "" #~ "To boot a CD-ROM from the Cyclone console prompt, use the command " #~ "<command>boot cd0:cats.bin</command>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "För att starta upp en cd-rom från Cyclones konsollprompt, använd " #~ "kommandot <command>boot cd0:cats.bin</command>" + #~ msgid "Booting CHRP from OpenFirmware" #~ msgstr "Starta upp CHRP från OpenFirmware" + #~ msgid "Not yet written." #~ msgstr "Ännu inte skriven." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Information on available boot methods and on boot parameters which might " #~ "be useful can be found by pressing <keycap>F2</keycap> through " @@ -3521,6 +5867,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "kommandoraden, tänk på att ange uppstartsmetoden (standard är " #~ "<userinput>install</userinput>) och ett blanksteg före den första " #~ "parametern (t.ex. <userinput>install fb=false</userinput>)." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are installing the system via a remote management device that " #~ "provides a text interface to the VGA console, you may not be able to see " @@ -3555,6 +5902,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "grafikkortet i resten av installationen, kan du också lägga till " #~ "<userinput>fb=false</userinput> till uppstartsprompten, som beskrivs i " #~ "hjälptexten." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Floppy images are currently only available for sparc32, but, for " #~ "technical reasons, not for official releases. (The reason is that they " @@ -3569,6 +5917,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "under <quote>dagligen byggda avbilder</quote> på projektwebbplatsen för " #~ "<ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">Debian Installer</ulink> för länkar till " #~ "diskettavbilder för sparc32." + #~ msgid "" #~ "To boot from floppy on a Sparc, use <informalexample><screen>\n" #~ "Stop-A -> OpenBoot: \"boot floppy\"\n" @@ -3584,6 +5933,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "inte har stöd för uppstart på diskett. Ett typiskt felmeddelande är " #~ "<computeroutput>Bad magic number in disk label - Can't open disk label " #~ "package</computeroutput>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Several Sparcs (e.g. Ultra 10) have an OBP bug that prevents them from " #~ "booting (instead of not supporting booting at all). The appropriate OBP " @@ -3594,6 +5944,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "dem från att starta upp (istället för att inte stöda uppstart alls). Den " #~ "lämpliga uppdateringen för OBP kan hämtas som produkt-id 106121 från " #~ "<ulink url=\"http://sunsolve.sun.com\"></ulink>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are booting from the floppy, and you see messages such as " #~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -3608,14 +5959,17 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Illegal or malformed device name\n" #~ "</screen></informalexample> är det möjligt att uppstart via diskett inte " #~ "stöds på din maskin." + #~ msgid "debian-installer/probe/usb" #~ msgstr "debian-installer/probe/usb" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, " #~ "if that causes problems." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ställ in till <userinput>false</userinput> för att förhindra sökning " #~ "efter USB vid uppstart, om det orsakar problem." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Macs require the <command>Penguin</command> bootloader. If you do not " #~ "have the tools to handle a <command>Stuffit</command> archive, &penguin19." @@ -3627,6 +5981,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "&penguin19.hfs; är en hfs-diskavbild med en uppackad <command>Penguin</" #~ "command>. <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> beskriver hur man kopierar " #~ "den här avbilden till en diskett." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Type <informalexample><screen>\n" #~ ">>> boot xxxx -flags 0\n" @@ -3637,9 +5992,11 @@ msgstr "" #~ ">>> boot xxxx -flags 0\n" #~ "</screen></informalexample> där <replaceable>xxxx</replaceable> är din cd-" #~ "rom-enhet i SRM-notation." + #~ msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x kernel, you may need to set &ramdisksize;." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Om du använder en 2.2.x-kärna, kan du behöva att ställa in &ramdisksize;." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with " #~ "the installer, be sure that <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> is set in " @@ -3649,14 +6006,17 @@ msgstr "" #~ "installeraren, se till att <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> är " #~ "inställd i din kärna. Installeraren kräver <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</" #~ "userinput>." + #~ msgid "Bug Reporter" #~ msgstr "Felrapporterare" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will " #~ "set up the language locale, network, and the disk partitions." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Fortsätt till nästa kapitel för att fortsätta installationen där du " #~ "kommer att ställa in språkanpassning, nätverk och diskpartitionerna." + #~ msgid "" #~ "In case your computer doesn't support booting from USB memory devices, " #~ "you can still use a single floppy to do the initial boot and then switch " @@ -3671,10 +6031,12 @@ msgstr "" #~ "<xref linkend=\"floppy-boot\"/>; kärnan på startdisketten ska automatiskt " #~ "identifiera ditt USB-minne. När den frågar efter rotdisketten, tryck bara " #~ "&enterkey;. Du bör nu se &d-i; starta." + #~ msgid "nettrom-2.3-3.armv4l.rpm" #~ msgstr "nettrom-2.3-3.armv4l.rpm" + #~ msgid "nettrom-2.3.3.bin" #~ msgstr "nettrom-2.3.3.bin" + #~ msgid "nettrom-2.3.3.bin.md5sum" #~ msgstr "nettrom-2.3.3.bin.md5sum" - diff --git a/po/sv/hardware.po b/po/sv/hardware.po index b78667d3f..e1f19be07 100644 --- a/po/sv/hardware.po +++ b/po/sv/hardware.po @@ -23,8 +23,14 @@ msgstr "Systemkrav" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:7 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section contains information about what hardware you need to get started with Debian. You will also find links to further information about hardware supported by GNU and Linux." -msgstr "Det här avsnittet innehåller information om vilken maskinvara du behöver för att börja med Debian. Du kommer också att hitta länkar till ytterligare information om vilken maskinvara som stöds av GNU och Linux." +msgid "" +"This section contains information about what hardware you need to get " +"started with Debian. You will also find links to further information about " +"hardware supported by GNU and Linux." +msgstr "" +"Det här avsnittet innehåller information om vilken maskinvara du behöver för " +"att börja med Debian. Du kommer också att hitta länkar till ytterligare " +"information om vilken maskinvara som stöds av GNU och Linux." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:20 @@ -35,14 +41,32 @@ msgstr "Maskinvara som stöds" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:21 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian does not impose hardware requirements beyond the requirements of the Linux kernel and the GNU tool-sets. Therefore, any architecture or platform to which the Linux kernel, libc, <command>gcc</command>, etc. have been ported, and for which a Debian port exists, can run Debian. Please refer to the Ports pages at <ulink url=\"&url-ports;\"></ulink> for more details on &arch-title; architecture systems which have been tested with Debian." -msgstr "Debian ställer inga maskinvarukrav utöver kraven ställda för Linuxkärnan och GNU:s verktyg. Därför kan alla arkitekturer eller plattformar till vilka Linuxkärnan, libc, <command>gcc</command> och så vidare, blivit porterade, och för vilken en portering till Debian finns, köra Debian. Referera till ports-sidorna på <ulink url=\"&url-ports;\"></ulink> för mera detaljer om &arch-title;-arkitektursystem som har blivit testade med Debian." +msgid "" +"Debian does not impose hardware requirements beyond the requirements of the " +"Linux kernel and the GNU tool-sets. Therefore, any architecture or platform " +"to which the Linux kernel, libc, <command>gcc</command>, etc. have been " +"ported, and for which a Debian port exists, can run Debian. Please refer to " +"the Ports pages at <ulink url=\"&url-ports;\"></ulink> for more details on " +"&arch-title; architecture systems which have been tested with Debian." +msgstr "" +"Debian ställer inga maskinvarukrav utöver kraven ställda för Linuxkärnan och " +"GNU:s verktyg. Därför kan alla arkitekturer eller plattformar till vilka " +"Linuxkärnan, libc, <command>gcc</command> och så vidare, blivit porterade, " +"och för vilken en portering till Debian finns, köra Debian. Referera till " +"ports-sidorna på <ulink url=\"&url-ports;\"></ulink> för mera detaljer om " +"&arch-title;-arkitektursystem som har blivit testade med Debian." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:32 #, no-c-format -msgid "Rather than attempting to describe all the different hardware configurations which are supported for &arch-title;, this section contains general information and pointers to where additional information can be found." -msgstr "Hellre än att försöka att beskriva alla de olika maskinvarukonfigurationerna som finns stöd för i &arch-title; innehåller det här avsnittet allmän information och pekar till källor för ytterligare information." +msgid "" +"Rather than attempting to describe all the different hardware configurations " +"which are supported for &arch-title;, this section contains general " +"information and pointers to where additional information can be found." +msgstr "" +"Hellre än att försöka att beskriva alla de olika maskinvarukonfigurationerna " +"som finns stöd för i &arch-title; innehåller det här avsnittet allmän " +"information och pekar till källor för ytterligare information." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:41 @@ -53,8 +77,12 @@ msgstr "Arkitekturer som stöds" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:42 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian &release; supports eleven major architectures and several variations of each architecture known as <quote>flavors</quote>." -msgstr "Debian &release; har stöd för elva större arkitekturer och ett flertal variationer av varje arkitektur kända som <quote>varianter</quote>." +msgid "" +"Debian &release; supports eleven major architectures and several variations " +"of each architecture known as <quote>flavors</quote>." +msgstr "" +"Debian &release; har stöd för elva större arkitekturer och ett flertal " +"variationer av varje arkitektur kända som <quote>varianter</quote>." #. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:53 @@ -261,29 +289,25 @@ msgid "r5k-ip32" msgstr "r5k-ip32" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:118 -#: hardware.xml:131 +#: hardware.xml:118 hardware.xml:131 #, no-c-format msgid "MIPS Malta (32 bit)" msgstr "MIPS Malta (32 bitar)" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:119 -#: hardware.xml:132 +#: hardware.xml:119 hardware.xml:132 #, no-c-format msgid "4kc-malta" msgstr "4kc-malta" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:121 -#: hardware.xml:134 +#: hardware.xml:121 hardware.xml:134 #, no-c-format msgid "MIPS Malta (64 bit)" msgstr "MIPS Malta (64 bitar)" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:122 -#: hardware.xml:135 +#: hardware.xml:122 hardware.xml:135 #, no-c-format msgid "5kc-malta" msgstr "5kc-malta" @@ -417,44 +441,76 @@ msgstr "band" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:169 #, no-c-format -msgid "This document covers installation for the <emphasis>&arch-title;</emphasis> architecture. If you are looking for information on any of the other Debian-supported architectures take a look at the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/ports/\">Debian-Ports</ulink> pages." -msgstr "Det här dokumentet täcker in installationen för <emphasis>&arch-title;</emphasis>-arkitekturen. Om du letar efter information om någon av de andra arkitekturerna som Debian stöder kan du se på sidorna för <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/ports/\">Anpassningar (porteringar)</ulink>." +msgid "" +"This document covers installation for the <emphasis>&arch-title;</emphasis> " +"architecture. If you are looking for information on any of the other Debian-" +"supported architectures take a look at the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." +"org/ports/\">Debian-Ports</ulink> pages." +msgstr "" +"Det här dokumentet täcker in installationen för <emphasis>&arch-title;</" +"emphasis>-arkitekturen. Om du letar efter information om någon av de andra " +"arkitekturerna som Debian stöder kan du se på sidorna för <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.debian.org/ports/\">Anpassningar (porteringar)</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:178 #, no-c-format -msgid "The &arch-title; architecture only supports Intel Itanium processors and not the much more common 64-bit processors from the EM64T family (including e.g. the Pentium D and the Core2 Duo). Those systems are supported by the <emphasis>amd64</emphasis> architecture or, if you prefer a 32-bit userland, the <emphasis>i386</emphasis> architecture." -msgstr "Arkitekturen &arch-title; har endast stöd för Intel Itanium-processorer och inte de senare 64-bitarsprocessorerna från EM64T-familjen (inklusive t.ex. Pentium D och Core2 Duo). Dessa system stöds av arkitekturen <emphasis>amd64</emphasis> eller, om du föredrar 32 bitar, arkitekturen <emphasis>i386</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"The &arch-title; architecture only supports Intel Itanium processors and not " +"the much more common 64-bit processors from the EM64T family (including e.g. " +"the Pentium D and the Core2 Duo). Those systems are supported by " +"the <emphasis>amd64</emphasis> architecture or, if you prefer a 32-bit " +"userland, the <emphasis>i386</emphasis> architecture." +msgstr "" +"Arkitekturen &arch-title; har endast stöd för Intel Itanium-processorer och " +"inte de senare 64-bitarsprocessorerna från EM64T-familjen (inklusive t.ex. " +"Pentium D och Core2 Duo). Dessa system stöds av arkitekturen " +"<emphasis>amd64</emphasis> eller, om du föredrar 32 bitar, arkitekturen " +"<emphasis>i386</emphasis>." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:188 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the first official release of &debian; for the &arch-title; architecture. We feel that it has proven itself sufficiently to be released. However, because it has not had the exposure (and hence testing by users) that some other architectures have had, you may encounter a few bugs. Use our <ulink url=\"&url-bts;\">Bug Tracking System</ulink> to report any problems; make sure to mention the fact that the bug is on the &arch-title; platform. It can be necessary to use the <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\">debian-&arch-listname; mailing list</ulink> as well." -msgstr "Det här är den första officiella utgåvan av &debian; för arkitekturen &arch-title;. Vi tycker att den har bevisat sig vara tillräckligt bra för att ges ut. Dock har den inte haft samma exponering (och följaktligen blivit testad av användarna) som andra arkitekturer har haft, och du kan kanske påträffa ett fåtal fel. Använd vår <ulink url=\"&url-bts;\">Felhanteringssystem</ulink> för att rapportera problem; se till att påpeka fakta att felet gäller för plattformen &arch-title;. Det kan vara nödvändigt att använda <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\">sändlistan debian-&arch-listname;</ulink> också." +msgid "" +"This is the first official release of &debian; for the &arch-title; " +"architecture. We feel that it has proven itself sufficiently to be released. " +"However, because it has not had the exposure (and hence testing by users) " +"that some other architectures have had, you may encounter a few bugs. Use " +"our <ulink url=\"&url-bts;\">Bug Tracking System</ulink> to report any " +"problems; make sure to mention the fact that the bug is on the &arch-title; " +"platform. It can be necessary to use the <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;" +"\">debian-&arch-listname; mailing list</ulink> as well." +msgstr "" +"Det här är den första officiella utgåvan av &debian; för arkitekturen &arch-" +"title;. Vi tycker att den har bevisat sig vara tillräckligt bra för att ges " +"ut. Dock har den inte haft samma exponering (och följaktligen blivit testad " +"av användarna) som andra arkitekturer har haft, och du kan kanske påträffa " +"ett fåtal fel. Använd vår <ulink url=\"&url-bts;\">Felhanteringssystem</" +"ulink> för att rapportera problem; se till att påpeka fakta att felet gäller " +"för plattformen &arch-title;. Det kan vara nödvändigt att använda <ulink url=" +"\"&url-list-subscribe;\">sändlistan debian-&arch-listname;</ulink> också." #. Tag: title -#: hardware.xml:210 -#: hardware.xml:246 -#: hardware.xml:352 -#: hardware.xml:371 -#: hardware.xml:454 -#: hardware.xml:512 -#: hardware.xml:565 +#: hardware.xml:210 hardware.xml:246 hardware.xml:352 hardware.xml:371 +#: hardware.xml:454 hardware.xml:512 hardware.xml:565 #, no-c-format msgid "CPU, Main Boards, and Video Support" msgstr "Processor, moderkort och grafikstöd" #. Tag: para -#: hardware.xml:211 -#: hardware.xml:372 +#: hardware.xml:211 hardware.xml:372 #, no-c-format -msgid "Complete information concerning supported peripherals can be found at <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink>. This section merely outlines the basics." -msgstr "Komplett information angående kringutrustning som stöds kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink>. Det här avsnittet innehåller endast grundläggande information." +msgid "" +"Complete information concerning supported peripherals can be found at <ulink " +"url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink>. " +"This section merely outlines the basics." +msgstr "" +"Komplett information angående kringutrustning som stöds kan hittas i <ulink " +"url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink>. Det " +"här avsnittet innehåller endast grundläggande information." #. Tag: title -#: hardware.xml:219 -#: hardware.xml:380 -#: hardware.xml:489 +#: hardware.xml:219 hardware.xml:380 hardware.xml:489 #, no-c-format msgid "<title>CPU</title>" msgstr "<title>Processor</title>" @@ -468,14 +524,29 @@ msgstr "Både AMD64 och Intel EM64T-processorer stöds." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:248 #, no-c-format -msgid "Each distinct ARM architecture requires its own kernel. Because of this the standard Debian distribution only supports installation on a number of the most common platforms. The Debian userland however may be used by <emphasis>any</emphasis> ARM CPU." -msgstr "Varje enskild ARM-arkitektur kräver sin egna kärna. På grund av det här har Debian-utgåvan endast stöd för installation på ett antal av de mest vanliga plattformarna. Debians användarmiljö kan dock användas av <emphasis>alla</emphasis> ARM-processorer." +msgid "" +"Each distinct ARM architecture requires its own kernel. Because of this the " +"standard Debian distribution only supports installation on a number of the " +"most common platforms. The Debian userland however may be used by " +"<emphasis>any</emphasis> ARM CPU." +msgstr "" +"Varje enskild ARM-arkitektur kräver sin egna kärna. På grund av det här har " +"Debian-utgåvan endast stöd för installation på ett antal av de mest vanliga " +"plattformarna. Debians användarmiljö kan dock användas av <emphasis>alla</" +"emphasis> ARM-processorer." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:257 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most ARM CPUs may be run in either endian mode (big or little). However, the majority of current system implementation uses little-endian mode. Debian currently only supports little-endian ARM systems." -msgstr "De flesta ARM-processorer kan köras i båda endian-lägena (big eller little). Dock använder majoriteten av alla nuvarande systemimplementationer läget för little-endian. Debian har för närvarande endast stöd för little-endian på ARM-system." +msgid "" +"Most ARM CPUs may be run in either endian mode (big or little). However, the " +"majority of current system implementation uses little-endian mode. Debian " +"currently only supports little-endian ARM systems." +msgstr "" +"De flesta ARM-processorer kan köras i båda endian-lägena (big eller little). " +"Dock använder majoriteten av alla nuvarande systemimplementationer läget för " +"little-endian. Debian har för närvarande endast stöd för little-endian på " +"ARM-system." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:265 @@ -492,8 +563,21 @@ msgstr "IOP32x" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:273 #, no-c-format -msgid "Intel's I/O Processor (IOP) line is found in a number of products related to data storage and processing. Debian currently supports the IOP32x platform, featuring the IOP 80219 and 32x chips commonly found in Network Attached Storage (NAS) devices. Debian explicitly supports two such devices: the <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-glantank;\">GLAN Tank</ulink> from IO-Data and the <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-n2100;\">Thecus N2100</ulink>." -msgstr "Intels I/O Processor (IOP) kan hittas i ett antal produkter som relaterar till datalagring och databehandling. Debian har för närvarande stöd för IOP32x-plattformen, som innehåller kretsarna IOP 80219 och 32x som vanligtvis hittas i Network Attached Storage-enheter (NAS). Debian har uttryckligen stöd för två sådana enheter: <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-glantank;\">GLAN Tank</ulink> från IO-Data och <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-n2100;\">Thecus N2100</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Intel's I/O Processor (IOP) line is found in a number of products related to " +"data storage and processing. Debian currently supports the IOP32x platform, " +"featuring the IOP 80219 and 32x chips commonly found in Network Attached " +"Storage (NAS) devices. Debian explicitly supports two such devices: the " +"<ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-glantank;\">GLAN Tank</ulink> from IO-Data and " +"the <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-n2100;\">Thecus N2100</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Intels I/O Processor (IOP) kan hittas i ett antal produkter som relaterar " +"till datalagring och databehandling. Debian har för närvarande stöd för " +"IOP32x-plattformen, som innehåller kretsarna IOP 80219 och 32x som " +"vanligtvis hittas i Network Attached Storage-enheter (NAS). Debian har " +"uttryckligen stöd för två sådana enheter: <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-" +"glantank;\">GLAN Tank</ulink> från IO-Data och <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-" +"n2100;\">Thecus N2100</ulink>." #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:286 @@ -504,8 +588,22 @@ msgstr "IXP4xx" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:287 #, no-c-format -msgid "The IXP4xx platform is based on Intel's XScale ARM core. Currently, only one IXP4xx based system is supported, the Linksys NSLU2. The Linksys NSLU2 (Network Storage Link for USB 2.0 Disk Drives) is a small device which allows you to easily provide storage via the network. It comes with an Ethernet connection and two USB ports to which hard drives can be connected. There is an external site with <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-nslu2;\">installation instructions</ulink>." -msgstr "IXP4xx-plattformen är baserad på Intels XScale ARM-kärna. För närvarande finns det endast stöd för ett IXP4xx-baserat system, Linksys NSLU2. Linksys NSLU2 (Network Storage Link för USB 2.0-hårddiskar) är en liten enhet som enkelt låter dig tillhandahålla lagring via nätverket. Den kommer med en Ethernet-anslutning och två USB-portar till vilka hårddiskar kan anslutas. Det finns en extern sida med <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-nslu2;\">installationsinstruktioner</ulink>." +msgid "" +"The IXP4xx platform is based on Intel's XScale ARM core. Currently, only one " +"IXP4xx based system is supported, the Linksys NSLU2. The Linksys NSLU2 " +"(Network Storage Link for USB 2.0 Disk Drives) is a small device which " +"allows you to easily provide storage via the network. It comes with an " +"Ethernet connection and two USB ports to which hard drives can be connected. " +"There is an external site with <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-nslu2;" +"\">installation instructions</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"IXP4xx-plattformen är baserad på Intels XScale ARM-kärna. För närvarande " +"finns det endast stöd för ett IXP4xx-baserat system, Linksys NSLU2. Linksys " +"NSLU2 (Network Storage Link för USB 2.0-hårddiskar) är en liten enhet som " +"enkelt låter dig tillhandahålla lagring via nätverket. Den kommer med en " +"Ethernet-anslutning och två USB-portar till vilka hårddiskar kan anslutas. " +"Det finns en extern sida med <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-nslu2;" +"\">installationsinstruktioner</ulink>." #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:301 @@ -516,14 +614,22 @@ msgstr "Kirkwood" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:302 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "Kirkwood is a system on a chip (SoC) from Marvell that integrates an ARM " -#| "CPU, Ethernet, SATA, USB, and other functionality in one chip. We " -#| "currently support the following Kirkwood based devices: <ulink url=\"&url-" -#| "arm-cyrius-sheevaplug;\">SheevaPlug</ulink> and <ulink url=\"&url-arm-" -#| "cyrius-qnap-kirkwood;\">QNAP Turbo Station</ulink> (TS-119 and TS-219)." -msgid "Kirkwood is a system on a chip (SoC) from Marvell that integrates an ARM CPU, Ethernet, SATA, USB, and other functionality in one chip. We currently support the following Kirkwood based devices: OpenRD (OpenRD-Base and OpenRD-Client), <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-sheevaplug;\">SheevaPlug</ulink> and <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-qnap-kirkwood;\">QNAP Turbo Station</ulink> (TS-110, TS-119, TS-210, TS-219 and TS-219P; the TS-410 and TS-419P are not yet supported)." -msgstr "Kirkwood är ett system på ett chip (SoC) från Marvell som integrerar en ARM-processor, Ethernet, SATA, USB och annan funktionalitet på ett enda chip. Vi har för närvarande stöd för följande Kirkwood-baserade enheter: OpenRD (OpenRD-Base och OpenRD-Client), <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-sheevaplug;\">SheevaPlug</ulink> och <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-qnap-kirkwood;\">QNAP Turbo Station</ulink> (TS-110, TS-119, TS-210, TS-219 och TS-219P; TS-410 och TS-419P stöds ännu inte)." +msgid "" +"Kirkwood is a system on a chip (SoC) from Marvell that integrates an ARM " +"CPU, Ethernet, SATA, USB, and other functionality in one chip. We currently " +"support the following Kirkwood based devices: OpenRD (OpenRD-Base and OpenRD-" +"Client), <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-sheevaplug;\">SheevaPlug</ulink> and " +"<ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-qnap-kirkwood;\">QNAP Turbo Station</ulink> (TS-" +"110, TS-119, TS-210, TS-219 and TS-219P; the TS-410 and TS-419P are not yet " +"supported)." +msgstr "" +"Kirkwood är ett system på ett chip (SoC) från Marvell som integrerar en ARM-" +"processor, Ethernet, SATA, USB och annan funktionalitet på ett enda chip. Vi " +"har för närvarande stöd för följande Kirkwood-baserade enheter: OpenRD " +"(OpenRD-Base och OpenRD-Client), <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-sheevaplug;" +"\">SheevaPlug</ulink> och <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-qnap-kirkwood;\">QNAP " +"Turbo Station</ulink> (TS-110, TS-119, TS-210, TS-219 och TS-219P; TS-410 " +"och TS-419P stöds ännu inte)." #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:317 @@ -534,8 +640,23 @@ msgstr "Orion5x" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:318 #, no-c-format -msgid "Orion is a system on a chip (SoC) from Marvell that integrates an ARM CPU, Ethernet, SATA, USB, and other functionality in one chip. There are many Network Attached Storage (NAS) devices on the market that are based on an Orion chip. We currently support the following Orion based devices: <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-kuroboxpro;\">Buffalo Kurobox</ulink>, <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-mv2120;\">HP mv2120</ulink>, <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-qnap;\">QNAP Turbo Station</ulink> (TS-109, TS-209 and TS-409)." -msgstr "Orion är ett system på ett chip (SoC) från Marvell som integrerar en ARM-processor, Ethernet, SATA, USB och annan funktionalitet på ett enda chip. Det finns många Network Attached Storage-enheter (NAS) på marknaden som är baserade på ett Orion-chip. Vi har för närvarande stöd för följande Orion-baserade enheter: <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-kuroboxpro;\">Buffalo Kurobox</ulink>, <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-mv2120;\">HP mv2120</ulink>, <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-qnap;\">QNAP Turbo Station</ulink> (TS-109, TS-209 och TS-409)." +msgid "" +"Orion is a system on a chip (SoC) from Marvell that integrates an ARM CPU, " +"Ethernet, SATA, USB, and other functionality in one chip. There are many " +"Network Attached Storage (NAS) devices on the market that are based on an " +"Orion chip. We currently support the following Orion based devices: <ulink " +"url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-kuroboxpro;\">Buffalo Kurobox</ulink>, <ulink url=" +"\"&url-arm-cyrius-mv2120;\">HP mv2120</ulink>, <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-" +"qnap;\">QNAP Turbo Station</ulink> (TS-109, TS-209 and TS-409)." +msgstr "" +"Orion är ett system på ett chip (SoC) från Marvell som integrerar en ARM-" +"processor, Ethernet, SATA, USB och annan funktionalitet på ett enda chip. " +"Det finns många Network Attached Storage-enheter (NAS) på marknaden som är " +"baserade på ett Orion-chip. Vi har för närvarande stöd för följande Orion-" +"baserade enheter: <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-kuroboxpro;\">Buffalo " +"Kurobox</ulink>, <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-mv2120;\">HP mv2120</ulink>, " +"<ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-qnap;\">QNAP Turbo Station</ulink> (TS-109, TS-" +"209 och TS-409)." #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:333 @@ -546,32 +667,94 @@ msgstr "<term>Versatile</term>" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:334 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Versatile platform is emulated by QEMU and is therefore a nice way to test and run Debian on ARM if you don't have the hardware." -msgstr "Plattformen versatile emuleras av QEMU och är därför ett enkelt sätt att testa och köra Debian på ARM om du inte har maskinvaran." +msgid "" +"The Versatile platform is emulated by QEMU and is therefore a nice way to " +"test and run Debian on ARM if you don't have the hardware." +msgstr "" +"Plattformen versatile emuleras av QEMU och är därför ett enkelt sätt att " +"testa och köra Debian på ARM om du inte har maskinvaran." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:353 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two major support <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> flavors: PA-RISC 1.1 and PA-RISC 2.0. The PA-RISC 1.1 architecture is targeted at 32-bit processors whereas the 2.0 architecture is targeted to the 64-bit processors. Some systems are able to run either kernel. In both cases, the userland is 32-bit. There is the possibility of a 64-bit userland in the future." -msgstr "Det finns två större varianter av <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> som stöds: PA-RISC 1.1 och PA-RISC 2.0. Målsättningen för arkitekturen PA-RISC 1.1 är 32-bitars processorer och 2.0-arkitekturen är målet 64-bitars processorer. Vissa system kan köra båda kärnorna. I båda fallen är userland 32 bitar. Det finns en möjlighet för ett 64-bitars userland i framtiden." +msgid "" +"There are two major support <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> flavors: PA-" +"RISC 1.1 and PA-RISC 2.0. The PA-RISC 1.1 architecture is targeted at 32-bit " +"processors whereas the 2.0 architecture is targeted to the 64-bit " +"processors. Some systems are able to run either kernel. In both cases, the " +"userland is 32-bit. There is the possibility of a 64-bit userland in the " +"future." +msgstr "" +"Det finns två större varianter av <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> som " +"stöds: PA-RISC 1.1 och PA-RISC 2.0. Målsättningen för arkitekturen PA-RISC " +"1.1 är 32-bitars processorer och 2.0-arkitekturen är målet 64-bitars " +"processorer. Vissa system kan köra båda kärnorna. I båda fallen är userland " +"32 bitar. Det finns en möjlighet för ett 64-bitars userland i framtiden." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:381 #, no-c-format -msgid "Nearly all x86-based (IA-32) processors still in use in personal computers are supported, including all varieties of Intel's \"Pentium\" series. This also includes 32-bit AMD and VIA (former Cyrix) processors, and processors like the Athlon XP and Intel P4 Xeon." -msgstr "I stort sett alla x86-baserade (IA-32) processorer som fortfarande används i vanliga persondatorer stöds, inklusive alla varianter av Intels \"Pentium\"-serie. Gruppen omfattar också 32-bitars AMD och VIA-processorer, samt nyare processorer som Athlon XP och Intel P4 Xeon." +msgid "" +"Nearly all x86-based (IA-32) processors still in use in personal computers " +"are supported, including all varieties of Intel's \"Pentium\" series. This " +"also includes 32-bit AMD and VIA (former Cyrix) processors, and processors " +"like the Athlon XP and Intel P4 Xeon." +msgstr "" +"I stort sett alla x86-baserade (IA-32) processorer som fortfarande används i " +"vanliga persondatorer stöds, inklusive alla varianter av Intels \"Pentium\"-" +"serie. Gruppen omfattar också 32-bitars AMD och VIA-processorer, samt nyare " +"processorer som Athlon XP och Intel P4 Xeon." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:388 #, no-c-format -msgid "However, Debian GNU/Linux &releasename; will <emphasis>not</emphasis> run on 386 or earlier processors. Despite the architecture name \"i386\", support for actual 80386 processors (and their clones) was dropped with the Sarge (r3.1) release of Debian<footnote> <para> We have long tried to avoid this, but in the end it was necessary due a unfortunate series of issues with the compiler and the kernel, starting with an bug in the C++ ABI provided by GCC. You should still be able to run Debian GNU/Linux on actual 80386 processors if you compile your own kernel and compile all packages from source, but that is beyond the scope of this manual. </para> </footnote>. (No version of Linux has ever supported the 286 or earlier chips in the series.) All i486 and later processors are still supported<footnote> <para> Many Debian packages will actually run slightly faster on modern computers as a positive side effect of dropping support for these old chips. The i486, introduced in 1989, has three opcodes (bswap, cmpxchg, and xadd) which the i386, introduced in 1986, did not have. Previously, these could not be easily used by most Debian packages; now they can. </para> </footnote>." -msgstr "Dock kan Debian GNU/Linux &releasename; <emphasis>inte</emphasis> köras på 386 eller tidigare processorer. Trots arkitekturnamnet \"i386\", har stöd för faktiska 80386-processorer (och deras kloner) uteslutits med Sarge-utgåvan (r3.1) av Debian<footnote> <para> Vi har länge försökt att undvika detta, men i slutändan var det nödvändigt på grund av en serie olyckliga problem med kompilatorn och kärnan, som började med ett fel i C++ ABI som tillhandahålls av GCC. Du bör fortfarande kunna köra Debian GNU/Linux på faktiska 80386-processorer om du bygger din egna kärna samt bygger alla paket från källkod, men det är utanför omfånget för denna handbok. </para> </footnote>. (Ingen version av Linux har någonsin haft stöd för 286 eller tidigare chip i serien.) Alla i486 och senare processorer stöds fortfarande<footnote> <para> Många Debian-paket kommer faktiskt att kunna köras lite snabbare på moderna datorer som en positiv effekt av att stödet för dessa gamla chip utelämnades. Processorn i486, som introducerades 1989, har tre \"opcodes\" (bswap, cmpxchg och xadd) som i386, introducerad 1986, inte hade. Tidigare kunde dessa inte enkelt användas av de flesta Debian-paket; nu kan de det. </para> </footnote>." +msgid "" +"However, Debian GNU/Linux &releasename; will <emphasis>not</emphasis> run on " +"386 or earlier processors. Despite the architecture name \"i386\", support " +"for actual 80386 processors (and their clones) was dropped with the Sarge " +"(r3.1) release of Debian<footnote> <para> We have long tried to avoid this, " +"but in the end it was necessary due a unfortunate series of issues with the " +"compiler and the kernel, starting with an bug in the C++ ABI provided by " +"GCC. You should still be able to run Debian GNU/Linux on actual 80386 " +"processors if you compile your own kernel and compile all packages from " +"source, but that is beyond the scope of this manual. </para> </footnote>. " +"(No version of Linux has ever supported the 286 or earlier chips in the " +"series.) All i486 and later processors are still supported<footnote> <para> " +"Many Debian packages will actually run slightly faster on modern computers " +"as a positive side effect of dropping support for these old chips. The i486, " +"introduced in 1989, has three opcodes (bswap, cmpxchg, and xadd) which the " +"i386, introduced in 1986, did not have. Previously, these could not be " +"easily used by most Debian packages; now they can. </para> </footnote>." +msgstr "" +"Dock kan Debian GNU/Linux &releasename; <emphasis>inte</emphasis> köras på " +"386 eller tidigare processorer. Trots arkitekturnamnet \"i386\", har stöd " +"för faktiska 80386-processorer (och deras kloner) uteslutits med Sarge-" +"utgåvan (r3.1) av Debian<footnote> <para> Vi har länge försökt att undvika " +"detta, men i slutändan var det nödvändigt på grund av en serie olyckliga " +"problem med kompilatorn och kärnan, som började med ett fel i C++ ABI som " +"tillhandahålls av GCC. Du bör fortfarande kunna köra Debian GNU/Linux på " +"faktiska 80386-processorer om du bygger din egna kärna samt bygger alla " +"paket från källkod, men det är utanför omfånget för denna handbok. </para> </" +"footnote>. (Ingen version av Linux har någonsin haft stöd för 286 eller " +"tidigare chip i serien.) Alla i486 och senare processorer stöds " +"fortfarande<footnote> <para> Många Debian-paket kommer faktiskt att kunna " +"köras lite snabbare på moderna datorer som en positiv effekt av att stödet " +"för dessa gamla chip utelämnades. Processorn i486, som introducerades 1989, " +"har tre \"opcodes\" (bswap, cmpxchg och xadd) som i386, introducerad 1986, " +"inte hade. Tidigare kunde dessa inte enkelt användas av de flesta Debian-" +"paket; nu kan de det. </para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:421 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your system has a 64-bit processor from the AMD64 or Intel EM64T families, you will probably want to use the installer for the amd64 architecture instead of the installer for the (32-bit) i386 architecture." -msgstr "Om ditt system har en processor av typen 64-bitars AMD64 eller Intel EM64T-familjerna, så bör du antagligen använda installationsprogrammet för arkitekturen amd64 istället för (32-bitars) arkitekturen i386." +msgid "" +"If your system has a 64-bit processor from the AMD64 or Intel EM64T " +"families, you will probably want to use the installer for the amd64 " +"architecture instead of the installer for the (32-bit) i386 architecture." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt system har en processor av typen 64-bitars AMD64 eller Intel EM64T-" +"familjerna, så bör du antagligen använda installationsprogrammet för " +"arkitekturen amd64 istället för (32-bitars) arkitekturen i386." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:430 @@ -582,32 +765,106 @@ msgstr "In/ut-buss" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:431 #, no-c-format -msgid "The system bus is the part of the motherboard which allows the CPU to communicate with peripherals such as storage devices. Your computer must use the ISA, EISA, PCI, PCIe, or VESA Local Bus (VLB, sometimes called the VL bus). Essentially all personal computers sold in recent years use one of these." -msgstr "Systembussen är den del av moderkortet som tillåter processorn att kommunicera med kringutrustning såsom lagringsenheter. Din dator måste använda ISA, EISA, PCI, PCIe eller VESA Local Bus (VLB, kallas ibland för VL-bussen). Praktiskt taget alla persondatorer som sålts de senaste åren använder någon av dessa." +msgid "" +"The system bus is the part of the motherboard which allows the CPU to " +"communicate with peripherals such as storage devices. Your computer must use " +"the ISA, EISA, PCI, PCIe, or VESA Local Bus (VLB, sometimes called the VL " +"bus). Essentially all personal computers sold in recent years use one of " +"these." +msgstr "" +"Systembussen är den del av moderkortet som tillåter processorn att " +"kommunicera med kringutrustning såsom lagringsenheter. Din dator måste " +"använda ISA, EISA, PCI, PCIe eller VESA Local Bus (VLB, kallas ibland för VL-" +"bussen). Praktiskt taget alla persondatorer som sålts de senaste åren " +"använder någon av dessa." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:455 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian on &arch-title; supports the following platforms: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> SGI IP22: this platform includes the SGI machines Indy, Indigo 2 and Challenge S. Since these machines are very similar, whenever this document refers to the SGI Indy, the Indigo 2 and Challenge S are meant as well. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> SGI IP32: this platform is generally known as SGI O2. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> MIPS Malta: this platform is emulated by QEMU and is therefore a nice way to test and run Debian on MIPS if you don't have the hardware. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Complete information regarding supported mips/mipsel machines can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-mips;\">Linux-MIPS homepage</ulink>. In the following, only the systems supported by the Debian installer will be covered. If you are looking for support for other subarchitectures, please contact the <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\"> debian-&arch-listname; mailing list</ulink>." -msgstr "Debian på &arch-title; har stöd för följande plattformar: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> SGI IP22: den här plattformen inkluderar SGI-maskinerna Indy, Indigo 2 och Challenge S. Eftersom dessa maskiner är mycket lika, och när det här dokumentet refererar till SGI Indy, innefattar det även Indigo 2 och Challenge S. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> SGI IP32: den här plattformen är generellt sett känd som SGI O2. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> MIPS Malta: den här plattformen emuleras av QEMU och är därför ett enkelt sätt att testa och köra Debian på MIPS om du inte har maskinvaran. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Komplett information angående stöd för mips/mipsel-maskiner kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-linux-mips;\">webbsidan för Linux-MIPS</ulink>. Från och med nu kommer endast system som stöds av Debians installationsprogrammet att täckas in. Om du letar efter stöd för andra underarkitekturer, kontakta sändlistan <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\"> debian-&arch-listname;</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Debian on &arch-title; supports the following platforms: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> SGI IP22: this platform includes the SGI machines Indy, " +"Indigo 2 and Challenge S. Since these machines are very similar, whenever " +"this document refers to the SGI Indy, the Indigo 2 and Challenge S are meant " +"as well. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> SGI IP32: this platform is " +"generally known as SGI O2. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> MIPS Malta: " +"this platform is emulated by QEMU and is therefore a nice way to test and " +"run Debian on MIPS if you don't have the hardware. </para></listitem> </" +"itemizedlist> Complete information regarding supported mips/mipsel machines " +"can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-mips;\">Linux-MIPS homepage</" +"ulink>. In the following, only the systems supported by the Debian installer " +"will be covered. If you are looking for support for other subarchitectures, " +"please contact the <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\"> debian-&arch-" +"listname; mailing list</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Debian på &arch-title; har stöd för följande plattformar: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> SGI IP22: den här plattformen inkluderar SGI-maskinerna " +"Indy, Indigo 2 och Challenge S. Eftersom dessa maskiner är mycket lika, och " +"när det här dokumentet refererar till SGI Indy, innefattar det även Indigo 2 " +"och Challenge S. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> SGI IP32: den här " +"plattformen är generellt sett känd som SGI O2. </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> MIPS Malta: den här plattformen emuleras av QEMU och är " +"därför ett enkelt sätt att testa och köra Debian på MIPS om du inte har " +"maskinvaran. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Komplett information " +"angående stöd för mips/mipsel-maskiner kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-linux-" +"mips;\">webbsidan för Linux-MIPS</ulink>. Från och med nu kommer endast " +"system som stöds av Debians installationsprogrammet att täckas in. Om du " +"letar efter stöd för andra underarkitekturer, kontakta sändlistan <ulink url=" +"\"&url-list-subscribe;\"> debian-&arch-listname;</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:490 #, no-c-format -msgid "On SGI IP22, SGI Indy, Indigo 2 and Challenge S with R4000, R4400, R4600 and R5000 processors are supported by the Debian installation system on big endian MIPS. On SGI IP32, currently only systems based on the R5000 are supported." -msgstr "På SGI IP22, SGI Indy, Indigo 2 och Challenge S med R4000, R4400, R4600 och R5000-processorer stöds av Debians installationssystem på big-endian MIPS. På SGI IP32, stöds för närvarande endast system baserade på R5000." +msgid "" +"On SGI IP22, SGI Indy, Indigo 2 and Challenge S with R4000, R4400, R4600 and " +"R5000 processors are supported by the Debian installation system on big " +"endian MIPS. On SGI IP32, currently only systems based on the R5000 are " +"supported." +msgstr "" +"På SGI IP22, SGI Indy, Indigo 2 och Challenge S med R4000, R4400, R4600 och " +"R5000-processorer stöds av Debians installationssystem på big-endian MIPS. " +"På SGI IP32, stöds för närvarande endast system baserade på R5000." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:496 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some MIPS machines can be operated in both big and little endian mode. For little endian MIPS, please read the documentation for the mipsel architecture." -msgstr "Vissa MIPS-maskiner kan opereras i både big- och little-endian. För little-endian MIPS, läs dokumentationen för arkitekturen mipsel." +msgid "" +"Some MIPS machines can be operated in both big and little endian mode. For " +"little endian MIPS, please read the documentation for the mipsel " +"architecture." +msgstr "" +"Vissa MIPS-maskiner kan opereras i både big- och little-endian. För little-" +"endian MIPS, läs dokumentationen för arkitekturen mipsel." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:513 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian on &arch-title; supports the following platforms: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Cobalt Microserver: only MIPS based Cobalt machines are covered here. This includes the Cobalt RaQ, Qube2 and RaQ2, and the Gateway Microserver. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> MIPS Malta: this platform is emulated by QEMU and is therefore a nice way to test and run Debian on MIPS if you don't have the hardware. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Complete information regarding supported mips/mipsel machines can be found at the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-mips;\">Linux-MIPS homepage</ulink>. In the following, only the systems supported by the Debian installer will be covered. If you are looking for support for other subarchitectures, please contact the <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\"> debian-&arch-listname; mailing list</ulink>." -msgstr "Debian på &arch-title; har stöd för följande plattformar: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Cobalt Microserver: endast MIPS-baserade Cobalt-maskiner täcks in här. Det här inkluderar Cobalt RaQ, Qube2 och RaQ2 samt Gateway Microserver. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> MIPS Malta: den här plattformen emuleras av QEMU och är därför ett enkelt sätt att testa och köra Debian på MIPS om du inte har maskinvaran. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Komplett information angående vilka mips/mipsel-maskiner som stöds kan hittas på webbplatsen <ulink url=\"&url-linux-mips;\">Linux-MIPS</ulink>. Från och med nu kommer endast system som stöds av Debians installationsprogram att täckas in. Om du letar efter stöd för andra underarkitekturer, kontakta sändlistan <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\"> debian-&arch-listname;</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Debian on &arch-title; supports the following platforms: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> Cobalt Microserver: only MIPS based Cobalt machines are " +"covered here. This includes the Cobalt RaQ, Qube2 and RaQ2, and the Gateway " +"Microserver. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> MIPS Malta: this platform " +"is emulated by QEMU and is therefore a nice way to test and run Debian on " +"MIPS if you don't have the hardware. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> " +"Complete information regarding supported mips/mipsel machines can be found " +"at the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-mips;\">Linux-MIPS homepage</ulink>. In the " +"following, only the systems supported by the Debian installer will be " +"covered. If you are looking for support for other subarchitectures, please " +"contact the <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\"> debian-&arch-listname; " +"mailing list</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Debian på &arch-title; har stöd för följande plattformar: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> Cobalt Microserver: endast MIPS-baserade Cobalt-maskiner " +"täcks in här. Det här inkluderar Cobalt RaQ, Qube2 och RaQ2 samt Gateway " +"Microserver. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> MIPS Malta: den här " +"plattformen emuleras av QEMU och är därför ett enkelt sätt att testa och " +"köra Debian på MIPS om du inte har maskinvaran. </para></listitem> </" +"itemizedlist> Komplett information angående vilka mips/mipsel-maskiner som " +"stöds kan hittas på webbplatsen <ulink url=\"&url-linux-mips;\">Linux-MIPS</" +"ulink>. Från och med nu kommer endast system som stöds av Debians " +"installationsprogram att täckas in. Om du letar efter stöd för andra " +"underarkitekturer, kontakta sändlistan <ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\"> " +"debian-&arch-listname;</ulink>." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:541 @@ -618,8 +875,11 @@ msgstr "Processor/Maskintyper" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:543 #, no-c-format -msgid "All MIPS based Cobalt machines are supported with the exception of the Qube 2700 (Qube 1)." -msgstr "Alla MIPS-baserade Cobalt-maskiner stöds med undantag för Qube 2700 (Qube 1)." +msgid "" +"All MIPS based Cobalt machines are supported with the exception of the Qube " +"2700 (Qube 1)." +msgstr "" +"Alla MIPS-baserade Cobalt-maskiner stöds med undantag för Qube 2700 (Qube 1)." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:551 @@ -636,8 +896,12 @@ msgstr "Cobalt-maskiner använder 115200 bps." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:566 #, no-c-format -msgid "For &debian; &release; only the PMac (Power-Macintosh or PowerMac) and PreP subarchitectures are supported." -msgstr "För &debian; &release; stöds endast underarkitekturerna PMac (Power-Macintosh eller PowerMac) och PreP." +msgid "" +"For &debian; &release; only the PMac (Power-Macintosh or PowerMac) and PreP " +"subarchitectures are supported." +msgstr "" +"För &debian; &release; stöds endast underarkitekturerna PMac (Power-" +"Macintosh eller PowerMac) och PreP." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:587 @@ -648,8 +912,12 @@ msgstr "Varianter av kärnan" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:589 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two flavours of the powerpc kernel in Debian, based on the CPU type:" -msgstr "Det finns två varianter av powerpc-kärnan i Debian, baserat på processortypen:" +msgid "" +"There are two flavours of the powerpc kernel in Debian, based on the CPU " +"type:" +msgstr "" +"Det finns två varianter av powerpc-kärnan i Debian, baserat på " +"processortypen:" #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:596 @@ -660,8 +928,15 @@ msgstr "<term>powerpc</term>" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:597 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most systems use this kernel flavour, which supports the PowerPC 601, 603, 604, 740, 750, and 7400 processors. All Apple PowerMac machines up to and including the one marketed as G4 use one of these processors." -msgstr "De flesta system använder den här varianten av kärnan, vilken har stöds för PowerPC 601, 603, 604, 740, 750 och 7400-processorerna. Alla Apple Power Mac-maskiner upp till och med den som marknadsförs som G4 använder en av dessa processorer." +msgid "" +"Most systems use this kernel flavour, which supports the PowerPC 601, 603, " +"604, 740, 750, and 7400 processors. All Apple PowerMac machines up to and " +"including the one marketed as G4 use one of these processors." +msgstr "" +"De flesta system använder den här varianten av kärnan, vilken har stöds för " +"PowerPC 601, 603, 604, 740, 750 och 7400-processorerna. Alla Apple Power Mac-" +"maskiner upp till och med den som marknadsförs som G4 använder en av dessa " +"processorer." #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:607 @@ -678,20 +953,34 @@ msgstr "Kärnvarianten power64 har stöd för följande processorer:" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:612 #, no-c-format -msgid "The POWER3 processor is used in older IBM 64-bit server systems: known models include the IntelliStation POWER Model 265, the pSeries 610 and 640, and the RS/6000 7044-170, 7043-260, and 7044-270." -msgstr "POWER3-processorn används i äldre IBM 64-bitars serversystem: kända modeller inkluderar IntelliStation POWER Model 265, pSeries 610 och 640, RS/6000 7044-170, 7043-260 och 7044-270." +msgid "" +"The POWER3 processor is used in older IBM 64-bit server systems: known " +"models include the IntelliStation POWER Model 265, the pSeries 610 and 640, " +"and the RS/6000 7044-170, 7043-260, and 7044-270." +msgstr "" +"POWER3-processorn används i äldre IBM 64-bitars serversystem: kända modeller " +"inkluderar IntelliStation POWER Model 265, pSeries 610 och 640, RS/6000 7044-" +"170, 7043-260 och 7044-270." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:618 #, no-c-format -msgid "The POWER4 processor is used in more recent IBM 64-bit server systems: known models include the pSeries 615, 630, 650, 655, 670, and 690." -msgstr "Processorn POWER4 används i senare IBM 64-bitars serversystem: kända modeller inkluderar pSeries 615, 630, 650, 655, 670 och 690." +msgid "" +"The POWER4 processor is used in more recent IBM 64-bit server systems: known " +"models include the pSeries 615, 630, 650, 655, 670, and 690." +msgstr "" +"Processorn POWER4 används i senare IBM 64-bitars serversystem: kända " +"modeller inkluderar pSeries 615, 630, 650, 655, 670 och 690." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:623 #, no-c-format -msgid "Systems using the Apple G5 (PPC970FX processor) are also based on the POWER4 architecture, and use this kernel flavour." -msgstr "System som använder Apple G5 (PPC970FX-processor) är också baserad på POWER4-arkitekturen och använder den här kärnvarianten." +msgid "" +"Systems using the Apple G5 (PPC970FX processor) are also based on the POWER4 " +"architecture, and use this kernel flavour." +msgstr "" +"System som använder Apple G5 (PPC970FX-processor) är också baserad på POWER4-" +"arkitekturen och använder den här kärnvarianten." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:657 @@ -702,32 +991,64 @@ msgstr "Underarkitekturen Power Macintosh (pmac)" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:659 #, no-c-format -msgid "Apple (and briefly a few other manufacturers — Power Computing, for example) made a series of Macintosh computers based on the PowerPC processor. For purposes of architecture support, they are categorized as NuBus (not supported by Debian), OldWorld, and NewWorld." -msgstr "Apple (och några få andra tillverkare — Power Computing, till exempel) tillverkar en serie av Macintosh-datorer baserade på PowerPC-processorn. För att ge stöd för arkitekturerna har de kategoriserats som NuBus (stöds inte av Debian), OldWorld och NewWorld." +msgid "" +"Apple (and briefly a few other manufacturers — Power Computing, for " +"example) made a series of Macintosh computers based on the PowerPC " +"processor. For purposes of architecture support, they are categorized as " +"NuBus (not supported by Debian), OldWorld, and NewWorld." +msgstr "" +"Apple (och några få andra tillverkare — Power Computing, till exempel) " +"tillverkar en serie av Macintosh-datorer baserade på PowerPC-processorn. För " +"att ge stöd för arkitekturerna har de kategoriserats som NuBus (stöds inte " +"av Debian), OldWorld och NewWorld." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:666 #, no-c-format -msgid "OldWorld systems are most Power Macintoshes with a floppy drive and a PCI bus. Most 603, 603e, 604, and 604e based Power Macintoshes are OldWorld machines. Those pre-iMac PowerPC models from Apple use a four digit naming scheme, except for the beige colored G3 systems, which are also OldWorld." -msgstr "OldWorld-systemen är de flesta Power Macintosh med en diskettenhet och en PCI-buss. De flesta 603, 603e, 604 och 604e-baserade Power Macintosh är OldWorld-maskiner. De som kom före iMac PowerPC-modellerna från Apple använde ett fyrsiffrigt namnschema, undantaget de beigefärgade G3-systemen som också är OldWorld." +msgid "" +"OldWorld systems are most Power Macintoshes with a floppy drive and a PCI " +"bus. Most 603, 603e, 604, and 604e based Power Macintoshes are OldWorld " +"machines. Those pre-iMac PowerPC models from Apple use a four digit naming " +"scheme, except for the beige colored G3 systems, which are also OldWorld." +msgstr "" +"OldWorld-systemen är de flesta Power Macintosh med en diskettenhet och en " +"PCI-buss. De flesta 603, 603e, 604 och 604e-baserade Power Macintosh är " +"OldWorld-maskiner. De som kom före iMac PowerPC-modellerna från Apple " +"använde ett fyrsiffrigt namnschema, undantaget de beigefärgade G3-systemen " +"som också är OldWorld." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:674 #, no-c-format -msgid "The so called NewWorld PowerMacs are any PowerMacs in translucent colored plastic cases and later models. That includes all iMacs, iBooks, G4 systems, blue colored G3 systems, and most PowerBooks manufactured in and after 1999. The NewWorld PowerMacs are also known for using the <quote>ROM in RAM</quote> system for MacOS, and were manufactured from mid-1998 onwards." -msgstr "De så kallade NewWorld PowerMac är alla PowerMac i halvgenomskinligt färgade plastkabinett. Det inkluderar alla iMac, iBook, G4-system, blåfärgade G3-system och de flesta PowerBook tillverkade i och efter 1999. NewWorld PowerMac är också kända för att använda <quote>ROM i RAM</quote>-system för MacOS och tillverkades från mitten av 1998 och framåt." +msgid "" +"The so called NewWorld PowerMacs are any PowerMacs in translucent colored " +"plastic cases and later models. That includes all iMacs, iBooks, G4 systems, " +"blue colored G3 systems, and most PowerBooks manufactured in and after 1999. " +"The NewWorld PowerMacs are also known for using the <quote>ROM in RAM</" +"quote> system for MacOS, and were manufactured from mid-1998 onwards." +msgstr "" +"De så kallade NewWorld PowerMac är alla PowerMac i halvgenomskinligt färgade " +"plastkabinett. Det inkluderar alla iMac, iBook, G4-system, blåfärgade G3-" +"system och de flesta PowerBook tillverkade i och efter 1999. NewWorld " +"PowerMac är också kända för att använda <quote>ROM i RAM</quote>-system för " +"MacOS och tillverkades från mitten av 1998 och framåt." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:682 #, no-c-format -msgid "Specifications for Apple hardware are available at <ulink url=\"http://www.info.apple.com/support/applespec.html\">AppleSpec</ulink>, and, for older hardware, <ulink url=\"http://www.info.apple.com/support/applespec.legacy/index.html\">AppleSpec Legacy</ulink>." -msgstr "Specifikationer för Apple-maskinvara finns tillgänglig på <ulink url=\"http://www.info.apple.com/support/applespec.html\">AppleSpec</ulink> och för äldre maskinvara, <ulink url=\"http://www.info.apple.com/support/applespec.legacy/index.html\">AppleSpec Legacy</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Specifications for Apple hardware are available at <ulink url=\"http://www." +"info.apple.com/support/applespec.html\">AppleSpec</ulink>, and, for older " +"hardware, <ulink url=\"http://www.info.apple.com/support/applespec.legacy/" +"index.html\">AppleSpec Legacy</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Specifikationer för Apple-maskinvara finns tillgänglig på <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.info.apple.com/support/applespec.html\">AppleSpec</ulink> och " +"för äldre maskinvara, <ulink url=\"http://www.info.apple.com/support/" +"applespec.legacy/index.html\">AppleSpec Legacy</ulink>." #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:698 -#: hardware.xml:833 -#: hardware.xml:877 -#: hardware.xml:906 +#: hardware.xml:698 hardware.xml:833 hardware.xml:877 hardware.xml:906 #, no-c-format msgid "Model Name/Number" msgstr "Modellnamn/Nummer" @@ -751,22 +1072,10 @@ msgid "iMac Bondi Blue, 5 Flavors, Slot Loading" msgstr "iMac Bondi Blue, 5 sorter, Slot Loading" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:707 -#: hardware.xml:710 -#: hardware.xml:713 -#: hardware.xml:716 -#: hardware.xml:719 -#: hardware.xml:722 -#: hardware.xml:725 -#: hardware.xml:728 -#: hardware.xml:731 -#: hardware.xml:734 -#: hardware.xml:737 -#: hardware.xml:740 -#: hardware.xml:743 -#: hardware.xml:746 -#: hardware.xml:749 -#: hardware.xml:752 +#: hardware.xml:707 hardware.xml:710 hardware.xml:713 hardware.xml:716 +#: hardware.xml:719 hardware.xml:722 hardware.xml:725 hardware.xml:728 +#: hardware.xml:731 hardware.xml:734 hardware.xml:737 hardware.xml:740 +#: hardware.xml:743 hardware.xml:746 hardware.xml:749 hardware.xml:752 #, no-c-format msgid "NewWorld" msgstr "NewWorld" @@ -868,22 +1177,10 @@ msgid "Performa 4400, 54xx, 5500" msgstr "Performa 4400, 54xx, 5500" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:755 -#: hardware.xml:758 -#: hardware.xml:761 -#: hardware.xml:764 -#: hardware.xml:767 -#: hardware.xml:770 -#: hardware.xml:773 -#: hardware.xml:776 -#: hardware.xml:779 -#: hardware.xml:782 -#: hardware.xml:785 -#: hardware.xml:788 -#: hardware.xml:794 -#: hardware.xml:797 -#: hardware.xml:803 -#: hardware.xml:809 +#: hardware.xml:755 hardware.xml:758 hardware.xml:761 hardware.xml:764 +#: hardware.xml:767 hardware.xml:770 hardware.xml:773 hardware.xml:776 +#: hardware.xml:779 hardware.xml:782 hardware.xml:785 hardware.xml:788 +#: hardware.xml:794 hardware.xml:797 hardware.xml:803 hardware.xml:809 #: hardware.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "OldWorld" @@ -998,8 +1295,7 @@ msgid "APS Tech M*Power 604e/2000" msgstr "APS Tech M*Power 604e/2000" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:813 -#: hardware.xml:839 +#: hardware.xml:813 hardware.xml:839 #, no-c-format msgid "Motorola" msgstr "Motorola" @@ -1047,8 +1343,7 @@ msgid "MCP(N)750" msgstr "MCP(N)750" #. Tag: entry -#: hardware.xml:852 -#: hardware.xml:883 +#: hardware.xml:852 hardware.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "IBM RS/6000" msgstr "IBM RS/6000" @@ -1128,8 +1423,27 @@ msgstr "Underarkitekturen Nubus PowerMac (stöds inte)" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:923 #, no-c-format -msgid "NuBus systems are not currently supported by Debian/powerpc. The monolithic Linux/PPC kernel architecture does not have support for these machines; instead, one must use the MkLinux Mach microkernel, which Debian does not yet support. These include the following: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Power Macintosh 6100, 7100, 8100 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Performa 5200, 6200, 6300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Powerbook 1400, 2300, and 5300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Workgroup Server 6150, 8150, 9150 </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> A linux kernel for these machines and limited support is available at <ulink url=\"http://nubus-pmac.sourceforge.net/\"></ulink>." -msgstr "NuBus-system stöds för närvarande inte av Debian/powerpc. Den monolitiska Linux/PPC-kärnarkitekturen har inte stöd för dessa maskiner; istället måste man använda mikrokärnan MkLinux Mach, som Debian ännu inte har stöd för. Det inkluderar följande: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Power Macintosh 6100, 7100, 8100 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Performa 5200, 6200, 6300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Powerbook 1400, 2300 och 5300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Workgroup Server 6150, 8150, 9150 </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> En linux-kärna för dessa maskiner och begränsat stöd finns på <ulink url=\"http://nubus-pmac.sourceforge.net/\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"NuBus systems are not currently supported by Debian/powerpc. The monolithic " +"Linux/PPC kernel architecture does not have support for these machines; " +"instead, one must use the MkLinux Mach microkernel, which Debian does not " +"yet support. These include the following: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> " +"Power Macintosh 6100, 7100, 8100 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> " +"Performa 5200, 6200, 6300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Powerbook " +"1400, 2300, and 5300 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Workgroup Server " +"6150, 8150, 9150 </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> A linux kernel for these " +"machines and limited support is available at <ulink url=\"http://nubus-pmac." +"sourceforge.net/\"></ulink>." +msgstr "" +"NuBus-system stöds för närvarande inte av Debian/powerpc. Den monolitiska " +"Linux/PPC-kärnarkitekturen har inte stöd för dessa maskiner; istället måste " +"man använda mikrokärnan MkLinux Mach, som Debian ännu inte har stöd för. Det " +"inkluderar följande: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Power Macintosh 6100, " +"7100, 8100 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Performa 5200, 6200, 6300 </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Powerbook 1400, 2300 och 5300 </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> Workgroup Server 6150, 8150, 9150 </para></" +"listitem> </itemizedlist> En linux-kärna för dessa maskiner och begränsat " +"stöd finns på <ulink url=\"http://nubus-pmac.sourceforge.net/\"></ulink>." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:960 @@ -1140,20 +1454,47 @@ msgstr "Icke-PowerPC Mac" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:962 #, no-c-format -msgid "Macintosh computers using the 680x0 series of processors are <emphasis>not</emphasis> in the PowerPC family but are instead m68k machines. Those models start with <quote>Mac II</quote> series, go on to the <quote>LC</quote> family, then the Centris series, and culminate in the Quadras and Performas. These models usually have a Roman numeral or 3-digit model number such as Mac IIcx, LCIII or Quadra 950." -msgstr "Macintosh-datorer som använder 680x0-processorserien är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> i PowerPC-familjen men är istället m68k-maskiner. Dessa modeller börjar med <quote>Mac II</quote>-serien, fortsätter med <quote>LC</quote>-familjen, sedan Centris-serien och avslutas med Quadra- och Performa-familjerna. Dessa modeller har vanligtvis en romerskt tal eller 3-siffrigt modellnummer såsom Mac IIcx, LCIII eller Quadra 950." +msgid "" +"Macintosh computers using the 680x0 series of processors are <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> in the PowerPC family but are instead m68k machines. Those models " +"start with <quote>Mac II</quote> series, go on to the <quote>LC</quote> " +"family, then the Centris series, and culminate in the Quadras and Performas. " +"These models usually have a Roman numeral or 3-digit model number such as " +"Mac IIcx, LCIII or Quadra 950." +msgstr "" +"Macintosh-datorer som använder 680x0-processorserien är <emphasis>inte</" +"emphasis> i PowerPC-familjen men är istället m68k-maskiner. Dessa modeller " +"börjar med <quote>Mac II</quote>-serien, fortsätter med <quote>LC</quote>-" +"familjen, sedan Centris-serien och avslutas med Quadra- och Performa-" +"familjerna. Dessa modeller har vanligtvis en romerskt tal eller 3-siffrigt " +"modellnummer såsom Mac IIcx, LCIII eller Quadra 950." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:971 #, no-c-format -msgid "This model range started with the Mac II (Mac II, IIx, IIcx, IIci, IIsi, IIvi, IIvx, IIfx), then the LC (LC, LCII, III, III+, 475, 520, 550, 575, 580, 630), then the Mac TV, then the Centris (610, 650, 660AV), the Quadra (605, 610, 630, 650, 660AV, 700, 800, 840AV, 900, 950), and finally the Performa 200-640CD." -msgstr "Denna modellfamilj börjar med Mac II (Mac II, IIx, IIcx, IIci, IIsi, IIvi, IIvx, IIfx), sedan LC (LC, LCII, III, III+, 475, 520, 550, 575, 580, 630), sedan Mac TV, sedan Centris (610, 650, 660AV), Quadra (605, 610, 630, 650, 660AV, 700, 800, 840AV, 900, 950), och till slut Performa 200-640CD." +msgid "" +"This model range started with the Mac II (Mac II, IIx, IIcx, IIci, IIsi, " +"IIvi, IIvx, IIfx), then the LC (LC, LCII, III, III+, 475, 520, 550, 575, " +"580, 630), then the Mac TV, then the Centris (610, 650, 660AV), the Quadra " +"(605, 610, 630, 650, 660AV, 700, 800, 840AV, 900, 950), and finally the " +"Performa 200-640CD." +msgstr "" +"Denna modellfamilj börjar med Mac II (Mac II, IIx, IIcx, IIci, IIsi, IIvi, " +"IIvx, IIfx), sedan LC (LC, LCII, III, III+, 475, 520, 550, 575, 580, 630), " +"sedan Mac TV, sedan Centris (610, 650, 660AV), Quadra (605, 610, 630, 650, " +"660AV, 700, 800, 840AV, 900, 950), och till slut Performa 200-640CD." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:979 #, no-c-format -msgid "In laptops, it started with the Mac Portable, then the PowerBook 100-190cs and the PowerBook Duo 210-550c (excluding PowerBook 500 which is Nubus, please see the section above)." -msgstr "För bärbara datorer, börjar det med Mac Portable, sedan PowerBook 100-190cs och PowerBook Duo 210-550c (undantaget PowerBook 500 som är Nubus, se avsnittet ovan)." +msgid "" +"In laptops, it started with the Mac Portable, then the PowerBook 100-190cs " +"and the PowerBook Duo 210-550c (excluding PowerBook 500 which is Nubus, " +"please see the section above)." +msgstr "" +"För bärbara datorer, börjar det med Mac Portable, sedan PowerBook 100-190cs " +"och PowerBook Duo 210-550c (undantaget PowerBook 500 som är Nubus, se " +"avsnittet ovan)." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:995 @@ -1164,8 +1505,24 @@ msgstr "S/390 och zSeries-maskintyper" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:996 #, no-c-format -msgid "Complete information regarding supported S/390 and zSeries machines can be found in IBM's Redbook <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink> in chapter 2.1 or at the <ulink url=\"http://www-128.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/linux390/index.html\">zSeries page at the developerWorks</ulink>. In short, G5, Multiprise 3000, G6 and all zSeries are fully supported; Multiprise 2000, G3 and G4 machines are supported with IEEE floating point emulation and thus degraded performance." -msgstr "Komplett information angående stöd för S/390 och zSeries-maskiner kan hittas i IBMs Redbook <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux för IBM eServer zSeries och S/390: Distributioner</ulink> i kapitel 2.1 eller på <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390/index.shtml\">zSeries-sidorna på developerWorks</ulink>. I korthet, G5, Multiprise 3000, G6 och alla zSeries finns det fullt stöd för; Multiprise 2000, G3 och G4-maskiner finns stöd för med emulering av IEEE-flyttalsprocessorn och därav minskad prestanda." +msgid "" +"Complete information regarding supported S/390 and zSeries machines can be " +"found in IBM's Redbook <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/" +"redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: " +"Distributions</ulink> in chapter 2.1 or at the <ulink url=\"http://www-128." +"ibm.com/developerworks/linux/linux390/index.html\">zSeries page at the " +"developerWorks</ulink>. In short, G5, Multiprise 3000, G6 and all zSeries " +"are fully supported; Multiprise 2000, G3 and G4 machines are supported with " +"IEEE floating point emulation and thus degraded performance." +msgstr "" +"Komplett information angående stöd för S/390 och zSeries-maskiner kan hittas " +"i IBMs Redbook <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/" +"sg246264.pdf\"> Linux för IBM eServer zSeries och S/390: Distributioner</" +"ulink> i kapitel 2.1 eller på <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/" +"developerworks/opensource/linux390/index.shtml\">zSeries-sidorna på " +"developerWorks</ulink>. I korthet, G5, Multiprise 3000, G6 och alla zSeries " +"finns det fullt stöd för; Multiprise 2000, G3 och G4-maskiner finns stöd för " +"med emulering av IEEE-flyttalsprocessorn och därav minskad prestanda." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1018 @@ -1176,8 +1533,16 @@ msgstr "Stöd för processorer och moderkort" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1019 #, no-c-format -msgid "Sparc-based hardware is divided into a number of different subarchitectures, identified by one of the following names: sun4, sun4c, sun4d, sun4m, sun4u or sun4v. The following list describes what machines they include and what level of support may be expected for each of them." -msgstr "Sparc-baserad maskinvara är indelad i ett antal olika underarkitekturer, som identifieras av ett av följande namn: sun4, sun4c, sun4d, sun4m, sun4u eller sun4v. Följande lista beskriver vilka maskiner de inkluderar och vilken nivå av stöd man kan förvänta sig för dem." +msgid "" +"Sparc-based hardware is divided into a number of different subarchitectures, " +"identified by one of the following names: sun4, sun4c, sun4d, sun4m, sun4u " +"or sun4v. The following list describes what machines they include and what " +"level of support may be expected for each of them." +msgstr "" +"Sparc-baserad maskinvara är indelad i ett antal olika underarkitekturer, som " +"identifieras av ett av följande namn: sun4, sun4c, sun4d, sun4m, sun4u eller " +"sun4v. Följande lista beskriver vilka maskiner de inkluderar och vilken nivå " +"av stöd man kan förvänta sig för dem." #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:1030 @@ -1188,14 +1553,28 @@ msgstr "sun4, sun4c, sun4d, sun4m" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1032 #, no-c-format -msgid "None of these 32-bit sparc subarchitectures (sparc32) is supported. For a complete list of machines belonging to these subarchitectures, please consult the <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SPARCstation\">Wikipedia SPARCstation page</ulink>." -msgstr "Ingen av dessa 32-bitars underarkitekturer för sparc (sparc32) stöds. För en fullständig lista över maskiner som tillhör dessa underarkitekturer, ta en titt på <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SPARCstation\">Wikipedias SPARCstation-sidan</ulink>." +msgid "" +"None of these 32-bit sparc subarchitectures (sparc32) is supported. For a " +"complete list of machines belonging to these subarchitectures, please " +"consult the <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SPARCstation" +"\">Wikipedia SPARCstation page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Ingen av dessa 32-bitars underarkitekturer för sparc (sparc32) stöds. För en " +"fullständig lista över maskiner som tillhör dessa underarkitekturer, ta en " +"titt på <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SPARCstation\">Wikipedias " +"SPARCstation-sidan</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1039 #, no-c-format -msgid "The last Debian release to support sparc32 was Etch, but even then only for sun4m systems. Support for the other 32-bits subarchitectures had already been discontinued after earlier releases." -msgstr "Den sista Debian-utgåvan som hade stöd för sparc32 var Etch, men bara för sun4m-system. Stöd för de andra 32-bitars underarkitekturerna har redan tagits bort i tidigare utgåvor." +msgid "" +"The last Debian release to support sparc32 was Etch, but even then only for " +"sun4m systems. Support for the other 32-bits subarchitectures had already " +"been discontinued after earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"Den sista Debian-utgåvan som hade stöd för sparc32 var Etch, men bara för " +"sun4m-system. Stöd för de andra 32-bitars underarkitekturerna har redan " +"tagits bort i tidigare utgåvor." #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:1049 @@ -1206,8 +1585,20 @@ msgstr "<term>sun4u</term>" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1051 #, no-c-format -msgid "This subarchitecture includes all 64-bit machines (sparc64) based on the UltraSparc processor and its clones. Most of the machines are well supported, even though for some you may experience problems booting from CD due to firmware or bootloader bugs (this problem may be worked around by using netbooting). Use the sparc64 or sparc64-smp kernel in UP and SMP configurations respectively." -msgstr "Den här underarkitekturen inkluderar alla 64-bitars maskiner (sparc64) baserade på UltraSparc-processorn och dess kloner. De flesta av maskinerna stöds mycket väl, även om du kan uppleva uppstartsproblem från cd på några av de, på grund av fel i fasta programvaran eller starthanteraren (det här problemet kan undgås genom att starta upp via nätverket). Använd sparc64-kärnan i UP och sparc64-smp-kärnan i SMP-konfigurationer." +msgid "" +"This subarchitecture includes all 64-bit machines (sparc64) based on the " +"UltraSparc processor and its clones. Most of the machines are well " +"supported, even though for some you may experience problems booting from CD " +"due to firmware or bootloader bugs (this problem may be worked around by " +"using netbooting). Use the sparc64 or sparc64-smp kernel in UP and SMP " +"configurations respectively." +msgstr "" +"Den här underarkitekturen inkluderar alla 64-bitars maskiner (sparc64) " +"baserade på UltraSparc-processorn och dess kloner. De flesta av maskinerna " +"stöds mycket väl, även om du kan uppleva uppstartsproblem från cd på några " +"av de, på grund av fel i fasta programvaran eller starthanteraren (det här " +"problemet kan undgås genom att starta upp via nätverket). Använd sparc64-" +"kärnan i UP och sparc64-smp-kärnan i SMP-konfigurationer." #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:1064 @@ -1218,14 +1609,26 @@ msgstr "<term>sun4v</term>" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1066 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the newest addition to the Sparc family, which includes machines based on the Niagara multi-core CPUs. At the moment such CPUs are only available in T1000 and T2000 servers by Sun, and are well supported. Use the sparc64-smp kernel." -msgstr "Det här är det senaste tillskottet i Sparc-familjen, vilket inkluderar maskiner baserade på Niagara-flerkärnorsprocessorer. För tillfället finns endast sådana processorer tillgängliga i T1000 och T2000-servrar från Sun, och stöds mycket väl. Använd sparc64-smp-kärnan." +msgid "" +"This is the newest addition to the Sparc family, which includes machines " +"based on the Niagara multi-core CPUs. At the moment such CPUs are only " +"available in T1000 and T2000 servers by Sun, and are well supported. Use the " +"sparc64-smp kernel." +msgstr "" +"Det här är det senaste tillskottet i Sparc-familjen, vilket inkluderar " +"maskiner baserade på Niagara-flerkärnorsprocessorer. För tillfället finns " +"endast sådana processorer tillgängliga i T1000 och T2000-servrar från Sun, " +"och stöds mycket väl. Använd sparc64-smp-kärnan." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1077 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that Fujitsu's SPARC64 CPUs used in PRIMEPOWER family of servers are not supported due to lack of support in the Linux kernel." -msgstr "Observera att Fujitsus SPARC64-processorer som används i PRIMEPOWER-familjen av servrar inte stöds på grund av avsaknad av stöd i Linux-kärnan." +msgid "" +"Note that Fujitsu's SPARC64 CPUs used in PRIMEPOWER family of servers are " +"not supported due to lack of support in the Linux kernel." +msgstr "" +"Observera att Fujitsus SPARC64-processorer som används i PRIMEPOWER-familjen " +"av servrar inte stöds på grund av avsaknad av stöd i Linux-kärnan." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1086 @@ -1236,14 +1639,21 @@ msgstr "Bärbara datorer" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1087 #, no-c-format -msgid "Laptops are also supported and nowadays most laptops work out of the box. In case a laptop contains specialized or proprietary hardware, some specific functions may not be supported. To see if your particular laptop works well with GNU/Linux, see for example the <ulink url=\"&url-x86-laptop;\">Linux Laptop pages</ulink>." -msgstr "Bärbara datorer stöds även och i dagsläget fungerar de flesta bärbara datorer direkt. Om en bärbar dator innehåller specialiserad eller proprietär maskinvara kan det vara så att specifik funktionalitet inte stöds. Ta exempelvis en titt på <ulink url=\"&url-x86-laptop;\">Linux för bärbara</ulink> för att se om din bärbara dator fungerar bra med GNU/Linux." +msgid "" +"Laptops are also supported and nowadays most laptops work out of the box. In " +"case a laptop contains specialized or proprietary hardware, some specific " +"functions may not be supported. To see if your particular laptop works well " +"with GNU/Linux, see for example the <ulink url=\"&url-x86-laptop;\">Linux " +"Laptop pages</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Bärbara datorer stöds även och i dagsläget fungerar de flesta bärbara " +"datorer direkt. Om en bärbar dator innehåller specialiserad eller proprietär " +"maskinvara kan det vara så att specifik funktionalitet inte stöds. Ta " +"exempelvis en titt på <ulink url=\"&url-x86-laptop;\">Linux för bärbara</" +"ulink> för att se om din bärbara dator fungerar bra med GNU/Linux." #. Tag: title -#: hardware.xml:1099 -#: hardware.xml:1122 -#: hardware.xml:1142 -#: hardware.xml:1165 +#: hardware.xml:1099 hardware.xml:1122 hardware.xml:1142 hardware.xml:1165 #, no-c-format msgid "Multiple Processors" msgstr "Flera processorer" @@ -1251,56 +1661,147 @@ msgstr "Flera processorer" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1100 #, no-c-format -msgid "Multiprocessor support — also called <quote>symmetric multiprocessing</quote> or SMP — is available for this architecture. The standard Debian &release; kernel image has been compiled with SMP support. The standard kernel is also usable on non-SMP systems, but has a slight overhead which will cause a small reduction in performance. For normal system use this will hardly be noticable." -msgstr "Stöd för flera processorer — även kallat <quote>symmetrisk multi-processing</quote> eller SMP — finns tillgängligt för den här arkitekturen. Standardkärnavbildningen för Debian &release; blev byggd med SMP-stöd. Standardkärnan är även användbar på icke-SMP-system men har en mindre overhead som kan orsaka en liten minskning i prestanda. För normal systemanvändning är detta knappt märkbart." +msgid "" +"Multiprocessor support — also called <quote>symmetric multiprocessing</" +"quote> or SMP — is available for this architecture. The standard " +"Debian &release; kernel image has been compiled with SMP support. The " +"standard kernel is also usable on non-SMP systems, but has a slight overhead " +"which will cause a small reduction in performance. For normal system use " +"this will hardly be noticable." +msgstr "" +"Stöd för flera processorer — även kallat <quote>symmetrisk multi-" +"processing</quote> eller SMP — finns tillgängligt för den här " +"arkitekturen. Standardkärnavbildningen för Debian &release; blev byggd med " +"SMP-stöd. Standardkärnan är även användbar på icke-SMP-system men har en " +"mindre overhead som kan orsaka en liten minskning i prestanda. För normal " +"systemanvändning är detta knappt märkbart." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1109 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to optimize the kernel for single CPU systems, you'll have to replace the standard Debian kernel. You can find a discussion of how to do this in <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. At this time (kernel version &kernelversion;) the way you disable SMP is to deselect <quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> in the <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote> section of the kernel config." -msgstr "För att optimera kärnan för system en en processor behöver du ersätta Debians standardkärna. Du kan hitta en diskussion om hur man gör det här i <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. Det sätt (version &kernelversion; av kärnan) som du inaktiverar SMP på är att välja bort <quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> i avsnittet <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote> i konfigurationen av kärnan." +msgid "" +"In order to optimize the kernel for single CPU systems, you'll have to " +"replace the standard Debian kernel. You can find a discussion of how to do " +"this in <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. At this time (kernel version " +"&kernelversion;) the way you disable SMP is to deselect <quote>&smp-config-" +"option;</quote> in the <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote> section of the " +"kernel config." +msgstr "" +"För att optimera kärnan för system en en processor behöver du ersätta " +"Debians standardkärna. Du kan hitta en diskussion om hur man gör det här i " +"<xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. Det sätt (version &kernelversion; av " +"kärnan) som du inaktiverar SMP på är att välja bort <quote>&smp-config-" +"option;</quote> i avsnittet <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote> i " +"konfigurationen av kärnan." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1124 #, no-c-format -msgid "Multiprocessor support — also called <quote>symmetric multiprocessing</quote> or SMP — is available for this architecture. The standard Debian &release; kernel image has been compiled with <firstterm>SMP-alternatives</firstterm> support. This means that the kernel will detect the number of processors (or processor cores) and will automatically deactivate SMP on uniprocessor systems." -msgstr "Stöd för flera processorer — även kallat <quote>symmetrisk multi-processing</quote> eller SMP — finns tillgängligt för den här arkitekturen. Standardkärnavbildningen för Debian &release; blev byggd med stöd för <firstterm>SMP-alternativ</firstterm>. Det här betyder att kärnan kommer att identifiera antalet processorer (eller processorkärnor) och automatiskt inaktivera SMP på system med bara en processor." +msgid "" +"Multiprocessor support — also called <quote>symmetric multiprocessing</" +"quote> or SMP — is available for this architecture. The standard " +"Debian &release; kernel image has been compiled with <firstterm>SMP-" +"alternatives</firstterm> support. This means that the kernel will detect the " +"number of processors (or processor cores) and will automatically deactivate " +"SMP on uniprocessor systems." +msgstr "" +"Stöd för flera processorer — även kallat <quote>symmetrisk multi-" +"processing</quote> eller SMP — finns tillgängligt för den här " +"arkitekturen. Standardkärnavbildningen för Debian &release; blev byggd med " +"stöd för <firstterm>SMP-alternativ</firstterm>. Det här betyder att kärnan " +"kommer att identifiera antalet processorer (eller processorkärnor) och " +"automatiskt inaktivera SMP på system med bara en processor." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1133 #, no-c-format -msgid "The 486 flavour of the Debian kernel image packages for &arch-title; is not compiled with SMP support." -msgstr "Varianten 486 av Debians kärnavbildningspaket för &arch-title; är inte byggt med SMP-stöd." +msgid "" +"The 486 flavour of the Debian kernel image packages for &arch-title; is not " +"compiled with SMP support." +msgstr "" +"Varianten 486 av Debians kärnavbildningspaket för &arch-title; är inte byggt " +"med SMP-stöd." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1143 #, no-c-format -msgid "Multiprocessor support — also called <quote>symmetric multiprocessing</quote> or SMP — is available for this architecture. However, the standard Debian &release; kernel image does not support SMP. This should not prevent installation, since the standard, non-SMP kernel should boot on SMP systems; the kernel will simply use the first CPU." -msgstr "Stöd för flera processorer — även kallat <quote>symmetrisk multi-processing</quote> eller SMP — finns tillgängligt för den här arkitekturen. Dock finns det inte stöd för SMP i standardkärnavbildningen för Debian &release;. Det här bör inte förhindra en installation eftersom standard, icke-SMP-kärnan ska kunna starta upp på SMP-system; kärnan kommer helt enkelt att använda den första processorn." +msgid "" +"Multiprocessor support — also called <quote>symmetric multiprocessing</" +"quote> or SMP — is available for this architecture. However, the " +"standard Debian &release; kernel image does not support SMP. This should not " +"prevent installation, since the standard, non-SMP kernel should boot on SMP " +"systems; the kernel will simply use the first CPU." +msgstr "" +"Stöd för flera processorer — även kallat <quote>symmetrisk multi-" +"processing</quote> eller SMP — finns tillgängligt för den här " +"arkitekturen. Dock finns det inte stöd för SMP i standardkärnavbildningen " +"för Debian &release;. Det här bör inte förhindra en installation eftersom " +"standard, icke-SMP-kärnan ska kunna starta upp på SMP-system; kärnan kommer " +"helt enkelt att använda den första processorn." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1152 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to take advantage of multiple processors, you'll have to replace the standard Debian kernel. You can find a discussion of how to do this in <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. At this time (kernel version &kernelversion;) the way you enable SMP is to select <quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> in the <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote> section of the kernel config." -msgstr "För att dra fördel av flera processorer behöver du ersätta standardkärnan i Debian. Du kan hitta en diskussion om hur du gör det här i <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. Det sätt (version &kernelversion; av kärnan) du aktiverar SMP på är att välja <quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> i avsnittet <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote> i konfigurationen av kärnan." +msgid "" +"In order to take advantage of multiple processors, you'll have to replace " +"the standard Debian kernel. You can find a discussion of how to do this in " +"<xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. At this time (kernel version " +"&kernelversion;) the way you enable SMP is to select <quote>&smp-config-" +"option;</quote> in the <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote> section of the " +"kernel config." +msgstr "" +"För att dra fördel av flera processorer behöver du ersätta standardkärnan i " +"Debian. Du kan hitta en diskussion om hur du gör det här i <xref linkend=" +"\"kernel-baking\"/>. Det sätt (version &kernelversion; av kärnan) du " +"aktiverar SMP på är att välja <quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> i avsnittet " +"<quote>&smp-config-section;</quote> i konfigurationen av kärnan." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1166 #, no-c-format -msgid "Multiprocessor support — also called <quote>symmetric multiprocessing</quote> or SMP — is available for this architecture, and is supported by a precompiled Debian kernel image. Depending on your install media, this SMP-capable kernel may or may not be installed by default. This should not prevent installation, since the standard, non-SMP kernel should boot on SMP systems; the kernel will simply use the first CPU." -msgstr "Stöd för flera processorer — även kallat <quote>symmetrisk multi-processing</quote> eller SMP — finns tillgängligt för den här arkitekturen, och stöd finns i en förkompilerad Debian-kärnavbildning. Beroende på ditt installationsmedia kan eller kan inte den här SMP-kapabla kärnan installeras som standard. Det här ska inte förhindra en installation eftersom den standard, icke-SMP-kärnan bör kunna starta upp på SMP-system; kärnan kommer helt enkelt att använda den första processorn." +msgid "" +"Multiprocessor support — also called <quote>symmetric multiprocessing</" +"quote> or SMP — is available for this architecture, and is supported " +"by a precompiled Debian kernel image. Depending on your install media, this " +"SMP-capable kernel may or may not be installed by default. This should not " +"prevent installation, since the standard, non-SMP kernel should boot on SMP " +"systems; the kernel will simply use the first CPU." +msgstr "" +"Stöd för flera processorer — även kallat <quote>symmetrisk multi-" +"processing</quote> eller SMP — finns tillgängligt för den här " +"arkitekturen, och stöd finns i en förkompilerad Debian-kärnavbildning. " +"Beroende på ditt installationsmedia kan eller kan inte den här SMP-kapabla " +"kärnan installeras som standard. Det här ska inte förhindra en installation " +"eftersom den standard, icke-SMP-kärnan bör kunna starta upp på SMP-system; " +"kärnan kommer helt enkelt att använda den första processorn." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1176 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to take advantage of multiple processors, you should check to see if a kernel package that supports SMP is installed, and if not, choose an appropriate kernel package." -msgstr "För att dra nytta av flera processorer, bör du kontrollera om det finns ett kärnpaket finns installerat som har stöd för SMP, och om inte, välja ett lämpligt kärnpaket." +msgid "" +"In order to take advantage of multiple processors, you should check to see " +"if a kernel package that supports SMP is installed, and if not, choose an " +"appropriate kernel package." +msgstr "" +"För att dra nytta av flera processorer, bör du kontrollera om det finns ett " +"kärnpaket finns installerat som har stöd för SMP, och om inte, välja ett " +"lämpligt kärnpaket." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1182 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also build your own customized kernel to support SMP. You can find a discussion of how to do this in <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. At this time (kernel version &kernelversion;) the way you enable SMP is to select <quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> in the <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote> section of the kernel config." -msgstr "Du kan även bygga din egna anpassade kärna med SMP-stöd. Du kan hitta en diskussion om hur man gör det här i <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. För tillfället (kärnversion &kernelversion;) det sätt som du aktiverar SMP på är att välja <quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> i sektionen <quote>&smp-config-section;</quote> i konfigurationen av kärnan." +msgid "" +"You can also build your own customized kernel to support SMP. You can find a " +"discussion of how to do this in <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. At this " +"time (kernel version &kernelversion;) the way you enable SMP is to select " +"<quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> in the <quote>&smp-config-section;</" +"quote> section of the kernel config." +msgstr "" +"Du kan även bygga din egna anpassade kärna med SMP-stöd. Du kan hitta en " +"diskussion om hur man gör det här i <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>. För " +"tillfället (kärnversion &kernelversion;) det sätt som du aktiverar SMP på är " +"att välja <quote>&smp-config-option;</quote> i sektionen <quote>&smp-config-" +"section;</quote> i konfigurationen av kärnan." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1193 @@ -1311,14 +1812,34 @@ msgstr "Stöd för grafikkort" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1194 #, no-c-format -msgid "You should be using a VGA-compatible display interface for the console terminal. Nearly every modern display card is compatible with VGA. Ancient standards such CGA, MDA, or HGA should also work, assuming you do not require X11 support. Note that X11 is not used during the installation process described in this document." -msgstr "Du bör använda ett VGA-kompatibelt skärmgränssnitt för konsollterminalen. Nästan alla moderna grafikkort är kompatibla med VGA. Urgamla standarder som CGA, MDA eller HGA bör också fungera om du inte kräver X11-stöd. Observera att X11 inte används under installationsprocessen som beskrivs i det här dokumentet." +msgid "" +"You should be using a VGA-compatible display interface for the console " +"terminal. Nearly every modern display card is compatible with VGA. Ancient " +"standards such CGA, MDA, or HGA should also work, assuming you do not " +"require X11 support. Note that X11 is not used during the installation " +"process described in this document." +msgstr "" +"Du bör använda ett VGA-kompatibelt skärmgränssnitt för konsollterminalen. " +"Nästan alla moderna grafikkort är kompatibla med VGA. Urgamla standarder som " +"CGA, MDA eller HGA bör också fungera om du inte kräver X11-stöd. Observera " +"att X11 inte används under installationsprocessen som beskrivs i det här " +"dokumentet." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1202 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian's support for graphical interfaces is determined by the underlying support found in X.Org's X11 system. Most AGP, PCI and PCIe video cards work under X.Org. Details on supported graphics buses, cards, monitors, and pointing devices can be found at <ulink url=\"&url-xorg;\"></ulink>. Debian &release; ships with X.Org version &x11ver;." -msgstr "Debians stöd för grafiska gränssnitt bestäms av det underliggande stöd som hittas i X.Org:s X11-system. De flesta AGP-, PCI- och PCIe-grafikkort fungerar under X.Org. Detaljer om grafikbussar, kort, skärmar och pekenheter som stöds kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-xorg;\"></ulink>. Debian &release; skickar med X.Org version &x11ver;." +msgid "" +"Debian's support for graphical interfaces is determined by the underlying " +"support found in X.Org's X11 system. Most AGP, PCI and PCIe video cards work " +"under X.Org. Details on supported graphics buses, cards, monitors, and " +"pointing devices can be found at <ulink url=\"&url-xorg;\"></ulink>. Debian " +"&release; ships with X.Org version &x11ver;." +msgstr "" +"Debians stöd för grafiska gränssnitt bestäms av det underliggande stöd som " +"hittas i X.Org:s X11-system. De flesta AGP-, PCI- och PCIe-grafikkort " +"fungerar under X.Org. Detaljer om grafikbussar, kort, skärmar och pekenheter " +"som stöds kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-xorg;\"></ulink>. Debian &release; " +"skickar med X.Org version &x11ver;." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1211 @@ -1329,14 +1850,51 @@ msgstr "X.Org X Window System stöds endast på SGI Indy och O2." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1216 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most graphics options commonly found on Sparc-based machines are supported. X.org graphics drivers are available for sunbw2, suncg14, suncg3, suncg6, sunleo and suntcx framebuffers, Creator3D and Elite3D cards (sunffb driver), PGX24/PGX64 ATI-based video cards (ati driver), and PermediaII-based cards (glint driver). To use an Elite3D card with X.org you additionally need to install the <classname>afbinit</classname> package, and read the documentation included with it on how to activate the card." -msgstr "De flesta grafikalternativ som hittas på Sparc-baserade maskiner stöds. Grafikdrivrutiner från X.org finns tillgängliga för sunbw2, suncg14, suncg3, suncg6, sunleo och suntcx, Creator3D och Elite3D-kort (drivrutinen sunffb), PGX24/PGX64 ATI-baserade grafikkort (drivrutinen ati), och PermediaII-baserade kort (drivrutinen glint). För att använda ett Elite3D-kort med X.org måste du även installera paketet <classname>afbinit</classname>, och läsa dokumentationen som inkluderats med det för att få information om hur man aktiverar kortet." +msgid "" +"Most graphics options commonly found on Sparc-based machines are supported. " +"X.org graphics drivers are available for sunbw2, suncg14, suncg3, suncg6, " +"sunleo and suntcx framebuffers, Creator3D and Elite3D cards (sunffb driver), " +"PGX24/PGX64 ATI-based video cards (ati driver), and PermediaII-based cards " +"(glint driver). To use an Elite3D card with X.org you additionally need to " +"install the <classname>afbinit</classname> package, and read the " +"documentation included with it on how to activate the card." +msgstr "" +"De flesta grafikalternativ som hittas på Sparc-baserade maskiner stöds. " +"Grafikdrivrutiner från X.org finns tillgängliga för sunbw2, suncg14, suncg3, " +"suncg6, sunleo och suntcx, Creator3D och Elite3D-kort (drivrutinen sunffb), " +"PGX24/PGX64 ATI-baserade grafikkort (drivrutinen ati), och PermediaII-" +"baserade kort (drivrutinen glint). För att använda ett Elite3D-kort med X." +"org måste du även installera paketet <classname>afbinit</classname>, och " +"läsa dokumentationen som inkluderats med det för att få information om hur " +"man aktiverar kortet." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1226 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is not uncommon for a Sparc machine to have two graphics cards in a default configuration. In such a case there is a possibility that the Linux kernel will not direct its output to the card initially used by the firmware. The lack of output on the graphical console may then be mistaken for a hang (usually the last message seen on console is 'Booting Linux...'). One possible solution is to physically remove one of the video cards; another option is to disable one of the cards using a kernel boot parameter. Also, if graphical output is not required or desired, serial console may be used as an alternative. On some systems use of serial console can be activated automatically by disconnecting the keyboard before booting the system." -msgstr "Det är inte ovanligt för en Sparc-maskin att ha två grafikkort i en standardkonfiguration. I ett sådant fall finns det en möjlighet att Linux-kärnan inte kommer att rikta sin utdata till kortet som initialt användes av den fasta programvaran. Avsaknaden av utdata på den grafiska konsollen kan då misstolkas som en systemhängning (ofta är det senaste meddelandet på konsollen \"Booting Linux...\"). En möjlig lösning är att fysiskt ta bort ett av grafikkorten; ett annat alternativ är att inaktivera ett av korten med en uppstartsparameter för kärnan. Om det grafiska utdatat inte behövs eller önskas, kan seriekonsollen användas som ett alternativ. På vissa system kan seriekonsollen aktiveras automatiskt genom att koppla från tangentbordet innan systemet startar upp." +msgid "" +"It is not uncommon for a Sparc machine to have two graphics cards in a " +"default configuration. In such a case there is a possibility that the Linux " +"kernel will not direct its output to the card initially used by the " +"firmware. The lack of output on the graphical console may then be mistaken " +"for a hang (usually the last message seen on console is 'Booting Linux...'). " +"One possible solution is to physically remove one of the video cards; " +"another option is to disable one of the cards using a kernel boot parameter. " +"Also, if graphical output is not required or desired, serial console may be " +"used as an alternative. On some systems use of serial console can be " +"activated automatically by disconnecting the keyboard before booting the " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Det är inte ovanligt för en Sparc-maskin att ha två grafikkort i en " +"standardkonfiguration. I ett sådant fall finns det en möjlighet att Linux-" +"kärnan inte kommer att rikta sin utdata till kortet som initialt användes av " +"den fasta programvaran. Avsaknaden av utdata på den grafiska konsollen kan " +"då misstolkas som en systemhängning (ofta är det senaste meddelandet på " +"konsollen \"Booting Linux...\"). En möjlig lösning är att fysiskt ta bort " +"ett av grafikkorten; ett annat alternativ är att inaktivera ett av korten " +"med en uppstartsparameter för kärnan. Om det grafiska utdatat inte behövs " +"eller önskas, kan seriekonsollen användas som ett alternativ. På vissa " +"system kan seriekonsollen aktiveras automatiskt genom att koppla från " +"tangentbordet innan systemet startar upp." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1248 @@ -1347,14 +1905,28 @@ msgstr "Maskinvara för anslutning till nätverk" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1249 #, no-c-format -msgid "Almost any network interface card (NIC) supported by the Linux kernel should also be supported by the installation system; modular drivers should normally be loaded automatically. <phrase arch=\"x86\">This includes most PCI and PCMCIA cards.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Many older ISA cards are supported as well.</phrase>" -msgstr "Nästan alla nätverkskort (NIC) som stöds av Linux-kärnan stöds även av installationssystemet; modulära drivrutiner ska vanligtvis läsas in automatiskt. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Det här inkluderat de flesta PCI- och PCMCIA-korten.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Många äldre ISA-kort stöds också.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"Almost any network interface card (NIC) supported by the Linux kernel should " +"also be supported by the installation system; modular drivers should " +"normally be loaded automatically. <phrase arch=\"x86\">This includes most " +"PCI and PCMCIA cards.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Many older ISA cards " +"are supported as well.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Nästan alla nätverkskort (NIC) som stöds av Linux-kärnan stöds även av " +"installationssystemet; modulära drivrutiner ska vanligtvis läsas in " +"automatiskt. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Det här inkluderat de flesta PCI- och " +"PCMCIA-korten.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Många äldre ISA-kort stöds " +"också.</phrase>" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1258 #, no-c-format -msgid "This includes a lot of generic PCI cards (for systems that have PCI) and the following NICs from Sun:" -msgstr "Det här inkluderar en hel del allmänna PCI-kort (för system som har PCI) och följande nätverkskort från Sun:" +msgid "" +"This includes a lot of generic PCI cards (for systems that have PCI) and the " +"following NICs from Sun:" +msgstr "" +"Det här inkluderar en hel del allmänna PCI-kort (för system som har PCI) och " +"följande nätverkskort från Sun:" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1264 @@ -1413,8 +1985,22 @@ msgstr "OSA-Express i QDIO-läge, HiperSockets och Gäst-LAN" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1315 #, no-c-format -msgid "On &arch-title;, most built-in Ethernet devices are supported and modules for additional PCI and USB devices are provided. The major exception is the IXP4xx platform (featuring devices such as the Linksys NSLU2) which needs a proprietary microcode for the operation of its built-in Ethernet device. Unofficial images for Linksys NSLU2 with this proprietary microcode can be obtained from the <ulink url=\"&url-slug-firmware;\">Slug-Firmware site</ulink>." -msgstr "På &arch-title;, stöds de flesta inbyggda Ethernet-enheterna och moduler för ytterligare PCI och USB-enheter tillhandahålls. Det stora undantaget är IXP4xx-plattformen (med enheter som till exempel Linksys NSLU2) vilken behöver en proprietär mikrokod för att dess inbyggda Ethernet-enhet ska fungera. Inofficiella avbildninger för Linksys NSLU2 med den här proprietära mikrokoden kan hämtas från <ulink url=\"&url-slug-firmware;\">Slug-Firmware</ulink>." +msgid "" +"On &arch-title;, most built-in Ethernet devices are supported and modules " +"for additional PCI and USB devices are provided. The major exception is the " +"IXP4xx platform (featuring devices such as the Linksys NSLU2) which needs a " +"proprietary microcode for the operation of its built-in Ethernet device. " +"Unofficial images for Linksys NSLU2 with this proprietary microcode can be " +"obtained from the <ulink url=\"&url-slug-firmware;\">Slug-Firmware site</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"På &arch-title;, stöds de flesta inbyggda Ethernet-enheterna och moduler för " +"ytterligare PCI och USB-enheter tillhandahålls. Det stora undantaget är " +"IXP4xx-plattformen (med enheter som till exempel Linksys NSLU2) vilken " +"behöver en proprietär mikrokod för att dess inbyggda Ethernet-enhet ska " +"fungera. Inofficiella avbildninger för Linksys NSLU2 med den här proprietära " +"mikrokoden kan hämtas från <ulink url=\"&url-slug-firmware;\">Slug-Firmware</" +"ulink>." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1325 @@ -1431,20 +2017,61 @@ msgstr "Trådlösa nätverkskort" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1333 #, no-c-format -msgid "Wireless networking is in general supported as well and a growing number of wireless adapters is supported by the official Linux kernel, although many of them do require firmware to be loaded. Wireless NICs that are not supported by the official Linux kernel can generally be made to work under &debian;, but are not supported during the installation." -msgstr "Trådlösa nätverk stöds i allmänhet också och ett växande antal av trådlösa nätverkskort stöds av den officiella Linux-kärnan, även om många av dem kräver att fast programvara läses in. Trådlösa nätverkskort som inte stöds av den officiella Linux-kärnan går i allmänhet att få igång under &debian; men de stöds inte under installationen. " +msgid "" +"Wireless networking is in general supported as well and a growing number of " +"wireless adapters is supported by the official Linux kernel, although many " +"of them do require firmware to be loaded. Wireless NICs that are not " +"supported by the official Linux kernel can generally be made to work under " +"&debian;, but are not supported during the installation." +msgstr "" +"Trådlösa nätverk stöds i allmänhet också och ett växande antal av trådlösa " +"nätverkskort stöds av den officiella Linux-kärnan, även om många av dem " +"kräver att fast programvara läses in. Trådlösa nätverkskort som inte stöds " +"av den officiella Linux-kärnan går i allmänhet att få igång under &debian; " +"men de stöds inte under installationen. " #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1341 #, no-c-format -msgid "The use of wireless networking during installation is still under development and whether it will work depends on the type of adaptor and the configuration of your wireless access point. If there is no other NIC you can use during the installation, it is still possible to install &debian; using a full CD-ROM or DVD image. Select the option to not configure a network and install using only the packages available from the CD/DVD. You can then install the driver and firmware you need after the installation is completed (after the reboot) and configure your network manually." -msgstr "Användning av trådlösa nätverk under installationen är fortfarande under utveckling och huruvida det fungerar beror på typen av nätverkskort och konfigurationen av din trådlösa åtkomstpunkt. Om det inte finns något annat nätverkskort som du kan använda under installationen så är det fortfarande möjligt att installera &debian; med en komplett cd-rom- eller dvd-avbildning. Välj alternativet att inte konfigurera ett nätverk och installera endast de paket som finns tillgängliga på cd/dvd-skivan. Du kan sedan installera drivrutinen och den fasta programvara du behöver efter att installationen är färdigställd (efter omstarten) och konfigurera din nätverk manuellt." +msgid "" +"The use of wireless networking during installation is still under " +"development and whether it will work depends on the type of adaptor and the " +"configuration of your wireless access point. If there is no other NIC you " +"can use during the installation, it is still possible to install &debian; " +"using a full CD-ROM or DVD image. Select the option to not configure a " +"network and install using only the packages available from the CD/DVD. You " +"can then install the driver and firmware you need after the installation is " +"completed (after the reboot) and configure your network manually." +msgstr "" +"Användning av trådlösa nätverk under installationen är fortfarande under " +"utveckling och huruvida det fungerar beror på typen av nätverkskort och " +"konfigurationen av din trådlösa åtkomstpunkt. Om det inte finns något annat " +"nätverkskort som du kan använda under installationen så är det fortfarande " +"möjligt att installera &debian; med en komplett cd-rom- eller dvd-" +"avbildning. Välj alternativet att inte konfigurera ett nätverk och " +"installera endast de paket som finns tillgängliga på cd/dvd-skivan. Du kan " +"sedan installera drivrutinen och den fasta programvara du behöver efter att " +"installationen är färdigställd (efter omstarten) och konfigurera din nätverk " +"manuellt." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1353 #, no-c-format -msgid "In some cases the driver you need may not be available as a Debian package. You will then have to look if there is source code available in the internet and compile the driver yourself. How to do this is outside the scope of this manual. <phrase arch=\"x86\">If no Linux driver is available, your last resort is to use the <classname>ndiswrapper</classname> package, which allows you to use a Windows driver.</phrase>" -msgstr "I vissa fall finns drivrutinen du behöver inte tillgänglig som ett Debian-paket. Du kommer då att behöva leta om det finns källkod tillgänglig på Internet och själv bygga drivrutinen. Hur man gör det här är utanför omfånget för den här handboken. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Om ingen Linux-drivrutin finns tillgänglig, är din sista utväg att använda paketet <classname>ndiswrapper</classname>, vilket tillåter att du använder en drivrutin från Windows.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"In some cases the driver you need may not be available as a Debian package. " +"You will then have to look if there is source code available in the internet " +"and compile the driver yourself. How to do this is outside the scope of this " +"manual. <phrase arch=\"x86\">If no Linux driver is available, your last " +"resort is to use the <classname>ndiswrapper</classname> package, which " +"allows you to use a Windows driver.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"I vissa fall finns drivrutinen du behöver inte tillgänglig som ett Debian-" +"paket. Du kommer då att behöva leta om det finns källkod tillgänglig på " +"Internet och själv bygga drivrutinen. Hur man gör det här är utanför " +"omfånget för den här handboken. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Om ingen Linux-" +"drivrutin finns tillgänglig, är din sista utväg att använda paketet " +"<classname>ndiswrapper</classname>, vilket tillåter att du använder en " +"drivrutin från Windows.</phrase>" #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1367 @@ -1455,8 +2082,12 @@ msgstr "Kända problem för &arch-title;" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1368 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are a couple of issues with specific network cards that are worth mentioning here." -msgstr "Det finns ett antal problem med specifika nätverkskort som är värt att nämna här." +msgid "" +"There are a couple of issues with specific network cards that are worth " +"mentioning here." +msgstr "" +"Det finns ett antal problem med specifika nätverkskort som är värt att nämna " +"här." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1375 @@ -1467,20 +2098,55 @@ msgstr "Konflikt mellan drivrutinerna tulip och dfme" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1377 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are various PCI network cards that have the same PCI identification, but are supported by related, but different drivers. Some cards work with the <literal>tulip</literal> driver, others with the <literal>dfme</literal> driver. Because they have the same identification, the kernel cannot distinguish between them and it is not certain which driver will be loaded. If this happens to be the wrong one, the NIC may not work, or work badly." -msgstr "Det finns olika PCI-nätverkskort som har samma PCI-identifikation, men stöds av relaterade men olika drivrutiner. Vissa kort fungerar med drivrutinen <literal>tulip</literal>, andra med drivrutinen <literal>dfme</literal>. På grund av att de har samma identifikation, kan inte kärnan skilja dem åt och det är inte säkert vilken drivrutinen som kommer att läsas in. Om det händer att det blir fel drivrutin, kanske nätverkskortet inte fungerar, eller fungerar dåligt." +msgid "" +"There are various PCI network cards that have the same PCI identification, " +"but are supported by related, but different drivers. Some cards work with " +"the <literal>tulip</literal> driver, others with the <literal>dfme</literal> " +"driver. Because they have the same identification, the kernel cannot " +"distinguish between them and it is not certain which driver will be loaded. " +"If this happens to be the wrong one, the NIC may not work, or work badly." +msgstr "" +"Det finns olika PCI-nätverkskort som har samma PCI-identifikation, men stöds " +"av relaterade men olika drivrutiner. Vissa kort fungerar med drivrutinen " +"<literal>tulip</literal>, andra med drivrutinen <literal>dfme</literal>. På " +"grund av att de har samma identifikation, kan inte kärnan skilja dem åt och " +"det är inte säkert vilken drivrutinen som kommer att läsas in. Om det händer " +"att det blir fel drivrutin, kanske nätverkskortet inte fungerar, eller " +"fungerar dåligt." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1387 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is a common problem on Netra systems with a Davicom (DEC-Tulip compatible) NIC. In that case the <literal>tulip</literal> driver is probably the correct one. You can prevent this issue by blacklisting the wrong driver module as described in <xref linkend=\"module-blacklist\"/>." -msgstr "Det här är ett vanligt problem på Netra-system med ett Davicom-nätverkskort (DEC-Tulip-kompatibelt). I det fallet är antagligen <literal>tulip</literal>-drivrutinen den korrekta. Du kan förhindra det här problemet genom att svartlista den felaktiga drivrutinsmodulen enligt beskrivningen i <xref linkend=\"module-blacklist\"/>." +msgid "" +"This is a common problem on Netra systems with a Davicom (DEC-Tulip " +"compatible) NIC. In that case the <literal>tulip</literal> driver is " +"probably the correct one. You can prevent this issue by blacklisting the " +"wrong driver module as described in <xref linkend=\"module-blacklist\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Det här är ett vanligt problem på Netra-system med ett Davicom-nätverkskort " +"(DEC-Tulip-kompatibelt). I det fallet är antagligen <literal>tulip</literal>-" +"drivrutinen den korrekta. Du kan förhindra det här problemet genom att " +"svartlista den felaktiga drivrutinsmodulen enligt beskrivningen i <xref " +"linkend=\"module-blacklist\"/>." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1395 #, no-c-format -msgid "An alternative solution during the installation is to switch to a shell and unload the wrong driver module using <userinput>modprobe -r <replaceable>module</replaceable></userinput> (or both, if they are both loaded). After that you can load the correct module using <userinput>modprobe <replaceable>module</replaceable></userinput>. Note that the wrong module may then still be loaded when the system is rebooted." -msgstr "En alternativ lösning under installationen är att växla till ett skal och läsa ur den felaktiga drivrutinsmodulen med <userinput>modprobe -r <replaceable>modul</replaceable></userinput> (eller båda, om båda är inlästa). Efter det kan du läsa in den korrekta modulen med <userinput>modprobe <replaceable>modul</replaceable></userinput>. Observera att den felaktiga modulen fortfarande kan vara inläst när systemet startas om." +msgid "" +"An alternative solution during the installation is to switch to a shell and " +"unload the wrong driver module using <userinput>modprobe -r " +"<replaceable>module</replaceable></userinput> (or both, if they are both " +"loaded). After that you can load the correct module using " +"<userinput>modprobe <replaceable>module</replaceable></userinput>. Note that " +"the wrong module may then still be loaded when the system is rebooted." +msgstr "" +"En alternativ lösning under installationen är att växla till ett skal och " +"läsa ur den felaktiga drivrutinsmodulen med <userinput>modprobe -r " +"<replaceable>modul</replaceable></userinput> (eller båda, om båda är " +"inlästa). Efter det kan du läsa in den korrekta modulen med " +"<userinput>modprobe <replaceable>modul</replaceable></userinput>. Observera " +"att den felaktiga modulen fortfarande kan vara inläst när systemet startas " +"om." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1408 @@ -1491,8 +2157,12 @@ msgstr "Sun B100 blade" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1410 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <literal>cassini</literal> network driver does not work with Sun B100 blade systems." -msgstr "Nätverksdrivrutinen för <literal>cassini</literal> fungerar inte med Sun B100-bladsystem." +msgid "" +"The <literal>cassini</literal> network driver does not work with Sun B100 " +"blade systems." +msgstr "" +"Nätverksdrivrutinen för <literal>cassini</literal> fungerar inte med Sun " +"B100-bladsystem." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1425 @@ -1503,8 +2173,21 @@ msgstr "Punktskriftsskärmar" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1426 #, no-c-format -msgid "Support for braille displays is determined by the underlying support found in <classname>brltty</classname>. Most displays work under <classname>brltty</classname>, connected via either a serial port, USB or bluetooth. Details on supported braille devices can be found on the <ulink url=\"&url-brltty;\"><classname>brltty</classname> website</ulink>. &debian; &release; ships with <classname>brltty</classname> version &brlttyver;." -msgstr "Stöd för punktskriftsskärmar bestäms av det underliggande stödet som finns i <classname>brltty</classname>. De flesta skärmar fungerar under <classname>brltty</classname>, anslutna via antingen en serieport, USB eller Bluetooth. Information om vilka punktskriftsenheter som stöds kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-brltty;\"><classname>webbplatsen för </classname>brltty</ulink>. &debian; &release; levereras med <classname>brltty</classname> version &brlttyver;." +msgid "" +"Support for braille displays is determined by the underlying support found " +"in <classname>brltty</classname>. Most displays work under " +"<classname>brltty</classname>, connected via either a serial port, USB or " +"bluetooth. Details on supported braille devices can be found on the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-brltty;\"><classname>brltty</classname> website</ulink>. &debian; " +"&release; ships with <classname>brltty</classname> version &brlttyver;." +msgstr "" +"Stöd för punktskriftsskärmar bestäms av det underliggande stödet som finns i " +"<classname>brltty</classname>. De flesta skärmar fungerar under " +"<classname>brltty</classname>, anslutna via antingen en serieport, USB eller " +"Bluetooth. Information om vilka punktskriftsenheter som stöds kan hittas på " +"<ulink url=\"&url-brltty;\"><classname>webbplatsen för </classname>brltty</" +"ulink>. &debian; &release; levereras med <classname>brltty</classname> " +"version &brlttyver;." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1440 @@ -1515,8 +2198,23 @@ msgstr "Talsyntes (maskinvara)" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1441 #, no-c-format -msgid "Support for hardware speech synthesis devices is determined by the underlying support found in <classname>speakup</classname>. <classname>speakup</classname> only supports integrated boards and external devices connected to a serial port (no USB or serial-to-USB adapters are supported). Details on supported hardware speech synthesis devices can be found on the <ulink url=\"&url-speakup;\"><classname>speakup</classname> website</ulink>. &debian; &release; ships with <classname>speakup</classname> version &speakupver;." -msgstr "Stöd för talsyntes (maskinvara) bestäms av det underliggande stödet som finns i <classname>speakup</classname>. <classname>speakup</classname> har endast stöd för integrerade kort och external enheter anslutnas till en serieport (inga USB eller serie-till-USB-adaptrar stöds). Information om talsyntesenheter (maskinvara) kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-speakup;\"><classname>webbplatsen för </classname>speakup</ulink>. &debian; &release; levereras med <classname>speakup</classname> version &speakupver;." +msgid "" +"Support for hardware speech synthesis devices is determined by the " +"underlying support found in <classname>speakup</classname>. " +"<classname>speakup</classname> only supports integrated boards and external " +"devices connected to a serial port (no USB or serial-to-USB adapters are " +"supported). Details on supported hardware speech synthesis devices can be " +"found on the <ulink url=\"&url-speakup;\"><classname>speakup</classname> " +"website</ulink>. &debian; &release; ships with <classname>speakup</" +"classname> version &speakupver;." +msgstr "" +"Stöd för talsyntes (maskinvara) bestäms av det underliggande stödet som " +"finns i <classname>speakup</classname>. <classname>speakup</classname> har " +"endast stöd för integrerade kort och external enheter anslutnas till en " +"serieport (inga USB eller serie-till-USB-adaptrar stöds). Information om " +"talsyntesenheter (maskinvara) kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-speakup;" +"\"><classname>webbplatsen för </classname>speakup</ulink>. &debian; " +"&release; levereras med <classname>speakup</classname> version &speakupver;." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1461 @@ -1527,32 +2225,57 @@ msgstr "Kringutrustning och annan maskinvara" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1462 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux supports a large variety of hardware devices such as mice, printers, scanners, PCMCIA and USB devices. However, most of these devices are not required while installing the system." -msgstr "Linux har stöd för ett stort antal maskinvaruenheter såsom möss, skrivare, skannrar, PCMCIA och USB-enheter. Dock krävs inte de flesta av dessa enheter vid installation av systemet." +msgid "" +"Linux supports a large variety of hardware devices such as mice, printers, " +"scanners, PCMCIA and USB devices. However, most of these devices are not " +"required while installing the system." +msgstr "" +"Linux har stöd för ett stort antal maskinvaruenheter såsom möss, skrivare, " +"skannrar, PCMCIA och USB-enheter. Dock krävs inte de flesta av dessa enheter " +"vid installation av systemet." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1468 #, no-c-format -msgid "USB hardware generally works fine, only some USB keyboards may require additional configuration (see <xref linkend=\"hardware-issues\"/>)." -msgstr "USB-maskinvara fungerar i allmänhet bra, endast vissa USB-tangentbord kan kräva ytterligare konfiguration (se <xref linkend=\"hardware-issues\"/>)." +msgid "" +"USB hardware generally works fine, only some USB keyboards may require " +"additional configuration (see <xref linkend=\"hardware-issues\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"USB-maskinvara fungerar i allmänhet bra, endast vissa USB-tangentbord kan " +"kräva ytterligare konfiguration (se <xref linkend=\"hardware-issues\"/>)." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1474 #, no-c-format -msgid "Again, see the <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink> to determine whether your specific hardware is supported by Linux." -msgstr "Än en gång, se <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink> för att fastställa om din specifika maskinvara stöds av Linux. " +msgid "" +"Again, see the <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware " +"Compatibility HOWTO</ulink> to determine whether your specific hardware is " +"supported by Linux." +msgstr "" +"Än en gång, se <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware " +"Compatibility HOWTO</ulink> för att fastställa om din specifika maskinvara " +"stöds av Linux. " #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1480 #, no-c-format -msgid "Package installations from XPRAM and tape are not supported by this system. All packages that you want to install need to be available on a DASD or over the network using NFS, HTTP or FTP." -msgstr "Paketinstallationer från XPRAM och band stöds inte av det här systemet. Alla paket som du vill installera behöver vara tillgängliga på en DASD eller över nätverket via NFS, HTTP eller FTP." +msgid "" +"Package installations from XPRAM and tape are not supported by this system. " +"All packages that you want to install need to be available on a DASD or over " +"the network using NFS, HTTP or FTP." +msgstr "" +"Paketinstallationer från XPRAM och band stöds inte av det här systemet. Alla " +"paket som du vill installera behöver vara tillgängliga på en DASD eller över " +"nätverket via NFS, HTTP eller FTP." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1486 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Cobalt RaQ has no support for additional devices but the Qube has one PCI slot." -msgstr "Cobalt RaQ saknar stöd för ytterligare enheter men Qube har en PCI-plats." +msgid "" +"The Cobalt RaQ has no support for additional devices but the Qube has one " +"PCI slot." +msgstr "" +"Cobalt RaQ saknar stöd för ytterligare enheter men Qube har en PCI-plats." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1498 @@ -1563,20 +2286,56 @@ msgstr "Enheter som kräver fast programvara" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1499 #, no-c-format -msgid "Besides the availability of a device driver, some hardware also requires so-called <firstterm>firmware</firstterm> or <firstterm>microcode</firstterm> to be loaded into the device before it can become operational. This is most common for network interface cards (especially wireless NICs), but for example some USB devices and even some hard disk controllers also require firmware." -msgstr "Förutom en enhetsdrivrutin så kan viss maskinvara även kräva att en så kallad <firstterm>fast programvara</firstterm> (engelska: firmware) eller <firstterm>mikrokod</firstterm> läses in i enheten innan den kan användas. Det här är mest vanligt för nätverkskort (speciellt för trådlösa nätverkskort) men till exempel vissa USB-enheter och även vissa hårddiskstyrkort kan också kräva fast programvara." +msgid "" +"Besides the availability of a device driver, some hardware also requires so-" +"called <firstterm>firmware</firstterm> or <firstterm>microcode</firstterm> " +"to be loaded into the device before it can become operational. This is most " +"common for network interface cards (especially wireless NICs), but for " +"example some USB devices and even some hard disk controllers also require " +"firmware." +msgstr "" +"Förutom en enhetsdrivrutin så kan viss maskinvara även kräva att en så " +"kallad <firstterm>fast programvara</firstterm> (engelska: firmware) eller " +"<firstterm>mikrokod</firstterm> läses in i enheten innan den kan användas. " +"Det här är mest vanligt för nätverkskort (speciellt för trådlösa " +"nätverkskort) men till exempel vissa USB-enheter och även vissa " +"hårddiskstyrkort kan också kräva fast programvara." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1507 #, no-c-format -msgid "In most cases firmware is non-free according to the criteria used by the &debian; project and thus cannot be included in the main distribution or in the installation system. If the device driver itself is included in the distribution and if &debian; legally can distribute the firmware, it will often be available as a separate package from the non-free section of the archive." -msgstr "I de flesta fall så är den fasta programvaran icke-fri enligt de kriteria som används av &debian;-projektet och kan därför inte inkluderas i huvuddistributionen eller i installationssystemet. Om själva enhetsdrivrutinen är inkluderad i distributionen och om &debian; juridiskt sett kan distribuera den fasta programvaran så finns den ofta tillgänglig som ett separat paket från sektionen non-free i arkivet." +msgid "" +"In most cases firmware is non-free according to the criteria used by the " +"&debian; project and thus cannot be included in the main distribution or in " +"the installation system. If the device driver itself is included in the " +"distribution and if &debian; legally can distribute the firmware, it will " +"often be available as a separate package from the non-free section of the " +"archive." +msgstr "" +"I de flesta fall så är den fasta programvaran icke-fri enligt de kriteria " +"som används av &debian;-projektet och kan därför inte inkluderas i " +"huvuddistributionen eller i installationssystemet. Om själva " +"enhetsdrivrutinen är inkluderad i distributionen och om &debian; juridiskt " +"sett kan distribuera den fasta programvaran så finns den ofta tillgänglig " +"som ett separat paket från sektionen non-free i arkivet." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1516 #, no-c-format -msgid "However, this does not mean that such hardware cannot be used during an installation. Starting with &debian; 5.0, &d-i; supports loading firmware files or packages containing firmware from a removable medium, such as a floppy disk or USB stick. See <xref linkend=\"loading-firmware\"/> for detailed information on how to load firmware files or packages during the installation." -msgstr "Dock betyder inte det att sådan maskinvara inte kan användas under en installation. Från och med &debian; 5.0, &d-i; finns stöd för inläsning av fast programvara eller paket som innehåller fast programvara från ett flyttbart media, såsom en diskett eller USB-minne. Se <xref linkend=\"loading-firmware\"/> för detaljerad information om hur man läser in fast programvara eller paket under installationen." +msgid "" +"However, this does not mean that such hardware cannot be used during an " +"installation. Starting with &debian; 5.0, &d-i; supports loading firmware " +"files or packages containing firmware from a removable medium, such as a " +"floppy disk or USB stick. See <xref linkend=\"loading-firmware\"/> for " +"detailed information on how to load firmware files or packages during the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Dock betyder inte det att sådan maskinvara inte kan användas under en " +"installation. Från och med &debian; 5.0, &d-i; finns stöd för inläsning av " +"fast programvara eller paket som innehåller fast programvara från ett " +"flyttbart media, såsom en diskett eller USB-minne. Se <xref linkend=" +"\"loading-firmware\"/> för detaljerad information om hur man läser in fast " +"programvara eller paket under installationen." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1532 @@ -1587,20 +2346,51 @@ msgstr "Köpa maskinvara specifikt för GNU/Linux" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1534 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are several vendors, who ship systems with Debian or other distributions of GNU/Linux <ulink url=\"&url-pre-installed;\">pre-installed</ulink>. You might pay more for the privilege, but it does buy a level of peace of mind, since you can be sure that the hardware is well-supported by GNU/Linux." -msgstr "Det finns ett flertal tillverkare som levererar system med Debian eller andra distributioner av GNU/Linux <ulink url=\"&url-pre-installed;\">förinstallerat</ulink>. Du kan betala mer för privilegiet men det ger en känsla av trygghet eftersom du kan vara säker på att maskinvaran har bra stöd av GNU/Linux." +msgid "" +"There are several vendors, who ship systems with Debian or other " +"distributions of GNU/Linux <ulink url=\"&url-pre-installed;\">pre-installed</" +"ulink>. You might pay more for the privilege, but it does buy a level of " +"peace of mind, since you can be sure that the hardware is well-supported by " +"GNU/Linux." +msgstr "" +"Det finns ett flertal tillverkare som levererar system med Debian eller " +"andra distributioner av GNU/Linux <ulink url=\"&url-pre-installed;" +"\">förinstallerat</ulink>. Du kan betala mer för privilegiet men det ger en " +"känsla av trygghet eftersom du kan vara säker på att maskinvaran har bra " +"stöd av GNU/Linux." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1542 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you do have to buy a machine with Windows bundled, carefully read the software license that comes with Windows; you may be able to reject the license and obtain a rebate from your vendor. Searching the Internet for <quote>windows refund</quote> may get you some useful information to help with that." -msgstr "Om du måste köpa en maskin paketerad med Windows, läs noga igenom programvarulicensen som kommer med Windows; du kan ha möjligheten att vägra licensen och hämta ut en återbetalning från din försäljare. Sök på Internet efter <quote>windows refund</quote> och du kan hitta användbar information för det här ändamålet." +msgid "" +"If you do have to buy a machine with Windows bundled, carefully read the " +"software license that comes with Windows; you may be able to reject the " +"license and obtain a rebate from your vendor. Searching the Internet for " +"<quote>windows refund</quote> may get you some useful information to help " +"with that." +msgstr "" +"Om du måste köpa en maskin paketerad med Windows, läs noga igenom " +"programvarulicensen som kommer med Windows; du kan ha möjligheten att vägra " +"licensen och hämta ut en återbetalning från din försäljare. Sök på Internet " +"efter <quote>windows refund</quote> och du kan hitta användbar information " +"för det här ändamålet." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1550 #, no-c-format -msgid "Whether or not you are purchasing a system with Linux bundled, or even a used system, it is still important to check that your hardware is supported by the Linux kernel. Check if your hardware is listed in the references found above. Let your salesperson (if any) know that you're shopping for a Linux system. Support Linux-friendly hardware vendors." -msgstr "Oavsett om du köper ett system paketerat med Linux eller inte, eller kanske till och med ett begagnat system, är det fortfarande viktigt att kontrollera att din maskinvara stöds av Linux-kärnan. Kontrollera om din maskinvara finns listad i referenserna som hittas ovan. Låt din försäljare (om någon) veta att du vill köpa ett system för Linux. Stöd de maskinvarutillverkare som är Linux-vänliga." +msgid "" +"Whether or not you are purchasing a system with Linux bundled, or even a " +"used system, it is still important to check that your hardware is supported " +"by the Linux kernel. Check if your hardware is listed in the references " +"found above. Let your salesperson (if any) know that you're shopping for a " +"Linux system. Support Linux-friendly hardware vendors." +msgstr "" +"Oavsett om du köper ett system paketerat med Linux eller inte, eller kanske " +"till och med ett begagnat system, är det fortfarande viktigt att kontrollera " +"att din maskinvara stöds av Linux-kärnan. Kontrollera om din maskinvara " +"finns listad i referenserna som hittas ovan. Låt din försäljare (om någon) " +"veta att du vill köpa ett system för Linux. Stöd de maskinvarutillverkare " +"som är Linux-vänliga." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1561 @@ -1611,14 +2401,31 @@ msgstr "Undvik proprietär eller sluten maskinvara" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1562 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some hardware manufacturers simply won't tell us how to write drivers for their hardware. Others won't allow us access to the documentation without a non-disclosure agreement that would prevent us from releasing the Linux source code." -msgstr "Vissa maskinvarutillverkare berättar helt enkelt inte för oss hur man skriver drivrutiner för deras maskinvara. Andra tillåter inte att vi får tillgång till deras dokumentation utan ett avtal för tystnadsplikt som skulle hindra oss från att ge ut källkod till Linux." +msgid "" +"Some hardware manufacturers simply won't tell us how to write drivers for " +"their hardware. Others won't allow us access to the documentation without a " +"non-disclosure agreement that would prevent us from releasing the Linux " +"source code." +msgstr "" +"Vissa maskinvarutillverkare berättar helt enkelt inte för oss hur man " +"skriver drivrutiner för deras maskinvara. Andra tillåter inte att vi får " +"tillgång till deras dokumentation utan ett avtal för tystnadsplikt som " +"skulle hindra oss från att ge ut källkod till Linux." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1569 #, no-c-format -msgid "Since we haven't been granted access to the documentation on these devices, they simply won't work under Linux. You can help by asking the manufacturers of such hardware to release the documentation. If enough people ask, they will realize that the free software community is an important market." -msgstr "Eftersom vi inte har tillåtits ta del av dokumentationen för dessa enheter fungerar de helt enkelt inte under Linux. Du kan hjälpa till genom att fråga tillverkare av sådan maskinvara att ge ut dokumentationen. Om ett tillräckligt antal personer frågar kommer de förstå att den fria programvarugemenskapen är en viktig marknad." +msgid "" +"Since we haven't been granted access to the documentation on these devices, " +"they simply won't work under Linux. You can help by asking the manufacturers " +"of such hardware to release the documentation. If enough people ask, they " +"will realize that the free software community is an important market." +msgstr "" +"Eftersom vi inte har tillåtits ta del av dokumentationen för dessa enheter " +"fungerar de helt enkelt inte under Linux. Du kan hjälpa till genom att fråga " +"tillverkare av sådan maskinvara att ge ut dokumentationen. Om ett " +"tillräckligt antal personer frågar kommer de förstå att den fria " +"programvarugemenskapen är en viktig marknad." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1581 @@ -1629,20 +2436,84 @@ msgstr "Windows-specifik maskinvara" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1582 #, no-c-format -msgid "A disturbing trend is the proliferation of Windows-specific modems and printers. In some cases these are specially designed to be operated by the Microsoft Windows operating system and bear the legend <quote>WinModem</quote> or <quote>Made especially for Windows-based computers</quote>. This is generally done by removing the embedded processors of the hardware and shifting the work they do over to a Windows driver that is run by your computer's main CPU. This strategy makes the hardware less expensive, but the savings are often <emphasis>not</emphasis> passed on to the user and this hardware may even be more expensive than equivalent devices that retain their embedded intelligence." -msgstr "En besvärande trend är ökningen av Windows-specifika modem och skrivare. I vissa fall är dessa speciellt designade för att köras på operativsystemet Microsoft Windows och har märken såsom <quote>WinModem</quote> eller <quote>Tillverkad speciellt för Windows-baserade datorer</quote>. Det här är generellt sett gjort genom att ta bort de inbäddade processorerna från maskinvaran och flytta över det jobb de gjort över till en Windows-drivrutin som körs av din dators huvudprocessor. Den här strategin gör maskinvaran billigare men prissänkningen kommer oftast <emphasis>inte</emphasis> slutanvändaren till godo och den här maskinvaran kan till och med vara dyrare än liknande enheter som har kvar sin inbäddade intelligens." +msgid "" +"A disturbing trend is the proliferation of Windows-specific modems and " +"printers. In some cases these are specially designed to be operated by the " +"Microsoft Windows operating system and bear the legend <quote>WinModem</" +"quote> or <quote>Made especially for Windows-based computers</quote>. This " +"is generally done by removing the embedded processors of the hardware and " +"shifting the work they do over to a Windows driver that is run by your " +"computer's main CPU. This strategy makes the hardware less expensive, but " +"the savings are often <emphasis>not</emphasis> passed on to the user and " +"this hardware may even be more expensive than equivalent devices that retain " +"their embedded intelligence." +msgstr "" +"En besvärande trend är ökningen av Windows-specifika modem och skrivare. I " +"vissa fall är dessa speciellt designade för att köras på operativsystemet " +"Microsoft Windows och har märken såsom <quote>WinModem</quote> eller " +"<quote>Tillverkad speciellt för Windows-baserade datorer</quote>. Det här är " +"generellt sett gjort genom att ta bort de inbäddade processorerna från " +"maskinvaran och flytta över det jobb de gjort över till en Windows-drivrutin " +"som körs av din dators huvudprocessor. Den här strategin gör maskinvaran " +"billigare men prissänkningen kommer oftast <emphasis>inte</emphasis> " +"slutanvändaren till godo och den här maskinvaran kan till och med vara " +"dyrare än liknande enheter som har kvar sin inbäddade intelligens." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1595 #, no-c-format -msgid "You should avoid Windows-specific hardware for two reasons. The first is that the manufacturers do not generally make the resources available to write a Linux driver. Generally, the hardware and software interface to the device is proprietary, and documentation is not available without a non-disclosure agreement, if it is available at all. This precludes it being used for free software, since free software writers disclose the source code of their programs. The second reason is that when devices like these have had their embedded processors removed, the operating system must perform the work of the embedded processors, often at <emphasis>real-time</emphasis> priority, and thus the CPU is not available to run your programs while it is driving these devices. Since the typical Windows user does not multi-process as intensively as a Linux user, the manufacturers hope that the Windows user simply won't notice the burden this hardware places on their CPU. However, any multi-processing operating system, even Windows 2000 or XP, suffers from degraded performance when peripheral manufacturers skimp on the embedded processing power of their hardware." -msgstr "Du bör undvika Windows-specifik maskinvara av två anledningar. Den första är att tillverkarna normalt sett inte gör underlag tillgängligt för att skriva en Linux-drivrutin. Generellt sett är maskinvaran och programvarugränssnittet till enheten proprietär och dokumentationen är inte tillgänglig utan ett avtal om tystnadsplikt, om den finns tillgänglig över huvudtaget. Det här förhindrar att den kan användas för fri programvara eftersom utvecklare av fri programvara delger källkoden för sina program. Den andra anledningen är att när enheter som dessa har fått sina inbäddade processorer borttagna måste operativsystemet göra arbetet som de inbäddade processorerna gjorde tidigare, ofta i <emphasis>realtidsprioritet</emphasis> och därför är inte processorn tillgänglig för att köra dina program när den kör dessa enheter. Eftersom de typiska Windows-användarna inte kör flera processer lika intensivt som en Linux-användare, hoppas tillverkarna att Windows-användarna inte ska märka av den extra börda som den här maskinvaran belastar deras processor med. Dock lider alla operativsystem med multi-processing, även Windows 2000 eller XP, av minskad prestanda när tillverkare av kringutrustning snålar med den inbäddade processorkraften i sin maskinvara." +msgid "" +"You should avoid Windows-specific hardware for two reasons. The first is " +"that the manufacturers do not generally make the resources available to " +"write a Linux driver. Generally, the hardware and software interface to the " +"device is proprietary, and documentation is not available without a non-" +"disclosure agreement, if it is available at all. This precludes it being " +"used for free software, since free software writers disclose the source code " +"of their programs. The second reason is that when devices like these have " +"had their embedded processors removed, the operating system must perform the " +"work of the embedded processors, often at <emphasis>real-time</emphasis> " +"priority, and thus the CPU is not available to run your programs while it is " +"driving these devices. Since the typical Windows user does not multi-process " +"as intensively as a Linux user, the manufacturers hope that the Windows user " +"simply won't notice the burden this hardware places on their CPU. However, " +"any multi-processing operating system, even Windows 2000 or XP, suffers from " +"degraded performance when peripheral manufacturers skimp on the embedded " +"processing power of their hardware." +msgstr "" +"Du bör undvika Windows-specifik maskinvara av två anledningar. Den första är " +"att tillverkarna normalt sett inte gör underlag tillgängligt för att skriva " +"en Linux-drivrutin. Generellt sett är maskinvaran och " +"programvarugränssnittet till enheten proprietär och dokumentationen är inte " +"tillgänglig utan ett avtal om tystnadsplikt, om den finns tillgänglig över " +"huvudtaget. Det här förhindrar att den kan användas för fri programvara " +"eftersom utvecklare av fri programvara delger källkoden för sina program. " +"Den andra anledningen är att när enheter som dessa har fått sina inbäddade " +"processorer borttagna måste operativsystemet göra arbetet som de inbäddade " +"processorerna gjorde tidigare, ofta i <emphasis>realtidsprioritet</emphasis> " +"och därför är inte processorn tillgänglig för att köra dina program när den " +"kör dessa enheter. Eftersom de typiska Windows-användarna inte kör flera " +"processer lika intensivt som en Linux-användare, hoppas tillverkarna att " +"Windows-användarna inte ska märka av den extra börda som den här maskinvaran " +"belastar deras processor med. Dock lider alla operativsystem med multi-" +"processing, även Windows 2000 eller XP, av minskad prestanda när tillverkare " +"av kringutrustning snålar med den inbäddade processorkraften i sin " +"maskinvara." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1616 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can help improve this situation by encouraging these manufacturers to release the documentation and other resources necessary for us to program their hardware, but the best strategy is simply to avoid this sort of hardware until it is listed as working in the <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Du kan hjälpa till genom att uppmuntra dessa tillverkare att ge ut dokumentation och andra resurser som är nödvändiga för oss att programmera deras maskinvara, men den bästa strategin är helt enkelt att undvika den här typen av maskinvara tills den är listad som fungerande i <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"You can help improve this situation by encouraging these manufacturers to " +"release the documentation and other resources necessary for us to program " +"their hardware, but the best strategy is simply to avoid this sort of " +"hardware until it is listed as working in the <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-" +"howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Du kan hjälpa till genom att uppmuntra dessa tillverkare att ge ut " +"dokumentation och andra resurser som är nödvändiga för oss att programmera " +"deras maskinvara, men den bästa strategin är helt enkelt att undvika den här " +"typen av maskinvara tills den är listad som fungerande i <ulink url=\"&url-" +"hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1633 @@ -1653,8 +2524,20 @@ msgstr "Installationsmedia" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1635 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section will help you determine which different media types you can use to install Debian. For example, if you have a floppy disk drive on your machine, it can be used to install Debian. There is a whole chapter devoted to media, <xref linkend=\"install-methods\"/>, which lists the advantages and disadvantages of each media type. You may want to refer back to this page once you reach that section." -msgstr "Det här avsnittet hjälper dig att fastställa vilka olika medietyper som du kan använda för att installera Debian. Till exempel om du har en diskettenhet i din dator, kan den användas för att installera Debian. Det finns ett helt kapitel tillägnat media, <xref linkend=\"install-methods\"/>, som listar fördelar och nackdelar med varje typ av media. Du kanske vill referera tillbaka till den här sidan när du har nått fram till det avsnittet." +msgid "" +"This section will help you determine which different media types you can use " +"to install Debian. For example, if you have a floppy disk drive on your " +"machine, it can be used to install Debian. There is a whole chapter devoted " +"to media, <xref linkend=\"install-methods\"/>, which lists the advantages " +"and disadvantages of each media type. You may want to refer back to this " +"page once you reach that section." +msgstr "" +"Det här avsnittet hjälper dig att fastställa vilka olika medietyper som du " +"kan använda för att installera Debian. Till exempel om du har en " +"diskettenhet i din dator, kan den användas för att installera Debian. Det " +"finns ett helt kapitel tillägnat media, <xref linkend=\"install-methods\"/>, " +"som listar fördelar och nackdelar med varje typ av media. Du kanske vill " +"referera tillbaka till den här sidan när du har nått fram till det avsnittet." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1646 @@ -1665,8 +2548,14 @@ msgstr "Disketter" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1647 #, no-c-format -msgid "In some cases, you'll have to do your first boot from floppy disks. Generally, all you will need is a high-density (1440 kilobytes) 3.5 inch floppy drive." -msgstr "I vissa fall behöver du göra din första uppstart från startdisketter. Generellt sett är allt du behöver en högdensitets (1440 kilobyte) 3.5-tums diskettenhet." +msgid "" +"In some cases, you'll have to do your first boot from floppy disks. " +"Generally, all you will need is a high-density (1440 kilobytes) 3.5 inch " +"floppy drive." +msgstr "" +"I vissa fall behöver du göra din första uppstart från startdisketter. " +"Generellt sett är allt du behöver en högdensitets (1440 kilobyte) 3.5-tums " +"diskettenhet." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1653 @@ -1683,26 +2572,58 @@ msgstr "Cd-rom/Dvd-rom" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1662 #, no-c-format -msgid "Whenever you see <quote>CD-ROM</quote> in this manual, it applies to both CD-ROMs and DVD-ROMs, because both technologies are really the same from the operating system's point of view, except for some very old nonstandard CD-ROM drives which are neither SCSI nor IDE/ATAPI." -msgstr "När du ser <quote>cd-rom</quote> i den här handboken betyder det både cd-rom och dvd-rom för att båda teknikerna är egentligen samma från operativsystemets synvinkel med undantag för vissa mycket gamla icke-standard cd-rom-enheter som varken är SCSI eller IDE/ATAPI." +msgid "" +"Whenever you see <quote>CD-ROM</quote> in this manual, it applies to both CD-" +"ROMs and DVD-ROMs, because both technologies are really the same from the " +"operating system's point of view, except for some very old nonstandard CD-" +"ROM drives which are neither SCSI nor IDE/ATAPI." +msgstr "" +"När du ser <quote>cd-rom</quote> i den här handboken betyder det både cd-rom " +"och dvd-rom för att båda teknikerna är egentligen samma från " +"operativsystemets synvinkel med undantag för vissa mycket gamla icke-" +"standard cd-rom-enheter som varken är SCSI eller IDE/ATAPI." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1669 #, no-c-format -msgid "CD-ROM based installation is supported for some architectures. On machines which support bootable CD-ROMs, you should be able to do a completely <phrase arch=\"not-s390\">floppy-less</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">tape-less</phrase> installation. Even if your system doesn't support booting from a CD-ROM, you can use the CD-ROM in conjunction with the other techniques to install your system, once you've booted up by other means; see <xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>." -msgstr "Cd-rom-baserad installation stöds för vissa arkitekturer. På maskiner som har stöd för startbara cd-rom bör du kunna göra en totalt <phrase arch=\"not-s390\">diskettlös</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">bandlös</phrase> installation. Även om ditt system inte har stöd för att starta upp från en cd-rom kan du använda cd-rom:en i förbindelse med andra tekniker för att installera ditt system, när du väl har startat upp på andra sätt; se <xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>." +msgid "" +"CD-ROM based installation is supported for some architectures. On machines " +"which support bootable CD-ROMs, you should be able to do a completely " +"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">floppy-less</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">tape-" +"less</phrase> installation. Even if your system doesn't support booting from " +"a CD-ROM, you can use the CD-ROM in conjunction with the other techniques to " +"install your system, once you've booted up by other means; see <xref linkend=" +"\"boot-installer\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Cd-rom-baserad installation stöds för vissa arkitekturer. På maskiner som " +"har stöd för startbara cd-rom bör du kunna göra en totalt <phrase arch=\"not-" +"s390\">diskettlös</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">bandlös</phrase> " +"installation. Även om ditt system inte har stöd för att starta upp från en " +"cd-rom kan du använda cd-rom:en i förbindelse med andra tekniker för att " +"installera ditt system, när du väl har startat upp på andra sätt; se <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1681 #, no-c-format -msgid "SCSI, SATA and IDE/ATAPI CD-ROMs are supported. The <ulink url=\"&url-cd-howto;\">Linux CD-ROM HOWTO</ulink> contains in-depth information on using CD-ROMs with Linux." -msgstr "CD-ROM-enheter med SCSI, SATA och IDE/ATAPI stöds. Webbsidan <ulink url=\"&url-cd-howto;\">Linux CD-ROM HOWTO</ulink> innehåller information om hur man använder CD-ROM-enheter med Linux." +msgid "" +"SCSI, SATA and IDE/ATAPI CD-ROMs are supported. The <ulink url=\"&url-cd-" +"howto;\">Linux CD-ROM HOWTO</ulink> contains in-depth information on using " +"CD-ROMs with Linux." +msgstr "" +"CD-ROM-enheter med SCSI, SATA och IDE/ATAPI stöds. Webbsidan <ulink url=" +"\"&url-cd-howto;\">Linux CD-ROM HOWTO</ulink> innehåller information om hur " +"man använder CD-ROM-enheter med Linux." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1687 #, no-c-format -msgid "USB CD-ROM drives are also supported, as are FireWire devices that are supported by the ohci1394 and sbp2 drivers." -msgstr "Cd-rom-enheter via USB stöds också, såväl som FireWire-enheter som stöds av drivrutinerna ohci1394 och sbp2." +msgid "" +"USB CD-ROM drives are also supported, as are FireWire devices that are " +"supported by the ohci1394 and sbp2 drivers." +msgstr "" +"Cd-rom-enheter via USB stöds också, såväl som FireWire-enheter som stöds av " +"drivrutinerna ohci1394 och sbp2." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1692 @@ -1713,8 +2634,22 @@ msgstr "Cd-rom-enheter med IDE/ATAPI stöds på alla ARM-maskiner." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1696 #, no-c-format -msgid "On SGI machines, booting from CD-ROM requires a SCSI CD-ROM drive capable of working with a logical blocksize of 512 bytes. Many of the SCSI CD-ROM drives sold on the PC market do not have this capability. If your CD-ROM drive has a jumper labeled <quote>Unix/PC</quote> or <quote>512/2048</quote>, place it in the <quote>Unix</quote> or <quote>512</quote> position. To start the install, simply choose the <quote>System installation</quote> entry in the firmware." -msgstr "På SGI-maskiner kräver uppstart från cd-rom en SCSI cd-rom-enhet som är kapabel att fungera med en logisk blockstorlek på 512 byte. Många av de SCSI cd-rom-enheter som säljs på PC-marknaden har inte den här färdigheten. Om din cd-rom-enhet har en jumper som är märkt <quote>Unix/PC</quote> eller <quote>512/2048</quote>, sätt den i positionen <quote>Unix</quote> eller <quote>512</quote>. För att starta installationen så väljer du helt enkelt <quote>System installation</quote> i den fasta programvaran." +msgid "" +"On SGI machines, booting from CD-ROM requires a SCSI CD-ROM drive capable of " +"working with a logical blocksize of 512 bytes. Many of the SCSI CD-ROM " +"drives sold on the PC market do not have this capability. If your CD-ROM " +"drive has a jumper labeled <quote>Unix/PC</quote> or <quote>512/2048</" +"quote>, place it in the <quote>Unix</quote> or <quote>512</quote> position. " +"To start the install, simply choose the <quote>System installation</quote> " +"entry in the firmware." +msgstr "" +"På SGI-maskiner kräver uppstart från cd-rom en SCSI cd-rom-enhet som är " +"kapabel att fungera med en logisk blockstorlek på 512 byte. Många av de SCSI " +"cd-rom-enheter som säljs på PC-marknaden har inte den här färdigheten. Om " +"din cd-rom-enhet har en jumper som är märkt <quote>Unix/PC</quote> eller " +"<quote>512/2048</quote>, sätt den i positionen <quote>Unix</quote> eller " +"<quote>512</quote>. För att starta installationen så väljer du helt enkelt " +"<quote>System installation</quote> i den fasta programvaran." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1710 @@ -1725,14 +2660,24 @@ msgstr "Hårddisk" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1712 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting the installation system directly from a hard disk is another option for many architectures. This will require some other operating system to load the installer onto the hard disk." -msgstr "Starta upp installationssystemet direkt från en hårddisk är en annan möjlighet för många arkitekturer. Det här kräver ett annat operativsystem för att läsa in installationsprogrammet på hårddisken." +msgid "" +"Booting the installation system directly from a hard disk is another option " +"for many architectures. This will require some other operating system to " +"load the installer onto the hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Starta upp installationssystemet direkt från en hårddisk är en annan " +"möjlighet för många arkitekturer. Det här kräver ett annat operativsystem " +"för att läsa in installationsprogrammet på hårddisken." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1718 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although the &arch-title; does not allow booting from SunOS (Solaris), you can install from a SunOS partition (UFS slices)." -msgstr "Även om &arch-title; inte tillåter uppstart från SunOS (Solaris) kan du installera från en SunOS-partition (UFS-slice)." +msgid "" +"Although the &arch-title; does not allow booting from SunOS (Solaris), you " +"can install from a SunOS partition (UFS slices)." +msgstr "" +"Även om &arch-title; inte tillåter uppstart från SunOS (Solaris) kan du " +"installera från en SunOS-partition (UFS-slice)." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1726 @@ -1743,8 +2688,19 @@ msgstr "USB-minne" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1728 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many Debian boxes need their floppy and/or CD-ROM drives only for setting up the system and for rescue purposes. If you operate some servers, you will probably already have thought about omitting those drives and using an USB memory stick for installing and (when necessary) for recovering the system. This is also useful for small systems which have no room for unnecessary drives." -msgstr "Många Debianburkar behöver sina diskett- och/eller cd-enheter endast för att ställa in systemet och för räddningsaktioner. Om du använder ett antal servrar har du säkert redan tänkt på att strunta i dessa enheter och använda ett USB-minne för att installera och (vid behov) återställa systemet. Det är också användbart för mindre system som inte har plats för onödiga enheter." +msgid "" +"Many Debian boxes need their floppy and/or CD-ROM drives only for setting up " +"the system and for rescue purposes. If you operate some servers, you will " +"probably already have thought about omitting those drives and using an USB " +"memory stick for installing and (when necessary) for recovering the system. " +"This is also useful for small systems which have no room for unnecessary " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"Många Debianburkar behöver sina diskett- och/eller cd-enheter endast för att " +"ställa in systemet och för räddningsaktioner. Om du använder ett antal " +"servrar har du säkert redan tänkt på att strunta i dessa enheter och använda " +"ett USB-minne för att installera och (vid behov) återställa systemet. Det är " +"också användbart för mindre system som inte har plats för onödiga enheter." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1740 @@ -1755,20 +2711,44 @@ msgstr "Nätverk" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1742 #, no-c-format -msgid "The network can be used during the installation to retrieve files needed for the installation. Whether the network is used or not depends on the installation method you choose and your answers to certain questions that will be asked during the installation. The installation system supports most types of network connections (including PPPoE, but not ISDN or PPP), via either HTTP or FTP. After the installation is completed, you can also configure your system to use ISDN and PPP." -msgstr "Nätverket kan användas under installationen för att hämta filer som behövs för installationen. Huruvida nätverket används eller inte beror på installationsmetoden du valde samt dina svar på vissa frågor som kommer att ställas under installationen. Installationssystemet har stöd för de flesta typer av nätverksanslutningar (inkluderat PPPoE, men inte ISDN eller PPP), antingen via HTTP eller FTP. Efter att installationen är färdig, kan du även konfigurera ditt system att använda ISDN och PPP." +msgid "" +"The network can be used during the installation to retrieve files needed for " +"the installation. Whether the network is used or not depends on the " +"installation method you choose and your answers to certain questions that " +"will be asked during the installation. The installation system supports most " +"types of network connections (including PPPoE, but not ISDN or PPP), via " +"either HTTP or FTP. After the installation is completed, you can also " +"configure your system to use ISDN and PPP." +msgstr "" +"Nätverket kan användas under installationen för att hämta filer som behövs " +"för installationen. Huruvida nätverket används eller inte beror på " +"installationsmetoden du valde samt dina svar på vissa frågor som kommer att " +"ställas under installationen. Installationssystemet har stöd för de flesta " +"typer av nätverksanslutningar (inkluderat PPPoE, men inte ISDN eller PPP), " +"antingen via HTTP eller FTP. Efter att installationen är färdig, kan du även " +"konfigurera ditt system att använda ISDN och PPP." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1752 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also <emphasis>boot</emphasis> the installation system over the network. <phrase arch=\"mips;mipsel\">This is the preferred installation technique for &arch-title;.</phrase>" -msgstr "Du kan även <emphasis>starta upp</emphasis> installationssystemet över nätverket. <phrase arch=\"mips;mipsel\">Det är den installationsteknik som föredras för &arch-title;.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"You can also <emphasis>boot</emphasis> the installation system over the " +"network. <phrase arch=\"mips;mipsel\">This is the preferred installation " +"technique for &arch-title;.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Du kan även <emphasis>starta upp</emphasis> installationssystemet över " +"nätverket. <phrase arch=\"mips;mipsel\">Det är den installationsteknik som " +"föredras för &arch-title;.</phrase>" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1758 #, no-c-format -msgid "Diskless installation, using network booting from a local area network and NFS-mounting of all local filesystems, is another option." -msgstr "Disklös installation med nätverksuppstart från ett lokalt nätverk och nfs-montering av alla lokala filsystem är ett annat alternativ." +msgid "" +"Diskless installation, using network booting from a local area network and " +"NFS-mounting of all local filesystems, is another option." +msgstr "" +"Disklös installation med nätverksuppstart från ett lokalt nätverk och nfs-" +"montering av alla lokala filsystem är ett annat alternativ." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1766 @@ -1779,8 +2759,19 @@ msgstr "Un*x eller GNU-system" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1768 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are running another Unix-like system, you could use it to install &debian; without using the &d-i; described in the rest of this manual. This kind of install may be useful for users with otherwise unsupported hardware or on hosts which can't afford downtime. If you are interested in this technique, skip to the <xref linkend=\"linux-upgrade\"/>." -msgstr "Om du kör ett annat Unix-liknande system skulle du kunna använda det för att installera &debian; utan att använda &d-i; som beskrivs i resten av den här handboken. Den här typen av installation kan vara användbar för användare med maskinvara som annars inte stöds eller på datorer som inte kan vara frånkopplade. Om du är intresserad av den här tekniken, hoppa till <xref linkend=\"linux-upgrade\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you are running another Unix-like system, you could use it to install " +"&debian; without using the &d-i; described in the rest of this manual. This " +"kind of install may be useful for users with otherwise unsupported hardware " +"or on hosts which can't afford downtime. If you are interested in this " +"technique, skip to the <xref linkend=\"linux-upgrade\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du kör ett annat Unix-liknande system skulle du kunna använda det för att " +"installera &debian; utan att använda &d-i; som beskrivs i resten av den här " +"handboken. Den här typen av installation kan vara användbar för användare " +"med maskinvara som annars inte stöds eller på datorer som inte kan vara " +"frånkopplade. Om du är intresserad av den här tekniken, hoppa till <xref " +"linkend=\"linux-upgrade\"/>." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1780 @@ -1791,50 +2782,119 @@ msgstr "Lagringssystem som stöds" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1782 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian boot disks contain a kernel which is built to maximize the number of systems it runs on. Unfortunately, this makes for a larger kernel, which includes many drivers that won't be used for your machine (see <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/> to learn how to build your own kernel). Support for the widest possible range of devices is desirable in general, to ensure that Debian can be installed on the widest array of hardware." -msgstr "Debians startdisketter innehåller en kärna som är byggd för att maximera antalet system de kan köras på. Tyvärr betyder det här att kärnan blir stor, vilket inkluderar många drivrutiner som inte kommer att användas för din maskin (se <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/> för att lära dig hur man bygger en egen kärna). Stöd för ett stort antal enheter är allmänt önskvärt, för att se till att Debian kan installeras på ett stort antal maskinvaror." +msgid "" +"The Debian boot disks contain a kernel which is built to maximize the number " +"of systems it runs on. Unfortunately, this makes for a larger kernel, which " +"includes many drivers that won't be used for your machine (see <xref linkend=" +"\"kernel-baking\"/> to learn how to build your own kernel). Support for the " +"widest possible range of devices is desirable in general, to ensure that " +"Debian can be installed on the widest array of hardware." +msgstr "" +"Debians startdisketter innehåller en kärna som är byggd för att maximera " +"antalet system de kan köras på. Tyvärr betyder det här att kärnan blir stor, " +"vilket inkluderar många drivrutiner som inte kommer att användas för din " +"maskin (se <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/> för att lära dig hur man bygger " +"en egen kärna). Stöd för ett stort antal enheter är allmänt önskvärt, för " +"att se till att Debian kan installeras på ett stort antal maskinvaror." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1792 #, no-c-format -msgid "Generally, the Debian installation system includes support for floppies, IDE (also known as PATA) drives, IDE floppies, parallel port IDE devices, SATA and SCSI controllers and drives, USB, and FireWire. The supported file systems include FAT, Win-32 FAT extensions (VFAT) and NTFS." -msgstr "Generellt sett inkluderar Debians installationssystem stöd för disketter, IDE-diskar (även känd som PATA), IDE-disketter, IDE-enheter via parallellport, SATA och SCSI-styrkort samt diskar, USB och FireWire. Filsystemen som stöds inkluderar FAT, Win-32 FAT-utökningar (VFAT) och NTFS." +msgid "" +"Generally, the Debian installation system includes support for floppies, IDE " +"(also known as PATA) drives, IDE floppies, parallel port IDE devices, SATA " +"and SCSI controllers and drives, USB, and FireWire. The supported file " +"systems include FAT, Win-32 FAT extensions (VFAT) and NTFS." +msgstr "" +"Generellt sett inkluderar Debians installationssystem stöd för disketter, " +"IDE-diskar (även känd som PATA), IDE-disketter, IDE-enheter via " +"parallellport, SATA och SCSI-styrkort samt diskar, USB och FireWire. " +"Filsystemen som stöds inkluderar FAT, Win-32 FAT-utökningar (VFAT) och NTFS." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1799 #, no-c-format -msgid "Disk interfaces that emulate the <quote>AT</quote> hard disk interface — often called MFM, RLL, IDE, or PATA — are supported. SATA and SCSI disk controllers from many different manufacturers are supported. See the <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "Diskgränssnitten som emulerar <quote>AT</quote>-hårddiskgränssnittet, som ofta kallas för MFM, RLL, IDE eller PATA, finns det stöd för. SATA och SCSI-diskstyrkort från många olika tillverkare stöds. Se <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink> för mer information." +msgid "" +"Disk interfaces that emulate the <quote>AT</quote> hard disk interface " +"— often called MFM, RLL, IDE, or PATA — are supported. SATA and " +"SCSI disk controllers from many different manufacturers are supported. See " +"the <ulink url=\"&url-hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</" +"ulink> for more details." +msgstr "" +"Diskgränssnitten som emulerar <quote>AT</quote>-hårddiskgränssnittet, som " +"ofta kallas för MFM, RLL, IDE eller PATA, finns det stöd för. SATA och SCSI-" +"diskstyrkort från många olika tillverkare stöds. Se <ulink url=\"&url-" +"hardware-howto;\">Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO</ulink> för mer " +"information." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1807 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the boot system. The following SCSI drivers are supported in the default kernel: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Sparc ESP </para></listitem> <listitem><para> PTI Qlogic,ISP </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Adaptec AIC7xxx </para></listitem> <listitem><para> NCR and Symbios 53C8XX </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> IDE systems (such as the UltraSPARC 5) are also supported. See <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux for SPARC Processors FAQ</ulink> for more information on SPARC hardware supported by the Linux kernel." -msgstr "Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av uppstartssystemet. Följande SCSI-drivrutiner stöds i standardkärnan: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Sparc ESP </para></listitem> <listitem><para> PTI Qlogic,ISP </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Adaptec AIC7xxx </para></listitem> <listitem><para> NCR och Symbios 53C8XX </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> IDE systems (såsom UltraSPARC 5) stöds också. Se <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux för SPARC-processorer FAQ</ulink> för mer information om SPARC-maskinvara som stöds av Linux-kärnan." +msgid "" +"Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the " +"boot system. The following SCSI drivers are supported in the default kernel: " +"<itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Sparc ESP </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> PTI Qlogic,ISP </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Adaptec " +"AIC7xxx </para></listitem> <listitem><para> NCR and Symbios 53C8XX </para></" +"listitem> </itemizedlist> IDE systems (such as the UltraSPARC 5) are also " +"supported. See <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux for SPARC " +"Processors FAQ</ulink> for more information on SPARC hardware supported by " +"the Linux kernel." +msgstr "" +"Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av " +"uppstartssystemet. Följande SCSI-drivrutiner stöds i standardkärnan: " +"<itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Sparc ESP </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> PTI Qlogic,ISP </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Adaptec " +"AIC7xxx </para></listitem> <listitem><para> NCR och Symbios 53C8XX </para></" +"listitem> </itemizedlist> IDE systems (såsom UltraSPARC 5) stöds också. Se " +"<ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux för SPARC-processorer FAQ</ulink> " +"för mer information om SPARC-maskinvara som stöds av Linux-kärnan." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1840 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the boot system. Note that the current Linux kernel does not support floppies on CHRP systems at all." -msgstr "Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av uppstartssystemet. Observera att nuvarande Linux-kärna inte har stöd för disketter på CHRP-system alls." +msgid "" +"Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the " +"boot system. Note that the current Linux kernel does not support floppies on " +"CHRP systems at all." +msgstr "" +"Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av " +"uppstartssystemet. Observera att nuvarande Linux-kärna inte har stöd för " +"disketter på CHRP-system alls." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1846 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the boot system. Note that the current Linux kernel does not support the floppy drive." -msgstr "Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av uppstartssystemet. Observera att nuvarande Linux-kärna inte har stöd för diskettenheten." +msgid "" +"Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the " +"boot system. Note that the current Linux kernel does not support the floppy " +"drive." +msgstr "" +"Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av " +"uppstartssystemet. Observera att nuvarande Linux-kärna inte har stöd för " +"diskettenheten." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1852 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the boot system." -msgstr "Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av uppstartssystemet. " +msgid "" +"Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the " +"boot system." +msgstr "" +"Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av " +"uppstartssystemet. " #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1857 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the boot system. This means that FBA and ECKD DASDs are supported with the old Linux disk layout (ldl) and the new common S/390 disk layout (cdl)." -msgstr "Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av uppstartssystemet. Det här betyder att FBA och ECKD DASDs stöds med den gamla disklayouten i Linux (ldl) och den nya vanliga S/390 disklayout (cdl)." +msgid "" +"Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the " +"boot system. This means that FBA and ECKD DASDs are supported with the old " +"Linux disk layout (ldl) and the new common S/390 disk layout (cdl)." +msgstr "" +"Alla lagringssystem som stöds av Linux-kärnan finns också stöd för av " +"uppstartssystemet. Det här betyder att FBA och ECKD DASDs stöds med den " +"gamla disklayouten i Linux (ldl) och den nya vanliga S/390 disklayout (cdl)." #. Tag: title #: hardware.xml:1874 @@ -1845,19 +2905,44 @@ msgstr "Krav för minne och diskplats" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1876 #, no-c-format -msgid "You must have at least &minimum-memory; of memory and &minimum-fs-size; of hard disk space to perform a normal installation. Note that these are fairly minimal numbers. For more realistic figures, see <xref linkend=\"minimum-hardware-reqts\"/>." -msgstr "Du måste ha minst &minimum-memory; minne och &minimum-fs-size; hårddiskutrymme för att genomföra en normal installation. Observera att dessa siffror endast är ett absolut minimum. Se <xref linkend=\"minimum-hardware-reqts\"/> för mer realistiska siffror." +msgid "" +"You must have at least &minimum-memory; of memory and &minimum-fs-size; of " +"hard disk space to perform a normal installation. Note that these are fairly " +"minimal numbers. For more realistic figures, see <xref linkend=\"minimum-" +"hardware-reqts\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Du måste ha minst &minimum-memory; minne och &minimum-fs-size; " +"hårddiskutrymme för att genomföra en normal installation. Observera att " +"dessa siffror endast är ett absolut minimum. Se <xref linkend=\"minimum-" +"hardware-reqts\"/> för mer realistiska siffror." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1883 #, no-c-format -msgid "Installation on systems with less memory<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> <para> Installation images that support the graphical installer require more memory than images that support only the textual installer and should not be used on systems with less than &minimum-memory; of memory. If there is a choice between booting the regular and the graphical installer, the former should be selected. </para> </footnote> or disk space available may be possible but is only advised for experienced users." -msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> <para> Installationsavbildningar som har stöd för det grafiska installationsprogrammet kräver mer minne än avbildningar med endast har stöd för det textbaserade installationsprogrammet och bör inte användas på system med mindre än &minimum-memory; minne. Om det finns ett val mellan att starta upp det vanliga och det grafiska installationsprogrammet bör det vanliga väljas. </para> </footnote> eller diskutrymme tillgängligt kan vara möjliga men rekommenderas endast för erfarna användare." +msgid "" +"Installation on systems with less memory<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> <para> " +"Installation images that support the graphical installer require more memory " +"than images that support only the textual installer and should not be used " +"on systems with less than &minimum-memory; of memory. If there is a choice " +"between booting the regular and the graphical installer, the former should " +"be selected. </para> </footnote> or disk space available may be possible but " +"is only advised for experienced users." +msgstr "" +"Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> <para> " +"Installationsavbildningar som har stöd för det grafiska " +"installationsprogrammet kräver mer minne än avbildningar med endast har stöd " +"för det textbaserade installationsprogrammet och bör inte användas på system " +"med mindre än &minimum-memory; minne. Om det finns ett val mellan att starta " +"upp det vanliga och det grafiska installationsprogrammet bör det vanliga " +"väljas. </para> </footnote> eller diskutrymme tillgängligt kan vara möjliga " +"men rekommenderas endast för erfarna användare." #~ msgid "DEC Alpha" #~ msgstr "DEC Alpha" + #~ msgid "alpha" #~ msgstr "alpha" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Complete information regarding supported DEC Alphas can be found at " #~ "<ulink url=\"&url-alpha-howto;\">Linux Alpha HOWTO</ulink>. The purpose " @@ -1866,6 +2951,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "Komplett information angående DEC Alpha som stöds kan hittas på <ulink " #~ "url=\"&url-alpha-howto;\">Linux Alpha HOWTO</ulink>. Meningen med det här " #~ "avsnittet är att beskriva system som stöds av uppstartsdisketter." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Alpha machines are subdivided into different system types because there " #~ "are a number of generations of motherboard and supporting chipsets. " @@ -1879,6 +2965,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "(<quote>underarkitekturer</quote>) är ofta radikalt olikt utvecklade och " #~ "har olika egenskaper. Därför kan processen att installera och starta upp " #~ "variera från system till system. " + #~ msgid "" #~ "The following table lists the system types supported by the Debian " #~ "installation system. The table also indicates the <emphasis>code name</" @@ -1889,368 +2976,550 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "installationssystem. Tabellen indikerar också <emphasis>kodnamnet</" #~ "emphasis> för dessa systemtyper. Du behöver veta det här kodnamnet när du " #~ "påbörjar installationsprocessen:" + #~ msgid "Hardware Type" #~ msgstr "Maskinvarutyp" + #~ msgid "Aliases" #~ msgstr "Alias" + #~ msgid "MILO image" #~ msgstr "MILO-avbildning" + #~ msgid "ALCOR" #~ msgstr "ALCOR" + #~ msgid "AlphaStation 500 5/266.300" #~ msgstr "AlphaStation 500 5/266.300" + #~ msgid "Maverick" #~ msgstr "Maverick" + #~ msgid "alcor" #~ msgstr "alcor" + #~ msgid "AlphaStation 500 5/333...500" #~ msgstr "AlphaStation 500 5/333...500" + #~ msgid "Bret" #~ msgstr "Bret" + #~ msgid "AlphaStation 600/266...300" #~ msgstr "AlphaStation 600/266...300" + #~ msgid "Alcor" #~ msgstr "Alcor" + #~ msgid "AlphaStation 600/300...433" #~ msgstr "AlphaStation 600/300...433" + #~ msgid "<entry>XLT</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>XLT</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>xlt</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>xlt</entry>" + #~ msgid "BOOK1" #~ msgstr "BOOK1" + #~ msgid "AlphaBook1 (laptop)" #~ msgstr "AlphaBook1 (laptop)" + #~ msgid "Alphabook1/Burns" #~ msgstr "Alphabook1/Burns" + #~ msgid "book1" #~ msgstr "book1" + #~ msgid "AVANTI" #~ msgstr "AVANTI" + #~ msgid "AlphaStation 200 4/100...166" #~ msgstr "AlphaStation 200 4/100...166" + #~ msgid "Mustang" #~ msgstr "Mustang" + #~ msgid "avanti" #~ msgstr "avanti" + #~ msgid "AlphaStation 200 4/233" #~ msgstr "AlphaStation 200 4/233" + #~ msgid "Mustang+" #~ msgstr "Mustang+" + #~ msgid "AlphaStation 205 4/133...333" #~ msgstr "AlphaStation 205 4/133...333" + #~ msgid "<entry>LX3</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>LX3</entry>" + #~ msgid "AlphaStation 250 4/300" #~ msgstr "AlphaStation 250 4/300" + #~ msgid "<entry>M3+</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>M3+</entry>" + #~ msgid "AlphaStation 255 4/133...333" #~ msgstr "AlphaStation 255 4/133...333" + #~ msgid "LX3+" #~ msgstr "LX3+" + #~ msgid "AlphaStation 300 4/266" #~ msgstr "AlphaStation 300 4/266" + #~ msgid "Melmac" #~ msgstr "Melmac" + #~ msgid "AlphaStation 400 4/166" #~ msgstr "AlphaStation 400 4/166" + #~ msgid "Chinet" #~ msgstr "Chinet" + #~ msgid "AlphaStation 400 4/233...300" #~ msgstr "AlphaStation 400 4/233...300" + #~ msgid "Avanti" #~ msgstr "Avanti" + #~ msgid "EB164" #~ msgstr "EB164" + #~ msgid "AlphaPC164" #~ msgstr "AlphaPC164" + #~ msgid "PC164" #~ msgstr "PC164" + #~ msgid "pc164" #~ msgstr "pc164" + #~ msgid "AlphaPC164-LX" #~ msgstr "AlphaPC164-LX" + #~ msgid "LX164" #~ msgstr "LX164" + #~ msgid "lx164" #~ msgstr "lx164" + #~ msgid "AlphaPC164-SX" #~ msgstr "AlphaPC164-SX" + #~ msgid "SX164" #~ msgstr "SX164" + #~ msgid "sx164" #~ msgstr "sx164" + #~ msgid "eb164" #~ msgstr "eb164" + #~ msgid "EB64+" #~ msgstr "EB64+" + #~ msgid "AlphaPC64" #~ msgstr "AlphaPC64" + #~ msgid "Cabriolet" #~ msgstr "Cabriolet" + #~ msgid "cabriolet" #~ msgstr "cabriolet" + #~ msgid "AlphaPCI64" #~ msgstr "AlphaPCI64" + #~ msgid "eb64p" #~ msgstr "eb64p" + #~ msgid "EB66" #~ msgstr "EB66" + #~ msgid "eb66" #~ msgstr "eb66" + #~ msgid "EB66+" #~ msgstr "EB66+" + #~ msgid "eb66p" #~ msgstr "eb66p" + #~ msgid "JENSEN" #~ msgstr "JENSEN" + #~ msgid "DEC 2000 Model 300(S)" #~ msgstr "DEC 2000 Modell 300(S)" + #~ msgid "Jensen" #~ msgstr "Jensen" + #~ msgid "<entry>N/A</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>Inte tillgänglig</entry>" + #~ msgid "DEC 2000 Model 500" #~ msgstr "DEC 2000 Modell 500" + #~ msgid "Culzen" #~ msgstr "Culzen" + #~ msgid "DECpc 150" #~ msgstr "DECpc 150" + #~ msgid "MIATA" #~ msgstr "MIATA" + #~ msgid "Personal WorkStation 433a" #~ msgstr "Personal WorkStation 433a" + #~ msgid "Miata" #~ msgstr "Miata" + #~ msgid "miata" #~ msgstr "miata" + #~ msgid "Personal WorkStation 433au" #~ msgstr "Personal WorkStation 433au" + #~ msgid "Personal WorkStation 466au" #~ msgstr "Personal WorkStation 466au" + #~ msgid "Personal WorkStation 500a" #~ msgstr "Personal WorkStation 500a" + #~ msgid "Personal WorkStation 500au" #~ msgstr "Personal WorkStation 500au" + #~ msgid "Personal WorkStation 550au" #~ msgstr "Personal WorkStation 550au" + #~ msgid "Personal WorkStation 600a" #~ msgstr "Personal WorkStation 600a" + #~ msgid "Personal WorkStation 600au" #~ msgstr "Personal WorkStation 600au" + #~ msgid "MIKASA" #~ msgstr "MIKASA" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer 1000 4/200" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer 1000 4/200" + #~ msgid "Mikasa" #~ msgstr "Mikasa" + #~ msgid "mikasa" #~ msgstr "mikasa" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer 1000 4/233..266" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer 1000 4/233..266" + #~ msgid "Mikasa+" #~ msgstr "Mikasa+" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer 1000 5/300" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer 1000 5/300" + #~ msgid "Mikasa-Pinnacle" #~ msgstr "Mikasa-Pinnacle" + #~ msgid "Mikasa-Primo" #~ msgstr "Mikasa-Primo" + #~ msgid "NAUTILUS" #~ msgstr "NAUTILUS" + #~ msgid "UP1000" #~ msgstr "UP1000" + #~ msgid "Nautilus" #~ msgstr "Nautilus" + #~ msgid "UP1100" #~ msgstr "UP1100" + #~ msgid "Galaxy-Train/Nautilus Jr." #~ msgstr "Galaxy-Train/Nautilus Jr." + #~ msgid "NONAME" #~ msgstr "NONAME" + #~ msgid "AXPpci33" #~ msgstr "AXPpci33" + #~ msgid "Noname" #~ msgstr "Noname" + #~ msgid "noname" #~ msgstr "noname" + #~ msgid "<entry>UDB</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>UDB</entry>" + #~ msgid "Multia" #~ msgstr "Multia" + #~ msgid "NORITAKE" #~ msgstr "NORITAKE" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer 1000A 4/233...266" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer 1000A 4/233...266" + #~ msgid "Noritake" #~ msgstr "Noritake" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer 1000A 5/300" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer 1000A 5/300" + #~ msgid "Noritake-Pinnacle" #~ msgstr "Noritake-Pinnacle" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer 1000A 5/333...500" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer 1000A 5/333...500" + #~ msgid "Noritake-Primo" #~ msgstr "Noritake-Primo" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer 800 5/333...500" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer 800 5/333...500" + #~ msgid "Corelle" #~ msgstr "Corelle" + #~ msgid "AlphaStation 600 A" #~ msgstr "AlphaStation 600 A" + #~ msgid "Alcor-Primo" #~ msgstr "Alcor-Primo" + #~ msgid "Digital Server 3300" #~ msgstr "Digital Server 3300" + #~ msgid "Digital Server 3300R" #~ msgstr "Digital Server 3300R" + #~ msgid "PLATFORM 2000" #~ msgstr "PLATTFORM 2000" + #~ msgid "<entry>P2K</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>P2K</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>p2k</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>p2k</entry>" + #~ msgid "RAWHIDE" #~ msgstr "RAWHIDE" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer 1200 5/xxx" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer 1200 5/xxx" + #~ msgid "Tincup/DaVinci" #~ msgstr "Tincup/DaVinci" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer 4000 5/xxx" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer 4000 5/xxx" + #~ msgid "Wrangler/Durango" #~ msgstr "Wrangler/Durango" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer 4100 5/xxx" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer 4100 5/xxx" + #~ msgid "Dodge" #~ msgstr "Dodge" + #~ msgid "Digital Server 5300" #~ msgstr "Digital Server 5300" + #~ msgid "Digital Server 7300" #~ msgstr "Digital Server 7300" + #~ msgid "RUFFIAN" #~ msgstr "RUFFIAN" + #~ msgid "DeskStation AlphaPC164-UX" #~ msgstr "DeskStation AlphaPC164-UX" + #~ msgid "Ruffian" #~ msgstr "Ruffian" + #~ msgid "ruffian" #~ msgstr "ruffian" + #~ msgid "DeskStation RPL164-2" #~ msgstr "DeskStation RPL164-2" + #~ msgid "DeskStation RPL164-4" #~ msgstr "DeskStation RPL164-4" + #~ msgid "DeskStation RPX164-2" #~ msgstr "DeskStation RPX164-2" + #~ msgid "DeskStation RPX164-4" #~ msgstr "DeskStation RPX164-4" + #~ msgid "Samsung AlphaPC164-BX" #~ msgstr "Samsung AlphaPC164-BX" + #~ msgid "SABLE" #~ msgstr "SABLE" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer 2000 4/xxx" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer 2000 4/xxx" + #~ msgid "Demi-Sable" #~ msgstr "Demi-Sable" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer 2000 5/xxx" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer 2000 5/xxx" + #~ msgid "Demi-Gamma-Sable" #~ msgstr "Demi-Gamma-Sable" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer 2100 4/xxx" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer 2100 4/xxx" + #~ msgid "Sable" #~ msgstr "Sable" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer 2100 5/xxx" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer 2100 5/xxx" + #~ msgid "Gamma-Sable" #~ msgstr "Gamma-Sable" + #~ msgid "TAKARA" #~ msgstr "TAKARA" + #~ msgid "21164 PICMG SBC" #~ msgstr "21164 PICMG SBC" + #~ msgid "Takara" #~ msgstr "Takara" + #~ msgid "takara" #~ msgstr "takara" + #~ msgid "TITAN" #~ msgstr "TITAN" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer DS15" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer DS15" + #~ msgid "HyperBrick2" #~ msgstr "HyperBrick2" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer DS25" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer DS25" + #~ msgid "Granite" #~ msgstr "Granite" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer ES45" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer ES45" + #~ msgid "Privateer" #~ msgstr "Privateer" + #~ msgid "UNKNOWN" #~ msgstr "OKÄND" + #~ msgid "Yukon" #~ msgstr "Yukon" + #~ msgid "TSUNAMI" #~ msgstr "TSUNAMI" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer DS10" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer DS10" + #~ msgid "Webbrick" #~ msgstr "Webbrick" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer DS10L" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer DS10L" + #~ msgid "Slate" #~ msgstr "Slate" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer DS20" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer DS20" + #~ msgid "Catamaran/Goldrush" #~ msgstr "Catamaran/Goldrush" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer DS20E" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer DS20E" + #~ msgid "Goldrack" #~ msgstr "Goldrack" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer DS20L" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer DS20L" + #~ msgid "Shark" #~ msgstr "Shark" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer ES40" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer ES40" + #~ msgid "Clipper" #~ msgstr "Clipper" + #~ msgid "DP264" #~ msgstr "DP264" + #~ msgid "SMARTengine 21264 PCI/ISA SBC" #~ msgstr "SMARTengine 21264 PCI/ISA SBC" + #~ msgid "Eiger" #~ msgstr "Eiger" + #~ msgid "Warhol" #~ msgstr "Warhol" + #~ msgid "Windjammer" #~ msgstr "Windjammer" + #~ msgid "UP2000" #~ msgstr "UP2000" + #~ msgid "Swordfish" #~ msgstr "Swordfish" + #~ msgid "XP1000" #~ msgstr "XP1000" + #~ msgid "Monet/Brisbane" #~ msgstr "Monet/Brisbane" + #~ msgid "XP900" #~ msgstr "XP900" + #~ msgid "WILDFIRE" #~ msgstr "WILDFIRE" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer GS160" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer GS160" + #~ msgid "Wildfire" #~ msgstr "Wildfire" + #~ msgid "AlphaServer GS320" #~ msgstr "AlphaServer GS320" + #~ msgid "<entry>XL</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>XL</entry>" + #~ msgid "XL-233...266" #~ msgstr "XL-233...266" + #~ msgid "<entry>xl</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>xl</entry>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is believed that Debian &releasename; supports installing on all alpha " #~ "sub-architectures with the exception of the ARC-only Ruffian and XL sub-" @@ -2261,6 +3530,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "Alphas underarkitekturer med undantaget för Ruffian (endast ARC) och " #~ "underarkitekturerna XL och Titan som kräver en ändring i inställningarna " #~ "för kärnbyggnationen." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Both SCSI and IDE/ATAPI CD-ROMs are supported on &arch-title;, as long as " #~ "the controller is supported by the SRM console. This rules out many add-" @@ -2275,6 +3545,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "styrkort som erbjöds av tillverkaren kan förväntas att fungera. För att " #~ "ta reda på om din enhet stöds från SRM-konsollen, se <ulink url=\"&url-" #~ "srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Any storage system supported by the Linux kernel is also supported by the " #~ "boot system. This includes both SCSI and IDE disks. Note, however, that " @@ -2288,30 +3559,43 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "enheter och Jensen kan inte starta upp från disketter. (se <ulink url=" #~ "\"&url-jensen-howto;\"></ulink> för mere information hur man starta upp " #~ "en Jensen)" + #~ msgid "Motorola 680x0" #~ msgstr "Motorola 680x0" + #~ msgid "m68k" #~ msgstr "m68k" + #~ msgid "Atari" #~ msgstr "Atari" + #~ msgid "atari" #~ msgstr "atari" + #~ msgid "Amiga" #~ msgstr "Amiga" + #~ msgid "amiga" #~ msgstr "amiga" + #~ msgid "68k Macintosh" #~ msgstr "68k Macintosh" + #~ msgid "<entry>mac</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>mac</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>VME</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>VME</entry>" + #~ msgid "bvme6000" #~ msgstr "bvme6000" + #~ msgid "mvme147" #~ msgstr "mvme147" + #~ msgid "mvme16x" #~ msgstr "mvme16x" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Complete information concerning supported M68000 based " #~ "(<emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis>) systems can be found at the <ulink " @@ -2322,6 +3606,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "(<emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis>) system kan hittas i <ulink url=" #~ "\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink>. Det här avsnittet innehåller " #~ "endast grundläggande information." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The &architecture; port of Linux runs on any 680x0 with a PMMU (Paged " #~ "Memory Management Unit) and a FPU (floating-point unit). This includes " @@ -2334,6 +3619,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "inkluderar 68020 med en extern 68851 PMMU, 68030 och bättre men inte de " #~ "olika <quote>EC</quote>-modellerna av 680x0-processorerna. Se <ulink url=" #~ "\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink> för kompletterande detaljer." + #~ msgid "" #~ "There are four major supported <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> " #~ "flavors: Amiga, Atari, Macintosh and VME machines. Amiga and Atari were " @@ -2357,12 +3643,14 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "till listan över maskiner som stöds av Debian. Porteringar till andra " #~ "&architecture;-arkitekturer, såsom Sun3-arkitekturen och NeXT-blackbox " #~ "pågår men stöds ännu inte av Debian." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Unfortunately, it's quite rare to find any vendor shipping new &arch-" #~ "title; machines at all." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Tyvärr är det ganska ovanligt att hitta någon tillverkare som levererar " #~ "nya &arch-title;-maskiner." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Another example is the proprietary hardware in the older Macintosh line. " #~ "In fact, no specifications or documentation have ever been released for " @@ -2380,12 +3668,14 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "stöd för CLUT-manipulering på nästan alla interna grafikchip). I ett " #~ "nötskal, det här förklarar varför Linux-porteringen till Macintosh ligger " #~ "efter andra Linux-porteringar." + #~ msgid "" #~ "In fact, installation from your local disk is the preferred installation " #~ "technique for most &architecture; machines." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Faktiskt är installation från din lokala disk den installationsteknik som " #~ "föredras för de flesta &architecture;-maskiner." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Pretty much all storage systems supported by the Linux kernel are " #~ "supported by the Debian installation system. Note that the current Linux " @@ -2401,6 +3691,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "inte har stöd för disketter för Amiga. På Atari finns även stöd för " #~ "Machintosh HFS-system och AFFS som en modul. Mac:ar har stöd för Ataris " #~ "(FAT) filsystem. Amiga har stöd för FAT-filsystemet och HFS som en modul." + #~ msgid "" #~ "On the Amiga the size of FastRAM is relevant towards the total memory " #~ "requirements. Also, using Zorro cards with 16-bit RAM is not supported; " @@ -2414,6 +3705,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "command> kan användas för att stänga av 16-bitars RAM; se <ulink url=" #~ "\"&url-m68k-faq;\">Linux/m68k FAQ</ulink>. Senare kärnor bör stänga av 16-" #~ "bitars RAM automatiskt." + #~ msgid "" #~ "On the Atari, both ST-RAM and Fast RAM (TT-RAM) are used by Linux. Many " #~ "users have reported problems running the kernel itself in Fast RAM, so " @@ -2425,6 +3717,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "användare har rapporterat problem med att köra kärnan i Fast RAM så " #~ "Ataris bootstrap kommer att placera kärnan i ST-RAM. Minimikrav för ST-" #~ "RAM är 2 MB. Du kommer att behöva ytterligare 12 MB eller mer av TT-RAM." + #~ msgid "" #~ "On the Macintosh, care should be taken on machines with RAM-based video " #~ "(RBV). The RAM segment at physical address 0 is used as screen memory, " @@ -2436,16 +3729,22 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "standardpositionen för inläsning av kärnan inte tillgänglig. Det " #~ "alternativa RAM-segmentet som används för kärna och ramdisk måste vara " #~ "minst 4 MB." + #~ msgid "FIXME: is this still true?" #~ msgstr "FIXME: är det här fortfarande sant?" + #~ msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A (SWARM)" #~ msgstr "Broadcom BCM91250A (SWARM)" + #~ msgid "sb1-bcm91250a" #~ msgstr "sb1-bcm91250a" + #~ msgid "Broadcom BCM91480B (BigSur)" #~ msgstr "Broadcom BCM91480B (BigSur)" + #~ msgid "sb1a-bcm91480b" #~ msgstr "sb1a-bcm91480b" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Broadcom BCM91250A evaluation board comes with an SB1 1250 chip with " #~ "two cores which are supported in SMP mode by this installer. Similarly, " @@ -2456,8 +3755,10 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "kärnor som stöds i SMP-läget av det här installationsprogrammet. Även " #~ "evalueringskortet BCM91480B som innehåller ett SB1A 1480-chip med fyra " #~ "kärnor stöds i SMP-läget." + #~ msgid "Both Cobalt and Broadcom BCM91250A/BCM91480B use 115200 bps." #~ msgstr "Både Cobalt och Broadcom BCM91250A/BCM91480B använder 115200 bps." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B evaluation boards have standard 3.3v " #~ "PCI slots and support VGA emulation or Linux framebuffer on a selected " @@ -2470,6 +3771,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "urval av grafikkort. En <ulink url=\"&url-bcm91250a-hardware;" #~ "\">kompatibilitetslista</ulink> för Broadcom-evalueringskorten finns " #~ "tillgänglig." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Broadcom BCM91250A evaluation board offers standard 3.3v 32 bit and " #~ "64 bit PCI slots as well as USB connectors. The Broadcom BCM91480B " @@ -2478,6 +3780,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "Evalueringskortet Broadcom BCM91250A erbjuder standard 3.3v 32-bitars och " #~ "64-bitars PCI-platser såväl som USB-anslutningar. Evalueringskortet " #~ "Broadcom BCM91480B innehåller fyra 64-bitars PCI-platser." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The X.Org X Window System is only supported on the SGI Indy and the O2. " #~ "The Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B evaluation boards have standard 3.3v " @@ -2492,6 +3795,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "grafikkort. En <ulink url=\"&url-bcm91250a-hardware;" #~ "\">kompatibilitetslista</ulink> för Broadcom-evalueringskorten finns " #~ "tillgänglig." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Broadcom BCM91250A evaluation board offers standard 3.3v 32 bit and " #~ "64 bit PCI slots as well as USB connectors. The Broadcom BCM91480B " @@ -2502,6 +3806,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "64-bitars PCI-platser såväl som USB-anslutningar. Evalueringskortet " #~ "Broadcom BCM91480B innehåller fyra 64-bitars PCI-platser. Cobalt RaQ har " #~ "inget stöd för ytterligare enheter men Qube har en PCI-plats." + #~ msgid "" #~ "On SGI machines, booting from CD-ROM requires a SCSI CD-ROM drive capable " #~ "of working with a logical blocksize of 512 bytes. Many of the SCSI CD-ROM " @@ -2527,16 +3832,22 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "grund av att firmware inte känner igen cd-enheter. För att installera " #~ "Debian på ett Broadcom BCM91480B-evalueringskort, behöver du ett PCI IDE, " #~ "SATA eller SCSI-kort." + #~ msgid "<entry>arm</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>arm</entry>" + #~ msgid "Netwinder and CATS" #~ msgstr "Netwinder och CATS" + #~ msgid "netwinder" #~ msgstr "netwinder" + #~ msgid "arm and armel" #~ msgstr "arm och armel" + #~ msgid "Netwinder" #~ msgstr "Netwinder" + #~ msgid "" #~ "This is actually the name for the group of machines based upon the " #~ "StrongARM 110 CPU and Intel 21285 Northbridge (also known as Footbridge). " @@ -2549,12 +3860,16 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "Footbridge). Det omfattar maskiner såsom: Netwinder (antagligen en av de " #~ "mest vanliga ARM-boxarna), CATS (också känd som EB110ATX), EBSA 285 och " #~ "Compaq personal server (cps, också känd som skiff)." + #~ msgid "CHRP" #~ msgstr "CHRP" + #~ msgid "chrp" #~ msgstr "chrp" + #~ msgid "<entry>prep</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>prep</entry>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "There are four major supported <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> " #~ "subarchitectures: PMac (Power-Macintosh or PowerMac), PReP, APUS (Amiga " @@ -2567,6 +3882,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "Power-UP System) och CHRP-maskiner. Varje underarkitektur har sina egna " #~ "uppstartsmetoder. Dessutom finns det fyra olika varianter av kärnan med " #~ "stöd för olika processorvarianter." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Ports to other <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> architectures, such as " #~ "the Be-Box and MBX architecture, are underway but not yet supported by " @@ -2575,22 +3891,29 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "Porteringar till andra <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> arkitekturer, " #~ "såsom Be-Box och MBX-arkitekturen är på gång men stöds ännu inte av " #~ "Debian. Vi kan ha en 64-bitars portering i framtiden." + #~ msgid "<term>prep</term>" #~ msgstr "<term>prep</term>" + #~ msgid "This kernel flavour supports the PReP subarchitecture." #~ msgstr "Den här kärnvarianten har stöd för underarkitekturen PReP." + #~ msgid "apus" #~ msgstr "apus" + #~ msgid "" #~ "This kernel flavour supports the Amiga Power-UP System, though it is " #~ "currently disabled." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Den här kärnvarianten har stöd för Amiga Power-UP System men den är för " #~ "närvarande inaktiverad." + #~ msgid "CHRP subarchitecture" #~ msgstr "Underarkitekturen CHRP" + #~ msgid "APUS subarchitecture" #~ msgstr "Underarkitekturen APUS" + #~ msgid "" #~ "As for ISDN, the D-channel protocol for the (old) German 1TR6 is not " #~ "supported; Spellcaster BRI ISDN boards are also not supported by the &d-" @@ -2599,6 +3922,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "För ISDN, stöds inte D-kanalsprotokollet för (gamla) tyska 1TR6; " #~ "Spellcaster BRI ISDN-kort stöds inte heller av &d-i;. Användning av ISDN " #~ "under installationen stöds inte." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The installation system currently does not support retrieving firmware. " #~ "This means that any network cards that use a driver that requires " @@ -2608,6 +3932,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "programvara. Det här betyder att de nätverkskort som använder en " #~ "drivrutin som kräver att fast programvara läses in, inte stöds som " #~ "standard." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If there is no other NIC you can use during the installation, it is still " #~ "possible to install &debian; using a full CD-ROM or DVD image. Select the " @@ -2628,6 +3953,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "den fasta programvaran kan vara paketerad separat från drivrutinen och " #~ "kanske inte finns tillgänglig i sektionen <quote>main</quote> i &debian;-" #~ "arkivet." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If the driver itself <emphasis>is</emphasis> supported, you may also be " #~ "able to use the NIC during installation by copying the firmware from some " @@ -2641,6 +3967,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "filename>. Glöm inte att även kopiera den fasta programvaran till den " #~ "platsen på det installerade systemet innan omstarten vid slutet av " #~ "installationen." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Both SCSI and IDE/ATAPI CD-ROMs are supported. In addition, all non-" #~ "standard CD interfaces supported by Linux are supported by the boot disks " @@ -2658,14 +3985,19 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "möjligt. <ulink url=\"&url-cd-howto;\">Linux CD-ROM HOWTO</ulink> " #~ "innehåller mer detaljerad information om hur man använder cd-enheter med " #~ "Linux." + #~ msgid "ARM and StrongARM" #~ msgstr "ARM och StrongARM" + #~ msgid "DECstation" #~ msgstr "DECstation" + #~ msgid "r4k-kn04" #~ msgstr "r4k-kn04" + #~ msgid "r3k-kn02" #~ msgstr "r3k-kn02" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Currently only DECstations with R3000 and R4000/R4400 CPUs are supported " #~ "by the Debian installation system on little endian MIPS. The Debian " @@ -2674,42 +4006,61 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "För närvarande stöds endast DECstations med R3000 och R4000/R4400-" #~ "processorer av Debians installationssystem på little-endian MIPS. Debians " #~ "installationssystem fungerar på följande maskiner:" + #~ msgid "System Type" #~ msgstr "Systemtyp" + #~ msgid "<entry>CPU</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>Processor</entry>" + #~ msgid "Code-name" #~ msgstr "Kodnamn" + #~ msgid "Debian subarchitecture" #~ msgstr "Debian-underarkitektur" + #~ msgid "DECstation 5000/1xx" #~ msgstr "DECstation 5000/1xx" + #~ msgid "R3000" #~ msgstr "R3000" + #~ msgid "3MIN" #~ msgstr "3MIN" + #~ msgid "DECstation 5000/150" #~ msgstr "DECstation 5000/150" + #~ msgid "R4000" #~ msgstr "R4000" + #~ msgid "DECstation 5000/200" #~ msgstr "DECstation 5000/200" + #~ msgid "3MAX" #~ msgstr "3MAX" + #~ msgid "DECstation 5000/240" #~ msgstr "DECstation 5000/240" + #~ msgid "3MAX+" #~ msgstr "3MAX+" + #~ msgid "DECstation 5000/260" #~ msgstr "DECstation 5000/260" + #~ msgid "R4400" #~ msgstr "R4400" + #~ msgid "Personal DECstation 5000/xx" #~ msgstr "Personal DECstation 5000/xx" + #~ msgid "Maxine" #~ msgstr "Maxine" + #~ msgid "Personal DECstation 5000/50" #~ msgstr "Personal DECstation 5000/50" + #~ msgid "" #~ "All Cobalt machines are supported. In the past, only machines with a " #~ "serial console were supported (that is, all machines except for the Qube " @@ -2719,6 +4070,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "Alla Cobalt-maskiner stöds. Tidigare fanns det bara stöd för maskiner med " #~ "en seriekonsoll (alltså, alla maskiner förutom Qube 2700, även kallad " #~ "Qube1). Dock är nu även installationer möjliga genom SSH." + #~ msgid "" #~ "A serial console is available on all supported DECstations (9600 bps, " #~ "8N1). To use the serial console, you have to boot the installer image " @@ -2739,6 +4091,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "DECstation). För 3MIN och 3MAX+ (DECstation 5000/1xx, 5000/240 och " #~ "5000/260) är lokal konsoll tillgänglig med grafikalternativen PMAG-BA och " #~ "PMAGB-B." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have a Linux system to use as serial terminal, an easy way is to " #~ "run <command>cu</command><footnote> <para> In Woody this command was part " @@ -2760,6 +4113,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "ställer in serieporten som ska användas och <literal>-s</literal> " #~ "(hastighet) ställer in hastigheten för anslutningen (9600 bitar per " #~ "sekund)." + #~ msgid "" #~ "CD 1 contains the installer for the r3k-kn02 subarchitecture (the R3000-" #~ "based DECstations 5000/1xx and 5000/240 as well as the R3000-based " @@ -2772,6 +4126,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "baserade Personal DECstation-modellerna), Cd 2 innehåller " #~ "installationsprogrammet för underarkitekturen r4k-kn04 (R4x00-baserade " #~ "DECstation 5000/150 och 5000/260 såväl som Personal DECstation 5000/50)." + #~ msgid "" #~ "To boot from CD, issue the command <userinput>boot <replaceable>#</" #~ "replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput> on the firmware " @@ -2788,12 +4143,14 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "<replaceable>id</replaceable> är SCSI ID för cd-enheten. Om du behöver " #~ "skicka med ytterligare parametrar kan de valfritt läggas till med " #~ "följande syntax:" + #~ msgid "" #~ "boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> " #~ "param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." #~ msgstr "" #~ "boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> " #~ "param1=värde1 param2=värde2 ..." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Due to kernel limitations only the onboard network interfaces on " #~ "DECstations are supported, TurboChannel option network cards currently do " @@ -2802,16 +4159,22 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "På grund av begränsningar i kärnan finns endast stöd för nätverkskort på " #~ "moderkortet för DECstation, TurboChannel-nätverkskort fungerar för " #~ "närvarande inte." + #~ msgid "<entry>RiscPC</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>RiscPC</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>rpc</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>rpc</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>sun4m</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>sun4m</entry>" + #~ msgid "sparc32" #~ msgstr "sparc32" + #~ msgid "<term>RiscPC</term>" #~ msgstr "<term>RiscPC</term>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "This machine is the oldest supported hardware but support for it in our " #~ "new installer is incomplete. It has RISC OS in ROM, Linux can be booted " @@ -2831,8 +4194,10 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "proprietära modulutökningsbussen tillåter upp till åtta utökningskort att " #~ "monteras beroende på konfiguration, flera av dessa moduler har Linux-" #~ "drivrutiner." + #~ msgid "sun4, sun4c, sun4d" #~ msgstr "sun4, sun4c, sun4d" + #~ msgid "" #~ "These subarchitectures include some very old 32-bit machines, which are " #~ "no longer supported. For a complete list please consult the <ulink url=" @@ -2843,8 +4208,10 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "bitars maskiner, vilka inte längre stöds. För en fullständig lista, ta en " #~ "titt på <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SPARCstation" #~ "\">Wikipedias SPARCstation-sida</ulink>." + #~ msgid "<term>sun4m</term>" #~ msgstr "<term>sun4m</term>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "sun4m is the only 32-bit subarchitecture (sparc32) that is currently " #~ "supported. The most popular machines belonging to this class are " @@ -2853,6 +4220,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "sun4m är den enda 32-bitars underarkitekturen (sparc32) som för " #~ "närvarande stöds. De mest populära maskinerna som tillhör den här klassen " #~ "är Sparcstation 4, 5, 10 och 20." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that symmetric multiprocessing (SMP) — the ability to run " #~ "processes on multiple processors — is not supported on this " @@ -2867,12 +4235,14 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "tillgängliga enprocessorskärnan (UP) för sparc32 kommer att starta upp " #~ "fint på flerprocessorersmaskiner, även om den bara kommer att aktivera " #~ "och använda den första processorn." + #~ msgid "" #~ "IDE/ATAPI CD-ROMs are supported on all ARM machines. <phrase condition=" #~ "\"etch\">On RiscPCs, SCSI CD-ROMs are also supported.</phrase>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "IDE/ATAPI cd-rom stöds på alla ARM-maskiner. <phrase condition=\"etch" #~ "\">På RiscPC-datorer stöds även SCSI cd-rom.</phrase>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "After the operating system kernel is installed, you can install the rest " #~ "of your system via any sort of network connection (including PPP after " @@ -2881,6 +4251,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "Efter att operativsystemskärnan är installerad kan du installera resten " #~ "av ditt system via någon form av nätverksanslutning (inklusive PPP efter " #~ "installation av grundsystemet) via FTP eller HTTP." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You must have at least &minimum-memory; of memory and &minimum-fs-size; " #~ "of hard disk space. For a minimal console-based system (all standard " @@ -2895,6 +4266,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "programvara, inklusive fönstersystemet X och några programvaror för " #~ "utveckling och bibliotek behöver du minst 400 MB. För ett mer eller " #~ "mindre komplett skrivbordssystem behöver du ett par gigabyte." + #~ msgid "sun4cdm" #~ msgstr "sun4cdm" @@ -2905,6 +4277,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #, fuzzy #~ msgid "sun4v" #~ msgstr "sun4u" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Most PCI and many older ISA network cards are supported. Some network " #~ "interface cards are not supported by most Debian installation disks, such " @@ -2923,10 +4296,12 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "<ulink url=\"&url-linux-mca;\">Linux på MCA</ulink> för några (gamla) " #~ "instruktioner. FDDI-nätverk stöds inte heller av " #~ "installationsdisketterna, både kort och protokoll." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The following network interface cards (NICs) are supported from the " #~ "bootable kernel directly:" #~ msgstr "Följande nätverkskort (NIC) stöds direkt i den startbara kärnan:" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The following network interface cards are supported as modules. They can " #~ "be enabled once the drivers are installed during the setup. However, due " @@ -2936,6 +4311,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "Följande nätverkskort stöds som moduler. De kan aktiveras när " #~ "drivrutinerna har installerats under inställningen. Dock, på grund av " #~ "magin i OpenPROM, bör du fortfarande kunna starta upp från dessa enheter:" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Any network interface card (NIC) supported by the Linux kernel should " #~ "also be supported by the boot disks. You may need to load your network " @@ -2944,6 +4320,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "Alla nätverkskort (NIC) som stöds av Linux-kärnan bör också finnas stöd " #~ "för av startdisketterna. Du kan behöva läsa in din nätverksdrivrutin som " #~ "en modul." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Any network interface card (NIC) supported by the Linux kernel is also be " #~ "supported by the boot disks. All network drivers are compiled as modules " @@ -2954,32 +4331,41 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "av startdisketterna. Alla nätverksdrivrutiner byggs som moduler så att du " #~ "behöver läsa in en först under den initiala nätverksinställningen. Listan " #~ "över nätverksenheter som stöds är:" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Inter-User Communication Vehicle (IUCV) — available for VM guests " #~ "only" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Inter-User Communication Vehicle (IUCV) — endast tillgänglig för VM-" #~ "gäster" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The following network interface cards are supported directly by the boot " #~ "disks on Netwinder and CATS machines:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "De följande nätverkskorten har stöds direkt av startdisketterna på " #~ "NetWinder och CATS-maskiner:" + #~ msgid "PCI-based NE2000" #~ msgstr "PCI-baserad NE2000" + #~ msgid "DECchip Tulip" #~ msgstr "DECchip Tulip" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The following network interface cards are supported directly by the boot " #~ "disks on RiscPCs:" #~ msgstr "Följande nätverkskort har direktstöd av startdisketterna på RiscPC:" + #~ msgid "Ether1" #~ msgstr "Ether1" + #~ msgid "Ether3" #~ msgstr "Ether3" + #~ msgid "EtherH" #~ msgstr "EtherH" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If your card is mentioned in the lists above, the complete installation " #~ "can be carried out from the network with no need for CD-ROMs or floppy " @@ -2987,6 +4373,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ msgstr "" #~ "Om ditt kort nämns i listan ovan kan en komplett installation utföras " #~ "från nätverket utan behov av cd-rom eller disketter." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Any other network interface card (NIC) supported by the Linux kernel " #~ "should also be supported by the boot disks. You may need to load your " @@ -2997,10 +4384,13 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "stöd för av startdisketterna. Du kan behöva att läsa in din " #~ "nätverksdrivrutin som en modul; det här betyder att du måste installera " #~ "operativsystemskärnan och moduler via ett annat media." + #~ msgid "APUS" #~ msgstr "APUS" + #~ msgid "<entry>apus</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>apus</entry>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Currently the <emphasis>&architecture;</emphasis> port supports several " #~ "types of Sparc systems. The most common identifiers for Sparc systems are " @@ -3031,8 +4421,10 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "inte var stödda. Kända system som inte stöds är AP1000 multicomputer och " #~ "Tadpole Sparcbook 1. Se <ulink url=\"&url-sparc-linux-faq;\">Linux för " #~ "SPARC-processorer FAQ</ulink> för utförlig information." + #~ msgid "Memory Configuration" #~ msgstr "Minneskonfiguration" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some older Sun workstations, notably the Sun IPX and Sun IPC have memory " #~ "banks located at fixed locations in physical memory. Thus if the banks " @@ -3047,6 +4439,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "installationen kräver ett närliggande minnesblock till vilken kärnan och " #~ "den initiala ramdisken läses in. Om det här inte är tillgängligt " #~ "inträffar en <quote>Data Access Exception</quote>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Thus you must configure the memory so that the lowest memory block is " #~ "contiguous for at least 8Mb. In the IPX and IPC cited above, memory banks " @@ -3059,6 +4452,7 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "minnebankerna mappade i 16 Mb gränser. Det här betyder att du måste ha " #~ "ett tillräckligt stort SIMM-minne i bank noll för att hålla kärnan och " #~ "ramdisk. I det här fallet är 4 Mb <emphasis>inte</emphasis> tillräckligt." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Example: In a Sun IPX you have a 16Mb SIMM and a 4Mb SIMM. There are four " #~ "SIMM banks (0,1,2,3). [Bank zero is that furthest away from the SBUS " @@ -3069,6 +4463,6 @@ msgstr "Installationer på system med mindre minne<footnote condition=\"gtk\"> < #~ "SIMM-banker (0,1,2,3). [Bank noll är den längst bort från SBUS-" #~ "anslutningen]. Du måste därför installera en 16MB SIMM i bank 0; det är " #~ "då rekommenderat att installera en 4MB SIMM i bank 2." + #~ msgid "Graphics Configuration" #~ msgstr "Grafikkonfiguration" - diff --git a/po/sv/install-methods.po b/po/sv/install-methods.po index b853d4e36..62058ff7e 100644 --- a/po/sv/install-methods.po +++ b/po/sv/install-methods.po @@ -29,26 +29,92 @@ msgstr "Officiella &debian; cd-rom-uppsättningar" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:13 #, no-c-format -msgid "By far the easiest way to install &debian; is from an Official Debian CD-ROM Set. You can buy a set from a vendor (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-vendors;\">CD vendors page</ulink>). You may also download the CD-ROM images from a Debian mirror and make your own set, if you have a fast network connection and a CD burner (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink> for detailed instructions). If you have a Debian CD set and CDs are bootable on your machine, you can skip right to <xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>; much effort has been expended to ensure the files most people need are there on the CD. Although a full set of binary packages requires several CDs, it is unlikely you will need packages on the third CD and above. You may also consider using the DVD version, which saves a lot of space on your shelf and you avoid the CD shuffling marathon." -msgstr "Det klart enklaste sättet att installera &debian; är från en officiell uppsättning av Debians cd-skivor. Du kan köpa uppsättningen från en leverantör (se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-vendors;\">Debian-cd-försäljare</ulink>). Du kan också hämta cd-avbildningar från en Debian-spegel och göra en egen uppsättning, om du har en snabb nätverksanslutning och en cd-brännare (se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian GNU/Linux på cd</ulink> för detaljerade instruktioner). Om du har en uppsättning av Debians cd-skivor och möjligheten att starta upp din dator på en cd-skiva kan du hoppa till <xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>; mycket jobb har lagts ner på att se till att filer som de flesta behöver finns på cd-skivan. Även om en full uppsättning av binära paket kräver många cd-skivor är det ovanligt att du behöver paket på tredje cd-skivan och uppåt. Du kan också använda dvd-versionen som sparar en hel del plats på din bokhylla och du slipper mata skivor in och ut. " +msgid "" +"By far the easiest way to install &debian; is from an Official Debian CD-ROM " +"Set. You can buy a set from a vendor (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-" +"vendors;\">CD vendors page</ulink>). You may also download the CD-ROM images " +"from a Debian mirror and make your own set, if you have a fast network " +"connection and a CD burner (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD " +"page</ulink> for detailed instructions). If you have a Debian CD set and CDs " +"are bootable on your machine, you can skip right to <xref linkend=\"boot-" +"installer\"/>; much effort has been expended to ensure the files most people " +"need are there on the CD. Although a full set of binary packages requires " +"several CDs, it is unlikely you will need packages on the third CD and " +"above. You may also consider using the DVD version, which saves a lot of " +"space on your shelf and you avoid the CD shuffling marathon." +msgstr "" +"Det klart enklaste sättet att installera &debian; är från en officiell " +"uppsättning av Debians cd-skivor. Du kan köpa uppsättningen från en " +"leverantör (se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-vendors;\">Debian-cd-försäljare</" +"ulink>). Du kan också hämta cd-avbildningar från en Debian-spegel och göra " +"en egen uppsättning, om du har en snabb nätverksanslutning och en cd-" +"brännare (se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian GNU/Linux på cd</ulink> " +"för detaljerade instruktioner). Om du har en uppsättning av Debians cd-" +"skivor och möjligheten att starta upp din dator på en cd-skiva kan du hoppa " +"till <xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>; mycket jobb har lagts ner på att se " +"till att filer som de flesta behöver finns på cd-skivan. Även om en full " +"uppsättning av binära paket kräver många cd-skivor är det ovanligt att du " +"behöver paket på tredje cd-skivan och uppåt. Du kan också använda dvd-" +"versionen som sparar en hel del plats på din bokhylla och du slipper mata " +"skivor in och ut. " #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:30 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine doesn't support CD booting, but you do have a CD set, you can use an alternative strategy such as <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">floppy disk,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">tape, emulated tape,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb stick,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">net boot,</phrase> or manually loading the kernel from the CD to initially boot the system installer. The files you need for booting by another means are also on the CD; the Debian network archive and CD folder organization are identical. So when archive file paths are given below for particular files you need for booting, look for those files in the same directories and subdirectories on your CD." -msgstr "Om din maskin inte har stöd för uppstart på cd-skiva men du har en cd-uppsättning kan du använda en alternativ strategi såsom <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">startdiskett,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">band, emulerade band,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hårddisk,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb-minne,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">nätuppstart,</phrase> eller manuellt läsa in kärnan från en cd för att initialt starta upp systemets installationsprogram. Filerna du behöver för att starta upp på annat sätt finns också på cd:n; organiseringen av Debians nätverksarkiv och cd-katalogen är identisk. När filsökvägar i arkivet anges nedan för speciella filer du behöver för uppstart kan du leta efter de här filerna i samma kataloger och underkataloger på din cd." +msgid "" +"If your machine doesn't support CD booting, but you do have a CD set, you " +"can use an alternative strategy such as <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-" +"boot\">floppy disk,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">tape, emulated tape,</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk,</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb stick,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-" +"tftp\">net boot,</phrase> or manually loading the kernel from the CD to " +"initially boot the system installer. The files you need for booting by " +"another means are also on the CD; the Debian network archive and CD folder " +"organization are identical. So when archive file paths are given below for " +"particular files you need for booting, look for those files in the same " +"directories and subdirectories on your CD." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskin inte har stöd för uppstart på cd-skiva men du har en cd-" +"uppsättning kan du använda en alternativ strategi såsom <phrase condition=" +"\"supports-floppy-boot\">startdiskett,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">band, " +"emulerade band,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hårddisk,</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb-minne,</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"supports-tftp\">nätuppstart,</phrase> eller manuellt läsa in " +"kärnan från en cd för att initialt starta upp systemets " +"installationsprogram. Filerna du behöver för att starta upp på annat sätt " +"finns också på cd:n; organiseringen av Debians nätverksarkiv och cd-" +"katalogen är identisk. När filsökvägar i arkivet anges nedan för speciella " +"filer du behöver för uppstart kan du leta efter de här filerna i samma " +"kataloger och underkataloger på din cd." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:52 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once the installer is booted, it will be able to obtain all the other files it needs from the CD." -msgstr "När installationsprogrammet har startat upp kan den hämta de andra filerna den behöver från cd-skivan." +msgid "" +"Once the installer is booted, it will be able to obtain all the other files " +"it needs from the CD." +msgstr "" +"När installationsprogrammet har startat upp kan den hämta de andra filerna " +"den behöver från cd-skivan." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:57 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you don't have a CD set, then you will need to download the installer system files and place them on the <phrase arch=\"s390\">installation tape</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">floppy disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb stick or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">a connected computer</phrase> so they can be used to boot the installer." -msgstr "Om du inte har en cd-uppsättning behöver du hämta systemfiler för installationsprogrammet och placera dem på <phrase arch=\"s390\">ett installationsband</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">en diskett eller</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hårddisk eller</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb-minne eller</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">en ansluten dator</phrase> så att de kan användas för att starta upp installationsprogrammet." +msgid "" +"If you don't have a CD set, then you will need to download the installer " +"system files and place them on the <phrase arch=\"s390\">installation tape</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">floppy disk or</phrase> " +"<phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=" +"\"bootable-usb\">usb stick or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">a " +"connected computer</phrase> so they can be used to boot the installer." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte har en cd-uppsättning behöver du hämta systemfiler för " +"installationsprogrammet och placera dem på <phrase arch=\"s390\">ett " +"installationsband</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">en " +"diskett eller</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hårddisk eller</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb-minne eller</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"supports-tftp\">en ansluten dator</phrase> så att de kan " +"användas för att starta upp installationsprogrammet." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:83 @@ -59,14 +125,22 @@ msgstr "Hämta filer från Debian-speglar" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:85 #, no-c-format -msgid "To find the nearest (and thus probably the fastest) mirror, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink>." -msgstr "För att hitta den närmaste (och kanske även den snabbaste) spegeln, se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">Hämta Debian från Internet</ulink>." +msgid "" +"To find the nearest (and thus probably the fastest) mirror, see the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"För att hitta den närmaste (och kanske även den snabbaste) spegeln, se " +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">Hämta Debian från Internet</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:90 #, no-c-format -msgid "When downloading files from a Debian mirror using FTP, be sure to download the files in <emphasis>binary</emphasis> mode, not text or automatic mode." -msgstr "När filer hämtas från en Debian-spegel via FTP så bör du se till att filerna hämtas i <emphasis>binärt</emphasis> läge, inte text eller automatiskt läge." +msgid "" +"When downloading files from a Debian mirror using FTP, be sure to download " +"the files in <emphasis>binary</emphasis> mode, not text or automatic mode." +msgstr "" +"När filer hämtas från en Debian-spegel via FTP så bör du se till att filerna " +"hämtas i <emphasis>binärt</emphasis> läge, inte text eller automatiskt läge." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:98 @@ -77,8 +151,18 @@ msgstr "Var man får tag på installationsavbildningar" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:100 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation images are located on each Debian mirror in the directory <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> lists each image and its purpose." -msgstr "Installationsavbildningar finns på varje Debian-spegel i katalogen <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> listar varje avbild och dess funktion." +msgid "" +"The installation images are located on each Debian mirror in the directory " +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/" +"installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — the <ulink url=" +"\"&url-debian-installer;images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> lists each image " +"and its purpose." +msgstr "" +"Installationsavbildningar finns på varje Debian-spegel i katalogen <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-installer;images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/" +"installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — <ulink url=\"&url-" +"debian-installer;images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> listar varje avbild och " +"dess funktion." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:113 @@ -89,8 +173,17 @@ msgstr "Installationsfiler för NSLU2" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:114 #, no-c-format -msgid "A firmware image is provided for the Linksys NSLU2 which will automatically boot <classname>debian-installer</classname>. This image can be uploaded via the Linksys web frontend or with upslug2. This firmware image can be obtained from &nslu2-firmware-img;." -msgstr "En fast programvaruavbildning tillhandahålls för Linksys NSLU2 som automatiskt kommer att starta upp <classname>debian-installer</classname>. Denna avbildning kan skickas upp via Linksys webbgränssnitt eller med upslug2. Den här fasta programvaruavbildningen kan hämtas från &nslu2-firmware-img;." +msgid "" +"A firmware image is provided for the Linksys NSLU2 which will automatically " +"boot <classname>debian-installer</classname>. This image can be uploaded via " +"the Linksys web frontend or with upslug2. This firmware image can be " +"obtained from &nslu2-firmware-img;." +msgstr "" +"En fast programvaruavbildning tillhandahålls för Linksys NSLU2 som " +"automatiskt kommer att starta upp <classname>debian-installer</classname>. " +"Denna avbildning kan skickas upp via Linksys webbgränssnitt eller med " +"upslug2. Den här fasta programvaruavbildningen kan hämtas från &nslu2-" +"firmware-img;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:126 @@ -101,8 +194,17 @@ msgstr "Installationsfiler för Thecus N2100" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:127 #, no-c-format -msgid "A firmware image is provided for the Thecus N2100 which will automatically boot <classname>debian-installer</classname>. This image can be installed using the Thecus firmware upgrade process. This firmware image can be obtained from &n2100-firmware-img;." -msgstr "En fast programvaruavbildning tillhandahålls för Thecus N2100 som automatiskt kommer att starta upp <classname>debian-installer</classname>. Denna avbildning kan installeras med hjälp av uppgraderingsprocessen för Thecus fasta programvara. Den här fasta programvaruavbildningen kan hämtas från &n2100-firmware-img;." +msgid "" +"A firmware image is provided for the Thecus N2100 which will automatically " +"boot <classname>debian-installer</classname>. This image can be installed " +"using the Thecus firmware upgrade process. This firmware image can be " +"obtained from &n2100-firmware-img;." +msgstr "" +"En fast programvaruavbildning tillhandahålls för Thecus N2100 som " +"automatiskt kommer att starta upp <classname>debian-installer</classname>. " +"Denna avbildning kan installeras med hjälp av uppgraderingsprocessen för " +"Thecus fasta programvara. Den här fasta programvaruavbildningen kan hämtas " +"från &n2100-firmware-img;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:138 @@ -113,8 +215,14 @@ msgstr "Installationsfiler för GLAN Tank" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:139 #, no-c-format -msgid "The GLAN Tank requires a kernel and ramdisk on an ext2 partition on the disk on which you intend to install Debian. These images can be obtained from &glantank-firmware-img;." -msgstr "GLAN Tank kräver en kärna och ramdisk på en ext2-partition på den disk som du tänker installera Debian på. Dessa avbildningar kan hämtas från &glantank-firmware-img;." +msgid "" +"The GLAN Tank requires a kernel and ramdisk on an ext2 partition on the disk " +"on which you intend to install Debian. These images can be obtained from " +"&glantank-firmware-img;." +msgstr "" +"GLAN Tank kräver en kärna och ramdisk på en ext2-partition på den disk som " +"du tänker installera Debian på. Dessa avbildningar kan hämtas från &glantank-" +"firmware-img;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:149 @@ -125,8 +233,14 @@ msgstr "Installationsfiler för Kurobox Pro" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:150 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Kurobox Pro requires a kernel and ramdisk on an ext2 partition on the disk on which you intend to install Debian. These images can be obtained from &kuroboxpro-firmware-img;." -msgstr "Kurobox Pro kräver en kärna och ramdisk på en ext2-partition på den disk som du tänker installera Debian på. Dessa avbildningar kan hämtas från &kuroboxpro-firmware-img;." +msgid "" +"The Kurobox Pro requires a kernel and ramdisk on an ext2 partition on the " +"disk on which you intend to install Debian. These images can be obtained " +"from &kuroboxpro-firmware-img;." +msgstr "" +"Kurobox Pro kräver en kärna och ramdisk på en ext2-partition på den disk som " +"du tänker installera Debian på. Dessa avbildningar kan hämtas från " +"&kuroboxpro-firmware-img;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:160 @@ -137,8 +251,18 @@ msgstr "Installationsfiler för HP mv2120" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:161 #, no-c-format -msgid "A firmware image is provided for the HP mv2120 which will automatically boot <classname>debian-installer</classname>. This image can be installed with uphpmvault on Linux and other systems and with the HP Media Vault Firmware Recovery Utility on Windows. The firmware image can be obtained from &mv2120-firmware-img;." -msgstr "En fast programvaruavbildning tillhandahålls för HP mv2120 som automatiskt kommer att starta upp <classname>debian-installer</classname>. Denna avbildning kan installeras med uphpmvault på Linux och andra system och med HP Media Vault Firmware Recovery Utility på Windows. Den här fasta programvaruavbildningen kan hämtas från &mv2120-firmware-img;." +msgid "" +"A firmware image is provided for the HP mv2120 which will automatically boot " +"<classname>debian-installer</classname>. This image can be installed with " +"uphpmvault on Linux and other systems and with the HP Media Vault Firmware " +"Recovery Utility on Windows. The firmware image can be obtained from &mv2120-" +"firmware-img;." +msgstr "" +"En fast programvaruavbildning tillhandahålls för HP mv2120 som automatiskt " +"kommer att starta upp <classname>debian-installer</classname>. Denna " +"avbildning kan installeras med uphpmvault på Linux och andra system och med " +"HP Media Vault Firmware Recovery Utility på Windows. Den här fasta " +"programvaruavbildningen kan hämtas från &mv2120-firmware-img;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:173 @@ -149,21 +273,36 @@ msgstr "Installationsfiler för QNAP Turbo Station" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:174 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation files for the QNAP Turbo Station consist of a kernel and ramdisk as well as a script to write these images to flash. You can obtain the installation files for QNAP TS-109 and TS-209 from &qnap-orion-firmware-img; and for QNAP TS-110, TS-119, TS-210, TS-219, TS-219P from &qnap-kirkwood-firmware-img;." -msgstr "Installationsfilerna för QNAP Turbo Station innehåller en kärna och ramdisk såväl som ett skript för att skriva dessa avbildningar till flash-minne. Du kan hämta installationsfilerna för QNAP TS-109 och TS-209 från &qnap-orion-firmware-img; och för QNAP TS-110, TS-119, TS-210, TS-219, TS-219P från &qnap-kirkwood-firmware-img;." +msgid "" +"The installation files for the QNAP Turbo Station consist of a kernel and " +"ramdisk as well as a script to write these images to flash. You can obtain " +"the installation files for QNAP TS-109 and TS-209 from &qnap-orion-firmware-" +"img; and for QNAP TS-110, TS-119, TS-210, TS-219, TS-219P from &qnap-" +"kirkwood-firmware-img;." +msgstr "" +"Installationsfilerna för QNAP Turbo Station innehåller en kärna och ramdisk " +"såväl som ett skript för att skriva dessa avbildningar till flash-minne. Du " +"kan hämta installationsfilerna för QNAP TS-109 och TS-209 från &qnap-orion-" +"firmware-img; och för QNAP TS-110, TS-119, TS-210, TS-219, TS-219P från " +"&qnap-kirkwood-firmware-img;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:186 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "Netwinder Installation Files" msgid "SheevaPlug and OpenRD Installation Files" msgstr "Installationsfiler för SheevaPlug och OpenRD" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:187 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation files for the Marvell SheevaPlug and OpenRD devices consist of a kernel and initrd for U-Boot. You can obtain these files from &kirkwood-marvell-firmware-img;." -msgstr "Installationsfilerna för Marvell SheevaPlug och OpenRD-enheter innehåller en kärna och initrd för U-Boot. Du kan hämta dessa filer från &kirkwood-marvell-firmware-img;." +msgid "" +"The installation files for the Marvell SheevaPlug and OpenRD devices consist " +"of a kernel and initrd for U-Boot. You can obtain these files from &kirkwood-" +"marvell-firmware-img;." +msgstr "" +"Installationsfilerna för Marvell SheevaPlug och OpenRD-enheter innehåller en " +"kärna och initrd för U-Boot. Du kan hämta dessa filer från &kirkwood-marvell-" +"firmware-img;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:237 @@ -174,8 +313,24 @@ msgstr "Skapa ett IPL-band" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:239 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you can't boot (IPL) from the CD-ROM and you are not using VM you need to create an IPL tape first. This is described in section 3.4.3 in the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink> Redbook. The files you need to write to the tape are (in this order): <filename>kernel.debian</filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</filename>. The files can be downloaded from the <filename>tape</filename> sub-directory, see <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." -msgstr "Om du inte kan starta upp (IPL) från cd-rom och du inte använder VM behöver du skapa ett IPL-band först. Det här beskrivs i avsnittet 3.4.3 i en \"redbook\" kallad <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink>. Filerna du behöver skriva till bandet är (i den här ordningen): <filename>kernel.debian</filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> och <filename>initrd.debian</filename>. Filerna kan hämtas från underkatalogen <filename>tape</filename>, se <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you can't boot (IPL) from the CD-ROM and you are not using VM you need to " +"create an IPL tape first. This is described in section 3.4.3 in the <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux " +"for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink> Redbook. The files " +"you need to write to the tape are (in this order): <filename>kernel.debian</" +"filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</" +"filename>. The files can be downloaded from the <filename>tape</filename> " +"sub-directory, see <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte kan starta upp (IPL) från cd-rom och du inte använder VM behöver " +"du skapa ett IPL-band först. Det här beskrivs i avsnittet 3.4.3 i en " +"\"redbook\" kallad <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/" +"redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: " +"Distributions</ulink>. Filerna du behöver skriva till bandet är (i den här " +"ordningen): <filename>kernel.debian</filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</" +"filename> och <filename>initrd.debian</filename>. Filerna kan hämtas från " +"underkatalogen <filename>tape</filename>, se <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:263 @@ -186,38 +341,81 @@ msgstr "Skapa startdisketter från diskettavbildningar" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:264 #, no-c-format -msgid "Bootable floppy disks are generally used as a last resort to boot the installer on hardware that cannot boot from CD or by other means." -msgstr "Startbara disketter används oftast som en sista utväg för att starta upp installationsprogrammet på maskinvara som inte kan starta upp från cd eller på andra sätt." +msgid "" +"Bootable floppy disks are generally used as a last resort to boot the " +"installer on hardware that cannot boot from CD or by other means." +msgstr "" +"Startbara disketter används oftast som en sista utväg för att starta upp " +"installationsprogrammet på maskinvara som inte kan starta upp från cd eller " +"på andra sätt." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:269 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting the installer from floppy disk reportedly fails on Mac USB floppy drives." -msgstr "Starta upp installationsprogrammet från diskett misslyckas på Mac USB-diskettenheter enligt rapporter." +msgid "" +"Booting the installer from floppy disk reportedly fails on Mac USB floppy " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"Starta upp installationsprogrammet från diskett misslyckas på Mac USB-" +"diskettenheter enligt rapporter." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:274 #, no-c-format -msgid "Disk images are files containing the complete contents of a floppy disk in <emphasis>raw</emphasis> form. Disk images, such as <filename>boot.img</filename>, cannot simply be copied to floppy drives. A special program is used to write the image files to floppy disk in <emphasis>raw</emphasis> mode. This is required because these images are raw representations of the disk; it is required to do a <emphasis>sector copy</emphasis> of the data from the file onto the floppy." -msgstr "Diskettavbildningar är filer som innehåller det kompletta innehållet av en diskett i <emphasis>råformat</emphasis>. Diskettavbildningar, såsom <filename>boot.img</filename>, kan inte bara kopieras till diskettenheter. Ett speciellt program används för att skriva avbildningsfilerna till disketter i <emphasis>råläge</emphasis>. Det här krävs för att de här avbilderna är råa representationer av disketten; det är nödvändigt att göra en <emphasis>sektorkopiering</emphasis> av data från filen till disketten." +msgid "" +"Disk images are files containing the complete contents of a floppy disk in " +"<emphasis>raw</emphasis> form. Disk images, such as <filename>boot.img</" +"filename>, cannot simply be copied to floppy drives. A special program is " +"used to write the image files to floppy disk in <emphasis>raw</emphasis> " +"mode. This is required because these images are raw representations of the " +"disk; it is required to do a <emphasis>sector copy</emphasis> of the data " +"from the file onto the floppy." +msgstr "" +"Diskettavbildningar är filer som innehåller det kompletta innehållet av en " +"diskett i <emphasis>råformat</emphasis>. Diskettavbildningar, såsom " +"<filename>boot.img</filename>, kan inte bara kopieras till diskettenheter. " +"Ett speciellt program används för att skriva avbildningsfilerna till " +"disketter i <emphasis>råläge</emphasis>. Det här krävs för att de här " +"avbilderna är råa representationer av disketten; det är nödvändigt att göra " +"en <emphasis>sektorkopiering</emphasis> av data från filen till disketten." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:285 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are different techniques for creating floppies from disk images. This section describes how to create floppies from disk images on different platforms." -msgstr "Det finns olika tekniker för att skapa disketter från diskettavbildningar. Det här avsnittet beskriver hur man skapar disketter från diskettavbildningar på olika plattformar." +msgid "" +"There are different techniques for creating floppies from disk images. This " +"section describes how to create floppies from disk images on different " +"platforms." +msgstr "" +"Det finns olika tekniker för att skapa disketter från diskettavbildningar. " +"Det här avsnittet beskriver hur man skapar disketter från " +"diskettavbildningar på olika plattformar." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:291 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before you can create the floppies, you will first need to download them from one of the Debian mirrors, as explained in <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/>. <phrase arch=\"i386\">If you already have an installation CD-ROM or DVD, the floppy images may also be included on the CD/DVD.</phrase>" -msgstr "Innan du kan skapa disketterna behöver du först hämta ner dem från en av Debian-speglarna, som förklaras i <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/>. <phrase arch=\"i386\">Om du redan har en installations-cd eller dvd kan även diskettavbildningarna finnas inkluderade på skivan.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"Before you can create the floppies, you will first need to download them " +"from one of the Debian mirrors, as explained in <xref linkend=\"downloading-" +"files\"/>. <phrase arch=\"i386\">If you already have an installation CD-ROM " +"or DVD, the floppy images may also be included on the CD/DVD.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Innan du kan skapa disketterna behöver du först hämta ner dem från en av " +"Debian-speglarna, som förklaras i <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/>. " +"<phrase arch=\"i386\">Om du redan har en installations-cd eller dvd kan även " +"diskettavbildningarna finnas inkluderade på skivan.</phrase>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:299 #, no-c-format -msgid "No matter which method you use to create your floppies, you should remember to flip the write-protect tab on the floppies once you have written them, to ensure they are not damaged unintentionally." -msgstr "Oavsett vilken metod du använder för att skapa dina disketter, bör du komma ihåg att aktivera skrivskyddet på disketterna när du har skrivit på dem, för att vara säker på att de inte oavsiktligt ändras." +msgid "" +"No matter which method you use to create your floppies, you should remember " +"to flip the write-protect tab on the floppies once you have written them, to " +"ensure they are not damaged unintentionally." +msgstr "" +"Oavsett vilken metod du använder för att skapa dina disketter, bör du komma " +"ihåg att aktivera skrivskyddet på disketterna när du har skrivit på dem, för " +"att vara säker på att de inte oavsiktligt ändras." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:307 @@ -229,25 +427,83 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbildningar från ett Linux eller Unix-system" #: install-methods.xml:308 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To write the floppy disk image files to the floppy disks, you will probably need root access to the system. Place a good, blank floppy in the floppy drive. Next, use the command <informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ dd if=<replaceable>filename</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; sync\n" -"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>filename</replaceable> is one of the floppy disk image files. <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> is a commonly used name of the floppy disk device, it may be different on your workstation<phrase arch=\"sparc\"> (on Solaris, it is <filename>/dev/fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. The command may return to the prompt before Unix has finished writing the floppy disk, so look for the disk-in-use light on the floppy drive and be sure that the light is out and the disk has stopped revolving before you remove it from the drive. On some systems, you'll have to run a command to eject the floppy from the drive <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> (on Solaris, use <command>eject</command>, see the manual page)</phrase>." +"To write the floppy disk image files to the floppy disks, you will probably " +"need root access to the system. Place a good, blank floppy in the floppy " +"drive. Next, use the command <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ dd if=<replaceable>filename</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; " +"sync\n" +"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>filename</replaceable> is one " +"of the floppy disk image files. <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> is a commonly " +"used name of the floppy disk device, it may be different on your " +"workstation<phrase arch=\"sparc\"> (on Solaris, it is <filename>/dev/fd/0</" +"filename>)</phrase>. The command may return to the prompt before Unix has " +"finished writing the floppy disk, so look for the disk-in-use light on the " +"floppy drive and be sure that the light is out and the disk has stopped " +"revolving before you remove it from the drive. On some systems, you'll have " +"to run a command to eject the floppy from the drive <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> " +"(on Solaris, use <command>eject</command>, see the manual page)</phrase>." msgstr "" -"För att skriva diskettavbildningsfilerna till disketterna behöver du antagligen root-åtkomst till systemet. Placera en bra, tom diskett i diskettenheten. Använd sedan kommandot <informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ dd if=<replaceable>filnamn</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; sync\n" -"</screen></informalexample> där <replaceable>filnamn</replaceable> är en av diskettavbildningsfilerna. <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> är ett vanligt använt namn på diskettenheten, det kan vara annorlunda på den dator du använder<phrase arch=\"sparc\"> (på Solaris är det <filename>/dev/fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. Kommandot kan återvända till prompten före Unix har skrivit klart disketten så se på aktivitetslampan på diskettenheten och se till att lampan slocknat och disketten slutat rotera innan du matar ut den från enheten. På vissa system behöver du köra ett kommando för att mata ut disketten från enheten <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> (på Solaris, använd <command>eject</command>, se manualsidan)</phrase>." +"För att skriva diskettavbildningsfilerna till disketterna behöver du " +"antagligen root-åtkomst till systemet. Placera en bra, tom diskett i " +"diskettenheten. Använd sedan kommandot <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ dd if=<replaceable>filnamn</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; " +"sync\n" +"</screen></informalexample> där <replaceable>filnamn</replaceable> är en av " +"diskettavbildningsfilerna. <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> är ett vanligt " +"använt namn på diskettenheten, det kan vara annorlunda på den dator du " +"använder<phrase arch=\"sparc\"> (på Solaris är det <filename>/dev/fd/0</" +"filename>)</phrase>. Kommandot kan återvända till prompten före Unix har " +"skrivit klart disketten så se på aktivitetslampan på diskettenheten och se " +"till att lampan slocknat och disketten slutat rotera innan du matar ut den " +"från enheten. På vissa system behöver du köra ett kommando för att mata ut " +"disketten från enheten <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> (på Solaris, använd " +"<command>eject</command>, se manualsidan)</phrase>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:329 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some systems attempt to automatically mount a floppy disk when you place it in the drive. You might have to disable this feature before the workstation will allow you to write a floppy in <emphasis>raw mode</emphasis>. Unfortunately, how to accomplish this will vary based on your operating system. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> On Solaris, you can work around volume management to get raw access to the floppy. First, make sure that the floppy is auto-mounted (using <command>volcheck</command> or the equivalent command in the file manager). Then use a <command>dd</command> command of the form given above, just replace <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> with <filename>/vol/rdsk/<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable></filename>, where <replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable> is the name the floppy disk was given when it was formatted (unnamed floppies default to the name <filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). On other systems, ask your system administrator. </phrase>" -msgstr "Vissa system försöker att automatiskt montera en diskett när du matar in den i enheten. Du kanske behöver inaktivera den här funktionen innan arbetsstationen tillåter dig att skriva en diskett i <emphasis>råläge</emphasis>. Hur man gör det beror helt på ditt operativsystem. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> På Solaris kan du komma runt volymhanteringen för att få råtillgång till disketten. Se först till att disketten är automatiskt monterad (med <command>volcheck</command> eller motsvarande kommando i filhanteraren). Använd sedan ett <command>dd</command>-kommando liknande exemplet ovan, ersätt bara <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> med <filename>/vol/rdsk/<replaceable>diskettnamnet</replaceable></filename>, där <replaceable>diskettnamnet</replaceable> är namnet på diskettnamnet som angavs när den blev formaterad (ej namngivna disketter får namnet <filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). På andra system, fråga din systemadministratör. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"Some systems attempt to automatically mount a floppy disk when you place it " +"in the drive. You might have to disable this feature before the workstation " +"will allow you to write a floppy in <emphasis>raw mode</emphasis>. " +"Unfortunately, how to accomplish this will vary based on your operating " +"system. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> On Solaris, you can work around volume " +"management to get raw access to the floppy. First, make sure that the floppy " +"is auto-mounted (using <command>volcheck</command> or the equivalent command " +"in the file manager). Then use a <command>dd</command> command of the form " +"given above, just replace <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> with <filename>/vol/" +"rdsk/<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable></filename>, where " +"<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable> is the name the floppy disk was given " +"when it was formatted (unnamed floppies default to the name " +"<filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). On other systems, ask your system " +"administrator. </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Vissa system försöker att automatiskt montera en diskett när du matar in den " +"i enheten. Du kanske behöver inaktivera den här funktionen innan " +"arbetsstationen tillåter dig att skriva en diskett i <emphasis>råläge</" +"emphasis>. Hur man gör det beror helt på ditt operativsystem. <phrase arch=" +"\"sparc\"> På Solaris kan du komma runt volymhanteringen för att få " +"råtillgång till disketten. Se först till att disketten är automatiskt " +"monterad (med <command>volcheck</command> eller motsvarande kommando i " +"filhanteraren). Använd sedan ett <command>dd</command>-kommando liknande " +"exemplet ovan, ersätt bara <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> med <filename>/vol/" +"rdsk/<replaceable>diskettnamnet</replaceable></filename>, där " +"<replaceable>diskettnamnet</replaceable> är namnet på diskettnamnet som " +"angavs när den blev formaterad (ej namngivna disketter får namnet " +"<filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). På andra system, fråga din " +"systemadministratör. </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:350 #, no-c-format -msgid "If writing a floppy on powerpc Linux, you will need to eject it. The <command>eject</command> program handles this nicely; you might need to install it." -msgstr "Om du skriver en diskett på en PowerPC Linux-maskin, behöver du mata ut den. Programmet <command>eject</command> hanterar det snyggt; du kan behöva installera det." +msgid "" +"If writing a floppy on powerpc Linux, you will need to eject it. The " +"<command>eject</command> program handles this nicely; you might need to " +"install it." +msgstr "" +"Om du skriver en diskett på en PowerPC Linux-maskin, behöver du mata ut den. " +"Programmet <command>eject</command> hanterar det snyggt; du kan behöva " +"installera det." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:368 @@ -258,26 +514,50 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbildningar från DOS, Windows eller OS/2" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:370 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have access to an i386 or amd64 machine, you can use one of the following programs to copy images to floppies." -msgstr "Om du har tillgång till en i386- eller amd64-maskin, kan du använda ett av följande program för att kopiera avbildningar till disketter." +msgid "" +"If you have access to an i386 or amd64 machine, you can use one of the " +"following programs to copy images to floppies." +msgstr "" +"Om du har tillgång till en i386- eller amd64-maskin, kan du använda ett av " +"följande program för att kopiera avbildningar till disketter." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:375 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>rawrite1</command> and <command>rawrite2</command> programs can be used under MS-DOS. To use these programs, first make sure that you are booted into DOS. Trying to use these programs from within a DOS box in Windows, or double-clicking on these programs from the Windows Explorer is <emphasis>not</emphasis> expected to work." -msgstr "Programmen <command>rawrite1</command> och <command>rawrite2</command> kan användas under MS-DOS. För att använda de här programmen måste du se till att du har startat upp i DOS. Försök att använda dessa program från DOS-prompten i Windows eller att dubbelklicka på de här programmen från Utforskaren i Windows kommer <emphasis>inte</emphasis> att fungera." +msgid "" +"The <command>rawrite1</command> and <command>rawrite2</command> programs can " +"be used under MS-DOS. To use these programs, first make sure that you are " +"booted into DOS. Trying to use these programs from within a DOS box in " +"Windows, or double-clicking on these programs from the Windows Explorer is " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> expected to work." +msgstr "" +"Programmen <command>rawrite1</command> och <command>rawrite2</command> kan " +"användas under MS-DOS. För att använda de här programmen måste du se till " +"att du har startat upp i DOS. Försök att använda dessa program från DOS-" +"prompten i Windows eller att dubbelklicka på de här programmen från " +"Utforskaren i Windows kommer <emphasis>inte</emphasis> att fungera." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:383 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>rwwrtwin</command> program runs on Windows 95, NT, 98, 2000, ME, XP and probably later versions. To use it you will need to unpack diskio.dll in the same directory." -msgstr "Programmet <command>rwwrtwin</command> kan köras på Windows 95, NT, 98, 2000, ME, XP och antagligen senare versioner. För att använda det behöver du packa upp diskio.dll i samma katalog." +msgid "" +"The <command>rwwrtwin</command> program runs on Windows 95, NT, 98, 2000, " +"ME, XP and probably later versions. To use it you will need to unpack diskio." +"dll in the same directory." +msgstr "" +"Programmet <command>rwwrtwin</command> kan köras på Windows 95, NT, 98, " +"2000, ME, XP och antagligen senare versioner. För att använda det behöver du " +"packa upp diskio.dll i samma katalog." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:389 #, no-c-format -msgid "These tools can be found on the Official Debian CD-ROMs under the <filename>/tools</filename> directory." -msgstr "De här verktygen kan hittas på de officiella Debian cd-skivorna under katalogen <filename>/tools</filename>." +msgid "" +"These tools can be found on the Official Debian CD-ROMs under the <filename>/" +"tools</filename> directory." +msgstr "" +"De här verktygen kan hittas på de officiella Debian cd-skivorna under " +"katalogen <filename>/tools</filename>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:402 @@ -288,14 +568,39 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbildningar från MacOS" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:403 #, no-c-format -msgid "An AppleScript, <application>Make Debian Floppy</application>, is available for burning floppies from the provided disk image files. It can be downloaded from <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. To use it, just unstuff it on your desktop, and then drag any floppy image file to it. You must have Applescript installed and enabled in your extensions manager. Disk Copy will ask you to confirm that you wish to erase the floppy and proceed to write the file image to it." -msgstr "Ett AppleScript, <application>Make Debian Floppy</application>, finns tillgängligt för att skriva disketter från diskettavbildningsfilerna. Det kan hämtas från <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. För att använda det, packa upp (unstuff) det på ditt skrivbord och dra en diskettavbildningsfil till det. Du måste ha Applescript installerat och aktiverat i din utökningshanterare. Disk Copy kommer att fråga dig att bekräfta om du vill radera disketten och fortsätta att skriva filavbildningen till den." +msgid "" +"An AppleScript, <application>Make Debian Floppy</application>, is available " +"for burning floppies from the provided disk image files. It can be " +"downloaded from <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/" +"debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. To use it, just unstuff it on " +"your desktop, and then drag any floppy image file to it. You must have " +"Applescript installed and enabled in your extensions manager. Disk Copy will " +"ask you to confirm that you wish to erase the floppy and proceed to write " +"the file image to it." +msgstr "" +"Ett AppleScript, <application>Make Debian Floppy</application>, finns " +"tillgängligt för att skriva disketter från diskettavbildningsfilerna. Det " +"kan hämtas från <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/" +"debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. För att använda det, packa upp " +"(unstuff) det på ditt skrivbord och dra en diskettavbildningsfil till det. " +"Du måste ha Applescript installerat och aktiverat i din utökningshanterare. " +"Disk Copy kommer att fråga dig att bekräfta om du vill radera disketten och " +"fortsätta att skriva filavbildningen till den." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:414 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also use the MacOS utility <command>Disk Copy</command> directly, or the freeware utility <command>suntar</command>. The <filename>root.bin</filename> file is an example of a floppy image. Use one of the following methods to create a floppy from the floppy image with these utilities." -msgstr "Du kan också använda MacOS-verktyget <command>Disk Copy</command> direkt, eller freewareverktyget <command>suntar</command>. Filen <filename>root.bin</filename> är ett exempel på en diskettavbildning. Använd en av följande metoder för att skapa en diskett från diskettavbildningen med de här verktygen." +msgid "" +"You can also use the MacOS utility <command>Disk Copy</command> directly, or " +"the freeware utility <command>suntar</command>. The <filename>root.bin</" +"filename> file is an example of a floppy image. Use one of the following " +"methods to create a floppy from the floppy image with these utilities." +msgstr "" +"Du kan också använda MacOS-verktyget <command>Disk Copy</command> direkt, " +"eller freewareverktyget <command>suntar</command>. Filen <filename>root.bin</" +"filename> är ett exempel på en diskettavbildning. Använd en av följande " +"metoder för att skapa en diskett från diskettavbildningen med de här " +"verktygen." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:425 @@ -306,38 +611,81 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbildningar med <command>Disk Copy</command>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:426 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are creating the floppy image from files which were originally on the official &debian; CD, then the Type and Creator are already set correctly. The following <command>Creator-Changer</command> steps are only necessary if you downloaded the image files from a Debian mirror." -msgstr "Om du skapar diskettavbildningarna från filer som från början kom från en officiell &debian;-cd, så är Type och Creator redan korrekt inställda. Följande steg för <command>Creator-Changer</command> är endast nödvändiga om du hämtade avbildningsfilerna från en Debian-spegel." +msgid "" +"If you are creating the floppy image from files which were originally on the " +"official &debian; CD, then the Type and Creator are already set correctly. " +"The following <command>Creator-Changer</command> steps are only necessary if " +"you downloaded the image files from a Debian mirror." +msgstr "" +"Om du skapar diskettavbildningarna från filer som från början kom från en " +"officiell &debian;-cd, så är Type och Creator redan korrekt inställda. " +"Följande steg för <command>Creator-Changer</command> är endast nödvändiga om " +"du hämtade avbildningsfilerna från en Debian-spegel." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:435 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obtain <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</ulink> and use it to open the <filename>root.bin</filename> file." -msgstr "Få tag på <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</ulink> och använd den för att öppna filen <filename>root.bin</filename>." +msgid "" +"Obtain <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</ulink> " +"and use it to open the <filename>root.bin</filename> file." +msgstr "" +"Få tag på <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</" +"ulink> och använd den för att öppna filen <filename>root.bin</filename>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:442 #, no-c-format -msgid "Change the Creator to <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), and the Type to <userinput>DDim</userinput> (binary floppy image). The case is sensitive for these fields." -msgstr "Ändra Creator till <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), och Type till <userinput>DDim</userinput> (binär diskettavbildning). De här fälten är skiftkänsliga." +msgid "" +"Change the Creator to <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), and the Type " +"to <userinput>DDim</userinput> (binary floppy image). The case is sensitive " +"for these fields." +msgstr "" +"Ändra Creator till <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), och Type till " +"<userinput>DDim</userinput> (binär diskettavbildning). De här fälten är " +"skiftkänsliga." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:449 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>Important:</emphasis> In the Finder, use <userinput>Get Info</userinput> to display the Finder information about the floppy image, and <quote>X</quote> the <userinput>File Locked</userinput> check box so that MacOS will be unable to remove the boot blocks if the image is accidentally mounted." -msgstr "<emphasis>Viktigt:</emphasis> I Finder, använd <userinput>Get Info</userinput> för att visa Finder-information om diskettavbildningen, och <quote>X</quote> i kryssrutan <userinput>File Locked</userinput> så att MacOS inte kan ta bort startblocken om avbildningen monteras av misstag." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Important:</emphasis> In the Finder, use <userinput>Get Info</" +"userinput> to display the Finder information about the floppy image, and " +"<quote>X</quote> the <userinput>File Locked</userinput> check box so that " +"MacOS will be unable to remove the boot blocks if the image is accidentally " +"mounted." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Viktigt:</emphasis> I Finder, använd <userinput>Get Info</" +"userinput> för att visa Finder-information om diskettavbildningen, och " +"<quote>X</quote> i kryssrutan <userinput>File Locked</userinput> så att " +"MacOS inte kan ta bort startblocken om avbildningen monteras av misstag." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:458 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obtain <command>Disk Copy</command>; if you have a MacOS system or CD it will very likely be there already, otherwise try <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-diskcopy;\"></ulink>." -msgstr "Få tag på <command>Disk Copy</command>; om du har ett MacOS-system eller cd finns det sannolikt redan där, prova annars <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-diskcopy;\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Obtain <command>Disk Copy</command>; if you have a MacOS system or CD it " +"will very likely be there already, otherwise try <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-" +"diskcopy;\"></ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Få tag på <command>Disk Copy</command>; om du har ett MacOS-system eller cd " +"finns det sannolikt redan där, prova annars <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-" +"diskcopy;\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:465 #, no-c-format -msgid "Run <command>Disk Copy</command>, and select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, then select the <emphasis>locked</emphasis> image file from the resulting dialog. It will ask you to insert a floppy, then ask if you really want to erase it. When done it should eject the floppy." -msgstr "Kör <command>Disk Copy</command> och välj <menuchoice> <guimenu>Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, och välj sedan den <emphasis>låsta</emphasis> avbildningsfilen från dialogrutan. Den kommer att fråga dig att mata in en diskett, sedan fråga om du verkligen vill radera den. När den är klar ska den mata ut disketten." +msgid "" +"Run <command>Disk Copy</command>, and select <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice>, then select the <emphasis>locked</emphasis> image file from the " +"resulting dialog. It will ask you to insert a floppy, then ask if you really " +"want to erase it. When done it should eject the floppy." +msgstr "" +"Kör <command>Disk Copy</command> och välj <menuchoice> <guimenu>Utilities</" +"guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, och välj " +"sedan den <emphasis>låsta</emphasis> avbildningsfilen från dialogrutan. Den " +"kommer att fråga dig att mata in en diskett, sedan fråga om du verkligen " +"vill radera den. När den är klar ska den mata ut disketten." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:480 @@ -348,32 +696,56 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbildningar med <command>suntar</command>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:484 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obtain <command>suntar</command> from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;\"> </ulink>. Start the <command>suntar</command> program and select <quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> from the <userinput>Special</userinput> menu." -msgstr "Få tag på <command>suntar</command> från <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;\"> </ulink>. Starta programmet <command>suntar</command> och välj <quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> från menyn <userinput>Special</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Obtain <command>suntar</command> from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;\"> </" +"ulink>. Start the <command>suntar</command> program and select " +"<quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> from the <userinput>Special</userinput> " +"menu." +msgstr "" +"Få tag på <command>suntar</command> från <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;" +"\"> </ulink>. Starta programmet <command>suntar</command> och välj " +"<quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> från menyn <userinput>Special</" +"userinput>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:492 #, no-c-format -msgid "Insert the floppy disk as requested, then hit &enterkey; (start at sector 0)." -msgstr "Mata in disketten enligt begäran, tryck sedan &enterkey; (start på sektor 0)." +msgid "" +"Insert the floppy disk as requested, then hit &enterkey; (start at sector 0)." +msgstr "" +"Mata in disketten enligt begäran, tryck sedan &enterkey; (start på sektor 0)." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:498 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the <filename>root.bin</filename> file in the file-opening dialog." +msgid "" +"Select the <filename>root.bin</filename> file in the file-opening dialog." msgstr "Välj filen <filename>root.bin</filename> i filöppningsdialogen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:503 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the floppy has been created successfully, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. If there are any errors writing the floppy, simply toss that floppy and try another." -msgstr "Efter att disketten har skapats, välj <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Om det inträffade några fel under skrivning av disketten, kasta helt enkelt disketten och prova med en annan." +msgid "" +"After the floppy has been created successfully, select <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. If " +"there are any errors writing the floppy, simply toss that floppy and try " +"another." +msgstr "" +"Efter att disketten har skapats, välj <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Om det inträffade några fel " +"under skrivning av disketten, kasta helt enkelt disketten och prova med en " +"annan." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:511 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before using the floppy you created, <emphasis>set the write protect tab</emphasis>! Otherwise if you accidentally mount it in MacOS, MacOS will helpfully ruin it." -msgstr "Före du använder disketten du skapade, <emphasis>aktivera skrivskyddet</emphasis>! Om du av misstag monterar den i MacOS kommer MacOS förstöra den." +msgid "" +"Before using the floppy you created, <emphasis>set the write protect tab</" +"emphasis>! Otherwise if you accidentally mount it in MacOS, MacOS will " +"helpfully ruin it." +msgstr "" +"Före du använder disketten du skapade, <emphasis>aktivera skrivskyddet</" +"emphasis>! Om du av misstag monterar den i MacOS kommer MacOS förstöra den." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:530 @@ -384,38 +756,108 @@ msgstr "Förbereda filer för uppstart med USB-minne" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:532 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two installation methods possible when booting from USB stick. The first is to install completely from the network. The second is to also copy a CD image onto the USB stick and use that as a source for packages, possibly in combination with a mirror. This second method is the more common." -msgstr "Det finns två installationsmetoder möjliga för uppstart från USB-minnen. Första är att installera helt från nätverket. Det andra är att även kopiera en cd-avbildning till USB-minnet och använda den som en källa för paket, möjligen i kombination med en spegelserver. Den andra metoden är den mer vanliga." +msgid "" +"There are two installation methods possible when booting from USB stick. The " +"first is to install completely from the network. The second is to also copy " +"a CD image onto the USB stick and use that as a source for packages, " +"possibly in combination with a mirror. This second method is the more common." +msgstr "" +"Det finns två installationsmetoder möjliga för uppstart från USB-minnen. " +"Första är att installera helt från nätverket. Det andra är att även kopiera " +"en cd-avbildning till USB-minnet och använda den som en källa för paket, " +"möjligen i kombination med en spegelserver. Den andra metoden är den mer " +"vanliga." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:540 #, no-c-format -msgid "For the first installation method you'll need to download an installer image from the <filename>netboot</filename> directory (at the location mentioned in <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>) and use the <quote>flexible way</quote> explained below to copy the files to the USB stick." -msgstr "För den första installationsmetoden kommer du att behöva hämta ner en installationsavbildning från katalogen <filename>netboot</filename> (på adressen som angavs i <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>) och använda det <quote>flexibla sättet</quote> som beskrivs nedan för att kopiera filerna till USB-minnet." +msgid "" +"For the first installation method you'll need to download an installer image " +"from the <filename>netboot</filename> directory (at the location mentioned " +"in <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>) and use the <quote>flexible way</quote> " +"explained below to copy the files to the USB stick." +msgstr "" +"För den första installationsmetoden kommer du att behöva hämta ner en " +"installationsavbildning från katalogen <filename>netboot</filename> (på " +"adressen som angavs i <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>) och använda det " +"<quote>flexibla sättet</quote> som beskrivs nedan för att kopiera filerna " +"till USB-minnet." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:548 #, no-c-format -msgid "Installation images for the second installation method can be found in the <filename>hd-media</filename> directory and either the <quote>easy way</quote> or the <quote>flexible way</quote> can be used to copy the image to the USB stick. For this installation method you will also need to download a CD image. The installation image and the CD image must be based on the same release of &d-i;. If they do not match you are likely to get errors<footnote> <para> The error message that is most likely to be displayed is that no kernel modules can be found. This means that the version of the kernel module udebs included on the CD image is different from the version of the running kernel. </para> </footnote> during the installation." -msgstr "Installationsavbildningar för den andra installationsmetoden kan hittas i katalogen <filename>hd-media</filename> och antingen det <quote>enkla sättet</quote> eller det <quote>flexibla sättet</quote> kan användas för att kopiera avbildningen till USB-minnet. För denna installationsmetod kommer du även att behöva hämta ner en cd-avbildning. Installationsavbildningen och cd-avbildningen måste vara baserade på samma utgåva av &d-i;. Om de inte stämmer överens kommer du säkerligen få problem<footnote> <para> Felmeddelandet som antagligen kommer att visas är att inga kärnmoduler kan hittas. Detta betyder att versionen av udebs-kärnmoduler som inkluderats på cd-avbildningen är olika från versionen av den körande kärnan. </para> </footnote> under installationen." +msgid "" +"Installation images for the second installation method can be found in the " +"<filename>hd-media</filename> directory and either the <quote>easy way</" +"quote> or the <quote>flexible way</quote> can be used to copy the image to " +"the USB stick. For this installation method you will also need to download a " +"CD image. The installation image and the CD image must be based on the same " +"release of &d-i;. If they do not match you are likely to get " +"errors<footnote> <para> The error message that is most likely to be " +"displayed is that no kernel modules can be found. This means that the " +"version of the kernel module udebs included on the CD image is different " +"from the version of the running kernel. </para> </footnote> during the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Installationsavbildningar för den andra installationsmetoden kan hittas i " +"katalogen <filename>hd-media</filename> och antingen det <quote>enkla " +"sättet</quote> eller det <quote>flexibla sättet</quote> kan användas för att " +"kopiera avbildningen till USB-minnet. För denna installationsmetod kommer du " +"även att behöva hämta ner en cd-avbildning. Installationsavbildningen och cd-" +"avbildningen måste vara baserade på samma utgåva av &d-i;. Om de inte " +"stämmer överens kommer du säkerligen få problem<footnote> <para> " +"Felmeddelandet som antagligen kommer att visas är att inga kärnmoduler kan " +"hittas. Detta betyder att versionen av udebs-kärnmoduler som inkluderats på " +"cd-avbildningen är olika från versionen av den körande kärnan. </para> </" +"footnote> under installationen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:567 #, no-c-format -msgid "To prepare the USB stick, you will need a system where GNU/Linux is already running and where USB is supported. With current GNU/Linux systems the USB stick should be automatically recognized when you insert it. If it is not you should check that the usb-storage kernel module is loaded. When the USB stick is inserted, it will be mapped to a device named <filename>/dev/sdX</filename>, where the <quote>X</quote> is a letter in the range a-z. You should be able to see to which device the USB stick was mapped by running the command <command>dmesg</command> after inserting it. To write to your stick, you may have to turn off its write protection switch." -msgstr "För att förbereda USB-minnet behöver du ett system där GNU/Linux redan körs och där USB stöds. Med aktuella GNU/Linux-system ska USB-minnet automatiskt kännas igen när du ansluter det. Om det inte gör det bör du kontrollera att kärnmodulen usb-storage har lästs in. När USB-minnet är anslutet så kommer det att kopplas till en enhet med namnet <filename>/dev/sdX</filename>, där <quote>X</quote> är en bokstav i intervallet a-z. Du bör kunna se till vilken enhet som USB-minnet kopplades genom att köra kommandot <command>dmesg</command> efter minnet anslutits. För att skriva till ditt minne så måste du stänga av dess skrivskydd (om sådant finns)." +msgid "" +"To prepare the USB stick, you will need a system where GNU/Linux is already " +"running and where USB is supported. With current GNU/Linux systems the USB " +"stick should be automatically recognized when you insert it. If it is not " +"you should check that the usb-storage kernel module is loaded. When the USB " +"stick is inserted, it will be mapped to a device named <filename>/dev/sdX</" +"filename>, where the <quote>X</quote> is a letter in the range a-z. You " +"should be able to see to which device the USB stick was mapped by running " +"the command <command>dmesg</command> after inserting it. To write to your " +"stick, you may have to turn off its write protection switch." +msgstr "" +"För att förbereda USB-minnet behöver du ett system där GNU/Linux redan körs " +"och där USB stöds. Med aktuella GNU/Linux-system ska USB-minnet automatiskt " +"kännas igen när du ansluter det. Om det inte gör det bör du kontrollera att " +"kärnmodulen usb-storage har lästs in. När USB-minnet är anslutet så kommer " +"det att kopplas till en enhet med namnet <filename>/dev/sdX</filename>, där " +"<quote>X</quote> är en bokstav i intervallet a-z. Du bör kunna se till " +"vilken enhet som USB-minnet kopplades genom att köra kommandot " +"<command>dmesg</command> efter minnet anslutits. För att skriva till ditt " +"minne så måste du stänga av dess skrivskydd (om sådant finns)." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:581 #, no-c-format -msgid "The procedures described in this section will destroy anything already on the device! Make very sure that you use the correct device name for your USB stick. If you use the wrong device the result could be that all information on for example a hard disk could be lost." -msgstr "Procedurerna som beskrivs i detta avsnitt kommer att förstöra allt som redan finns på enheten! Försäkra dig om att du använder det korrekta enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne. Om du använder fel enhet kommer resultatet bli att all information går förlorad på till exempel en hårddisk." +msgid "" +"The procedures described in this section will destroy anything already on " +"the device! Make very sure that you use the correct device name for your USB " +"stick. If you use the wrong device the result could be that all information " +"on for example a hard disk could be lost." +msgstr "" +"Procedurerna som beskrivs i detta avsnitt kommer att förstöra allt som redan " +"finns på enheten! Försäkra dig om att du använder det korrekta enhetsnamnet " +"för ditt USB-minne. Om du använder fel enhet kommer resultatet bli att all " +"information går förlorad på till exempel en hårddisk." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:589 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the USB stick should be at least 256 MB in size (smaller setups are possible if you follow <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." -msgstr "Observera att USB-minnet bör vara minst 256 MB stort (mindre installationer är möjliga om du följer <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." +msgid "" +"Note that the USB stick should be at least 256 MB in size (smaller setups " +"are possible if you follow <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"Observera att USB-minnet bör vara minst 256 MB stort (mindre installationer " +"är möjliga om du följer <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:597 @@ -426,20 +868,47 @@ msgstr "Kopiera filerna — det enkla sättet" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:598 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which contains all the installer files (including the kernel) <phrase arch=\"x86\">as well as <classname>syslinux</classname> and its configuration file.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">as well as <classname>yaboot</classname> and its configuration file.</phrase>" -msgstr "Det finns en allt-i-ett-fil kallad <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> som innehåller alla installationsprogrammets filer (inklusive kärnan) <phrase arch=\"x86\">såväl som <classname>syslinux</classname> och dess konfigurationsfil.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">såväl som <command>yaboot</command> och dess konfigurationsfil.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which " +"contains all the installer files (including the kernel) <phrase arch=\"x86" +"\">as well as <classname>syslinux</classname> and its configuration file.</" +"phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">as well as <classname>yaboot</classname> " +"and its configuration file.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Det finns en allt-i-ett-fil kallad <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> " +"som innehåller alla installationsprogrammets filer (inklusive kärnan) " +"<phrase arch=\"x86\">såväl som <classname>syslinux</classname> och dess " +"konfigurationsfil.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">såväl som " +"<command>yaboot</command> och dess konfigurationsfil.</phrase>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:607 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that, although convenient, this method does have one major disadvantage: the logical size of the device will be limited to 256 MB, even if the capacity of the USB stick is larger. You will need to repartition the USB stick and create new file systems to get its full capacity back if you ever want to use it for some different purpose. A second disadvantage is that you cannot copy a full CD image onto the USB stick, but only the smaller businesscard or netinst CD images." -msgstr "Observera att, även om det är bekvämt, denna metod har en stor nackdel: den logiska storleken för enheten kommer att vara begränsad till 256 MB, även om kapaciteten för USB-minnet är större. Du kommer att behöva partitionera om USB-minnet och skapa nya filsystem för att få dess fullständiga kapacitet tillbaka om du någon gång vill använda det för andra ändamål. En andra nackdel är att du inte kan kopiera en fullständig cd-avbildning till USB-minnet utan endast de mindre cd-avbildningarna för visitkortsavbildning eller nätinstallation." +msgid "" +"Note that, although convenient, this method does have one major " +"disadvantage: the logical size of the device will be limited to 256 MB, even " +"if the capacity of the USB stick is larger. You will need to repartition the " +"USB stick and create new file systems to get its full capacity back if you " +"ever want to use it for some different purpose. A second disadvantage is " +"that you cannot copy a full CD image onto the USB stick, but only the " +"smaller businesscard or netinst CD images." +msgstr "" +"Observera att, även om det är bekvämt, denna metod har en stor nackdel: den " +"logiska storleken för enheten kommer att vara begränsad till 256 MB, även om " +"kapaciteten för USB-minnet är större. Du kommer att behöva partitionera om " +"USB-minnet och skapa nya filsystem för att få dess fullständiga kapacitet " +"tillbaka om du någon gång vill använda det för andra ändamål. En andra " +"nackdel är att du inte kan kopiera en fullständig cd-avbildning till USB-" +"minnet utan endast de mindre cd-avbildningarna för visitkortsavbildning " +"eller nätinstallation." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:617 #, no-c-format msgid "To use this image simply extract it directly to your USB stick:" -msgstr "För att använda denna avbildning så behöver du bara extrahera den direkt till ditt USB-minne:" +msgstr "" +"För att använda denna avbildning så behöver du bara extrahera den direkt " +"till ditt USB-minne:" #. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:621 @@ -450,8 +919,14 @@ msgstr "# zcat boot.img.gz > /dev/<replaceable>sdX</replaceable>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:623 #, no-c-format -msgid "Create a partition of type \"Apple_Bootstrap\" on your USB stick using <command>mac-fdisk</command>'s <userinput>C</userinput> command and extract the image directly to that:" -msgstr "Skapa en partition av typen \"Apple_Bootstrap\" på ditt USB-minne med kommandot <userinput>C</userinput> i <command>mac-fdisk</command> och extrahera avbildningen direkt till den:" +msgid "" +"Create a partition of type \"Apple_Bootstrap\" on your USB stick using " +"<command>mac-fdisk</command>'s <userinput>C</userinput> command and extract " +"the image directly to that:" +msgstr "" +"Skapa en partition av typen \"Apple_Bootstrap\" på ditt USB-minne med " +"kommandot <userinput>C</userinput> i <command>mac-fdisk</command> och " +"extrahera avbildningen direkt till den:" #. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:629 @@ -462,8 +937,24 @@ msgstr "# zcat boot.img.gz > /dev/<replaceable>sdX2</replaceable>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:631 #, no-c-format -msgid "After that, mount the USB memory stick <phrase arch=\"x86\">(<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>),</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">(<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX2</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>),</phrase> which will now have <phrase arch=\"x86\">a FAT filesystem</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">an HFS filesystem</phrase> on it, and copy a Debian netinst or businesscard ISO image to it. Unmount the stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) and you are done." -msgstr "Efter det, montera USB-minnet <phrase arch=\"x86\">(<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>),</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">(<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX2</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>),</phrase> som nu har <phrase arch=\"x86\">ett FAT-filsystem</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">ett HFS-filsystem</phrase> på sig, och kopiera en av Debians nätinstallation- eller visitkortsavbildningar till det. Avmontera minnet (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) och du är nu färdig." +msgid "" +"After that, mount the USB memory stick <phrase arch=\"x86\">" +"(<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>),</" +"phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">(<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX2</" +"replaceable> /mnt</userinput>),</phrase> which will now have <phrase arch=" +"\"x86\">a FAT filesystem</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">an HFS " +"filesystem</phrase> on it, and copy a Debian netinst or businesscard ISO " +"image to it. Unmount the stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) and you " +"are done." +msgstr "" +"Efter det, montera USB-minnet <phrase arch=\"x86\">(<userinput>mount /dev/" +"<replaceable>sdX</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>),</phrase> <phrase arch=" +"\"powerpc\">(<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX2</replaceable> /mnt</" +"userinput>),</phrase> som nu har <phrase arch=\"x86\">ett FAT-filsystem</" +"phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">ett HFS-filsystem</phrase> på sig, och " +"kopiera en av Debians nätinstallation- eller visitkortsavbildningar till " +"det. Avmontera minnet (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) och du är nu " +"färdig." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:648 @@ -474,12 +965,21 @@ msgstr "Kopiera filerna — det flexibla sättet" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:649 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you like more flexibility or just want to know what's going on, you should use the following method to put the files on your stick. One advantage of using this method is that — if the capacity of your USB stick is large enough — you have the option of copying a full CD ISO image to it." -msgstr "Om du vill ha mer flexibilitet eller bara vill veta vad som händer så bör du använda följande metod att lägga in filerna på ditt minne. En fördel av att använda denna metod är att — om kapaciteten för ditt USB-minne är tillräckligt stort — du har alternativet att kopiera en fullständig cd-avbildning till det." +msgid "" +"If you like more flexibility or just want to know what's going on, you " +"should use the following method to put the files on your stick. One " +"advantage of using this method is that — if the capacity of your USB " +"stick is large enough — you have the option of copying a full CD ISO " +"image to it." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill ha mer flexibilitet eller bara vill veta vad som händer så bör du " +"använda följande metod att lägga in filerna på ditt minne. En fördel av att " +"använda denna metod är att — om kapaciteten för ditt USB-minne är " +"tillräckligt stort — du har alternativet att kopiera en fullständig cd-" +"avbildning till det." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:664 -#: install-methods.xml:776 +#: install-methods.xml:664 install-methods.xml:776 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning the USB stick" msgstr "Partitionera USB-minnet" @@ -487,42 +987,86 @@ msgstr "Partitionera USB-minnet" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:665 #, no-c-format -msgid "We will show how to set up the memory stick to use the first partition, instead of the entire device." -msgstr "Vi kommer nu att visa hur man ställer in USB-minnet att använda första partitionen, istället för hela enheten." +msgid "" +"We will show how to set up the memory stick to use the first partition, " +"instead of the entire device." +msgstr "" +"Vi kommer nu att visa hur man ställer in USB-minnet att använda första " +"partitionen, istället för hela enheten." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:670 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Since most USB sticks come pre-configured with a single FAT16 partition, you probably won't have to repartition or reformat the stick. If you have to do that anyway, use <command>cfdisk</command> or any other partitioning tool to create a FAT16 partition<footnote> <para> Don't forget to set the <quote>bootable</quote> bootable flag. </para> </footnote>, and then create the filesystem using: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Since most USB sticks come pre-configured with a single FAT16 partition, you " +"probably won't have to repartition or reformat the stick. If you have to do " +"that anyway, use <command>cfdisk</command> or any other partitioning tool to " +"create a FAT16 partition<footnote> <para> Don't forget to set the " +"<quote>bootable</quote> bootable flag. </para> </footnote>, and then create " +"the filesystem using: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdosfs /dev/<replaceable>sdX1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name for your USB stick. The <command>mkdosfs</command> command is contained in the <classname>dosfstools</classname> Debian package." +"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name " +"for your USB stick. The <command>mkdosfs</command> command is contained in " +"the <classname>dosfstools</classname> Debian package." msgstr "" -"Eftersom de flesta USB-minnen kommer förkonfigurerade med en enda FAT16-partition så behöver du antagligen inte partitionera eller formatera om minnet. Om du måste göra det ändå så använd <command>cfdisk</command> eller något annat partitioneringsverktyg för att skapa en FAT16-partition<footnote> <para> Glöm inte att ställa in uppstartsflaggan <quote>bootable</quote>. </para> </footnote>, och skapa sedan filsystemet med: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Eftersom de flesta USB-minnen kommer förkonfigurerade med en enda FAT16-" +"partition så behöver du antagligen inte partitionera eller formatera om " +"minnet. Om du måste göra det ändå så använd <command>cfdisk</command> eller " +"något annat partitioneringsverktyg för att skapa en FAT16-" +"partition<footnote> <para> Glöm inte att ställa in uppstartsflaggan " +"<quote>bootable</quote>. </para> </footnote>, och skapa sedan filsystemet " +"med: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdosfs /dev/<replaceable>sdX1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Försäkra dig om att du använder det korrekta enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne. Kommandot <command>mkdosfs</command> finns i Debian-paketet <classname>dosfstools</classname>." +"</screen></informalexample> Försäkra dig om att du använder det korrekta " +"enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne. Kommandot <command>mkdosfs</command> finns " +"i Debian-paketet <classname>dosfstools</classname>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:689 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a boot loader on the stick. Although any boot loader (e.g. <classname>lilo</classname>) should work, it's convenient to use <classname>syslinux</classname>, since it uses a FAT16 partition and can be reconfigured by just editing a text file. Any operating system which supports the FAT file system can be used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." -msgstr "För att kunna starta kärnan efter uppstart från USB-minnet så lägger vi på en starthanterare på minnet. Även om valfri starthanterare (exempelvis <command>lilo</command>) bör fungera så är det bekvämt att använda <command>syslinux</command>, eftersom den använder en FAT16-partition och kan konfigureras om genom att redigera en textfil. Alla operativsystem som har stöd för FAT-filsystemet kan användas för att göra ändringar i konfigurationen av starthanteraren." +msgid "" +"In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a " +"boot loader on the stick. Although any boot loader (e.g. <classname>lilo</" +"classname>) should work, it's convenient to use <classname>syslinux</" +"classname>, since it uses a FAT16 partition and can be reconfigured by just " +"editing a text file. Any operating system which supports the FAT file system " +"can be used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." +msgstr "" +"För att kunna starta kärnan efter uppstart från USB-minnet så lägger vi på " +"en starthanterare på minnet. Även om valfri starthanterare (exempelvis " +"<command>lilo</command>) bör fungera så är det bekvämt att använda " +"<command>syslinux</command>, eftersom den använder en FAT16-partition och " +"kan konfigureras om genom att redigera en textfil. Alla operativsystem som " +"har stöd för FAT-filsystemet kan användas för att göra ändringar i " +"konfigurationen av starthanteraren." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:699 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To put <classname>syslinux</classname> on the FAT16 partition on your USB stick, install the <classname>syslinux</classname> and <classname>mtools</classname> packages on your system, and do: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To put <classname>syslinux</classname> on the FAT16 partition on your USB " +"stick, install the <classname>syslinux</classname> and <classname>mtools</" +"classname> packages on your system, and do: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# syslinux /dev/<replaceable>sdX1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device name. The partition must not be mounted when starting <command>syslinux</command>. This procedure writes a boot sector to the partition and creates the file <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> which contains the boot loader code." +"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device " +"name. The partition must not be mounted when starting <command>syslinux</" +"command>. This procedure writes a boot sector to the partition and creates " +"the file <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> which contains the boot loader " +"code." msgstr "" -"För att lägga <command>syslinux</command> på FAT16-partitionen på ditt USB-minne, installera paketen <classname>syslinux</classname> och <classname>mtools</classname> på ditt system och kör: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att lägga <command>syslinux</command> på FAT16-partitionen på ditt USB-" +"minne, installera paketen <classname>syslinux</classname> och " +"<classname>mtools</classname> på ditt system och kör: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# syslinux /dev/<replaceable>sdX1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Än en gång, se till att du använder det korrekta enhetsnamnet. Partitionen får inte vara monterad när <command>syslinux</command> startas. Den här proceduren skriver en startsektor till partitionen och skapar filen <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> som innehåller starthanterarens programkod." +"</screen></informalexample> Än en gång, se till att du använder det korrekta " +"enhetsnamnet. Partitionen får inte vara monterad när <command>syslinux</" +"command> startas. Den här proceduren skriver en startsektor till partitionen " +"och skapar filen <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> som innehåller " +"starthanterarens programkod." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:716 -#: install-methods.xml:823 +#: install-methods.xml:716 install-methods.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "Adding the installer image" msgstr "Lägg till installationsavbildningen" @@ -530,72 +1074,166 @@ msgstr "Lägg till installationsavbildningen" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:717 #, no-c-format -msgid "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX1</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>) and copy the following installer image files to the stick: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> or <filename>linux</filename> (kernel binary) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk image) </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> You can choose between either the regular version or the graphical version of the installer. The latter can be found in the <filename>gtk</filename> subdirectory. If you want to rename the files, please note that <classname>syslinux</classname> can only process DOS (8.3) file names." -msgstr "Montera partitionen (<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX1</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>) och kopiera följande installationsavbildningsfiler till minnet: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> eller <filename>linux</filename> (kärnbinärfil) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdiskavbildning) </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Du kan välja mellan antingen den vanliga versionen eller den grafiska versionen av installationsprogrammet. Den senare kan hittas i underkatalogen <filename>gtk</filename>. Om du vill byta namn på filerna så tänk på att <classname>syslinux</classname> endast kan behandla DOS-filnamn (8.3 tecken)." +msgid "" +"Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX1</replaceable> /" +"mnt</userinput>) and copy the following installer image files to the stick: " +"<itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> or " +"<filename>linux</filename> (kernel binary) </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk image) </" +"para></listitem> </itemizedlist> You can choose between either the regular " +"version or the graphical version of the installer. The latter can be found " +"in the <filename>gtk</filename> subdirectory. If you want to rename the " +"files, please note that <classname>syslinux</classname> can only process DOS " +"(8.3) file names." +msgstr "" +"Montera partitionen (<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX1</replaceable> /" +"mnt</userinput>) och kopiera följande installationsavbildningsfiler till " +"minnet: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> eller " +"<filename>linux</filename> (kärnbinärfil) </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdiskavbildning) " +"</para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Du kan välja mellan antingen den vanliga " +"versionen eller den grafiska versionen av installationsprogrammet. Den " +"senare kan hittas i underkatalogen <filename>gtk</filename>. Om du vill byta " +"namn på filerna så tänk på att <classname>syslinux</classname> endast kan " +"behandla DOS-filnamn (8.3 tecken)." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:741 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Next you should create a <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> configuration file, which at a bare minimum should contain the following two lines (change the name of the kernel binary to <quote><filename>linux</filename></quote> if you used a <filename>netboot</filename> image): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Next you should create a <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> configuration " +"file, which at a bare minimum should contain the following two lines (change " +"the name of the kernel binary to <quote><filename>linux</filename></quote> " +"if you used a <filename>netboot</filename> image): " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "default vmlinuz\n" "append initrd=initrd.gz\n" -"</screen></informalexample> For the graphical installer you should add <userinput>video=vesa:ywrap,mtrr vga=788</userinput> to the second line." +"</screen></informalexample> For the graphical installer you should add " +"<userinput>video=vesa:ywrap,mtrr vga=788</userinput> to the second line." msgstr "" -"Härnäst ska du skapa konfigurationsfilen <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>, som minimum bör innehålla följande två rader (ändra namnet på kärnbinärfilen till <quote><filename>linux</filename></quote> om du använder en <filename>netboot</filename>-avbildning): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Härnäst ska du skapa konfigurationsfilen <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>, " +"som minimum bör innehålla följande två rader (ändra namnet på kärnbinärfilen " +"till <quote><filename>linux</filename></quote> om du använder en " +"<filename>netboot</filename>-avbildning): <informalexample><screen>\n" "default vmlinuz\n" "append initrd=initrd.gz\n" -"</screen></informalexample> För det grafiska installationsprogrammet så bör du lägga till <userinput>video=vesa:ywrap,mtrr vga=788</userinput> på den andra raden." +"</screen></informalexample> För det grafiska installationsprogrammet så bör " +"du lägga till <userinput>video=vesa:ywrap,mtrr vga=788</userinput> på den " +"andra raden." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:753 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you used an <filename>hd-media</filename> image, you should now copy a Debian ISO image<footnote> <para> You can use either a businesscard, a netinst or a full CD image (see <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>). Be sure to select one that fits. Note that the <quote>netboot <filename>mini.iso</filename></quote> image is not usable for this purpose. </para> </footnote> onto the stick. When you are done, unmount the USB memory stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>)." -msgstr "Om du använde en <filename>hd-media</filename>-avbildning så bör du nu kopiera en Debian ISO-avbildning<footnote> <para> Du kan använda antingen en visitkortsavbildning, en nätinstallation eller en fullständig cd-avbildning (see <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>). Försäkra dig om att välja en som passar. Observera att <quote>netboot <filename>mini.iso</filename></quote>-avbildningen inte är lämplig för detta ändamål. </para> </footnote> till minnet. När du är färdig så kan du avmontera USB-minnet (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>)." +msgid "" +"If you used an <filename>hd-media</filename> image, you should now copy a " +"Debian ISO image<footnote> <para> You can use either a businesscard, a " +"netinst or a full CD image (see <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>). Be sure " +"to select one that fits. Note that the <quote>netboot <filename>mini.iso</" +"filename></quote> image is not usable for this purpose. </para> </footnote> " +"onto the stick. When you are done, unmount the USB memory stick " +"(<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>)." +msgstr "" +"Om du använde en <filename>hd-media</filename>-avbildning så bör du nu " +"kopiera en Debian ISO-avbildning<footnote> <para> Du kan använda antingen en " +"visitkortsavbildning, en nätinstallation eller en fullständig cd-avbildning " +"(see <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>). Försäkra dig om att välja en som " +"passar. Observera att <quote>netboot <filename>mini.iso</filename></quote>-" +"avbildningen inte är lämplig för detta ändamål. </para> </footnote> till " +"minnet. När du är färdig så kan du avmontera USB-minnet (<userinput>umount /" +"mnt</userinput>)." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:777 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Most USB sticks do not come pre-configured in such a way that Open Firmware can boot from them, so you will need to repartition the stick. On Mac systems, run <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/<replaceable>sdX</replaceable></userinput>, initialise a new partition map using the <userinput>i</userinput> command, and create a new partition of type Apple_Bootstrap using the <userinput>C</userinput> command. (Note that the first \"partition\" will always be the partition map itself.) Then type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Most USB sticks do not come pre-configured in such a way that Open Firmware " +"can boot from them, so you will need to repartition the stick. On Mac " +"systems, run <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/<replaceable>sdX</replaceable></" +"userinput>, initialise a new partition map using the <userinput>i</" +"userinput> command, and create a new partition of type Apple_Bootstrap using " +"the <userinput>C</userinput> command. (Note that the first \"partition\" " +"will always be the partition map itself.) Then type " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "$ hformat /dev/<replaceable>sdX2</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name for your USB stick. The <command>hformat</command> command is contained in the <classname>hfsutils</classname> Debian package." +"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name " +"for your USB stick. The <command>hformat</command> command is contained in " +"the <classname>hfsutils</classname> Debian package." msgstr "" -"De flesta USB-minnen kommer inte förkonfigurerade på det sätt att Open Firmware kan starta upp från dem, så därför behöver du partitionera om minnet. På Mac-system, kör <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/<replaceable>sdX</replaceable></userinput>, initiera en ny partitionskarta med kommandot <userinput>i</userinput>, och skapa en ny partition av typen Apple_Bootstrap med kommandot <userinput>C</userinput>. (Observera att den första \"partitionen\" alltid kommer att vara själva partitionskartan.) Ange sedan <informalexample><screen>\n" +"De flesta USB-minnen kommer inte förkonfigurerade på det sätt att Open " +"Firmware kan starta upp från dem, så därför behöver du partitionera om " +"minnet. På Mac-system, kör <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/<replaceable>sdX</" +"replaceable></userinput>, initiera en ny partitionskarta med kommandot " +"<userinput>i</userinput>, och skapa en ny partition av typen Apple_Bootstrap " +"med kommandot <userinput>C</userinput>. (Observera att den första " +"\"partitionen\" alltid kommer att vara själva partitionskartan.) Ange sedan " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "$ hformat /dev/<replaceable>sdX2</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Försäkra dig om att du använder det korrekta enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne. Kommandot <command>hformat</command> finns i Debian-paketet <classname>hfsutils</classname>." +"</screen></informalexample> Försäkra dig om att du använder det korrekta " +"enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne. Kommandot <command>hformat</command> finns " +"i Debian-paketet <classname>hfsutils</classname>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:794 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a boot loader on the stick. The <command>yaboot</command> boot loader can be installed on an HFS filesystem and can be reconfigured by just editing a text file. Any operating system which supports the HFS file system can be used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." -msgstr "För att starta kärnan efter uppstart från USB-minnet, lägger vi en starthanterare på minnet. Starthanteraren <command>yaboot</command> kan installeras på ett HFS-filsystem och kan omkonfigureras genom att redigera en textfil. Alla operativsystem som har stöd för HFS-filsystem kan användas för att göra ändringar i konfigurationen för starthanteraren." +msgid "" +"In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a " +"boot loader on the stick. The <command>yaboot</command> boot loader can be " +"installed on an HFS filesystem and can be reconfigured by just editing a " +"text file. Any operating system which supports the HFS file system can be " +"used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." +msgstr "" +"För att starta kärnan efter uppstart från USB-minnet, lägger vi en " +"starthanterare på minnet. Starthanteraren <command>yaboot</command> kan " +"installeras på ett HFS-filsystem och kan omkonfigureras genom att redigera " +"en textfil. Alla operativsystem som har stöd för HFS-filsystem kan användas " +"för att göra ändringar i konfigurationen för starthanteraren." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The normal <command>ybin</command> tool that comes with <command>yaboot</command> does not yet understand USB storage devices, so you will have to install <command>yaboot</command> by hand using the <classname>hfsutils</classname> tools. Type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The normal <command>ybin</command> tool that comes with <command>yaboot</" +"command> does not yet understand USB storage devices, so you will have to " +"install <command>yaboot</command> by hand using the <classname>hfsutils</" +"classname> tools. Type <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ hmount /dev/<replaceable>sdX2</replaceable>\n" "$ hcopy -r /usr/lib/yaboot/yaboot :\n" "$ hattrib -c UNIX -t tbxi :yaboot\n" "$ hattrib -b :\n" "$ humount\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device name. The partition must not be otherwise mounted during this procedure. This procedure writes the boot loader to the partition, and uses the HFS utilities to mark it in such a way that Open Firmware will boot it. Having done this, the rest of the USB stick may be prepared using the normal Unix utilities." +"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device " +"name. The partition must not be otherwise mounted during this procedure. " +"This procedure writes the boot loader to the partition, and uses the HFS " +"utilities to mark it in such a way that Open Firmware will boot it. Having " +"done this, the rest of the USB stick may be prepared using the normal Unix " +"utilities." msgstr "" -"Det normala verktyget <command>ybin</command> som kommer med <command>yaboot</command> förstår ännu inte USB-lagringsenheter, så du måste installera <command>yaboot</command> för hand genom att använda verktygen från <classname>hfsutils</classname>. Ange <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Det normala verktyget <command>ybin</command> som kommer med " +"<command>yaboot</command> förstår ännu inte USB-lagringsenheter, så du måste " +"installera <command>yaboot</command> för hand genom att använda verktygen " +"från <classname>hfsutils</classname>. Ange <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ hmount /dev/<replaceable>sdX2</replaceable>\n" "$ hcopy -r /usr/lib/yaboot/yaboot :\n" "$ hattrib -c UNIX -t tbxi :yaboot\n" "$ hattrib -b :\n" "$ humount\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Än en gång, se till att du använder det korrekta enhetsnamnet. Partitionen får inte vara monterad under den här proceduren. Den här proceduren skriver starthanteraren till partitionen och använder HFS-verktygen för att markera den på sådant sätt att Open Firmware kan starta upp på den. Genom att göra det här kan resten av USB-minnet förberedas med de vanliga Unix-verktygen." +"</screen></informalexample> Än en gång, se till att du använder det korrekta " +"enhetsnamnet. Partitionen får inte vara monterad under den här proceduren. " +"Den här proceduren skriver starthanteraren till partitionen och använder HFS-" +"verktygen för att markera den på sådant sätt att Open Firmware kan starta " +"upp på den. Genom att göra det här kan resten av USB-minnet förberedas med " +"de vanliga Unix-verktygen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:824 #, no-c-format -msgid "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX2</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>) and copy the following installer image files to the stick:" -msgstr "Montera partitionen (<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX2</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>) och kopiera följande installationsavbildningsfiler till minnet:" +msgid "" +"Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX2</replaceable> /" +"mnt</userinput>) and copy the following installer image files to the stick:" +msgstr "" +"Montera partitionen (<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX2</replaceable> /" +"mnt</userinput>) och kopiera följande installationsavbildningsfiler till " +"minnet:" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:831 @@ -625,7 +1263,8 @@ msgstr "<filename>boot.msg</filename> (valfritt uppstartsmeddelande)" #: install-methods.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> configuration file should contain the following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> configuration file should contain the " +"following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" "default=install\n" "root=/dev/ram\n" "\n" @@ -636,9 +1275,12 @@ msgid "" " initrd=/initrd.gz\n" " initrd-size=10000\n" " read-only\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>initrd-size</userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you are booting." +"</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>initrd-size</" +"userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you " +"are booting." msgstr "" -"Konfigurationsfilen <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> bör innehålla följande rader: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Konfigurationsfilen <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> bör innehålla följande " +"rader: <informalexample><screen>\n" "default=install\n" "root=/dev/ram\n" "\n" @@ -649,13 +1291,23 @@ msgstr "" " initrd=/initrd.gz\n" " initrd-size=10000\n" " read-only\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Observera att parametern <userinput>initrd-size</userinput> kan behöva ökas, beroende på avbildningen du startar upp." +"</screen></informalexample> Observera att parametern <userinput>initrd-size</" +"userinput> kan behöva ökas, beroende på avbildningen du startar upp." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:863 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you used an <filename>hd-media</filename> image, you should now copy a Debian ISO image (businesscard, netinst or full CD image; be sure to select one that fits) onto the stick. When you are done, unmount the USB memory stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>)." -msgstr "Om du använda en <filename>hd-media</filename>-avbildning så bör du nu kopiera en Debian ISO-avbildning (visitkortsavbildning, nätinstallation eller fullständig cd-avbildning; försäkra dig om att välja en som passar) till minnet. När du är färdig kan du avmontera USB-minnet (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>)." +msgid "" +"If you used an <filename>hd-media</filename> image, you should now copy a " +"Debian ISO image (businesscard, netinst or full CD image; be sure to select " +"one that fits) onto the stick. When you are done, unmount the USB memory " +"stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>)." +msgstr "" +"Om du använda en <filename>hd-media</filename>-avbildning så bör du nu " +"kopiera en Debian ISO-avbildning (visitkortsavbildning, nätinstallation " +"eller fullständig cd-avbildning; försäkra dig om att välja en som passar) " +"till minnet. När du är färdig kan du avmontera USB-minnet " +"(<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>)." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:878 @@ -666,8 +1318,15 @@ msgstr "Starta upp på USB-minne" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:879 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your system refuses to boot from the memory stick, the stick may contain an invalid master boot record (MBR). To fix this, use the <command>install-mbr</command> command from the package <classname>mbr</classname>:" -msgstr "Om ditt system vägrar att starta upp från minnet kanske det beror på att minnet innehåller en ogiltig huvudstartsektor (MBR). För att rätta till det, använd kommandot <command>install-mbr</command> från paketet <classname>mbr</classname>:" +msgid "" +"If your system refuses to boot from the memory stick, the stick may contain " +"an invalid master boot record (MBR). To fix this, use the <command>install-" +"mbr</command> command from the package <classname>mbr</classname>:" +msgstr "" +"Om ditt system vägrar att starta upp från minnet kanske det beror på att " +"minnet innehåller en ogiltig huvudstartsektor (MBR). För att rätta till det, " +"använd kommandot <command>install-mbr</command> från paketet <classname>mbr</" +"classname>:" #. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:886 @@ -684,56 +1343,112 @@ msgstr "Förbereda filer för uppstart med hårddisk" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:898 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer may be booted using boot files placed on an existing hard drive partition, either launched from another operating system or by invoking a boot loader directly from the BIOS." -msgstr "Installationsprogrammet kan startas upp med uppstartsfiler placerade på en befintlig hårddiskpartition, antingen startade från ett annat operativsystem eller genom att kalla upp en starthanterare direkt från BIOS." +msgid "" +"The installer may be booted using boot files placed on an existing hard " +"drive partition, either launched from another operating system or by " +"invoking a boot loader directly from the BIOS." +msgstr "" +"Installationsprogrammet kan startas upp med uppstartsfiler placerade på en " +"befintlig hårddiskpartition, antingen startade från ett annat operativsystem " +"eller genom att kalla upp en starthanterare direkt från BIOS." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:904 #, no-c-format -msgid "A full, <quote>pure network</quote> installation can be achieved using this technique. This avoids all hassles of removable media, like finding and burning CD images or struggling with too numerous and unreliable floppy disks." -msgstr "En full installation, <quote>helt över nätverket</quote> kan göras med den här tekniken. Det här förhindrar problem med flyttbar media, hitta och bränna cd-avbildningar eller kämpa med för många och ej tillförlitliga disketter." +msgid "" +"A full, <quote>pure network</quote> installation can be achieved using this " +"technique. This avoids all hassles of removable media, like finding and " +"burning CD images or struggling with too numerous and unreliable floppy " +"disks." +msgstr "" +"En full installation, <quote>helt över nätverket</quote> kan göras med den " +"här tekniken. Det här förhindrar problem med flyttbar media, hitta och " +"bränna cd-avbildningar eller kämpa med för många och ej tillförlitliga " +"disketter." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:911 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer cannot boot from files on an NTFS file system." -msgstr "Installationsprogrammet kan inte starta upp från filer på ett NTFS-filsystem." +msgstr "" +"Installationsprogrammet kan inte starta upp från filer på ett NTFS-filsystem." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:915 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer cannot boot from files on an HFS+ file system. MacOS System 8.1 and above may use HFS+ file systems; NewWorld PowerMacs all use HFS+. To determine whether your existing file system is HFS+, select <userinput>Get Info</userinput> for the volume in question. HFS file systems appear as <userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, while HFS+ file systems say <userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. You must have an HFS partition in order to exchange files between MacOS and Linux, in particular the installation files you download." -msgstr "Installationsprogrammet kan inte starta upp från filer på ett filsystem av typen HFS+. MacOS System 8.1 och senare kan använda HFS+ filsystem; alla NewWorld PowerMacs använder HFS+. För att fastställa om ditt befintliga filsystem är HFS+, välj <userinput>Get Info</userinput> för volymen i fråga. HFS-filsystem syns som <userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, medans HFS+-filsystem anges som <userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. Du måste ha en HFS-partition för att utväxla filer mellan MacOS och Linux, speciellt installationsfilerna du hämtade." +msgid "" +"The installer cannot boot from files on an HFS+ file system. MacOS System " +"8.1 and above may use HFS+ file systems; NewWorld PowerMacs all use HFS+. To " +"determine whether your existing file system is HFS+, select <userinput>Get " +"Info</userinput> for the volume in question. HFS file systems appear as " +"<userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, while HFS+ file systems say " +"<userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. You must have an HFS partition in " +"order to exchange files between MacOS and Linux, in particular the " +"installation files you download." +msgstr "" +"Installationsprogrammet kan inte starta upp från filer på ett filsystem av " +"typen HFS+. MacOS System 8.1 och senare kan använda HFS+ filsystem; alla " +"NewWorld PowerMacs använder HFS+. För att fastställa om ditt befintliga " +"filsystem är HFS+, välj <userinput>Get Info</userinput> för volymen i fråga. " +"HFS-filsystem syns som <userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, medans HFS+-" +"filsystem anges som <userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. Du måste ha en " +"HFS-partition för att utväxla filer mellan MacOS och Linux, speciellt " +"installationsfilerna du hämtade." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:926 #, no-c-format -msgid "Different programs are used for hard disk installation system booting, depending on whether the system is a <quote>NewWorld</quote> or an <quote>OldWorld</quote> model." -msgstr "Olika program används för att starta upp installationsystemet från hårddisk, beroende på om systemet är en <quote>NewWorld</quote>- eller en <quote>OldWorld</quote>-modell." +msgid "" +"Different programs are used for hard disk installation system booting, " +"depending on whether the system is a <quote>NewWorld</quote> or an " +"<quote>OldWorld</quote> model." +msgstr "" +"Olika program används för att starta upp installationsystemet från hårddisk, " +"beroende på om systemet är en <quote>NewWorld</quote>- eller en " +"<quote>OldWorld</quote>-modell." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:935 #, no-c-format -msgid "Hard disk installer booting using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" -msgstr "Starta upp hårddiskinstalleraren med <command>LILO</command> eller <command>GRUB</command>" +msgid "" +"Hard disk installer booting using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</" +"command>" +msgstr "" +"Starta upp hårddiskinstalleraren med <command>LILO</command> eller " +"<command>GRUB</command>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:937 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section explains how to add to or even replace an existing linux installation using either <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>." -msgstr "Det här avsnittet förklarar hur man lägger till eller ersätter en befintlig Linux-installation med antingen <command>LILO</command> eller <command>GRUB</command>." +msgid "" +"This section explains how to add to or even replace an existing linux " +"installation using either <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>." +msgstr "" +"Det här avsnittet förklarar hur man lägger till eller ersätter en befintlig " +"Linux-installation med antingen <command>LILO</command> eller <command>GRUB</" +"command>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:943 #, no-c-format -msgid "At boot time, both bootloaders support loading in memory not only the kernel, but also a disk image. This RAM disk can be used as the root file-system by the kernel." -msgstr "Vid uppstart har båda starthanterarna stöd för att läsa in en kärna och även en diskavbildning i minnet. Den här RAM-disken kan användas som rotfilsystem av kärnan." +msgid "" +"At boot time, both bootloaders support loading in memory not only the " +"kernel, but also a disk image. This RAM disk can be used as the root file-" +"system by the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Vid uppstart har båda starthanterarna stöd för att läsa in en kärna och även " +"en diskavbildning i minnet. Den här RAM-disken kan användas som rotfilsystem " +"av kärnan." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:949 #, no-c-format -msgid "Copy the following files from the Debian archives to a convenient location on your hard drive, for instance to <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." -msgstr "Kopiera följande filer från Debian-arkiven till en lämplig plats på din hårddisk, till exempel till <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." +msgid "" +"Copy the following files from the Debian archives to a convenient location " +"on your hard drive, for instance to <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Kopiera följande filer från Debian-arkiven till en lämplig plats på din " +"hårddisk, till exempel till <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:956 @@ -750,8 +1465,12 @@ msgstr "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (ramdiskavbildning)" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:968 #, no-c-format -msgid "Finally, to configure the bootloader proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/>." -msgstr "Till slut, för att konfigurera starthanteraren kan du fortsätta till <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/>." +msgid "" +"Finally, to configure the bootloader proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd" +"\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Till slut, för att konfigurera starthanteraren kan du fortsätta till <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:978 @@ -762,14 +1481,54 @@ msgstr "Uppstart av hårddiskinstallerare på OldWorld Mac" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:979 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> floppy uses <application>miBoot</application> to launch Linux installation, but <application>miBoot</application> cannot easily be used for hard disk booting. <application>BootX</application>, launched from MacOS, supports booting from files placed on the hard disk. <application>BootX</application> can also be used to dual-boot MacOS and Linux after your Debian installation is complete. For the Performa 6360, it appears that <command>quik</command> cannot make the hard disk bootable. So <application>BootX</application> is required on that model." -msgstr "Disketten <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> använder <application>miBoot</application> för att starta Linux-installationen, men <application>miBoot</application> kan inte på något enkelt sätt användas för att starta upp på hårddisk. <application>BootX</application>, startad från MacOS, har stöd för uppstart från filer placerade på hårddisk. <application>BootX</application> kan även användas för att både starta upp MacOS och Linux efter din Debian-installation är färdigställd. För Performa 6360, verkar det som <command>quik</command> inte kan göra hårddisken startbar. Så <application>BootX</application> krävs på den modellen." +msgid "" +"The <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> floppy uses <application>miBoot</" +"application> to launch Linux installation, but <application>miBoot</" +"application> cannot easily be used for hard disk booting. " +"<application>BootX</application>, launched from MacOS, supports booting from " +"files placed on the hard disk. <application>BootX</application> can also be " +"used to dual-boot MacOS and Linux after your Debian installation is " +"complete. For the Performa 6360, it appears that <command>quik</command> " +"cannot make the hard disk bootable. So <application>BootX</application> is " +"required on that model." +msgstr "" +"Disketten <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> använder <application>miBoot</" +"application> för att starta Linux-installationen, men <application>miBoot</" +"application> kan inte på något enkelt sätt användas för att starta upp på " +"hårddisk. <application>BootX</application>, startad från MacOS, har stöd för " +"uppstart från filer placerade på hårddisk. <application>BootX</application> " +"kan även användas för att både starta upp MacOS och Linux efter din Debian-" +"installation är färdigställd. För Performa 6360, verkar det som " +"<command>quik</command> inte kan göra hårddisken startbar. Så " +"<application>BootX</application> krävs på den modellen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:992 #, no-c-format -msgid "Download and unstuff the <application>BootX</application> distribution, available from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, or in the <filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> directory on Debian http/ftp mirrors and official Debian CDs. Use <application>Stuffit Expander</application> to extract it from its archive. Within the package, there is an empty folder called <filename>Linux Kernels</filename>. Download <filename>linux.bin</filename> and <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> from the <filename>disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> folder, and place them in the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder. Then place the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder in the active System Folder." -msgstr "Hämta och packa upp (unstuff) utgåvan <application>BootX</application>, tillgänglig från <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, eller i katalogen <filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> på Debians http/ftp-speglar och officiella Debian cd-skivor. Använd <application>Stuffit Expander</application> för att extrahera de från sitt arkiv. I paket, finns det en tom mapp som heter <filename>Linux Kernels</filename>. Hämta <filename>linux.bin</filename> och <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> från mappen <filename>disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename>, och placera dem i mappen <filename>Linux Kernels</filename>. Placera sedan mappen <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> i den aktiva Systemmappen." +msgid "" +"Download and unstuff the <application>BootX</application> distribution, " +"available from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, or in the " +"<filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> " +"directory on Debian http/ftp mirrors and official Debian CDs. Use " +"<application>Stuffit Expander</application> to extract it from its archive. " +"Within the package, there is an empty folder called <filename>Linux Kernels</" +"filename>. Download <filename>linux.bin</filename> and <filename>ramdisk." +"image.gz</filename> from the <filename>disks-powerpc/current/powermac</" +"filename> folder, and place them in the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> " +"folder. Then place the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder in the " +"active System Folder." +msgstr "" +"Hämta och packa upp (unstuff) utgåvan <application>BootX</application>, " +"tillgänglig från <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, eller i " +"katalogen <filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</" +"filename> på Debians http/ftp-speglar och officiella Debian cd-skivor. " +"Använd <application>Stuffit Expander</application> för att extrahera de från " +"sitt arkiv. I paket, finns det en tom mapp som heter <filename>Linux " +"Kernels</filename>. Hämta <filename>linux.bin</filename> och " +"<filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> från mappen <filename>disks-powerpc/" +"current/powermac</filename>, och placera dem i mappen <filename>Linux " +"Kernels</filename>. Placera sedan mappen <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> " +"i den aktiva Systemmappen." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1012 @@ -780,39 +1539,58 @@ msgstr "Uppstart av hårddiskinstallerare på NewWorld Mac" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1013 #, no-c-format -msgid "NewWorld PowerMacs support booting from a network or an ISO9660 CD-ROM, as well as loading ELF binaries directly from the hard disk. These machines will boot Linux directly via <command>yaboot</command>, which supports loading a kernel and RAMdisk directly from an ext2 partition, as well as dual-booting with MacOS. Hard disk booting of the installer is particularly appropriate for newer machines without floppy drives. <command>BootX</command> is not supported and must not be used on NewWorld PowerMacs." -msgstr "NewWorld PowerMac har stöd för att starta upp från ett nätverk eller från en ISO9660 cd-rom, såväl som läsa in ELF-binärer direkt från hårddisken. De här maskinerna kan starta upp Linux direkt via <command>yaboot</command>, som har stöd för att läsa in en kärna och ramdisk direkt från en ext2-partition, såväl som dela uppstartsläge med MacOS. Hårddiskuppstart för installationsprogrammet är speciellt lämplig för nyare maskiner utan diskettenheter. <command>BootX</command> stöds inte och får inte ses på NewWorld PowerMac." +msgid "" +"NewWorld PowerMacs support booting from a network or an ISO9660 CD-ROM, as " +"well as loading ELF binaries directly from the hard disk. These machines " +"will boot Linux directly via <command>yaboot</command>, which supports " +"loading a kernel and RAMdisk directly from an ext2 partition, as well as " +"dual-booting with MacOS. Hard disk booting of the installer is particularly " +"appropriate for newer machines without floppy drives. <command>BootX</" +"command> is not supported and must not be used on NewWorld PowerMacs." +msgstr "" +"NewWorld PowerMac har stöd för att starta upp från ett nätverk eller från en " +"ISO9660 cd-rom, såväl som läsa in ELF-binärer direkt från hårddisken. De här " +"maskinerna kan starta upp Linux direkt via <command>yaboot</command>, som " +"har stöd för att läsa in en kärna och ramdisk direkt från en ext2-partition, " +"såväl som dela uppstartsläge med MacOS. Hårddiskuppstart för " +"installationsprogrammet är speciellt lämplig för nyare maskiner utan " +"diskettenheter. <command>BootX</command> stöds inte och får inte ses på " +"NewWorld PowerMac." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1024 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>Copy</emphasis> (not move) the following four files which you downloaded earlier from the Debian archives, onto the root level of your hard drive (this can be accomplished by <keycap>option</keycap>-dragging each file to the hard drive icon)." -msgstr "<emphasis>Kopiera</emphasis> (inte flytta) följande fyra filer som du hämtade tidigare från Debian-arkiven, till rotnivån på din hårddisk (det här kan göras genom att hålla ner <keycap>Alt</keycap> och dra varje fil till hårddisksikonen)." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Copy</emphasis> (not move) the following four files which you " +"downloaded earlier from the Debian archives, onto the root level of your " +"hard drive (this can be accomplished by <keycap>option</keycap>-dragging " +"each file to the hard drive icon)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Kopiera</emphasis> (inte flytta) följande fyra filer som du " +"hämtade tidigare från Debian-arkiven, till rotnivån på din hårddisk (det här " +"kan göras genom att hålla ner <keycap>Alt</keycap> och dra varje fil till " +"hårddisksikonen)." #. Tag: filename -#: install-methods.xml:1034 -#: install-methods.xml:1372 +#: install-methods.xml:1034 install-methods.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinux" msgstr "vmlinux" #. Tag: filename -#: install-methods.xml:1039 -#: install-methods.xml:1377 +#: install-methods.xml:1039 install-methods.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.gz" msgstr "initrd.gz" #. Tag: filename -#: install-methods.xml:1044 -#: install-methods.xml:1382 +#: install-methods.xml:1044 install-methods.xml:1382 #, no-c-format msgid "yaboot" msgstr "yaboot" #. Tag: filename -#: install-methods.xml:1049 -#: install-methods.xml:1387 +#: install-methods.xml:1049 install-methods.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "yaboot.conf" msgstr "yaboot.conf" @@ -820,14 +1598,26 @@ msgstr "yaboot.conf" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1054 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make a note of the partition number of the MacOS partition where you place these files. If you have the MacOS <command>pdisk</command> program, you can use the <command>L</command> command to check for the partition number. You will need this partition number for the command you type at the Open Firmware prompt when you boot the installer." -msgstr "Gör en notering om partitionsnumret på MacOS-partitionen där du placerade de här filerna. Om du har MacOS-programmet <command>pdisk</command>, kan du använda <command>L</command>-kommandot för att leta efter partitionsnumret. Du behöver det här partitionsnumret för kommandot du anger vid Open Firmware-prompten när du startar upp installationsprogrammet." +msgid "" +"Make a note of the partition number of the MacOS partition where you place " +"these files. If you have the MacOS <command>pdisk</command> program, you can " +"use the <command>L</command> command to check for the partition number. You " +"will need this partition number for the command you type at the Open " +"Firmware prompt when you boot the installer." +msgstr "" +"Gör en notering om partitionsnumret på MacOS-partitionen där du placerade de " +"här filerna. Om du har MacOS-programmet <command>pdisk</command>, kan du " +"använda <command>L</command>-kommandot för att leta efter partitionsnumret. " +"Du behöver det här partitionsnumret för kommandot du anger vid Open Firmware-" +"prompten när du startar upp installationsprogrammet." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1062 #, no-c-format msgid "To boot the installer, proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/>." -msgstr "För att starta upp installationsprogrammet, fortsätt till <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/>." +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp installationsprogrammet, fortsätt till <xref linkend=" +"\"boot-newworld\"/>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1075 @@ -838,44 +1628,104 @@ msgstr "Förbered filerna för nätverksuppstart via TFTP" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1076 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine is connected to a local area network, you may be able to boot it over the network from another machine, using TFTP. If you intend to boot the installation system from another machine, the boot files will need to be placed in specific locations on that machine, and the machine configured to support booting of your specific machine." -msgstr "Om din maskin är ansluten till ett lokalt nätverk har du möjligheten att starta upp via nätverket från en annan maskin med TFTP. Om du tänker starta upp installationssystemet från en annan maskin behöver uppstartsfilerna placeras på specifika platser på den maskinen och maskinen konfigureras för att få stöd för uppstart av din specifika maskin." +msgid "" +"If your machine is connected to a local area network, you may be able to " +"boot it over the network from another machine, using TFTP. If you intend to " +"boot the installation system from another machine, the boot files will need " +"to be placed in specific locations on that machine, and the machine " +"configured to support booting of your specific machine." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskin är ansluten till ett lokalt nätverk har du möjligheten att " +"starta upp via nätverket från en annan maskin med TFTP. Om du tänker starta " +"upp installationssystemet från en annan maskin behöver uppstartsfilerna " +"placeras på specifika platser på den maskinen och maskinen konfigureras för " +"att få stöd för uppstart av din specifika maskin." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1084 #, no-c-format -msgid "You need to set up a TFTP server, and for many machines a DHCP server<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase><phrase condition=\"supports-bootp\">, or BOOTP server</phrase>." -msgstr "Du behöver konfigurera en TFTP-server, och för många maskiner även en DHCP-server<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, eller RARP-server</phrase><phrase condition=\"supports-bootp\">, eller BOOTP-server</phrase>." +msgid "" +"You need to set up a TFTP server, and for many machines a DHCP server<phrase " +"condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase><phrase condition=" +"\"supports-bootp\">, or BOOTP server</phrase>." +msgstr "" +"Du behöver konfigurera en TFTP-server, och för många maskiner även en DHCP-" +"server<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, eller RARP-server</" +"phrase><phrase condition=\"supports-bootp\">, eller BOOTP-server</phrase>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1091 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol.</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP address and where on the network to obtain a boot image.</phrase> The DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a more flexible, backwards-compatible extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be configured via DHCP." -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP) är ett sätt att berätta för din klient vilken IP-adress den själv ska använda. Ett annat sätt är att använda BOOTP-protokollet.</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP är ett IP-protokoll som informerar en dator om dess IP-adress och var på nätverket den kan hämta en uppstartsavbildning.</phrase> DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) är en mer flexibel, bakåtkompatibel utökning av BOOTP. Vissa system kan endast konfigureras via DHCP." +msgid "" +"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " +"(RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. " +"Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol.</phrase> <phrase condition=" +"\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP " +"address and where on the network to obtain a boot image.</phrase> The DHCP " +"(Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a more flexible, backwards-" +"compatible extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be configured via DHCP." +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " +"(RARP) är ett sätt att berätta för din klient vilken IP-adress den själv ska " +"använda. Ett annat sätt är att använda BOOTP-protokollet.</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP är ett IP-protokoll som informerar en " +"dator om dess IP-adress och var på nätverket den kan hämta en " +"uppstartsavbildning.</phrase> DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) är " +"en mer flexibel, bakåtkompatibel utökning av BOOTP. Vissa system kan endast " +"konfigureras via DHCP." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1105 #, no-c-format -msgid "For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good idea to use DHCP instead of BOOTP. Some of the latest machines are unable to boot using BOOTP." -msgstr "För PowerPC, om du har en NewWorld Power Macintosh-maskin, är det en bra idé att använda DHCP istället för BOOTP. Några av de senaste maskinerna kan inte starta upp via BOOTP." +msgid "" +"For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good " +"idea to use DHCP instead of BOOTP. Some of the latest machines are unable to " +"boot using BOOTP." +msgstr "" +"För PowerPC, om du har en NewWorld Power Macintosh-maskin, är det en bra idé " +"att använda DHCP istället för BOOTP. Några av de senaste maskinerna kan inte " +"starta upp via BOOTP." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1111 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There is an <classname>rbootd</classname> package available in Debian." -msgstr "Vissa äldre HPPA-maskiner (exempelvis 715/75) använder hellre RBOOTD än BOOTP. Det finns ett paket som kallas <classname>rbootd</classname> tillgängligt i Debian." +msgid "" +"Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There " +"is an <classname>rbootd</classname> package available in Debian." +msgstr "" +"Vissa äldre HPPA-maskiner (exempelvis 715/75) använder hellre RBOOTD än " +"BOOTP. Det finns ett paket som kallas <classname>rbootd</classname> " +"tillgängligt i Debian." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1116 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to the client. Theoretically, any server, on any platform, which implements these protocols, may be used. In the examples in this section, we shall provide commands for SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (a.k.a. Solaris), and GNU/Linux." -msgstr "Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) används för att erbjuda uppstartsavbildningar till klienten. Teoretiskt sett kan alla servrar, på alla plattformar, som implementerat de här protokollen, kan användas. I exemplen i det här avsnittet, tillhandahåller vi kommandon för SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (även kallad Solaris) och GNU/Linux." +msgid "" +"The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to " +"the client. Theoretically, any server, on any platform, which implements " +"these protocols, may be used. In the examples in this section, we shall " +"provide commands for SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (a.k.a. Solaris), and GNU/Linux." +msgstr "" +"Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) används för att erbjuda " +"uppstartsavbildningar till klienten. Teoretiskt sett kan alla servrar, på " +"alla plattformar, som implementerat de här protokollen, kan användas. I " +"exemplen i det här avsnittet, tillhandahåller vi kommandon för SunOS 4.x, " +"SunOS 5.x (även kallad Solaris) och GNU/Linux." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1124 #, no-c-format -msgid "To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you will need a TFTP server with <userinput>tsize</userinput> support. On a &debian; server, the <classname>atftpd</classname> and <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> packages qualify; we recommend <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." -msgstr "För att använda metoden Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) av TFTP-uppstarten, behöver du en TFTP-server med stöd för <userinput>tsize</userinput>. På en &debian;-server är paketen <classname>atftpd</classname> och <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> kvalificerade; vi rekommenderar <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." +msgid "" +"To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you " +"will need a TFTP server with <userinput>tsize</userinput> support. On a " +"&debian; server, the <classname>atftpd</classname> and <classname>tftpd-hpa</" +"classname> packages qualify; we recommend <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." +msgstr "" +"För att använda metoden Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) av TFTP-" +"uppstarten, behöver du en TFTP-server med stöd för <userinput>tsize</" +"userinput>. På en &debian;-server är paketen <classname>atftpd</classname> " +"och <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> kvalificerade; vi rekommenderar " +"<classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1142 @@ -886,14 +1736,46 @@ msgstr "Konfigurering av RARP-server" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1143 #, no-c-format -msgid "To set up RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC address) of the client computers to be installed. If you don't know this information, you can <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> pick it off the initial OpenPROM boot messages, use the OpenBoot <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput> command, or </phrase> boot into <quote>Rescue</quote> mode (e.g., from the rescue floppy) and use the command <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput>." -msgstr "För att ställa in RARP behöver du veta Ethernet-adressen (även kallad MAC-adressen) på klientdatorerna som ska installeras. Om du inte har den informationen kan du <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> hämta den från uppstartsmeddelandena i OpenPROM, använda kommandot <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput> i OpenBoot, eller </phrase> starta upp i <quote>Räddningsläge</quote> (exempelvis från räddningsdisketten) och använda kommandot <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput>." +msgid "" +"To set up RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC " +"address) of the client computers to be installed. If you don't know this " +"information, you can <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> pick it off the initial " +"OpenPROM boot messages, use the OpenBoot <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput> " +"command, or </phrase> boot into <quote>Rescue</quote> mode (e.g., from the " +"rescue floppy) and use the command <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</" +"userinput>." +msgstr "" +"För att ställa in RARP behöver du veta Ethernet-adressen (även kallad MAC-" +"adressen) på klientdatorerna som ska installeras. Om du inte har den " +"informationen kan du <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> hämta den från " +"uppstartsmeddelandena i OpenPROM, använda kommandot <userinput>.enet-addr</" +"userinput> i OpenBoot, eller </phrase> starta upp i <quote>Räddningsläge</" +"quote> (exempelvis från räddningsdisketten) och använda kommandot " +"<userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1155 #, no-c-format -msgid "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4 or 2.6 kernel, or Solaris/SunOS, you use the <command>rarpd</command> program. You need to ensure that the Ethernet hardware address for the client is listed in the <quote>ethers</quote> database (either in the <filename>/etc/ethers</filename> file, or via NIS/NIS+) and in the <quote>hosts</quote> database. Then you need to start the RARP daemon. Issue the command (as root): <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput> on most Linux systems and SunOS 5 (Solaris 2), <userinput>/usr/sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> on some other Linux systems, or <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput> in SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." -msgstr "På ett RARP-serversystem som använder en Linux 2.4 eller 2.6-kärna, eller Solaris/SunOS, använder du programmet <command>rarpd</command>. Du behöver se till att Ethernet-hårdvaruadressen för klienten är listad i <quote>ethers</quote>-databasen (antingen i filen <filename>/etc/ethers</filename>, eller via NIS/NIS+) och i <quote>hosts</quote>-databasen. Sedan behöver du starta om RARP-demonen. Kör kommandot (som root): <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput> på de flesta Linux-system och SunOS 5 (Solaris 2), <userinput>/usr/sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> på vissa andra Linux-system, eller <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput> på SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." +msgid "" +"On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4 or 2.6 kernel, or Solaris/SunOS, " +"you use the <command>rarpd</command> program. You need to ensure that the " +"Ethernet hardware address for the client is listed in the <quote>ethers</" +"quote> database (either in the <filename>/etc/ethers</filename> file, or via " +"NIS/NIS+) and in the <quote>hosts</quote> database. Then you need to start " +"the RARP daemon. Issue the command (as root): <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</" +"userinput> on most Linux systems and SunOS 5 (Solaris 2), <userinput>/usr/" +"sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> on some other Linux systems, or <userinput>/usr/" +"etc/rarpd -a</userinput> in SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." +msgstr "" +"På ett RARP-serversystem som använder en Linux 2.4 eller 2.6-kärna, eller " +"Solaris/SunOS, använder du programmet <command>rarpd</command>. Du behöver " +"se till att Ethernet-hårdvaruadressen för klienten är listad i " +"<quote>ethers</quote>-databasen (antingen i filen <filename>/etc/ethers</" +"filename>, eller via NIS/NIS+) och i <quote>hosts</quote>-databasen. Sedan " +"behöver du starta om RARP-demonen. Kör kommandot (som root): <userinput>/usr/" +"sbin/rarpd -a</userinput> på de flesta Linux-system och SunOS 5 (Solaris 2), " +"<userinput>/usr/sbin/in.rarpd -a</userinput> på vissa andra Linux-system, " +"eller <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput> på SunOS 4 (Solaris 1)." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1177 @@ -904,16 +1786,37 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera en BOOTP-server" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1178 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux. The first is CMU <command>bootpd</command>. The other is actually a DHCP server: ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the <classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> packages respectively." -msgstr "Det finns två BOOTP-servrar tillgängliga för GNU/Linux. Den första är CMU <command>bootpd</command>. Den andra är faktiskt en DHCP-server: ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. I &debian; finns dessa i paketen <classname>bootp</classname> respektive <classname>dhcp3-server</classname>." +msgid "" +"There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux. The first is CMU " +"<command>bootpd</command>. The other is actually a DHCP server: ISC " +"<command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian; these are contained in the " +"<classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> " +"packages respectively." +msgstr "" +"Det finns två BOOTP-servrar tillgängliga för GNU/Linux. Den första är CMU " +"<command>bootpd</command>. Den andra är faktiskt en DHCP-server: ISC " +"<command>dhcpd</command>. I &debian; finns dessa i paketen <classname>bootp</" +"classname> respektive <classname>dhcp3-server</classname>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1186 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the relevant line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. On &debian;, you can run <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput>, then <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput> to do so. Just in case your BOOTP server does not run Debian, the line in question should look like: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the " +"relevant line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. On &debian;, you can " +"run <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput>, then <userinput>/" +"etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput> to do so. Just in case your BOOTP server " +"does not run Debian, the line in question should look like: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "bootps dgram udp wait root /usr/sbin/bootpd bootpd -i -t 120\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Now, you must create an <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> file. This has the same sort of familiar and cryptic format as the good old BSD <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</filename>, and <filename>disktab</filename> files. See the <filename>bootptab</filename> manual page for more information. For CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you will need to know the hardware (MAC) address of the client. Here is an example <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Now, you must create an <filename>/etc/bootptab</" +"filename> file. This has the same sort of familiar and cryptic format as the " +"good old BSD <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</filename>, " +"and <filename>disktab</filename> files. See the <filename>bootptab</" +"filename> manual page for more information. For CMU <command>bootpd</" +"command>, you will need to know the hardware (MAC) address of the client. " +"Here is an example <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "client:\\\n" " hd=/tftpboot:\\\n" " bf=tftpboot.img:\\\n" @@ -921,11 +1824,28 @@ msgid "" " sm=255.255.255.0:\\\n" " sa=192.168.1.1:\\\n" " ha=0123456789AB:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You will need to change at least the <quote>ha</quote> option, which specifies the hardware address of the client. The <quote>bf</quote> option specifies the file a client should retrieve via TFTP; see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> for more details. <phrase arch=\"mips\"> On SGI machines you can just enter the command monitor and type <userinput>printenv</userinput>. The value of the <userinput>eaddr</userinput> variable is the machine's MAC address. </phrase>" +"</screen></informalexample> You will need to change at least the <quote>ha</" +"quote> option, which specifies the hardware address of the client. The " +"<quote>bf</quote> option specifies the file a client should retrieve via " +"TFTP; see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> for more details. <phrase arch=" +"\"mips\"> On SGI machines you can just enter the command monitor and type " +"<userinput>printenv</userinput>. The value of the <userinput>eaddr</" +"userinput> variable is the machine's MAC address. </phrase>" msgstr "" -"För att använda CMU <command>bootpd</command>, måste du först kommentera bort (eller lägga till) den relevanta raden i <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. På &debian; kan du köra <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput>, sedan <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput> för att göra det. Om din BOOTP-server inte kör Debian, bör raden i fråga se ut så här: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att använda CMU <command>bootpd</command>, måste du först kommentera " +"bort (eller lägga till) den relevanta raden i <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</" +"filename>. På &debian; kan du köra <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</" +"userinput>, sedan <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput> för att " +"göra det. Om din BOOTP-server inte kör Debian, bör raden i fråga se ut så " +"här: <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootps dgram udp wait root /usr/sbin/bootpd bootpd -i -t 120\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Nu måste du skapa filen <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>. Den har samma sorts familjära och kryptiska format som de gamla goda BSD-filerna <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</filename> och <filename>disktab</filename>. Se manualsidan för <filename>bootptab</filename> för mer information. För CMU <command>bootpd</command> behöver du känna till maskinvaruadressen (MAC) för klienten. Här är ett exempel på en <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Nu måste du skapa filen <filename>/etc/bootptab</" +"filename>. Den har samma sorts familjära och kryptiska format som de gamla " +"goda BSD-filerna <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</filename> " +"och <filename>disktab</filename>. Se manualsidan för <filename>bootptab</" +"filename> för mer information. För CMU <command>bootpd</command> behöver du " +"känna till maskinvaruadressen (MAC) för klienten. Här är ett exempel på en " +"<filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "client:\\\n" " hd=/tftpboot:\\\n" " bf=tftpboot.img:\\\n" @@ -933,13 +1853,37 @@ msgstr "" " sm=255.255.255.0:\\\n" " sa=192.168.1.1:\\\n" " ha=0123456789AB:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Du behöver ändra åtminstone alternativet <quote>ha</quote>, som anger maskinvaruadressen för klienten. Alternativet <quote>bf</quote> anger filen som klienten bör hämta via TFTP; se <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> för mer detaljer. <phrase arch=\"mips\"> På SGI-maskiner kan du bara gå in kommandomonitorn och skriva <userinput>printenv</userinput>. Värdet för variabeln <userinput>eaddr</userinput> är maskinens MAC-adress. </phrase>" +"</screen></informalexample> Du behöver ändra åtminstone alternativet " +"<quote>ha</quote>, som anger maskinvaruadressen för klienten. Alternativet " +"<quote>bf</quote> anger filen som klienten bör hämta via TFTP; se <xref " +"linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> för mer detaljer. <phrase arch=\"mips\"> På SGI-" +"maskiner kan du bara gå in kommandomonitorn och skriva <userinput>printenv</" +"userinput>. Värdet för variabeln <userinput>eaddr</userinput> är maskinens " +"MAC-adress. </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1219 #, no-c-format -msgid "By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=\"dhcpd\"/>. Otherwise you will probably be able to get away with simply adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration block for the subnet containing the client in <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>, and restart <command>dhcpd</command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." -msgstr "Tvärtemot är konfigurering av BOOTP med ISC <command>dhcpd</command> riktigt enkelt, för att den behandlar BOOTP-klienter som vanliga specialfall av DHCP-klienter. Vissa arkitekturer kräver en komplex konfiguration för att starta upp klienter via BOOTP. Om din dator är en av dessa, läs avsnittet <xref linkend=\"dhcpd\"/>. Om inte, kommer du antagligen komma undan med att bara lägga till direktivet <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> till konfigurationsblocket för subnätet som innehåller klienten i <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>, och starta om <command>dhcpd</command> med <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." +msgid "" +"By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really " +"easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP " +"clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting " +"clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=" +"\"dhcpd\"/>. Otherwise you will probably be able to get away with simply " +"adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration " +"block for the subnet containing the client in <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd." +"conf</filename>, and restart <command>dhcpd</command> with <userinput>/etc/" +"init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Tvärtemot är konfigurering av BOOTP med ISC <command>dhcpd</command> riktigt " +"enkelt, för att den behandlar BOOTP-klienter som vanliga specialfall av DHCP-" +"klienter. Vissa arkitekturer kräver en komplex konfiguration för att starta " +"upp klienter via BOOTP. Om din dator är en av dessa, läs avsnittet <xref " +"linkend=\"dhcpd\"/>. Om inte, kommer du antagligen komma undan med att bara " +"lägga till direktivet <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> till " +"konfigurationsblocket för subnätet som innehåller klienten i <filename>/etc/" +"dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>, och starta om <command>dhcpd</command> med " +"<userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1241 @@ -950,8 +1894,16 @@ msgstr "Konfigurering av DHCP-server" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1242 #, no-c-format -msgid "One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. For &debian;, the <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> package is recommended. Here is a sample configuration file for it (see <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>):" -msgstr "En fri DHCP-serverprogramvara är ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. För &debian;, rekommenderas paketet <classname>dhcp3-server</classname>. Här är en exempelkonfigurationsfil för det (se <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>):" +msgid "" +"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. For &debian;, " +"the <classname>dhcp3-server</classname> package is recommended. Here is a " +"sample configuration file for it (see <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>):" +msgstr "" +"En fri DHCP-serverprogramvara är ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. För &debian;, " +"rekommenderas paketet <classname>dhcp3-server</classname>. Här är en " +"exempelkonfigurationsfil för det (se <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>):" #. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:1249 @@ -1000,14 +1952,30 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1251 #, no-c-format -msgid "In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> which performs all of the work of DHCP server, TFTP server, and network gateway. You will almost certainly need to change the domain-name options, as well as the server name and client hardware address. The <replaceable>filename</replaceable> option should be the name of the file which will be retrieved via TFTP." -msgstr "I det här exemplet finns det en server kallad <replaceable>servernamn</replaceable> som gör allt arbete som DHCP-server, TFTP-server och nätverksgateway. Du behöver nästan säkert ändra domännamnsalternativen, såväl som servernamnet och klientens maskinvaruadress. Alternativet <replaceable>filename</replaceable> bör vara ange namnet på den fil som ska hämtas via TFTP." +msgid "" +"In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> " +"which performs all of the work of DHCP server, TFTP server, and network " +"gateway. You will almost certainly need to change the domain-name options, " +"as well as the server name and client hardware address. The " +"<replaceable>filename</replaceable> option should be the name of the file " +"which will be retrieved via TFTP." +msgstr "" +"I det här exemplet finns det en server kallad <replaceable>servernamn</" +"replaceable> som gör allt arbete som DHCP-server, TFTP-server och " +"nätverksgateway. Du behöver nästan säkert ändra domännamnsalternativen, " +"såväl som servernamnet och klientens maskinvaruadress. Alternativet " +"<replaceable>filename</replaceable> bör vara ange namnet på den fil som ska " +"hämtas via TFTP." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1261 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." -msgstr "Efter du har redigerat konfigurationsfilen för <command>dhcpd</command>, starta om den med <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." +msgid "" +"After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, " +"restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Efter du har redigerat konfigurationsfilen för <command>dhcpd</command>, " +"starta om den med <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd3-server restart</userinput>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1269 @@ -1019,7 +1987,8 @@ msgstr "Aktivera PXE-uppstart i DHCP-konfigurationen" #: install-methods.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-" +"boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "\n" "default-lease-time 600;\n" @@ -1047,9 +2016,13 @@ msgid "" " filename \"pxelinux.0\";\n" " }\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> is a boot loader, not a kernel image (see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> below)." +"</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename " +"<filename>pxelinux.0</filename> is a boot loader, not a kernel image (see " +"<xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> below)." msgstr "" -"Här är ett annat exempel på en <filename>dhcp.conf</filename>, som använder Pre-boot Execution Environment-metoden (PXE) för TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Här är ett annat exempel på en <filename>dhcp.conf</filename>, som använder " +"Pre-boot Execution Environment-metoden (PXE) för TFTP. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"exempel.se\";\n" "\n" "default-lease-time 600;\n" @@ -1077,7 +2050,9 @@ msgstr "" " filename \"pxelinux.0\";\n" " }\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Observera att för PXE-uppstarter är klientfilnamnet <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> en starthanterare, inte en kärnavbildning (se <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> nedan)." +"</screen></informalexample> Observera att för PXE-uppstarter är " +"klientfilnamnet <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> en starthanterare, inte en " +"kärnavbildning (se <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> nedan)." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1286 @@ -1089,41 +2064,102 @@ msgstr "Aktivering av TFTP-server" #: install-methods.xml:1287 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that <command>tftpd</command> is enabled. This is usually enabled by having something like the following line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that " +"<command>tftpd</command> is enabled. This is usually enabled by having " +"something like the following line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "tftp dgram udp wait nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd in.tftpd /tftpboot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Debian packages will in general set this up correctly by default when they are installed." +"</screen></informalexample> Debian packages will in general set this up " +"correctly by default when they are installed." msgstr "" -"För att få TFTP-servern klar att köra, bör du först se till att <command>tftpd</command> är aktiverad. Den aktiveras normalt sett genom att ha en rad som liknar följande rad i <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att få TFTP-servern klar att köra, bör du först se till att " +"<command>tftpd</command> är aktiverad. Den aktiveras normalt sett genom att " +"ha en rad som liknar följande rad i <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "tftp dgram udp wait nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd in.tftpd /tftpboot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Debian-paketen kommer normalt sett att ställa in det korrekt som standard när de installeras." +"</screen></informalexample> Debian-paketen kommer normalt sett att ställa in " +"det korrekt som standard när de installeras." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1299 #, no-c-format -msgid "Historically, TFTP servers used <filename>/tftpboot</filename> as directory to serve images from. However, &debian; packages may use other directories to comply with the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink>. For example, <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> by default uses <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename>. You may have to adjust the configuration examples in this section accordingly." -msgstr "Historiskt sett hanterade TFTP-servrarna avbildningar från katalogen <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. Dock kan &debian;-paket använda andra kataloger för att följa <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink>. Till exempel, <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> använder som standard <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename>. Du kan därför behöva justera konfigurationsexemplen i det här avsnittet." +msgid "" +"Historically, TFTP servers used <filename>/tftpboot</filename> as directory " +"to serve images from. However, &debian; packages may use other directories " +"to comply with the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy " +"Standard</ulink>. For example, <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> by default " +"uses <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename>. You may have to adjust the " +"configuration examples in this section accordingly." +msgstr "" +"Historiskt sett hanterade TFTP-servrarna avbildningar från katalogen " +"<filename>/tftpboot</filename>. Dock kan &debian;-paket använda andra " +"kataloger för att följa <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy " +"Standard</ulink>. Till exempel, <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> använder " +"som standard <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename>. Du kan därför behöva " +"justera konfigurationsexemplen i det här avsnittet." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1309 #, no-c-format -msgid "Look in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> and remember the directory which is used as the argument of <command>in.tftpd</command><footnote> <para> All <command>in.tftpd</command> alternatives available in Debian should log TFTP requests to the system logs by default. Some of them support a <userinput>-v</userinput> argument to increase verbosity. It is recommended to check these log messages in case of boot problems as they are a good starting point for diagnosing the cause of errors. </para> </footnote>; you'll need that below. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</command>, and run <userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Leta i filen <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> och kom ihåg katalogen som används som argument till <command>in.tftpd</command><footnote> <para> Alla alternativ till <command>in.tftpd</command> i Debian ska som standard logga TFTP-begäran till systemloggarna. Några av dem har stöd för argumentet <userinput>-v</userinput> för att öka informationsnivån. Det rekommenderas att kontrollera dessa loggmeddelanden om uppstartsproblem inträffar eftersom de är en bra startpunkt för att diagnostisera problem. </para> </footnote>; du behöver det senare. Om du behövde ändra <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, behöver du meddela till den körande <command>inetd</command>-processen att filen har ändrats. På en Debian-maskin, kör <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput>; på andra maskiner, ta reda på vilket process-id som <command>inetd</command> har och kör sedan <userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"Look in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> and remember the directory " +"which is used as the argument of <command>in.tftpd</command><footnote> " +"<para> All <command>in.tftpd</command> alternatives available in Debian " +"should log TFTP requests to the system logs by default. Some of them support " +"a <userinput>-v</userinput> argument to increase verbosity. It is " +"recommended to check these log messages in case of boot problems as they are " +"a good starting point for diagnosing the cause of errors. </para> </" +"footnote>; you'll need that below. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/" +"inetd.conf</filename>, you'll have to notify the running <command>inetd</" +"command> process that the file has changed. On a Debian machine, run " +"<userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput>; on other machines, find out " +"the process ID for <command>inetd</command>, and run <userinput>kill -HUP " +"<replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Leta i filen <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> och kom ihåg katalogen som " +"används som argument till <command>in.tftpd</command><footnote> <para> Alla " +"alternativ till <command>in.tftpd</command> i Debian ska som standard logga " +"TFTP-begäran till systemloggarna. Några av dem har stöd för argumentet " +"<userinput>-v</userinput> för att öka informationsnivån. Det rekommenderas " +"att kontrollera dessa loggmeddelanden om uppstartsproblem inträffar eftersom " +"de är en bra startpunkt för att diagnostisera problem. </para> </footnote>; " +"du behöver det senare. Om du behövde ändra <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</" +"filename>, behöver du meddela till den körande <command>inetd</command>-" +"processen att filen har ändrats. På en Debian-maskin, kör <userinput>/etc/" +"init.d/inetd reload</userinput>; på andra maskiner, ta reda på vilket " +"process-id som <command>inetd</command> har och kör sedan <userinput>kill -" +"HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1329 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a GNU/Linux box running Linux 2.4, you'll need to set the following on your server: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a " +"GNU/Linux box running Linux 2.4, you'll need to set the following on your " +"server: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_no_pmtu_disc\n" -"</screen></informalexample> to turn off Path MTU discovery, otherwise the SGI's PROM can't download the kernel. Furthermore, make sure TFTP packets are sent from a source port no greater than 32767, or the download will stall after the first packet. Again, it's Linux 2.4.X tripping this bug in the PROM, and you can avoid it by setting <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> to turn off Path MTU discovery, otherwise the " +"SGI's PROM can't download the kernel. Furthermore, make sure TFTP packets " +"are sent from a source port no greater than 32767, or the download will " +"stall after the first packet. Again, it's Linux 2.4.X tripping this bug in " +"the PROM, and you can avoid it by setting <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo \"2048 32767\" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range\n" -"</screen></informalexample> to adjust the range of source ports the Linux TFTP server uses." +"</screen></informalexample> to adjust the range of source ports the Linux " +"TFTP server uses." msgstr "" -"Om du tänker installera Debian på en SGI-maskin och din TFTP-server är en GNU/Linux-burk som kör Linux 2.4, behöver du ställa in följande på din server: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Om du tänker installera Debian på en SGI-maskin och din TFTP-server är en " +"GNU/Linux-burk som kör Linux 2.4, behöver du ställa in följande på din " +"server: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_no_pmtu_disc\n" -"</screen></informalexample> för att stänga av Path MTU discovery, annars kan SGI:ns PROM inte hämta kärnan. Vidare bör du se till att TFTP-paket skickas från en källport som inte är högre än 32767, annars kommer hämtningen att stanna av efter första paketet. Igen, det är Linux 2.4.X som ger det här felet i PROM, och du kan undvika det genom att ställa in <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> för att stänga av Path MTU discovery, annars kan " +"SGI:ns PROM inte hämta kärnan. Vidare bör du se till att TFTP-paket skickas " +"från en källport som inte är högre än 32767, annars kommer hämtningen att " +"stanna av efter första paketet. Igen, det är Linux 2.4.X som ger det här " +"felet i PROM, och du kan undvika det genom att ställa in " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo \"2048 32767\" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range\n" -"</screen></informalexample> för att justera intervallet av källportar som Linux TFTP-server använder." +"</screen></informalexample> för att justera intervallet av källportar som " +"Linux TFTP-server använder." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1351 @@ -1134,14 +2170,35 @@ msgstr "Flytta TFTP-avbildningarna till rätt plats" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1352 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. You may have to make a link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</command> will use for booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file name is determined by the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." -msgstr "Placera sedan TFTP-uppstartsavbildningen du behöver, som du hittar i <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>, i katalogen för uppstartsavbildningar för <command>tftpd</command>. Du kan behöva att skapa en länk från den filen till den fil som <command>tftpd</command> kommer att använda för att starta upp en specifik klient. Tyvärr fastställs filnamnet av TFTP-klienten och det finns inga riktiga standarder." +msgid "" +"Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-" +"files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. You may " +"have to make a link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</" +"command> will use for booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file " +"name is determined by the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." +msgstr "" +"Placera sedan TFTP-uppstartsavbildningen du behöver, som du hittar i <xref " +"linkend=\"where-files\"/>, i katalogen för uppstartsavbildningar för " +"<command>tftpd</command>. Du kan behöva att skapa en länk från den filen " +"till den fil som <command>tftpd</command> kommer att använda för att starta " +"upp en specifik klient. Tyvärr fastställs filnamnet av TFTP-klienten och det " +"finns inga riktiga standarder." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1361 #, no-c-format -msgid "On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the <command>yaboot</command> boot loader as the TFTP boot image. <command>Yaboot</command> will then retrieve the kernel and RAMdisk images via TFTP itself. You will need to download the following files from the <filename>netboot/</filename> directory:" -msgstr "På NewWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner behöver du ställa in starthanteraren <command>yaboot</command> som TFTP-uppstartsavbildning. <command>Yaboot</command> kommer då själv att hämta kärnan och ramdiskavbildningarna via TFTP. Du behöver hämta ner följande filer från katalogen <filename>netboot/</filename>:" +msgid "" +"On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the " +"<command>yaboot</command> boot loader as the TFTP boot image. " +"<command>Yaboot</command> will then retrieve the kernel and RAMdisk images " +"via TFTP itself. You will need to download the following files from the " +"<filename>netboot/</filename> directory:" +msgstr "" +"På NewWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner behöver du ställa in starthanteraren " +"<command>yaboot</command> som TFTP-uppstartsavbildning. <command>Yaboot</" +"command> kommer då själv att hämta kärnan och ramdiskavbildningarna via " +"TFTP. Du behöver hämta ner följande filer från katalogen <filename>netboot/</" +"filename>:" #. Tag: filename #: install-methods.xml:1392 @@ -1152,14 +2209,35 @@ msgstr "boot.msg" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1397 #, no-c-format -msgid "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." -msgstr "För PXE-uppstart är allt du behöver konfigurerat i filen <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename>. Extrahera helt enkelt den här filen till katalogen för uppstartsavbildningar för <command>tftpd</command>. Se till att din dhcp-server är konfigurerad att skicka <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> till <command>tftpd</command> som det filnamn som ska användas för uppstart." +msgid "" +"For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " +"<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this " +"tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " +"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> to " +"<command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." +msgstr "" +"För PXE-uppstart är allt du behöver konfigurerat i filen <filename>netboot/" +"netboot.tar.gz</filename>. Extrahera helt enkelt den här filen till " +"katalogen för uppstartsavbildningar för <command>tftpd</command>. Se till " +"att din dhcp-server är konfigurerad att skicka <filename>pxelinux.0</" +"filename> till <command>tftpd</command> som det filnamn som ska användas för " +"uppstart." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1405 #, no-c-format -msgid "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." -msgstr "För PXE-uppstart bör allt du behöver finns i filen <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename>. Extrahera den filen till katalogen för uppstartsavbildningar för <command>tftpd</command>. Se till att din dhcp-server är konfigurerad att skicka <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi</filename> till <command>tftpd</command> som filnamnet att starta upp på." +msgid "" +"For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " +"<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this " +"tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " +"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/" +"elilo.efi</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." +msgstr "" +"För PXE-uppstart bör allt du behöver finns i filen <filename>netboot/netboot." +"tar.gz</filename>. Extrahera den filen till katalogen för " +"uppstartsavbildningar för <command>tftpd</command>. Se till att din dhcp-" +"server är konfigurerad att skicka <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/elilo." +"efi</filename> till <command>tftpd</command> som filnamnet att starta upp på." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1417 @@ -1171,27 +2249,61 @@ msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP för SPARC" #: install-methods.xml:1418 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Some SPARC architectures add the subarchitecture names, such as <quote>SUN4M</quote> or <quote>SUN4C</quote>, to the filename. Thus, if your system's subarchitecture is a SUN4C, and its IP is 192.168.1.3, the filename would be <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. However, there are also subarchitectures where the file the client looks for is just <filename>client-ip-in-hex</filename>. An easy way to determine the hexadecimal code for the IP address is to enter the following command in a shell (assuming the machine's intended IP is 10.0.0.4). <informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n" -"' 10 0 0 4\n" -"</screen></informalexample> To get to the correct filename, you will need to change all letters to uppercase and if necessary append the subarchitecture name." +"Some SPARC architectures add the subarchitecture names, such as " +"<quote>SUN4M</quote> or <quote>SUN4C</quote>, to the filename. Thus, if your " +"system's subarchitecture is a SUN4C, and its IP is 192.168.1.3, the filename " +"would be <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. However, there are also " +"subarchitectures where the file the client looks for is just " +"<filename>client-ip-in-hex</filename>. An easy way to determine the " +"hexadecimal code for the IP address is to enter the following command in a " +"shell (assuming the machine's intended IP is 10.0.0.4). " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n' 10 0 0 4\n" +"</screen></informalexample> To get to the correct filename, you will need to " +"change all letters to uppercase and if necessary append the subarchitecture " +"name." msgstr "" -"Vissa SPARC-arkitekturer lägger till underarkitekturens namn, såsom <quote>SUN4M</quote> eller <quote>SUN4C</quote>; till filnamnet. Därför, om ditt systems arkitektur är en SUN4C, och dess IP är 192.168.1.3, borde filnamnet vara <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. Dock, det finns även underarkitekturer där filen som klienten letar efter är bara <filename>klient-ip-i-hex</filename>. Ett lätt sätt att fastställa den hexadecimala koden för IP-adressen är att ange följande kommando i ett skal (anta att maskinens tilltänkta IP-adress är 10.0.0.4). <informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n" -"' 10 0 0 4\n" -"</screen></informalexample> För att få det korrekta filnamnet, behöver du ändra alla bokstäver till versaler om och det behövs även lägga till underarkitekturens namn." +"Vissa SPARC-arkitekturer lägger till underarkitekturens namn, såsom " +"<quote>SUN4M</quote> eller <quote>SUN4C</quote>; till filnamnet. Därför, om " +"ditt systems arkitektur är en SUN4C, och dess IP är 192.168.1.3, borde " +"filnamnet vara <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. Dock, det finns även " +"underarkitekturer där filen som klienten letar efter är bara " +"<filename>klient-ip-i-hex</filename>. Ett lätt sätt att fastställa den " +"hexadecimala koden för IP-adressen är att ange följande kommando i ett skal " +"(anta att maskinens tilltänkta IP-adress är 10.0.0.4). " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n' 10 0 0 4\n" +"</screen></informalexample> För att få det korrekta filnamnet, behöver du " +"ändra alla bokstäver till versaler om och det behövs även lägga till " +"underarkitekturens namn." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1434 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you've done all this correctly, giving the command <userinput>boot net</userinput> from the OpenPROM should load the image. If the image cannot be found, try checking the logs on your tftp server to see which image name is being requested." -msgstr "Om du har gjort allt det här korrekt, ska kommandot <userinput>boot net</userinput> från OpenPROM läsa in avbildningen. Om avbildningen inte kan hittas, försök leta i loggarna på din tftp-server för att se vilket avbildningsnamn som efterfrågas." +msgid "" +"If you've done all this correctly, giving the command <userinput>boot net</" +"userinput> from the OpenPROM should load the image. If the image cannot be " +"found, try checking the logs on your tftp server to see which image name is " +"being requested." +msgstr "" +"Om du har gjort allt det här korrekt, ska kommandot <userinput>boot net</" +"userinput> från OpenPROM läsa in avbildningen. Om avbildningen inte kan " +"hittas, försök leta i loggarna på din tftp-server för att se vilket " +"avbildningsnamn som efterfrågas." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1441 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by adding it to the end of the OpenPROM boot command, such as <userinput>boot net my-sparc.image</userinput>. This must still reside in the directory that the TFTP server looks in." -msgstr "Du kan också tvinga vissa sparc-system att leta efter ett specifikt filnamn genom att lägga till det på slutet av uppstartskommandot för OpenPROM, såsom <userinput>boot net min-sparc.avbildning</userinput>. Den måste dock finnas i katalogen som TFTP-servern letar i." +msgid "" +"You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by " +"adding it to the end of the OpenPROM boot command, such as <userinput>boot " +"net my-sparc.image</userinput>. This must still reside in the directory that " +"the TFTP server looks in." +msgstr "" +"Du kan också tvinga vissa sparc-system att leta efter ett specifikt filnamn " +"genom att lägga till det på slutet av uppstartskommandot för OpenPROM, såsom " +"<userinput>boot net min-sparc.avbildning</userinput>. Den måste dock finnas " +"i katalogen som TFTP-servern letar i." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1452 @@ -1202,8 +2314,16 @@ msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP för SGI" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1453 #, no-c-format -msgid "On SGI machines you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the name of the TFTP file. It is given either as the <userinput>bf=</userinput> in <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> or as the <userinput>filename=</userinput> option in <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." -msgstr "På SGI-maskiner kan du förlita dig på att <command>bootpd</command> skickar med namnet på TFTP-filen. Det anges antingen som <userinput>bf=</userinput> i <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> eller som alternativet <userinput>filename=</userinput> i <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +msgid "" +"On SGI machines you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the " +"name of the TFTP file. It is given either as the <userinput>bf=</userinput> " +"in <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> or as the <userinput>filename=</" +"userinput> option in <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +msgstr "" +"På SGI-maskiner kan du förlita dig på att <command>bootpd</command> skickar " +"med namnet på TFTP-filen. Det anges antingen som <userinput>bf=</userinput> " +"i <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> eller som alternativet " +"<userinput>filename=</userinput> i <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1561 @@ -1214,8 +2334,18 @@ msgstr "Automatisk installation" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1562 #, no-c-format -msgid "For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic installations. Debian packages intended for this include <classname>fai</classname> (which uses an install server), <classname>replicator</classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</classname>, and the Debian Installer itself." -msgstr "För installation på flera datorer är det möjligt att göra fullt automatiska installationer. Debian-paketen som är tänkta för det här är <classname>fai</classname> (som använder en installationsserver), <classname>replicator</classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</classname>, och själva Debian Installer." +msgid "" +"For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic " +"installations. Debian packages intended for this include <classname>fai</" +"classname> (which uses an install server), <classname>replicator</" +"classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</" +"classname>, and the Debian Installer itself." +msgstr "" +"För installation på flera datorer är det möjligt att göra fullt automatiska " +"installationer. Debian-paketen som är tänkta för det här är <classname>fai</" +"classname> (som använder en installationsserver), <classname>replicator</" +"classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</" +"classname>, och själva Debian Installer." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1575 @@ -1226,14 +2356,26 @@ msgstr "Automatisk installation med Debian Installer" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1576 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration files. A preconfiguration file can be loaded from the network or from removable media, and used to fill in answers to questions asked during the installation process." -msgstr "Debian Installer har stöd för att automatisera installationer via förkonfigurationsfiler. En förkonfigurationsfil kan läsas in från nätverket eller från flyttbart media, och används för att fylla i svar på frågor som ställs under installationsprocessen." +msgid "" +"The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration " +"files. A preconfiguration file can be loaded from the network or from " +"removable media, and used to fill in answers to questions asked during the " +"installation process." +msgstr "" +"Debian Installer har stöd för att automatisera installationer via " +"förkonfigurationsfiler. En förkonfigurationsfil kan läsas in från nätverket " +"eller från flyttbart media, och används för att fylla i svar på frågor som " +"ställs under installationsprocessen." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1583 #, no-c-format -msgid "Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can edit is in <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." -msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel som du kan redigera finns i <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." +msgid "" +"Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can " +"edit is in <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel som du " +"kan redigera finns i <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." #~ msgid "" #~ "The QNAP Turbo Station (TS-109, TS-209 and TS-409) requires a kernel and " @@ -1243,8 +2385,10 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "QNAP Turbo Station (TS-109, TS-209 och TS-409) kräver en kärna och " #~ "ramdisk vilka kan hämtas från &qnap-orion-firmware-img;. Ett skript finns " #~ "för att skriva dessa avbildningar till flashminnet." + #~ msgid "Alpha Installation Files" #~ msgstr "Installationsfiler för Alpha" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose to boot from ARC console firmware using <command>MILO</" #~ "command>, you will also need to prepare a disk containing <command>MILO</" @@ -1261,6 +2405,7 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "information om Alpha-firmware och starthanterare. Diskettavbildningar kan " #~ "hittas i katalogen <filename>MILO</filename> som " #~ "<filename>milo_<replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable>.bin</filename>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Unfortunately, these <command>MILO</command> images could not be tested " #~ "and might not work for all subarchitectures. If you find it doesn't work " @@ -1280,6 +2425,7 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "så du kan inte använda dem för att läsa in kärnor från nyligen genererade " #~ "ext2-filsystem. En lösning är att du kan lägga din kärna på FAT-" #~ "partitionen bredvid <command>MILO</command>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "<command>MILO</command> binaries are platform-specific. See <xref linkend=" #~ "\"alpha-cpus\"/> to determine the appropriate <command>MILO</command> " @@ -1288,6 +2434,7 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "<command>MILO</command>-binärer är plattformsspecifika. Se <xref linkend=" #~ "\"alpha-cpus\"/> för att fastställa den lämpliga <command>MILO</command>-" #~ "avbildningen för din Alpha-plattform." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM " #~ "console will <emphasis>not</emphasis> use RARP to obtain its IP address, " @@ -1308,8 +2455,10 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "har ett stort behov av att använda MOP för att start upp Linux på din " #~ "Alpha. </para> </footnote>. Du kan också ange IP-konfigurationen för " #~ "nätverksgränssnitt direkt i SRM-konsollen." + #~ msgid "Alpha TFTP Booting" #~ msgstr "Uppstart för Alpha via TFTP" + #~ msgid "" #~ "On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot " #~ "image directory) using the <userinput>-file</userinput> argument to the " @@ -1329,8 +2478,10 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "<userinput>filename</userinput>). Tvärtemot Open Firmware, finns det " #~ "<emphasis>inget standardfilnamn</emphasis> på SRM, så du <emphasis>måste</" #~ "emphasis> ange ett filnamn genom en av de här metoderna." + #~ msgid "Choosing a Kernel" #~ msgstr "Välja en kärna" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some m68k subarchs have a choice of kernels to install. In general we " #~ "recommend trying the most recent version first. If your subarch or " @@ -1344,20 +2495,24 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "att välja en av avbildningarna som har stöd för 2.2.x-kärnor (se <ulink " #~ "url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST" #~ "\">MANIFEST</ulink>)." + #~ msgid "" #~ "All of the m68k images for use with 2.2.x kernels, require the kernel " #~ "parameter &ramdisksize;." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Alla m68k-avbildningar som använder 2.2.x-kärnor kräver kärnparametern " #~ "&ramdisksize;." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Booting the installer from floppy disk is not supported on Amigas or 68k " #~ "Macs." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Starta upp installationsprogrammet från diskett stöds inte på Amiga eller " #~ "68k Mac." + #~ msgid "Writing Disk Images on Atari Systems" #~ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbildningar på Atari-system" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You'll find the &rawwrite.ttp; program in the same directory as the " #~ "floppy disk images. Start the program by double clicking on the program " @@ -1368,8 +2523,10 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "diskettavbildningarna. Starta programmet genom att dubbelklicka på " #~ "programikonen och ange namnet på diskettavbildningen du vill skriva till " #~ "disketten i dialogrutan för TOS-programmets kommandorad." + #~ msgid "Writing Disk Images on Macintosh Systems" #~ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbildningar på Macintosh-system" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Since the current release does not yet support booting from floppies to " #~ "start the installation, there would be no point in doing this on " @@ -1380,14 +2537,17 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "disketter för att påbörja installationen är det ingen mening att göra det " #~ "här på Macintosh-system. Dock behövs de här filerna senare i processen " #~ "för installationen av operativsystem och moduler." + #~ msgid "BVM/Motorola TFTP Booting" #~ msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP för BVM/Motorola" + #~ msgid "" #~ "For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; " #~ "to <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "För BVM och Motorola VMEbus-system kopiera filerna &bvme6000-tftp-files; " #~ "till <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the " #~ "<filename>tftplilo.bvme</filename> or <filename>tftplilo.mvme</filename> " @@ -1400,44 +2560,54 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "mvme</filename> från TFTP-servern. Referera till filen <filename>tftplilo." #~ "txt</filename> för din underarkitektur för ytterligare systemspecifik " #~ "konfigurationsinformation." + #~ msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B TFTP Booting" #~ msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP för Broadcom BCM91250A och BCM91480B" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the " #~ "full path of the file to be loaded to CFE." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Du behöver inte konfigurera DHCP på något speciellt sätt på grund av att " #~ "du skickar hela sökvägen till filen som ska läsas in av CFE." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The easiest way to boot a Netwinder is over the network, using the " #~ "supplied TFTP image &netwinder-boot-img;." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Det enklaste sättet att starta upp en NetWinder är över nätverket, med " #~ "den medskickade TFTP-avbildningen &netwinder-boot-img;." + #~ msgid "CATS Installation Files" #~ msgstr "Installationsfiler för CATS" + #~ msgid "" #~ "CATS can be booted either via the network or from CD-ROM. The kernel and " #~ "initrd can be obtained from &cats-boot-img;." #~ msgstr "" #~ "CATS kan startas upp antingen via nätverket eller från cd-rom. Kärnan och " #~ "initrd kan hämtas från &cats-boot-img;." + #~ msgid "USB stick partitioning on &arch-title;" #~ msgstr "Partitionering av USB-minne på &arch-title;" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> configuration file should contain " #~ "the following two lines:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Konfigurationsfilen <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> ska innehålla " #~ "följande två rader:" + #~ msgid "" #~ "default vmlinuz\n" #~ "append initrd=initrd.gz" #~ msgstr "" #~ "default vmlinuz\n" #~ "append initrd=initrd.gz" + #~ msgid "Optional kernel modules" #~ msgstr "Valfria kärnmoduler" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The installer will look for a Debian ISO image on the stick as its source " #~ "for additional data needed for the installation. So your next step is to " @@ -1451,6 +2621,7 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "netinst eller till och med en fullständig cd-avbildning) till ditt USB-" #~ "minne (se till att välja den som passar). Filnamnet på avbildningen måste " #~ "sluta på <filename>.iso</filename>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to install over the network, without using an ISO image, you " #~ "will of course skip the previous step. Moreover you will have to use the " @@ -1463,14 +2634,17 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "den initiala ramdisken från katalogen <filename>netboot</filename> " #~ "istället för den från <filename>hd-media</filename>, på grund av att " #~ "<filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> inte har stöd för nätverk." + #~ msgid "" #~ "When you are done, unmount the USB memory stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</" #~ "userinput>) and activate its write protection switch." #~ msgstr "" #~ "När du är klar, avmontera USB-minnet (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) " #~ "och aktivera dess skrivskydd." + #~ msgid "DECstation TFTP Images" #~ msgstr "Avbildningar för DECstation TFTP" + #~ msgid "" #~ "For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, " #~ "which contain both kernel and installer in one file. The naming " @@ -1485,6 +2659,7 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "filename>. Kopiera den tftpimage-fil du vill använda till <userinput>/" #~ "tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> om du arbetar med det exemplet för " #~ "BOOTP/DHCP-konfigurationer som beskrivs ovan." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot " #~ "<replaceable>#</replaceable>/tftp</userinput>, where <replaceable>#</" @@ -1500,8 +2675,10 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "quote>. Om BOOTP/DHCP-servern inte ger ut filnamnet eller om du behöver " #~ "skicka ytterligare parametrar, kan de valfritt läggas till med följande " #~ "syntax:" + #~ msgid "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." #~ msgstr "boot #/tftp/filename param1=värde1 param2=värde2 ..." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net " #~ "booting: the transfer starts, but after some time it stops with an " @@ -1538,6 +2715,7 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "kan starta upp via TFTP alls. En översikt av de olika revisionerna av " #~ "firmware kan hittas på webbsidorna för NetBSD: <ulink url=\"http://www." #~ "netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The RiscPC installer is booted initially from RISC OS. All the necessary " #~ "files are provided in one Zip archive, &rpc-install-kit;. Download this " @@ -1549,6 +2727,7 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "här filen till RISC OS-maskinen, kopiera komponenterna " #~ "<filename>linloader.!Boot</filename> till rätt plats, och kör <filename>!" #~ "dInstall</filename>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.2.x kernel, you need to populate " #~ "the kernel's RARP table. To do this, run the following commands: " @@ -1583,6 +2762,7 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "RARP eller bygga in stöd för RARP i kärnan. Försök med " #~ "<userinput>modprobe rarp</userinput> och försök sedan med kommandot " #~ "<command>rarp</command> igen." + #~ msgid "" #~ "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4.x kernel, there is no RARP " #~ "module, and you should instead use the <command>rarpd</command> program. " @@ -1592,6 +2772,7 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "På ett RARP-serversystem som använder en Linux 2.4.x-kärna, finns det " #~ "ingen RARP-modul, du bör istället använda programmet <command>rarpd</" #~ "command>. Proceduren liknar den som används under SunOS i nästa paragraf." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The only supported boot method for CATS is to use the combined image " #~ "&cats-boot-img;. This can be loaded from any device accessible to the " @@ -1600,10 +2781,10 @@ msgstr "Full dokumentation om förinställning inklusive ett fungerande exempel #~ "Den enda uppstartsmetoden som stöds för CATS är att använda den " #~ "kombinerade avbilden &cats-boot-img;. Den kan läsas in från alla enheter " #~ "som är nåbara från starthanteraren Cyclone." + #~ msgid "" #~ "d-i foo/bar string value\n" #~ "d-i foo/bar seen false" #~ msgstr "" #~ "d-i foo/bar string value\n" #~ "d-i foo/bar seen false" - diff --git a/po/sv/preseed.po b/po/sv/preseed.po index 323a8743e..e21caf1ba 100644 --- a/po/sv/preseed.po +++ b/po/sv/preseed.po @@ -23,15 +23,22 @@ msgstr "Automatiserad installation med förinställningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:18 #, no-c-format -msgid "This appendix explains how to preseed answers to questions in &d-i; to automate your installation." -msgstr "Den här bilagan förklarar hur man förinställer svar på frågor i &d-i; för att automatisera din installation." +msgid "" +"This appendix explains how to preseed answers to questions in &d-i; to " +"automate your installation." +msgstr "" +"Den här bilagan förklarar hur man förinställer svar på frågor i &d-i; för " +"att automatisera din installation." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:23 -#: preseed.xml:669 +#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:669 #, no-c-format -msgid "The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an example preconfiguration file from &urlset-example-preseed;." -msgstr "Konfigurationsdelarna som används i den här bilagan finns även tillgängliga som exempelfiler för förkonfiguration från &urlset-example-preseed;." +msgid "" +"The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an " +"example preconfiguration file from &urlset-example-preseed;." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurationsdelarna som används i den här bilagan finns även tillgängliga " +"som exempelfiler för förkonfiguration från &urlset-example-preseed;." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:31 @@ -42,14 +49,32 @@ msgstr "Introduktion" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:32 #, no-c-format -msgid "Preseeding provides a way to set answers to questions asked during the installation process, without having to manually enter the answers while the installation is running. This makes it possible to fully automate most types of installation and even offers some features not available during normal installations." -msgstr "Förinställningar ger ett sätt att ställa in svar på frågor som ställs under installationsprocessen, utan att manuellt behöva ange svaren under tiden installationen körs. Det här gör det möjligt att fullständit automatisera de flesta typer av installationer och erbjuder även vissa funktioner som inte finns tillgängliga vid normala installationer." +msgid "" +"Preseeding provides a way to set answers to questions asked during the " +"installation process, without having to manually enter the answers while the " +"installation is running. This makes it possible to fully automate most types " +"of installation and even offers some features not available during normal " +"installations." +msgstr "" +"Förinställningar ger ett sätt att ställa in svar på frågor som ställs under " +"installationsprocessen, utan att manuellt behöva ange svaren under tiden " +"installationen körs. Det här gör det möjligt att fullständit automatisera de " +"flesta typer av installationer och erbjuder även vissa funktioner som inte " +"finns tillgängliga vid normala installationer." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:40 #, no-c-format -msgid "Preseeding is not required. If you use an empty preseed file, the installer will behave just the same way as in a normal manual installation. Each question you preseed will (if you got it right!) modify the installation in some way from that baseline." -msgstr "Förinställning är inte nödvändigt. Om du använder en tom förinställningsfil kommer installationsprogrammet att uppträda på samma sätt som vid en vanlig manuell installation. Varje fråga som du förinställer kommer (om du har gjort rätt!) ändra installationen på något sätt från den grundregeln." +msgid "" +"Preseeding is not required. If you use an empty preseed file, the installer " +"will behave just the same way as in a normal manual installation. Each " +"question you preseed will (if you got it right!) modify the installation in " +"some way from that baseline." +msgstr "" +"Förinställning är inte nödvändigt. Om du använder en tom förinställningsfil " +"kommer installationsprogrammet att uppträda på samma sätt som vid en vanlig " +"manuell installation. Varje fråga som du förinställer kommer (om du har " +"gjort rätt!) ändra installationen på något sätt från den grundregeln." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:50 @@ -60,14 +85,29 @@ msgstr "Metoder för förinställning" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:51 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are three methods that can be used for preseeding: <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>, <firstterm>file</firstterm> and <firstterm>network</firstterm>. Initrd preseeding will work with any installation method and supports preseeding of more things, but it requires the most preparation. File and network preseeding each can be used with different installation methods." -msgstr "Det finns tre metoder som kan användas för förinställning: <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>, <firstterm>fil</firstterm> och <firstterm>nätverk</firstterm>. Förinställning med initrd fungerar med alla installationsmetoder och har stöd för förinställningar av fler saker, men den kräver den största förberedelsen. Förinställning med fil och nätverk kan användas med olika installationsmetoder." +msgid "" +"There are three methods that can be used for preseeding: <firstterm>initrd</" +"firstterm>, <firstterm>file</firstterm> and <firstterm>network</firstterm>. " +"Initrd preseeding will work with any installation method and supports " +"preseeding of more things, but it requires the most preparation. File and " +"network preseeding each can be used with different installation methods." +msgstr "" +"Det finns tre metoder som kan användas för förinställning: " +"<firstterm>initrd</firstterm>, <firstterm>fil</firstterm> och " +"<firstterm>nätverk</firstterm>. Förinställning med initrd fungerar med alla " +"installationsmetoder och har stöd för förinställningar av fler saker, men " +"den kräver den största förberedelsen. Förinställning med fil och nätverk kan " +"användas med olika installationsmetoder." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:60 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following table shows which preseeding methods can be used with which installation methods." -msgstr "Följande tabell visar vilka förinställningsmetoder som kan användas med vilka installationsmetoder." +msgid "" +"The following table shows which preseeding methods can be used with which " +"installation methods." +msgstr "" +"Följande tabell visar vilka förinställningsmetoder som kan användas med " +"vilka installationsmetoder." #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:69 @@ -82,8 +122,7 @@ msgid "initrd" msgstr "initrd" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:70 -#: preseed.xml:516 +#: preseed.xml:70 preseed.xml:516 #, no-c-format msgid "file" msgstr "fil" @@ -101,20 +140,9 @@ msgid "CD/DVD" msgstr "Cd/Dvd" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:77 -#: preseed.xml:78 -#: preseed.xml:79 -#: preseed.xml:89 -#: preseed.xml:91 -#: preseed.xml:94 -#: preseed.xml:95 -#: preseed.xml:96 -#: preseed.xml:99 -#: preseed.xml:100 -#: preseed.xml:101 -#: preseed.xml:104 -#: preseed.xml:106 -#: preseed.xml:109 +#: preseed.xml:77 preseed.xml:78 preseed.xml:79 preseed.xml:89 preseed.xml:91 +#: preseed.xml:94 preseed.xml:95 preseed.xml:96 preseed.xml:99 preseed.xml:100 +#: preseed.xml:101 preseed.xml:104 preseed.xml:106 preseed.xml:109 #: preseed.xml:111 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" @@ -123,8 +151,12 @@ msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:81 #, no-c-format -msgid "but only if you have network access, and set <literal>preseed/url</literal> appropriately" -msgstr "men endast om du har nätverksåtkomst, och ställer in <literal>preseed/url</literal> på lämpligt sätt" +msgid "" +"but only if you have network access, and set <literal>preseed/url</literal> " +"appropriately" +msgstr "" +"men endast om du har nätverksåtkomst, och ställer in <literal>preseed/url</" +"literal> på lämpligt sätt" #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:88 @@ -133,9 +165,7 @@ msgid "netboot" msgstr "nätuppstart" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:90 -#: preseed.xml:105 -#: preseed.xml:110 +#: preseed.xml:90 preseed.xml:105 preseed.xml:110 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>" @@ -143,8 +173,10 @@ msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>" #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:93 #, no-c-format -msgid "hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(including usb-stick)</phrase>" -msgstr "hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(inklusive USB-minne)</phrase>" +msgid "" +"hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(including usb-stick)</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(inklusive USB-minne)</phrase>" #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:98 @@ -167,20 +199,56 @@ msgstr "generisk/band" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:117 #, no-c-format -msgid "An important difference between the preseeding methods is the point at which the preconfiguration file is loaded and processed. For initrd preseeding this is right at the start of the installation, before the first question is even asked. For file preseeding this is after the CD or CD image has been loaded. For network preseeding it is only after the network has been configured." -msgstr "En viktig skillnad mellan förinställningsmetoderna är när förkonfigurationsfilen läses in och behandlas. För förinställning via initrd görs det här direkt i början av installationen, före den första frågan ställs. För förinställning via fil görs det här efter cd-skivan eller cd-avbildningen har lästs in. För förinställning via nätverk är det endast efter att nätverket har konfigurerats." +msgid "" +"An important difference between the preseeding methods is the point at which " +"the preconfiguration file is loaded and processed. For initrd preseeding " +"this is right at the start of the installation, before the first question is " +"even asked. For file preseeding this is after the CD or CD image has been " +"loaded. For network preseeding it is only after the network has been " +"configured." +msgstr "" +"En viktig skillnad mellan förinställningsmetoderna är när " +"förkonfigurationsfilen läses in och behandlas. För förinställning via initrd " +"görs det här direkt i början av installationen, före den första frågan " +"ställs. För förinställning via fil görs det här efter cd-skivan eller cd-" +"avbildningen har lästs in. För förinställning via nätverk är det endast " +"efter att nätverket har konfigurerats." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:126 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obviously, any questions that have been processed before the preconfiguration file is loaded cannot be preseeded (this will include questions that are only displayed at medium or low priority, like the first hardware detection run). <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> offers a way to avoid these questions being asked." -msgstr "Så klart, alla frågor som har behandlats innan förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in kan inte förinställas (det här inkluderar frågor som endast visas vid medium eller låg prioritet, såsom den första hårdvaruidentifieringen). <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> erbjuder ett sätt att förhindra att dessa frågor ställs." +msgid "" +"Obviously, any questions that have been processed before the " +"preconfiguration file is loaded cannot be preseeded (this will include " +"questions that are only displayed at medium or low priority, like the first " +"hardware detection run). <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> offers a way " +"to avoid these questions being asked." +msgstr "" +"Så klart, alla frågor som har behandlats innan förkonfigurationsfilen har " +"lästs in kan inte förinställas (det här inkluderar frågor som endast visas " +"vid medium eller låg prioritet, såsom den första hårdvaruidentifieringen). " +"<xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> erbjuder ett sätt att förhindra att " +"dessa frågor ställs." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:134 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to avoid the questions that would normally appear before the preseeding occurs, you can start the installer in <quote>auto</quote> mode. This delays questions that would normally be asked too early for preseeding (i.e. language, country and keyboard selection) until after the network comes up, thus allowing them to be preseeded. It also runs the installation at critical priority, which avoids many unimportant questions. See <xref linkend=\"preseed-auto\"/> for details." -msgstr "För att förhindra frågorna som vanligtvis visas innan förinställningen sker, kan du starta installationsprogrammet i <quote>auto</quote>-läget. Det här fördröjer frågor som vanligtvis skulle ställas för tidigt för förinställning (alltså språk, land och tangentbordsval) tills efter nätverket har konfigurerats, vilket tillåter dem att bli förinställda. Det kan även köra installationen i kritisk prioritet, vilket undviker många oviktiga frågor. Se <xref linkend=\"preseed-auto\"/> för detaljer." +msgid "" +"In order to avoid the questions that would normally appear before the " +"preseeding occurs, you can start the installer in <quote>auto</quote> mode. " +"This delays questions that would normally be asked too early for preseeding " +"(i.e. language, country and keyboard selection) until after the network " +"comes up, thus allowing them to be preseeded. It also runs the installation " +"at critical priority, which avoids many unimportant questions. See <xref " +"linkend=\"preseed-auto\"/> for details." +msgstr "" +"För att förhindra frågorna som vanligtvis visas innan förinställningen sker, " +"kan du starta installationsprogrammet i <quote>auto</quote>-läget. Det här " +"fördröjer frågor som vanligtvis skulle ställas för tidigt för förinställning " +"(alltså språk, land och tangentbordsval) tills efter nätverket har " +"konfigurerats, vilket tillåter dem att bli förinställda. Det kan även köra " +"installationen i kritisk prioritet, vilket undviker många oviktiga frågor. " +"Se <xref linkend=\"preseed-auto\"/> för detaljer." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:148 @@ -191,8 +259,16 @@ msgstr "Begränsningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:149 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although most questions used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, there are some notable exceptions. You must (re)partition an entire disk or use available free space on a disk; it is not possible to use existing partitions." -msgstr "Även om de flesta frågor som används av &d-i; kan förinställas med den här metoden finns det vissa undantag. Du måste partitionera (om) en hel disk eller använda tillgängligt ledigt utrymme på en disk; det är inte möjligt att använda befintliga partitioner." +msgid "" +"Although most questions used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, " +"there are some notable exceptions. You must (re)partition an entire disk or " +"use available free space on a disk; it is not possible to use existing " +"partitions." +msgstr "" +"Även om de flesta frågor som används av &d-i; kan förinställas med den här " +"metoden finns det vissa undantag. Du måste partitionera (om) en hel disk " +"eller använda tillgängligt ledigt utrymme på en disk; det är inte möjligt " +"att använda befintliga partitioner." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:223 @@ -203,14 +279,36 @@ msgstr "Användning av förinställningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:224 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will first need to create a preconfiguration file and place it in the location from where you want to use it. Creating the preconfiguration file is covered later in this appendix. Putting it in the correct location is fairly straightforward for network preseeding or if you want to read the file off a floppy or usb-stick. If you want to include the file on a CD or DVD, you will have to remaster the ISO image. How to get the preconfiguration file included in the initrd is outside the scope of this document; please consult the developers' documentation for &d-i;." -msgstr "Du behöver först skapa en förkonfigurationsfil och placera den på platsen där du vill använda den. Skapandet av förkonfigurationsfilen förklaras senare i den här bilagan. Lägga den på rätt plats är ganska självförklarande för förinställning via nätverket eller om du vill läsa filen från en diskett eller ett USB-minne. Om du vill inkludera filen på en cd- eller dvd-skiva behöver du göra om iso-avbildningen. Hur man får förkonfigurationsfil inkluderad i initrd är utanför omfånget för det här dokumentet; konsultera utvecklarnas dokumentation för &d-i;." +msgid "" +"You will first need to create a preconfiguration file and place it in the " +"location from where you want to use it. Creating the preconfiguration file " +"is covered later in this appendix. Putting it in the correct location is " +"fairly straightforward for network preseeding or if you want to read the " +"file off a floppy or usb-stick. If you want to include the file on a CD or " +"DVD, you will have to remaster the ISO image. How to get the " +"preconfiguration file included in the initrd is outside the scope of this " +"document; please consult the developers' documentation for &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"Du behöver först skapa en förkonfigurationsfil och placera den på platsen " +"där du vill använda den. Skapandet av förkonfigurationsfilen förklaras " +"senare i den här bilagan. Lägga den på rätt plats är ganska självförklarande " +"för förinställning via nätverket eller om du vill läsa filen från en diskett " +"eller ett USB-minne. Om du vill inkludera filen på en cd- eller dvd-skiva " +"behöver du göra om iso-avbildningen. Hur man får förkonfigurationsfil " +"inkluderad i initrd är utanför omfånget för det här dokumentet; konsultera " +"utvecklarnas dokumentation för &d-i;." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:235 #, no-c-format -msgid "An example preconfiguration file that you can use as basis for your own preconfiguration file is available from &urlset-example-preseed;. This file is based on the configuration fragments included in this appendix." -msgstr "Ett exempel på en förkonfigurationsfil du kan använda som grund för din egna förkonfigurationsfil finns tillgänglig från &urlset-example-preseed;. Den filen är baserad på konfigurationsdelarna som inkluderats i den här bilagan." +msgid "" +"An example preconfiguration file that you can use as basis for your own " +"preconfiguration file is available from &urlset-example-preseed;. This file " +"is based on the configuration fragments included in this appendix." +msgstr "" +"Ett exempel på en förkonfigurationsfil du kan använda som grund för din egna " +"förkonfigurationsfil finns tillgänglig från &urlset-example-preseed;. Den " +"filen är baserad på konfigurationsdelarna som inkluderats i den här bilagan." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:244 @@ -221,26 +319,62 @@ msgstr "Inläsning av förkonfigurationsfilen" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:245 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are using initrd preseeding, you only have to make sure a file named <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> is included in the root directory of the initrd. The installer will automatically check if this file is present and load it." -msgstr "Om du använder förinställning via initrd, behöver du endast se till att filen som heter <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> finns inkluderar i rotkatalogen på initrd. Installationsprogrammet kommer automatiskt att kontrollera om den filen finns och sedan läsa in den." +msgid "" +"If you are using initrd preseeding, you only have to make sure a file named " +"<filename>preseed.cfg</filename> is included in the root directory of the " +"initrd. The installer will automatically check if this file is present and " +"load it." +msgstr "" +"Om du använder förinställning via initrd, behöver du endast se till att " +"filen som heter <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> finns inkluderar i " +"rotkatalogen på initrd. Installationsprogrammet kommer automatiskt att " +"kontrollera om den filen finns och sedan läsa in den." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:252 #, no-c-format -msgid "For the other preseeding methods you need to tell the installer what file to use when you boot it. This is normally done by passing the kernel a boot parameter, either manually at boot time or by editing the bootloader configuration file (e.g. <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) and adding the parameter to the end of the append line(s) for the kernel." -msgstr "För de övriga förinställningsmetoderna behöver du tala om för installationsprogrammet vilken fil du använder när du startar upp den. Det gör du genom att skicka med en uppstartsparameter till kärnan, antingen manuellt vid uppstart eller genom att redigera konfigurationsfilen för starthanteraren (exempelvis <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) och lägga till parametern på slutet av den tillagda raden/raderna till kärnan." +msgid "" +"For the other preseeding methods you need to tell the installer what file to " +"use when you boot it. This is normally done by passing the kernel a boot " +"parameter, either manually at boot time or by editing the bootloader " +"configuration file (e.g. <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) and adding the " +"parameter to the end of the append line(s) for the kernel." +msgstr "" +"För de övriga förinställningsmetoderna behöver du tala om för " +"installationsprogrammet vilken fil du använder när du startar upp den. Det " +"gör du genom att skicka med en uppstartsparameter till kärnan, antingen " +"manuellt vid uppstart eller genom att redigera konfigurationsfilen för " +"starthanteraren (exempelvis <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) och lägga " +"till parametern på slutet av den tillagda raden/raderna till kärnan." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:260 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you do specify the preconfiguration file in the bootloader configuration, you might change the configuration so you don't need to hit enter to boot the installer. For syslinux this means setting the timeout to <literal>1</literal> in <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." -msgstr "Om du anger förkonfigurationsfilen i konfigurationen för starthanteraren, behöver du kanske ändra konfigurationen så att du inte behöver trycka Enter för att starta installationsprogrammet. För syslinux betyder det att ställa in timeout-värdet till <literal>1</literal> i <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." +msgid "" +"If you do specify the preconfiguration file in the bootloader configuration, " +"you might change the configuration so you don't need to hit enter to boot " +"the installer. For syslinux this means setting the timeout to <literal>1</" +"literal> in <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Om du anger förkonfigurationsfilen i konfigurationen för starthanteraren, " +"behöver du kanske ändra konfigurationen så att du inte behöver trycka Enter " +"för att starta installationsprogrammet. För syslinux betyder det att ställa " +"in timeout-värdet till <literal>1</literal> i <filename>syslinux.cfg</" +"filename>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:267 #, no-c-format -msgid "To make sure the installer gets the right preconfiguration file, you can optionally specify a checksum for the file. Currently this needs to be a md5sum, and if specified it must match the preconfiguration file or the installer will refuse to use it." -msgstr "För att se till att installationsprogrammet får rätt förkonfigurationsfil, kan du valfritt ange en kontrollsumma för filen. För närvarande behöver det vara en md5sum och om den anges måste den stämma med förkonfigurationsfilen eller så kommer installationsprogrammet att vägra använda den." +msgid "" +"To make sure the installer gets the right preconfiguration file, you can " +"optionally specify a checksum for the file. Currently this needs to be a " +"md5sum, and if specified it must match the preconfiguration file or the " +"installer will refuse to use it." +msgstr "" +"För att se till att installationsprogrammet får rätt förkonfigurationsfil, " +"kan du valfritt ange en kontrollsumma för filen. För närvarande behöver det " +"vara en md5sum och om den anges måste den stämma med förkonfigurationsfilen " +"eller så kommer installationsprogrammet att vägra använda den." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:276 @@ -277,8 +411,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:278 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that <filename>preseed/url</filename> can be shortened to just <filename>url</filename> and <filename>preseed/file</filename> to just <filename>file</filename> when they are passed as boot parameters." -msgstr "Observera att <filename>preseed/url</filename> kan kortas ner till endast <filename>url</filename> och <filename>preseed/file</filename> till <filename>file</filename> när de skickas med som uppstartsparametrar." +msgid "" +"Note that <filename>preseed/url</filename> can be shortened to just " +"<filename>url</filename> and <filename>preseed/file</filename> to just " +"<filename>file</filename> when they are passed as boot parameters." +msgstr "" +"Observera att <filename>preseed/url</filename> kan kortas ner till endast " +"<filename>url</filename> och <filename>preseed/file</filename> till " +"<filename>file</filename> när de skickas med som uppstartsparametrar." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:288 @@ -289,56 +429,153 @@ msgstr "Användning av uppstartsparametrar för att förinställa frågor" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:289 #, no-c-format -msgid "If a preconfiguration file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install can still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values on the command line when booting the installer." -msgstr "Om en förkonfigurationsfil inte kan användas för att förinställa vissa steg, kan installationsprogrammet fortfarande vara fullständigt automatiserad eftersom du kan skicka förinställningsvärden på kommandoraden när installationsprogrammet startar upp." +msgid "" +"If a preconfiguration file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install " +"can still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values on the " +"command line when booting the installer." +msgstr "" +"Om en förkonfigurationsfil inte kan användas för att förinställa vissa steg, " +"kan installationsprogrammet fortfarande vara fullständigt automatiserad " +"eftersom du kan skicka förinställningsvärden på kommandoraden när " +"installationsprogrammet startar upp." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:295 #, no-c-format -msgid "Boot parameters can also be used if you do not really want to use preseeding, but just want to provide an answer for a specific question. Some examples where this can be useful are documented elsewhere in this manual." -msgstr "Uppstartsparametrar kan även användas om du inte vill använda förinställning utan bara vill tillhandahålla ett svar på en specifik fråga. Några exempel på var det här kan vara användbart finns dokumenterat i den här handboken." +msgid "" +"Boot parameters can also be used if you do not really want to use " +"preseeding, but just want to provide an answer for a specific question. Some " +"examples where this can be useful are documented elsewhere in this manual." +msgstr "" +"Uppstartsparametrar kan även användas om du inte vill använda förinställning " +"utan bara vill tillhandahålla ett svar på en specifik fråga. Några exempel " +"på var det här kan vara användbart finns dokumenterat i den här handboken." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:301 #, no-c-format -msgid "To set a value to be used inside &d-i;, just pass <userinput><replaceable>path/to/variable</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> for any of the preseed variables listed in the examples in this appendix. If a value is to be used to configure packages for the target system, you will need to prepend the <firstterm>owner</firstterm><footnote> <para> The owner of a debconf variable (or template) is normally the name of the package that contains the corresponding debconf template. For variables used in the installer itself the owner is <quote>d-i</quote>. Templates and variables can have more than one owner which helps to determine whether they can be removed from the debconf database if the package is purged. </para> </footnote> of the variable as in <userinput><replaceable>owner</replaceable>:<replaceable>path/to/variable</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput>. If you don't specify the owner, the value for the variable will not be copied to the debconf database in the target system and thus remain unused during the configuration of the relevant package." -msgstr "För att ställa in ett värde som kan användas i &d-i;, skicka helt enkelt <userinput><replaceable>sökväg/till/variabel</replaceable>=<replaceable>värde</replaceable></userinput> för någon av de förinställningsvariabler som listas i de exempel i den här bilagan. Om ett värde ska användas för att konfigurera paket för målsystemet, behöver du lägga till <firstterm>owner</firstterm><footnote> <para> Ägaren av en debconf-variabel (eller mall) är vanligtvis namnet på paketet som innehåller motsvarade debconf-mall. För variabler som används i själva installationsprogrammet är ägaren <quote>d-i</quote>. Mallar och variabler kan ha fler än en ägare som hjälper till att bestämma huruvida de kan tas bort från debconf-databasen om paketet avinstalleras. </para> </footnote> för variabeln som i <userinput><replaceable>ägare</replaceable>:<replaceable>sökväg/till/variabel</replaceable>=<replaceable>värde</replaceable></userinput>. Om du inte anger ägaren, kommer värdet för variabeln inte att kopieras till debconf-databasen på målsystemet och därigenom inte användas under konfigurationen av det relevanta paketet." +msgid "" +"To set a value to be used inside &d-i;, just pass " +"<userinput><replaceable>path/to/variable</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</" +"replaceable></userinput> for any of the preseed variables listed in the " +"examples in this appendix. If a value is to be used to configure packages " +"for the target system, you will need to prepend the <firstterm>owner</" +"firstterm><footnote> <para> The owner of a debconf variable (or template) is " +"normally the name of the package that contains the corresponding debconf " +"template. For variables used in the installer itself the owner is <quote>d-" +"i</quote>. Templates and variables can have more than one owner which helps " +"to determine whether they can be removed from the debconf database if the " +"package is purged. </para> </footnote> of the variable as in " +"<userinput><replaceable>owner</replaceable>:<replaceable>path/to/variable</" +"replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput>. If you don't " +"specify the owner, the value for the variable will not be copied to the " +"debconf database in the target system and thus remain unused during the " +"configuration of the relevant package." +msgstr "" +"För att ställa in ett värde som kan användas i &d-i;, skicka helt enkelt " +"<userinput><replaceable>sökväg/till/variabel</" +"replaceable>=<replaceable>värde</replaceable></userinput> för någon av de " +"förinställningsvariabler som listas i de exempel i den här bilagan. Om ett " +"värde ska användas för att konfigurera paket för målsystemet, behöver du " +"lägga till <firstterm>owner</firstterm><footnote> <para> Ägaren av en " +"debconf-variabel (eller mall) är vanligtvis namnet på paketet som innehåller " +"motsvarade debconf-mall. För variabler som används i själva " +"installationsprogrammet är ägaren <quote>d-i</quote>. Mallar och variabler " +"kan ha fler än en ägare som hjälper till att bestämma huruvida de kan tas " +"bort från debconf-databasen om paketet avinstalleras. </para> </footnote> " +"för variabeln som i <userinput><replaceable>ägare</replaceable>:" +"<replaceable>sökväg/till/variabel</replaceable>=<replaceable>värde</" +"replaceable></userinput>. Om du inte anger ägaren, kommer värdet för " +"variabeln inte att kopieras till debconf-databasen på målsystemet och " +"därigenom inte användas under konfigurationen av det relevanta paketet." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:324 #, no-c-format -msgid "Normally, preseeding a question in this way will mean that the question will not be asked. To set a specific default value for a question, but still have the question asked, use <quote>?=</quote> instead of <quote>=</quote> as operator. See also <xref linkend=\"preseed-seenflag\"/>." -msgstr "Vanligtvis betyder förinställning av en fråga på det här sättet att frågan inte kommer att ställas. För att ställa in ett specifikt standardvärde för en fråga, men fortfarande ställa frågan, kan du använda <quote>?=</quote> istället för <quote>=</quote> som operator. Se även <xref linkend=\"preseed-seenflag\"/>." +msgid "" +"Normally, preseeding a question in this way will mean that the question will " +"not be asked. To set a specific default value for a question, but still have " +"the question asked, use <quote>?=</quote> instead of <quote>=</quote> as " +"operator. See also <xref linkend=\"preseed-seenflag\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Vanligtvis betyder förinställning av en fråga på det här sättet att frågan " +"inte kommer att ställas. För att ställa in ett specifikt standardvärde för " +"en fråga, men fortfarande ställa frågan, kan du använda <quote>?=</quote> " +"istället för <quote>=</quote> som operator. Se även <xref linkend=\"preseed-" +"seenflag\"/>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:331 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that some variables that are frequently set at the boot prompt have a shorter alias. If an alias is available, it is used in the examples in this appendix instead of the full variable. The <literal>preseed/url</literal> variable for example has been aliased as <literal>url</literal>. Another example is the <literal>tasks</literal> alias, which translates to <literal>tasksel:tasksel/first</literal>." -msgstr "Observera att vissa variabler som ofta ställs in vid uppstartsprompten har ett kortare alias. Om ett alias finns tillgängligt kommer det att användas i exemplen i denna bilaga istället för den fullständiga variabeln. Speciellt variabeln <literal>preseed/url</literal>, som har fått aliaset <literal>url</literal>. Ett annat exempel är aliaset <literal>tasks</literal> som översätts till <literal>tasksel:tasksel/first</literal>." +msgid "" +"Note that some variables that are frequently set at the boot prompt have a " +"shorter alias. If an alias is available, it is used in the examples in this " +"appendix instead of the full variable. The <literal>preseed/url</literal> " +"variable for example has been aliased as <literal>url</literal>. Another " +"example is the <literal>tasks</literal> alias, which translates to " +"<literal>tasksel:tasksel/first</literal>." +msgstr "" +"Observera att vissa variabler som ofta ställs in vid uppstartsprompten har " +"ett kortare alias. Om ett alias finns tillgängligt kommer det att användas i " +"exemplen i denna bilaga istället för den fullständiga variabeln. Speciellt " +"variabeln <literal>preseed/url</literal>, som har fått aliaset <literal>url</" +"literal>. Ett annat exempel är aliaset <literal>tasks</literal> som " +"översätts till <literal>tasksel:tasksel/first</literal>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:340 #, no-c-format -msgid "A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel parameters that appear after the last <quote>--</quote> may be copied into the bootloader configuration for the installed system (if supported by the installer for the bootloader). The installer will automatically filter out any options (like preconfiguration options) that it recognizes." -msgstr "En <quote>--</quote> i uppstartsflaggorna har en speciell betydelse. Kärnparametrar som dyker upp efter den sista <quote>--</quote> kan kopieras in i starthanterarens konfiguration för det installerade systemet (om det stöds av installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren). Installationsprogrammet kommer automatiskt att filtrera ut alla flaggor (som förkonfigurationsflaggor) som den känner igen." +msgid "" +"A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel " +"parameters that appear after the last <quote>--</quote> may be copied into " +"the bootloader configuration for the installed system (if supported by the " +"installer for the bootloader). The installer will automatically filter out " +"any options (like preconfiguration options) that it recognizes." +msgstr "" +"En <quote>--</quote> i uppstartsflaggorna har en speciell betydelse. " +"Kärnparametrar som dyker upp efter den sista <quote>--</quote> kan kopieras " +"in i starthanterarens konfiguration för det installerade systemet (om det " +"stöds av installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren). " +"Installationsprogrammet kommer automatiskt att filtrera ut alla flaggor (som " +"förkonfigurationsflaggor) som den känner igen." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:349 #, no-c-format -msgid "Current linux kernels (2.6.9 and later) accept a maximum of 32 command line options and 32 environment options, including any options added by default for the installer. If these numbers are exceeded, the kernel will panic (crash). (For earlier kernels, these numbers were lower.)" -msgstr "De aktuella linux-kärnorna (2.6.9 och senare) accepterar maximalt 32 kommandoradsflaggor och 32 miljöflaggor, inklusive eventuella flaggor som läggs till som standard för installationsprogrammet. Om dessa tal överstigs kommer kärnan att få panik (krasch). (För tidigare kärnor var dessa tal lägre)." +msgid "" +"Current linux kernels (2.6.9 and later) accept a maximum of 32 command line " +"options and 32 environment options, including any options added by default " +"for the installer. If these numbers are exceeded, the kernel will panic " +"(crash). (For earlier kernels, these numbers were lower.)" +msgstr "" +"De aktuella linux-kärnorna (2.6.9 och senare) accepterar maximalt 32 " +"kommandoradsflaggor och 32 miljöflaggor, inklusive eventuella flaggor som " +"läggs till som standard för installationsprogrammet. Om dessa tal överstigs " +"kommer kärnan att få panik (krasch). (För tidigare kärnor var dessa tal " +"lägre)." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:357 #, no-c-format -msgid "For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader configuration file, like <literal>vga=normal</literal>, may be safely removed which may allow you to add more options for preseeding." -msgstr "För de flesta installationer kan vissa av de standardflaggor i din konfigurationsfil för starthanteraren såsom \"vga=normal\" med säkerhet tas bort, vilket kan ge dig möjlighet att lägga till fler flaggor för förinställningen." +msgid "" +"For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader " +"configuration file, like <literal>vga=normal</literal>, may be safely " +"removed which may allow you to add more options for preseeding." +msgstr "" +"För de flesta installationer kan vissa av de standardflaggor i din " +"konfigurationsfil för starthanteraren såsom \"vga=normal\" med säkerhet tas " +"bort, vilket kan ge dig möjlighet att lägga till fler flaggor för " +"förinställningen." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:364 #, no-c-format -msgid "It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot parameters, even if you delimit them with quotes." -msgstr "Det kanske inte alltid är möjligt att ange värden med blanksteg för uppstartsparametrar, även om du avgränsar dem med citationstecken." +msgid "" +"It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot " +"parameters, even if you delimit them with quotes." +msgstr "" +"Det kanske inte alltid är möjligt att ange värden med blanksteg för " +"uppstartsparametrar, även om du avgränsar dem med citationstecken." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:373 @@ -350,30 +587,96 @@ msgstr "Auto-läget" #: preseed.xml:374 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"There are several features of Debian Installer that combine to allow fairly simple command lines at the boot prompt to result in arbitrarily complex customized automatic installs. To illustrate this, here are some examples that can be used at the boot prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"There are several features of Debian Installer that combine to allow fairly " +"simple command lines at the boot prompt to result in arbitrarily complex " +"customized automatic installs. To illustrate this, here are some examples " +"that can be used at the boot prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" "auto url=autoserver\n" -"</screen></informalexample> This relies on there being a DHCP server that will get the machine to the point where <literal>autoserver</literal> can be resolved by DNS, perhaps after adding the local domain if that was provided by DHCP. If this was done at a site where the domain is <literal>example.com</literal>, and they have a reasonably sane DHCP setup, it would result in the preseed file being retrieved from <literal>http://autoserver.example.com/d-i/&releasename;/./preseed.cfg</literal>." +"</screen></informalexample> This relies on there being a DHCP server that " +"will get the machine to the point where <literal>autoserver</literal> can be " +"resolved by DNS, perhaps after adding the local domain if that was provided " +"by DHCP. If this was done at a site where the domain is <literal>example." +"com</literal>, and they have a reasonably sane DHCP setup, it would result " +"in the preseed file being retrieved from <literal>http://autoserver.example." +"com/d-i/&releasename;/./preseed.cfg</literal>." msgstr "" -"Det finns flera funktioner i Debian Installer som kan kombineras för att tillåta hyffsat enkla kommandorader vid uppstartsprompten som resulterar i godtyckligt komplexa och anpassade automatiska installationer. För att visa detta är några exempel som kan användas vid uppstartsprompten: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Det finns flera funktioner i Debian Installer som kan kombineras för att " +"tillåta hyffsat enkla kommandorader vid uppstartsprompten som resulterar i " +"godtyckligt komplexa och anpassade automatiska installationer. För att visa " +"detta är några exempel som kan användas vid uppstartsprompten: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "auto url=autoserver\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Det här förlitar sig på att det finns en DHCP-server som får maskinen till den punkt där <literal>autoserver</literal> kan slås upp av DNS, kanske efter den lokala domänen läggs till om den tillhandahölls av DHCP. Om det gjordes på ett system där domänen var <literal>exampel.se</literal>, och de har en ganska förnuftig DHCP-konfiguration, skulle det resultera i att förinställningsfilen hämtades från <literal>http://autoserver.exampel.se/d-i/&releasename;/./preseed.cfg</literal>." +"</screen></informalexample> Det här förlitar sig på att det finns en DHCP-" +"server som får maskinen till den punkt där <literal>autoserver</literal> kan " +"slås upp av DNS, kanske efter den lokala domänen läggs till om den " +"tillhandahölls av DHCP. Om det gjordes på ett system där domänen var " +"<literal>exampel.se</literal>, och de har en ganska förnuftig DHCP-" +"konfiguration, skulle det resultera i att förinställningsfilen hämtades från " +"<literal>http://autoserver.exampel.se/d-i/&releasename;/./preseed.cfg</" +"literal>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:391 #, no-c-format -msgid "The last part of that url (<literal>d-i/&releasename;/./preseed.cfg</literal>) is taken from <literal>auto-install/defaultroot</literal>. By default this includes the directory <literal>&releasename;</literal> to allow future versions to specify their own codename and let people migrate forwards in a controlled manner. The <literal>/./</literal> bit is used to indicate a root, relative to which subsequent paths can be anchored (for use in preseed/include and preseed/run). This allows files to be specified either as full URLs, paths starting with / that are thus anchored, or even paths relative to the location where the last preseed file was found. This can be used to construct more portable scripts where an entire hierarchy of scripts can be moved to a new location without breaking it, for example copying the files onto a USB stick when they started out on a web server. In this example, if the preseed file sets <literal>preseed/run</literal> to <literal>/scripts/late_command.sh</literal> then the file will be fetched from <literal>http://autoserver.example.com/d-i/&releasename;/./scripts/late_command.sh</literal>." -msgstr "Den sista delen av den url:en (<literal>d-i/&releasename;/./preseed.cfg</literal>) hämtas från <literal>auto-install/defaultroot</literal>. Som standard inkluderar det här katalogen <literal>&releasename;</literal> för att tillåta att framtida versioner anger sina egna kodnamn och låter folk migrera framåt på ett kontrollerat sätt. Biten <literal>/./</literal> används för att indikera en rot, relativ till vilka efterföljande sökvägar som kan fästas (för användning i preseed/include och preseed/run). Det här tillåter att filer kan anges antingen som fullständiga url:er, sökvägar som börjar med / som då är fästa, eller även sökvägar relativa till platsen där den senaste förinställningsfilen hittades. Det här kan användas för att bygga mer portabla skript där en hel hierarki av skript kan flyttas till en ny plats utan att göra sönder den, till exempel kopiera filerna till ett USB-minne när de ursprungligen fann spå en webbserver. I det här exemplet, om förinställningsfilen ställer in <literal>preseed/run</literal> till <literal>/skript/sent_kommando.sh</literal> kommer filen att hämtas från <literal>http://autoserver.exempel.se/d-i/&releasename;/./skript/sent_kommando.sh</literal>." +msgid "" +"The last part of that url (<literal>d-i/&releasename;/./preseed.cfg</" +"literal>) is taken from <literal>auto-install/defaultroot</literal>. By " +"default this includes the directory <literal>&releasename;</literal> to " +"allow future versions to specify their own codename and let people migrate " +"forwards in a controlled manner. The <literal>/./</literal> bit is used to " +"indicate a root, relative to which subsequent paths can be anchored (for use " +"in preseed/include and preseed/run). This allows files to be specified " +"either as full URLs, paths starting with / that are thus anchored, or even " +"paths relative to the location where the last preseed file was found. This " +"can be used to construct more portable scripts where an entire hierarchy of " +"scripts can be moved to a new location without breaking it, for example " +"copying the files onto a USB stick when they started out on a web server. In " +"this example, if the preseed file sets <literal>preseed/run</literal> to " +"<literal>/scripts/late_command.sh</literal> then the file will be fetched " +"from <literal>http://autoserver.example.com/d-i/&releasename;/./scripts/" +"late_command.sh</literal>." +msgstr "" +"Den sista delen av den url:en (<literal>d-i/&releasename;/./preseed.cfg</" +"literal>) hämtas från <literal>auto-install/defaultroot</literal>. Som " +"standard inkluderar det här katalogen <literal>&releasename;</literal> för " +"att tillåta att framtida versioner anger sina egna kodnamn och låter folk " +"migrera framåt på ett kontrollerat sätt. Biten <literal>/./</literal> " +"används för att indikera en rot, relativ till vilka efterföljande sökvägar " +"som kan fästas (för användning i preseed/include och preseed/run). Det här " +"tillåter att filer kan anges antingen som fullständiga url:er, sökvägar som " +"börjar med / som då är fästa, eller även sökvägar relativa till platsen där " +"den senaste förinställningsfilen hittades. Det här kan användas för att " +"bygga mer portabla skript där en hel hierarki av skript kan flyttas till en " +"ny plats utan att göra sönder den, till exempel kopiera filerna till ett USB-" +"minne när de ursprungligen fann spå en webbserver. I det här exemplet, om " +"förinställningsfilen ställer in <literal>preseed/run</literal> till " +"<literal>/skript/sent_kommando.sh</literal> kommer filen att hämtas från " +"<literal>http://autoserver.exempel.se/d-i/&releasename;/./skript/" +"sent_kommando.sh</literal>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:411 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If there is no local DHCP or DNS infrastructure, or if you do not want to use the default path to <filename>preseed.cfg</filename>, you can still use an explicit url, and if you don't use the <literal>/./</literal> element it will be anchored to the start of the path (i.e. the third <literal>/</literal> in the URL). Here is an example that requires minimal support from the local network infrastructure: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"auto url=<replaceable>http://192.168.1.2/path/to/mypreseed.file</replaceable>\n" +"If there is no local DHCP or DNS infrastructure, or if you do not want to " +"use the default path to <filename>preseed.cfg</filename>, you can still use " +"an explicit url, and if you don't use the <literal>/./</literal> element it " +"will be anchored to the start of the path (i.e. the third <literal>/</" +"literal> in the URL). Here is an example that requires minimal support from " +"the local network infrastructure: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"auto url=<replaceable>http://192.168.1.2/path/to/mypreseed.file</" +"replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> The way this works is that:" msgstr "" -"Om det inte finns någon lokal DHCP- eller DNS-infrastruktur, eller om du inte vill använda standardsökvägen till <filename>preseed.cfg</filename>, kan du fortfarande använda en angiven url, och om du inte vill använda elementet <literal>/./</literal> kommer det att fästas till början av sökvägen (alltså den tredje <literal>/</literal> i url:en). Här är ett exempel som kräver minimalt stöd från den lokala nätverksinfrastrukturen: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"auto url=<replaceable>http://192.168.1.2/sökväg/till/minförinställnings.fil</replaceable>\n" +"Om det inte finns någon lokal DHCP- eller DNS-infrastruktur, eller om du " +"inte vill använda standardsökvägen till <filename>preseed.cfg</filename>, " +"kan du fortfarande använda en angiven url, och om du inte vill använda " +"elementet <literal>/./</literal> kommer det att fästas till början av " +"sökvägen (alltså den tredje <literal>/</literal> i url:en). Här är ett " +"exempel som kräver minimalt stöd från den lokala nätverksinfrastrukturen: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"auto url=<replaceable>http://192.168.1.2/sökväg/till/minförinställnings.fil</" +"replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> Sättet det här fungerar på är:" #. Tag: para @@ -385,50 +688,125 @@ msgstr "om url:en saknar ett protokoll, antas http," #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:427 #, no-c-format -msgid "if the hostname section contains no periods, it has the domain derived from DHCP appended to it, and" -msgstr "om värdnamnssektionen inte innehåller punkter, den har erhållit domänen från DHCP som lagt till den, och" +msgid "" +"if the hostname section contains no periods, it has the domain derived from " +"DHCP appended to it, and" +msgstr "" +"om värdnamnssektionen inte innehåller punkter, den har erhållit domänen från " +"DHCP som lagt till den, och" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:431 #, no-c-format -msgid "if there's no <literal>/</literal>'s after the hostname, then the default path is added." -msgstr "om det inte finns några <literal>/</literal> efter värdnamnet, kommer standardsökvägen att läggas till." +msgid "" +"if there's no <literal>/</literal>'s after the hostname, then the default " +"path is added." +msgstr "" +"om det inte finns några <literal>/</literal> efter värdnamnet, kommer " +"standardsökvägen att läggas till." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:437 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"In addition to specifying the url, you can also specify settings that do not directly affect the behavior of &d-i; itself, but can be passed through to scripts specified using <literal>preseed/run</literal> in the loaded preseed file. At present, the only example of this is <literal>auto-install/classes</literal>, which has an alias <literal>classes</literal>. This can be used thus: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"auto url=<replaceable>example.com</replaceable> classes=<replaceable>class_A;class_B</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> The classes could for example denote the type of system to be installed, or the localization to be used." +"In addition to specifying the url, you can also specify settings that do not " +"directly affect the behavior of &d-i; itself, but can be passed through to " +"scripts specified using <literal>preseed/run</literal> in the loaded preseed " +"file. At present, the only example of this is <literal>auto-install/classes</" +"literal>, which has an alias <literal>classes</literal>. This can be used " +"thus: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"auto url=<replaceable>example.com</replaceable> classes=<replaceable>class_A;" +"class_B</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> The classes could for example denote the type of " +"system to be installed, or the localization to be used." msgstr "" -"I tillägg till att ange url:en, kan du även ange inställningar som inte direkt påverkar beteendet för själva &d-i;, men som kan skickas genom till skript som angivits med <literal>preseed/run</literal> i den inlästa förinställningsfilen. För tillfället, det enda exemplet på det här är <literal>auto-install/classes</literal>, vilken har aliaset <literal>classes</literal>. Den här kan användas på detta sätt: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"auto url=<replaceable>exampel.se</replaceable> classes=<replaceable>klass_A;klass_B</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Klasserna skulle till exempel kunna beteckna systemtypen som ska installeras, eller lokalanpassningen som ska användas." +"I tillägg till att ange url:en, kan du även ange inställningar som inte " +"direkt påverkar beteendet för själva &d-i;, men som kan skickas genom till " +"skript som angivits med <literal>preseed/run</literal> i den inlästa " +"förinställningsfilen. För tillfället, det enda exemplet på det här är " +"<literal>auto-install/classes</literal>, vilken har aliaset " +"<literal>classes</literal>. Den här kan användas på detta sätt: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"auto url=<replaceable>exampel.se</replaceable> classes=<replaceable>klass_A;" +"klass_B</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Klasserna skulle till exempel kunna beteckna " +"systemtypen som ska installeras, eller lokalanpassningen som ska användas." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:451 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is of course possible to extend this concept, and if you do, it is reasonable to use the auto-install namespace for this. So one might have something like <literal>auto-install/style</literal> which is then used in your scripts. If you feel the need to do this, please mention it on the <email>debian-boot@lists.debian.org</email> mailing list so that we can avoid namespace conflicts, and perhaps add an alias for the parameter for you." -msgstr "Det är så klart möjligt att utöka det här konceptet, och om du gör det, är det rimligt att använda namnrymden auto-install namespace för det här. Så ett exempel på det här är <literal>auto-install/style</literal> vilket sedan används i dina skript. Om du känner behovet att göra det här, nämn det på sändlistan <email>debian-boot@lists.debian.org</email> så att vi kan undvika konflikter i namnrymden, och kanske lägga till ett alias för parametern åt dig." +msgid "" +"It is of course possible to extend this concept, and if you do, it is " +"reasonable to use the auto-install namespace for this. So one might have " +"something like <literal>auto-install/style</literal> which is then used in " +"your scripts. If you feel the need to do this, please mention it on the " +"<email>debian-boot@lists.debian.org</email> mailing list so that we can " +"avoid namespace conflicts, and perhaps add an alias for the parameter for " +"you." +msgstr "" +"Det är så klart möjligt att utöka det här konceptet, och om du gör det, är " +"det rimligt att använda namnrymden auto-install namespace för det här. Så " +"ett exempel på det här är <literal>auto-install/style</literal> vilket sedan " +"används i dina skript. Om du känner behovet att göra det här, nämn det på " +"sändlistan <email>debian-boot@lists.debian.org</email> så att vi kan undvika " +"konflikter i namnrymden, och kanske lägga till ett alias för parametern åt " +"dig." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:461 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <literal>auto</literal> boot label is not yet defined everywhere. The same effect may be achieved by simply adding the two parameters <literal>auto=true priority=critical</literal> to the kernel command line. The <literal>auto</literal> parameter is an alias for <literal>auto-install/enable</literal> and setting it to <literal>true</literal> delays the locale and keyboard questions until after there has been a chance to preseed them, while <literal>priority</literal> is an alias for <literal>debconf/priority</literal> and setting it to <literal>critical</literal> stops any questions with a lower priority from being asked." -msgstr "Uppstartsetiketten <literal>auto</literal> är ännu inte definierad överallt. Samma effekt kan uppnås genom att helt enkelt lägga till de två parametrarna <literal>auto=true priority=critical</literal> till kärnans kommandorad. Parametern <literal>auto</literal> är ett alias för <literal>auto-install/enable</literal> och ställer man in den till <literal>true</literal> så fördröjs frågor om lokalanpassning och tangentbord tills efter det finns en chans att förinställa dem, samt <literal>priority</literal> är ett alias för <literal>debconf/priority</literal> och ställer man in den till <literal>critical</literal> så stoppas alla frågor med en lägre prioritet från att ställas." +msgid "" +"The <literal>auto</literal> boot label is not yet defined everywhere. The " +"same effect may be achieved by simply adding the two parameters " +"<literal>auto=true priority=critical</literal> to the kernel command line. " +"The <literal>auto</literal> parameter is an alias for <literal>auto-install/" +"enable</literal> and setting it to <literal>true</literal> delays the locale " +"and keyboard questions until after there has been a chance to preseed them, " +"while <literal>priority</literal> is an alias for <literal>debconf/priority</" +"literal> and setting it to <literal>critical</literal> stops any questions " +"with a lower priority from being asked." +msgstr "" +"Uppstartsetiketten <literal>auto</literal> är ännu inte definierad överallt. " +"Samma effekt kan uppnås genom att helt enkelt lägga till de två parametrarna " +"<literal>auto=true priority=critical</literal> till kärnans kommandorad. " +"Parametern <literal>auto</literal> är ett alias för <literal>auto-install/" +"enable</literal> och ställer man in den till <literal>true</literal> så " +"fördröjs frågor om lokalanpassning och tangentbord tills efter det finns en " +"chans att förinställa dem, samt <literal>priority</literal> är ett alias för " +"<literal>debconf/priority</literal> och ställer man in den till " +"<literal>critical</literal> så stoppas alla frågor med en lägre prioritet " +"från att ställas." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:475 #, no-c-format -msgid "Additional options that may be of interest while attempting to automate an install while using DHCP are: <literal>interface=auto netcfg/dhcp_timeout=60</literal> which makes the machine choose the first viable NIC and be more patient about getting a reply to its DHCP query." -msgstr "Ytterligare flaggor som kan vara intressanta vid försök att automatisera en installation när DHCP används är: <literal>interface=auto netcfg/dhcp_timeout=60</literal> vilket gör att maskinen väljer det första användbara nätverkskortet och väntar lite längre på ett svar på sin DHCP-fråga." +msgid "" +"Additional options that may be of interest while attempting to automate an " +"install while using DHCP are: <literal>interface=auto netcfg/" +"dhcp_timeout=60</literal> which makes the machine choose the first viable " +"NIC and be more patient about getting a reply to its DHCP query." +msgstr "" +"Ytterligare flaggor som kan vara intressanta vid försök att automatisera en " +"installation när DHCP används är: <literal>interface=auto netcfg/" +"dhcp_timeout=60</literal> vilket gör att maskinen väljer det första " +"användbara nätverkskortet och väntar lite längre på ett svar på sin DHCP-" +"fråga." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:484 #, no-c-format -msgid "An extensive example of how to use this framework, including example scripts and classes, can be found on the <ulink url=\"http://hands.com/d-i/\">website of its developer</ulink>. The examples available there also show many other nice effects that can be achieved by creative use of preconfiguration." -msgstr "Ett djupgående exempel på hur man använder det här ramverket, inklusive exempelskript och klasser, kan hittas på <ulink url=\"http://hands.com/d-i/\">webbsidan för dess utvecklare</ulink>. Exemplen som finns tillgängliga där visar många andra trevliga effekter som kan uppnås genom kreativ användning av förkonfigurering." +msgid "" +"An extensive example of how to use this framework, including example scripts " +"and classes, can be found on the <ulink url=\"http://hands.com/d-i/" +"\">website of its developer</ulink>. The examples available there also show " +"many other nice effects that can be achieved by creative use of " +"preconfiguration." +msgstr "" +"Ett djupgående exempel på hur man använder det här ramverket, inklusive " +"exempelskript och klasser, kan hittas på <ulink url=\"http://hands.com/d-i/" +"\">webbsidan för dess utvecklare</ulink>. Exemplen som finns tillgängliga " +"där visar många andra trevliga effekter som kan uppnås genom kreativ " +"användning av förkonfigurering." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:495 @@ -439,8 +817,16 @@ msgstr "Användbara alias vid förinställning" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:496 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following aliases can be useful when using (auto mode) preseeding. Note that these are simply short aliases for question names, and you always need to specify a value as well: for example, <literal>auto=true</literal> or <literal>interface=eth0</literal>." -msgstr "Följande alias kan vara användbara vid användning av (automatiskt läge) förinställning. Observera att dessa helt enkelt är kort alias för frågenamn, och du behöver även alltid ange ett värde: till exempel, <literal>auto=true</literal> eller <literal>interface=eth0</literal>." +msgid "" +"The following aliases can be useful when using (auto mode) preseeding. Note " +"that these are simply short aliases for question names, and you always need " +"to specify a value as well: for example, <literal>auto=true</literal> or " +"<literal>interface=eth0</literal>." +msgstr "" +"Följande alias kan vara användbara vid användning av (automatiskt läge) " +"förinställning. Observera att dessa helt enkelt är kort alias för frågenamn, " +"och du behöver även alltid ange ett värde: till exempel, <literal>auto=true</" +"literal> eller <literal>interface=eth0</literal>." #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:509 @@ -487,7 +873,6 @@ msgstr "language" #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:512 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "debian-installer/locale" msgid "debian-installer/language" msgstr "debian-installer/language" @@ -500,7 +885,6 @@ msgstr "country" #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:513 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "debian-installer/locale" msgid "debian-installer/country" msgstr "debian-installer/country" @@ -615,8 +999,22 @@ msgstr "Använd en DHCP-server för att ange förkonfigurationsfiler" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:530 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's also possible to use DHCP to specify a preconfiguration file to download from the network. DHCP allows specifying a filename. Normally this is a file to netboot, but if it appears to be an URL then installation media that support network preseeding will download the file from the URL and use it as a preconfiguration file. Here is an example of how to set it up in the dhcpd.conf for version 3 of the ISC DHCP server (the dhcp3-server Debian package)." -msgstr "Det är också möjligt att använda DHCP för att ange en förkonfigurationsfil att hämta från nätverket. DHCP tillåter att man anger ett filnamn. Normalt är det en fil som används för uppstart via nätverket men om det verkar vara en URL så kommer installationsmediumet som har stöd för förinställning via nätverket att hämta filen från URL:en och använda det som en förkonfigurationsfil. Här är ett exempel på hur man ställer in dhcpd.conf för version 3 av ISC DHCP-servern (Debian-paketet heter dhcp3-server)." +msgid "" +"It's also possible to use DHCP to specify a preconfiguration file to " +"download from the network. DHCP allows specifying a filename. Normally this " +"is a file to netboot, but if it appears to be an URL then installation media " +"that support network preseeding will download the file from the URL and use " +"it as a preconfiguration file. Here is an example of how to set it up in the " +"dhcpd.conf for version 3 of the ISC DHCP server (the dhcp3-server Debian " +"package)." +msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att använda DHCP för att ange en förkonfigurationsfil " +"att hämta från nätverket. DHCP tillåter att man anger ett filnamn. Normalt " +"är det en fil som används för uppstart via nätverket men om det verkar vara " +"en URL så kommer installationsmediumet som har stöd för förinställning via " +"nätverket att hämta filen från URL:en och använda det som en " +"förkonfigurationsfil. Här är ett exempel på hur man ställer in dhcpd.conf " +"för version 3 av ISC DHCP-servern (Debian-paketet heter dhcp3-server)." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:541 @@ -633,14 +1031,34 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:543 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the above example limits this filename to DHCP clients that identify themselves as \"d-i\", so it will not affect regular DHCP clients, but only the installer. You can also put the text in a stanza for only one particular host to avoid preseeding all installs on your network." -msgstr "Observera att exemplet ovan begränsar filnamnet till DHCP-klienter som identifierar sig själva som \"d-i\", så det kommer inte att påverka vanliga DHCP-klienter men endast installationsprogrammet. Du kan också lägga in text i en sats för endast en speciell värd för att undvika förinställning av alla installationer på ditt nätverk." +msgid "" +"Note that the above example limits this filename to DHCP clients that " +"identify themselves as \"d-i\", so it will not affect regular DHCP clients, " +"but only the installer. You can also put the text in a stanza for only one " +"particular host to avoid preseeding all installs on your network." +msgstr "" +"Observera att exemplet ovan begränsar filnamnet till DHCP-klienter som " +"identifierar sig själva som \"d-i\", så det kommer inte att påverka vanliga " +"DHCP-klienter men endast installationsprogrammet. Du kan också lägga in text " +"i en sats för endast en speciell värd för att undvika förinställning av alla " +"installationer på ditt nätverk." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:550 #, no-c-format -msgid "A good way to use the DHCP preseeding is to only preseed values specific to your network, such as the Debian mirror to use. This way installs on your network will automatically get a good mirror selected, but the rest of the installation can be performed interactively. Using DHCP preseeding to fully automate Debian installs should only be done with care." -msgstr "Ett bra sätt att använda förinställning via DHCP är att endast förinställa värden specifika till ditt nätverk, såsom vilken Debian-spegel som ska användas. Det här sättet kommer installationer på ditt nätverk att automatiskt få en bra spegel vald men resten av installationen kan genomföras interaktivt. Använda förinställning via DHCP för att helt automatisera Debian-installationer ska genomföras med försiktighet." +msgid "" +"A good way to use the DHCP preseeding is to only preseed values specific to " +"your network, such as the Debian mirror to use. This way installs on your " +"network will automatically get a good mirror selected, but the rest of the " +"installation can be performed interactively. Using DHCP preseeding to fully " +"automate Debian installs should only be done with care." +msgstr "" +"Ett bra sätt att använda förinställning via DHCP är att endast förinställa " +"värden specifika till ditt nätverk, såsom vilken Debian-spegel som ska " +"användas. Det här sättet kommer installationer på ditt nätverk att " +"automatiskt få en bra spegel vald men resten av installationen kan " +"genomföras interaktivt. Använda förinställning via DHCP för att helt " +"automatisera Debian-installationer ska genomföras med försiktighet." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:564 @@ -651,8 +1069,14 @@ msgstr "Skapa en förkonfigurationsfil" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:565 #, no-c-format -msgid "The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-selections</command> command. The general format of a line in a preconfiguration file is:" -msgstr "Förkonfigurationsfilen är i samma format som används av kommandot <command>debconf-set-selections</command>. Det allmänna formatet för en rad i en förkonfigurationsfil är:" +msgid "" +"The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-" +"selections</command> command. The general format of a line in a " +"preconfiguration file is:" +msgstr "" +"Förkonfigurationsfilen är i samma format som används av kommandot " +"<command>debconf-set-selections</command>. Det allmänna formatet för en rad " +"i en förkonfigurationsfil är:" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:571 @@ -663,50 +1087,103 @@ msgstr "<ägare> <frågans namn> <frågetyp> <värde>" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:573 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." -msgstr "Det finns ett par regler att ha i åtanke när man skriver en förkonfigurationsfil." +msgid "" +"There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." +msgstr "" +"Det finns ett par regler att ha i åtanke när man skriver en " +"förkonfigurationsfil." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:580 #, no-c-format -msgid "Put only a single space or tab between type and value: any additional whitespace will be interpreted as belonging to the value." -msgstr "Lägg endast till ett enda blanksteg eller tabulatortecken mellan typ och värde: eventuella tomrum kommer att tolkas som om de tillhör värdet." +msgid "" +"Put only a single space or tab between type and value: any additional " +"whitespace will be interpreted as belonging to the value." +msgstr "" +"Lägg endast till ett enda blanksteg eller tabulatortecken mellan typ och " +"värde: eventuella tomrum kommer att tolkas som om de tillhör värdet." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:584 #, no-c-format -msgid "A line can be split into multiple lines by appending a backslash (<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) as the line continuation character. A good place to split a line is after the question name; a bad place is between type and value. Split lines will be joined into a single line with all leading/trailing whitespace condensed to a single space." -msgstr "En rad kan vara uppdelad i flera rader genom att lägga till ett omvänt snedstreck på slutet (<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) som ett radfortsättningstecken. En bra plats att dela en rad är efter frågenamnet; en dålig plats är mellan typ och värde. Delade rader kommer att sammanfogas till en enda rad med alla inledande/avslutade tomrum ihopslagna till ett enda blanksteg." +msgid "" +"A line can be split into multiple lines by appending a backslash " +"(<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) as the line continuation character. A " +"good place to split a line is after the question name; a bad place is " +"between type and value. Split lines will be joined into a single line with " +"all leading/trailing whitespace condensed to a single space." +msgstr "" +"En rad kan vara uppdelad i flera rader genom att lägga till ett omvänt " +"snedstreck på slutet (<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) som ett " +"radfortsättningstecken. En bra plats att dela en rad är efter frågenamnet; " +"en dålig plats är mellan typ och värde. Delade rader kommer att sammanfogas " +"till en enda rad med alla inledande/avslutade tomrum ihopslagna till ett " +"enda blanksteg." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:591 #, no-c-format -msgid "For debconf variables (templates) used in the installer itself, the owner should be set to <quote>d-i</quote>; to preseed variables used in the installed system, the name of the package that contains the corresponding debconf template should be used. Only variables that have their owner set to something other than <quote>d-i</quote> will be propagated to the debconf database for the installed system." -msgstr "För debconf-variabler (mallar) som används i själva installationsprogrammet bör ägaren ställas in till <quote>d-i</quote>; för förinställningsvariabler som används i det installerade systemet bör namnet på paketet som innehåller motsvarade debconf-mall användas. Endast variabler som har sina ägare inställda till någonting annat än <quote>d-i</quote> kommer att propageras till debconf-databasen för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"For debconf variables (templates) used in the installer itself, the owner " +"should be set to <quote>d-i</quote>; to preseed variables used in the " +"installed system, the name of the package that contains the corresponding " +"debconf template should be used. Only variables that have their owner set to " +"something other than <quote>d-i</quote> will be propagated to the debconf " +"database for the installed system." +msgstr "" +"För debconf-variabler (mallar) som används i själva installationsprogrammet " +"bör ägaren ställas in till <quote>d-i</quote>; för förinställningsvariabler " +"som används i det installerade systemet bör namnet på paketet som innehåller " +"motsvarade debconf-mall användas. Endast variabler som har sina ägare " +"inställda till någonting annat än <quote>d-i</quote> kommer att propageras " +"till debconf-databasen för det installerade systemet." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:599 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most questions need to be preseeded using the values valid in English and not the translated values. However, there are some questions (for example in <classname>partman</classname>) where the translated values need to be used." -msgstr "De flesta frågor behöver förinställdas med giltiga värden på engelska och inte med översatta värden. Dock finns det några frågor (till exempel i <classname>partman</classname>) där översatta värden måste användas." +msgid "" +"Most questions need to be preseeded using the values valid in English and " +"not the translated values. However, there are some questions (for example in " +"<classname>partman</classname>) where the translated values need to be used." +msgstr "" +"De flesta frågor behöver förinställdas med giltiga värden på engelska och " +"inte med översatta värden. Dock finns det några frågor (till exempel i " +"<classname>partman</classname>) där översatta värden måste användas." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:605 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some questions take a code as value instead of the English text that is shown during installation." -msgstr "Vissa frågor tar en kod som ett värde istället för den engelska texten som visas under installationen." +msgid "" +"Some questions take a code as value instead of the English text that is " +"shown during installation." +msgstr "" +"Vissa frågor tar en kod som ett värde istället för den engelska texten som " +"visas under installationen." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:611 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest way to create a preconfiguration file is to use the example file linked in <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> as basis and work from there." -msgstr "Det enklaste sättet att skapa en förkonfigurationsfil på är att använda exempelfilen som länkas i <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> som grund och arbeta vidare därifrån." +msgid "" +"The easiest way to create a preconfiguration file is to use the example file " +"linked in <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> as basis and work from there." +msgstr "" +"Det enklaste sättet att skapa en förkonfigurationsfil på är att använda " +"exempelfilen som länkas i <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> som grund och " +"arbeta vidare därifrån." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:616 #, no-c-format -msgid "An alternative method is to do a manual installation and then, after rebooting, use the <command>debconf-get-selections</command> from the <classname>debconf-utils</classname> package to dump both the debconf database and the installer's cdebconf database to a single file:" -msgstr "En alternativ metod är att göra en manuell installation och sedan, efter omstart, använda <command>debconf-get-selections</command> från paketet <classname>debconf-utils</classname> för att dumpa både debconf-databasen och installationsprogrammets cdebconf-databas till en enda fil:" +msgid "" +"An alternative method is to do a manual installation and then, after " +"rebooting, use the <command>debconf-get-selections</command> from the " +"<classname>debconf-utils</classname> package to dump both the debconf " +"database and the installer's cdebconf database to a single file:" +msgstr "" +"En alternativ metod är att göra en manuell installation och sedan, efter " +"omstart, använda <command>debconf-get-selections</command> från paketet " +"<classname>debconf-utils</classname> för att dumpa både debconf-databasen " +"och installationsprogrammets cdebconf-databas till en enda fil:" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:623 @@ -721,32 +1198,70 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:625 #, no-c-format -msgid "However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should not be preseeded, and the example file is a better starting place for most users." -msgstr "Dock, en fil som genereras på detta sätt kommer att ha några poster som inte bör förinställas, och exempelfilen är en bättre startpunkt för de flesta användare." +msgid "" +"However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should " +"not be preseeded, and the example file is a better starting place for most " +"users." +msgstr "" +"Dock, en fil som genereras på detta sätt kommer att ha några poster som inte " +"bör förinställas, och exempelfilen är en bättre startpunkt för de flesta " +"användare." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:633 #, no-c-format -msgid "This method relies on the fact that, at the end of the installation, the installer's cdebconf database is saved to the installed system in <filename>/var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. However, because the database may contain sensitive information, by default the files are only readable by root." -msgstr "Denna metod förlitar sig på att vid slutet av installationen, sparas installationsprogrammets cdebconf-databas till det installerade systemet i <filename>/var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. Dock, på grund av att databasen kan innehålla känslig information, är filerna som standard endast läsbara av root." +msgid "" +"This method relies on the fact that, at the end of the installation, the " +"installer's cdebconf database is saved to the installed system in <filename>/" +"var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. However, because the database may " +"contain sensitive information, by default the files are only readable by " +"root." +msgstr "" +"Denna metod förlitar sig på att vid slutet av installationen, sparas " +"installationsprogrammets cdebconf-databas till det installerade systemet i " +"<filename>/var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. Dock, på grund av att " +"databasen kan innehålla känslig information, är filerna som standard endast " +"läsbara av root." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:641 #, no-c-format -msgid "The directory <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> and all files in it will be deleted from your system if you purge the package <classname>installation-report</classname>." -msgstr "Katalogen <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> och alla filer i den kommer att tas bort från ditt system om du rensar ut paketet <classname>installation-report</classname>." +msgid "" +"The directory <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> and all files in it " +"will be deleted from your system if you purge the package " +"<classname>installation-report</classname>." +msgstr "" +"Katalogen <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> och alla filer i den " +"kommer att tas bort från ditt system om du rensar ut paketet " +"<classname>installation-report</classname>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:649 #, no-c-format -msgid "To check possible values for questions, you can use <command>nano</command> to examine the files in <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> while an installation is in progress. View <filename>templates.dat</filename> for the raw templates and <filename>questions.dat</filename> for the current values and for the values assigned to variables." -msgstr "För att kontrollera möjliga värden för frågor kan du använda <command>nano</command> för att undersöka filerna i <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> under tiden en installation pågår. Se <filename>templates.dat</filename> för de råa mallarna och <filename>questions.dat</filename> för de aktuella värdena och för de värden som tilldelas till variabler." +msgid "" +"To check possible values for questions, you can use <command>nano</command> " +"to examine the files in <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> while an " +"installation is in progress. View <filename>templates.dat</filename> for the " +"raw templates and <filename>questions.dat</filename> for the current values " +"and for the values assigned to variables." +msgstr "" +"För att kontrollera möjliga värden för frågor kan du använda <command>nano</" +"command> för att undersöka filerna i <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> " +"under tiden en installation pågår. Se <filename>templates.dat</filename> för " +"de råa mallarna och <filename>questions.dat</filename> för de aktuella " +"värdena och för de värden som tilldelas till variabler." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:657 #, no-c-format -msgid "To check if the format of your preconfiguration file is valid before performing an install, you can use the command <command>debconf-set-selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." -msgstr "För att kontrollera om formatet på din förkonfigurationsfil är giltigt före en installation genomförs, kan du använda kommandot <command>debconf-set-selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." +msgid "" +"To check if the format of your preconfiguration file is valid before " +"performing an install, you can use the command <command>debconf-set-" +"selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." +msgstr "" +"För att kontrollera om formatet på din förkonfigurationsfil är giltigt före " +"en installation genomförs, kan du använda kommandot <command>debconf-set-" +"selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:668 @@ -757,8 +1272,18 @@ msgstr "Innehållet av en förkonfigurationsfil (för &releasename;)" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:674 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 architecture. If you are installing a different architecture, some of the examples (like keyboard selection and bootloader installation) may not be relevant and will need to be replaced by debconf settings appropriate for your architecture." -msgstr "Observera att det här exemplet är baserat på en installation för Intel x86-arkitekturen. Om du installerar en annan arkitektur, vissa av exemplen (såsom tangentbordsval och installation av starthanteraren) kanske inte är relevanta och behöver ersättas av debconf-inställningar som är lämpliga för din arkitektur." +msgid "" +"Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 " +"architecture. If you are installing a different architecture, some of the " +"examples (like keyboard selection and bootloader installation) may not be " +"relevant and will need to be replaced by debconf settings appropriate for " +"your architecture." +msgstr "" +"Observera att det här exemplet är baserat på en installation för Intel x86-" +"arkitekturen. Om du installerar en annan arkitektur, vissa av exemplen " +"(såsom tangentbordsval och installation av starthanteraren) kanske inte är " +"relevanta och behöver ersättas av debconf-inställningar som är lämpliga för " +"din arkitektur." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:685 @@ -769,20 +1294,56 @@ msgstr "Lokalanpassning" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:686 #, no-c-format -msgid "Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd preseeding. With all other methods the preconfiguration file will only be loaded after these questions have been asked." -msgstr "Ställa in värden för lokalanpassning kommer endast att fungera om du använder förinställning via initrd. Med alla andra metoder kommer förkonfigurationsfilen först att läsas in efter att de här frågorna har ställts." +msgid "" +"Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd " +"preseeding. With all other methods the preconfiguration file will only be " +"loaded after these questions have been asked." +msgstr "" +"Ställa in värden för lokalanpassning kommer endast att fungera om du " +"använder förinställning via initrd. Med alla andra metoder kommer " +"förkonfigurationsfilen först att läsas in efter att de här frågorna har " +"ställts." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:692 #, no-c-format -msgid "The locale can be used to specify both language and country and can be any combination of a language supported by &d-i; and a recognized country. If the combination does not form a valid locale, the installer will automatically select a locale that is valid for the selected language. To specify the locale as a boot parameter, use <userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Lokalen kan användas för att ange både språk och land samt kan vara en kombination av ett språk som stöds av &d-i; och ett känt land. Om kombinationen inte formar en giltig lokal så kommer installationsprogrammet att automatiskt välja en lokal som är giltig för det valda språket. För att ange lokalen som en uppstartsparameter, använd <userinput>locale=<replaceable>sv_SE</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"The locale can be used to specify both language and country and can be any " +"combination of a language supported by &d-i; and a recognized country. If " +"the combination does not form a valid locale, the installer will " +"automatically select a locale that is valid for the selected language. To " +"specify the locale as a boot parameter, use " +"<userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Lokalen kan användas för att ange både språk och land samt kan vara en " +"kombination av ett språk som stöds av &d-i; och ett känt land. Om " +"kombinationen inte formar en giltig lokal så kommer installationsprogrammet " +"att automatiskt välja en lokal som är giltig för det valda språket. För att " +"ange lokalen som en uppstartsparameter, använd " +"<userinput>locale=<replaceable>sv_SE</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:701 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although this method is very easy to use, it does not allow preseeding of all possible combinations of language, country and locale<footnote> <para> Preseeding <literal>locale</literal> to <userinput>en_NL</userinput> would for example result in <literal>en_US.UTF-8</literal> as default locale for the installed system. If e.g. <literal>en_GB.UTF-8</literal> is preferred instead, the values will need to be preseeded individually. </para> </footnote>. So alternatively the values can be preseeded individually. Language and country can also be specified as boot parameters." -msgstr "Även om denna metod är mycket enkel att använda så tillåter den inte förinställning av alla möjliga kombinationer av language, country och locale<footnote> <para> Förinställning av <literal>locale</literal> till <userinput>en_NL</userinput> skulle till exempel resultera i <literal>en_US.UTF-8</literal> som standardlokal för det installerade systemet. Om till exempel <literal>en_GB.UTF-8</literal> föredras istället så kommer värdena att behöva förinställas individuellt. </para> </footnote>. Så alternativt kan värdena förinställas individuellt. Språk och land kan även anges som uppstartsparametrar." +msgid "" +"Although this method is very easy to use, it does not allow preseeding of " +"all possible combinations of language, country and locale<footnote> <para> " +"Preseeding <literal>locale</literal> to <userinput>en_NL</userinput> would " +"for example result in <literal>en_US.UTF-8</literal> as default locale for " +"the installed system. If e.g. <literal>en_GB.UTF-8</literal> is preferred " +"instead, the values will need to be preseeded individually. </para> </" +"footnote>. So alternatively the values can be preseeded individually. " +"Language and country can also be specified as boot parameters." +msgstr "" +"Även om denna metod är mycket enkel att använda så tillåter den inte " +"förinställning av alla möjliga kombinationer av language, country och " +"locale<footnote> <para> Förinställning av <literal>locale</literal> till " +"<userinput>en_NL</userinput> skulle till exempel resultera i <literal>en_US." +"UTF-8</literal> som standardlokal för det installerade systemet. Om till " +"exempel <literal>en_GB.UTF-8</literal> föredras istället så kommer värdena " +"att behöva förinställas individuellt. </para> </footnote>. Så alternativt " +"kan värdena förinställas individuellt. Språk och land kan även anges som " +"uppstartsparametrar." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:716 @@ -811,8 +1372,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:718 #, no-c-format -msgid "Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a keymap. In most cases the correct keyboard architecture is selected by default, so there's normally no need to preseed it. The keymap must be known to the &d-i; for the selected keyboard architecture." -msgstr "Tangentbordskonfiguration består av val av tangentbordsarkitektur och en tangentlayout. I de flesta fall är den korrekta tangentbordsarkitekturen vald som standard, så den behöver man normalt sett inte förinställa. Tangentlayouten måste vara känd för &d-i; för den valda tangentbordsarkitekturen." +msgid "" +"Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a " +"keymap. In most cases the correct keyboard architecture is selected by " +"default, so there's normally no need to preseed it. The keymap must be known " +"to the &d-i; for the selected keyboard architecture." +msgstr "" +"Tangentbordskonfiguration består av val av tangentbordsarkitektur och en " +"tangentlayout. I de flesta fall är den korrekta tangentbordsarkitekturen " +"vald som standard, så den behöver man normalt sett inte förinställa. " +"Tangentlayouten måste vara känd för &d-i; för den valda " +"tangentbordsarkitekturen." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:725 @@ -833,14 +1403,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:727 #, no-c-format -msgid "To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</classname> with <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. This will result in the kernel keymap remaining active." -msgstr "För att hoppa över konfiguration av tangentbordet kan du förinställa <classname>console-tools/archs</classname> med <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. Det här kommer att resultera i att kärnans tangentlayout fortsätter vara aktiv." +msgid "" +"To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</" +"classname> with <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. This will result in the " +"kernel keymap remaining active." +msgstr "" +"För att hoppa över konfiguration av tangentbordet kan du förinställa " +"<classname>console-tools/archs</classname> med <userinput>skip-config</" +"userinput>. Det här kommer att resultera i att kärnans tangentlayout " +"fortsätter vara aktiv." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:736 #, no-c-format -msgid "The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard architecture virtually obsolete. For 2.6 kernels normally a <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) keymap should be selected." -msgstr "Ändringarna i inmatningslagret för 2.6-kärnor har gjort att tangentbordsarkitekturen nästa föråldrad. För 2.6-kärnor bör normalt sett tangentlayouten <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) väljas." +msgid "" +"The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard " +"architecture virtually obsolete. For 2.6 kernels normally a <quote>PC</" +"quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) keymap should be selected." +msgstr "" +"Ändringarna i inmatningslagret för 2.6-kärnor har gjort att " +"tangentbordsarkitekturen nästa föråldrad. För 2.6-kärnor bör normalt sett " +"tangentlayouten <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) väljas." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:746 @@ -851,20 +1434,51 @@ msgstr "Nätverkskonfiguration" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:747 #, no-c-format -msgid "Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading your preconfiguration file from the network. But it's great when you're booting from CD or USB stick. If you are loading preconfiguration files from the network, you can pass network config parameters by using kernel boot parameters." -msgstr "Så klart, att förinställa nätverkskonfiguration kommer inte att fungera om du läser in din förkonfigurationsfil från nätverket. Men det är otroligt bra när du startar upp från en cd eller ett USB-minne. Om du läser in förkonfigurationsfiler från nätverket, kan du skicka med konfigurationsparametrar via kärnans uppstartsparametrar." +msgid "" +"Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading " +"your preconfiguration file from the network. But it's great when you're " +"booting from CD or USB stick. If you are loading preconfiguration files from " +"the network, you can pass network config parameters by using kernel boot " +"parameters." +msgstr "" +"Så klart, att förinställa nätverkskonfiguration kommer inte att fungera om " +"du läser in din förkonfigurationsfil från nätverket. Men det är otroligt bra " +"när du startar upp från en cd eller ett USB-minne. Om du läser in " +"förkonfigurationsfiler från nätverket, kan du skicka med " +"konfigurationsparametrar via kärnans uppstartsparametrar." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:755 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a preconfiguration file from the network, use a boot parameter such as <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Om du behöver välja ett specifikt nätgränssnitt när du startar upp via nätverket före inläsning av en förkonfigurationsfil från nätverket, använd en uppstartsparameter såsom <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a " +"preconfiguration file from the network, use a boot parameter such as " +"<userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Om du behöver välja ett specifikt nätgränssnitt när du startar upp via " +"nätverket före inläsning av en förkonfigurationsfil från nätverket, använd " +"en uppstartsparameter såsom <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</" +"replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:761 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when using network preseeding (using <quote>preseed/url</quote>), you can use the following hack to work around that, for example if you'd like to set a static address for the network interface. The hack is to force the network configuration to run again after the preconfiguration file has been loaded by creating a <quote>preseed/run</quote> script containing the following commands:" -msgstr "Även om förinställning av nätverkskonfigurationen normalt sett inte är möjlig när man använder förinställning via nätverk (med <quote>preseed/url</quote>) så kan du använda följande hack för att komma runt det, till exempel om du vill ställa in en statisk adress för nätverksgränssnittet. Hacket tvingar nätverkskonfigurationen att köras igen efter att förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in genom att skapa ett <quote>preseed/run</quote>-skript som innehåller följande kommandon:" +msgid "" +"Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when " +"using network preseeding (using <quote>preseed/url</quote>), you can use the " +"following hack to work around that, for example if you'd like to set a " +"static address for the network interface. The hack is to force the network " +"configuration to run again after the preconfiguration file has been loaded " +"by creating a <quote>preseed/run</quote> script containing the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"Även om förinställning av nätverkskonfigurationen normalt sett inte är " +"möjlig när man använder förinställning via nätverk (med <quote>preseed/url</" +"quote>) så kan du använda följande hack för att komma runt det, till exempel " +"om du vill ställa in en statisk adress för nätverksgränssnittet. Hacket " +"tvingar nätverkskonfigurationen att köras igen efter att " +"förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in genom att skapa ett <quote>preseed/run</" +"quote>-skript som innehåller följande kommandon:" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:771 @@ -938,7 +1552,8 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i netcfg/enable boolean false\n" "\n" "# netcfg kommer om möjligt att välja ett nätgränssnitt som har länk.\n" -"# Det gör att den hoppar över att visa en lista om det finns fler än ett nätgränssnitt.\n" +"# Det gör att den hoppar över att visa en lista om det finns fler än ett " +"nätgränssnitt.\n" "d-i netcfg/choose_interface select auto\n" "\n" "# För att istället välja ett speciellt nätgränssnitt:\n" @@ -952,7 +1567,8 @@ msgstr "" "# och den statiska nätverkskonfigurationen nedan.\n" "#d-i netcfg/disable_dhcp boolean true\n" "\n" -"# Om du vill att förkonfigurationsfilen ska fungera på system både med och utan \n" +"# Om du vill att förkonfigurationsfilen ska fungera på system både med och " +"utan \n" "# en dhcpserver, kommentera bort de här raderna och den statiska\n" "# nätverkskonfigurationen nedan.\n" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_failed note\n" @@ -973,19 +1589,37 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "# Inaktivera den störande WEP-nyckeldialogen.\n" "d-i netcfg/wireless_wep string\n" -"# Det galna dhcp-värdnamnet som vissa Internetleverantörer använder som ett lösenord.\n" +"# Det galna dhcp-värdnamnet som vissa Internetleverantörer använder som ett " +"lösenord.\n" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish\n" "\n" -"# Om en proprietär fast programvara behövs för nätverket eller annan maskinvara kan du\n" -"# konfigurera installationsprogrammet att alltid försöka läsa in den, utan att fråga, eller\n" +"# Om en proprietär fast programvara behövs för nätverket eller annan " +"maskinvara kan du\n" +"# konfigurera installationsprogrammet att alltid försöka läsa in den, utan " +"att fråga, eller\n" "# ändra till false för att inaktivera frågan.\n" "#d-i hw-detect/load_firmware boolean true" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:781 #, no-c-format -msgid "Please note that <command>netcfg</command> will automatically determine the netmask if <classname>netcfg/get_netmask</classname> is not preseeded. In this case, the variable has to be marked as <literal>seen</literal> for automatic installations. Similarly, <command>netcfg</command> will choose an appropriate address if <classname>netcfg/get_gateway</classname> is not set. As a special case, you can set <classname>netcfg/get_gateway</classname> to <quote>none</quote> to specify that no gateway should be used." -msgstr "Observera att <command>netcfg</command> automatiskt kommer att fastställa nätmasken om <classname>netcfg/get_netmask</classname> inte har förinställts. I detta fall måste variabeln markeras som <literal>seen</literal> för automatiska installationer. I liknande fall kommer <command>netcfg</command> att välja en lämplig adress om <classname>netcfg/get_gateway</classname> inte har angivits. I specifika fall kan du även ställa in <classname>netcfg/get_gateway</classname> till <quote>none</quote> för att ange att ingen gateway ska användas." +msgid "" +"Please note that <command>netcfg</command> will automatically determine the " +"netmask if <classname>netcfg/get_netmask</classname> is not preseeded. In " +"this case, the variable has to be marked as <literal>seen</literal> for " +"automatic installations. Similarly, <command>netcfg</command> will choose an " +"appropriate address if <classname>netcfg/get_gateway</classname> is not set. " +"As a special case, you can set <classname>netcfg/get_gateway</classname> to " +"<quote>none</quote> to specify that no gateway should be used." +msgstr "" +"Observera att <command>netcfg</command> automatiskt kommer att fastställa " +"nätmasken om <classname>netcfg/get_netmask</classname> inte har " +"förinställts. I detta fall måste variabeln markeras som <literal>seen</" +"literal> för automatiska installationer. I liknande fall kommer " +"<command>netcfg</command> att välja en lämplig adress om <classname>netcfg/" +"get_gateway</classname> inte har angivits. I specifika fall kan du även " +"ställa in <classname>netcfg/get_gateway</classname> till <quote>none</quote> " +"för att ange att ingen gateway ska användas." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:797 @@ -1020,20 +1654,45 @@ msgstr "Spegelinställningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:805 #, no-c-format -msgid "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used to download additional components of the installer, to install the base system, and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." -msgstr "Beroende på installationsmetoden du använder, kan en spegel användas både för att hämta ytterligare komponenter för installationsprogrammet, för att installera grundsystemet och för att ställa in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used to " +"download additional components of the installer, to install the base system, " +"and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the " +"installed system." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på installationsmetoden du använder, kan en spegel användas både " +"för att hämta ytterligare komponenter för installationsprogrammet, för att " +"installera grundsystemet och för att ställa in <filename>/etc/apt/sources." +"list</filename> för det installerade systemet." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:812 #, no-c-format -msgid "The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for the installed system." -msgstr "Parametern <classname>mirror/suite</classname> bestämmer sviten för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for " +"the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Parametern <classname>mirror/suite</classname> bestämmer sviten för det " +"installerade systemet." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:817 #, no-c-format -msgid "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite for additional components for the installer. It is only useful to set this if components are actually downloaded over the network and should match the suite that was used to build the initrd for the installation method used for the installation. Normally the installer will automatically use the correct value and there should be no need to set this." -msgstr "Parametern <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> bestämmer sviten för ytterligare komponenter för installationsprogrammet. Den är endast användbar att ställa in om komponenter faktiskt hämtas över nätverket och bör stämma överens med sviten som användes för att bygga initrd för installationsmetoden som används för installationen. Vanligtvis använder installationsprogrammet det korrekta värdet och det ska inte finnas något behov av att ställa in denna." +msgid "" +"The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite " +"for additional components for the installer. It is only useful to set this " +"if components are actually downloaded over the network and should match the " +"suite that was used to build the initrd for the installation method used for " +"the installation. Normally the installer will automatically use the correct " +"value and there should be no need to set this." +msgstr "" +"Parametern <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> bestämmer sviten för " +"ytterligare komponenter för installationsprogrammet. Den är endast användbar " +"att ställa in om komponenter faktiskt hämtas över nätverket och bör stämma " +"överens med sviten som användes för att bygga initrd för " +"installationsmetoden som används för installationen. Vanligtvis använder " +"installationsprogrammet det korrekta värdet och det ska inte finnas något " +"behov av att ställa in denna." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:828 @@ -1060,7 +1719,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "# Svit att installera.\n" "#d-i mirror/suite string testing\n" -"# Svit att använda för att läsa in komponenter för installationsprogrammet (valfri).\n" +"# Svit att använda för att läsa in komponenter för installationsprogrammet " +"(valfri).\n" "#d-i mirror/udeb/suite string testing" #. Tag: title @@ -1092,7 +1752,8 @@ msgstr "" "# se innehållet i /usr/share/zoneinfo/ för giltiga värden.\n" "d-i time/zone string Europe/Stockholm\n" "\n" -"# Kontrollerar om NTP ska användas för att ställa in klockan under installationen\n" +"# Kontrollerar om NTP ska användas för att ställa in klockan under " +"installationen\n" "d-i clock-setup/ntp boolean true\n" "# NTP-server att använda. Standardvärdet är oftast ett bra värde.\n" "#d-i clock-setup/ntp-server string ntp.exempel.se" @@ -1106,14 +1767,33 @@ msgstr "Partitionering" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:841 #, no-c-format -msgid "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to partition either existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding." -msgstr "Använda förinställning för att partitionera hårddisken är till stor del begränsat till vad som stöds av <classname>partman-auto</classname>. Du kan välja att antingen partitionera befintligt ledigt utrymme på en disk eller hela disken. Layouten på disken kan bestämmas genom att använda ett fördefinierat recept, ett anpassat recept från en receptfil eller ett recept som inkluderats i förkonfigurationsfilen. Det är för närvarande inte möjligt att partitionera flera diskar med förinställning." +msgid "" +"Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " +"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to " +"partition either existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout " +"of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe " +"from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " +"currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding." +msgstr "" +"Använda förinställning för att partitionera hårddisken är till stor del " +"begränsat till vad som stöds av <classname>partman-auto</classname>. Du kan " +"välja att antingen partitionera befintligt ledigt utrymme på en disk eller " +"hela disken. Layouten på disken kan bestämmas genom att använda ett " +"fördefinierat recept, ett anpassat recept från en receptfil eller ett recept " +"som inkluderats i förkonfigurationsfilen. Det är för närvarande inte möjligt " +"att partitionera flera diskar med förinställning." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:852 #, no-c-format -msgid "The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers are loaded. If there are multiple disks in the system, make very sure the correct one will be selected before using preseeding." -msgstr "Identifieringen av diskar är beroende på ordningen som deras drivrutiner läses in i. Om det finns flera diskar i systemet, bör du vara mycket säker på att den rätta disken kommer att väljas före förinställningen används." +msgid "" +"The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers " +"are loaded. If there are multiple disks in the system, make very sure the " +"correct one will be selected before using preseeding." +msgstr "" +"Identifieringen av diskar är beroende på ordningen som deras drivrutiner " +"läses in i. Om det finns flera diskar i systemet, bör du vara mycket säker " +"på att den rätta disken kommer att väljas före förinställningen används." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:860 @@ -1148,12 +1828,14 @@ msgid "" "d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select atomic\n" "\n" "# Or provide a recipe of your own...\n" -"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe.txt.\n" +"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe." +"txt.\n" "# If you have a way to get a recipe file into the d-i environment, you can\n" "# just point at it.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" "\n" -"# If not, you can put an entire recipe into the preconfiguration file in one\n" +"# If not, you can put an entire recipe into the preconfiguration file in " +"one\n" "# (logical) line. This example creates a small /boot partition, suitable\n" "# swap, and uses the rest of the space for the root partition:\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string \\\n" @@ -1210,13 +1892,16 @@ msgstr "" "d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select atomic\n" "\n" "# Eller använd ett eget recept...\n" -"# Formatet på recepten finns dokumenterat i filen devel/partman-auto-recipe.txt.\n" +"# Formatet på recepten finns dokumenterat i filen devel/partman-auto-recipe." +"txt.\n" "# Om du har ett sätt att hämta en receptfil in i d-i-miljön, kan du\n" "# bara peka på det.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" "\n" -"# Om inte, kan du lägga ett helt recept i förkonfigurationsfilen på en (logisk)\n" -"# rad. Det här exemplet skapar en liten /boot-partition, lämpligt växlingsutrymme\n" +"# Om inte, kan du lägga ett helt recept i förkonfigurationsfilen på en " +"(logisk)\n" +"# rad. Det här exemplet skapar en liten /boot-partition, lämpligt " +"växlingsutrymme\n" "# och använder resten av utrymmet till rotpartitionen:\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string \\\n" "# boot-root :: \\\n" @@ -1236,7 +1921,8 @@ msgstr "" "# .\n" "\n" "# Det här gör att partman partitionerar automatiskt utan bekräftelse, om\n" -"# du berättade för den vad som ska göras med en av de ovanstående metoderna.\n" +"# du berättade för den vad som ska göras med en av de ovanstående " +"metoderna.\n" "d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" "d-i partman/choose_partition select finish\n" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" @@ -1250,14 +1936,34 @@ msgstr "Partitionering med RAID" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:866 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 5, 6 and 10, creating degraded arrays and specifying spare devices. If you are using RAID 1, you can preseed grub to install to all devices used in the array; see <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootloader\"/>." -msgstr "Du kan även använda förinställning för att konfigurera partitioner på programvaru-RAID-kedjor. Nivåer som stöds är RAID 0, 1, 5, 6 och 10, skapa trasiga kedjor och ange reservenheter. Om du använder RAID 1 kan du förinställa grub att installera sig på alla enheter som används i kedjan; se <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootloader\"/>." +msgid "" +"You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. " +"Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 5, 6 and 10, creating degraded arrays and " +"specifying spare devices. If you are using RAID 1, you can preseed grub to " +"install to all devices used in the array; see <xref linkend=\"preseed-" +"bootloader\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Du kan även använda förinställning för att konfigurera partitioner på " +"programvaru-RAID-kedjor. Nivåer som stöds är RAID 0, 1, 5, 6 och 10, skapa " +"trasiga kedjor och ange reservenheter. Om du använder RAID 1 kan du " +"förinställa grub att installera sig på alla enheter som används i kedjan; se " +"<xref linkend=\"preseed-bootloader\"/>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:876 #, no-c-format -msgid "This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also functionality that receives relatively little testing from the developers of &d-i;. The responsibility to get the various recipes right (so they make sense and don't conflict) lies with the user. Check <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> if you run into problems." -msgstr "Den här typen av automatiserad partitionering är lätt att göra fel. Det är också funktionalitet som har fått relativt lite testning från utvecklarna av &d-i;. Ansvaret att få ordning på de olika recepten (så att de fungerar och inte är i konflikt med annat) ligger hos användaren. Kontrollera <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> om du springer på problem." +msgid "" +"This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also " +"functionality that receives relatively little testing from the developers of " +"&d-i;. The responsibility to get the various recipes right (so they make " +"sense and don't conflict) lies with the user. Check <filename>/var/log/" +"syslog</filename> if you run into problems." +msgstr "" +"Den här typen av automatiserad partitionering är lätt att göra fel. Det är " +"också funktionalitet som har fått relativt lite testning från utvecklarna av " +"&d-i;. Ansvaret att få ordning på de olika recepten (så att de fungerar och " +"inte är i konflikt med annat) ligger hos användaren. Kontrollera <filename>/" +"var/log/syslog</filename> om du springer på problem." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:886 @@ -1288,9 +1994,11 @@ msgid "" "# used in the RAID setup. Remember to use the correct partition numbers\n" "# for logical partitions.\n" "# Parameters are:\n" -"# <raidtype> <devcount> <sparecount> <fstype> <mountpoint> \\\n" +"# <raidtype> <devcount> <sparecount> <fstype> <" +"mountpoint> \\\n" "# <devices> <sparedevices>\n" -"# RAID levels 0, 1, 5, 6 and 10 are supported; devices are separated using \"#\"\n" +"# RAID levels 0, 1, 5, 6 and 10 are supported; devices are separated using " +"\"#\"\n" "#d-i partman-auto-raid/recipe string \\\n" "# 1 2 0 ext3 / \\\n" "# /dev/sda1#/dev/sdb1 \\\n" @@ -1329,11 +2037,13 @@ msgstr "" "# method{ raid } \\\n" "# .\n" "\n" -"# Till sist behöver du ange hur de tidigare definierade partitionerna kommer att användas i\n" +"# Till sist behöver du ange hur de tidigare definierade partitionerna kommer " +"att användas i\n" "# i RAID-konfigurationen. Tänk på att använda de korrekta partitionsnumren\n" "# för logiska partitioner.\n" "# Parametrarna är:\n" -"# <raid-typ> <enhetsantal> <reservantal> <fs-typ> <monteringspunkt> \\\n" +"# <raid-typ> <enhetsantal> <reservantal> <fs-typ> " +"<monteringspunkt> \\\n" "# <enheter> <reservenheter>\n" "# RAID-nivåerna 0, 1, 5, 6 och 10 stöds; enheter separeras med \"#\"\n" "#d-i partman-auto-raid/recipe string \\\n" @@ -1362,32 +2072,64 @@ msgstr "Kontrollera hur partitioner monteras" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:892 #, no-c-format -msgid "Normally, filesystems are mounted using a universally unique identifier (UUID) as a key; this allows them to be mounted properly even if their device name changes. UUIDs are long and difficult to read, so, if you prefer, the installer can mount filesystems based on the traditional device names, or based on a label you assign. If you ask the installer to mount by label, any filesystems without a label will be mounted using a UUID instead." -msgstr "Vanligtvis så monteras filsystem med hjälp av en universiellt unik identifierare (UUID) som en nyckel; detta tillåter att de monteras korrekt även om deras enhetsnamn ändras. UUID är långa och svåra att läsa, så om du föredrar, installationsprogrammet kan montera filsystem som är baserade på de traditionella enhetsnamnen, eller baserade på en etikett som du tilldelar det. Om du frågar installationsprogrammet att montera efter etikett så kommer alla filsystem som inte har en etikett att monteras efter ett UUID istället." +msgid "" +"Normally, filesystems are mounted using a universally unique identifier " +"(UUID) as a key; this allows them to be mounted properly even if their " +"device name changes. UUIDs are long and difficult to read, so, if you " +"prefer, the installer can mount filesystems based on the traditional device " +"names, or based on a label you assign. If you ask the installer to mount by " +"label, any filesystems without a label will be mounted using a UUID instead." +msgstr "" +"Vanligtvis så monteras filsystem med hjälp av en universiellt unik " +"identifierare (UUID) som en nyckel; detta tillåter att de monteras korrekt " +"även om deras enhetsnamn ändras. UUID är långa och svåra att läsa, så om du " +"föredrar, installationsprogrammet kan montera filsystem som är baserade på " +"de traditionella enhetsnamnen, eller baserade på en etikett som du tilldelar " +"det. Om du frågar installationsprogrammet att montera efter etikett så " +"kommer alla filsystem som inte har en etikett att monteras efter ett UUID " +"istället." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:901 #, no-c-format -msgid "Devices with stable names, such as LVM logical volumes, will continue to use their traditional names rather than UUIDs." -msgstr "Enheter med stabila namn, såsom logiska LVM-volymer, kommer att fortsätta att använda deras traditionella namn istället för UUID." +msgid "" +"Devices with stable names, such as LVM logical volumes, will continue to use " +"their traditional names rather than UUIDs." +msgstr "" +"Enheter med stabila namn, såsom logiska LVM-volymer, kommer att fortsätta " +"att använda deras traditionella namn istället för UUID." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:908 #, no-c-format -msgid "Traditional device names may change based on the order in which the kernel discovers devices at boot, which may cause the wrong filesystem to be mounted. Similarly, labels are likely to clash if you plug in a new disk or a USB drive, and if that happens your system's behaviour when started will be random." -msgstr "Traditionella enhetsnamn kan ändras baserat på ordningen i vilken kärnan upptäcker enheter vid uppstart, vilket kan orsaka att fel filsystem monteras. På samma sätt kan etiketter krocka om du ansluter en ny disk eller en USB-enhet och om det händer så kan beteendet för ditt system vara slumpmässigt." +msgid "" +"Traditional device names may change based on the order in which the kernel " +"discovers devices at boot, which may cause the wrong filesystem to be " +"mounted. Similarly, labels are likely to clash if you plug in a new disk or " +"a USB drive, and if that happens your system's behaviour when started will " +"be random." +msgstr "" +"Traditionella enhetsnamn kan ändras baserat på ordningen i vilken kärnan " +"upptäcker enheter vid uppstart, vilket kan orsaka att fel filsystem " +"monteras. På samma sätt kan etiketter krocka om du ansluter en ny disk eller " +"en USB-enhet och om det händer så kan beteendet för ditt system vara " +"slumpmässigt." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:918 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"# The default is to mount by UUID, but you can also choose \"traditional\" to\n" -"# use traditional device names, or \"label\" to try filesystem labels before\n" +"# The default is to mount by UUID, but you can also choose \"traditional\" " +"to\n" +"# use traditional device names, or \"label\" to try filesystem labels " +"before\n" "# falling back to UUIDs.\n" "#d-i partman/mount_style select uuid" msgstr "" -"# Standard är att montera efter UUID, men du kan även välja \"traditional\" för\n" -"# att använda traditionella enhetsnamn, eller \"label\" för att prova filsystemsetiketter\n" +"# Standard är att montera efter UUID, men du kan även välja \"traditional\" " +"för\n" +"# att använda traditionella enhetsnamn, eller \"label\" för att prova " +"filsystemsetiketter\n" "# innan installationsprogrammet faller tillbaka på UUID.\n" "#d-i partman/mount_style select uuid" @@ -1400,8 +2142,14 @@ msgstr "Installation av grundsystem" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:924 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the installation. The only questions asked concern the installation of the kernel." -msgstr "Det finns faktiskt inte speciellt mycket som kan förinställas för det här steget av installationen. De enda frågorna som ställs är angående installationen av kärnan." +msgid "" +"There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " +"installation. The only questions asked concern the installation of the " +"kernel." +msgstr "" +"Det finns faktiskt inte speciellt mycket som kan förinställas för det här " +"steget av installationen. De enda frågorna som ställs är angående " +"installationen av kärnan." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:931 @@ -1412,22 +2160,28 @@ msgid "" "# experienced users.\n" "#d-i base-installer/install-recommends boolean false\n" "\n" -"# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 kernels.\n" +"# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " +"kernels.\n" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird\n" "\n" -"# The kernel image (meta) package to be installed; \"none\" can be used if no\n" +"# The kernel image (meta) package to be installed; \"none\" can be used if " +"no\n" "# kernel is to be installed.\n" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/image string linux-image-2.6-486" msgstr "" -"# Konfigurera APT till att inte installera rekommenderade paket som standard.\n" -"# Användning av denna flagga kan resultera i ett ofullständigt system och ska endast\n" +"# Konfigurera APT till att inte installera rekommenderade paket som " +"standard.\n" +"# Användning av denna flagga kan resultera i ett ofullständigt system och " +"ska endast\n" "# användas av mycket erfarna användare.\n" "#d-i base-installer/install-recommends boolean false\n" "\n" -"# Välj vilken initramfs-generator som ska användas för att generera initrd för 2.6-kärnor.\n" +"# Välj vilken initramfs-generator som ska användas för att generera initrd " +"för 2.6-kärnor.\n" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird\n" "\n" -"# Kärnavbildningspaketet (meta) att installera; \"none\" kan användas om ingen\n" +"# Kärnavbildningspaketet (meta) att installera; \"none\" kan användas om " +"ingen\n" "# kärna ska installeras.\n" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/image string linux-image-2.6-486" @@ -1440,14 +2194,30 @@ msgstr "Kontoinställning" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:937 #, no-c-format -msgid "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." -msgstr "Lösenordet för root-kontot, namn och lösenordet för den första vanliga användarens konto kan förinställas. För lösenorden kan du använda antingen klartextvärden eller <emphasis>MD5-hashar</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " +"user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear " +"text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Lösenordet för root-kontot, namn och lösenordet för den första vanliga " +"användarens konto kan förinställas. För lösenorden kan du använda antingen " +"klartextvärden eller <emphasis>MD5-hashar</emphasis>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:944 #, no-c-format -msgid "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with access to the preconfiguration file will have the knowledge of these passwords. Using MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of security but it might also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 hash allows for brute force attacks." -msgstr "Tänk på att förinställning av lösenord inte är direkt säkert eftersom alla med tillgång till förkonfigurationsfilen kan få vetskap om de här lösenorden. Använda MD5-hashar är ansett som säkrare men det kan också ge en falsk känsla av säkerhet eftersom tillgången till en MD5-hash gör att den kan utsättas för en \"brute force\"-attack." +msgid "" +"Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " +"access to the preconfiguration file will have the knowledge of these " +"passwords. Using MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of " +"security but it might also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 " +"hash allows for brute force attacks." +msgstr "" +"Tänk på att förinställning av lösenord inte är direkt säkert eftersom alla " +"med tillgång till förkonfigurationsfilen kan få vetskap om de här " +"lösenorden. Använda MD5-hashar är ansett som säkrare men det kan också ge en " +"falsk känsla av säkerhet eftersom tillgången till en MD5-hash gör att den " +"kan utsättas för en \"brute force\"-attack." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:954 @@ -1510,14 +2280,31 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:956 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and <classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root account, provided of course that an alternative method is set up to allow administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key authentication or <command>sudo</command>)." -msgstr "Variablerna <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> och <classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> kan också förinställas med <quote>!</quote> som dess värde. I det här fallet, kommer det motsvarande kontot att inaktiveras. Det här kan vara bekvämt för root-kontot, om så klart det finns en alternativ metod som tillåter administrativa aktiviteter eller root-inloggning (till exempel genom att använda autentisering via SSH-nyckel eller kommandot <command>sudo</command>)." +msgid "" +"The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " +"<classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be " +"preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the " +"corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root " +"account, provided of course that an alternative method is set up to allow " +"administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key " +"authentication or <command>sudo</command>)." +msgstr "" +"Variablerna <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> och " +"<classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> kan också förinställas " +"med <quote>!</quote> som dess värde. I det här fallet, kommer det " +"motsvarande kontot att inaktiveras. Det här kan vara bekvämt för root-" +"kontot, om så klart det finns en alternativ metod som tillåter " +"administrativa aktiviteter eller root-inloggning (till exempel genom att " +"använda autentisering via SSH-nyckel eller kommandot <command>sudo</" +"command>)." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:966 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following command can be used to generate an MD5 hash for a password:" -msgstr "Följande kommando kan användas för att generera en MD5-hash för ett lösenord:" +msgid "" +"The following command can be used to generate an MD5 hash for a password:" +msgstr "" +"Följande kommando kan användas för att generera en MD5-hash för ett lösenord:" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:970 @@ -1534,8 +2321,16 @@ msgstr "Apt-inställning" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:977 #, no-c-format -msgid "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic configuration options is fully automated based on your installation method and answers to earlier questions. You can optionally add other (local) repositories." -msgstr "Konfiguration av <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och grundläggande konfigurationsalternativ är fullständigt automatiserade baserat på din installationsmetod och svar på tidigare ställda frågor. Du kan valfritt lägga till andra (lokala) förråd." +msgid "" +"Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " +"configuration options is fully automated based on your installation method " +"and answers to earlier questions. You can optionally add other (local) " +"repositories." +msgstr "" +"Konfiguration av <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och " +"grundläggande konfigurationsalternativ är fullständigt automatiserade " +"baserat på din installationsmetod och svar på tidigare ställda frågor. Du " +"kan valfritt lägga till andra (lokala) förråd." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:985 @@ -1573,7 +2368,8 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i apt-setup/contrib boolean true\n" "# Avkommentera den här om du inte vill använda en nätverksspegel.\n" "#d-i apt-setup/use_mirror boolean false\n" -"# Välj vilka uppdateringstjänster att använda; definiera speglarna att använda.\n" +"# Välj vilka uppdateringstjänster att använda; definiera speglarna att " +"använda.\n" "# Värdena som visas neda är de normala standardvärdena.\n" "#d-i apt-setup/services-select multiselect security, volatile\n" "#d-i apt-setup/security_host string security.debian.org\n" @@ -1606,8 +2402,12 @@ msgstr "Paketval" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:991 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. Available tasks as of this writing include:" -msgstr "Du kan välja att installera alla kombinationer av funktioner som finns tillgängliga. Tillgängliga funktioner just nu inkluderar:" +msgid "" +"You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " +"Available tasks as of this writing include:" +msgstr "" +"Du kan välja att installera alla kombinationer av funktioner som finns " +"tillgängliga. Tillgängliga funktioner just nu inkluderar:" #. Tag: userinput #: preseed.xml:1000 @@ -1678,14 +2478,30 @@ msgstr "laptop" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:1034 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set of packages in some other way. We recommend always including the <userinput>standard</userinput> task." -msgstr "Du kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner, och tvinga fram installationen av en uppsättning paket på något annat sätt. Vi rekommenderar alltid att inkludera funktionen <userinput>standard</userinput>." +msgid "" +"You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " +"of packages in some other way. We recommend always including the " +"<userinput>standard</userinput> task." +msgstr "" +"Du kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner, och tvinga fram " +"installationen av en uppsättning paket på något annat sätt. Vi rekommenderar " +"alltid att inkludera funktionen <userinput>standard</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:1040 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</classname>. The value of this parameter can be a list of packages separated by either commas or spaces, which allows it to be used easily on the kernel command line as well." -msgstr "Om du vill installera några individuella paket i tillägg till de paket som installeras av funktioner, kan du använda parametern <classname>pkgsel/include</classname>. Värdet för denna parameter kan vara en lista över paket, komma- eller blankstegsseparerad, vilket även tillåter att den enkelt kan användas på kommandoraden för kärnan." +msgid "" +"If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " +"installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</" +"classname>. The value of this parameter can be a list of packages separated " +"by either commas or spaces, which allows it to be used easily on the kernel " +"command line as well." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill installera några individuella paket i tillägg till de paket som " +"installeras av funktioner, kan du använda parametern <classname>pkgsel/" +"include</classname>. Värdet för denna parameter kan vara en lista över " +"paket, komma- eller blankstegsseparerad, vilket även tillåter att den enkelt " +"kan användas på kommandoraden för kärnan." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:1050 @@ -1698,7 +2514,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "# Individual additional packages to install\n" "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" -"# By default, packages that are only Recommended by packages installed using\n" +"# By default, packages that are only Recommended by packages installed " +"using\n" "# pkgsel/include (as opposed to their dependencies) will not be installed.\n" "# Whether to upgrade packages after debootstrap.\n" "# Allowed values: none, safe-upgrade, full-upgrade\n" @@ -1718,16 +2535,20 @@ msgstr "" "# Individuella paket att installera\n" "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" "# Som standard installeras paket som endast är rekommenderas av paket som\n" -"# installeras av pkgsel/include (till skillnad mot deras beroenden) kommer inte\n" +"# installeras av pkgsel/include (till skillnad mot deras beroenden) kommer " +"inte\n" "# att installeras.\n" "# Huruvida paket ska uppgraderas efter debootstrap.\n" "# Tillåtna värden: none, safe-upgrade, full-upgrade\n" "#d-i pkgsel/upgrade select none\n" "\n" -"# Vissa versioner av installationsprogrammet kan rapportera vilken programvara\n" -"# du har installerat och vilken programvara som du använder. Standard är att inte\n" +"# Vissa versioner av installationsprogrammet kan rapportera vilken " +"programvara\n" +"# du har installerat och vilken programvara som du använder. Standard är att " +"inte\n" "# rapportera men att skicka in rapporter hjälper projektet att bestämma\n" -"# vilken programvara som är mest populär och sedan inkludera den på cd-skivorna.\n" +"# vilken programvara som är mest populär och sedan inkludera den på cd-" +"skivorna.\n" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" #. Tag: title @@ -1747,11 +2568,13 @@ msgid "" "# too:\n" "#d-i lilo-installer/skip boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the MBR\n" +"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the " +"MBR\n" "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if it also finds some other\n" +"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if it also finds some " +"other\n" "# OS, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" @@ -1777,16 +2600,20 @@ msgstr "" "# Grub är starthanteraren som är standard (för x86). Om du vill att lilo\n" "# ska installeras istället kan du avkommentera den här raden:\n" "#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" -"# För att även hoppa över att installera lilo och inte installera någon starthanterare,\n" +"# För att även hoppa över att installera lilo och inte installera någon " +"starthanterare,\n" "# avkommentera även denna rad:\n" "#d-i lilo-installer/skip boolean true\n" "\n" -"# Den är ganska säker att ange, den gör att grub installeras automatiskt till MBR\n" +"# Den är ganska säker att ange, den gör att grub installeras automatiskt " +"till MBR\n" "# om inga andra operativsystem hittades på maskinen.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# Den här gör att grub-installer installeras till MBR om den hittar några andra\n" -"# operativsystem också, som är mindre säkert eftersom den kanske inte kan starta\n" +"# Den här gör att grub-installer installeras till MBR om den hittar några " +"andra\n" +"# operativsystem också, som är mindre säkert eftersom den kanske inte kan " +"starta\n" "# upp det andra operativsystemet.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" @@ -1804,8 +2631,10 @@ msgstr "" "# eller krypterat med en MD5-hash, se grub-md5-crypt(8).\n" "#d-i grub-installer/password-crypted password [MD5-hash]\n" "\n" -"# Använd följande flagga för att lägga till ytterligare parametrar för start-\n" -"# hanteraren för det installerade systemet (om det stöds av starthanterarens\n" +"# Använd följande flagga för att lägga till ytterligare parametrar för " +"start-\n" +"# hanteraren för det installerade systemet (om det stöds av " +"starthanterarens\n" "# installationsprogram).\n" "# Observera: flaggor som skickas till installationsprogrammet kommer\n" "# automatiskt att läggas till.\n" @@ -1814,8 +2643,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:1059 #, no-c-format -msgid "An MD5 hash for a password for <classname>grub</classname> can be generated using <command>grub-md5-crypt</command>, or using the command from the example in <xref linkend=\"preseed-account\"/>." -msgstr "En MD5-hash för ett lösenord för <classname>grub</classname> kan genereras med kommandot <command>grub-md5-crypt</command> eller med kommandot från exemplet i <xref linkend=\"preseed-account\"/>." +msgid "" +"An MD5 hash for a password for <classname>grub</classname> can be generated " +"using <command>grub-md5-crypt</command>, or using the command from the " +"example in <xref linkend=\"preseed-account\"/>." +msgstr "" +"En MD5-hash för ett lösenord för <classname>grub</classname> kan genereras " +"med kommandot <command>grub-md5-crypt</command> eller med kommandot från " +"exemplet i <xref linkend=\"preseed-account\"/>." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:1069 @@ -1845,7 +2680,8 @@ msgid "" "# This will power off the machine instead of just halting it.\n" "#d-i debian-installer/exit/poweroff boolean true" msgstr "" -"# Under installationer från seriellkonsoll är de vanliga virtuella konsollerna\n" +"# Under installationer från seriellkonsoll är de vanliga virtuella " +"konsollerna\n" "# (VT1-VT6) vanligtvis inaktiverade i /etc/inittab. Avkommentera nästa\n" "# rad för att förhindra detta.\n" "#d-i finish-install/keep-consoles boolean true\n" @@ -1853,11 +2689,13 @@ msgstr "" "# Undvik det sista meddelandet om att installationen är färdig.\n" "d-i finish-install/reboot_in_progress note\n" "\n" -"# Det här kommer att förhindra installationsprogrammet från att mata ut cd-skivan\n" +"# Det här kommer att förhindra installationsprogrammet från att mata ut cd-" +"skivan\n" "# under omstarten, vilket kan vara användbart i vissa situationer.\n" "#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false\n" "\n" -"# Så här gör man för att stänga av installationsprogrammet när det är färdigt,\n" +"# Så här gör man för att stänga av installationsprogrammet när det är " +"färdigt,\n" "# men utan att starta om till det installerade systemet.\n" "#d-i debian-installer/exit/halt boolean true\n" "# Det här kommer att stänga av maskinen istället för att bara stoppa den.\n" @@ -1881,8 +2719,10 @@ msgid "" "# debconf-get-selections --installer > file\n" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" msgstr "" -"# Beroende på vilken programvara du väljer att installera, eller om saker går fel\n" -"# under installationsprocessen, är det möjligt att andra frågor kan ställas.\n" +"# Beroende på vilken programvara du väljer att installera, eller om saker " +"går fel\n" +"# under installationsprocessen, är det möjligt att andra frågor kan " +"ställas.\n" "# Du kan förinställa de här också, så klart. För att få en lista på alla\n" "# möjliga frågor som kan ställas under en installation, gör en\n" "# installation, och kör sedan de här kommandona:\n" @@ -1904,8 +2744,13 @@ msgstr "Kör anpassade kommandon under installationen" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:1089 #, no-c-format -msgid "A very powerful and flexible option offered by the preconfiguration tools is the ability to run commands or scripts at certain points in the installation." -msgstr "Ett mycket kraftfullt och flexibelt alternativ som erbjuds av förkonfigurationsverktygen är möjligheten att köra kommandon eller skript vid vissa punkter i installationen." +msgid "" +"A very powerful and flexible option offered by the preconfiguration tools is " +"the ability to run commands or scripts at certain points in the installation." +msgstr "" +"Ett mycket kraftfullt och flexibelt alternativ som erbjuds av " +"förkonfigurationsverktygen är möjligheten att köra kommandon eller skript " +"vid vissa punkter i installationen." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:1097 @@ -1925,17 +2770,21 @@ msgid "" "# useful to apply dynamic partitioner preseeding that depends on the state\n" "# of the disks (which may not be visible when preseed/early_command runs).\n" "#d-i partman/early_command \\\n" -"# string debconf-set partman-auto/disk \"$(list-devices disk | head -n1)\"\n" +"# string debconf-set partman-auto/disk \"$(list-devices disk | head -" +"n1)\"\n" "# This command is run just before the install finishes, but when there is\n" "# still a usable /target directory. You can chroot to /target and use it\n" "# directly, or use the apt-install and in-target commands to easily install\n" "# packages and run commands in the target system.\n" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" msgstr "" -"# Förinställning i d-i anses inte som säker. Inget i installationsprogrammet letar\n" +"# Förinställning i d-i anses inte som säker. Inget i installationsprogrammet " +"letar\n" "# efter buffertöverflöden eller andra attackförsök genom värdena i en\n" -"# förkonfigurationsfil såsom den här. Använd endast förkonfigurationfiler från en\n" -"# plats du kan lita på! För att gör det och på grund av att det är generellt sett\n" +"# förkonfigurationsfil såsom den här. Använd endast förkonfigurationfiler " +"från en\n" +"# plats du kan lita på! För att gör det och på grund av att det är generellt " +"sett\n" "# användbart, här är ett sätt att automatiskt köra de skalkommandon du vill\n" "# inne i installationsprogrammet.\n" "\n" @@ -1943,14 +2792,19 @@ msgstr "" "# att förinställningen är inläst.\n" "#d-i preseed/early_command string anna-install some-udeb\n" "# Det här kommandot körs direkt före partitioneraren startar. Det kan vara\n" -"# användbart för att tillämpa förinställning av dynamisk partitionering som är\n" -"# beroende av tillståndet för diskarna (som kanske annars inte är synligt när\n" +"# användbart för att tillämpa förinställning av dynamisk partitionering som " +"är\n" +"# beroende av tillståndet för diskarna (som kanske annars inte är synligt " +"när\n" "# preseed/early_command kör).\n" "#d-i partman/early_command \\\n" -"# string debconf-set partman-auto/disk \"$(list-devices disk | head -n1)\"\n" +"# string debconf-set partman-auto/disk \"$(list-devices disk | head -" +"n1)\"\n" "# Det här kommandot körs precis innan installationen är färdig, men när det\n" -"# fortfarande finns en användbar /target-katalog. Du kan göra en chroot till /target och\n" -"# använda det direkt, eller använda apt-install och kommandon från /target för att\n" +"# fortfarande finns en användbar /target-katalog. Du kan göra en chroot " +"till /target och\n" +"# använda det direkt, eller använda apt-install och kommandon från /target " +"för att\n" "# enkelt installera paket och köra kommandon på målsystemet.\n" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" @@ -1964,27 +2818,64 @@ msgstr "Användning av förinställningar för att ändra på standardvärden" #: preseed.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"It is possible to use preseeding to change the default answer for a question, but still have the question asked. To do this the <firstterm>seen</firstterm> flag must be reset to <quote>false</quote> after setting the value for a question. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"It is possible to use preseeding to change the default answer for a " +"question, but still have the question asked. To do this the <firstterm>seen</" +"firstterm> flag must be reset to <quote>false</quote> after setting the " +"value for a question. <informalexample><screen>\n" "d-i foo/bar string value\n" "d-i foo/bar seen false\n" -"</screen></informalexample> The same effect can be achieved for <emphasis>all</emphasis> questions by setting the parameter <classname>preseed/interactive=true</classname> at the boot prompt. This can also be useful for testing or debugging your preconfiguration file." +"</screen></informalexample> The same effect can be achieved for " +"<emphasis>all</emphasis> questions by setting the parameter " +"<classname>preseed/interactive=true</classname> at the boot prompt. This can " +"also be useful for testing or debugging your preconfiguration file." msgstr "" -"Det är möjligt att använda förinställning för att ändra standardsvaret på en fråga, men fortfarande ställa frågan. För att göra det här måste flaggan <firstterm>seen</firstterm> återställas till <quote>false</quote> efter att värdet ställts in för en fråga. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Det är möjligt att använda förinställning för att ändra standardsvaret på en " +"fråga, men fortfarande ställa frågan. För att göra det här måste flaggan " +"<firstterm>seen</firstterm> återställas till <quote>false</quote> efter att " +"värdet ställts in för en fråga. <informalexample><screen>\n" "d-i foo/bar string value\n" "d-i foo/bar seen false\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Samma effekt kan uppnås för <emphasis>alla</emphasis> frågor genom att ställa in parametern <classname>preseed/interactive=true</classname> på uppstartsprompten. Det här kan också vara användbart för testning eller felsökning av din förkonfigurationsfil." +"</screen></informalexample> Samma effekt kan uppnås för <emphasis>alla</" +"emphasis> frågor genom att ställa in parametern <classname>preseed/" +"interactive=true</classname> på uppstartsprompten. Det här kan också vara " +"användbart för testning eller felsökning av din förkonfigurationsfil." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:1117 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the <quote>d-i</quote> owner should only be used for variables used in the installer itself. For variables belonging to packages installed on the target system, you should use the name of that package instead. See the footnote to <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/>." -msgstr "Observera att <quote>d-i</quote>-ägaren endast ska användas för variabler som används i själva installationsprogrammet. För variabler som tillhör paket som installeras på målsystemet så ska du istället använda namnet för paketet. Se sidfoten på <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/>." +msgid "" +"Note that the <quote>d-i</quote> owner should only be used for variables " +"used in the installer itself. For variables belonging to packages installed " +"on the target system, you should use the name of that package instead. See " +"the footnote to <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Observera att <quote>d-i</quote>-ägaren endast ska användas för variabler " +"som används i själva installationsprogrammet. För variabler som tillhör " +"paket som installeras på målsystemet så ska du istället använda namnet för " +"paketet. Se sidfoten på <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:1124 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are preseeding using boot parameters, you can make the installer ask the corresponding question by using the <quote>?=</quote> operator, i.e. <userinput><replaceable>foo</replaceable>/<replaceable>bar</replaceable>?=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> (or <userinput><replaceable>owner</replaceable>:<replaceable>foo/bar</replaceable>?=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput>). This will of course only have effect for parameters that correspond to questions that are actually displayed during an installation and not for <quote>internal</quote> parameters." -msgstr "Om du förinställer med hjälp av uppstartsparametrar så kan du göra att installationsprogrammet frågar motsvarade fråga genom att använda operatorn <quote>?=</quote> operator, t.ex. <userinput><replaceable>foo</replaceable>/<replaceable>bar</replaceable>?=<replaceable>värde</replaceable></userinput> (eller <userinput><replaceable>ägare</replaceable>:<replaceable>foo/bar</replaceable>?=<replaceable>värde</replaceable></userinput>).. Det här kommer så klart endast ha effekt för parametrar som motsvarar frågorna som visas under en installation och inte för <quote>interna</quote> parametrar." +msgid "" +"If you are preseeding using boot parameters, you can make the installer ask " +"the corresponding question by using the <quote>?=</quote> operator, i.e. " +"<userinput><replaceable>foo</replaceable>/<replaceable>bar</replaceable>?" +"=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> (or " +"<userinput><replaceable>owner</replaceable>:<replaceable>foo/bar</" +"replaceable>?=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput>). This will of " +"course only have effect for parameters that correspond to questions that are " +"actually displayed during an installation and not for <quote>internal</" +"quote> parameters." +msgstr "" +"Om du förinställer med hjälp av uppstartsparametrar så kan du göra att " +"installationsprogrammet frågar motsvarade fråga genom att använda operatorn " +"<quote>?=</quote> operator, t.ex. <userinput><replaceable>foo</replaceable>/" +"<replaceable>bar</replaceable>?=<replaceable>värde</replaceable></userinput> " +"(eller <userinput><replaceable>ägare</replaceable>:<replaceable>foo/bar</" +"replaceable>?=<replaceable>värde</replaceable></userinput>).. Det här kommer " +"så klart endast ha effekt för parametrar som motsvarar frågorna som visas " +"under en installation och inte för <quote>interna</quote> parametrar." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:1138 @@ -1995,8 +2886,19 @@ msgstr "Kedjeinläsning av förkonfigurationsfiler" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:1139 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a preconfiguration file. Any settings in those files will override pre-existing settings from files loaded earlier. This makes it possible to put, for example, general networking settings for your location in one file and more specific settings for certain configurations in other files." -msgstr "Det är möjligt att inkludera andra förkonfigurationsfiler från en förkonfigurationsfil. Alla inställningar i de filerna kommer att åsidosätta eventuella inställningar från filer som lästs in tidigare. Det gör det möjligt att lägga in, till exempel, allmänna nätverksinställningar för din plats i en fil och mer specifika inställningar för vissa konfigurationer i andra filer." +msgid "" +"It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a " +"preconfiguration file. Any settings in those files will override pre-" +"existing settings from files loaded earlier. This makes it possible to put, " +"for example, general networking settings for your location in one file and " +"more specific settings for certain configurations in other files." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att inkludera andra förkonfigurationsfiler från en " +"förkonfigurationsfil. Alla inställningar i de filerna kommer att åsidosätta " +"eventuella inställningar från filer som lästs in tidigare. Det gör det " +"möjligt att lägga in, till exempel, allmänna nätverksinställningar för din " +"plats i en fil och mer specifika inställningar för vissa konfigurationer i " +"andra filer." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:1149 @@ -2026,17 +2928,20 @@ msgid "" "#d-i preseed/run string foo.sh" msgstr "" "# Fler än en fil kan listas, separerade med blanksteg; alla kommer att\n" -"# läsas in. De inkluderade filerna kan även innehålla egna direktiv för preseed/include.\n" +"# läsas in. De inkluderade filerna kan även innehålla egna direktiv för " +"preseed/include.\n" "# Observera att om filnamnen är relativa, tas de från samma katalog som\n" "# förkonfigurationsfilen som inkluderar dem.\n" "#d-i preseed/include string x.cfg\n" "\n" -"# Installationsprogrammet kan valfritt validera kontrollsummor för förkonfigurationsfiler innan\n" +"# Installationsprogrammet kan valfritt validera kontrollsummor för " +"förkonfigurationsfiler innan\n" "# de används. För närvarande stöds endast md5sums, lista kontrollsummorna\n" "# i samma ordning som listan över filer som ska inkluderas.\n" "#d-i preseed/include/checksum string 5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d\n" "\n" -"# Mer flexibelt, det här kör ett skalkommando och om det skriver ut namnen på\n" +"# Mer flexibelt, det här kör ett skalkommando och om det skriver ut namnen " +"på\n" "# förkonfigurationsfiler, inkludera de filerna. \n" "#d-i preseed/include_command \\\n" "# string if [ \"`hostname`\" = bosse ]; then echo bosse.cfg; fi\n" @@ -2051,8 +2956,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:1151 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is also possible to chainload from the initrd or file preseeding phase, into network preseeding by setting preseed/url in the earlier files. This will cause network preseeding to be performed when the network comes up. You need to be careful when doing this, since there will be two distinct runs at preseeding, meaning for example that you get another chance to run the preseed/early command, the second one happening after the network comes up." -msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinställningsfasen, in i nätverksförinställningen genom att ställa in preseed/url i de tidigare filerna. Det här kommer att orsaka att nätverksförinställningen genomförs när nätverket kommer upp. Du måste vara försiktig här, eftersom det kommer att vara två olika körningar vid förinställning, vilket till exempel betyder att du kommer att få en andra chans att köra kommandot preseed/early, den andra gången inträffar efter att nätverket har kommit upp." +msgid "" +"It is also possible to chainload from the initrd or file preseeding phase, " +"into network preseeding by setting preseed/url in the earlier files. This " +"will cause network preseeding to be performed when the network comes up. You " +"need to be careful when doing this, since there will be two distinct runs at " +"preseeding, meaning for example that you get another chance to run the " +"preseed/early command, the second one happening after the network comes up." +msgstr "" +"Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller " +"filförinställningsfasen, in i nätverksförinställningen genom att ställa in " +"preseed/url i de tidigare filerna. Det här kommer att orsaka att " +"nätverksförinställningen genomförs när nätverket kommer upp. Du måste vara " +"försiktig här, eftersom det kommer att vara två olika körningar vid " +"förinställning, vilket till exempel betyder att du kommer att få en andra " +"chans att köra kommandot preseed/early, den andra gången inträffar efter att " +"nätverket har kommit upp." #~ msgid "" #~ "# Locale sets language and country.\n" @@ -2060,11 +2979,13 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ msgstr "" #~ "# Lokalanpassning ställer in språk och land.\n" #~ "d-i debian-installer/locale string sv_SE" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The following aliases can be useful when using (auto mode) preseeding." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Följande alias kan vara användbara när förinställning (auto-läget) " #~ "används." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of " #~ "the component. RAID 5 is untested. Advanced RAID setup with degraded " @@ -2073,8 +2994,10 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "Observera att endast RAID 0 och RAID 1 har testats av utvecklarna av " #~ "komponenten. RAID 5 är otestat. Avancerad RAID-konfiguration med trasiga " #~ "kedjor eller reservenheter har endast testats måttligt." + #~ msgid "X configuration" #~ msgstr "Konfiguration av X" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know " #~ "some details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X " @@ -2084,6 +3007,7 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "känna till vissa detaljer om grafikmaskinvaran på maskinen, eftersom " #~ "Debians X-konfigurator inte gör en fullständigt automatisk konfiguration " #~ "av allt." + #~ msgid "" #~ "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're " #~ "preseeding,\n" @@ -2136,9 +3060,11 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ " select medium\n" #~ "xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/config/monitor/mode-list \\\n" #~ " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" + #~ msgid "" #~ "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." #~ msgstr "En MD5-hash för ett lösenord kan genereras med följande kommando." + #~ msgid "" #~ "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " #~ "kernels.\n" @@ -2147,8 +3073,10 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "# Välj initramfs-generatorn som används för att generera en initrd för " #~ "2.6-kärnor.\n" #~ "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" + #~ msgid "Mailer configuration" #~ msgstr "Konfiguration av e-postserver" + #~ msgid "" #~ "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to " #~ "avoid even those. More complicated preseeding is possible." @@ -2156,6 +3084,7 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "Under en normal installation ställer exim endast ett par frågor. Här " #~ "förklaras hur man undviker även dem. Mer komplicerade förinställningar är " #~ "möjliga." + #~ msgid "" #~ "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" #~ " select no configuration at this time\n" @@ -2168,6 +3097,7 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" #~ "exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" #~ "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The same effect can be achieved for <emphasis>all</emphasis> questions by " #~ "setting the parameter <classname>preseed/interactive=true</classname> at " @@ -2178,12 +3108,14 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "ställa in parametern <classname>preseed/interactive=true</classname> vid " #~ "uppstartsprompten. Det här kan även vara användbart för testning eller " #~ "felsökning av din förkonfigurationsfil." + #~ msgid "" #~ "d-i foo/bar string value\n" #~ "d-i foo/bar seen false" #~ msgstr "" #~ "d-i foo/bar string value\n" #~ "d-i foo/bar seen false" + #~ msgid "" #~ "In practical terms this means for file and network preseeding that the " #~ "questions about language, country and keyboard selection will already " @@ -2198,12 +3130,14 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "nätverkskonfigurationen. Vissa andra frågor som endast visas vid medel " #~ "eller låg prioritet (såsom den första maskinvaruidentifieringen) kommer " #~ "även de redan ha behandlats." + #~ msgid "" #~ "<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: is run as soon as the " #~ "preconfiguration file has been loaded" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: körs så fort som " #~ "förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in" + #~ msgid "" #~ "<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: is run just before the " #~ "reboot at the end of the install, but before the <filename>/target</" @@ -2212,6 +3146,7 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: körs precis före omstarten " #~ "på slutet av installationen, men före filsystemet <filename>/target</" #~ "filename> har avmonterats" + #~ msgid "" #~ "While you're at it, you may want to add a boot parameter " #~ "<userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. This will avoid most questions " @@ -2220,6 +3155,7 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "När du ändå är igång kanske du vill lägga till en uppstartsparameter " #~ "<userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. Den här kommer att undvika de " #~ "flesta frågor även om förinställningen nedan missar några." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using some " #~ "forms of preseeding because the questions are asked before the " @@ -2235,6 +3171,7 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "nätverkskonfigurationen vara gjord först. En anledning att använda " #~ "förinställning via initrd är att den tillåter förinställning av de här " #~ "tidiga stegen i installationsprocessen." + #~ msgid "" #~ "A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel " #~ "parameters that appear after the last <quote>--</quote> will be copied " @@ -2258,24 +3195,33 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "förkonfigurationsflaggor innan några flaggor som krävs av hårdvaran för " #~ "att starta upp, och separera dem med en <quote>--</quote> för att vara " #~ "säker på att endast de senare kopieras till målsystemet." + #~ msgid "Shell commands" #~ msgstr "Skalkommandon" + #~ msgid "Desktop environment" #~ msgstr "Skrivbordsmiljö" + #~ msgid "DNS server" #~ msgstr "DNS-server" + #~ msgid "File format" #~ msgstr "Filformat" + #~ msgid "Only single space allowed between template type and value" #~ msgstr "Endast ett enda blanksteg tillåts mellan malltyp och värde" + #~ msgid "Relation with /var/lib/(c)debconf/templates" #~ msgstr "Relation med /var/lib/(c)debconf/templates" + #~ msgid "Types of templates and how to provide values for them" #~ msgstr "Typer av mallar och hur värden ska anges för dem" + #~ msgid "Most values need to be in English or codes" #~ msgstr "Flesta värden behöver vara på engelska eller koder" + #~ msgid "Using a manual installation as base" #~ msgstr "Använder en manuell installation som grund" + #~ msgid "Finding other possible values" #~ msgstr "Hittar andra möjliga värden" - diff --git a/po/sv/using-d-i.po b/po/sv/using-d-i.po index d435fa44a..bea45f276 100644 --- a/po/sv/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/sv/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 using d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-11 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-22 01:11+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-16 09:12+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -950,12 +950,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:530 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to " +#| "pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your " +#| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " +#| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default " -"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " +"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "Det valda landet kommer att användas senare i installationsprocessen för att " "välja den tidszon som ska vara standard och en Debian-spegel som är lämplig " @@ -989,13 +994,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:549 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " +#| "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " +#| "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" +#| "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " +#| "country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +#| "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " +#| "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " +#| "continent." msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " "continent." @@ -1012,41 +1026,62 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will " -"be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to select a " -"different country by first lowering the debconf priority to medium, followed " -"by revisiting the language selection option in the main menu of the " -"installer." +"If the language has only one country associated with it, a list of countries " +"will be displayed for the continent or region the country belongs to, with " +"that country selected as the default. Use the <guibutton>Go Back</guibutton> " +"option to select countries on a different continent." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:574 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"It is important to select the country where you live or where you are " +"located as it determines the time zone that will be configured for the " +"installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:580 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " +"defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " +"installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " +"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " +"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " +"UTF-8 as character encoding." msgstr "" -"Om språket endast har ett associerat land kommer landet att automatiskt " -"väljas. I det fallet är det endast möjligt att välja ett annat land genom " -"att först sänka debconf-prioriteten till medium, följt av att än en gång gå " -"till språkval i installationsprogrammets huvudmeny." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:575 +#: using-d-i.xml:593 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " -"option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed " -"system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the default for " -"the installed system." +"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " +"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " +"but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" +"1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" +"footnote>, to be generated for the installed system; if you do, you will be " +"asked which of the selected locales should be the default for the installed " +"system." msgstr "" -"En standardlokal kommer att väljas baserad på det valda språket och landet. " -"Om du installerar med medium eller låg prioritet så kommer du få möjligheten " -"att välja ytterligare lokaler som ska genereras för det installerade " -"systemet. Om du väljer det så kommer du att bli tillfrågad om vilken lokal " -"som ska vara standard för det installerade systemet." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:591 +#: using-d-i.xml:617 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Val av tangentbord" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -1064,7 +1099,7 @@ msgstr "" "som root efter att du har färdigställt installationen)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:603 +#: using-d-i.xml:629 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -1080,7 +1115,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap> till <keycap>F10</keycap> längs översta raden." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:638 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1100,13 +1135,13 @@ msgstr "" "tangentbord). I övriga aspekter är de två layouterna lika." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:642 +#: using-d-i.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Leta efter en ISO-avbildning för Debian Installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1120,7 +1155,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>iso-scan</command> gör exakt det." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:650 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1151,7 +1186,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> efter en annan avbild." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:667 +#: using-d-i.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1166,7 +1201,7 @@ msgstr "" "filsystemet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1184,13 +1219,13 @@ msgstr "" "kunde ha gjort det här på andra konsollen, utan att starta om." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:695 +#: using-d-i.xml:721 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "Konfigurera nätverket" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:697 +#: using-d-i.xml:723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1211,7 +1246,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:708 +#: using-d-i.xml:734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1235,7 +1270,7 @@ msgstr "" "långsamma i sina svar, så om du är säker att allt ska fungera, försök igen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:720 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1259,7 +1294,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1281,13 +1316,14 @@ msgstr "" "interfaces</filename> när systemet har blivit installerat." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:779 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring the Clock" -msgstr "Konfigurera klockan" +#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" +msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" +msgstr "Konfigurera din tidszon" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1305,20 +1341,25 @@ msgstr "" "inte möjligt att manuellt ställa in systemtiden under installationsprocessen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "" "Installationsprogrammet ändrar inte på systemklockan på s390-plattformen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:803 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, " +#| "you may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " +#| "location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " +#| "system will assume that time zone." msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " -"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " -"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " -"system will assume that time zone." +"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your " +"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, " +"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." msgstr "" "Beroende på platsen som valdes i tidigare i installationsprocessen så kommer " "du kanske att bli visad en lista över tidszoner som är relevanta för den " @@ -1326,7 +1367,16 @@ msgstr "" "tillfrågad någonting, systemet antar att det är rätt tidszon." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " +"additional option to select <quote>Universal Time Coordinated</quote> (UTC) " +"as time zone." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1338,10 +1388,14 @@ msgstr "" "det två alternativ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:821 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +#| "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. " +#| "The command to do this is:" msgid "" -"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the " "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The " "command to do this is:" msgstr "" @@ -1350,13 +1404,13 @@ msgstr "" "Kommandot för att göra detta är:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1372,22 +1426,26 @@ msgstr "" "eller <userinput>UTC</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:847 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using " +#| "preseeding." msgid "" -"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." +"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value " +"using preseeding." msgstr "" "För automatiserade installationer kan tidszonen även ställas in med " "förinställning." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Partitionering och val av monteringspunkter" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1406,7 +1464,7 @@ msgstr "" "LVM eller RAID-enheter." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:882 +#: using-d-i.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1416,7 +1474,7 @@ msgstr "" "detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:888 +#: using-d-i.xml:922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1439,7 +1497,7 @@ msgstr "" "befintligt data på disken otillgängligt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1453,13 +1511,13 @@ msgstr "" "automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> från menyn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:945 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Guidad partitionering" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:912 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1477,7 +1535,7 @@ msgstr "" "para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1486,7 +1544,7 @@ msgstr "" "arkitekturer." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:932 +#: using-d-i.xml:966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1503,7 +1561,7 @@ msgstr "" "extra säkerhet för ditt (personliga) data." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:941 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1520,7 +1578,7 @@ msgstr "" "disk." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#: using-d-i.xml:984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1538,7 +1596,7 @@ msgstr "" "dessa ändringar innan de skrivs till disken." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1556,7 +1614,7 @@ msgstr "" "hjälpa dig att särskilja dem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:969 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1572,7 +1630,7 @@ msgstr "" "inte möjligt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:977 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1590,73 +1648,73 @@ msgstr "" "på vald plan), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att misslyckas." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1027 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Partitioneringsplan" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Minsta utrymme" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Skapade partitioner" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Alla filer på en partition" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, växl" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1005 +#: using-d-i.xml:1039 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Separat partition för /home" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1006 +#: using-d-i.xml:1040 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1007 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, växl" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1045 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Separata partitioner för /home, /usr, /var och /tmp" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1012 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1 GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1013 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1666,7 +1724,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, växl" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1022 +#: using-d-i.xml:1056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1680,7 +1738,7 @@ msgstr "" "att skapas inom LVM-partitionen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1695,7 +1753,7 @@ msgstr "" "uppstartspartition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1070 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1707,7 +1765,7 @@ msgstr "" "var de kommer att monteras." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1042 +#: using-d-i.xml:1076 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1757,7 +1815,7 @@ msgstr "" "men det visar en möjlig variation som kan uppnås med manuell partitionering." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1055 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1778,13 +1836,13 @@ msgstr "" "beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1069 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Manuell partitionering" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1800,7 +1858,7 @@ msgstr "" "kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av det här avsnittet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1078 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1814,7 +1872,7 @@ msgstr "" "texten <quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> visas i tabellen under en valda disken." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1086 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1856,7 +1914,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1878,7 +1936,7 @@ msgstr "" "Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1894,7 +1952,7 @@ msgstr "" "förrän du har rättat till det." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1906,7 +1964,7 @@ msgstr "" "förrän du har allokerat en." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1922,7 +1980,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1937,13 +1995,13 @@ msgstr "" "filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Konfiguration av multidiskenheter (Programvaru-RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1963,7 +2021,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1183 +#: using-d-i.xml:1217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1978,7 +2036,7 @@ msgstr "" "etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1191 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2089,98 +2147,98 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> För att summera:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1305 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1340 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Minimum antal enheter" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Reservenhet" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1308 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Överlever diskfel?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1309 +#: using-d-i.xml:1343 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Tillgänglig plats" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1354 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1319 +#: using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerat med antalet enheter i RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1323 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "valfri" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 using-d-i.xml:1334 using-d-i.xml:1345 using-d-i.xml:1356 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1361 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen i RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1331 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2190,19 +2248,19 @@ msgstr "" "minus en)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2212,13 +2270,13 @@ msgstr "" "minus två)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2227,7 +2285,7 @@ msgstr "" "Totalen för alla partitioner delat med antalet delkopior (standard är två)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2237,7 +2295,7 @@ msgstr "" "software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2253,7 +2311,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2273,7 +2331,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1 för <filename>/boot</filename> kan det vara ett alternativ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2291,7 +2349,7 @@ msgstr "" "installationssteg manuellt från ett skal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1399 +#: using-d-i.xml:1433 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2313,7 +2371,7 @@ msgstr "" "beror på den MD-typ du har valt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2325,7 +2383,7 @@ msgstr "" "enheten." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1419 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2345,7 +2403,7 @@ msgstr "" "fortsätta förräns du har rättat till det." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1431 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2355,7 +2413,7 @@ msgstr "" "behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2365,7 +2423,7 @@ msgstr "" "behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>fyra</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1443 +#: using-d-i.xml:1477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2385,7 +2443,7 @@ msgstr "" "enheter så att var och en av kopiorna kan distribueras till olika diskar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2404,7 +2462,7 @@ msgstr "" "home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1466 +#: using-d-i.xml:1500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2418,13 +2476,13 @@ msgstr "" "enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Konfigurering av den logiska volymhanteraren (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1482 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2440,7 +2498,7 @@ msgstr "" "den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1490 +#: using-d-i.xml:1524 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2460,7 +2518,7 @@ msgstr "" "volymgrupperna) kan spänna över ett flertal fysiska diskar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2481,7 +2539,7 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1511 +#: using-d-i.xml:1545 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2498,7 +2556,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2519,7 +2577,7 @@ msgstr "" "är:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2529,43 +2587,43 @@ msgstr "" "enhetsstrukturen, namn och storlekar på logiska volymer och annat" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Skapa volymgrupp" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1539 +#: using-d-i.xml:1573 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Skapa logisk volym" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Ta bort volymgrupp" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1579 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Ta bort logisk volym" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1582 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Utöka volymgrupp" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1585 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Minska volymgrupp" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2575,7 +2633,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2585,7 +2643,7 @@ msgstr "" "skapa dina logiska volymer i den." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2597,13 +2655,13 @@ msgstr "" "bör även behandla dem som det)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Konfigurera krypterade volymer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2626,7 +2684,7 @@ msgstr "" "slumpmässiga tecken." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2654,7 +2712,7 @@ msgstr "" "krypterad partition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1606 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2668,7 +2726,7 @@ msgstr "" "processorhastighet, vald kryptering och nyckellängd." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2689,7 +2747,7 @@ msgstr "" "partitionen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1624 +#: using-d-i.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2706,7 +2764,7 @@ msgstr "" "annorlunda. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1636 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2720,13 +2778,13 @@ msgstr "" "ut med tanke på säkerhet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2751,13 +2809,13 @@ msgstr "" "standardkrypteringsalgoritm för skydd av känslig information för 2000-talet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1700 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Nyckellängd: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1668 +#: using-d-i.xml:1702 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2771,13 +2829,13 @@ msgstr "" "olika beroende på valt chiffer." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1714 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV-algoritm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2795,7 +2853,7 @@ msgstr "" "krypterat data." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2809,25 +2867,25 @@ msgstr "" "system som inte kan använda nyare algoritmer." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1738 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel: <userinput>Lösenfras</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1706 +#: using-d-i.xml:1740 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Här kan du välja typ av krypteringsnyckel för denna partition." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1712 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Lösenfras" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2841,13 +2899,13 @@ msgstr "" "basis och som du kan ange senare i processen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 using-d-i.xml:1821 +#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Slumpmässig nyckel" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2866,7 +2924,7 @@ msgstr "" "livstid.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2886,13 +2944,13 @@ msgstr "" "återhämta suspenderat data som skrivits på växlingspartitionen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Radera data: <userinput>ja</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1793 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2914,7 +2972,7 @@ msgstr "" "flertal överskrivningar. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1779 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2926,13 +2984,13 @@ msgstr "" "att ändras för att tillhandahålla följande alternativ:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1788 +#: using-d-i.xml:1822 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1824 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2945,25 +3003,25 @@ msgstr "" "nyckellängder." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1800 +#: using-d-i.xml:1834 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel: <userinput>Nyckelfil (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1836 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Här kan du välja typ av krypteringsnyckel för denna partition." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1808 +#: using-d-i.xml:1842 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Nyckelfil (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2978,19 +3036,19 @@ msgstr "" "processen)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Se ovanstående avsnitt angående slumpmässiga nycklar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Se ovanstående avsnitt angående radering av data." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 +#: using-d-i.xml:1879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -3009,7 +3067,7 @@ msgstr "" "ta lite tid." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -3026,7 +3084,7 @@ msgstr "" "namn på husdjur, namn på familjemedlemmar eller närstående, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1864 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -3050,7 +3108,7 @@ msgstr "" "lösenfrasen för rotfilsystemet anges." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1877 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3073,7 +3131,7 @@ msgstr "" "kommer att upprepas för varje partition som ska krypteras." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1893 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3107,7 +3165,7 @@ msgstr "" "inte passar för dig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1906 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3126,7 +3184,7 @@ msgstr "" "encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3134,13 +3192,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "När du är nöjd med partitioneringsplanen, fortsätt med installationen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1928 +#: using-d-i.xml:1962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3154,7 +3212,7 @@ msgstr "" "här ta en stund." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3171,7 +3229,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3183,7 +3241,7 @@ msgstr "" "dem där om installationen genomförs över en seriekonsoll." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1956 +#: using-d-i.xml:1990 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3197,13 +3255,13 @@ msgstr "" "från en lista av tillgängliga kärnor." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1968 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Skapa användare och lösenord" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3216,13 +3274,13 @@ msgstr "" "har färdigställts." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Ställa in ett lösenord för root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1987 +#: using-d-i.xml:2021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3236,7 +3294,7 @@ msgstr "" "under en så kort tid som möjligt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1995 +#: using-d-i.xml:2029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3252,7 +3310,7 @@ msgstr "" "information som lätt kan gissas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3264,13 +3322,13 @@ msgstr "" "administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2013 +#: using-d-i.xml:2047 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Skapa en vanlig användare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2015 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3284,7 +3342,7 @@ msgstr "" "dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2024 +#: using-d-i.xml:2058 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3305,7 +3363,7 @@ msgstr "" "en sådan bok." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3320,7 +3378,7 @@ msgstr "" "kontot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2041 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3330,13 +3388,13 @@ msgstr "" "installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2052 +#: using-d-i.xml:2086 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Installera ytterligare programvara" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2053 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3351,13 +3409,13 @@ msgstr "" "du har en långsam dator eller nätverk." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Konfigurera apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3393,7 +3451,7 @@ msgstr "" "verktyget för pakethantering." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3407,7 +3465,7 @@ msgstr "" "den för att passa dina behov efter att installationen är färdig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2101 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3426,7 +3484,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2110 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3442,13 +3500,13 @@ msgstr "" "free</quote> i arkivet." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2155 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "Installera från fler än en cd eller dvd-skiva" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3463,7 +3521,7 @@ msgstr "" "installationsprogrammet kan använda paketen som finns på dem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3478,7 +3536,7 @@ msgstr "" "i installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2172 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3492,7 +3550,7 @@ msgstr "" "att använda paketen som inkluderats på de sista skivorna i en uppsättning." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3509,7 +3567,7 @@ msgstr "" "de första två skivorna täcker behovet för de flesta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2154 +#: using-d-i.xml:2188 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3523,7 +3581,7 @@ msgstr "" "skivor. Den första dvd-skivan täcker enkelt in alla tre skrivbordsmiljöer." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2162 +#: using-d-i.xml:2196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3541,13 +3599,13 @@ msgstr "" "minska chanserna för misstag." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "Använda en nätverksspegel" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3559,7 +3617,7 @@ msgstr "" "standardsvaret ett bra svar men det finns några undantag." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2183 +#: using-d-i.xml:2217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3577,7 +3635,7 @@ msgstr "" "nästa steg av installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2192 +#: using-d-i.xml:2226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3598,7 +3656,7 @@ msgstr "" "att du har startat upp det nya systemet)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3612,7 +3670,7 @@ msgstr "" "föregående avsnitt. Användning av en nätverksspegel är valfritt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2210 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3628,7 +3686,7 @@ msgstr "" "säkerheten eller stabiliteten för det installerade systemet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3644,19 +3702,19 @@ msgstr "" "spegel beror på" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2260 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "funktionera som du väljer i nästa steg av installationen," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "vilka paket som behövs för dessa funktioner," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" @@ -3665,7 +3723,7 @@ msgstr "" "igenom, samt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2241 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3677,7 +3735,7 @@ msgstr "" "paketspegel eller en spegelserver för säkerhet eller flyktiga uppdateringar)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2250 +#: using-d-i.xml:2284 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3691,13 +3749,13 @@ msgstr "" "dessa tjänster har konfigurerats." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2300 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Val och installation av programvara" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2268 +#: using-d-i.xml:2302 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3715,7 +3773,7 @@ msgstr "" "din dator att genomföra olika funktioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2277 +#: using-d-i.xml:2311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3749,7 +3807,7 @@ msgstr "" "list\"/> listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga funktionerna." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2304 +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3761,7 +3819,7 @@ msgstr "" "kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner alls." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3771,7 +3829,7 @@ msgstr "" "blankslag för att växla markering av en funktion." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3782,7 +3840,7 @@ msgstr "" "GNOME." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3804,7 +3862,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>desktop=xfce</literal> eller <literal>desktop=lxde</literal>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2367 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3818,7 +3876,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>Alternativa skrivbordsmiljöer</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2340 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3837,7 +3895,7 @@ msgstr "" "annan installationsmetod." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 +#: using-d-i.xml:2384 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3857,7 +3915,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2361 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3873,7 +3931,7 @@ msgstr "" "gör och vill ha ett mycket minimalt system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2369 +#: using-d-i.xml:2403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3893,7 +3951,7 @@ msgstr "" "att installera lämpliga lokalanpassningspaket för det (om det finns några)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3907,7 +3965,7 @@ msgstr "" "information från användare så kommer den att fråga dig under denna process." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3925,7 +3983,7 @@ msgstr "" "avbryta installationen av paket när den väl har startats." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3943,13 +4001,13 @@ msgstr "" "här att hända om du använder en äldre avbildning." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Gör ditt system klart för uppstart" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3964,13 +4022,13 @@ msgstr "" "sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2427 +#: using-d-i.xml:2461 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Sökning efter andra operativsystem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3987,7 +4045,7 @@ msgstr "" "tillägg till Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -4004,13 +4062,13 @@ msgstr "" "information." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -4026,19 +4084,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( behöver mer info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2477 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>Grub</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -4050,7 +4108,7 @@ msgstr "" "standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna användare." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -4063,7 +4121,7 @@ msgstr "" "information." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -4075,13 +4133,13 @@ msgstr "" "använda." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2504 +#: using-d-i.xml:2538 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -4098,7 +4156,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2516 +#: using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -4112,7 +4170,7 @@ msgstr "" "GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -4122,13 +4180,13 @@ msgstr "" "command> ska installeras:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Huvudstartsektor (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -4138,13 +4196,13 @@ msgstr "" "uppstartsprocessen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "Ny Debianpartition" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4156,13 +4214,13 @@ msgstr "" "partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Annat val" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4176,7 +4234,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> eller <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2557 +#: using-d-i.xml:2591 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4192,13 +4250,13 @@ msgstr "" "använda något annat sätt att komma tillbaka in i Debian!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>ELILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2575 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4227,7 +4285,7 @@ msgstr "" "uppstarten av Linux-kärnan." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4245,13 +4303,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2603 +#: using-d-i.xml:2637 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Välj den korrekta partitionen!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2639 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4269,13 +4327,13 @@ msgstr "" "partitionen under installationen, vilket raderar allt tidigare innehåll!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2620 +#: using-d-i.xml:2654 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI-partitionens innehåll" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4305,13 +4363,13 @@ msgstr "" "uppdateras eller konfigureras om." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2644 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4323,13 +4381,13 @@ msgstr "" "omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4343,13 +4401,13 @@ msgstr "" "Boot Manager</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2665 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2666 +#: using-d-i.xml:2700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4364,13 +4422,13 @@ msgstr "" "initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2713 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4382,13 +4440,13 @@ msgstr "" "att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2723 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4402,13 +4460,13 @@ msgstr "" "symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2711 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4452,13 +4510,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2730 +#: using-d-i.xml:2764 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4468,13 +4526,13 @@ msgstr "" "inbyggda styrkort" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2739 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4483,13 +4541,13 @@ msgstr "" "är SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>arcboot</command> är installerad" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2748 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2749 +#: using-d-i.xml:2783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4499,13 +4557,13 @@ msgstr "" "finns" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "konfig" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2758 +#: using-d-i.xml:2792 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4515,13 +4573,13 @@ msgstr "" "vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2779 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>Yaboot</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2780 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4542,13 +4600,13 @@ msgstr "" "&debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2798 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>Quik</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2799 +#: using-d-i.xml:2833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4563,13 +4621,13 @@ msgstr "" "vissa Power Computing-kloner." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2816 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4585,13 +4643,13 @@ msgstr "" "om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2867 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>SILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4622,13 +4680,13 @@ msgstr "" "GNU/Linux vid sidan av en befintlig installation av SunOS/Solaris." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2860 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Fortsätt utan starthanterare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2862 +#: using-d-i.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4641,7 +4699,7 @@ msgstr "" "önskas (exempelvis, du vill använda den befintliga starthanteraren)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4663,13 +4721,13 @@ msgstr "" "partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2886 +#: using-d-i.xml:2920 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Färdigställ installationen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2921 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4681,13 +4739,13 @@ msgstr "" "mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2900 +#: using-d-i.xml:2934 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "Ställa in systemklockan" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4701,7 +4759,7 @@ msgstr "" "baserat på vilka andra operativsystem som är installerade." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2909 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4719,7 +4777,7 @@ msgstr "" "dubbel uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för UTC.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4731,13 +4789,13 @@ msgstr "" "tid, beroende på det val som tidigare gjordes." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2935 +#: using-d-i.xml:2969 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "Starta om systemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2937 +#: using-d-i.xml:2971 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4749,7 +4807,7 @@ msgstr "" "det kommer systemet att startas om till ditt nya Debian-system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2977 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4763,13 +4821,13 @@ msgstr "" "stegen av installationen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2956 +#: using-d-i.xml:2990 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Blandat" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4781,13 +4839,13 @@ msgstr "" "om något går fel." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2970 +#: using-d-i.xml:3004 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Spara installationsloggar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2972 +#: using-d-i.xml:3006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4799,7 +4857,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> på ditt nya Debian-system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2979 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4815,13 +4873,13 @@ msgstr "" "dem i en installationsrapport." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2999 +#: using-d-i.xml:3033 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Användning av skalet och visning av loggar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3001 +#: using-d-i.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4849,7 +4907,7 @@ msgstr "" "installationsprogrammet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" @@ -4857,7 +4915,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3023 +#: using-d-i.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4874,7 +4932,7 @@ msgstr "" "installationsprogrammet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3031 +#: using-d-i.xml:3065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4892,7 +4950,7 @@ msgstr "" "funktioner som till exempel automatisk komplettering och historik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3040 +#: using-d-i.xml:3074 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4904,7 +4962,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3047 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4916,7 +4974,7 @@ msgstr "" "egentliga endast där om någonting skulle gå fel och att du behöver felsöka." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4930,13 +4988,13 @@ msgstr "" "det själv från ett skal. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3068 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Installation över nätverket" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3070 +#: using-d-i.xml:3104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4954,7 +5012,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3080 +#: using-d-i.xml:3114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4976,7 +5034,7 @@ msgstr "" "installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3093 +#: using-d-i.xml:3127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4986,7 +5044,7 @@ msgstr "" "konfiguration av nätverket." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -5009,7 +5067,7 @@ msgstr "" "fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3110 +#: using-d-i.xml:3144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -5021,7 +5079,7 @@ msgstr "" "en annan komponent." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3150 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -5053,7 +5111,7 @@ msgstr "" "och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3133 +#: using-d-i.xml:3167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -5079,7 +5137,7 @@ msgstr "" "anslutningen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3146 +#: using-d-i.xml:3180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -5101,7 +5159,7 @@ msgstr "" "själv skulle ha återhämtat sig), så den ska endast användas när den behövs." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3159 +#: using-d-i.xml:3193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -5125,7 +5183,7 @@ msgstr "" "</command>. </para> </footnote> och försöka igen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3175 +#: using-d-i.xml:3209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -5145,7 +5203,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH-session för installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3185 +#: using-d-i.xml:3219 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -5161,13 +5219,13 @@ msgstr "" "eller problem med det installerade systemet." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3205 +#: using-d-i.xml:3239 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "Läsa in saknad fast programvara" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3206 +#: using-d-i.xml:3240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -5183,7 +5241,7 @@ msgstr "" "funktioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3214 +#: using-d-i.xml:3248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5202,7 +5260,7 @@ msgstr "" "firmware</filename>) och drivrutinsmodulen kommer att läsas om." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5220,7 +5278,7 @@ msgstr "" "från ett MMC- eller SD-kort.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3234 +#: using-d-i.xml:3268 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5232,7 +5290,7 @@ msgstr "" "behövs under installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3241 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5250,13 +5308,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3286 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "Förbereda ett media" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3253 +#: using-d-i.xml:3287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5276,7 +5334,7 @@ msgstr "" "flesta fall stöds under de tidiga stegen av installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3263 +#: using-d-i.xml:3297 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5292,7 +5350,7 @@ msgstr "" "på mediats filsystem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3277 +#: using-d-i.xml:3311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5308,7 +5366,7 @@ msgstr "" "och kan även innehålla paket som inte innehåller fast programvara:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3291 +#: using-d-i.xml:3325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5320,13 +5378,13 @@ msgstr "" "redan installerat system eller från maskinvarans tillverkare." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3300 +#: using-d-i.xml:3334 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "Fast programvara och det installerade systemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3301 +#: using-d-i.xml:3335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5345,7 +5403,7 @@ msgstr "" "som användes under installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3310 +#: using-d-i.xml:3344 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5362,7 +5420,7 @@ msgstr "" "tillgänglig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5375,7 +5433,7 @@ msgstr "" "manuellt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " @@ -5390,6 +5448,34 @@ msgstr "" "färdigställdes." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the language has only one country associated with it, that country " +#~ "will be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to " +#~ "select a different country by first lowering the debconf priority to " +#~ "medium, followed by revisiting the language selection option in the main " +#~ "menu of the installer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om språket endast har ett associerat land kommer landet att automatiskt " +#~ "väljas. I det fallet är det endast möjligt att välja ett annat land genom " +#~ "att först sänka debconf-prioriteten till medium, följt av att än en gång " +#~ "gå till språkval i installationsprogrammets huvudmeny." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~ "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~ "the option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the " +#~ "installed system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the " +#~ "default for the installed system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En standardlokal kommer att väljas baserad på det valda språket och " +#~ "landet. Om du installerar med medium eller låg prioritet så kommer du få " +#~ "möjligheten att välja ytterligare lokaler som ska genereras för det " +#~ "installerade systemet. Om du väljer det så kommer du att bli tillfrågad " +#~ "om vilken lokal som ska vara standard för det installerade systemet." + +#~ msgid "Configuring the Clock" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurera klockan" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " #~ "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " #~ "reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." @@ -5657,9 +5743,6 @@ msgstr "" #~ "kommer att användas för att ställa in systemet den är på väg att " #~ "installera." -#~ msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" -#~ msgstr "Konfigurera din tidszon" - #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " #~ "time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time " diff --git a/po/vi/using-d-i.po b/po/vi/using-d-i.po index 9da8e0e67..4694e3ba2 100644 --- a/po/vi/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/vi/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-11 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-22 01:11+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-13 16:39+1030\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -961,12 +961,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:530 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to " +#| "pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your " +#| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " +#| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default " -"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " +"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "Vào điểm sau trong tiến trình cài đặt, quốc gia đã chọn sẽ được dùng để chọn " "múi giờ mặc định và một máy nhân bản Debian thích hợp với chỗ địa lý của " @@ -999,13 +1004,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:549 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " +#| "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " +#| "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" +#| "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " +#| "country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +#| "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " +#| "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " +#| "continent." msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " "continent." @@ -1023,45 +1037,62 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will " -"be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to select a " -"different country by first lowering the debconf priority to medium, followed " -"by revisiting the language selection option in the main menu of the " -"installer." +"If the language has only one country associated with it, a list of countries " +"will be displayed for the continent or region the country belongs to, with " +"that country selected as the default. Use the <guibutton>Go Back</guibutton> " +"option to select countries on a different continent." msgstr "" -"Nếu ngôn ngữ chỉ có một quốc gia kết hợp, quốc gia đó sẽ được tự động chọn. " -"Trong trường hợp đó, chỉ có thể chọn một quốc gia khác bằng cách trước tiên " -"giảm mức ưu tiên debconf xuống « vừa », sau đó thăm lại mục chọn ngôn ngữ " -"trong trình đơn của trình cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:575 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -#| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " -#| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " -#| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." -msgid "" -"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " -"option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed " -"system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the default for " -"the installed system." -msgstr "" -"Miền địa phương sẽ được chọn, dựa vào ngôn ngữ và quốc gia đã chọn. Nếu bạn " -"đang cài đặt tại ưu tiên vừa hay thấp, bạn có khả năng chọn một miền địa " -"phương mặc định khác, và một số miền địa phương thêm để được tạo ra cho hệ " -"thống được cài đặt." +#: using-d-i.xml:574 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"It is important to select the country where you live or where you are " +"located as it determines the time zone that will be configured for the " +"installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:580 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " +"defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " +"installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " +"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " +"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " +"UTF-8 as character encoding." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " +"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " +"but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" +"1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" +"footnote>, to be generated for the installed system; if you do, you will be " +"asked which of the selected locales should be the default for the installed " +"system." +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:591 +#: using-d-i.xml:617 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Chọn bàn phím" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -1079,7 +1110,7 @@ msgstr "" "xong)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:603 +#: using-d-i.xml:629 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -1096,7 +1127,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> nằm bên trên." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:638 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1115,13 +1146,13 @@ msgstr "" "trí này là tương tự." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:642 +#: using-d-i.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Tìm ảnh ISO cài đặt Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1135,7 +1166,7 @@ msgstr "" "thực hiện chính xác công việc này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:650 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1165,7 +1196,7 @@ msgstr "" "ảnh khác." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:667 +#: using-d-i.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1179,7 +1210,7 @@ msgstr "" "mục lên trên: nó thật sự đi qua toàn bộ hệ thống tập tin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1197,13 +1228,13 @@ msgstr "" "động lại, bằng bàn giao tiếp thứ hai." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:695 +#: using-d-i.xml:721 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "Cấu hình mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:697 +#: using-d-i.xml:723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1223,7 +1254,7 @@ msgstr "" "manvolnum> </citerefentry>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:708 +#: using-d-i.xml:734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1246,7 +1277,7 @@ msgstr "" "rất chậm, vậy nếu bạn có chắc là mọi thứ ổn, hãy thử lại." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:720 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1269,7 +1300,7 @@ msgstr "" "điền vào các trả lời từ <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1291,13 +1322,14 @@ msgstr "" "filename> một khi hệ thống được cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:779 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring the Clock" +#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "Configuring the Clock" +msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Cấu hình Đồng hồ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1314,26 +1346,40 @@ msgstr "" "đúng. Bạn không thể tự đặt thời gian hệ thống trong khi cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:803 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, " +#| "you may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " +#| "location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " +#| "system will assume that time zone." msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " -"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " -"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " -"system will assume that time zone." +"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your " +"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, " +"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." msgstr "" "Phụ thuộc vào địa điểm được chọn trước trong tiến trình cài đặt, bạn có thể " "xem danh sách các múi giờ thích hợp với địa điểm đó. Nếu chỗ bạn chỉ có một " "múi giờ, trình cài đặt sẽ không hỏi gì và hệ thống sẽ giả sử múi giờ đó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " +"additional option to select <quote>Universal Time Coordinated</quote> (UTC) " +"as time zone." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1344,10 +1390,14 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>không</emphasis> tương ứng với địa điểm đã chọn, có hai tùy chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:821 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +#| "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. " +#| "The command to do this is:" msgid "" -"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the " "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The " "command to do this is:" msgstr "" @@ -1356,13 +1406,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate/Nghĩa chữ : đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1378,22 +1428,26 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>UTC</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:847 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using " +#| "preseeding." msgid "" -"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." +"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value " +"using preseeding." msgstr "" "Đối với tiến trình cài đặt tự động, cũng có thể đặt múi giờ dùng chức năng " "chèn sẵn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Phân vùng và chọn điểm lắp" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1411,7 +1465,7 @@ msgstr "" "như LVM, thiết bị RAID và thiết bị đã mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:882 +#: using-d-i.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1421,7 +1475,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:888 +#: using-d-i.xml:922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1443,7 +1497,7 @@ msgstr "" "tại trên cùng đĩa không còn có khả năng truy cấp lại." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1457,13 +1511,13 @@ msgstr "" "mục <guimenuitem>Bằng tay</guimenuitem> trong trình đơn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:945 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Phân vùng hướng dẫn" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:912 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1481,7 +1535,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>dm-crypt</quote> của hạt nhân. </para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1489,7 +1543,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tùy chọn sử dụng LVM (đã mật mã) có lẽ không sẵn sàng trên mọi kiến trúc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:932 +#: using-d-i.xml:966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1506,7 +1560,7 @@ msgstr "" "liệu (riêng) của bạn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:941 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1522,7 +1576,7 @@ msgstr "" "kích cỡ của đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#: using-d-i.xml:984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1539,7 +1593,7 @@ msgstr "" "đặt sẽ nhắc bạn xác nhận các thay đổi này trước khi ghi vào đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1556,7 +1610,7 @@ msgstr "" "bạn thường xem. Kích cỡ của đĩa có thể giúp đỡ bạn nhận diện mỗi điều." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:969 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1571,7 +1625,7 @@ msgstr "" "đổi nào đúng đến kết thúc; còn khi sử dụng LVM (đã mật mã), không có." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:977 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1590,73 +1644,73 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ không thành công." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1027 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Bố trí phân vùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Chỗ tối thiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Phân vùng đã tạo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Mọi tập tin trên một phân vùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1005 +#: using-d-i.xml:1039 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Phân vùng /home riêng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1006 +#: using-d-i.xml:1040 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1007 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1045 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Các phân vùng /home, /usr, /var, và /tmp riêng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1012 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1013 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1666,7 +1720,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1022 +#: using-d-i.xml:1056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1679,7 +1733,7 @@ msgstr "" "vùng khác, bao gồm phân vùng trao đổi, sẽ được tạo bên trong phân vùng LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1694,7 +1748,7 @@ msgstr "" "khởi động EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1070 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1705,7 +1759,7 @@ msgstr "" "gồm có thông tin về trạng thái kiểu định dạng và gắn kết của mỗi phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1042 +#: using-d-i.xml:1076 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1761,7 +1815,7 @@ msgstr "" "có thể được đạt khi tự phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1055 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1782,13 +1836,13 @@ msgstr "" "vùng." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1069 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Phân vùng bằng tay" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1803,7 +1857,7 @@ msgstr "" "lập bảng phân vùng và cách sử dụng phân vùng cho hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1078 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1817,7 +1871,7 @@ msgstr "" "bảng, bên dưới tên đĩa đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1086 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1857,7 +1911,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1878,7 +1932,7 @@ msgstr "" "đơn này cũng cho bạn có khả năng xoá phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1894,7 +1948,7 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ không cho phép bạn tiếp tục, cho đến khi bạn sửa trường hợp này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1906,7 +1960,7 @@ msgstr "" "tục, cho đến khi bạn cấp phát một điều." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1922,7 +1976,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename>, hay <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1936,13 +1990,13 @@ msgstr "" "các hệ thống tập tin nên được tạo như được yêu cầu." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Cấu hình thiết bị đa đĩa (RAID phần mềm)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1962,7 +2016,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>RAID phần mềm</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1183 +#: using-d-i.xml:1217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1977,7 +2031,7 @@ msgstr "" "lắp v.v.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1191 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2088,97 +2142,97 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> Để tóm tắt:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1305 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Kiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1340 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Thiết bị tối thiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Thiết bị phụ tùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1308 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Vẫn còn hoạt động sau khi đĩa thất bại ?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1309 +#: using-d-i.xml:1343 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Chỗ sẵn sàng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1354 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>không</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1319 +#: using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất được nhân số thiết bị trong RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1323 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "tùy chọn" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 using-d-i.xml:1334 using-d-i.xml:1345 using-d-i.xml:1356 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>có</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1361 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất trong RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1331 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2187,19 +2241,19 @@ msgstr "" "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất nhận lên (số thiết bị trong RAID trừ một)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2208,13 +2262,13 @@ msgstr "" "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất nhận lên (số thiết bị trong RAID trừ hai)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2222,7 +2276,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Tổng số các phiên bản chia cho số các bản sao đoạn (mặc định là hai)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2232,7 +2286,7 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2248,7 +2302,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2268,7 +2322,7 @@ msgstr "" "và RAID1 cho <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2286,7 +2340,7 @@ msgstr "" "trình bao." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1399 +#: using-d-i.xml:1433 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2308,7 +2362,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1). Kết quả phụ thuộc vào kiểu thiết bị đa đĩa bạn đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2320,7 +2374,7 @@ msgstr "" "thiết bị đa đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1419 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2340,7 +2394,7 @@ msgstr "" "cho đến khi bạn sửa vấn đề." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1431 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2350,7 +2404,7 @@ msgstr "" "nhất <emphasis>ba</emphasis> phân vùng hoạt động." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2360,7 +2414,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>bốn</emphasis> phân vùng hoạt động." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1443 +#: using-d-i.xml:1477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2379,7 +2433,7 @@ msgstr "" "quá số các thiết bị hoạt động, để phân phối mỗi bản sao trên một đĩa riêng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2397,7 +2451,7 @@ msgstr "" "vùng 100 GB hơi đáng tin cậy cho <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1466 +#: using-d-i.xml:1500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2411,13 +2465,13 @@ msgstr "" "mới, và gán cho chúng những thuộc tính thường như điểm lắp." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Cấu hình Bộ Quản lý Khối Tin Hợp Lý (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1482 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2433,7 +2487,7 @@ msgstr "" "chuyển các thứ, tạo liên kết tượng trưng v.v." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1490 +#: using-d-i.xml:1524 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2453,7 +2507,7 @@ msgstr "" "qua vài đĩa vật lý." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2473,7 +2527,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nào <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1511 +#: using-d-i.xml:1545 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2490,7 +2544,7 @@ msgstr "" "LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2509,7 +2563,7 @@ msgstr "" "ngữ cảnh, chỉ hiển thị những hành động hợp lệ. Những hành động có thể là:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2519,43 +2573,43 @@ msgstr "" "thiết bị LVM, các tên và kích cỡ của khối tin hợp lý, v.v." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Tạo nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1539 +#: using-d-i.xml:1573 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Tạo khối tin hợp lệ" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Xóa nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1579 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Xóa khối tin hợp lệ" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1582 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Kéo dài nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1585 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Giảm nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2565,7 +2619,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> chính" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2575,7 +2629,7 @@ msgstr "" "tạo các khối tin hợp lý bên trong nó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2587,13 +2641,13 @@ msgstr "" "thao tác nó như vậy)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Cấu hình khối tin được mật mã" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2615,7 +2669,7 @@ msgstr "" "thôi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2641,7 +2695,7 @@ msgstr "" "không có khả năng tải hạt nhân từ phân vùng được mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1606 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2655,7 +2709,7 @@ msgstr "" "của khoá." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2676,7 +2730,7 @@ msgstr "" "phân vùng đó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1624 +#: using-d-i.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2692,7 +2746,7 @@ msgstr "" "pháp mặc định, nếu bạn không bắt buộc phải làm khác." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1636 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2706,13 +2760,13 @@ msgstr "" "theo bảo mật." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Mật mã: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2738,13 +2792,13 @@ msgstr "" "hai mươi mốt." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1700 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Dài khoá:<userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1668 +#: using-d-i.xml:1702 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2757,13 +2811,13 @@ msgstr "" "dài khoá sẵn sàng phụ thuộc vào thuật toán mật mã." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1714 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "Thuật toán IV: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2780,7 +2834,7 @@ msgstr "" "suy luận thông tin nào ra mẫu xảy ra nhiều lần trong dữ liệu đã mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2794,25 +2848,25 @@ msgstr "" "không có khả năng dùng thuật toán mới hơn." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1738 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Khoá mật mã: <userinput>Cụm từ mật khẩu</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1706 +#: using-d-i.xml:1740 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Ở đây bạn có thể chọn kiểu khoá mật mã cho phân vùng này." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1712 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Cụm từ mật khẩu" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2826,13 +2880,13 @@ msgstr "" "vào lúc sau trong tiến trình." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 using-d-i.xml:1821 +#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Khoá ngẫu nhiên" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2850,7 +2904,7 @@ msgstr "" "không thể thành công trong đời sống của bạn.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2869,13 +2923,13 @@ msgstr "" "được ghi vào phân vùng trao đổi, khi khởi động lại." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Xoá bỏ dữ liệu : <userinput>có</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1793 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2896,7 +2950,7 @@ msgstr "" "lần.</para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1779 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2908,13 +2962,13 @@ msgstr "" "đơn thay đổi để cung cấp những tùy chọn này:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1788 +#: using-d-i.xml:1822 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Mật mã: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1824 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2927,25 +2981,25 @@ msgstr "" "dài khoá." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1800 +#: using-d-i.xml:1834 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Khoá mật mã: <userinput>Tập tin khoá (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1836 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Ở đây bạn có thể chọn kiểu mật mã cho phân vùng này." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1808 +#: using-d-i.xml:1842 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Tập tin khoá (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2959,19 +3013,19 @@ msgstr "" "vào lúc sau trong tiến trình)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Xem phần bên trên diễn tả khoá ngẫu nhiên." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Xem tiết đoạn bên trên diễn tả cách xoá sạch dữ liệu." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 +#: using-d-i.xml:1879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2989,7 +3043,7 @@ msgstr "" "mới. Đối với phân vùng lớn, có thể kéo dài một lát." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -3008,7 +3062,7 @@ msgstr "" "đoán.</para></listitem> </itemizedlist>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1864 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -3033,7 +3087,7 @@ msgstr "" "phím nào được dùng, trước khi nhập mật khẩu kiểu nào." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1877 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3055,7 +3109,7 @@ msgstr "" "được lặp lại cho mỗi phân vùng cần mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1893 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3088,7 +3142,7 @@ msgstr "" "hợp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1906 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3106,7 +3160,7 @@ msgstr "" "giải thích trong <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3114,13 +3168,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Một khi bạn thấy sơ đồ phân vùng là ổn thoả, hãy tiếp tục cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Cài đặt Hệ thống Cơ bản" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1928 +#: using-d-i.xml:1962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3134,7 +3188,7 @@ msgstr "" "kéo dài một lát." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3150,7 +3204,7 @@ msgstr "" "chính bằng <keycombo><keycap>Alt trái</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3163,7 +3217,7 @@ msgstr "" "qua bàn giao tiếp nối tiếp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1956 +#: using-d-i.xml:1990 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3177,13 +3231,13 @@ msgstr "" "hạt nhân có sẵn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1968 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Thiết lập Người và Mật khẩu" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3195,13 +3249,13 @@ msgstr "" "Các tài khoản người dùng khác có thể được tạo sau khi cài đặt xong." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Đặt mật khẩu chủ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1987 +#: using-d-i.xml:2021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3215,7 +3269,7 @@ msgstr "" "trong thời lượng càng ngắn càng có thể." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1995 +#: using-d-i.xml:2029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3230,7 +3284,7 @@ msgstr "" "chọn từ nằm trong bất kỳ từ điển hay thông tin cá nhân có thể được đoán." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3241,13 +3295,13 @@ msgstr "" "cho ai biết mật khẩu chủ, trừ bạn quản lý máy có nhiều quản trị hệ thống." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2013 +#: using-d-i.xml:2047 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Tạo người dùng chuẩn" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2015 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3261,7 +3315,7 @@ msgstr "" "ngày hay như là sự đăng nhập cá nhân." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2024 +#: using-d-i.xml:2058 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3281,7 +3335,7 @@ msgstr "" "này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3295,7 +3349,7 @@ msgstr "" "tài khoản này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2041 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3305,13 +3359,13 @@ msgstr "" "sử dụng lệnh <command>adduser</command> (thêm người dùng)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2052 +#: using-d-i.xml:2086 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Cài đặt phần mềm thêm" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2053 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3326,13 +3380,13 @@ msgstr "" "nếu máy tính hay mạng có chạy chậm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Cấu hình apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3366,7 +3420,7 @@ msgstr "" "khuyến khích." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3380,7 +3434,7 @@ msgstr "" "cài đặt xong." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2101 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3398,7 +3452,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2110 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3414,13 +3468,13 @@ msgstr "" "(khác tự do)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2155 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "Cài đặt từ nhiều đĩa CD/DVD" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3433,7 +3487,7 @@ msgstr "" "trên các đĩa đó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3447,7 +3501,7 @@ msgstr "" "chọn trong bước kế tiếp của tiến trình cài đặt thực sự có thể được cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2172 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3460,7 +3514,7 @@ msgstr "" "người thực sự dùng những gói nằm trong vài đĩa CD cuối cùng trong tập hợp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3477,7 +3531,7 @@ msgstr "" "gói cần thiết." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2154 +#: using-d-i.xml:2188 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3491,7 +3545,7 @@ msgstr "" "chứa cả ba môi trường làm việc này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2162 +#: using-d-i.xml:2196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3507,13 +3561,13 @@ msgstr "" "quét không quan trọng, nhưng quét theo thứ tự tăng dần sẽ giảm dịp bị lỗi." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "Sử dụng máy nhân bản mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3525,7 +3579,7 @@ msgstr "" "mặc định là tốt, nhưng vẫn có một số ngoại lệ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2183 +#: using-d-i.xml:2217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3543,7 +3597,7 @@ msgstr "" "bước tiếp theo của tiến trình cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2192 +#: using-d-i.xml:2226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3564,7 +3618,7 @@ msgstr "" "thống mới)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3578,7 +3632,7 @@ msgstr "" "bản mạng vẫn là tùy chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2210 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3593,7 +3647,7 @@ msgstr "" "rủi ro bảo mật hay sự ổn định của hệ thống đã cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3608,19 +3662,19 @@ msgstr "" "liệu được tải xuống nếu bạn có phải chọn máy nhân bản thì phụ thuộc vào" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2260 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "những tác vụ bạn chọn trong bước tiếp theo của tiến trình cài đặt," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "những gói nào cần thiết cho các tác vụ đó," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" @@ -3629,7 +3683,7 @@ msgstr "" "và" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2241 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3641,7 +3695,7 @@ msgstr "" "cập nhật kiểu bảo mật hay dễ thay đổi)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2250 +#: using-d-i.xml:2284 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3655,13 +3709,13 @@ msgstr "" "hình." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2300 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Lựa chọn và Cài đặt Phần mềm" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2268 +#: using-d-i.xml:2302 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3678,7 +3732,7 @@ msgstr "" "tác vụ khác nhau." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2277 +#: using-d-i.xml:2311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3711,7 +3765,7 @@ msgstr "" "công việc có sẵn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2304 +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3724,7 +3778,7 @@ msgstr "" "không cài đặt gì cả." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3734,7 +3788,7 @@ msgstr "" "dài để (bỏ) chọn công việc nào." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3747,7 +3801,7 @@ msgstr "" "trường làm việc</quote> sẽ cài đặt môi trường làm việc GNOME." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3776,7 +3830,7 @@ msgstr "" "đặt <literal>desktop=xfce</literal>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2367 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3786,7 +3840,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2340 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for KDE or Xfce are " @@ -3810,7 +3864,7 @@ msgstr "" "kỳ phương pháp cài đặt khác nào." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 +#: using-d-i.xml:2384 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3830,7 +3884,7 @@ msgstr "" "vụ Mạng: <classname>apache2</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2361 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3841,7 +3895,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2369 +#: using-d-i.xml:2403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3854,7 +3908,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3868,7 +3922,7 @@ msgstr "" "nhắc bạn trong quá trình này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3885,7 +3939,7 @@ msgstr "" "trình cài đặt gói một khi khởi chạy được." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3903,13 +3957,13 @@ msgstr "" "xảy ra nếu bạn sử dụng ảnh cũ." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Cho hệ thống khả năng khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3923,13 +3977,13 @@ msgstr "" "select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2427 +#: using-d-i.xml:2461 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Phát hiện hệ điều hành khác" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3945,7 +3999,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3961,13 +4015,13 @@ msgstr "" "dẫn sử dụng bộ nạp khởi động riêng để tìm thông tin thêm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Trình cài đặt <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3983,19 +4037,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> thật có thể đọc phân vùng Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa SỬA ĐI (cần thêm thông tin)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2477 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ nạp khởi động <command>Grub</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -4007,7 +4061,7 @@ msgstr "" "ích cho cả hai người dùng mới và nhà chuyên môn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -4019,7 +4073,7 @@ msgstr "" "nơi khác. Xem sổ tay GRUB để tìm thông tin đầy đủ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -4030,13 +4084,13 @@ msgstr "" "từ đó, chọn bộ nạp khởi động đã muốn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2504 +#: using-d-i.xml:2538 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ nạp khởi động <command>LILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -4053,7 +4107,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2516 +#: using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -4067,7 +4121,7 @@ msgstr "" "khi cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -4077,13 +4131,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Mục ghi khởi động cái (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -4093,13 +4147,13 @@ msgstr "" "động." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "phân vùng Debian mới" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4111,13 +4165,13 @@ msgstr "" "việc như bộ tảo khởi động phụ." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Khác" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4131,7 +4185,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2557 +#: using-d-i.xml:2591 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4147,13 +4201,13 @@ msgstr "" "trở về Debian." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ nạp khởi động <command>ELILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2575 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4181,7 +4235,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote> để làm việc thật tải và khởi chạy hạt nhân Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4199,13 +4253,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>gốc</emphasis> của máy tính." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2603 +#: using-d-i.xml:2637 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Chọn phân vùng đúng đi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2639 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4223,13 +4277,13 @@ msgstr "" "định dạng phân vùng nên xoá hoàn toàn nội dung đã có !" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2620 +#: using-d-i.xml:2654 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Nội dung phân vùng EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4260,13 +4314,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2644 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4279,13 +4333,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4300,13 +4354,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2665 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2666 +#: using-d-i.xml:2700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4322,13 +4376,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2713 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4341,13 +4395,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2723 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4361,13 +4415,13 @@ msgstr "" "bởi liên kết tượng trưng <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2711 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4411,13 +4465,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2730 +#: using-d-i.xml:2764 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4427,13 +4481,13 @@ msgstr "" "điều khiển có sẵn" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2739 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "đĩa" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4443,13 +4497,13 @@ msgstr "" "được cài đặt" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2748 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "số_phân" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2749 +#: using-d-i.xml:2783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4459,13 +4513,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "cấu_hình" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2758 +#: using-d-i.xml:2792 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4475,13 +4529,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, mà là <quote>linux</quote> theo mặc định." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2779 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Yaboot</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2780 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4501,13 +4555,13 @@ msgstr "" "&debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2798 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Quik</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2799 +#: using-d-i.xml:2833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4521,13 +4575,13 @@ msgstr "" "PowerMac 7200, 7300, và 7600, và trên một số máy bắt chước Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2816 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4544,13 +4598,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2867 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ nạp khởi động <command>SILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4581,13 +4635,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux kế bên bản cài đặt SunOS/Solaris đã có." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2860 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Tiếp tục không có bộ nạp khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2862 +#: using-d-i.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4599,7 +4653,7 @@ msgstr "" "cung cấp, hoặc vì không muốn nó (v.d. bạn sẽ dùng bộ nạp khởi động đã có)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4620,13 +4674,13 @@ msgstr "" "vùng riêng, tên hệ thống tập tin <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2886 +#: using-d-i.xml:2920 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Cài đặt xong" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2921 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4637,13 +4691,13 @@ msgstr "" "đặt sẽ làm bất cứ tác vụ nào còn lại. Phần lớn là làm sạch sau &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2900 +#: using-d-i.xml:2934 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "Đặt đồng hồ hệ thống" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4657,7 +4711,7 @@ msgstr "" "dựa vào thứ như hệ điều hành khác đã được cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2909 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4675,7 +4729,7 @@ msgstr "" "cục bộ. Nếu bạn muốn khởi động đôi, hãy chọn giờ cục bộ hơn UTC.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4687,13 +4741,13 @@ msgstr "" "thuộc vào sự chọn mới làm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2935 +#: using-d-i.xml:2969 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "Khởi động lại hệ thống" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2937 +#: using-d-i.xml:2971 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4705,7 +4759,7 @@ msgstr "" "thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2977 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4719,13 +4773,13 @@ msgstr "" "của tiến trình cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2956 +#: using-d-i.xml:2990 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Linh tinh" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4737,13 +4791,13 @@ msgstr "" "khó khăn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2970 +#: using-d-i.xml:3004 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Lưu bản ghi cài đặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2972 +#: using-d-i.xml:3006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4755,7 +4809,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> trong hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2979 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4771,13 +4825,13 @@ msgstr "" "kèm báo cáo cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2999 +#: using-d-i.xml:3033 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Sử dụng trình bao và xem bản ghi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3001 +#: using-d-i.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4804,13 +4858,13 @@ msgstr "" "trái</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> để trở về bộ cài đặt chính nó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "Đối với trình cài đặt đồ họa, xem thêm <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3023 +#: using-d-i.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4826,7 +4880,7 @@ msgstr "" "(thoát) để đóng trình bao, và trở về trình cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3031 +#: using-d-i.xml:3065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4844,7 +4898,7 @@ msgstr "" "tự động gõ và lược sử." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3040 +#: using-d-i.xml:3074 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4856,7 +4910,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3047 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4867,7 +4921,7 @@ msgstr "" "trình bao chỉ sẵn sàng để giúp đỡ trong trường hợp bị lỗi hay gỡ lỗi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4881,13 +4935,13 @@ msgstr "" "bao." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3068 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Cài đặt qua mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3070 +#: using-d-i.xml:3104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4904,7 +4958,7 @@ msgstr "" "thể tự động hoá phần đó bằng phần <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3080 +#: using-d-i.xml:3114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4926,7 +4980,7 @@ msgstr "" "tục lại cài đặt từ xa bằng SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3093 +#: using-d-i.xml:3127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4936,7 +4990,7 @@ msgstr "" "mặc định sau khi thiết lập mạng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4958,7 +5012,7 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ tiếp tục cài đặt từ xa</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3110 +#: using-d-i.xml:3144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4970,7 +5024,7 @@ msgstr "" "khác." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3150 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -5000,7 +5054,7 @@ msgstr "" "nếu nó là đúng không." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3133 +#: using-d-i.xml:3167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -5025,7 +5079,7 @@ msgstr "" "tái kết nối." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3146 +#: using-d-i.xml:3180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -5047,7 +5101,7 @@ msgstr "" "kết nối) vậy chỉ dùng nó khi cần thiết." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3159 +#: using-d-i.xml:3193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -5071,7 +5125,7 @@ msgstr "" "thử lại." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3175 +#: using-d-i.xml:3209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -5091,7 +5145,7 @@ msgstr "" "chạy cho các trình bao." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3185 +#: using-d-i.xml:3219 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -5107,13 +5161,13 @@ msgstr "" "cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3205 +#: using-d-i.xml:3239 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "Nạp phần vững bị thiếu" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3206 +#: using-d-i.xml:3240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -5127,7 +5181,7 @@ msgstr "" "chức năng cơ bản và yêu cầu phần vững để hiệu lực thêm tính năng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3214 +#: using-d-i.xml:3248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5145,7 +5199,7 @@ msgstr "" "nạp lại." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5163,7 +5217,7 @@ msgstr "" "MMC hay SD.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3234 +#: using-d-i.xml:3268 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5174,7 +5228,7 @@ msgstr "" "năng, hoặc nếu thiết bị không cần trong khi cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3241 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5189,13 +5243,13 @@ msgstr "" "bằng cách gửi một báo cáo cài đặt (xem <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3286 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "Chuẩn bị vật chứa" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3253 +#: using-d-i.xml:3287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5215,7 +5269,7 @@ msgstr "" "đoạn cài đặt đầu tiên." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3263 +#: using-d-i.xml:3297 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5230,7 +5284,7 @@ msgstr "" "bản phát hành hiện thời, và giải nén nó vào hệ thống tập tin trên vật chứa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3277 +#: using-d-i.xml:3311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5245,7 +5299,7 @@ msgstr "" "cũng có thể chứa gói khác phần vững:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3291 +#: using-d-i.xml:3325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5257,13 +5311,13 @@ msgstr "" "phần cứng." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3300 +#: using-d-i.xml:3334 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "Phần vững và Hệ thống đã Cài đặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3301 +#: using-d-i.xml:3335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5281,7 +5335,7 @@ msgstr "" "là phần vững không nạp được do phiên bản bị đối xứng lệch." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3310 +#: using-d-i.xml:3344 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5297,7 +5351,7 @@ msgstr "" "phát hành." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5309,7 +5363,7 @@ msgstr "" "cài đặt một cách thủ công." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " @@ -5323,6 +5377,36 @@ msgstr "" "khi cài đặt xong." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the language has only one country associated with it, that country " +#~ "will be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to " +#~ "select a different country by first lowering the debconf priority to " +#~ "medium, followed by revisiting the language selection option in the main " +#~ "menu of the installer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nếu ngôn ngữ chỉ có một quốc gia kết hợp, quốc gia đó sẽ được tự động " +#~ "chọn. Trong trường hợp đó, chỉ có thể chọn một quốc gia khác bằng cách " +#~ "trước tiên giảm mức ưu tiên debconf xuống « vừa », sau đó thăm lại mục " +#~ "chọn ngôn ngữ trong trình đơn của trình cài đặt." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " +#~| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~ "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~ "the option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the " +#~ "installed system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the " +#~ "default for the installed system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Miền địa phương sẽ được chọn, dựa vào ngôn ngữ và quốc gia đã chọn. Nếu " +#~ "bạn đang cài đặt tại ưu tiên vừa hay thấp, bạn có khả năng chọn một miền " +#~ "địa phương mặc định khác, và một số miền địa phương thêm để được tạo ra " +#~ "cho hệ thống được cài đặt." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " #~ "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " #~ "reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." diff --git a/po/zh_CN/boot-installer.po b/po/zh_CN/boot-installer.po index 283a1245b..2e34d691b 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/boot-installer.po @@ -1839,15 +1839,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1538 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "To boot the installer from hard disk, you will have already completed " -#| "downloading and placing the needed files in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-" -#| "files\"/>." msgid "" "To boot the installer from hard disk, you will have already completed " "downloading and placing the needed files as described in <xref linkend=" "\"boot-drive-files\"/>." -msgstr "如果要从硬盘上引导安装程序，您需要参考 <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/> 下载并且安置所需文件。" +msgstr "" +"如果要从硬盘上引导安装程序，您需要参考 <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/> " +"下载并且安置所需文件。" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1558 @@ -2955,7 +2953,6 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2392 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "debian-installer/theme (theme)" msgid "base-installer/install-recommends (recommends)" msgstr "base-installer/install-recommends (recommends)" @@ -2969,7 +2966,10 @@ msgid "" "the selected software, but they do enhance that software and should, in the " "view of the package maintainers, normally be installed together with that " "software." -msgstr "在使用包管理系统安装软件包时，将默认安装该软件包推荐的软件包。这些推荐的软件包并不影响要安装软件包的核心功能，但可以增强其功能。从软件包维护人员的角度看，正常情况下应该安装这些软件。" +msgstr "" +"在使用包管理系统安装软件包时，将默认安装该软件包推荐的软件包。这些推荐的软件" +"包并不影响要安装软件包的核心功能，但可以增强其功能。从软件包维护人员的角度" +"看，正常情况下应该安装这些软件。" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2402 @@ -2979,7 +2979,9 @@ msgid "" "management system will be configured to not automatically install such " "<quote>Recommends</quote>, both during the installation and for the " "installed system." -msgstr "通过设置 <userinput>false</userinput> 选项，在安装过程和以后的系统中，包管理系统将配置为不自动安装这些<quote>推荐的软件包(Recommends)</quote>。" +msgstr "" +"通过设置 <userinput>false</userinput> 选项，在安装过程和以后的系统中，包管理" +"系统将配置为不自动安装这些<quote>推荐的软件包(Recommends)</quote>。" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2409 @@ -2990,7 +2992,10 @@ msgid "" "may have to manually install some of the recommended packages to obtain the " "full functionality you want. This option should therefore only be used by " "very experienced users." -msgstr "注意，虽然使用该选项可以得到一个瘦小的系统，但将会失去一些通常认为应有的特性。您不得不使用手动方式安装这些推荐软件包以获得完整的功能。因此，该选项应由非常有经验的用户来使用。" +msgstr "" +"注意，虽然使用该选项可以得到一个瘦小的系统，但将会失去一些通常认为应有的特" +"性。您不得不使用手动方式安装这些推荐软件包以获得完整的功能。因此，该选项应由" +"非常有经验的用户来使用。" #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2421 @@ -3147,14 +3152,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2525 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "debian-installer/locale (locale)" msgid "debian-installer/language (language)" msgstr "debian-installer/language (language)" #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2526 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "debian-installer/theme (theme)" msgid "debian-installer/country (country)" msgstr "debian-installer/country (country)" @@ -3170,7 +3173,9 @@ msgstr "debian-installer/locale (locale)" msgid "" "There are two ways to specify the language, country and locale to use for " "the installation and the installed system." -msgstr "有两种方法可以指定安装过程和安装后系统中所使用的语言(language)、国家(country)和地方(locale)。" +msgstr "" +"有两种方法可以指定安装过程和安装后系统中所使用的语言(language)、国家(country)" +"和地方(locale)。" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2533 @@ -3183,7 +3188,12 @@ msgid "" "set as default locale for the installed system). Limitation is that not all " "possible combinations of language, country and locale can be achieved this " "way." -msgstr "第一种和最简单的方法为只设置 <literal>locale</literal> 参数。语言和国家将依据该值产生。例如，您可以使用 <userinput>locale=de_CH</userinput> 选择语言为德语，瑞士为国家(安装后的系统中默认的 locale 将设置为 <literal>de_CH.UTF-8</literal> )。该方法有一个缺陷，因为并不是所有的语言、国家和地方可以采用这种方式组合。" +msgstr "" +"第一种和最简单的方法为只设置 <literal>locale</literal> 参数。语言和国家将依据" +"该值产生。例如，您可以使用 <userinput>locale=de_CH</userinput> 选择语言为德" +"语，瑞士为国家(安装后的系统中默认的 locale 将设置为 <literal>de_CH.UTF-8</" +"literal> )。该方法有一个缺陷，因为并不是所有的语言、国家和地方可以采用这种方" +"式组合。" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2542 @@ -3194,7 +3204,11 @@ msgid "" "literal> can optionally be added to specify a specific default locale for " "the installed system. Example: <userinput>language=en country=DE " "locale=en_GB.UTF-8</userinput>." -msgstr "第二种更具弹性的方法，是分开指定 <literal>language</literal> 和 <literal>country</literal>。这种方式下 <literal>locale</literal> 可以作为选项来指定安装后系统中默认的 locale 值。例如： <userinput>language=en country=DE locale=en_GB.UTF-8</userinput>。" +msgstr "" +"第二种更具弹性的方法，是分开指定 <literal>language</literal> 和 " +"<literal>country</literal>。这种方式下 <literal>locale</literal> 可以作为选项" +"来指定安装后系统中默认的 locale 值。例如： <userinput>language=en country=DE " +"locale=en_GB.UTF-8</userinput>。" #. Tag: term #: boot-installer.xml:2554 diff --git a/po/zh_CN/hardware.po b/po/zh_CN/hardware.po index 229681e0a..182957cb8 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/hardware.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/hardware.po @@ -453,7 +453,11 @@ msgid "" "the Pentium D and the Core2 Duo). Those systems are supported by " "the <emphasis>amd64</emphasis> architecture or, if you prefer a 32-bit " "userland, the <emphasis>i386</emphasis> architecture." -msgstr "&arch-title; 体系只支持 Intel Itanium 处理器，而不是常见的属于 EM64T 家族的 64 位处理器(包括像 Pentium D 和 Core2 Duo)。它们是被 <emphasis>amd64</emphasis> 体系支持。如果您希望使用 32 位系统，可以选择 <emphasis>i386</emphasis> 体系。" +msgstr "" +"&arch-title; 体系只支持 Intel Itanium 处理器，而不是常见的属于 EM64T 家族的 " +"64 位处理器(包括像 Pentium D 和 Core2 Duo)。它们是被 " +"<emphasis>amd64</emphasis> 体系支持。如果您希望使用 32 位系统，可以选择 " +"<emphasis>i386</emphasis> 体系。" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:188 @@ -594,12 +598,6 @@ msgstr "Kirkwood" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:302 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "Kirkwood is a system on a chip (SoC) from Marvell that integrates an ARM " -#| "CPU, Ethernet, SATA, USB, and other functionality in one chip. We " -#| "currently support the following Kirkwood based devices: <ulink url=\"&url-" -#| "arm-cyrius-sheevaplug;\">SheevaPlug</ulink> and <ulink url=\"&url-arm-" -#| "cyrius-qnap-kirkwood;\">QNAP Turbo Station</ulink> (TS-119 and TS-219)." msgid "" "Kirkwood is a system on a chip (SoC) from Marvell that integrates an ARM " "CPU, Ethernet, SATA, USB, and other functionality in one chip. We currently " @@ -608,7 +606,13 @@ msgid "" "<ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-qnap-kirkwood;\">QNAP Turbo Station</ulink> (TS-" "110, TS-119, TS-210, TS-219 and TS-219P; the TS-410 and TS-419P are not yet " "supported)." -msgstr "Kirkwood 是 Marvell 的 SoC (system on a chip) 产品，该芯片上集成了 ARM CPU、Ethernet、SATA、USB，以及一些其他的功能。当前我们能支持以下几种基于 Kirkwood 的设备： OpenRD (OpenRD-Base 和 OpenRD-Client)、<ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-sheevaplug;\">SheevaPlug</ulink> 和 <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-qnap-kirkwood;\">QNAP Turbo Station</ulink> (TS-110, TS-119, TS-210, TS-219 和 TS-219P; TS-410 和 TS-419P 仍然不被支持)。" +msgstr "" +"Kirkwood 是 Marvell 的 SoC (system on a chip) 产品，该芯片上集成了 ARM CPU、" +"Ethernet、SATA、USB，以及一些其他的功能。当前我们能支持以下几种基于 Kirkwood " +"的设备： OpenRD (OpenRD-Base 和 OpenRD-Client)、<ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-" +"sheevaplug;\">SheevaPlug</ulink> 和 <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-qnap-" +"kirkwood;\">QNAP Turbo Station</ulink> (TS-110, TS-119, TS-210, TS-219 和 TS-" +"219P; TS-410 和 TS-419P 仍然不被支持)。" #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:317 diff --git a/po/zh_CN/install-methods.po b/po/zh_CN/install-methods.po index 457495272..1a7bd7ca6 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/install-methods.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/install-methods.po @@ -255,12 +255,15 @@ msgid "" "the installation files for QNAP TS-109 and TS-209 from &qnap-orion-firmware-" "img; and for QNAP TS-110, TS-119, TS-210, TS-219, TS-219P from &qnap-" "kirkwood-firmware-img;." -msgstr "QNAP Turbo Station 安装文件包括内核和 ramdisk 以及将这些映象写入 flash 的脚本。您可以从 &qnap-orion-firmware-img; 获得 QNAP TS-109 和 TS-209 的安装文件。从 &qnap-kirkwood-firmware-img; 获得 QNAP TS-110, TS-119, TS-210, TS-219, TS-219P 的。" +msgstr "" +"QNAP Turbo Station 安装文件包括内核和 ramdisk 以及将这些映象写入 flash 的脚" +"本。您可以从 &qnap-orion-firmware-img; 获得 QNAP TS-109 和 TS-209 的安装文" +"件。从 &qnap-kirkwood-firmware-img; 获得 QNAP TS-110, TS-119, TS-210, TS-" +"219, TS-219P 的。" #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:186 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "Alpha Installation Files" msgid "SheevaPlug and OpenRD Installation Files" msgstr "SheevaPlug 和 OpenRD 安装文件" @@ -271,7 +274,9 @@ msgid "" "The installation files for the Marvell SheevaPlug and OpenRD devices consist " "of a kernel and initrd for U-Boot. You can obtain these files from &kirkwood-" "marvell-firmware-img;." -msgstr "Marvell SheevaPlug 和 OpenRD 设备的安装文件包括内核和 initrd 用于 U-Boot。您可以从 &kirkwood-marvell-firmware-img; 获得这些文件。" +msgstr "" +"Marvell SheevaPlug 和 OpenRD 设备的安装文件包括内核和 initrd 用于 U-Boot。您" +"可以从 &kirkwood-marvell-firmware-img; 获得这些文件。" #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:237 @@ -905,16 +910,6 @@ msgstr "我们将展示如何使用 U 盘的第一个分区，而不是整个设 #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:670 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "Since most USB sticks come pre-configured with a single FAT16 partition, " -#| "you probably won't have to repartition or reformat the stick. If you have " -#| "to do that anyway, use <command>cfdisk</command> or any other " -#| "partitioning tool to create a FAT16 partition, and then create the " -#| "filesystem using: <informalexample><screen>\n" -#| "# mkdosfs /dev/<replaceable>sdX1</replaceable>\n" -#| "</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device " -#| "name for your USB stick. The <command>mkdosfs</command> command is " -#| "contained in the <classname>dosfstools</classname> Debian package." msgid "" "Since most USB sticks come pre-configured with a single FAT16 partition, you " "probably won't have to repartition or reformat the stick. If you have to do " @@ -927,9 +922,14 @@ msgid "" "for your USB stick. The <command>mkdosfs</command> command is contained in " "the <classname>dosfstools</classname> Debian package." msgstr "" -"由于大多数 U 盘预先设置了一个单独的 FAT16 分区，您可能不需要重新分区或者格式化 U 盘。如果必须要做，请使用 <command>cfdisk</command> 或者其他的分区工具来创建一个 FAT16 分区<footnote> <para> 别忘记设置 <quote>bootable</quote> 引导标记。</para> </footnote>，然后建立文件系统：<informalexample><screen>\n" +"由于大多数 U 盘预先设置了一个单独的 FAT16 分区，您可能不需要重新分区或者格式" +"化 U 盘。如果必须要做，请使用 <command>cfdisk</command> 或者其他的分区工具来" +"创建一个 FAT16 分区<footnote> <para> 别忘记设置 <quote>bootable</quote> 引导" +"标记。</para> </footnote>，然后建立文件系统：<informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdosfs /dev/<replaceable>sdX1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 注意，请使用 U 盘正确的设备名称。<command>mkdosfs</command> 命令包含在 Debian 的 <classname>dosfstools</classname> 软件包中。" +"</screen></informalexample> 注意，请使用 U 盘正确的设备名称。" +"<command>mkdosfs</command> 命令包含在 Debian 的 <classname>dosfstools</" +"classname> 软件包中。" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:689 @@ -980,17 +980,6 @@ msgstr "添加安装程序映像" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:717 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX1</" -#| "replaceable> /mnt</userinput>) and copy the following installer image " -#| "files to the stick: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</" -#| "filename> (kernel binary) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> " -#| "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk image) </para></listitem> " -#| "</itemizedlist> You can choose between either the regular version or the " -#| "graphical version of the installer. The latter can be found in the " -#| "<filename>gtk</filename> subdirectory. If you want to rename the files, " -#| "please note that <classname>syslinux</classname> can only process DOS " -#| "(8.3) file names." msgid "" "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX1</replaceable> /" "mnt</userinput>) and copy the following installer image files to the stick: " @@ -1002,19 +991,19 @@ msgid "" "in the <filename>gtk</filename> subdirectory. If you want to rename the " "files, please note that <classname>syslinux</classname> can only process DOS " "(8.3) file names." -msgstr "挂载分区(<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX1</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>)并复制下列安装程序映象文件到 U 盘：<itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> 或 <filename>linux</filename> (内核二进制文件) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (初始化 ramdisk 映象) </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> 你可以选择使用安装程序的文本或者图形界面。后者放在 <filename>gtk</filename> 子目录下面。如果需要改文件名，请注意 <classname>syslinux</classname> 只能处理 DOS (8.3) 文件名。" +msgstr "" +"挂载分区(<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX1</replaceable> /mnt</" +"userinput>)并复制下列安装程序映象文件到 U 盘：<itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> 或 <filename>linux</filename> " +"(内核二进制文件) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</" +"filename> (初始化 ramdisk 映象) </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> 你可以选择" +"使用安装程序的文本或者图形界面。后者放在 <filename>gtk</filename> 子目录下" +"面。如果需要改文件名，请注意 <classname>syslinux</classname> 只能处理 DOS " +"(8.3) 文件名。" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:741 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "Next you should create a <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> configuration " -#| "file, which at a bare minimum should contain the following two lines: " -#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" -#| "default vmlinuz\n" -#| "append initrd=initrd.gz\n" -#| "</screen></informalexample> For the graphical installer you should add " -#| "<userinput>video=vesa:ywrap,mtrr vga=788</userinput> to the second line." msgid "" "Next you should create a <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> configuration " "file, which at a bare minimum should contain the following two lines (change " @@ -1026,19 +1015,17 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> For the graphical installer you should add " "<userinput>video=vesa:ywrap,mtrr vga=788</userinput> to the second line." msgstr "" -"接下来，您需要创建一个 <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> 配置文件，里面最少要包含下面两行(如果您使用 <filename>netboot</filename> 映象，修改内核文件名为 <quote><filename>linux</filename></quote> )：<informalexample><screen>\n" +"接下来，您需要创建一个 <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> 配置文件，里面最少要" +"包含下面两行(如果您使用 <filename>netboot</filename> 映象，修改内核文件名为 " +"<quote><filename>linux</filename></quote> )：<informalexample><screen>\n" "default vmlinuz\n" "append initrd=initrd.gz\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 对于图形安装程序，您需要添加 <userinput>video=vesa:ywrap,mtrr vga=788</userinput> 到第二行尾部。" +"</screen></informalexample> 对于图形安装程序，您需要添加 " +"<userinput>video=vesa:ywrap,mtrr vga=788</userinput> 到第二行尾部。" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:753 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "If you used an <filename>hd-media</filename> image, you should now copy a " -#| "Debian ISO image (businesscard, netinst or full CD image; be sure to " -#| "select one that fits) onto the stick. When you are done, unmount the USB " -#| "memory stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>)." msgid "" "If you used an <filename>hd-media</filename> image, you should now copy a " "Debian ISO image<footnote> <para> You can use either a businesscard, a " @@ -1047,7 +1034,12 @@ msgid "" "filename></quote> image is not usable for this purpose. </para> </footnote> " "onto the stick. When you are done, unmount the USB memory stick " "(<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>)." -msgstr "如果您使用 <filename>hd-media</filename> 映象，现在应该复制 Debian ISO 映象<footnote> <para> 您可以使用 businesscard、netinst 或完整的 CD 映象 (参阅 <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>)。确认选择合适的映象。注意 <quote>netboot <filename>mini.iso</filename></quote> 映象并不用在这里。</para> </footnote> 到 U 盘上。然后卸载 U 盘(<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>)。" +msgstr "" +"如果您使用 <filename>hd-media</filename> 映象，现在应该复制 Debian ISO 映象" +"<footnote> <para> 您可以使用 businesscard、netinst 或完整的 CD 映象 (参阅 " +"<xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>)。确认选择合适的映象。注意 <quote>netboot " +"<filename>mini.iso</filename></quote> 映象并不用在这里。</para> </footnote> " +"到 U 盘上。然后卸载 U 盘(<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>)。" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:777 diff --git a/po/zh_CN/preseed.po b/po/zh_CN/preseed.po index afaffd400..58c5d88f7 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/preseed.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/preseed.po @@ -775,7 +775,6 @@ msgstr "language" #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:512 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "debian-installer/locale" msgid "debian-installer/language" msgstr "debian-installer/language" @@ -788,7 +787,6 @@ msgstr "country" #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:513 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "debian-installer/locale" msgid "debian-installer/country" msgstr "debian-installer/country" @@ -1204,7 +1202,12 @@ msgid "" "instead, the values will need to be preseeded individually. </para> </" "footnote>. So alternatively the values can be preseeded individually. " "Language and country can also be specified as boot parameters." -msgstr "虽然这个方法很容易使用，但它无法预置所有的语言、国家和地方组合<footnote> <para> 比如预置 <literal>locale</literal> 为 <userinput>en_NL</userinput> 在安装后的系统中默认的 locale 将是 <literal>en_US.UTF-8</literal>。如果想使用 <literal>en_GB.UTF-8</literal>，该值应该分别进行预置。</para> </footnote>。 因此另一种方法是单独预置各值。语言和国家可以在引导参数里面指定。" +msgstr "" +"虽然这个方法很容易使用，但它无法预置所有的语言、国家和地方组合<footnote> " +"<para> 比如预置 <literal>locale</literal> 为 <userinput>en_NL</userinput> 在" +"安装后的系统中默认的 locale 将是 <literal>en_US.UTF-8</literal>。如果想使用 " +"<literal>en_GB.UTF-8</literal>，该值应该分别进行预置。</para> </footnote>。 " +"因此另一种方法是单独预置各值。语言和国家可以在引导参数里面指定。" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:716 @@ -1513,14 +1516,6 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:817 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the " -#| "suite for additional components for the installer. It is only useful to " -#| "set this if components are actually downloaded over the network and " -#| "should match the suite that was used to build the initrd for the " -#| "installation method used for the installation. By default the value for " -#| "<classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> is the same as <classname>mirror/" -#| "suite</classname>." msgid "" "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite " "for additional components for the installer. It is only useful to set this " @@ -1528,7 +1523,10 @@ msgid "" "suite that was used to build the initrd for the installation method used for " "the installation. Normally the installer will automatically use the correct " "value and there should be no need to set this." -msgstr "参数 <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> 决定安装程序使用的额外组件的套件。它只在组件通过网络下载并与安装时使用的 initrd 建立套件相匹配时才有效。通常安装程序会自动安装并使用正确的值而毋需手动设置。" +msgstr "" +"参数 <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> 决定安装程序使用的额外组件的套" +"件。它只在组件通过网络下载并与安装时使用的 initrd 建立套件相匹配时才有效。通" +"常安装程序会自动安装并使用正确的值而毋需手动设置。" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:828 @@ -1967,15 +1965,6 @@ msgstr "本阶段的安装并没有多少东西需要预置。仅有一个与内 #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:931 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " -#| "kernels.\n" -#| "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird\n" -#| "\n" -#| "# The kernel image (meta) package to be installed; \"none\" can be used " -#| "if no\n" -#| "# kernel is to be installed.\n" -#| "#d-i base-installer/kernel/image string linux-image-2.6-486" msgid "" "# Configure APT to not install recommended packages by default. Use of this\n" "# option can result in an incomplete system and should only be used by very\n" @@ -1996,10 +1985,12 @@ msgstr "" "# experienced users.\n" "#d-i base-installer/install-recommends boolean false\n" "\n" -"# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 kernels.\n" +"# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " +"kernels.\n" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird\n" "\n" -"# The kernel image (meta) package to be installed; \"none\" can be used if no\n" +"# The kernel image (meta) package to be installed; \"none\" can be used if " +"no\n" "# kernel is to be installed.\n" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/image string linux-image-2.6-486" @@ -2306,31 +2297,6 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:1050 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, web-server\n" -#| "# If the desktop task is selected, install the kde and xfce desktops\n" -#| "# instead of the default gnome desktop.\n" -#| "#tasksel tasksel/desktop multiselect kde, xfce\n" -#| "\n" -#| "# Individual additional packages to install\n" -#| "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" -#| "# By default, packages that are only Recommended by packages installed " -#| "using\n" -#| "# pkgsel/include (as opposed to their dependencies) will not be " -#| "installed.\n" -#| "# Uncomment this line to install Recommends as well.\n" -#| "#d-i pkgsel/include/install-recommends boolean true\n" -#| "# Whether to upgrade packages after debootstrap.\n" -#| "# Allowed values: none, safe-upgrade, full-upgrade\n" -#| "#d-i pkgsel/upgrade select none\n" -#| "\n" -#| "# Some versions of the installer can report back on what software you " -#| "have\n" -#| "# installed, and what software you use. The default is not to report " -#| "back,\n" -#| "# but sending reports helps the project determine what software is most\n" -#| "# popular and include it on CDs.\n" -#| "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" msgid "" "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, web-server\n" "# If the desktop task is selected, install the kde and xfce desktops\n" @@ -2359,7 +2325,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "# Individual additional packages to install\n" "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" -"# By default, packages that are only Recommended by packages installed using\n" +"# By default, packages that are only Recommended by packages installed " +"using\n" "# pkgsel/include (as opposed to their dependencies) will not be installed.\n" "# Whether to upgrade packages after debootstrap.\n" "# Allowed values: none, safe-upgrade, full-upgrade\n" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po index 1f8de8158..b7eae90ea 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-11 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-22 01:11+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-21 13:42+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -166,7 +166,9 @@ msgid "" "Some dialogs may offer additional help information. If help is available " "this will be indicated on the bottom line of the screen by displaying that " "help information can be accessed by pressing the <keycap>F1</keycap> key." -msgstr "一些对话框会提供额外的帮助信息。有帮助信息的时候，它们会显示在屏幕的最下面一行，帮助信息可以通过 <keycap>F1</keycap> 键访问。" +msgstr "" +"一些对话框会提供额外的帮助信息。有帮助信息的时候，它们会显示在屏幕的最下面一" +"行，帮助信息可以通过 <keycap>F1</keycap> 键访问。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:95 @@ -832,12 +834,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:530 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to " +#| "pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your " +#| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " +#| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default " -"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " +"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "在安装过程的后面，选择的国家还会被用于设置默认的时区和您所处地理位置的 " "Debian 镜像。语言和国家可以一起用来设置您系统默认的 locale，并帮助您选择键" @@ -865,13 +872,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:549 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " +#| "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " +#| "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" +#| "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " +#| "country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +#| "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " +#| "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " +#| "continent." msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " "continent." @@ -885,40 +901,62 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will " -"be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to select a " -"different country by first lowering the debconf priority to medium, followed " -"by revisiting the language selection option in the main menu of the " -"installer." +"If the language has only one country associated with it, a list of countries " +"will be displayed for the continent or region the country belongs to, with " +"that country selected as the default. Use the <guibutton>Go Back</guibutton> " +"option to select countries on a different continent." msgstr "" -"如果此语言只对应一个国家，该国将会被自动选中。这种情况下如果要选择其他的国" -"家，首先要降低 debconf 优先级为 medium，然后在安装程序的主菜单中重新选择语" -"言。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:575 +#: using-d-i.xml:574 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -#| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " -#| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " -#| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." -msgid "" -"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " -"option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed " -"system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the default for " -"the installed system." -msgstr "默认 locale 的选择是基于先前所选的语言和国家。如果您以 medium 或 low 优先级安装，可以有机会为安装后的系统选择生成额外的 locale；这时，您将会被要求选择默认的 local。" +msgid "" +"It is important to select the country where you live or where you are " +"located as it determines the time zone that will be configured for the " +"installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:580 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " +"defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " +"installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " +"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " +"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " +"UTF-8 as character encoding." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " +"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " +"but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" +"1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" +"footnote>, to be generated for the installed system; if you do, you will be " +"asked which of the selected locales should be the default for the installed " +"system." +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:591 +#: using-d-i.xml:617 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "选择键盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -933,7 +971,7 @@ msgstr "" "(在安装完之后用 root 执行 <command>kbd-config</command>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:603 +#: using-d-i.xml:629 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -947,7 +985,7 @@ msgstr "" "是具有 <keycap>F1</keycap> 到 <keycap>F10</keycap> 健，与顶端平行。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:638 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -965,13 +1003,13 @@ msgstr "" "方这两种布局相似。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:642 +#: using-d-i.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "寻找 Debian 安装程序 ISO 映像" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -984,7 +1022,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 正是用来完成此任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:650 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1011,7 +1049,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 搜索其它的映象。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:667 +#: using-d-i.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1023,7 +1061,7 @@ msgstr "" "行完整的搜索。这次不只查看最上级目录，而是真正地贯穿整个文件系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1039,13 +1077,13 @@ msgstr "" "用户可以在第二个控制台上完成这些动作，而毋须重新启动。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:695 +#: using-d-i.xml:721 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "配置网络" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:697 +#: using-d-i.xml:723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1063,7 +1101,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry> man 手册。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:708 +#: using-d-i.xml:734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1083,7 +1121,7 @@ msgstr "" "服务器有时候响应很慢，如果您确定都正常，请再试一次。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:720 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1105,7 +1143,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"needed-info\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1124,13 +1162,14 @@ msgstr "" "network/interfaces</filename>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:779 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring the Clock" +#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "Configuring the Clock" +msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "配置时钟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1145,25 +1184,39 @@ msgstr "" "的。在安装过程中没法手动对系统时间进行设置。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "在 s390 平台，安装程序不会修改系统时钟。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:803 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, " +#| "you may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " +#| "location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " +#| "system will assume that time zone." msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " -"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " -"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " -"system will assume that time zone." +"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your " +"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, " +"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." msgstr "" "基于安装过程前面所选择的地理位置，您将看到系统只列出与其地点相关的时区列表。" "如果该地只对应一个时区，那么系统就不会询问而直接使用该时区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " +"additional option to select <quote>Universal Time Coordinated</quote> (UTC) " +"as time zone." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1174,23 +1227,27 @@ msgstr "" "选项。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:821 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +#| "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. " +#| "The command to do this is:" msgid "" -"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the " "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The " "command to do this is:" msgstr "" "简易的方法是，在安装完成后重新启动进入新系统，选择一个不同的时区。该命令为：" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1205,20 +1262,24 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 或 <userinput>UTC</userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:847 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using " +#| "preseeding." msgid "" -"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." +"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value " +"using preseeding." msgstr "自动安装可以通过预置设置时区。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "分区与选择挂载点" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1233,7 +1294,7 @@ msgstr "" "并为近似选项进行配置，比如 RAID、LVM 或加密设备。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:882 +#: using-d-i.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1243,7 +1304,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"partitioning\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:888 +#: using-d-i.xml:922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1263,7 +1324,7 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 注意，这会是磁盘上已有的数据无法访问。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1276,13 +1337,13 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:945 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "导引式分区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:912 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1298,14 +1359,14 @@ msgstr "" "footnote>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "(加密) LVM 的选项并不是在所有体系下都可用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:932 +#: using-d-i.xml:966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1319,7 +1380,7 @@ msgstr "" "大分区将无法读取，对您的(私有)数据提供了额外的安全性。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:941 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1333,7 +1394,7 @@ msgstr "" "时间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#: using-d-i.xml:984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1348,7 +1409,7 @@ msgstr "" "安装程序会在写入磁盘之前让您确认。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1363,7 +1424,7 @@ msgstr "" "的那块。排列的次序可能与以前的不同。磁盘的尺寸将会帮助您识别它们。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:969 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1377,7 +1438,7 @@ msgstr "" "销。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:977 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1393,73 +1454,73 @@ msgstr "" "1GB 以上的空间(具体大小视所选的方式而不同)，那么导引式分区将以失败告终。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1027 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "分区方式" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "所需最小空间" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "所新建的分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "所有文件在同一分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1005 +#: using-d-i.xml:1039 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "建立 /home 分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1006 +#: using-d-i.xml:1040 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1007 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1045 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "分别建立 /home、/usr、/var 和 /tmp 分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1012 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1013 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1469,7 +1530,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1022 +#: using-d-i.xml:1056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1481,7 +1542,7 @@ msgstr "" "boot</filename> 分区。其他的分区，除了交换分区，都会建在 LVM 分区之内。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1494,7 +1555,7 @@ msgstr "" "手动把某个分区作为 EFI 引导分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1070 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1505,7 +1566,7 @@ msgstr "" "区是否将被格式化，将以何种方式格式化，以及它们将被挂载到哪里的相关信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1042 +#: using-d-i.xml:1076 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1553,7 +1614,7 @@ msgstr "" "置，但使用手动方式分区的结果会有所不同。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1055 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1571,13 +1632,13 @@ msgstr "" "后再次运行导引式分区，或者按照下面的介绍进行手动分区。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1069 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "手动分区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1592,7 +1653,7 @@ msgstr "" "谈到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1078 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1605,7 +1666,7 @@ msgstr "" "的磁盘条目下出现一个新行，上面写着 <quote>FREE SPACE</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1086 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1640,7 +1701,7 @@ msgstr "" "动退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主界面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1659,7 +1720,7 @@ msgstr "" "这个菜单中，您还可以删除分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1674,7 +1735,7 @@ msgstr "" "面的步骤，直到您纠正了这个错误。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1685,7 +1746,7 @@ msgstr "" "点，不让您继续操作，直到您划分出这样一个分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1701,7 +1762,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 或者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1715,13 +1776,13 @@ msgstr "" "此分区。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "配置多磁盘设备(软 RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1739,7 +1800,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>软 RAID</firstterm>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1183 +#: using-d-i.xml:1217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1752,7 +1813,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 格式化，分配挂载点，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1191 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -1844,101 +1905,101 @@ msgstr "" "listitem> </varlistentry></variablelist> 总结：" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1305 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1340 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "最少设备" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "备用设备" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1308 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "幸免于磁盘损坏？" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1309 +#: using-d-i.xml:1343 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "可用空间" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1354 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>否</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1319 +#: using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以 RAID 设备数" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1323 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "可选" # index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 using-d-i.xml:1334 using-d-i.xml:1345 using-d-i.xml:1356 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>是</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1361 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "容量为 RAID 最小分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1331 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1946,20 +2007,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以(RAID 设备数量减一)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1967,13 +2028,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以(RAID 设备数量减二)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -1981,7 +2042,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "所有的分区数除以 chunk 拷贝数(默认为二)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -1991,7 +2052,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2006,7 +2067,7 @@ msgstr "" "volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2024,7 +2085,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/</filename> 同时 RAID1 给 <filename>/boot</filename> 是一种方式。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2039,7 +2100,7 @@ msgstr "" "验的用户，从 shell 手动地处理一些配置和安装步骤，也许会绕开这些问题。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1399 +#: using-d-i.xml:1433 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2059,7 +2120,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1)。后续操作会根据您选择的 MD 类型而定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2070,7 +2131,7 @@ msgstr "" "组成 MD 的分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1419 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2087,7 +2148,7 @@ msgstr "" "将不会允许您继续下去，直到纠正错误。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1431 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2097,7 +2158,7 @@ msgstr "" "区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2107,7 +2168,7 @@ msgstr "" "区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1443 +#: using-d-i.xml:1477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2125,7 +2186,7 @@ msgstr "" "贝数。这些活动设备必须是让所有的拷贝可以分布到不同磁盘。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2141,7 +2202,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1 (相当可靠的 100 GB 分区用于 <filename>/home</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1466 +#: using-d-i.xml:1500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2154,13 +2215,13 @@ msgstr "" "您的新 MD 设备，并分配挂载点这样的属性。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "配置逻辑卷管理(LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1482 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2174,7 +2235,7 @@ msgstr "" "或符号链接等方法来折腾。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1490 +#: using-d-i.xml:1524 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2192,7 +2253,7 @@ msgstr "" "点在于它可以跨越多个物理磁盘。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1534 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2210,7 +2271,7 @@ msgstr "" "阅 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1511 +#: using-d-i.xml:1545 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2225,7 +2286,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2242,7 +2303,7 @@ msgstr "" "了 LVM 配置的小结。菜单项本身是与内容相关，只显示可用的操作。可能的操作有：" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2252,43 +2313,43 @@ msgstr "" "名称和逻辑卷尺寸等" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Create volume group" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1539 +#: using-d-i.xml:1573 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Create logical volume" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Delete volume group" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1579 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Delete logical volume" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1582 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Extend volume group" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1585 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Reduce volume group" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2297,7 +2358,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: 返回 <command>partman</command> 主界面" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2305,7 +2366,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "使用该菜单内的选项首先创建卷组，然后在里面创建逻辑卷。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2316,13 +2377,13 @@ msgstr "" "通的分区一样(您也应该这样对待它们)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "配置加密卷" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2340,7 +2401,7 @@ msgstr "" "许可以访问硬盘，但是没有正确的口令，硬盘上的数据看起来就像是随机的字符。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2363,7 +2424,7 @@ msgstr "" "加载内核。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1606 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2375,7 +2436,7 @@ msgstr "" "密和解密。性能将与您的 CPU 速度、选择的加密算法和密钥长度紧密相关。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2393,7 +2454,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenu> </menuchoice> 选项。菜单将包含分区的加密选项。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1624 +#: using-d-i.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2408,7 +2469,7 @@ msgstr "" "使用默认的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1636 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2421,13 +2482,13 @@ msgstr "" "的安全考虑的选择。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2450,13 +2511,13 @@ msgstr "" "纪的敏感信息。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1700 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1668 +#: using-d-i.xml:1702 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2468,13 +2529,13 @@ msgstr "" "加长度自然会降低性能。cipher 决定可用的密钥长度。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1714 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2490,7 +2551,7 @@ msgstr "" "复模板推断信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2503,25 +2564,25 @@ msgstr "" "法时，才使用其他的算法。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1738 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1706 +#: using-d-i.xml:1740 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "这里您可以为分区选择所使用的加密密钥类型。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1712 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Passphrase" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2534,13 +2595,13 @@ msgstr "" "使用时要求输入。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 using-d-i.xml:1821 +#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Random key" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2555,7 +2616,7 @@ msgstr "" "面临暴力破解，但是除非加密算法中有未知的弱点，这辈子也不会被攻破。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2572,13 +2633,13 @@ msgstr "" "写入到交换分区的数据。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1793 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2596,7 +2657,7 @@ msgstr "" "备上的数据。</para></footnote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1779 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2608,13 +2669,13 @@ msgstr "" "下面内容：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1788 +#: using-d-i.xml:1822 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1824 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2625,25 +2686,25 @@ msgstr "" "时选取。请查阅前面关于 cipher 和密钥长度的章节了解更多信息。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1800 +#: using-d-i.xml:1834 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1836 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "这里您可以为分区选择加密密钥的类型。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1808 +#: using-d-i.xml:1842 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Keyfile (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2655,19 +2716,19 @@ msgstr "" "application> 加密。要使用它，您需要输入正确的 passphrase (在以后会要求提供)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "请查阅前面有关随机密钥的章节。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "请查阅前面有关删除数据的章节。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 +#: using-d-i.xml:1879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2682,7 +2743,7 @@ msgstr "" "标记分区上的数据，以及写新分区表等动作。对于大的分区，这会花一些时间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2696,7 +2757,7 @@ msgstr "" "(比如生日、爱好、宠物的名字、以及家里其他成员的名字，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1864 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2716,7 +2777,7 @@ msgstr "" "所选择的键盘布局未能正确建立，而且是在为根文件系统输入 passphrase 的时候。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1877 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2735,7 +2796,7 @@ msgstr "" "程在每个要加密的分区重复进行。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1893 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2766,7 +2827,7 @@ msgstr "" "您不合适，可以进行修改。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1906 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -2782,7 +2843,7 @@ msgstr "" "面的 <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/> 说明。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2790,13 +2851,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "当您满意分区之后，可以继续安装过程。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "安装基本系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1928 +#: using-d-i.xml:1962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2808,7 +2869,7 @@ msgstr "" "果您用较慢的计算机或网络，这要花费好一会儿时间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -2823,7 +2884,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -2834,7 +2895,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1956 +#: using-d-i.xml:1990 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2846,13 +2907,13 @@ msgstr "" "您硬件最匹配的内核。在较低的优先级下，您可以从列表中选择一个有效的内核。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1968 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "设置用户和密码" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -2863,13 +2924,13 @@ msgstr "" "号。其他的用户帐号可以在安装完成之后创建。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "设置 root 密码" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1987 +#: using-d-i.xml:2021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2882,7 +2943,7 @@ msgstr "" "理，而且使用时间应该尽可能短。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1995 +#: using-d-i.xml:2029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2896,7 +2957,7 @@ msgstr "" "小心。请避免采用能够在字典中查到的单词或者很容易猜测的个人信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2907,13 +2968,13 @@ msgstr "" "员，否则通常不应该将超级用户密码交给别人。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2013 +#: using-d-i.xml:2047 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "创建一个普通用户" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2015 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2925,7 +2986,7 @@ msgstr "" "记，平时<emphasis>不要</emphasis>使用 root 帐户登录或者将其作为个人帐号使用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2024 +#: using-d-i.xml:2058 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2943,7 +3004,7 @@ msgstr "" "容，建议找一本进行学习。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2955,7 +3016,7 @@ msgstr "" "便满足要求，并为缺省值。最后，您将要求输入该帐号的密码。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2041 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2965,13 +3026,13 @@ msgstr "" "令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2052 +#: using-d-i.xml:2086 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "安装额外的软件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2053 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -2984,13 +3045,13 @@ msgstr "" "装基本系统还要花时间。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "配置 apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3021,7 +3082,7 @@ msgstr "" "软件包管理工具使用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3034,7 +3095,7 @@ msgstr "" "并编辑成自己喜欢的地方。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2101 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3049,7 +3110,7 @@ msgstr "" "序程序会自动加上安全镜像，它是 <quote>volatile</quote> 更新服务的镜像。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2110 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3063,13 +3124,13 @@ msgstr "" "和 <quote>non-free</quote> 软件仓库里面添加软件包。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2155 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "从多个 CD 或 DVD 安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3082,7 +3143,7 @@ msgstr "" "们里面的软件包了。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3094,7 +3155,7 @@ msgstr "" "节说明)，意味着下一步中选择的任务里面并非所有的软件包都会安装。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2172 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3106,7 +3167,7 @@ msgstr "" "常用的软件，而最后一张光盘里面包含的是很少有人用到的软件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3120,7 +3181,7 @@ msgstr "" "DVD 的情况类似：只要一张，或者前两张 DVD 就能满足您大部分要求。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2154 +#: using-d-i.xml:2188 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3133,7 +3194,7 @@ msgstr "" "境。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2162 +#: using-d-i.xml:2196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3148,13 +3209,13 @@ msgstr "" "照次序来可以降低出错的几率。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "使用网络镜像" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3165,7 +3226,7 @@ msgstr "" "默认答案会很好，但还是有一些例外。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2183 +#: using-d-i.xml:2217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3181,7 +3242,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>desktop</literal> 任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2192 +#: using-d-i.xml:2226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3198,7 +3259,7 @@ msgstr "" "装，以后(比如，重新启动到新系统)再安装额外的软件包。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3211,7 +3272,7 @@ msgstr "" "项。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2210 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3224,7 +3285,7 @@ msgstr "" "可以安装已经更新的内容，确保了系统的安全性和稳定性。。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3238,26 +3299,26 @@ msgstr "" "的数据量取决于" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2260 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "安装下一步选择的任务，" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "这些任务所需的软件包，" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "已检测的 CD 或 DVD 上的软件包，并且" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2241 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3268,7 +3329,7 @@ msgstr "" "安全更新的镜像)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2250 +#: using-d-i.xml:2284 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3280,13 +3341,13 @@ msgstr "" "且软件包有安全更新，仍然会从互联网下载更新后的软件包。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2300 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "选择和安装软件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2268 +#: using-d-i.xml:2302 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3301,7 +3362,7 @@ msgstr "" "来快速建立您的计算机应对各种任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2277 +#: using-d-i.xml:2311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3331,7 +3392,7 @@ msgstr "" "空间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2304 +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3342,7 +3403,7 @@ msgstr "" "些任务。此时甚至可以不选中任何任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3350,7 +3411,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在安装程序的标准用户界面下，您可以使用空格键切换任务的选择。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3360,7 +3421,7 @@ msgstr "" "GNOME 桌面环境。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3379,7 +3440,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> 或 <literal>desktop=lxde</literal> 进行选择。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2367 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3392,7 +3453,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>Alternative desktop environments</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2340 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3407,7 +3468,7 @@ msgstr "" "Xfce 或 LXDE 同样适用于 DVD 映象或其他的安装方法。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 +#: using-d-i.xml:2384 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3426,7 +3487,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2361 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3440,7 +3501,7 @@ msgstr "" "并需要一个最小化的系统，您应该让该任务选中。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2369 +#: using-d-i.xml:2403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3457,7 +3518,7 @@ msgstr "" "(如果存在)还会安装该桌面对应的本地化软件包。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3469,7 +3530,7 @@ msgstr "" "选中任务的软件包。假如某个程序需要用户输入信息，它将提示您指定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3484,7 +3545,7 @@ msgstr "" "间。一旦启动，安装软件包过程将无法取消。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3499,13 +3560,13 @@ msgstr "" "新)；如果您安装的是测试版本，这会出现在使用旧映像安装时。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "创建启动系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3518,13 +3579,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2427 +#: using-d-i.xml:2461 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "检测其他的操作系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3538,7 +3599,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 一起，计算机也将配置为可以启动其他操作系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3552,13 +3613,13 @@ msgstr "" "管理器的文档了解更多信息。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3573,19 +3634,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地读 Linux 分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2477 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘上 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 的安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3596,7 +3657,7 @@ msgstr "" "定的 boot loader，它对新手和老手都是一个不错的缺省选择。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3608,7 +3669,7 @@ msgstr "" "请参阅 grub 的手册。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3619,13 +3680,13 @@ msgstr "" "用的任何 bootloader。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2504 +#: using-d-i.xml:2538 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘上 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 的安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3641,7 +3702,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2516 +#: using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3654,7 +3715,7 @@ msgstr "" "统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3662,13 +3723,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "&d-i; 提供给您三种选择去哪安装 <command>LILO</command> boot loader：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "主引导区(MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3676,13 +3737,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "这种方式 <command>LILO</command> 将完全控制启动过程。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "新 Debian 分区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3693,13 +3754,13 @@ msgstr "" "新 Debian 分区的起始位置，并能作为第二 boot loader。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "其它选择" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3712,7 +3773,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2557 +#: using-d-i.xml:2591 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3726,13 +3787,13 @@ msgstr "" "录 — 但这也意味着您要使用其他方法才能启动 Debian！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2575 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3757,7 +3818,7 @@ msgstr "" "和启动 Linux 内核的工作。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3772,13 +3833,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>root</emphasis> 文件系统相同的磁盘。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2603 +#: using-d-i.xml:2637 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "选择正确的分区！" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2639 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3794,13 +3855,13 @@ msgstr "" "有内容！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2620 +#: using-d-i.xml:2654 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 分区内容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3826,13 +3887,13 @@ msgstr "" "间，系统更新或重新配置，文件系统中也许会有其他文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2644 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3843,13 +3904,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 的复制，其文件名重写成 EFI 分区上的文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3862,13 +3923,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 命令菜单。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2665 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2666 +#: using-d-i.xml:2700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3881,13 +3942,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 符号链接 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2713 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3898,13 +3959,13 @@ msgstr "" "任何本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 运行时将丢失。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2723 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3917,13 +3978,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的文件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2711 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3963,13 +4024,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> ，然后键入 <command>boot</command>。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2730 +#: using-d-i.xml:2764 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3977,13 +4038,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "是启动的 SCSI 总线，<userinput>0</userinput> 为板载控制器" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2739 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3992,13 +4053,13 @@ msgstr "硬盘的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安装在其上" # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2748 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2749 +#: using-d-i.xml:2783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4006,13 +4067,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 处于该分区" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2758 +#: using-d-i.xml:2792 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4022,13 +4083,13 @@ msgstr "" "quote> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2779 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2780 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4046,13 +4107,13 @@ msgstr "" "设为启动 &debian;。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2798 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>Quik</command> 至硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2799 +#: using-d-i.xml:2833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4065,13 +4126,13 @@ msgstr "" "以工作在 7200，7300 和 7600 Powermacs，以及一些 Power Computing 克隆。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2816 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4086,13 +4147,13 @@ msgstr "" "Commands</quote>，它位于 IBM 的 developerWorks 网站<command>ZIPL</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2867 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4119,13 +4180,13 @@ msgstr "" "区启动。这对于安装 GNU/Linux 到一个已经存在 SunOS/Solaris 的系统很有用。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2860 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "不使用 boot loader 继续进行" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2862 +#: using-d-i.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4136,7 +4197,7 @@ msgstr "" "是因为不想要(比如，您想使用已经存在的 boot loader)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4155,13 +4216,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 到一个独立的分区，还需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 文件系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2886 +#: using-d-i.xml:2920 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "完成安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2921 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4172,13 +4233,13 @@ msgstr "" "i; 之后的清理。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2900 +#: using-d-i.xml:2934 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "设置系统时钟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4190,7 +4251,7 @@ msgstr "" "装程序依据是否有其他系统已经安装这类事情，来决定时钟要不要设为 UTC。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2909 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4206,7 +4267,7 @@ msgstr "" "为本地时间。如果您需要多重引导，请选择本地时间而不是 GMT。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4217,13 +4278,13 @@ msgstr "" "决于刚才的选择。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2935 +#: using-d-i.xml:2969 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "重新启动系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2937 +#: using-d-i.xml:2971 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4234,7 +4295,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2977 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4246,13 +4307,13 @@ msgstr "" "上的 IPL &debian;，它在安装步骤第一步里被选做根文件系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2956 +#: using-d-i.xml:2990 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "杂项" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4263,13 +4324,13 @@ msgstr "" "题。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2970 +#: using-d-i.xml:3004 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "保存安装记录" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2972 +#: using-d-i.xml:3006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4280,7 +4341,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2979 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4294,13 +4355,13 @@ msgstr "" "其它系统上研究记录，或者用于报告的附件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2999 +#: using-d-i.xml:3033 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "使用 Shell 查看记录" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3001 +#: using-d-i.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4324,13 +4385,13 @@ msgstr "" "安装程序。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "对于图形安装程序，请参阅 <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3023 +#: using-d-i.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4345,7 +4406,7 @@ msgstr "" "到安装程序。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3031 +#: using-d-i.xml:3065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4361,7 +4422,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bourne shell 的克隆，有一些如自动完成与历史纪录这样的好特性。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3040 +#: using-d-i.xml:3074 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4372,7 +4433,7 @@ msgstr "" "以在 <filename>/var/log</filename> 目录找到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3047 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4383,7 +4444,7 @@ msgstr "" "题时进行调试。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4395,13 +4456,13 @@ msgstr "" "该让安装程序激活交换分区，而不是在 shell 里面自己动手。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3068 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "通过网络安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3070 +#: using-d-i.xml:3104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4416,7 +4477,7 @@ msgstr "" "先建立网络。(您可以使用 <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> 做这部分工作。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3080 +#: using-d-i.xml:3114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4436,7 +4497,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH</guimenuitem>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3093 +#: using-d-i.xml:3127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4444,7 +4505,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在 &arch-title; 上安装，建立网络之后这是默认的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4464,7 +4525,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3110 +#: using-d-i.xml:3144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4475,7 +4536,7 @@ msgstr "" "他的组件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3150 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4503,7 +4564,7 @@ msgstr "" "确认是否正确。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3133 +#: using-d-i.xml:3167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -4524,7 +4585,7 @@ msgstr "" "接在安装过程中的哪一点断开，您在连接之后可能继续，也可能无法继续安装过程。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3146 +#: using-d-i.xml:3180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -4544,7 +4605,7 @@ msgstr "" "需要的时候采用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3159 +#: using-d-i.xml:3193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4566,7 +4627,7 @@ msgstr "" "footnote>，再重新来过。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3175 +#: using-d-i.xml:3209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4583,7 +4644,7 @@ msgstr "" "的系统。在安装菜单只能打开一个 SSH 会话，但 shell 可以打开多个。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3185 +#: using-d-i.xml:3219 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4596,13 +4657,13 @@ msgstr "" "配置的数据库。结果可能导致安装失败或者安装完成的系统出现问题。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3205 +#: using-d-i.xml:3239 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "加载缺失的固件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3206 +#: using-d-i.xml:3240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -4615,7 +4676,7 @@ msgstr "" "强功能就无法使用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3214 +#: using-d-i.xml:3248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -4631,7 +4692,7 @@ msgstr "" "序模块。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -4647,7 +4708,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3234 +#: using-d-i.xml:3268 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -4658,7 +4719,7 @@ msgstr "" "固件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3241 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -4672,13 +4733,13 @@ msgstr "" "反应遇到的任何问题(参阅 <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3286 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "准备介质" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3253 +#: using-d-i.xml:3287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -4695,7 +4756,7 @@ msgstr "" "程最初阶段最可能支持的文件系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3263 +#: using-d-i.xml:3297 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -4709,7 +4770,7 @@ msgstr "" "下载对应版本的压缩包，然后解压到介质的文件系统里面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3277 +#: using-d-i.xml:3311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -4722,7 +4783,7 @@ msgstr "" "件。以下概要列出大多数固件软件包，但不保证完整，有些还是非固件软件包：" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3291 +#: using-d-i.xml:3325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -4733,13 +4794,13 @@ msgstr "" "造商那里获得。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3300 +#: using-d-i.xml:3334 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "固件和安装好的系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3301 +#: using-d-i.xml:3335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -4754,7 +4815,7 @@ msgstr "" "序不同的内核版本，有可能由于版本的偏差造成固件不能加载。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3310 +#: using-d-i.xml:3344 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -4768,7 +4829,7 @@ msgstr "" "做的优点在于如果有固件的新版本存在会自动更新。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -4779,7 +4840,7 @@ msgstr "" "安装好固件或软件包。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " @@ -4789,3 +4850,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果固件从不严格的固件文件加载，复制到安装好的系统的固件将<emphasis>不会</" "emphasis>自动更新，除非对应的固件软件包(如果有的话)在系统安装之后安装。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the language has only one country associated with it, that country " +#~ "will be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to " +#~ "select a different country by first lowering the debconf priority to " +#~ "medium, followed by revisiting the language selection option in the main " +#~ "menu of the installer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果此语言只对应一个国家，该国将会被自动选中。这种情况下如果要选择其他的国" +#~ "家，首先要降低 debconf 优先级为 medium，然后在安装程序的主菜单中重新选择语" +#~ "言。" + +#~| msgid "" +#~| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " +#~| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~ "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~ "the option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the " +#~ "installed system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the " +#~ "default for the installed system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "默认 locale 的选择是基于先前所选的语言和国家。如果您以 medium 或 low 优先" +#~ "级安装，可以有机会为安装后的系统选择生成额外的 locale；这时，您将会被要求" +#~ "选择默认的 local。" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/welcome.po b/po/zh_CN/welcome.po index c1a286f48..1ee9c0bfa 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/welcome.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/welcome.po @@ -296,14 +296,6 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:194 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "Linus Torvalds continues to coordinate the work of several hundred " -#| "developers with the help of a few trusty deputies. An excellent weekly " -#| "summary of discussions on the <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> mailing " -#| "list is <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-traffic;\">Kernel Traffic</ulink>. More " -#| "information about the <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> mailing list " -#| "can be found on the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-kernel-list-faq;\">linux-" -#| "kernel mailing list FAQ</ulink>." msgid "" "Linus Torvalds continues to coordinate the work of several hundred " "developers with the help of a number of subsystem maintainers. There is an " @@ -311,7 +303,12 @@ msgid "" "kernel. More information about the <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> " "mailing list can be found on the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-kernel-list-faq;" "\">linux-kernel mailing list FAQ</ulink>." -msgstr "在一些子系统维护人员的帮助下，Linus Torvalds 一直协调着数百位开发人员的工作。Linux 内核有一个 <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-org;\">official website</ulink>。有关 <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> 邮件列表更多的信息可以在 <ulink url=\"&url-linux-kernel-list-faq;\">linux-kernel mailing list FAQ</ulink> 上找到。" +msgstr "" +"在一些子系统维护人员的帮助下，Linus Torvalds 一直协调着数百位开发人员的工作。" +"Linux 内核有一个 <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-org;\">official website</ulink>。有" +"关 <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> 邮件列表更多的信息可以在 <ulink url=" +"\"&url-linux-kernel-list-faq;\">linux-kernel mailing list FAQ</ulink> 上找" +"到。" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:204 diff --git a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po index 971cb6774..d81fd3f15 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-11 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-22 01:11+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:26+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei <dreamcrer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -830,12 +830,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:530 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to " +#| "pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your " +#| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " +#| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default " -"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " +"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "在安裝過程的後面，這個選項還會被用於設置預設的時區和您所處地理位置的 Debian " "鏡像站。如果安裝程式預設的建議不合適，您可以做其它選擇。選擇國家，還有選擇語" @@ -878,7 +883,7 @@ msgid "" "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " "continent." @@ -891,39 +896,62 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will " -"be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to select a " -"different country by first lowering the debconf priority to medium, followed " -"by revisiting the language selection option in the main menu of the " -"installer." +"If the language has only one country associated with it, a list of countries " +"will be displayed for the continent or region the country belongs to, with " +"that country selected as the default. Use the <guibutton>Go Back</guibutton> " +"option to select countries on a different continent." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:575 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -#| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " -#| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " -#| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." +#: using-d-i.xml:574 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"It is important to select the country where you live or where you are " +"located as it determines the time zone that will be configured for the " +"installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:580 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " +"defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " +"installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " +"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " +"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#, no-c-format msgid "" -"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " -"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " -"option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed " -"system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the default for " -"the installed system." +"Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " +"UTF-8 as character encoding." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " +"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " +"but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" +"1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" +"footnote>, to be generated for the installed system; if you do, you will be " +"asked which of the selected locales should be the default for the installed " +"system." msgstr "" -"預設的地區設定會根據您選擇的語言和國家決定。如果您以中等或是低優先序安裝系" -"統，您將可以選擇預設地區設定以外的設定，並且可以決定系統額外支援的地區設定。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:591 +#: using-d-i.xml:617 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "選擇鍵盤" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -938,7 +966,7 @@ msgstr "" "盤配置 (在安裝完之後用 root 執行 <command>kbd-config</command>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:603 +#: using-d-i.xml:629 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -952,7 +980,7 @@ msgstr "" "鍵盤上端有一排 <keycap>F1</keycap>到<keycap>F10</keycap> 按鍵。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:638 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -970,13 +998,13 @@ msgstr "" "'alt')。其餘地方這兩種配置相似。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:642 +#: using-d-i.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "尋找 Debian 安裝程式 ISO 映像" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -989,7 +1017,7 @@ msgstr "" "正是用來完成此任務。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:650 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1016,7 +1044,7 @@ msgstr "" "果是後者，<command>iso-scan</command> 會搜索其它的映像檔案。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:667 +#: using-d-i.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1028,7 +1056,7 @@ msgstr "" "行完整的搜索。這次不只查看最上級目錄，而是真正地搜尋整個檔案系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:674 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1044,13 +1072,13 @@ msgstr "" "Unix 使用者可以在第二個控制台上完成這些動作，而毋須重新啟動。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:695 +#: using-d-i.xml:721 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:697 +#: using-d-i.xml:723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1068,7 +1096,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry> man 頁。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:708 +#: using-d-i.xml:734 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1088,7 +1116,7 @@ msgstr "" "時候回應很慢，因此，如果您確定都正常，再試一次。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:720 +#: using-d-i.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1110,7 +1138,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> 中參考應回答的數值。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:760 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1130,13 +1158,14 @@ msgstr "" "classname>，它用來一步步進行網路設定。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:779 +#: using-d-i.xml:805 #, fuzzy, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring the Clock" -msgstr "設定網路" +#| msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" +msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" +msgstr "設定您的時區" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1148,23 +1177,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:790 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:803 +#: using-d-i.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " -"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " -"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " -"system will assume that time zone." +"may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your " +"location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, " +"you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " +"additional option to select <quote>Universal Time Coordinated</quote> (UTC) " +"as time zone." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1173,22 +1211,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:821 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +"The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the " "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The " "command to do this is:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1199,20 +1237,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:847 +#: using-d-i.xml:880 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." +"For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value " +"using preseeding." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "分割區與選擇掛載點" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:895 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1227,7 +1266,7 @@ msgstr "" "載點，並為近似選項進行設定，例如 LVM 或 RAID 設備。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:882 +#: using-d-i.xml:916 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1237,7 +1276,7 @@ msgstr "" "的細節，請參閱 <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:888 +#: using-d-i.xml:922 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1251,7 +1290,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1264,13 +1303,13 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>手動編輯磁碟分割表</guimenuitem> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:911 +#: using-d-i.xml:945 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "分割區方式" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:912 +#: using-d-i.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1282,14 +1321,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:932 +#: using-d-i.xml:966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1300,7 +1339,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:941 +#: using-d-i.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1311,7 +1350,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:950 +#: using-d-i.xml:984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1323,7 +1362,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1335,7 +1374,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:969 +#: using-d-i.xml:1003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1346,7 +1385,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:977 +#: using-d-i.xml:1011 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1363,73 +1402,73 @@ msgstr "" "的方式而不同)，那麼嚮導式分割區將以失敗告終。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:993 +#: using-d-i.xml:1027 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "分割區方式" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "所需最小空間" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "所新建的分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "所有檔案在同一分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1005 +#: using-d-i.xml:1039 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "所新建的分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1006 +#: using-d-i.xml:1040 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1007 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1045 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1012 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1013 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1439,7 +1478,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1022 +#: using-d-i.xml:1056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1449,7 +1488,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1062 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1462,7 +1501,7 @@ msgstr "" "外的一項，可以讓您手動把某個分割區作為 EFI 開機分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1070 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1474,7 +1513,7 @@ msgstr "" "訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1042 +#: using-d-i.xml:1076 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1521,7 +1560,7 @@ msgstr "" "區大小、可選的旗標、採用的檔案系統，及其掛載點 (如果有的話)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1055 +#: using-d-i.xml:1089 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1540,13 +1579,13 @@ msgstr "" "區的辦法來完成自己所設想的分割規劃。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1069 +#: using-d-i.xml:1103 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "分割區方式" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1561,7 +1600,7 @@ msgstr "" "內容將會在本節的後面談到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1078 +#: using-d-i.xml:1112 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1574,7 +1613,7 @@ msgstr "" "後，在被選中的磁碟下會出現一個新行，上面寫著<quote>未使用空間</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1086 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1607,7 +1646,7 @@ msgstr "" "自動退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主畫面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1626,7 +1665,7 @@ msgstr "" "swap。在這個選單中，您還可以刪除分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1641,7 +1680,7 @@ msgstr "" "下面的步驟，直到您改正了這個錯誤。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1161 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1652,7 +1691,7 @@ msgstr "" "一點，不讓您繼續操作，直到您劃分出這樣一個分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1668,7 +1707,7 @@ msgstr "" "者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1681,13 +1720,13 @@ msgstr "" "硬碟上進行的所有操作。此時，安裝程式會讓您確認是否就照此設定進行分割。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1169 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "配置多磁碟設備 (Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1204 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1713,7 +1752,7 @@ msgstr "" "(或者更有名的 <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1183 +#: using-d-i.xml:1217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1726,7 +1765,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command> 格式化，分配掛載點，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1191 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -1807,101 +1846,101 @@ msgstr "" "訊。 </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> 總結：" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1305 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "類型" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1340 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "最少設備" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "備用設備" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1308 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "倖免於磁碟損壞？" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1309 +#: using-d-i.xml:1343 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "可用空間" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1354 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1317 using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>否</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1319 +#: using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "容量為最小分割區容量乘以 RAID 設備數" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1323 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "可選" # index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 using-d-i.xml:1334 using-d-i.xml:1345 using-d-i.xml:1356 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>是</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1361 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "容量為 RAID 中的最小分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1331 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1909,7 +1948,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量為最小分割區乘以 (RAID 設備數量減一)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "RAID0" msgid "RAID6" @@ -1917,14 +1956,14 @@ msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1380 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1935,14 +1974,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量為最小分割區乘以 (RAID 設備數量減一)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "RAID0" msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -1950,7 +1989,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -1960,7 +1999,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1975,7 +2014,7 @@ msgstr "" "理容量 </guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -1988,7 +2027,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1424 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2010,7 +2049,7 @@ msgstr "" "於有經驗的使用者，從介殼手動地處理一些配置和安裝步驟，也許能避開這些問題" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1399 +#: using-d-i.xml:1433 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2028,7 +2067,7 @@ msgstr "" "從其中選擇一項 (如 RAID1)。後續操作會根據您選擇的 MD 類型而定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1446 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2039,7 +2078,7 @@ msgstr "" "要組成 MD 的分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1419 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number " @@ -2064,7 +2103,7 @@ msgstr "" "&d-i; 將不會允許您繼續下去，直到錯誤被改正為止。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1431 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2074,7 +2113,7 @@ msgstr "" "區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1437 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2084,7 +2123,7 @@ msgstr "" "區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1443 +#: using-d-i.xml:1477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2097,7 +2136,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1457 +#: using-d-i.xml:1491 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2113,7 +2152,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1 (相當可靠的 100 GB 分割區用於 <filename>/home</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1466 +#: using-d-i.xml:1500 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2126,13 +2165,13 @@ msgstr "" "案系統並分配掛載點。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1515 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "配置邏輯容量管理(LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1482 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2146,7 +2185,7 @@ msgstr "" "移動檔案或符號鏈結等方法所困擾。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1490 +#: using-d-i.xml:1524 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2164,7 +2203,7 @@ msgstr "" "優點在於它可以跨越多個物理磁碟。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1534 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2182,7 +2221,7 @@ msgstr "" "果您還沒有讀過，您應該查閱 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1511 +#: using-d-i.xml:1545 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2197,7 +2236,7 @@ msgstr "" "理容量 </guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1520 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2210,7 +2249,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2218,43 +2257,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1536 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1539 +#: using-d-i.xml:1573 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1579 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1582 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1585 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1553 +#: using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2262,7 +2301,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2270,7 +2309,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1598 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2281,13 +2320,13 @@ msgstr "" "與其他普通分割區一樣的新建的邏輯容量 (您也應該這樣看待它們)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2301,7 +2340,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#: using-d-i.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2318,7 +2357,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1606 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2328,7 +2367,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2341,7 +2380,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1624 +#: using-d-i.xml:1658 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2352,7 +2391,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1636 +#: using-d-i.xml:1670 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2362,13 +2401,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#: using-d-i.xml:1680 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2384,13 +2423,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1700 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1668 +#: using-d-i.xml:1702 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2400,13 +2439,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1714 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2418,7 +2457,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2428,25 +2467,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1738 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1706 +#: using-d-i.xml:1740 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1712 +#: using-d-i.xml:1746 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1713 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2456,13 +2495,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 using-d-i.xml:1821 +#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1729 +#: using-d-i.xml:1763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2474,7 +2513,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2487,13 +2526,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1759 +#: using-d-i.xml:1793 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2507,7 +2546,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1779 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2516,13 +2555,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1788 +#: using-d-i.xml:1822 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1790 +#: using-d-i.xml:1824 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2531,25 +2570,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1800 +#: using-d-i.xml:1834 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1802 +#: using-d-i.xml:1836 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1808 +#: using-d-i.xml:1842 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1809 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2559,19 +2598,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1870 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1845 +#: using-d-i.xml:1879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2583,7 +2622,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1889 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2594,7 +2633,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1864 +#: using-d-i.xml:1898 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2609,7 +2648,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1877 +#: using-d-i.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2623,7 +2662,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1893 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2643,7 +2682,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1906 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -2655,7 +2694,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2663,13 +2702,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1928 +#: using-d-i.xml:1962 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2681,7 +2720,7 @@ msgstr "" "件。如果您用較慢的電腦或網路連接，這要花費好一會兒時間。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1941 +#: using-d-i.xml:1975 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -2696,7 +2735,7 @@ msgstr "" "左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1984 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -2707,7 +2746,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/messages</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1956 +#: using-d-i.xml:1990 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2719,13 +2758,13 @@ msgstr "" "個與您硬體最匹配的核心。在較低的優先級下，您可以從列表中選擇一個有效的核心。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1968 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "設定使用者和密碼" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2003 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -2734,13 +2773,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "設定 root 密碼" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1987 +#: using-d-i.xml:2021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2753,7 +2792,7 @@ msgstr "" "系統管理，而且使用時間應該盡可能短。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1995 +#: using-d-i.xml:2029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2767,7 +2806,7 @@ msgstr "" "小心。請避免採用能夠在字典中查到的單詞或者很容易猜測的個人資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2778,13 +2817,13 @@ msgstr "" "理員，否則您通常不應該將超級使用者密碼交給別人。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2013 +#: using-d-i.xml:2047 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "建立一個普通使用者" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2015 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2796,7 +2835,7 @@ msgstr "" "記，平時<emphasis>不要</emphasis>使用 root 帳戶登陸或者將其作為個人帳號使用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2024 +#: using-d-i.xml:2058 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2814,7 +2853,7 @@ msgstr "" "容，建議您找一本書進行學習。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2034 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2826,7 +2865,7 @@ msgstr "" "可，並且會成為預設值。最後，您將要求輸入該帳號的密碼。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2041 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2836,13 +2875,13 @@ msgstr "" "令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2052 +#: using-d-i.xml:2086 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2053 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -2852,13 +2891,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2102 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2070 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -2879,7 +2918,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2094 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -2889,7 +2928,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2101 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -2901,7 +2940,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2110 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -2912,13 +2951,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2121 +#: using-d-i.xml:2155 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2123 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -2928,7 +2967,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -2938,7 +2977,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2172 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -2948,7 +2987,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2145 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -2959,7 +2998,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2154 +#: using-d-i.xml:2188 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -2969,7 +3008,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2162 +#: using-d-i.xml:2196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -2981,13 +3020,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -2996,7 +3035,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2183 +#: using-d-i.xml:2217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3008,7 +3047,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2192 +#: using-d-i.xml:2226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3021,7 +3060,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2237 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3031,7 +3070,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2210 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3042,7 +3081,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3053,26 +3092,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2260 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2241 +#: using-d-i.xml:2275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3081,7 +3120,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2250 +#: using-d-i.xml:2284 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3091,13 +3130,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2266 +#: using-d-i.xml:2300 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2268 +#: using-d-i.xml:2302 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3109,7 +3148,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2277 +#: using-d-i.xml:2311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3129,7 +3168,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2304 +#: using-d-i.xml:2338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3138,7 +3177,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3146,7 +3185,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3154,7 +3193,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3168,7 +3207,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2333 +#: using-d-i.xml:2367 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3178,7 +3217,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2340 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3190,7 +3229,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2350 +#: using-d-i.xml:2384 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3203,7 +3242,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2361 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3214,7 +3253,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2369 +#: using-d-i.xml:2403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3227,7 +3266,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2413 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3239,7 +3278,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aptitude</command> 將安裝您選中的軟體套件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2386 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3251,7 +3290,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3263,13 +3302,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2444 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "使系統可開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2412 +#: using-d-i.xml:2446 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3282,13 +3321,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2427 +#: using-d-i.xml:2461 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "偵測其他的作業系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3302,7 +3341,7 @@ msgstr "" "腦也將設定為可以啟動其他作業系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3316,13 +3355,13 @@ msgstr "" "boot-loader 的文件以瞭解更多資訊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2455 +#: using-d-i.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3337,19 +3376,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地讀 Linux 分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2477 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3360,7 +3399,7 @@ msgstr "" "定的 boot-loader，它對新手來說是個不錯的預設選擇。對老鳥來說，它也同樣適合。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2485 +#: using-d-i.xml:2519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3372,7 +3411,7 @@ msgstr "" "訊，請參閱 grub 的手冊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2491 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3384,13 +3423,13 @@ msgstr "" "請參閱 grub 的手冊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2504 +#: using-d-i.xml:2538 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3406,7 +3445,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2516 +#: using-d-i.xml:2550 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3419,7 +3458,7 @@ msgstr "" "統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2524 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3427,13 +3466,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "&d-i; 提供給您三種選擇來安裝 <command>LILO</command> boot-loader：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "主開機區 (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2531 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3441,13 +3480,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "這種方式 <command>LILO</command> 將完全控制開機過程。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "新 Debian 分割區" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3458,13 +3497,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 分割區的起始位置，並能作為第二 boot loader。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "其它選擇" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3479,7 +3518,7 @@ msgstr "" "或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2557 +#: using-d-i.xml:2591 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3494,13 +3533,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2575 +#: using-d-i.xml:2609 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3525,7 +3564,7 @@ msgstr "" "行以掛載和啟動 Linux 核心。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3540,13 +3579,13 @@ msgstr "" "是與 <emphasis>root</emphasis> 檔案系統相同的磁碟。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2603 +#: using-d-i.xml:2637 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "選擇正確的分割區！" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2605 +#: using-d-i.xml:2639 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3562,13 +3601,13 @@ msgstr "" "割區，這將清除以前的所有內容！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2620 +#: using-d-i.xml:2654 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 分割區內容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3594,13 +3633,13 @@ msgstr "" "間，系統更新或重新設定，檔案系統中也許會有其他檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2644 +#: using-d-i.xml:2678 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3611,13 +3650,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 以同檔名複製到 EFI 分割區的檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2655 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3630,13 +3669,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 指令選單。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2665 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2666 +#: using-d-i.xml:2700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3649,13 +3688,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 符號鏈結 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2713 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3666,13 +3705,13 @@ msgstr "" "本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 執行時將丟失。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2723 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3685,13 +3724,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的檔案。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2711 +#: using-d-i.xml:2745 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3731,13 +3770,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> ，然後鍵入 <command>boot</command>。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2730 +#: using-d-i.xml:2764 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2731 +#: using-d-i.xml:2765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3745,13 +3784,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "是啟動的 SCSI 匯流排， <userinput>0</userinput> 為主機板內建控制器" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2739 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3760,13 +3799,13 @@ msgstr "是硬碟的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安裝在其上" # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2748 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2749 +#: using-d-i.xml:2783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3774,13 +3813,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 所處分割區編號。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2758 +#: using-d-i.xml:2792 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3790,13 +3829,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2779 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2780 +#: using-d-i.xml:2814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3814,13 +3853,13 @@ msgstr "" "將設為啟動 &debian;。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2798 +#: using-d-i.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Quik</command> 至硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2799 +#: using-d-i.xml:2833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3834,13 +3873,13 @@ msgstr "" "作。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2816 +#: using-d-i.xml:2850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3855,13 +3894,13 @@ msgstr "" "Commands</quote>，它位於 IBM 的 developerWorks 網站 <command>ZIPL</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2867 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3889,13 +3928,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris 的系統很有用。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2860 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "不使用 boot-loader 繼續進行" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2862 +#: using-d-i.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3906,7 +3945,7 @@ msgstr "" "或是因為不想要 (例如，您想使用已經存在的 boot-loader)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3925,13 +3964,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 到一個獨立的分割區，還需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 檔案系統。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2886 +#: using-d-i.xml:2920 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "完成安裝並重開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2921 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -3940,13 +3979,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在啟動新 Debian 之前還有一些最後工作，主要是 &d-i; 之後的整理。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2900 +#: using-d-i.xml:2934 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -3956,7 +3995,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2909 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -3968,7 +4007,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -3977,13 +4016,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2935 +#: using-d-i.xml:2969 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2937 +#: using-d-i.xml:2971 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -3994,7 +4033,7 @@ msgstr "" "碟等)。安裝程式將完成最後的工作，然後啟動您的新 Debian 系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2977 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4007,13 +4046,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux，它在安裝步驟第一步裡被選做根檔案系統。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2956 +#: using-d-i.xml:2990 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "雜項" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2957 +#: using-d-i.xml:2991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4024,13 +4063,13 @@ msgstr "" "題。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2970 +#: using-d-i.xml:3004 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "保存安裝記錄" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2972 +#: using-d-i.xml:3006 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4041,7 +4080,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2979 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4055,13 +4094,13 @@ msgstr "" "用於報告的附件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2999 +#: using-d-i.xml:3033 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "使用 Shell 查看記錄" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3001 +#: using-d-i.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4077,13 +4116,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3023 +#: using-d-i.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4094,7 +4133,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3031 +#: using-d-i.xml:3065 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4110,7 +4149,7 @@ msgstr "" "shell 有一些好用的特性，如自動完成與歷史紀錄。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3040 +#: using-d-i.xml:3074 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4119,7 +4158,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3047 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4128,7 +4167,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4138,13 +4177,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3068 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3070 +#: using-d-i.xml:3104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4156,7 +4195,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3080 +#: using-d-i.xml:3114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4170,7 +4209,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3093 +#: using-d-i.xml:3127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4178,7 +4217,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4192,7 +4231,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3110 +#: using-d-i.xml:3144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4201,7 +4240,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3150 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4220,7 +4259,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3133 +#: using-d-i.xml:3167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -4236,7 +4275,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3146 +#: using-d-i.xml:3180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -4250,7 +4289,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3159 +#: using-d-i.xml:3193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4265,7 +4304,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3175 +#: using-d-i.xml:3209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4278,7 +4317,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3185 +#: using-d-i.xml:3219 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4289,13 +4328,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3205 +#: using-d-i.xml:3239 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3206 +#: using-d-i.xml:3240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -4305,7 +4344,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3214 +#: using-d-i.xml:3248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -4317,7 +4356,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -4329,7 +4368,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3234 +#: using-d-i.xml:3268 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -4338,7 +4377,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3241 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -4349,13 +4388,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3286 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3253 +#: using-d-i.xml:3287 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -4368,7 +4407,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3263 +#: using-d-i.xml:3297 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -4379,7 +4418,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3277 +#: using-d-i.xml:3311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -4390,7 +4429,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3291 +#: using-d-i.xml:3325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -4399,13 +4438,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3300 +#: using-d-i.xml:3334 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3301 +#: using-d-i.xml:3335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -4417,7 +4456,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3310 +#: using-d-i.xml:3344 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -4428,7 +4467,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -4437,7 +4476,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " @@ -4447,6 +4486,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~| "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~| "the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting " +#~| "additional locales to be generated for the installed system." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +#~ "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have " +#~ "the option of selecting additional locales to be generated for the " +#~ "installed system; if you do, you will be asked which locale should be the " +#~ "default for the installed system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "預設的地區設定會根據您選擇的語言和國家決定。如果您以中等或是低優先序安裝系" +#~ "統，您將可以選擇預設地區設定以外的設定，並且可以決定系統額外支援的地區設" +#~ "定。" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuring the Clock" +#~ msgstr "設定網路" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " #~ "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " @@ -4570,9 +4630,6 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" #~ msgstr "硬碟的分割區" -#~ msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" -#~ msgstr "設定您的時區" - #~ msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" #~ msgstr "完成安裝並重開機" |